Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 23, 2017.

Registration No. 333-                

 

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

NEWMARK GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   6531   81-4467492

(State or other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

125 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 610-2200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

James R. Ficarro

Chief Operating Officer

Newmark Group, Inc.

125 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 610-2200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Stephen M. Merkel

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel and Secretary

BGC Partners, Inc.

499 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 610-2200

 

David K. Lam

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, New York 10019

(212) 403-1000

 

Christopher T. Jensen

George G. Yearsich

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

101 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10178

(212) 309-6000

 

Samir A. Gandhi

Robert A. Ryan

Sidley Austin LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

(212) 839-5300

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

 

Large accelerated filer        Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer        Smaller reporting company  
       Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☒

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share

  $100,000,000   $12,450

 

 

(1) Includes additional shares of Class A common stock that the underwriters have an option to purchase from the registrant.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS, DATED OCTOBER 23, 2017

Newmark Group, Inc.

            Shares

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of Class A common stock of Newmark Group, Inc. We are offering              shares of our Class A common stock.

We currently intend to contribute all of the net proceeds of this offering (including the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock described below) to Newmark Partners, L.P., our principal operating subsidiary, in exchange for a number of units representing Newmark Partners, L.P. limited partnership interests equal to the number of shares issued by us in this offering. Newmark Partners, L.P. intends to use these net proceeds to repay certain indebtedness that we or our subsidiaries will assume prior to the closing of this offering from our existing stockholder, BGC Partners, Inc., which we refer to as “BGC Partners” or “BGC,” or its subsidiaries, and to use any remaining net proceeds for various general partnership purposes, including the repayment of other indebtedness assumed prior to the closing of this offering, potential strategic alliances, acquisitions, joint ventures or hiring of personnel. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price of the Class A common stock is currently estimated to be between $             and $             per share. We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “NMRK.”

We have two classes of authorized common stock: the Class A common stock offered hereby and Class B common stock. The economic rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, but they differ as to voting and conversion rights. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to 10 votes and is convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. All of our shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are currently held by BGC Partners. After the completion of this offering, BGC Partners will continue to hold all of our issued and outstanding shares of Class B common stock and will hold approximately     % of the total voting power of our common stock (or approximately     % of the total voting power of our common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering). As a result of its ownership, BGC Partners will be able to control any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, the approval of any merger or sale of substantially all of our assets, and certain provisions that affect their rights and privileges as Class B common stockholders. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

BGC Partners has advised us that it currently expects to pursue a distribution to its stockholders of all of the shares of our common stock that it then owns in a manner that is intended to qualify as generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As currently contemplated, shares of our Class A common stock held by BGC Partners would be distributed to the holders of shares of Class A common stock of BGC Partners and shares of our Class B common stock held by BGC Partners would be distributed to the holders of shares of Class B common stock of BGC Partners (which are currently Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P. and another entity controlled by Howard W. Lutnick). The determination of whether, when and how to proceed with any such distribution is entirely within the discretion of BGC Partners. See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Separation and Distribution Agreement—The Distribution.” The shares of our common stock that BGC Partners will own upon the completion of this offering will be subject to the 180-day “lock-up” restriction contained in the underwriting agreement for this offering. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

Following this offering, BGC Partners will control more than a majority of the total voting power of our common stock, and we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Stock Market rules. However, we do not currently expect to rely upon the “controlled company” exemption.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced disclosure requirements for this prospectus. We expect that our revenues for 2017 will exceed $1.07 billion. As a result, we expect that we will cease to qualify as an emerging growth company after the later of the completion of this offering and January 1, 2018 and thereafter will no longer be eligible for the exemptions from disclosure provided to an emerging growth company.

 

 

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 25.

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per
Share
     Total  

Public offering price

   $                   $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $      $  

The underwriters have an option to purchase, within 30 days of the date of this prospectus, a maximum of             additional shares of Class A common stock from us as described in “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)”.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2017.

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC        BofA Merrill Lynch        Citigroup        Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2017.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     25  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     60  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     62  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     63  

CAPITALIZATION

     66  

DILUTION

     67  

SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

     69  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

     72  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (EXCLUDING BERKELEY POINT)

     87  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE NEWMARK RECAST FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (INCLUDING BERKELEY POINT)

     106  

STRUCTURE OF NEWMARK

     126  

BUSINESS

     135  

MANAGEMENT

     155  

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

     159  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     173  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     189  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     192  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     223  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     227  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

     230  

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

     233  

LEGAL MATTERS

     239  

EXPERTS

     240  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     241  

INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from, or in addition to, that contained in this prospectus or any related free writing prospectus. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its delivery. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents

Unless we otherwise indicate or unless the context requires otherwise, any reference in this prospectus to:

 

    the “ancillary agreements” refers collectively to the amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Newmark OpCo; the amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Newmark Holdings; the administrative services agreement between Newmark and Cantor; the transition services agreement between Newmark and BGC Partners; the tax matters agreement between Newmark, Newmark Holdings, Newmark OpCo, BGC Partners, BGC Holdings and BGC U.S.; the tax receivable agreement between Newmark and Cantor; the registration rights agreement between Newmark, BGC Partners and Cantor; and the exchange agreement;

 

    “Berkeley Point” refers to Berkeley Point Financial LLC and “Berkeley Point business” refers to the business conducted by Berkeley Point and its subsidiaries;

 

    “BGC Global” refers to BGC Global Holdings, L.P., which holds the non-U.S. business of the BGC group;

 

    “BGC group” refers to (1) prior to the separation, BGC Partners, BGC Holdings, BGC U.S. and BGC Global and each of their respective subsidiaries; and (2) after the separation, BGC Partners, BGC Holdings, BGC U.S. and BGC Global and each of their respective subsidiaries (other than any member of the Newmark group);

 

    “BGC Holdings” refers to BGC Holdings, L.P.;

 

    “BGC Partners” or “BGC” refers to BGC Partners, Inc.;

 

    “BGC U.S.” refers to BGC Partners, L.P., which holds the U.S. business of the BGC group;

 

    “Cantor” refers to Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P. and its managing general partner;

 

    “Cantor group” refers to Cantor and its subsidiaries (other than any member of the BGC group or the Newmark group), Howard W. Lutnick and/or any of his immediate family members as so designated by Howard W. Lutnick and any trusts or other entities controlled by Howard W. Lutnick;

 

    the “Code” refers to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

 

    “distribution” refers to the pro rata distribution of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock held by BGC Partners, pursuant to which shares of our Class A common stock held by BGC Partners would be distributed to the holders of shares of Class A common stock of BGC Partners and shares of our Class B common stock held by BGC Partners would be distributed to the holders of shares of Class B common stock of BGC Partners (which are currently Cantor and another entity controlled by Mr. Lutnick) (which distribution is intended to qualify as generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes); BGC Partners has advised us that it currently expects to pursue the distribution after the expiration of the 180-day “lock-up” restriction contained in the underwriting agreement for this offering. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)”;

 

    “eSpeed” refers to eSpeed, Inc.;

 

    the “exchange agreement” refers to the exchange agreement to be entered into prior to the completion of this offering by Newmark, BGC Partners and Cantor;

 

    “exchangeable limited partners” or “Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partners” means (a) any member of the Cantor group that holds an exchangeable limited partnership interest in Newmark Holdings and that has not ceased to hold such exchangeable limited partnership interest (b) any person to whom a member of the Cantor group has transferred an exchangeable limited partnership interest in Newmark Holdings and, prior to or at the time of such transfer, whom Cantor has agreed will be designated as an exchangeable limited partner and (c) any person who received an exchangeable limited partnership interest in Newmark Holdings in respect of an existing exchangeable limited partnership interest in BGC Holdings pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement;

 

ii


Table of Contents
    “Fannie Mae” refers to the Federal National Mortgage Association;

 

    “Fannie Mae DUS” refers to a Fannie Mae Delegated Underwriting and Servicing Program;

 

    “FHA” refers to the Federal Housing Administration;

 

    “founding partners” or “Newmark Holdings founding partners” refers to the individuals who became limited partners of Newmark Holdings in connection with the separation and who held BGC Holdings founding partner interests immediately prior to the separation (provided that members of the Cantor group, the BGC group and Howard W. Lutnick (including any entity directly or indirectly controlled by Mr. Lutnick or any trust of which he is a guarantor, trustee or beneficiary) are not founding partners); the holders of BGC Holdings founding partner interests received such founding partner interests in connection with the separation of BGC Partners from Cantor in 2008;

 

    “founding/working partners” refers to founding partners and/or working partners;

 

    “Freddie Mac” refers to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation;

 

    “Ginnie Mae” refers to the Government National Mortgage Association;

 

    “GSEs” or “GSE” refers to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac;

 

    “HUD” refers to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development;

 

    “HUD LEAN” refers to HUD’s mortgage insurance program for senior housing;

 

    “HUD MAP” refers to HUD Multifamily Accelerated Processing;

 

    “limited partnership unit holders” refers to the individuals who became limited partners of Newmark Holdings in connection with the separation and who held BGC Holdings limited partnership units immediately prior to the separation and certain individuals who become limited partners of Newmark Holdings from time to time after the separation and who provide services to the Newmark group;

 

    “Nasdaq” refers to Nasdaq, Inc.;

 

    “Nasdaq shares” or “Nasdaq payment” refers to the shares of common stock of Nasdaq which remain payable by Nasdaq in connection with the Nasdaq Transaction, the right to which BGC Partners expects to transfer to Newmark in connection with the separation prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    “Nasdaq Transaction” refers to the sale on June 28, 2013 of eSpeed by BGC Partners to Nasdaq, in which the total consideration paid or payable by Nasdaq included an earn-out of up to 14,883,705 shares of common stock of Nasdaq to be paid ratably over 15 years after the closing of the Nasdaq Transaction, provided that Nasdaq produces at least $25 million in gross revenues for the applicable year;

 

    “Newmark” refers to Newmark Group, Inc.;

 

    “Newmark & Co.” refers to Newmark & Company Real Estate, Inc.;

 

    the “Newmark business” refers to the business held by members of the BGC group contributed to us pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement, which includes the commercial real estate services business historically operated by the BGC group and the Berkeley Point business. Members of the BGC group continue to hold the BGC group’s financial services business and its interests in us following the separation;

 

    “Newmark common stock” refers collectively to our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock;

 

    “Newmark group” refers to Newmark, Newmark Holdings, Newmark OpCo and their respective subsidiaries;

 

iii


Table of Contents
    “Newmark Holdings” refers to Newmark Holdings, L.P.;

 

    “Newmark OpCo” refers to Newmark Partners, L.P.;

 

    “Newmark Recast Financial Statements” and “Newmark’s recast combined financial statements and related notes” refer to Newmark’s combined financial statements and related notes which have been recast to include Berkeley Point in our results;

 

    “Qualified Class B Holder” refers to any of (1) BGC Partners, (2) Cantor, (3) any entity controlled by BGC Partners, Cantor or Mr. Lutnick and (4) Mr. Lutnick, his spouse, his estate, any of his descendants, any of his relatives, or any trust established for his benefit or for the benefit of his spouse, any of his descendants or any of his relatives;

 

    the “separation” refers to the separation by members of the BGC group of the Newmark business from the remainder of the businesses held by the members of the BGC group pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement;

 

    the “separation and distribution agreement” refers to the separation and distribution agreement to be entered into prior to the completion of this offering by Cantor, Newmark, Newmark Holdings, Newmark OpCo, BGC Partners, BGC Holdings and BGC U.S.; and

 

    “working partners” or “Newmark Holdings working partners” refers to the individuals who became limited partners of Newmark Holdings in connection with the separation and who held BGC Holdings working partner interests immediately prior to the separation and certain individuals who become limited partners of Newmark Holdings from time to time from and after the separation and who provide services to the Newmark group.

Unless otherwise indicated or unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us,” or similar terms refer to Newmark and its consolidated subsidiaries (including Berkeley Point). Further, unless otherwise indicated or unless the context requires otherwise, all figures reflect the inclusion of the Berkeley Point business.

Industry and Market Data

In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information and statistics regarding the commercial real estate services industry. We obtained this data from independent publications or other publicly available information. Independent publications generally indicate that the information contained therein was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information. Although we believe these sources are reliable, neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified this information. Neither we nor the underwriters guarantee the accuracy and completeness of this information.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

This prospectus contains “non-GAAP financial measures” that are financial measures that differ from the most directly comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States, which we refer to as “GAAP.” Non-GAAP financial measures used by the Company include “Adjusted EBITDA,” “Adjusted EBITDA before allocation to units,” “pre-tax Adjusted Earnings” and “post-tax Adjusted Earnings.”

Adjusted EBITDA Defined

Newmark provides a non-GAAP financial performance measure, “Adjusted EBITDA,” which the Company defines as “Newmark’s net income (loss) available to its parent, BGC Partners” derived in accordance with GAAP and adjusted for the addition of the following items:

 

    Provision (benefit) for income taxes.

 

    Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest.

 

iv


Table of Contents
    Employee loan amortization and reserves on employee loans.

 

    Interest expense.

 

    Fixed asset depreciation and intangible asset amortization.

 

    Non-cash charges relating to grants of exchangeability to limited partnership units.

 

    Other non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation.

 

    Other non-cash income (loss).

Adjusted EBITDA also excludes non-cash GAAP gains attributable to originated mortgage servicing rights, which we refer to as “OMSRs,” and non-cash GAAP amortization of mortgage servicing rights, which we refer to as “MSRs.” Under GAAP, the Company recognizes OMSRs gains equal to the fair value of servicing rights retained on mortgage loans originated and sold. Subsequent to the initial recognition at fair value, MSRs are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value and amortized in proportion to the net servicing revenue expected to be earned. However, it is expected that any cash received with respect to these servicing rights, net of associated expenses, will increase Adjusted EBITDA in future periods, as discussed below under “—Pre-Tax Adjusted Earnings and Post-Tax Adjusted Earnings.”

The Company also discloses “Adjusted EBITDA before allocations to units,” which is Adjusted EBITDA excluding GAAP charges with respect to allocations of net income to limited partnership units. Such allocations represent the pro-rata portion of pre-tax earnings available to such unit holders. These units are in the fully-diluted share count, and are exchangeable on a one-to-one basis, subject to certain adjustments, into shares of our Class A common stock. As these units are exchanged into shares of our Class A common stock, unit holders will become entitled to cash dividends paid on the shares of the Class A common stock rather than cash distributions in respect of the units. The Company views such allocations as economically equivalent to dividends on common shares. Because dividends paid to common shares are not an expense under GAAP, management believes similar allocations of income to unit holders should also be excluded by investors when analyzing Newmark’s results on a fully-diluted basis with respect to Adjusted EBITDA.

The Company’s management believes that these Adjusted EBITDA measures are useful in evaluating Newmark’s operating performance, because the calculations of these measures generally eliminate the effects of financing and income taxes and the accounting effects of capital spending and acquisitions, which would include impairment charges of goodwill and intangibles created from acquisitions. Such items may vary for different companies for reasons unrelated to overall operating performance. As a result, the Company’s management uses these measures to evaluate operating performance and for other discretionary purposes. Newmark believes that these Adjusted EBITDA measures are useful to investors to assist them in achieving a more complete picture of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Because these Adjusted EBITDA measures are not recognized measurements under GAAP, investors should use these measures in addition to “Newmark’s net income (loss) available to its parent, BGC Partners” when analyzing Newmark’s operating performance. Because not all companies use identical Adjusted EBITDA calculations, the Company’s presentation of these Adjusted EBITDA measures may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures of other companies. Furthermore, these Adjusted EBITDA measures are not intended to be measures of free cash flow or GAAP cash flow from operations, because these Adjusted EBITDA measures do not consider certain cash requirements, such as tax and debt service payments.

See the reconciliation table for Adjusted EBITDA below in “Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data.”

Pre-Tax Adjusted Earnings and Post-Tax Adjusted Earnings

In addition to the use of Adjusted EBITDA measures, the Company intends to pay any future dividends and/or distributions and to measure its performance based off of other non-GAAP financial measures defined as “pre-tax Adjusted Earnings” and “post-tax Adjusted Earnings.” See “Dividend Policy” for definitions of “pre-tax Adjusted Earnings” and “post-tax Adjusted Earnings” and how they differ from GAAP “Newmark’s net income (loss) available to its parent, BGC Partners.”

 

v


Table of Contents

“Pre-tax Adjusted Earnings” can also be derived from “Adjusted EBITDA before allocation to units” by starting with the latter measure and deducting GAAP charges for fixed asset depreciation, interest expense, employee loan amortization and other non-cash equity-based compensation. “Post-tax Adjusted Earnings” is “pre-tax Adjusted Earnings” reduced by a non-GAAP provision for taxes which, over time, is generally a similar amount that is accrued under GAAP. The difference is primarily attributable to the timing of when certain deductions are taken for Non-GAAP tax purposes versus GAAP tax purposes.

 

vi


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors,” the management discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, the financial statements and the exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, before making an investment decision. Unless otherwise specified, references in this prospectus to “Newmark Knight Frank,” “NKF,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Newmark and its consolidated subsidiaries (including Berkeley Point).

Unless otherwise indicated, the information included in this prospectus assumes (1) the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering at an offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock, which is the mid-point of the pricing range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and (2) that the underwriters have not exercised their option to purchase up to             additional shares of Class A common stock.

In this prospectus, we make certain forward-looking statements, including expectations relating to our future performance. These expectations reflect our management’s view of our prospects and are subject to the risks described under “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in this prospectus. Our expectations of our future performance may change after the date of this prospectus and there is no guarantee that such expectations will prove to be accurate.

Our Business

Newmark is a rapidly growing, high margin, full-service commercial real estate services business that offers a full suite of services and products for both owners and occupiers across the entire commercial real estate industry. Since 2011, the year in which we were acquired by BGC Partners, Inc. (which we refer to as “BGC Partners” or “BGC,” a leading global brokerage company servicing the financial and real estate markets and listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market), we have been the fastest growing U.S.-listed commercial real estate services firm, with a compound annual growth rate (which we refer to as “CAGR”) of revenue of 41%. Our investor/owner services and products include capital markets, which consists of investment sales, debt and structured finance and loan sales, agency leasing, property management, valuation and advisory, diligence and underwriting and government sponsored entity (“GSE”) lending and loan servicing. Our occupier services and products include tenant representation, real estate management technology systems, workplace and occupancy strategy, global corporate services consulting, project management, lease administration and facilities management. We enhance these services and products through innovative real estate technology solutions and data analytics that enable our clients to increase their efficiency and profits by optimizing their real estate portfolio. We have relationships with many of the world’s largest commercial property owners, real estate developers and investors, as well as Fortune 500 and Forbes Global 2000 companies. For the 12-month period ended June 30, 2017, we generated revenues of $1.5 billion.

We believe our high margins and leading revenue growth compared to the other publicly traded real estate services companies have resulted from execution of our unique integrated corporate strategies:

 

    we offer a full suite of best-in-class real estate services and professionals to both investors/owners and occupiers,

 

    we deploy deeply-embedded technology and use data-driven analytics to enable clients to better manage their real estate utilization and spend, enhancing the depth of our client relationships,

 

    we attract and retain market-leading professionals with the benefits of our unique partnership structure and high growth platform,

 



 

1


Table of Contents
    we actively encourage cross-selling among our diversified business lines, and

 

    we continuously build out additional products and capabilities to capitalize on our market knowledge and client relationships

Newmark was founded in 1929 with an emphasis on New York-based investor and owner services such as tenant and agency leasing, developing a reputation for talented, knowledgeable and motivated brokers. BGC acquired Newmark in 2011, and since the acquisition Newmark has embarked on a rapid expansion throughout the United States across all critical business lines in the real estate services and product sectors. We believe our rapid growth is due to our management’s vision and direction along with a proven track record of attracting high-producing talent through accretive acquisitions and profitable hiring.

Our growth to date has been focused in North America. We have more than 4,500 employees and independent contractors, including approximately 1,500 revenue-generating professionals in over 120 offices in 90 cities, with an additional 32 licensee locations in the U.S. Since 2011, we have completed over 35 complementary and accretive acquisitions, meaningfully expanding our product and services capabilities and geographic reach. We intend to continue to aggressively and opportunistically expand into markets, including outside of North America, and products where we believe we can profitably execute our full service and integrated business model.

Bolstered by our third quarter 2017 acquisition of Berkeley Point Capital LLC (which we refer to as “Berkeley Point” or “BPF,” a leading commercial real estate finance company focused on the origination, servicing and sale of multifamily loans through government-sponsored and government-funded loan programs), we believe we are poised for continued growth and value creation. We expect the combination of Berkeley Point and ARA, our top-three multifamily investment sales business, to create significant growth across our platform and serve as a powerful margin and earnings driver.

We generate revenues from commissions on leasing and capital markets transactions, technology user and consulting fees, property and facility management fees, and mortgage origination and loan servicing fees. Our revenues are widely diversified across service lines and clients, with our top 10 clients accounting for less than 7% of revenues. We have also achieved industry-leading growth, with our revenues increasing 550% for the 12-month period ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, which represents a 41% CAGR. Over 40% of this growth was attributable to the organic growth of our business, with the remaining portion of this growth coming from accretive acquisitions.

We are an affiliate of Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P., which we refer to as “Cantor,” a diversified company primarily specializing in financial and real estate services for institutional customers operating in the global financial and commercial real estate markets. Cantor is the largest controlling shareholder of BGC.

Our Services and Products

Newmark offers a diverse array of integrated services and products designed to meet the full needs of both real estate investors/owners and occupiers. Our technology advantages, industry-leading talent, deep and diverse client relationships and suite of complementary services and products allow us to actively cross-sell our services and drive industry-leading margins.

Leading Commercial Real Estate Technology Platform and Capabilities

We offer innovative real estate technology solutions for both investors/owners and occupiers that enable our clients to increase efficiency and realize additional profits. Our differentiated, value-added and client-facing

 



 

2


Table of Contents

technology platforms have been utilized by clients that occupy over 3.5 billion square feet of commercial real estate space globally. For real estate investors and owners, our N360 platform is a powerful tool that provides instant access and comprehensive commercial real estate data in one place via mobile or desktop. This technology platform makes information, such as listings, historical leasing, tenant/owner information, investment sales, procurement, research, and debt on commercial real estate properties, accessible to investors and owners. N360 also integrates a Geographic Information Systems (“GIS”) platform with 3D mapping powered by Newmark’s Real Estate Data Warehouse. For our occupier clients, the Newmark VISION platform provides integrated business intelligence, reporting and analytics. Our clients use VISION to reduce cost, improve speed and supplement decision-making in applications such as real estate transactions and asset administration, project management, building operations and facilities management, environmental and energy management, and workplace management. Our deep and growing real estate database and commitment to providing innovative technological solutions empower us to provide our clients with value-adding technology products and data-driven advice and analytics.

Real Estate Investor/Owner Services and Products

Capital Markets. We offer a broad range of real estate capital markets services, including investment sales and facilitating access to providers of capital. We provide access to a wide range of services, including asset sales, sale leasebacks, mortgage and entity-level financing, equity-raising, underwriting and due diligence. Through our mortgage bankers and brokers, we are able to offer multiple debt and equity alternatives to fund capital markets transactions through third party banks, insurance companies and other capital providers, as well as through our government sponsored entity lending platform, Berkeley Point. Although commercial real estate sales volumes across the industry declined 7% year-over-year in the first half of 2017 and were down 9% in full year 2016 according to Real Capital Analytics (which we refer to as “RCA”), our capital markets revenues increased by 20% and 26% year-on-year in the first half of 2017 and full year 2016, respectively.

Agency Leasing. We execute marketing and leasing programs on behalf of owners of real estate to secure tenants and negotiate leases. We understand the value of a creditworthy tenant to landlords and work to maximize the financing value of any leasing opportunity. As of June 30, 2017, we represent buildings that total approximately 350 million square feet of commercial real estate on behalf of owners in the U.S.

Valuation and Advisory. We operate a national valuation and advisory business, which has grown expansively in 2017 by approximately 160 professionals. Our appraisal team executes projects of nearly every size and type, from single properties to large portfolios, existing and proposed facilities and mixed-use developments across the spectrum of asset values. Clients include banks, pension funds, insurance companies, developers, corporations, equity funds, REITs and institutional capital sources. These institutions utilize the advisory services we provide in their loan underwriting, construction financing, portfolio analytics, feasibility determination, acquisition structures, litigation support and financial reporting.

Property Management. We provide property management services on a contractual basis to owners and investors in office, industrial and retail properties. Property management services include building operations and maintenance, vendor and contract negotiation, project oversight and value engineering, labor relations, property inspection/quality control, property accounting and financial reporting, cash flow analysis, financial modeling, lease administration, due diligence and exit strategies. We have an opportunity to grow our property or facilities management contracts in connection with other high margin leasing or other contracts. These businesses also give us better insight into our clients’ overall real estate needs.

Government Sponsored Entity (“GSE”) Lending and Loan Servicing. On September 8, 2017, BGC Partners completed the acquisition of Berkeley Point, a leading commercial real estate finance company focused on the origination and sale of multifamily and other commercial real estate loans through government-sponsored

 



 

3


Table of Contents

and government-funded loan programs, as well as the servicing of loans that it and third parties, including our affiliates, originate. On this same date, BGC Partners, along with Cantor, also completed its investment in a commercial real estate related finance and investment business, which we refer to as “Real Estate Newco.” After these transactions were completed, Berkeley Point and BGC’s investment in Real Estate Newco became part of Newmark. See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—BP Transaction Agreement and Real Estate Newco Limited Partnership Agreement” for more information on these transactions.

Through Berkeley Point, we are one of 25 approved lenders that participate in Fannie Mae’s Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (“DUS”) program and one of 22 lenders approved as a Freddie Mac seller/servicer. For the first six months of 2017, Berkeley Point’s loan originations increased 73% period-over-period as compared with a 29% increase in overall GSE originations. As a low-risk intermediary, Berkeley Point originates loans guaranteed by government agencies or entities and pre-sells such loans prior to transaction closing.

In conjunction with our origination services, we sell the loans that we originate under GSE programs and retain the servicing of those loans. The servicing portfolio provides a stable, predictable recurring stream of revenue to us over the life of each loan. As of June 30, 2017, Berkeley Point’s servicing portfolio was $58 billion and average remaining servicing term per loan was approximately eight years. The combination of Berkeley Point and ARA brings together, respectively, a leading multifamily debt origination platform with a top-three multifamily investment sales business, which we believe will provide substantial cross-selling opportunities. In particular, we expect revenues to increase as Berkeley Point begins to capture a greater portion of the financings on ARA’s investment sales transactions.

Due Diligence and Underwriting. We provide commercial real estate due diligence consulting and advisory services to a variety of clients, including lenders, investment banks and investors. Our core competencies include underwriting, modeling, structuring, due diligence and asset management. We also offer clients cost-effective and flexible staffing solutions through both on-site and off-site teams. We believe that this business line gives us another way to cross-sell services to our clients.

Real Estate Occupier Services and Products

Tenant Representation Leasing. We represent commercial tenants in all aspects of the leasing process, including space acquisition and disposition, strategic planning, site selection, financial and market analysis, economic incentives analysis, lease negotiations, lease auditing and project management. We use innovative technology and data to provide tenants with an advantage in negotiating leases, which has contributed to our market share gains. In 2016, we completed U.S. leasing transactions (including agency leasing) covering more than 140 million square feet.

Workplace and Occupancy Strategy. We provide services to help organizations understand their current workplace standards and develop plans and policies to optimize their real estate footprint. We offer a multi-faceted consulting service underpinned by robust data and technology.

Global Corporate Services (“GCS”) and Consulting. GCS is our consulting and services business that focuses on reducing occupancy expense and improving efficiency for corporate real estate occupiers, with large, often multi-national presence. We provide beginning-to-end corporate real estate solutions for clients. GCS makes its clients more profitable by optimizing real estate usage, reducing overall corporate footprint, and improving work flow and human capital efficiency through large scale data analysis and our industry-leading technology. We offer global enterprise optimization, asset strategy, transaction services, information management, an operational technology product and transactional and operational consulting. Our consultants provide expertise in financial integration, portfolio strategy, location strategy and optimization, workplace strategies, workflow and business process improvement, merger and acquisition integration, and industrial consulting.

 



 

4


Table of Contents

Project Management. We provide a variety of services to tenants and owners of self-occupied spaces. These include conversion management, move management, construction management and strategic occupancy planning services.

Real Estate and Lease Administration. We manage leases for our clients for a fee. We also perform lease audits and certain accounting functions related to the leases. For large occupier clients, our real estate technology enables them to access and manage their complete portfolio of real estate assets. We offer clients a fully integrated user-focused technology product designed to help them efficiently manage their real estate costs and assets.

Facilities Management. We manage a broad range of properties on behalf of users of commercial real estate, including headquarters, facilities and office space, for a broad cross section of companies, including Fortune 500 and Forbes Global 2000 companies. We manage the day-to-day operations and maintenance for urban and suburban commercial properties of most types, including office, industrial, data centers, healthcare, retail, call centers, urban towers, suburban campuses, and landmark buildings. Facilities management services may also include facility audits and reviews, energy management services, janitorial services, mechanical services, bill payment, maintenance, project management, and moving management.

Industry Trends and Opportunity

We expect the following industry and macroeconomic trends to impact our market opportunity:

Large and Highly Fragmented Market . The commercial real estate services industry is a more than $200 billion global revenue market of which we believe a significant portion currently resides with smaller and regional companies. Less than 15% of the revenue in the commercial real estate market is currently serviced by the top six global firms (by revenue), leaving a large opportunity for us to reach clients serviced by the large number of fragmented smaller and regional companies. We believe that clients increasingly value full service real estate service providers with comprehensive capabilities and multi-jurisdictional reach. We believe this will provide a competitive advantage for us as we have full service capabilities to service both real estate owners and occupiers.

Trend Toward Outsourcing of Commercial Real Estate Services . Outsourcing of real estate-related services has reduced both property owner and tenant costs, which has spurred additional demand for real estate. We believe that the global revenue opportunity includes a large percentage of companies and landlords that have not yet outsourced their commercial real estate functions, including many functions offered by our management services businesses. Large corporations are focused on consistency in service delivery and centralization of the real estate function and procurement to maximize cost savings and efficiencies in their real estate portfolios. This focus tends to lead them to choose full-service providers like Newmark, where customers can centralize service delivery and maximize cost reductions. Our GCS business was specifically designed to meet these objectives through the development of high value-add client-embedded technology, expert consultants and transaction execution. Additionally, we believe that approximately 80% of property owners and occupiers do not outsource and we consult with them and implement software to facilitate self-management more efficiently. This technology produces licensing and consulting revenues, allows us to engage further with these clients and positions us for opportunities to provide transaction and management services to fulfill their needs.

Increasing Institutional Investor Demand in Commercial Real Estate . Institutions investing in real estate often compare their returns on investments in real estate to the underlying interest rates in order to allocate their investments. The continued low interest rate environment around the world and appealing spreads have attracted significant additional investment by the portfolios of sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, pension and mutual funds, and other institutional investors, leading to an increased percentage of direct and indirect

 



 

5


Table of Contents

ownership of real-estate related assets over time. The target allocation to real estate by all institutional investors globally has increased from 3.7% of their overall portfolios in 1990 to over 10% in 2017, according to figures from Preqin Real Estate Online, Cornell University’s Baker Program in Real Estate and Hodes Weill & Associates. We expect this positive allocation trend to continue to benefit our capital markets, services, and GSE lending businesses.

Significant Levels of Commercial Mortgage Debt Outstanding and Upcoming Maturities . With $3.1 trillion in U.S. mortgage debt outstanding, 61% of which is commercial mortgage debt according to our research, and a substantial volume of near-term maturities, we see opportunities in our commercial mortgage brokerage businesses and our GSE lending units. Sustained low interest rates typically stimulate our capital markets business, where demand is often dependent on attractive all-in borrowing rates versus asset yields. Demand also depends on credit accessibility and general macroeconomic trends. We expect interest rates to slowly and steadily rise over the next three to five years. We expect our capital markets and GSE lending businesses to continue to outperform the overall industry over the coming years, and because of our diversified mix of businesses, as well as our strong track record of adding industry-leading talent and improving revenue per producer, we expect to grow faster than the overall industry in any macroeconomic environment.

Favorable Multifamily Demographics Driving Growth in GSE Lending and Multifamily Sales. Delayed marriages, an aging population and immigration to the United States are among the factors increasing demand for new apartment living, which, according to a recent study commissioned by the National Multifamily Housing Council (which we refer to as the “NMHC”) and the National Apartment Association (which we refer to as the “NAA”), is expected to reach 4.6 million new apartments by 2030. The NMHC estimates that 325,000 new apartments must be built annually through 2030 to meet new demand. Additionally, according to the MBA, multifamily loan originations by all lenders increased to $260 billion in 2016, a CAGR of over 15% from 2014 to 2016, while GSE originations increased by a 29% CAGR. We expect these trends will support continued growth for our multifamily business platform, which provides integrated investment sales capabilities through ARA and GSE lending and servicing capabilities through Berkeley Point and our mortgage brokerage business.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths differentiate us from competitors and will help us enhance our position as a leading commercial real estate services provider:

Full Service Capabilities . We provide a fully integrated real estate services platform to meet the needs of our clients and seek to provide beginning-to-end corporate services to each client. These services include leasing, investment sales, mortgage brokerage, property management, facility management, multifamily GSE lending, loan servicing, advisory and consulting, appraisal, property and development services and embedded technological solutions to support their activities and allow them to comprehensively manage their real estate assets. Through our investment in Real Estate Newco (see “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—BP Transaction Agreement and Real Estate Newco Limited Partnership Agreement”), we are able to provide clients access to nonagency lending investment management and other real-estate related offerings. Today’s clients are focused on consistency of service delivery, centralization of the real estate function and procurement, resulting in savings and efficiencies by allowing them to focus on their core competencies. Our target clients increasingly award business to full-service commercial real estate services firms, a trend which benefits our business over a number of our competitors. Additionally, our full service capabilities afford us an advantage when competing for business from clients who are outsourcing real estate services for the first time, as well as clients seeking best in class technology solutions. We believe that our comprehensive, top-down approach to commercial real estate services has allowed our revenue sources to become well-diversified across services and into key markets throughout North America.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

Proven Ability to Hire and Acquire. We believe we have an exceptional ability to identify, acquire or hire, and integrate high-performing companies and individuals. Since our acquisition by BGC in 2011, we have meaningfully expanded our capabilities, become a full-service commercial real estate services firm and increased our revenue-generating headcount from approximately 400 to approximately 1,500 and our number of offices from approximately 40 to approximately 120. This growth is underpinned by our ability to attract and retain top talent in the industry. Many high-performing professionals are attracted to our technology capabilities, entrepreneurial culture, emphasis on cross-selling and unique partnership structure. This unique partnership structure allows acquirees the ability to contribute the value of their business to, and receive earnings from, our partnership. We also have a successful track record of acquisitions, and have completed over 35 since 2011, including leading brokerage firms in such dynamic markets as San Francisco/Silicon Valley, Denver, Philadelphia, Houston, Dallas and Atlanta. Outside of the United States, we recently acquired a full-service real estate firm in Mexico City, a significant commercial real estate market. We expect our ability to make accretive acquisitions and hires to be significantly enhanced through the use of our standalone equity currency after the completion of this offering.

Deeply Embedded, Industry-Leading Technology . Our advanced technology differentiates us in the marketplace by harnessing the scale and scope of our data derived from billions of square feet of leased real estate. Our technology platform is led by our innovative VISION product. This software combines powerful business intelligence, reporting and analytics, allowing clients to more efficiently manage their real estate portfolios. Our N360 custom mobile tools provide our clients access to our research, demographics and notifications about various property related events. This allows us to facilitate more timely dissemination of critical real estate information to our clients and professionals spread throughout a diverse array of markets. In addition to generating revenue from software licenses and user agreements, we believe our technology solutions encourage customers to use Newmark to execute capital markets and leasing transactions, as well as other recurring services. To maintain our competitive advantage in the marketplace, we employ approximately 200 dedicated, in-house technology professionals and consultants who continue to improve existing software products as well as develop new innovations. We will continue to aggressively develop and invest in technology with innovations in this area, which we believe will drive the future of real estate corporate outsourcing.

Strong and Diversified Client Relationships . We have long-standing relationships with many of the world’s largest commercial property owners, real estate developers and investors, as well as Fortune 500 and Forbes Global 2000 companies. We are able to provide beginning-to-end corporate services solutions for our clients through GCS. This allows us to generate more recurring and predictable revenues as we generally have multi-year contracts to provide services, including repeatable transaction work, lease administration, project management, facilities management and consulting. In capital markets, we provide real estate investors and owners with property management and agency leasing during their ownership and assist them with maximizing their return on real estate investments through investment sales, debt and equity financing, lending and valuation and appraisal services and real estate technology solutions. We believe that the many touch points we have with our clients gives us a competitive advantage in terms of client-specific and overall industry knowledge, while also giving us an opportunity to cross-sell our various offerings to provide maximum value to our customers.

Strong Financial Position to Support High Growth. We generate significant earnings and strong and consistent cash flow that we expect to fuel our future growth. For the 12-month period ended June 30, 2017, we generated revenues of $1.5 billion, representing year-over-year growth of approximately 21%. We intend to maintain a strong balance sheet and our separation from BGC Partners will provide us with a “pure play” and more effective acquisition currency through our listed equity securities that will allow us to continue to grow our market share as we accretively acquire companies, develop and invest in technology and add top talent across our platform. Further, we believe that our capital position will be strengthened by our expected receipt of up to 10.9 million Nasdaq shares to be paid ratably over approximately 11 years in connection with the eSpeed sale (see “Business—Nasdaq Transaction.”). We expect the Nasdaq payment to provide approximately $75 million of

 



 

7


Table of Contents

pre-tax earnings and cash flow annually during this period, based on the last reported sale price of one Nasdaq share on October 11, 2017. With our strong balance sheet and standalone equity currency, we will be well positioned to make future hires and acquisitions and to profitably grow our market share.

Partnership Structure Yields Multiple Benefits. We believe that our unique partnership structure provides us with numerous competitive advantages. Unlike our peers, a large percentage of our key executives and revenue-generating employees and contractors have sizable equity stakes. We believe this aligns our employees and management with shareholders and encourages a collaborative culture that drives cross-selling and improves revenue growth. Additionally, our partnership structure reduces recruitment costs by encouraging retention, as equity stakes are subject to redemption or forfeiture in the event that employees leave the firm to compete with Newmark. Additionally, our partnership structure is tax efficient for employees and our public shareholders. We believe that this structure, which will be enhanced by our standalone equity currency, promotes an entrepreneurial culture that, along with our strong platform, enables us to attract key producers in key markets and services.

Strong and Experienced Management Team. We have dozens of executives and senior managers who have significant experience with building and growing industry-leading businesses and creating significant value for stakeholders. Management is heavily invested in Newmark’s success, supporting strong alignment with shareholders. We believe our deep bench of talent will allow us to significantly increase the scale of Newmark as we continue to invest in our platforms. Our Chairman, Howard Lutnick, has more than 34 years of financial industry experience at BGC Partners and Cantor. He was instrumental in the founding of eSpeed in 1996, its IPO in 1999, and its merger with and into BGC Partners in 2008. In 2013, he negotiated the sale of eSpeed, which generated just under $100 million in annual revenues, to Nasdaq, Inc. (which we refer to as “Nasdaq”) for over $1.2 billion. See “Business—Nasdaq Transaction.” Barry Gosin has served as Chief Executive Officer of Newmark since 1979 and has successfully guided the Company’s significant expansion since 2011. Mr. Gosin spearheaded our merger with BGC Partners in 2011, and has received the Real Estate Board of New York’s “Most Ingenious Deal of the Year” award on three separate occasions. In addition, James Ficarro, our Chief Operating Officer, and Michael Rispoli, our Chief Financial Officer, along with our other senior management, collectively have decades of experience in the financial and real estate services industries.

Our Differentiated Business Growth Strategy

Set forth below are the key components of our differentiated business growth strategy:

Profitably Hire Top Talent and Accretively Acquire Complementary Businesses. Building on our management team’s proven track record, our unique partnership structure, our high-growth platform and our standalone equity currency, we intend to opportunistically hire additional producers and acquire other firms, services and products to strengthen and enhance our broad suite of offerings. We expect this growth to deepen our presence in our existing markets and expand our ability to service existing and new clients.

Incentivize and Retain Top Talent Using Our Partnership Structure. Unlike our peers, virtually all of our top producers and a majority of our employees have sizeable partnership or equity stakes in our company and receive deferred equity or BGC Holdings units as part of their compensation. Approximately one-third of BGC Partners’ fully diluted shares were owned by executives, partners and employees of BGC Partners as of June 30, 2017. We believe that following this offering, a similarly high percentage of Newmark’s fully diluted shares will be owned by our executives, partners and employees over time. Our unique partnership structure, and our standalone equity currency, will enable us to motivate and retain our best producers more effectively than our peers in the key markets and services that are critical to our growth. Our ownership stakes, retention tools and partnership structure, together with the creation of Newmark equity solely linked to our business, will more strongly align our employee interests with those of our stockholders, and provide effective tools to recruit, motivate and retain our key employees and independent contractors.

Actively Cross-Sell Services to Increase Revenue and Expand Margins. We expect the combination of our services and products to generate substantial revenue synergies across our platforms, increase revenues per

 



 

8


Table of Contents

producer and expand margins. To complement and drive future growth opportunities within our GCS business, we are leveraging our capabilities in providing innovative front-end real estate technology solutions to complement and cross-sell other corporate services to those clients, including leasing services, project management, facilities management and lease administration services. Furthermore, the combination of Berkeley Point as a leading multifamily origination provider with ARA, our top-three multifamily investment sales business, and Newmark’s fast growing commercial mortgage business is an opportunity for strong loan originations and cross-selling opportunities across the multifamily market. We expect revenues to increase as Berkeley Point begins to capture a greater portion of financings on ARA’s investment sales transactions.

Utilize Our Technology to Provide Value and Deepen Relationships with Clients. We believe owners and occupiers of commercial real estate are increasingly focused on improving their efficiency, cost reduction and outsourcing of non-core real estate competencies. Through the use of our innovative technology and consulting services, we help clients become more efficient in their commercial real estate activities, and thus realize additional profit. We will continue to provide technology solutions for companies that self-manage, offering them visibility into their real estate data and tools to better manage their real estate utilization and spend. For instance, we are well positioned to provide technology services for the approximately 80% of the market that we believe does not outsource their real estate functions. The deep insight into our clients that we gain through our data and technology will provide us with opportunities to cross-sell consulting and transaction services.

Maximize Recurring and Other Revenue Opportunity from Each Service Offering to Real Estate Owners. We drive growth throughout the life cycle of each commercial real estate asset by providing best-in-class investment sales, debt and equity financing, agency leasing and property management. Our product offerings often create recurring revenues from properties, in particular with respect to property management, where the average life of our properties under management exceeds five years, and our servicing portfolio of $58.2 billion that has an average life of eight years at June 30, 2017. Our multifamily investment sales business and our commercial mortgage brokerage business also drive revenue, through referrals, to our GSE lending business. And we have also begun a meaningful expansion of our valuation and appraisal business, which we expect to spur significant growth and complement our platforms supporting the buying and selling of commercial real estate.

Opportunity to Grow Global Footprint. In 2016, less than 1% of our revenues were from international sources, while our largest, full-service, U.S.-listed competitors earned approximately 40-50% of their 2016 revenues outside the U.S., excluding investment management. We believe that our successful history of acquiring businesses across the U.S. and in making profitable hires across our business lines demonstrates our ability to increase revenues in the U.S. and grow substantially through acquisition and hiring globally. Currently, we facilitate servicing our clients’ needs outside of the Americas through our alliance with London-based Knight Frank LLP (which we refer to as “Knight Frank”). We believe that we have a substantial opportunity to grow in the U.S. and internationally across leasing, investment sales, mortgage brokerage, property management, facilities management, loan servicing, advisory and consulting, appraisal, property and development services.

Our Restructuring and Post-IPO Organizational Structure

Our Restructuring

We are Newmark Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation. We were formed as NRE Delaware, Inc. on November 18, 2016 and changed our name to Newmark Group, Inc. on October 18, 2017. We currently have nominal assets and operations. We were formed for the purpose of becoming a public company conducting the operations of BGC Partners’ Real Estate Services segment, including Newmark and Berkeley Point.

Through the following series of transactions prior to and following the completion of this offering, we will become a separate publicly traded company. Immediately following this offering, a majority of our issued and

 



 

9


Table of Contents

outstanding shares of common stock will be held by BGC Partners. If BGC Partners completes the distribution contemplated below under “—The Distribution,” a majority of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock will be held by the stockholders of BGC Partners as of the date of any such distribution.

The Separation and Contribution

Prior to the completion of this offering, pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement, members of the BGC group will transfer to us substantially all of the assets and liabilities of the BGC group relating to BGC Partners’ Real Estate Services segment, including Newmark, Berkeley Point and the right to receive the remainder of the Nasdaq payment. For a description of the Nasdaq payment, see “Business—Nasdaq Transaction.”

Assumption and Repayment of Indebtedness

In connection with the separation and prior to the closing of this offering, we will assume from BGC Partners a term loan that has an outstanding principal amount of $575 million, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon (which we refer to as the “Term Loan”). Newmark OpCo will also assume from BGC U.S. certain note obligations owed to BGC Partners that have an outstanding principal amount of approximately $        , plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon (which we refer to as the “BGC Notes”).

We currently intend to contribute all of the net proceeds of this offering (including the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to Newmark OpCo in exchange for a number of units representing Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests equal to the number of shares issued by us in this offering. Newmark OpCo intends to use such net proceeds to repay the Term Loan in full and intends to use any remaining net proceeds for various general partnership purposes, including repayment of the BGC Notes or other indebtedness assumed by us prior to the completion of this offering, potential strategic alliances, acquisitions, joint ventures or hiring personnel. The Term Loan has an outstanding principal amount of $575 million, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon, with an interest rate calculated from one-month LIBOR plus 2.25%, which is currently approximately 3.5% per annum, subject to adjustment. The terms of the Term Loan require that the net proceeds of this offering be used to repay the Term Loan until the Term Loan is repaid in full. See “Use of Proceeds.” Following this offering, in the event that any member of the Newmark group receives net proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness for borrowed money after this offering, Newmark OpCo will be obligated to use such net proceeds to repay the remaining BGC Notes. In addition, we will be obligated to repay any remaining amounts under the BGC Notes prior to the distribution.

The Distribution

BGC Partners has advised us that it currently expects to pursue a distribution to its stockholders of all of the shares of our common stock that it then owns in a manner that is intended to qualify as generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As currently contemplated, shares of our Class A common stock held by BGC Partners would be distributed to the holders of shares of Class A common stock of BGC Partners and shares of our Class B common stock held by BGC Partners would be distributed to the holders of shares of Class B common stock of BGC Partners (which are currently Cantor and another entity controlled by Mr. Lutnick). The determination of whether, when and how to proceed with any such distribution is entirely within the discretion of BGC Partners. See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Separation and Distribution Agreement—The Distribution.” The shares of our common stock that BGC Partners will own upon the completion of this offering will be subject to the 180-day “lock-up” restriction contained in the underwriting agreement for this offering. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

 



 

10


Table of Contents

Our Post-IPO Organizational Structure

BGC Partners will hold             shares of our Class A common stock after this offering representing approximately     % of our outstanding Class A common stock, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering and representing approximately     % of our outstanding Class A common stock, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. BGC Partners will also hold all of the issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock after this offering. Each share of Class A common stock is generally entitled to one vote on matters submitted to our stockholders. Each share of Class B common stock is generally entitled to the same rights as a share of Class A common stock, except that, on matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, each share of Class B common stock is entitled to 10 votes. The Class B common stock generally votes together with the Class A common stock on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. After giving effect to this offering, our Class B common stock and our Class A common stock held by BGC Partners will represent approximately     % of the total voting power of our common stock, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and will represent approximately     % of the total voting power of our common stock, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. We expect to retain our dual class structure, and there are no circumstances under which the holders of Class B common stock would be required to convert their shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock. Our certificate of incorporation will not provide for automatic conversion of shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock upon the occurrence of any event.

We are a holding company with no direct operations. We conduct substantially all of our operations through our operating subsidiaries. The limited partnership interests of Newmark OpCo are held by us and Newmark Holdings, and the limited partnership interests of Newmark Holdings are currently held by Cantor and the founding partners, working partners and limited partnership unit holders. As of the completion of this offering, we expect Newmark Holdings to have 157 founding partners holding 12,722,552 founding partner units. Newmark Holdings and Newmark OpCo are variable interest entities. Virtually all of our consolidated net assets and net income are those of consolidated variable interest entities. There is a one-for-one exchange ratio between Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests and our common stock, which reflects that, currently, one Newmark Holdings limited partnership interest and one share of our common stock each represent an equivalent indirect economic interest in the income stream of Newmark OpCo. However, depending on our dividend policy, the distribution policy of Newmark Holdings and other reasons, this exchange ratio between Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests and our common stock could change. See “Dividend Policy” and “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Amended and Restated Newmark Holdings Limited Partnership Agreement—Adjustment to Exchange Ratio.” We hold the Newmark Holdings general partnership interest and the Newmark Holdings special voting limited partnership interest, which entitle us to remove and appoint the general partner of Newmark Holdings, and serve as the general partner of Newmark Holdings, which entitles us to control Newmark Holdings. Newmark Holdings, in turn, holds the Newmark OpCo general partnership interest and the Newmark OpCo special voting limited partnership interest, which entitle Newmark Holdings to remove and appoint the general partner of Newmark OpCo, and serve as the general partner of Newmark OpCo, which entitles Newmark Holdings (and thereby us) to control Newmark OpCo. As a result of our ownership of the general partnership interest in Newmark Holdings and Newmark Holdings’ general partnership interest in Newmark OpCo, we consolidate Newmark OpCo’s results for financial reporting purposes.

As a result of the distribution of limited partnership interests of Newmark Holdings in connection with the separation, each holder of BGC Holdings limited partnership interests will hold a BGC Holdings limited partnership interest and a corresponding Newmark Holdings limited partnership interest for each BGC Holdings limited partnership interest held thereby immediately prior to the separation. The BGC Holdings limited partnership interests and Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests will each be entitled to receive cash

 



 

11


Table of Contents

distributions from BGC Holdings and Newmark Holdings, respectively, in accordance with the terms of such partnership’s respective limited partnership agreement. We currently expect that the combined cash distributions to a holder of one BGC Holdings limited partnership interest and one Newmark Holdings limited partnership interest following the separation will equal the cash distribution payable to a holder of one BGC Holdings limited partnership interest immediately prior to the separation, before giving effect to the dilutive impact of the shares of our common stock to be issued in this offering.

The Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests held by Cantor are generally exchangeable with us for Class B common stock (or, at Cantor’s option or if there are no additional authorized but unissued shares of Class B common stock, Class A common stock) on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments as set forth in the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement), subject to the limitation on exchanges prior to the distribution as described below under “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Amended and Restated Newmark Holdings Limited Partnership Agreement—Exchanges.”

The Newmark Holdings founding partner interests (which will be issued in the separation to holders of BGC Holdings founding partner interests, who received such founding partner interests in connection with the separation of BGC Partners from Cantor in 2008) will not be exchangeable with us unless certain circumstances occur or unless Cantor has so determined. In particular, the Newmark Holdings founding partner interests that Cantor has provided will be exchangeable with us for Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments as set forth in the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement), in accordance with the terms of the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement. Further, we provide exchangeability for partnership units into shares of our Class A common stock in connection with (1) our partnership redemption, compensation and restructuring programs, (2) other incentive compensation arrangements and (3) business combination transactions. Working partner interests will not be exchangeable with us unless otherwise determined by us with the written consent of a Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interest majority in interest, in accordance with the terms of the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Amended and Restated Newmark Holdings Limited Partnership Agreement—Exchanges.”

The following diagram illustrates our expected ownership structure immediately after the completion of this offering. The following diagram does not reflect the various subsidiaries of ours, Newmark OpCo, Newmark Holdings, BGC Partners or Cantor, or the results of any exchange of Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests or, to the extent applicable, Newmark Holdings founding partner interests, Newmark Holdings working partner interests or Newmark Holdings limited partnership units:

 



 

12


Table of Contents

Post-IPO Diagram

 

LOGO

 



 

13


Table of Contents

 

The types of interests of Newmark, Newmark Holdings and Newmark OpCo outstanding following the completion of the separation are described further under “Structure of Newmark.” You should also read “Risk Factors,” “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions” and “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information about our corporate structure and the risks posed by this structure.

The diagram above does not show certain operating subsidiaries that are organized as corporations whose equity are either wholly-owned by Newmark or whose equity are majority owned by Newmark with the remainder owned by Newmark OpCo.

 



 

14


Table of Contents

Reasons for the Separation and Distribution

We believe that the separation and distribution of Newmark and BGC Partners will provide significant benefits, including:

 

    The separation and distribution will facilitate employee hiring, retention, and motivation at each of BGC Partners and the Company by providing leadership opportunities that would not exist in the combined structure, by giving management and other employees a greater sense of control of our business, and by more closely aligning employees’ prospects with those of the businesses for which they work.

 

    The separation and distribution will allow each of BGC Partners and the Company to operate its respective business without the distractions of the other company’s business. We expect the separation and distribution will free up time and human resources and enable BGC Partners’ senior management to focus on BGC Partners’ other businesses without distraction from the responsibility to devote time and attention to the Company’s business, while permitting the Company’s management team to focus solely on the Company’s strategic initiatives and future growth.

 

    The Company’s business and BGC Partners’ business compete for capital in the current structure. After the separation and distribution, we expect the Company will be able to make investments in its future growth without regard to the goals of BGC Partners’ other businesses.

 

    As a separate entity, the Company will have a better, more focused story and a track record of growth to present to investors, thereby facilitating the Company’s ability to raise equity capital.

 

    The separation and distribution will provide Newmark with direct access to the capital markets and will facilitate our ability to effect future acquisitions utilizing our Class A common stock, which will become a more effective acquisition currency because equity markets tend to value higher, and we believe sellers prefer to receive, equity in “pure play” companies. As a result, Newmark will have more flexibility to capitalize on its unique growth opportunities.

Our Relationship with BGC Partners and Cantor

Upon completion of this offering, BGC Partners, directly through its ownership of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and Cantor, indirectly through its control of BGC Partners, will each be able to exercise control over our management and affairs and all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of our directors and determinations with respect to acquisitions and dispositions, as well as material expansions or contractions of our business, entry into new lines of business and borrowings and issuances of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock or other securities.

In connection with the separation, we will enter into the separation and distribution agreement and other agreements with BGC Partners and/or Cantor to effect the separation and provide a framework for our relationship with BGC Partners and Cantor following the separation. These agreements will provide for the allocation between us and BGC Partners of BGC Partners’ assets, employees, liabilities and obligations (including its investments, property and employee benefits and tax-related assets and liabilities) attributable to periods prior to, at and after the separation, and will govern certain relationships between us and BGC Partners and Cantor after the separation.

The separation and distribution agreement sets forth the agreements between BGC Partners, Cantor and us regarding the principal corporate transactions required to effect the separation, this offering and the distribution, if any, and other agreements governing the relationship between us and BGC Partners and Cantor. The separation and distribution agreement will generally provide for the transfer by BGC Partners to us of the assets and liabilities related to our business, while BGC Partners will retain all of its other assets and liabilities. Each of us and BGC Partners will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other parties’ (and Cantor’s) groups and each of

 



 

15


Table of Contents

their respective directors, officers, general partners, managers and employees from and against all liabilities to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from liabilities allocated to us or BGC Partners, as applicable, under the separation and distribution agreement or breaches by it of the separation and distribution agreement or any of the ancillary agreements (other than the transition services agreement), among other matters.

We will also enter into a tax matters agreement with BGC Partners that will govern the parties’ respective rights, responsibilities and obligations after the separation with respect to taxes, tax attributes, the preparation and filing of tax returns, the control of audits and other tax proceedings, tax elections, assistance and cooperation in respect of tax matters, procedures and restrictions relating to the distribution, if any, and certain other tax matters. We will also enter into an administrative services agreement with Cantor, which will govern the provision by Cantor of various administrative services to us, and our provision of various administrative services to Cantor, at a cost equal to (1) the direct cost that the providing party incurs in performing those services, including third-party charges incurred in providing services, plus (2) a reasonable allocation of other costs determined in a consistent and fair manner so as to cover the providing party’s appropriate costs or in such other manner as the parties agree. We will also enter into a transition services agreement with BGC Partners, which will govern the provision by BGC Partners of various administrative services to us, and our provision of various administrative services to BGC Partners, on a transitional basis (with a term of up to two years following the distribution) and at a cost equal to (1) the direct cost that the providing party incurs in performing those services, including third-party charges incurred in providing services, plus (2) a reasonable allocation of other costs determined in a consistent and fair manner so as to cover the providing party’s appropriate costs or in such other manner as the parties agree.

For additional information regarding these and other agreements we will enter with BGC Partners and Cantor in connection with the separation, see “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Relationship with BGC Partners, Cantor and Their Respective Affiliates.”

Howard W. Lutnick, who serves as our Chairman, is also the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of our indirect parent, Cantor, President of CF Group Management, Inc. (which we refer to as “CFGM”), which is the managing general partner of Cantor, and the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our direct parent, BGC Partners. In addition, Mr. Lutnick holds offices at various other affiliates of Cantor.

BGC Partners’ and Cantor’s ability to exercise control over us could create or appear to create potential conflicts of interest. Potential conflicts of interest could also arise if we decide to enter into any new commercial arrangements with BGC Partners or Cantor in the future or in connection with BGC Partners’ or Cantor’s desire to enter into new commercial arrangements with third parties. Moreover, Cantor has existing real estate-related businesses, and Newmark and Cantor will be partners in a real estate-related joint venture, Real Estate Newco. While these businesses do not currently compete with Newmark, it is possible that, in the future, real estate-related opportunities in which Newmark would be interested may also be pursued by Cantor and/or Real Estate Newco. In order to address potential conflicts of interest between or among BGC Partners, Cantor and their respective representatives and us, our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions regulating and defining the conduct of our affairs as they may involve BGC Partners and/or Cantor and their respective representatives, and our powers, rights, duties and liabilities and those of our representatives in connection therewith. See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Potential Conflicts of Interest and Competition with BGC Partners and Cantor” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Relationship with BGC Partners, Cantor and Their Respective Affiliates.”

Executive Offices

Our executive offices are located at 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017. Our telephone number is (212) 372-2000. Our website is located at www.ngkf.com. The information contained on, or that may be obtained through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

 



 

16


Table of Contents

JOBS Act

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (which we refer to as the “JOBS Act”) and have elected to comply with certain reduced disclosure requirements for this prospectus in accordance with the JOBS Act. We expect that our revenues for 2017 will exceed $1.07 billion. As a result, we expect that we will cease to qualify as an emerging growth company after the later of the completion of this offering and January 1, 2018 and thereafter will no longer be eligible for the exemptions from disclosure provided to an emerging growth company.

The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we are subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 



 

17


Table of Contents

This Offering

 

Class A common stock to be sold in this offering

            shares

Shares of all classes of Newmark
common stock to be outstanding
immediately following this offering (1) :

 

 

        Class A common stock

            shares

 

        Class B common stock

            shares

 

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         ($         if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full), assuming a public offering price of $         per share (which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions in connection with this offering and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We currently intend to contribute all of the net proceeds of this offering (including the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to Newmark OpCo in exchange for a number of units representing Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests equal to the number of shares issued by us in this offering. Newmark OpCo intends to use such net proceeds to repay the Term Loan in full and intends to use any remaining net proceeds for various general partnership purposes, including repayment of the BGC Notes or other indebtedness assumed by us prior to the completion of this offering, potential strategic alliances, acquisitions, joint ventures or hiring personnel. The Term Loan has an outstanding principal amount of $575 million, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon, with an interest rate calculated from one-month LIBOR adjustment. The terms of the Term Loan require that the net proceeds of this offering be used to repay the Term Loan until the Term Loan is repaid in full. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Economic and Voting Rights

We have two classes of authorized common stock: the Class A common stock offered hereby and Class B common stock. The economic rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, but they differ as to voting and conversion rights. Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share, thereby entitling holders of our Class A common stock to         votes in the aggregate immediately after this offering, representing     % of our total voting power immediately after this offering, assuming that the underwriters do not

 

(1) The number of shares of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock outstanding after the offering does not give effect to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters purchase all of the additional shares available pursuant to their option,                 shares of Class A common stock will be outstanding immediately following this offering and the exercise of such option.

 



 

18


Table of Contents
 

exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and         votes in the aggregate immediately after this offering, representing     % of our total voting power immediately after this offering, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to 10 votes per share, thereby entitling holders of our Class B common stock to         votes, representing     % of our total voting power immediately after this offering, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and representing         % of our total voting power immediately after this offering, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. Our Class B common stock generally votes together with our Class A common stock on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Before the distribution, our Class B common stock will be solely held by BGC Partners. Each share of Class B common stock is convertible into one share of Class A common stock at the option of the holder thereof at any time. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock.”

 

Dividend Policy

We expect our board of directors to authorize a dividend policy that will provide that we intend to pay a dividend on a quarterly basis. Any dividends to our common stockholders are expected to be calculated based on our post-tax Adjusted Earnings, as a measure of net income, allocated to us and generated over the fiscal quarter ending prior to the record date for the dividend. See “Dividend Policy” for a definition of “post-tax Adjusted Earnings” per fully diluted share.

We currently expect that, following the distribution (i.e., the spin-off), our quarterly dividend will be less than 25% of our post-tax Adjusted Earnings per fully diluted share to our common stockholders. The declaration, payment, timing and amount of any future dividends payable by us will be at the discretion of our board of directors; provided that, after the distribution (i.e., the spin-off), any quarterly dividend to our common stockholders that is 25% or more of our post-tax Adjusted Earnings per fully diluted share shall require the consent of the holder of a majority of the Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests. See “Dividend Policy.” See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Risk Factors

For a discussion of factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock, see “Risk Factors.”

 

Controlled Company

Following this offering, BGC Partners will control more than a majority of the total voting power of our common stock, and we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ

 



 

19


Table of Contents
 

Stock Market rules. However, we do not currently expect to rely upon the “controlled company” exemption.

 

NASDAQ Global Market symbol

“NMRK”

 

Conflicts of Interest

Because an affiliate of each of the underwriters, other than Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (which we refer to as “CF&Co”), is a lender under the Term Loan and will receive at least 5% of the net proceeds of this offering as a result of the repayment of the Term Loan out of the net proceeds of this offering, such underwriters are deemed to have a conflict of interest under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (which we refer to as “FINRA”) Rule 5121. In addition, CF&Co, which is an affiliate of ours, is deemed to have a conflict of interest under FINRA Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering will be conducted in accordance with FINRA Rule 5121, which requires, among other things, that a “qualified independent underwriter” has participated in the preparation of, and has exercised the usual standards of due diligence of an underwriter with respect to, this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.          has agreed to act as the qualified independent underwriter for purposes of FINRA Rule 5121. In its role as a qualified independent underwriter,              has participated in due diligence and the preparation of this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.              will not receive any additional fees for serving as a qualified independent underwriter in connection with this offering. We have agreed to indemnify                           against liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a qualified independent underwriter in this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121, CF&Co will not confirm sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific prior written approval of the account holder. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—Conflicts of Interest.”

 



 

20


Table of Contents

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data

The following tables summarize our historical, historical recast and pro forma combined financial and operating data. The summary historical combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 are derived from our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical recast combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and recast statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 are derived from our audited recast financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical combined financial data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 are derived from our unaudited interim combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical combined recast financial data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 are derived from our unaudited interim recast combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the unaudited combined financial statements include all normal and recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the operating results for these periods. Historical operating data may not be indicative of future performance. The operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 2017 or any other interim periods or any future year or period.

The summary historical combined and recast combined financial data include certain expenses of BGC Partners and Cantor that were allocated to us for certain corporate functions, including treasury, legal, accounting, insurance, information technology, payroll administration, human resources, stock incentive plans and other services. Management believes the assumptions underlying the combined financial statements, including the assumptions regarding allocated expenses, reasonably reflect the utilization of services provided to or the benefit received by us during the periods presented. However, these shared expenses may not represent the amounts that we would have incurred had we operated autonomously or independently from BGC Partners and Cantor. Actual costs that would have been incurred if we had been a standalone company would depend on multiple factors, including organizational structure and strategic decisions in various areas, such as information technology and infrastructure. In addition, our summary historical combined financial data do not reflect changes that we expect to experience in the future as a result of our separation from BGC Partners, including changes in our cost structure, personnel needs, tax structure, capital structure, financing and business operations.

The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data reflect the impact of certain transactions, which comprise the following:

 

    the separation;

 

    the BP Transaction;

 

    the receipt of approximately $            million in proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering and the repayment of the Term Loan; and

 

    other adjustments described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet reflects the separation as if it occurred on June 30, 2017, while the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations give effect to the separation as if it occurred on January 1, 2016, the beginning of the earliest period presented. The pro forma adjustments, described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Data,” are based on currently available information and certain assumptions that management believes are reasonable. Excluded from the pro forma adjustments are items that are nonrecurring in nature or are not material.

 



 

21


Table of Contents

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have occurred had the separation from BGC Partners been completed on June 30, 2017 for the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet or on January 1, 2016 for the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements should not be relied on as indicative of the historical operating results that we would have achieved or any future operating results or financial position that we will achieve after the completion of this offering.

This summary historical, historical recast and pro forma combined financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Excluding Berkeley Point),” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the Newmark Recast Financial Statements (Including Berkeley Point),” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Data,” Newmark’s combined financial statements and related notes, and Newmark’s recast combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Pro Forma     Historical (Excluding Berkeley Point)  
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,     Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2017     2016      2015         2017             2016         2016     2015  
    (in thousands)  

Revenues:

              

Commissions

  $     $      $     $ 448,837     $ 375,386     $ 859,005     $ 808,878  

Management and other

           102,358       91,652       196,959       188,389  
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    —         —          —         551,195       467,038       1,055,964       997,267  

Expenses:

              

Compensation and employee benefits

           402,034       341,879       771,406       753,034  

Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units

           34,500       23,435       72,318       142,195  
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total compensation and employee benefits

    —         —          —         436,534       365,314       843,724       895,229  

Operating, administrative and other

           82,694       73,213       154,868       136,428  

Fees to related parties

           8,657       9,841       17,731       17,951  

Depreciation and amortization

           8,298       6,220       13,349       16,644  
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    —         —          —         536,183       454,588       1,029,672       1,066,252  

Other income (losses), net

              

Other income (loss)

    —         —          —         (1,097     (1,328     15,645       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (losses), net

    —         —          —         (1,097     (1,328     15,645    

Income (loss) from operations

    —         —          —         13,915       11,122       41,937       (68,985

Interest income, net

           1,830       1,510       3,358       1,450  
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

    —         —          —         15,745       12,632       45,295       (67,535

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

           1,383       800       3,913       (6,767
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    —         —          —         14,362       11,832       41,382       (60,768

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

           308       (564     (1,189     77  
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Newmark’s net income (loss) available to its parent, BGC Partners

  $ —         —          —       $ 14,054     $ 12,396     $ 42,571     $ (60,845
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 



 

22


Table of Contents
     Pro Forma      Historical (Excluding Berkeley Point)  
     June 30,
2017
     June 30,
2017
     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
            (in thousands)         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $                   $ 34,264      $ 33,038      $ 10,536  

Total current assets

   $      $ 307,328      $ 293,273      $ 298,421  

Total assets

   $      $ 1,028,597      $ 995,491      $ 857,052  

Total current liabilities

   $      $ 422,825      $ 412,821      $ 334,844  

Total liabilities

   $      $ 504,111      $ 491,510      $ 407,619  

Total invested equity

   $      $ 524,486      $ 503,981      $ 449,433  

 

     Historical Recast (Including Berkeley Point)  
     Six Months Ended June 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
           2017                 2016           2016     2015  
     (in thousands)  

Revenues:

        

Commissions

   $ 444,806     $ 373,867     $ 849,419     $ 806,931  

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net

     118,808       73,631       193,387       115,304  

Management services, servicing fees and other

     174,039       142,271       307,177       278,012  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     737,653       589,769       1,349,983       1,200,247  

Expenses:

        

Compensation and employee benefits

     453,663       378,375       849,975       816,268  

Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units

     34,500       23,435       72,318       142,195  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total compensation and employee benefits

     488,163       401,810       922,293       958,463  

Operating, administrative and other

     106,786       87,682       185,344       162,316  

Fees to related parties

     8,885       9,841       18,010       18,471  

Depreciation and amortization

     41,455       37,438       72,197       71,774  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     645,289       536,771       1,197,844       1,211,024  

Other income (losses), net

        

Other income (loss)

     (1,308     (1,886     15,279       (460
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (losses), net

     (1,308     (1,886     15,279       (460

Income (loss) from operations

     91,056       51,112       167,418       (11,237

Interest income, net

     2,515       1,756       3,787       1,867  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     93,571       52,868       171,205       (9,370

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     1,407       858       3,993       (6,644
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     92,164       52,010       167,212       (2,726

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     308       (564     (1,189     77  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Newmark’s net income (loss) available to its parent, BGC Partners(1)    $ 91,856     $ 52,574     $ 168,401     $ (2,803
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 



 

23


Table of Contents
     Historical Recast (Including Berkeley Point)  
     June 30,
2017
     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 95,722      $ 66,627      $ 111,430  

Total current assets

   $ 1,524,065      $ 1,482,745      $ 826,919  

Total assets

   $ 2,632,320      $ 2,534,688      $ 1,657,930  

Total current liabilities

   $ 1,403,176      $ 1,410,374      $ 726,019  

Total liabilities

   $ 1,550,625      $ 1,550,905      $ 853,896  

Total invested equity

   $ 1,081,695      $ 983,783      $ 804,034  

(1) Below is a reconciliation from GAAP Newmark’s net income (loss) available to its parent, BGC Partners to Adjusted EBITDA (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2016     2015     2017     2016  

GAAP Newmark’s net income (loss) available to its parent, BGC partners

   $ 168.4     $ (2.8   $ 91.9     $ 52.6  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     4.0       (6.6     1.4       0.9  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (1.2     0.1       0.3       (0.6

OMSR revenue

     (124.4     (68.0     (71.9     (48.9

MSR amortization

     58.1       54.5       32.9       30.9  

Grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units

     45.6       130.6       23.7       16.2  

Other equity based compensation

     14.9       13.5       11.7       5.9  

Employee loan amortization and reserves(1)

     24.3       48.6       3.1       2.9  

Depreciation and amortization(2)

     14.1       17.2       8.5       6.6  

Non-recurring (gains)/losses

     (14.8     1.9       1.8       1.3  

Other non-cash, non-dilutive, non-economic items

     1.5       1.2       2.5       0.5  

Interest expense

     0.4       0.5       0.2       0.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 190.9     $ 190.7     $ 106.1     $ 68.9  

Allocation of net income

     26.7       11.6       10.8       7.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA before allocation to units

   $ 217.6     $ 202.3     $ 116.9     $ 76.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Employee loan amortization and reserves includes loan amortization of $6.3 million in 2016, $4.6 million in 2015, $3.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and $2.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016.
(2) Depreciation and amortization includes fixed asset depreciation of $9.9 million in 2016, $7.3 million in 2015, $5.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and $5.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

 



 

24


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in shares of our Class A common stock involves risks and uncertainties, including the potential loss of all or a part of your investment. The following are important risks and uncertainties that could affect our business, but we do not ascribe any particular likelihood or probability to them unless specifically indicated. Before making an investment decision to purchase our common stock, you should carefully read and consider all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this prospectus, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated and combined financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties that are currently immaterial or unknown could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, result of operations, cash flows or prospects. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

Global Economic and Market Conditions

Negative general economic conditions and commercial real estate market conditions (including perceptions of such conditions) can have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Commercial real estate markets are cyclical. They relate to the condition of the economy or, at least, to the perceptions of investors and users as to the relevant economic outlook. For example, companies may be hesitant to expand their office space or enter into long-term real estate commitments if they are concerned about the general economic environment. Companies that are under financial pressure for any reason, or are attempting to more aggressively manage their expenses, may reduce the size of their workforces, limit capital expenditures, including with respect to their office space, permit more of their staff to work from home and/or seek corresponding reductions in office space and related management or other services.

Negative general economic conditions and declines in the demand for commercial real estate brokerage and related management services in several markets or in significant markets could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects as a result of the following factors:

 

    A general decline in acquisition and disposition activity can lead to a reduction in the commissions and fees we receive for arranging such transactions, as well as in commissions and fees we earn for arranging the financing for acquirers.

 

    A general decline in the value and performance of commercial real estate and in rental rates can lead to a reduction in management and leasing commissions and fees. Additionally, such declines can lead to a reduction in commissions and fees that are based on the value of, or revenue produced by, the properties for which we provide services. This may include commissions and fees for appraisal and valuation, sales and leasing, and property and facilities management.

 

    Cyclicality in the commercial real estate markets may lead to volatility in our earnings, and the commercial real estate business can be highly sensitive to market perception of the economy generally and our industry specifically. Real estate markets are also thought to “lag” the broader economy. This means that, even when underlying economic fundamentals improve in a given market, it may take additional time for these improvements to translate into strength in the commercial real estate markets.

 

   

In weaker economic environments, income-producing multifamily real estate may experience higher property vacancies, lower investor and tenant demand and reduced values. In such environments, we

 

25


Table of Contents
 

could experience lower transaction volumes and transaction sizes as well as fewer loan originations with lower relative principal amounts, as well as potential credit losses arising from risk-sharing arrangements with respect to certain GSE loans.

 

    Periods of economic weakness or recession, significantly rising interest rates, fiscal uncertainty, declining employment levels, declining demand for commercial real estate, falling real estate values, disruption to the global capital or credit markets, political uncertainty or the public perception that any of these events may occur, may negatively affect the performance of some or all of our business lines.

 

    Our ability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or the equity capital markets, or to access secured lending markets could in the future be adversely affected by conditions in the United States and international economy and markets, with the cost and availability of funding adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads and changes in interest rates.

While the U.S. commercial property market continues to display strength despite slowing growth of commercial property prices, according to CoStar Realty Information, Inc. (which we refer to as “CoStar”) as of July 28, 2017, there can be no assurances that such strength will continue. Although Deutsche Bank Markets Research as of July 5, 2017 estimates that the spreads between commercial property capitalization rates for all property types and both 10-year U.S. Treasuries and BBB-rated U.S. corporate bonds remain around their 20-year average, following the U.S. elections in 2016, interest rates rose across the U.S. benchmark yield curve, due in part to expectations of increased economic growth due to potential fiscal stimulus. We would expect these expectations to fuel continued demand for commercial real estate for as long as the U.S. economy continues to expand at a moderate pace but there can be no assurances that such sentiment will continue.

Business Concentration Risks

Our business is geographically concentrated and could be significantly affected by any adverse change in the regions in which we operate.

Our current business operations are primarily located in the United States. While we are expanding our business to new geographic areas, and operate internationally through our alliance with Knight Frank, we are still highly concentrated in the United States. Because we derived substantially all of our total revenues on a consolidated basis for the year ended December 31, 2016 from our operations in the United States, we are exposed to adverse competitive changes and economic downturns and changes in political conditions domestically. If we are unable to identify and successfully manage or mitigate these risks, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

The concentration of business with corporate clients can increase business risk, and our business can be adversely affected due to the loss of certain of these clients.

We value the expansion of business relationships with individual corporate clients because of the increased efficiency and economics that can result from developing recurring business from performing an increasingly broad range of services for the same client. Although our client portfolio is currently highly diversified—for the year ended December 31, 2016, our top 10 clients, collectively, accounted for approximately 6% of our total revenue on a consolidated basis, and our largest client accounted for less than 1% of our total revenue on a consolidated basis—as we grow our business, relationships with certain corporate clients may increase, and our client portfolio may become increasingly concentrated. For example, part of our strategy is to increase our GCS revenues which may lead to an increase in corporate clients and therefore greater concentration of revenues. Having increasingly large and concentrated clients also can lead to greater or more concentrated risks if, among other possibilities, any such client (1) experiences its own financial problems; (2) becomes bankrupt or insolvent, which can lead to our failure to be paid for services we have previously provided or funds we have previously advanced; (3) decides to reduce its operations or its real estate facilities; (4) makes a change in its real estate strategy, such as no longer outsourcing its real estate operations; (5) decides to change its providers of real estate

 

26


Table of Contents

services; or (6) merges with another corporation or otherwise undergoes a change of control, which may result in new management taking over with a different real estate philosophy or in different relationships with other real estate providers.

Where we provide real estate services to firms in the financial services industry, including banks and investment banks, we are experiencing indirectly the increasing extent of the regulatory environment to which they are subject in the aftermath of the global financial crisis. This increases the cost of doing business with them, which we are not always able to pass on, as the result of the additional resources and processes we are required to provide as a critical supplier.

Competition

We operate in a highly competitive industry with numerous competitors, some of which may have greater financial and operational resources than we do.

We compete to provide a variety of services within the commercial real estate industry. Each of these business disciplines is highly competitive on a local, regional, national and global level. We face competition not only from other national real estate service companies, but also from global real estate services companies, boutique real estate advisory firms, and consulting and appraisal firms. Depending on the product or service, we also face competition from other real estate service providers, institutional lenders, insurance companies, investment banking firms, commercial banks, investment managers and accounting firms, some of which may have greater financial resources than we do. Although many of our competitors are local or regional firms that are substantially smaller than we are, some of our competitors are substantially larger than us on a local, regional, national or international basis and have similar service competencies to ours. Such competitors include CBRE Group, Inc., Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated, Cushman & Wakefield, Savills Studley, Inc. and Colliers International. In addition, specialized firms like Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Berkadia Commercial Mortgage, LLC, HFF, Inc., Marcus & Millichap Inc. and Eastdil Secured, LLC compete with us in certain product offerings. Our industry has continued to consolidate, and there is an inherent risk that competitive firms may be more successful than we are at growing through merger and acquisition activity. See “Business—Competition.” In general, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to compete effectively with respect to any of our commercial real estate business lines or on an overall basis, to maintain current commission and fee levels or margins, or to maintain or increase our market share.

Additionally, competitive conditions, particularly in connection with increasingly large clients, may require us to compromise on certain contract terms with respect to the extent of risk transfer, acting as principal rather than agent in connection with supplier relationships, liability limitations and other terms and conditions. Where competitive pressures result in higher levels of potential liability under our contracts, the cost of operational errors and other activities for which we have indemnified our clients will be greater and may not be fully insured.

New Opportunities/Possible Transactions and Hires

If we are unable to identify and successfully exploit new product, service and market opportunities, including through hiring new brokers, salespeople, managers and other professionals, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Because of significant competition in our market, our strategy is to broker more transactions, manage more properties, increase our share of existing markets and seek out new clients and markets. We may face enhanced risks as these efforts to expand our business result in our transacting with a broader array of clients and expose us to new products and services and markets. Pursuing this strategy may also require significant management attention and hiring expense and potential costs and liability in any litigation or arbitration that may result. We may not be able to attract new clients or brokers, salespeople, managers, or other professionals or successfully enter new markets. If we are unable to identify and successfully exploit new product, service and market opportunities, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

 

27


Table of Contents

We may pursue strategic alliances, acquisitions, joint ventures or other growth opportunities (including hiring new brokers), which could present unforeseen integration obstacles or costs and could dilute our stockholders. We may also face competition in our acquisition strategy, and such competition may limit our number of strategic alliances, acquisitions, joint ventures and other growth opportunities (including hiring new brokers).

We have explored a wide range of strategic alliances, acquisitions and joint ventures with other real estate services firms, including maintaining or developing relationships with independently owned offices, and with other companies that have interests in businesses in which there are brokerage, management or other strategic opportunities. We continue to evaluate and potentially pursue possible strategic alliances, acquisitions, joint ventures and other growth opportunities (including hiring new brokers). Such transactions may be necessary in order for us to enter into or develop new products or services or markets, as well as to strengthen our current ones.

Strategic alliances, acquisitions, joint ventures and other growth opportunities (including hiring new brokers) specifically involve a number of risks and challenges, including:

 

    potential disruption of our ongoing business and product, service and market development and distraction of management;

 

    difficulty retaining and integrating personnel and integrating administrative, operational, financial reporting, internal control. compliance, technology and other systems;

 

    the necessity of hiring additional management and other critical personnel and integrating them into current operations;

 

    increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our operations;

 

    the risks relating to integrating accounting and financial systems and accounting policies and the related risk of having to restate our historical financial statements;

 

    potential dependence upon, and exposure to liability, loss or reputational damage relating to systems, controls and personnel that are not under our control;

 

    addition of business lines in which we have not previously engaged;

 

    potential unfavorable reaction to our strategic alliance, acquisition or joint venture strategy by our clients;

 

    to the extent that we pursue opportunities outside the United States, exposure to political, economic, legal, regulatory, operational and other risks that are inherent in operating in a foreign country, including risks of possible nationalization and/or foreign ownership restrictions, expropriation, price controls, capital controls, foreign currency fluctuations, regulatory and tax requirements, economic and/or political instability, geographic, time zone, language and cultural differences among personnel in different areas of the world, exchange controls and other restrictive government actions, as well as the outbreak of hostilities;

 

    the upfront costs associated with pursuing transactions and recruiting personnel, which efforts may be unsuccessful in the increasingly competitive marketplace for the most talented producers and managers;

 

    conflicts or disagreements between any strategic alliance or joint venture partner and us;

 

    exposure to potential unknown liabilities of any acquired business, strategic alliance or joint venture that are significantly larger than we anticipate at the time of acquisition, and unforeseen increased expenses or delays associated with acquisitions, including costs in excess of the cash transition costs that we estimate at the outset of a transaction;

 

    reduction in availability of financing due to credit rating downgrades or defaults by us in connection with strategic alliances, acquisitions, joint ventures and other growth opportunities;

 

28


Table of Contents
    a significant increase in the level of our indebtedness in order to generate significant cash resources that may be required to effect acquisitions;

 

    dilution resulting from any issuances of shares of our common stock or limited partnership units in connection with strategic alliances, acquisitions, joint ventures and other growth opportunities;

 

    adverse effects on our liquidity as a result of payment of cash resources and/or issuance of shares of our common stock or limited partnership units of Newmark OpCo; and

 

    a lag in the realization of financial benefits from these transactions and arrangements.

We face competition for acquisition targets, which may limit our number of acquisitions and growth opportunities and may lead to higher acquisition prices or other less favorable terms. To the extent that we choose to grow internationally from acquisitions, strategic alliances, joint ventures or other growth opportunities, we may experience additional expenses or obstacles, including the short-term contractual restrictions contained in our agreement with Knight Frank, which such agreement could both affect and be affected by such choice. See “Business—Our Knight Frank Partnership.” There can be no assurance that we will be able to identify, acquire or profitably manage additional businesses or integrate successfully any acquired businesses without substantial costs, delays or other operational or financial difficulties.

Any future growth will be partially dependent upon the continued availability of suitable transactional candidates at favorable prices and upon advantageous terms and conditions, which may not be available to us, as well as sufficient liquidity and credit to fund these transactions. Future transactions and any necessary related financings also may involve significant transaction-related expenses, which include payment of break-up fees, assumption of liabilities, including compensation, severance and lease termination costs, and transaction and deferred financing costs, among others. In addition, there can be no assurance that such transactions will be accretive or generate favorable operating margins. The success of these transactions will also be determined in part by the ongoing performance of the acquired companies and the acceptance of acquired employees of our partnership compensation structure and other variables which may be different from the existing industry standards or practices at the acquired companies.

We will need to successfully manage the integration of recent acquisitions and future growth effectively. The integration and additional growth may place a significant strain upon our management, administrative, operational, financial reporting, internal control and compliance infrastructure. Our ability to grow depends upon our ability to successfully hire, train, supervise and manage additional employees, expand our operational, financial reporting, compliance and other control systems effectively, allocate our human resources optimally, maintain clear lines of communication between our transactional and management functions and our finance and accounting functions, and manage the pressure on our management, administrative, operational, financial reporting, internal control and compliance infrastructure. Additionally, managing future growth may be difficult due to our new geographic locations, markets and business lines. As a result of these risks and challenges, we may not realize the full benefits that we anticipate from strategic alliances, acquisitions, joint ventures or other growth opportunities. There can be no assurance that we will be able to accurately anticipate and respond to the changing demands we will face as we integrate and continue to expand our operations, and we may not be able to manage growth effectively or to achieve growth at all. Any failure to manage the integration of acquisitions and other growth opportunities effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Regulatory/Legal

We may have liabilities in connection with our business, including appraisal and valuation, sales and leasing and property and facilities management activities.

As a licensed real estate broker and provider of commercial real estate services, we and our licensed sales professionals and independent contractors that work for us are subject to statutory due diligence, disclosure and

 

29


Table of Contents

standard-of-care obligations. Failure to fulfill these obligations could subject us or our sales professionals or independent contractors to litigation from parties who purchased, sold or leased properties that we brokered or managed.

We could become subject to claims by participants in real estate sales and leasing transactions, as well as building owners and companies for whom we provide management services, claiming that we did not fulfill our obligations. We could also become subject to claims made by clients for whom we provided appraisal and valuation services and/or third parties who perceive themselves as having been negatively affected by our appraisals and/or valuations. We also could be subject to audits and/or fines from various local real estate authorities if they determine that we are violating licensing laws by failing to follow certain laws, rules and regulations. While these liabilities have been insignificant in the past, we have no assurance that this will continue to be the case.

In our property and facilities management business, we hire and supervise third-party contractors to provide services for our managed properties. We may be subject to claims for defects, negligent performance of work or other similar actions or omissions by third parties we do not control. Moreover, our clients may seek to hold us accountable for the actions of contractors because of our role as property or facilities manager or project manager, even if we have technically disclaimed liability as a contractual matter, in which case we may be pressured to participate in a financial settlement for purposes of preserving the client relationship. While these liabilities have been insignificant in the past, we have no assurance that this will continue to be the case.

Because we employ large numbers of building staff in facilities that we manage, we face risk in potential claims relating to employment injuries, termination and other employment matters. While these risks are generally passed back to the building owner, we have no assurance it will continue to be the case.

In connection with a limited number of our facilities management agreements, we have guaranteed that the client will achieve certain savings objectives. In the event that these objectives are not met, we are obligated to pay the shortfall amount to the client. In most instances, the obligation to pay such amount is limited to the amount of fees (or the amount of a subset of the fees) earned by us under the contract, but no assurance can be given that we will be able to mitigate against these payments or that the payments, particularly if aggregated with those required under other agreements, could have a material adverse effect on our ongoing arrangements with particular clients or our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. The percentage of our revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 subject to such obligations under our current facilities management agreements is less than 1%. While these liabilities have been immaterial to date, we have no assurance that this will continue to be the case.

Adverse outcomes of property and facilities management disputes or litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, particularly to the extent we may be liable on our contracts, or if our liabilities exceed the amounts of the insurance coverage procured and maintained by us. Some of these litigation risks may be mitigated by any commercial insurance we maintain in amounts we believe are appropriate. However, in the event of a substantial loss or certain types of claims, our insurance coverage and/or self-insurance reserve levels might not be sufficient to pay the full damages. Additionally, in the event of grossly negligent or intentionally wrongful conduct, insurance policies that we may have may not cover us at all. Further, the value of otherwise valid claims we hold under insurance policies could become uncollectible in the event of the covering insurance company’s insolvency, although we seek to limit this risk by placing our commercial insurance only with highly rated companies. Any of these events could materially negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. While these liabilities have been insignificant in the past, we have no assurance that this will continue to be the case.

 

30


Table of Contents

If we fail to comply with laws, rules and regulations applicable to commercial real estate brokerage, valuation and appraisal and mortgage transactions and our other business lines, then we may incur significant financial penalties.

Due to the broad geographic scope of our operations throughout North America and the commercial real estate services we perform, we are subject to numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules and regulations specific to our services. For example, the brokerage of real estate sales and leasing transactions and other related activities require us to maintain brokerage licenses in each state in which we conduct activities for which a real estate license is required. We also maintain certain state licenses in connection with our lending, servicing and brokerage of commercial and multifamily mortgage loans. If we fail to maintain our licenses or conduct brokerage activities without a license or violate any of the laws, rules and regulations applicable to our licenses, then we may be subject to audits, required to pay fines (including treble damages in certain states) or be prevented from collecting commissions owed, be compelled to return commissions received or have our licenses suspended or revoked.

In addition, because the size and scope of commercial real estate transactions have increased significantly during the past several years, both the difficulty of ensuring compliance with the numerous state licensing and regulatory regimes and the possible loss resulting from non-compliance have increased. Furthermore, the laws, rules and regulations applicable to our business lines also may change in ways that increase the costs of compliance. The failure to comply with federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules and regulations could result in significant financial penalties that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The loss of relationships with the GSEs and HUD would, and changes in such relationships could, adversely affect our ability to originate commercial real estate loans through such programs. Compliance with the minimum collateral and risk-sharing requirements of such programs, as well as applicable state and local licensing agencies, could reduce our liquidity.

Currently, through Berkeley Point, we originate a significant percentage of our loans for sale through the GSEs and HUD programs. Berkeley Point is approved as a Fannie Mae DUS lender, a Freddie Mac Program Plus seller/servicer in 12 states and the District of Columbia, a Freddie Mac Targeted Affordable Housing Seller, a HUD MAP lender nationwide, and a Ginnie Mae issuer. Our status as an approved lender affords us a number of advantages, which may be terminated by the applicable GSE or HUD at any time. Although we intend to take all actions to remain in compliance with the requirements of these programs, as well as applicable state and local licensing agencies, the loss of such status would, or changes in our relationships with the GSEs and HUD could, prevent us from being able to originate commercial real estate loans for sale through the particular GSE or HUD, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. It could also result in a loss of similar approvals from the GSEs or HUD. As of June 30, 2017, we exceeded the most restrictive applicable net worth requirement of these programs by approximately $322.6 million.

We are subject to risk of loss in connection with defaults on loans sold under the Fannie Mae DUS program that could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and liquidity.

Under the Fannie Mae DUS program, we originate and service multifamily loans for Fannie Mae without having to obtain Fannie Mae’s prior approval for certain loans, as long as the loans meet the underwriting guidelines set forth by Fannie Mae. In return for the delegated authority to make loans and the commitment to purchase loans by Fannie Mae, we must maintain minimum collateral and generally are required to share risk of loss on loans sold through Fannie Mae. With respect to most loans, we are generally required to absorb approximately one-third of any losses on the unpaid principal balance of a loan at the time of loss settlement. Some of the loans that we originate under the Fannie Mae DUS program are subject to reduced levels or no risk-sharing. However, we generally receive lower servicing fees with respect to such loans. Although our Berkeley

 

31


Table of Contents

Point business’s average annual losses from such risk-sharing programs have been a minimal percentage of the aggregate principal amount of such loans to date, if loan defaults increase, actual risk-sharing obligation payments under the Fannie Mae DUS program could increase, and such defaults could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, a material failure to pay our share of losses under the Fannie Mae DUS program could result in the revocation of Berkeley Point’s license from Fannie Mae and the exercise of various remedies available to Fannie Mae under the Fannie Mae DUS program.

A change to the conservatorship of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and related actions, along with any changes in laws and regulations affecting the relationship between Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the U.S. federal government or the existence of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Each GSE has been created under a conservatorship established by its regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Agency, since 2008. The conservatorship is a statutory process designed to preserve and conserve the GSEs’ assets and property and put them in a sound and solvent condition. The conservatorships have no specified termination dates. There has been significant uncertainty regarding the future of the GSEs, including how long they will continue to exist in their current forms. Changes in such forms could eliminate or substantially reduce the number of loans we originate with the GSEs. Policymakers and others have focused significant attention in recent years on how to reform the nation’s housing finance system, including what role, if any, the GSEs should play. Such reforms could significantly limit the role of the GSEs in the nation’s housing finance system. Any such reduction in the loans we originate with the GSEs could lead to a reduction in fees related to the loans we originate or service. These effects could cause our Berkeley Point business to realize significantly lower revenues from its loan originations and servicing fees, and ultimately could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Environmental regulations may adversely impact our commercial real estate business and/or cause us to incur costs for cleanup of hazardous substances or wastes or other environmental liabilities.

Federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules and regulations impose various environmental zoning restrictions, use controls, and disclosure obligations which impact the management, development, use and/or sale of real estate. Such laws and regulations tend to discourage sales and leasing activities, as well as mortgage lending availability, with respect to some properties. A decrease or delay in such transactions may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, a failure by us to disclose environmental concerns in connection with a real estate transaction may subject us to liability to a buyer/seller or lessee/lessor of property. While historically we have not incurred any significant liability in connection with these types of environmental issues, there is no assurance that this will not occur.

In addition, in our role as property or facilities manager, we could incur liability under environmental laws for the investigation or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes relating to properties we currently or formerly managed. Such liability may be imposed without regard to the lawfulness of the original disposal activity, or our knowledge of, or fault for, the release or contamination. Further, liability under some of these laws may be joint and several, meaning that one liable party could be held responsible for all costs related to a contaminated site. Insurance for such matters may not be available or sufficient. While historically we have not incurred any significant liability under these laws, this may not always be the case.

Certain requirements governing the removal or encapsulation of asbestos-containing materials, as well as recently enacted local ordinances obligating property or facilities managers to inspect for and remove lead-based paint in certain buildings, could increase our costs of legal compliance and potentially subject us to violations or claims. More stringent enforcement of existing regulations could cause us to incur significant costs in the future, and/or materially and adversely impact our commercial real estate brokerage and management services business.

 

32


Table of Contents

Our operations are affected by federal, state and/or local environmental laws in the jurisdictions in which we maintain office space for our own operations and where we manage properties for clients, and we may face liability with respect to environmental issues occurring at properties that we occupy or manage.

Various laws, rules and regulations restrict the levels of certain substances that may be discharged into the environment by properties and such laws, rules and regulations may impose liability on current or previous real estate owners or operators for the cost of investigating, cleaning up or removing contamination caused by hazardous or toxic substances at the property. We may face costs or liabilities under these laws as a result of our role as an on-site property manager. While we believe that we have taken adequate measures to prevent any such losses, no assurances can be given that these events will not occur. Within our own operations, we face additional costs from rising costs of environmental compliance, which make it more expensive to operate our corporate offices. Our operations are generally conducted within leased office building space, and, accordingly, we do not currently anticipate that regulations restricting the emissions of greenhouse gases, or taxes that may be imposed on their release, would result in material costs or capital expenditures. However, we cannot be certain about the extent to which such regulations will develop as there are higher levels of understanding and commitments by different governments in the United States and around the world regarding risks related to the climate and how they should be mitigated.

We may be adversely affected by the impact of recent income tax regulations.

The U.S. Department of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service (which we refer to as the “IRS”) recently released final and temporary regulations regarding the treatment of certain related-party corporate debt as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. These regulations include provisions that may adversely affect the tax consequences of common transactions, including intercompany obligations and/or financing, and may impact many companies in the real estate services sector, including several of our clients and competitors. These regulations could have an adverse impact on our income tax position or could possibly cause us to change the manner in which we conduct certain activities in ways that impose other costs on us. These regulations were issued recently, are highly complex and there is limited guidance regarding their application. Accordingly, we are unable to predict the extent, if any, to which such regulations would have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Intellectual Property

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights or may be prevented from using intellectual property used in our business.

Our success is dependent, in part, upon our intellectual property. We rely primarily on trade secret, contract, patent, copyright and trademark law in the United States and other jurisdictions as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to establish and protect our intellectual property rights to proprietary technologies, products, services or methods, and our brand.

Unauthorized use of our intellectual property could make it more expensive to do business and harm our operating results. We cannot ensure that our intellectual property rights are sufficient to protect our competitive advantages or that any particular patent, copyright or trademark is valid and enforceable, and all patents ultimately expire. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws in the United States, or at all. Any significant impairment of our intellectual property rights could harm our business or our ability to compete.

Protecting our intellectual property rights is costly and time consuming. Although we have taken steps to protect ourselves, there can be no assurance that we will be aware of all patents, copyrights or trademarks that may pose a risk of infringement by our products and services. Generally, it is not economically practicable to determine in advance whether our products or services may infringe the present or future rights of others.

 

33


Table of Contents

Accordingly, we may face claims of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights that could interfere with our ability to use intellectual property or technology that is material to our business. The number of such third-party claims may grow. Our technologies may not be able to withstand such third-party claims or rights against their use.

We may have to rely on litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our trade secrets, determine the validity and scope of the rights of others or defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. For example, we recently responded to a claim by Newmark Realty Capital, Inc. (which we refer to as “Realty Capital”) against us alleging, among other things, trademark infringement under Section 32 of the Lanham Act. In connection with our answer, we filed counterclaims alleging that Realty Capital has infringed our trademarks and seeking an order cancelling Realty Capital’s registered trademarks. We also separately initiated an action before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office seeking invalidation of Realty Capital’s registration of a design mark that includes the stand-alone name “Newmark.” No assurance can be given as to whether these cases will be determined in our favor or that our ability to use the “Newmark” name will be impacted by the proceedings. Any such claims or litigation, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs, the diversion of resources and the attention of management, any of which could materially negatively affect our business. Responding to these claims could also require us to enter into agreements with the third parties claiming infringement, stop selling or redesign affected products or services or pay damages on our own behalf or to satisfy indemnification commitments with our clients. Such agreements, if available, may not be available on terms acceptable to us, and may negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

If our software licenses from third parties are terminated or adversely changed or amended or contain material defects or errors, or if any of these third parties were to cease doing business, or if products or services offered by third parties were to contain material defects or errors, our ability to operate our businesses may be materially adversely affected.

We license databases and software from third parties, much of which is integral to our systems and our business. The licenses are terminable if we breach our obligations under the license agreements. If any material licenses were terminated or adversely changed or amended, if any of these third parties were to cease doing business or if any licensed software or databases licensed by these third parties were to contain material defects or errors, we may be forced to spend significant time and money to replace the licensed software and databases, and our ability to operate our business may be materially adversely affected. Further, any errors or defects in third-party services or products (including hardware, software, databases, cloud computing and other platforms and systems) or in services or products that we develop ourselves, could result in errors in, or a failure of our services or products, which could harm our business. Although we take steps to locate replacements, there can be no assurance that the necessary replacements will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. There can be no assurance that we will have an ongoing license to use all intellectual property which our systems require, the failure of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

IT Systems and Cyber-security Risks

Defects or disruptions in our technology or services could diminish demand for our products and service and subject us to liability.

Because our technology, products and services are complex and use or incorporate a variety of computer hardware, software and databases, both developed in-house and acquired from third-party vendors, our technology, products and services may have errors or defects. Errors and defects could result in unanticipated downtime or failure, and could cause financial loss and harm to our reputation and our business. Furthermore, if we acquire companies, we may encounter difficulty in incorporating the acquired technologies and maintaining the quality standards that are consistent with our technology, products and services.

 

34


Table of Contents

If we experience computer systems failures or capacity constraints, our ability to conduct our business operations could be materially harmed.

If we experience computer systems failures or capacity constraints, our ability to conduct our business operations could be harmed. We support and maintain many of our computer systems and networks internally. Our failure to monitor or maintain these systems and networks or, if necessary, to find a replacement for this technology in a timely and cost-effective manner, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Although all of our business critical systems have been designed and implemented with fault tolerant and/or redundant clustered hardware and diversely routed network connectivity, our redundant systems or disaster recovery plans may prove to be inadequate. We may be subject to system failures and outages that might impact our revenues and relationships with clients. In addition, we will be subject to risk in the event that systems of our clients, business partners, vendors and other third parties are subject to failures and outages.

We rely on various third parties for computer and communications systems, such as telephone companies, online service providers, data processors, and software and hardware vendors. Our systems, or those of our third-party providers, may fail or operate slowly, causing one or more of the following, which may not in all cases be covered by insurance:

 

    unanticipated disruptions in service to our clients;

 

    slower response times;

 

    financial losses;

 

    litigation or other client claims; and

 

    regulatory actions.

We may experience additional systems failures in the future from power or telecommunications failures, acts of God or war, weather-related events, terrorist attacks, human error, natural disasters, fire, power loss, sabotage, cyber-attacks, hardware or software malfunctions or defects, computer viruses, intentional acts of vandalism and similar events. Any system failure that causes an interruption in service or decreases the responsiveness of our service could damage our reputation, business and brand name.

Malicious cyber-attacks and other adverse events affecting our operational systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, could disrupt our business, result in the disclosure of confidential information, damage our reputation and cause losses or regulatory penalties.

Developing and maintaining our operational systems and infrastructure is challenging, particularly as a result of rapidly evolving legal and regulatory requirements and technological shifts. Our financial, accounting, data processing or other operating and compliance systems and facilities may fail to operate properly or become disabled as a result of events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, such as a malicious cyber-attack or other adverse events, which may adversely affect our ability to provide services.

In addition, our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information on our computer systems and networks. Although we take protective measures such as software programs, firewalls and similar technology, to maintain the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our and our clients’ information, and endeavor to modify these protective measures as circumstances warrant, the nature of cyber threats continues to evolve. As a result, our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, loss or destruction of data (including confidential client information), account takeovers, unavailability or disruption of service, computer viruses, acts of vandalism, or other malicious code, cyber-attack and other adverse events that could have an adverse security impact. Despite the defensive measures we have taken, these threats may come from external factors such as governments, organized crime, hackers, and other third parties such as outsource or infrastructure-support providers and application developers, or may originate internally from within us.

 

35


Table of Contents

We also face the risk of operational disruption, failure, termination or capacity constraints of any of the third parties that facilitate our business activities. Such parties could also be the source of a cyber-attack on or breach of our operational systems, data or infrastructure.

There have been an increasing number of cyber-attacks in recent years in various industries, and cyber-security risk management has been the subject of increasing focus by our regulators. If one or more cyber-attacks occur, it could potentially jeopardize the confidential, proprietary and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, as well as our clients’ or other third parties’, operations, which could result in reputational damage, financial losses and/or client dissatisfaction, which may not in all cases be covered by insurance. Any such cyber incidents involving our computer systems and networks, or those of third parties important to our business, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Natural Disasters, Weather-Related Events, Terrorist Attacks and Other Disruptions to Infrastructure

Our ability to conduct our business may be materially adversely impacted by catastrophic events, including natural disasters, weather-related events, terrorist attacks and other disruptions.

We may encounter disruptions involving power, communications, transportation or other utilities or essential services depended on by us or by third parties with whom we conduct business. This could include disruptions as the result of natural disasters, pandemics or weather-related or similar events, such as fires, hurricanes, earthquakes and floods, political instability, labor strikes or turmoil or terrorist attacks. For example, during 2012, our own operations and properties we manage for clients in the northeastern United States, and in particular New York City, were impacted by Hurricane Sandy, in some cases significantly. In 2017, several parts of the United States, including Texas, Florida and Puerto Rico, sustained significant damage from hurricanes. We continue to assess the impact on our borrowers and other clients and what impact, if any, these hurricanes could have on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

These disruptions may occur, for example, as a result of events affecting only the buildings in which we operate (such as fires), or as a result of events with a broader impact on the communities where those buildings are located. If a disruption occurs in one location and persons in that location are unable to communicate with or travel to or work from other locations, our ability to service and interact with our clients and others may suffer, and we may not be able to successfully implement contingency plans that depend on communications or travel.

Such events can result in significant injuries and loss of life, which could result in material financial liabilities, loss of business and reputational harm. They can also impact the availability and/or loss of commercial insurance policies, both for our own business and for those clients whose properties we manage and who may purchase their insurance through the insurance buying programs we make available to them.

There can be no assurance that the disaster recovery and crisis management procedures we employ will suffice in any particular situation to avoid a significant loss. Given that our employees are increasingly mobile and less reliant on physical presence in our offices, our disaster recovery plans increasingly rely on the availability of the Internet (including “cloud” technology) and mobile phone technology, so the disruption of those systems would likely affect our ability to recover promptly from a crisis situation. Although we maintain insurance for liability, property damage and business interruption, subject to deductibles and various exceptions, no assurance can be given that our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will not be materially negatively affected by such events in the future.

 

36


Table of Contents

Key Employees

Our ability to retain our key employees and the ability of certain key employees to devote adequate time to us are critical to the success of our business, and failure to do so may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our people are our most important resource. We must retain the services of our key employees and strategically recruit and hire new talented employees to attract clients and transactions that generate most of our revenues.

Howard W. Lutnick, who serves as our Chairman, is also the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of our indirect parent, Cantor, President of CFGM, which is the managing general partner of Cantor, and the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our direct parent, BGC Partners. In addition, Mr. Lutnick holds offices at various other affiliates of Cantor. Mr. Lutnick is not subject to an employment agreement with us or any of our subsidiaries.

Currently, Mr. Lutnick spends significant amounts of his BGC Partners time on our matters, although this percentage may vary depending on business developments at Newmark or Cantor, BGC Partners or any of our or their respective affiliates. As a result, Mr. Lutnick dedicates only a portion of their professional efforts to our business and operations, and there is no contractual obligation for Mr. Lutnick to spend a specific amount of his time with us and/or BGC Partners or Cantor. Mr. Lutnick may not be able to dedicate adequate time to our business and operations, and we could experience an adverse effect on our operations due to the demands placed on our management team by other professional obligations. In addition, Mr. Lutnick’s other responsibilities could cause conflicts of interest with us. The Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement, which includes non-competition and other arrangements applicable to our key employees who are limited partners of Newmark Holdings, may not prevent certain of our key employees, including Mr. Lutnick, whose employment by Cantor and BGC Partners is not subject to these provisions in the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement, from resigning or competing against us.

Should Mr. Lutnick leave or otherwise become unavailable to render services to us, ultimate control of us would likely pass to Cantor, and indirectly pass to the then-controlling stockholder of CFGM (which is currently Mr. Lutnick), Cantor’s managing general partner, or to such other managing general partner as CFGM would appoint, and as a result control could remain with Mr. Lutnick.

In addition, our success has largely been dependent on executive officers such as Barry M. Gosin, who serves as our Chief Executive Officer, and other key employees, including some who have been hired in connection with acquisitions. If any of our key employees were to join an existing competitor, form a competing company, offer services to BGC Partners or Cantor that compete with our services or otherwise leave us, some of our clients could choose to use the services of that competitor or another competitor instead of our services, which could adversely affect our revenues and as a result could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Seasonality

Our business is generally affected by seasonality, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in a given period.

Due to the strong desire of many market participants to close real estate transactions prior to the end of a calendar year, our business exhibits certain seasonality, with our revenue tending to be lowest in the first quarter and strongest in the fourth quarter. This could have a material effect on our results of operations in any given period.

The seasonality of our business makes it difficult to determine during the course of the year whether planned results will be achieved and to adjust to changes in expectations. To the extent that we are not able to

 

37


Table of Contents

identify and adjust for changes in expectations or we are confronted with negative conditions that inordinately impact seasonal norms, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Other General Business Risks

If we experience difficulties in collecting accounts receivable or experience defaults by multiple clients, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We face challenges in our ability to efficiently and/or effectively collect accounts receivable. Any of our clients or other parties obligated to make payments to us may experience a downturn in their business that may weaken their results of operations and financial condition. As a result, a client or other party obligated to make payments to us may fail to make payments when due, become insolvent or declare bankruptcy. A bankruptcy of a client or other party obligated to make payments to us would delay or preclude full collection of amounts owed to us. In addition, certain corporate services and property and facilities management agreements require that we advance payroll and other vendor costs on behalf of clients. If such a client or other party obligated to make payments to us were to file for bankruptcy, we may not be able to obtain reimbursement for those costs or for the severance obligations we would incur. Any such failure to make payments when due or the bankruptcy or insolvency of a large number of our clients (e.g., during an economic downturn) could result in disruption to our business and material losses to us. While historically we have not incurred material losses as a result of the difficulties described above, this may not always be the case.

We may not be able to replace partner offices when affiliation agreements are terminated, which may decrease our scope of services and geographic reach.

We have agreements in place to operate on a collaborative and cross-referral basis with certain offices in the United States and elsewhere in the Americas in return for contractual and referral fees paid to us and/or certain mutually beneficial co-branding and other business arrangements. These independently owned offices generally use some variation of Newmark in their names and marketing materials. These agreements are normally multi-year contracts, and generally provide for mutual referrals in their respective markets, generating additional contract and brokerage fees. Through these independently owned offices, our clients have access to additional brokers with local market research capabilities as well as other commercial real estate services in locations where we do not have a physical presence. From time to time our arrangement with these independent firms may be terminated pursuant to the terms of the individual affiliation agreements. The opening of a Company-owned office to replace an independent office requires us to invest capital, which in some cases could be material. There can be no assurance that, if we lose additional independently owned offices, we will be able to identify suitable replacement affiliates or fund the establishment or acquisition of an owned office. In addition, although we do not control the activities of these independently owned offices and are not responsible for their liabilities, we may face reputational risk if any of these independently owned offices are involved in or accused of illegal, unethical or similar behavior. Failure to maintain coverage in important geographic markets may negatively impact our operations, reputation and ability to attract and retain key employees and expand domestically and internationally and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Declines in or terminations of servicing engagements or breaches of servicing agreements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We expect that loan servicing fees will continue to constitute a significant portion of our revenues from the Berkeley Point business for the foreseeable future. Nearly all of these fees are derived from loans that Berkeley Point originates and sells through the agencies’ programs or places with institutional investors. A decline in the number or value of loans that we originate for these investors or terminations of our servicing engagements will decrease these fees. HUD has the right to terminate Berkeley Point’s current servicing engagements for cause. In addition to termination for cause, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac may terminate Berkeley Point’s servicing

 

38


Table of Contents

engagements without cause by paying a termination fee. Institutional investors typically may terminate servicing engagements with Berkeley Point at any time with or without cause, without paying a termination fee. We are also subject to losses that may arise from servicing errors, such as a failure to maintain insurance, pay taxes, or provide notices. If we breach our servicing obligations to the agencies or institutional investors, including as a result of a failure to perform by any third parties to which we have contracted certain routine back-office aspects of loan servicing, the servicing engagements may be terminated. Significant declines or terminations of servicing engagements or breaches of such obligations, in the absence of replacement revenue sources, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Reductions in loan servicing fees as a result of defaults or prepayments by borrowers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition to exposure to potential loss sharing, our loan servicing business is also subject to potential reductions in loan servicing fees if the borrower defaults on a loan originated thereby, as the generation of loan servicing fees depends upon the continued receipt and processing of periodic installments of principal, interest and other payments such as amounts held in escrow to pay property taxes and other required expenses. The loss of such loan servicing fees would reduce the amount of cash actually generated from loan servicing and from interest on amounts held in escrow. The expected loss of future loan servicing fees would also result in non-cash impairment charges to earnings. Such cash and non-cash charges could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Real Estate Newco may engage in a broad range of commercial real estate activities, and we will have limited influence over the selection or management of such activities.

In the BP Transaction, we acquired approximately 27% of the capital in Real Estate Newco. Cantor controls the remaining 73% of its capital and controls the general partner of Real Estate Newco, who will manage Real Estate Newco. Real Estate Newco collaborates with Cantor’s significant existing real estate finance business, and Real Estate Newco may conduct activities in any real estate-related business or asset-backed securities-related business or any extensions thereof and ancillary activities thereto. See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—BP Transaction Agreement and Real Estate Newco Limited Partnership Agreement.” Accordingly, we will have limited to no influence on the selection or management of the activities conducted by Real Estate Newco, each of which may have different risks and uncertainty associated with it and that are each beyond our control. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Relationship with BGC Partners, Cantor and their Respective Affiliates— Upon the completion of this offering, we will be controlled by BGC Partners (which is controlled by Cantor). Upon completion of the distribution, we will be controlled by Cantor. BGC Partners’ and Cantor’s respective interests may conflict with our interests, and BGC Partners and Cantor may exercise their control in a way that favors their respective interests to our detriment.”

Liquidity, Funding and Indebtedness

Liquidity is essential to our business, and insufficient liquidity could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Liquidity is essential to our business. Our liquidity could be impaired due to circumstances that we may be unable to control, such as a general market disruption or an operational problem that affects our clients, other third parties or us.

We are a holding company with no direct operations. We conduct substantially all of our operations through our operating subsidiaries. We do not have any material assets other than our direct and indirect ownership in the equity of our subsidiaries. As a result, our operating cash flow is dependent upon the earnings of our subsidiaries. In addition, we are dependent on the distribution of earnings, loans or other payments by our subsidiaries to us. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to any of

 

39


Table of Contents

our subsidiaries, we, as an equity owner of such subsidiary, and therefore holders of our securities, including our Class A common stock, will be subject to the prior claims of such subsidiary’s creditors, including trade creditors, and any preferred equity holders. Any dividends declared by us, any payment by us of our indebtedness or other expenses, and all applicable taxes payable in respect of our net taxable income, if any, are paid from cash on hand and funds received from distributions, loans or other payments from Newmark OpCo. Regulatory, tax restrictions or elections, and other legal or contractual restrictions may limit our ability to transfer funds freely from our subsidiaries. These laws, regulations and rules may hinder our ability to access funds that we may need to meet our obligations. Certain debt and security agreements entered into by our subsidiaries contain or may contain various restrictions, including restrictions on payments by our subsidiaries to us and the transfer by our subsidiaries of assets pledged as collateral. To the extent that we need funds to pay dividends, repay indebtedness and meet other expenses, or to pay taxes on our share of Newmark OpCo’s net taxable income, and Newmark OpCo or its subsidiaries are restricted from making such distributions under applicable law, regulations, or agreements, or are otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, including our ability to raise additional funding, including through access to the debt and equity capital markets.

Our ability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or the equity capital markets, or to access secured lending markets could in the future be adversely affected by conditions in the United States and international economy and markets, with the cost and availability of funding adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads and changes in interest rates. To the extent we are not able to access the debt capital markets on acceptable terms in the future, we may seek to raise funding and capital through equity issuances or other means.

Turbulence in the U.S. and international economy and markets may adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain clients to do business with each other or with us. Acquisitions and financial reporting obligations related thereto may impact our ability to access capital markets on a timely basis and may necessitate greater short-term borrowing in the interim, which in turn may adversely affect the interest rates on our debt and our credit ratings and associated outlooks.

We generally have had limited need for short-term unsecured funding. We may, however, have need to access short-term capital sources in order to meet business needs from time to time, including financing acquisitions, conducting operations or hiring or retaining real estate brokers, salespeople, managers and other professionals. Our inability to secure such short-term capital could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We require a significant amount of short-term funding capacity for loans we originate through Berkeley Point. As of June 30, 2017, Berkeley Point had $950 million of committed loan funding available through three commercial banks and an uncommitted $325 million Fannie Mae loan repurchase facility. Consistent with industry practice, Berkeley Point’s existing warehouse facilities are short-term, requiring annual renewal. If any of the committed facilities are terminated or are not renewed or the uncommitted facility is not honored, we would be required to obtain replacement financing, which we may be unable to find on favorable terms, or at all, and, in such event, we might not be able to originate loans, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We are subject to the risk of failed loan deliveries, and even after a successful closing and delivery, may be required to repurchase the loan or to indemnify the investor if there is a breach of a representation or warranty made by us in connection with the sale of loans, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We bear the risk that a borrower will not close on a loan that has been pre-sold to an investor and the amount of such borrower’s rate lock deposit and any amounts recoverable from such borrower for breach of its obligations are insufficient to cover the investor’s losses. In addition, the investor may choose not to take

 

40


Table of Contents

delivery of the loan if a catastrophic change in the condition of a property occurs after we fund the loan and prior to the investor purchase date. We also have the risk of errors in loan documentation which prevent timely delivery of the loan prior to the investor purchase date. A complete failure to deliver a loan could be a default under the warehouse line used to finance the loan. No assurance can be given that we will not experience failed deliveries in the future or that any losses will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

We must make certain representations and warranties concerning each loan we originate for the GSEs’ and HUD’s programs or securitizations. The representations and warranties relate to our practices in the origination and servicing of the loans and the accuracy of the information being provided by it. In the event of a material breach of representations or warranties concerning a loan, even if the loan is not in default, investors could, among other things, require us to repurchase the full amount of the loan and seek indemnification for losses from it, or, for Fannie Mae DUS loans, increase the level of risk-sharing on the loan. Our obligation to repurchase the loan is independent of our risk-sharing obligations. Our ability to recover on a claim against the borrower or any other party may be contractually limited and would also be dependent, in part, upon the financial condition and liquidity of such party. Although these obligations have not had a significant impact on our results to date, significant repurchase or indemnification obligations imposed on us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We expect to have debt, which could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations and activities, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or the commercial real estate services industry, expose us to interest rate risk and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness.

Immediately following the separation, we expect to have $             in aggregate principal amount of indebtedness, and we may incur additional indebtedness in the future. The amount of debt we incur may have important, adverse consequences to us and our investors, including that:

 

    it may limit our ability to borrow money, dispose of assets or sell equity to fund our working capital, capital expenditures, dividend payments, debt service, strategic initiatives or other obligations or purposes;

 

    it may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the economy, the markets, regulatory requirements, our operations or our business;

 

    we may be more highly leveraged than some of our competitors, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage;

 

    it may make us more vulnerable to downturns in the economy or our business;

 

    it may require a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make interest payments;

 

    it may make it more difficult for us to satisfy other obligations;

 

    it may increase the risk of a future credit ratings downgrade of us, which could increase future debt costs and limit the future availability of debt financing; and

 

    we may not be able to borrow additional funds as needed or take advantage of business opportunities as they arise, pay cash dividends or repurchase common stock.

To the extent that we incur additional indebtedness, the risks described above could increase. In addition, our actual cash requirements in the future may be greater than expected. Our cash flow from operations may not be sufficient to service our outstanding debt or to repay the outstanding debt as it becomes due, and we may not be able to borrow money, sell assets or otherwise raise funds on acceptable terms, or at all, to service or refinance our debt.

 

41


Table of Contents

We may incur substantially more debt or take other actions which would intensify the risks discussed herein.

We may incur substantial additional debt in the future, some of which may be secured debt. Under the terms of our existing debt, we are permitted under certain circumstances to incur additional debt, grant liens on our assets to secure existing or future debt, recapitalize our debt or take a number of other actions that could have the effect of diminishing our ability to make payments on our debt when due. To the extent that we borrow additional funds subsequent to this offering, the terms of such borrowings may contain more stringent financial covenants, change of control provisions, make-whole provisions or other terms that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Credit rating downgrades or defaults by us could adversely affect us.

The credit ratings and associated outlooks of companies may be critical to their reputation and operational and financial success. A company’s credit ratings and associated outlooks are influenced by a number of factors, including: operating environment, earnings and profitability trends, the prudence of funding and liquidity management practices, balance sheet size/composition and resulting leverage, cash flow coverage of interest, composition and size of the capital base, available liquidity, outstanding borrowing levels, the company’s competitive position in the industry and its relationships in the industry. A credit rating and/or the associated outlook can be revised upward or downward at any time by a rating agency if such rating agency decides that circumstances of that company or related companies warrant such a change. Any reduction in the credit ratings of Newmark, BGC Partners, Cantor or any of their other affiliates, and/or the associated outlook could adversely affect the availability of debt financing to us on acceptable terms, as well as the cost and other terms upon which we may obtain any such financing. In addition, credit ratings and associated outlooks may be important to clients in certain markets and in certain transactions. A company’s contractual counterparties may, in certain circumstances, demand collateral in the event of a credit ratings or outlook downgrade of that company.

Our acquisitions may require significant cash resources and may lead to a significant increase in the level of our indebtedness.

Potential future acquisitions may lead to a significant increase in the level of our indebtedness. We may enter into short- or long-term financing arrangements in connection with acquisitions which may occur from time to time. In addition, we may incur substantial nonrecurring transaction costs, including break-up fees, assumption of liabilities and expenses and compensation expenses and we would likely incur similar expenses. The increased level of our consolidated indebtedness in connection with potential acquisitions may restrict our ability to raise additional capital on favorable terms, and such leverage, and any resulting liquidity or credit issues, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may not be able to realize the full value of the Nasdaq payment, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

On June 28, 2013, BGC Partners sold eSpeed to Nasdaq in the Nasdaq Transaction. The total consideration paid or payable by Nasdaq in the Nasdaq Transaction included an earn-out of up to 14,883,705 shares of common stock of Nasdaq to be paid ratably over 15 years after the closing of the Nasdaq Transaction, provided that Nasdaq produces at least $25 million in gross revenues for the applicable year. Up to 10,914,717 Nasdaq shares remain payable by Nasdaq under this earn-out. In connection with the separation prior to the completion of this offering, BGC will transfer to Newmark the right to receive the remainder of the Nasdaq payment. This earn-out presents market risk to us as the value of consideration related to the Nasdaq payment is subject to fluctuations based on the stock price of Nasdaq common stock. Therefore, if Nasdaq were to experience financial difficulties or a significant downturn, the value of the Nasdaq payment may decline and we may receive fewer or no additional Nasdaq shares pursuant to this earn-out, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

42


Table of Contents

RISKS RELATED TO OUR CORPORATE AND PARTNERSHIP STRUCTURE

We are a holding company, and accordingly we are dependent upon distributions from Newmark OpCo to pay dividends, taxes and indebtedness and other expenses and to make repurchases.

We are a holding company with no direct operations, and we will be able to pay dividends, taxes and other expenses, and to make repurchases of shares of our Class A common stock and purchases of Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests or other equity interests in our subsidiaries, only from our available cash on hand and funds received from distributions, loans or other payments from Newmark OpCo. Tax restrictions or elections and other legal or contractual restrictions may limit our ability to transfer funds freely from our subsidiaries. In addition, any unanticipated accounting, tax or other charges against net income could adversely affect our ability to pay dividends and to make repurchases. See also “—Liquidity is essential to our business, and insufficient liquidity could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.”

We may not pay a dividend and may not pay the same dividend paid by Newmark OpCo to its equity holders.

We currently intend to pay dividends on a quarterly basis. Our ability to pay dividends is dependent upon on our available cash on hand and funds received from distributions, loans or other payments from Newmark OpCo. Newmark OpCo intends to distribute to its limited partners, including us, on a pro rata and quarterly basis, cash in an amount that will be determined by Newmark Holdings, its general partner, of which we are the general partner. Newmark OpCo’s ability, and in turn our ability, to make such distributions will depend upon the continuing profitability and strategic and operating needs of our business. We may not pay the same dividend to our shares as the dividend paid by Newmark OpCo to its limited partners.

We may also repurchase shares of our common stock or purchase Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests or other equity interests in our subsidiaries, including from BGC Partners, Cantor or our executive officers, other employees, partners and others, or cease to make such repurchases or purchases, from time to time. In addition, from time to time, we may reinvest all or a portion of the distributions we receive in Newmark OpCo’s business. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that future dividends will be paid or that dividend amounts will be maintained at current or future levels. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Because our voting control is concentrated among the holders of our Class B common stock, the market price of our Class A common stock may be materially adversely affected by its disparate voting rights.

The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have substantially identical economic rights, but their voting rights will be different. Holders of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share, while holders of Class B common stock will be entitled to 10 votes per share on all matters to be voted on by stockholders in general.

BGC Partners will hold                 shares of our Class A common stock after this offering representing approximately     % of our outstanding Class A common stock, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering and representing approximately     % of our outstanding Class A common stock, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. In addition, as of immediately after the offering, BGC Partners will hold                 shares of our Class B common stock representing all of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. Together, the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by BGC Partners after this offering will represent approximately     % of our total voting power, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and approximately     % of our total voting power, assuming that the

 

43


Table of Contents

underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. Upon the completion of the distribution, Cantor (including CFGM) will beneficially own all of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock, representing approximately     % of our total voting power. In addition, Cantor will have the right to exchange exchangeable partnership interests in Newmark Holdings into additional shares of Class A or Class B common stock, and pursuant to the exchange agreement, BGC Partners, Cantor, CFGM and other Cantor affiliates entitled to hold Class B common stock under our certificate of incorporation will have the right to exchange from time to time, on a one-to-one basis, subject to adjustment, shares of our Class A common stock now owned or subsequently acquired by such persons for shares of our Class B common stock, up to the number of shares of Class B common stock that are authorized but unissued under our certificate of incorporation. Prior to the distribution, however, without the prior consent of BGC Partners, the Cantor entities may not exchange such shares of our Class A common stock into shares of our Class B common stock. We expect to retain our dual class structure, and there are no circumstances under which the holders of Class B common stock would be required to convert their shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock.

As long as BGC Partners or, after the distribution, Cantor, beneficially owns a majority of our total voting power, it will have the ability, without the consent of the other holders of our Class A common stock, to elect all of the members of our board of directors and to control our management and affairs. In addition, it will be able to in its sole discretion determine the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders for approval and will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of us. In certain circumstances, the shares of Class B common stock issued to BGC Partners or, after the distribution, Cantor, may be transferred without conversion to Class A common stock, such as when the shares are transferred to an entity controlled by Cantor, BGC Partners or Mr. Lutnick.

The Class B common stock is controlled by BGC Partners or, after the distribution, will be controlled by Cantor, and will not be subject to conversion or redemption by us. Our certificate of incorporation will not provide for automatic conversion of shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock upon the occurrence of any event. Furthermore, the Class B common stock will only be issuable to Cantor, Mr. Lutnick or certain persons or entities controlled by them and, prior to the distribution, BGC Partners. The difference in the voting rights of Class B common stock could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

The dual class structure of our common stock may adversely affect the trading market for our Class A common stock.

S&P Dow Jones and FTSE Russell have recently announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, including the S&P 500, namely, to exclude companies with multiple classes of shares of common stock from being added to such indices. In addition, several shareholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to the use of multiple class structures. As a result, the dual class structure of our common stock may prevent the inclusion of our Class A common stock in such indices and may cause shareholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure. Any such exclusion from indices could result in a less active trading market for our Class A common stock. Any actions or publications by shareholder advisory firms critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the value of our Class A common stock.

Delaware law may protect decisions of our board of directors that have a different effect on holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

Stockholders may not be able to challenge decisions that have an adverse effect upon holders of our Class A common stock compared to holders of our Class B common stock if our board of directors acts in a disinterested,

 

44


Table of Contents

informed manner with respect to these decisions, in good faith and in the belief that it is acting in the best interests of our stockholders. Delaware law generally provides that a board of directors owes an equal duty to all stockholders, regardless of class or series, and does not have separate or additional duties to different groups of stockholders, subject to applicable provisions set forth in a corporation’s certificate of incorporation and general principles of corporate law and fiduciary duties.

If we or Newmark Holdings were deemed an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (which we refer to as the “Investment Company Act”), applicable restrictions could make it impractical for us to continue our business and structure as contemplated and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we were to cease participation in the management of Newmark Holdings, if Newmark Holdings, in turn, were to cease participation in the management of Newmark OpCo, or if Newmark OpCo, in turn, were to cease participation in the management of our operating subsidiaries, or if we were deemed not to have a majority of the voting power of Newmark Holdings (including through our ownership of the Special Voting Limited Partnership Interest), or if Newmark Holdings, in turn, were deemed not to have a majority of the voting power of Newmark OpCo (including through its ownership of the Special Voting Limited Partnership Interest), or if Newmark OpCo, in turn, were deemed not to have a majority of the voting power of our operating subsidiaries, or if any of our operating subsidiaries were deemed to be “investment companies,” our interests in Newmark Holdings and Newmark OpCo, and Newmark Holdings’ interests in Newmark OpCo, could be deemed “investment securities,” and we and Newmark Holdings could be deemed “investment companies,” under the Investment Company Act.

Generally, an entity is deemed an “investment company” under Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act if it is primarily engaged in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities, and is deemed an “investment company” under Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Investment Company Act if it owns investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of U.S. Government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. We believe that neither we nor Newmark Holdings should be deemed an “investment company” as defined under Section 3(a)(1)(A) because neither of us is primarily engaged in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities. Rather, through our operating subsidiaries, we and Newmark Holdings operate various types of commercial real estate services businesses as described in this prospectus. Neither we nor Newmark Holdings is an “investment company” under Section 3(a)(1)(C) because more than 60% of the value of our total assets on an unconsolidated basis are interests in majority-owned subsidiaries that are not themselves “investment companies” or are otherwise not investment securities. In particular, Berkeley Point, a significant majority-owned subsidiary, is entitled to rely on, among other things, the mortgage banker exemption in Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act.

We expect to take all legally permissible action to ensure that we and Newmark Holdings are not deemed investment companies under the Investment Company Act, but no assurance can be given that this will not occur.

The Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder contain detailed prescriptions for the organization and operations of investment companies. Among other things, the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder limit or prohibit transactions with affiliates, limit the issuance of debt and equity securities, prohibit the issuance of stock options and impose certain governance requirements. If anything were to happen that would cause us or Newmark Holdings to be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, the Investment Company Act would limit our or its capital structure, ability to transact business with affiliates (including BGC Partners, Cantor, Newmark Holdings or Newmark OpCo, as the case may be) and ability to compensate key employees. Therefore, if we or Newmark Holdings became subject to the Investment Company Act, it could make it impractical to continue our business in this structure, impair agreements and arrangements and impair the transactions contemplated by those agreements and arrangements, between and among us, Newmark Holdings and Newmark OpCo, or any combination thereof, and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

45


Table of Contents

RISKS RELATED TO THE SEPARATION AND THE DISTRIBUTION

We have no operating history as a separate public company, and our historical and pro forma financial information is not necessarily representative of the results that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

Our historical and pro forma financial information included in this prospectus is derived from the combined financial statements and accounting records of BGC Partners. Accordingly, the historical and pro forma financial information included herein does not necessarily reflect the results of operations, financial position and cash flows that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company during the periods presented or those that we will achieve in the future primarily as a result of the following factors:

 

    Prior to the separation, our business has been operated by BGC Partners as part of its broader corporate organization, rather than as an independent company. BGC Partners or one of its affiliates has performed various corporate functions for us, including legal services, treasury, accounting, auditing, risk management, information technology, human resources, corporate affairs, tax administration, certain governance functions (including internal audit and compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) and external reporting. Our historical and pro forma financial results reflect allocations of corporate expenses from BGC Partners for these and similar functions. These allocations are likely less than the comparable expenses we believe we would have incurred had we operated as a separate public company.

 

    Currently, our business is integrated with the other businesses of BGC Partners. Historically, we have shared economies of scale in costs, employees and vendor relationships. While we will enter into transitional arrangements that will govern certain commercial and other relationships between BGC Partners and us after the separation, those transitional arrangements may not fully capture the benefits our business has enjoyed as a result of being integrated with the other businesses of BGC Partners. The loss of these benefits could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects following the completion of the separation.

 

    Generally, our working capital requirements and capital for our general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and capital expenditures, have historically been satisfied as part of the enterprise-wide cash management policies of BGC Partners. Following the completion of the separation, we may need to obtain additional financing from banks, through public offerings or private placements of debt or equity securities, strategic relationships or other arrangements.

 

    Following the completion of the separation, the cost of capital for our business may be higher than BGC Partners’ cost of capital prior to the separation.

The pro forma financial information included in this prospectus includes adjustments based upon available information we believe to be reasonable. However, the assumptions may change and actual results may differ. In addition, we have not made pro forma adjustments to reflect many significant changes that will occur in our cost structure, funding and operations as a result of our transition to becoming a public company.

Other significant changes may occur in our cost structure, management, financing and business operations as a result of operating as a public company separate from BGC Partners. The adjustments and allocations we have made in preparing our historical and pro forma financial statements may not appropriately reflect our operations during those periods as if we had in fact operated as a stand-alone entity, or what the actual effect of our separation from BGC Partners will be. For additional information about the presentation of our historical and pro forma financial information included in this prospectus, see “Selected Combined Financial Data” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Data.”

 

46


Table of Contents

We may experience increased costs resulting from a decrease in the purchasing power as a result of our separation from BGC Partners.

Historically, we have been able to take advantage of BGC Partners’ size and purchasing power in procuring goods, technology and services, including insurance, employee benefit support and audit services. As a separate public company, we will be a smaller and less diversified company than BGC Partners, and we may not have access to financial and other resources comparable to those available to BGC Partners prior to this offering. As a separate, stand-alone company, we may be unable to obtain goods, technology and services at prices and on terms as favorable as those available to us prior to this offering, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may experience difficulty in separating our assets and resources from BGC Partners.

We may face difficulty in separating our assets from BGC Partners’ assets and integrating newly acquired assets into our business. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be harmed if we incur unexpected costs in separating our assets from BGC Partners’ assets or integrating newly acquired assets. We do not expect to face this difficulty, but there can be no assurance that we will not.

The separation may adversely affect our business, and we may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits of the separation.

We may not be able to achieve the full strategic and financial benefits expected to result from the separation, or such benefits may be delayed or not occur at all. These benefits include the following:

 

    improving strategic planning, increasing management focus and streamlining decision-making by providing the flexibility to implement our strategic plan and to respond more effectively to different client needs and the changing economic environment;

 

    allowing us to adopt the capital structure, investment policy and dividend policy best suited to our financial profile and business needs, as well as resolving the current competition for capital among BGC Partners’ businesses;

 

    creating an independent equity structure that will facilitate our ability to effect future acquisitions utilizing our Class A common stock; and

 

    facilitating incentive compensation arrangements for employees more directly tied to the performance of our business, and enhancing employee hiring and retention by, among other things, improving the alignment of management and employee incentives with performance and growth objectives.

We may not achieve the anticipated benefits for a variety of reasons. There also can be no assurance that the separation will not adversely affect our business.

There is no assurance that the distribution will occur. If the distribution does not occur, our business and common stock may suffer.

BGC Partners will hold                 shares of our Class A common stock after this offering representing approximately     % of our outstanding Class A common stock, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and representing approximately     % of our outstanding Class A common stock, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. In addition, as of immediately after the offering, BGC Partners will hold                 shares of our Class B common stock representing all of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. BGC Partners has advised us that it currently expects to pursue a distribution to its stockholders of all of the shares of our common stock that it then owns in a manner that is intended to qualify as generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The

 

47


Table of Contents

shares of our common stock that BGC Partners will own upon the completion of this offering will be subject to the 180-day “lock-up” restriction contained in the underwriting agreement for this offering. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).” Further, there is no assurance that BGC Partners will complete the distribution. The distribution is subject to a number of conditions, and even though BGC Partners may distribute those shares in a tax-efficient manner to the stockholders of BGC Partners, BGC Partners may determine not to proceed with the distribution if the BGC Partners board of directors determines, in its sole discretion, that the distribution is not in the best interest of BGC Partners and its stockholders. Accordingly, the distribution may not occur on the expected timeframe, or at all.

If the distribution does not occur, we may not be able to obtain some of the benefits that we expect as a result of the distribution, including greater strategic focus, increased agility and speed and the other benefits. The separation and the distribution will permit us to build a management team that can focus solely on our strategic initiatives and future growth.

If, following the completion of the distribution, there is a determination that the distribution is taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes because the facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings underlying the tax opinion with respect to the distribution are incorrect or for any other reason, then BGC Partners and its stockholders could incur significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities, and we could incur significant liabilities.

It is a condition to the distribution that BGC Partners receive an opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, outside counsel to BGC Partners, to the effect that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will qualify as a transaction that is described in Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (which we refer to as the “Code”). The opinion will rely on certain facts, assumptions, representations and undertakings from BGC Partners and us regarding the past and future conduct of the companies’ respective businesses and other matters. If any of these facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings are incorrect or not otherwise satisfied, BGC Partners and its stockholders may not be able to rely on the opinion of tax counsel. Moreover, notwithstanding this opinion of counsel, the IRS could determine on audit that the separation or the distribution is taxable if it determines that any of these facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings are not correct or have been violated or if it disagrees with the conclusions in the opinion, or for other reasons, including as a result of certain significant changes in the stock ownership of BGC Partners or us after the separation or distribution. If the separation or distribution is determined to be taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes, BGC Partners and its stockholders could incur significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities and we may be required to indemnify BGC Partners for all or a portion of any such tax liabilities under the tax matters agreement. Any such liabilities could be substantial, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. For a description of the sharing of such liabilities between BGC Partners and us, see “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Tax Matters Agreement.”

We may not be able to execute transactions that are outside of Treasury Regulations safe harbors.

Under current law, a spin-off can be rendered taxable to the parent corporation and its stockholders as a result of certain post-spin-off acquisitions of shares or assets of the spun-off corporation. For example, a spin-off may result in taxable gain to the parent corporation under Section 355(e) of the Code if the spin-off were later deemed to be part of a plan (or series of related transactions) pursuant to which one or more persons acquire, directly or indirectly, shares representing a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in the spun-off corporation. To preserve the tax-free treatment of the separation and the distribution, and in addition to our other indemnity obligations, the tax matters agreement between us and BGC Partners will restrict us, through the end of the two-year period following the distribution, except in specific circumstances, from: (i) entering into any transaction pursuant to which all or a portion of the shares of our common stock would be acquired, whether by merger or otherwise, (ii) issuing equity securities beyond certain thresholds, (iii) repurchasing shares of our common stock other than in certain open-market transactions, and (iv) ceasing to actively conduct certain of our

 

48


Table of Contents

businesses. The tax matters agreement will also prohibit us from taking or failing to take any other action that would prevent the distribution and certain related transactions from qualifying as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. In the absence of the availability of a safe harbor under applicable Treasury Regulations, these restrictions may limit our ability to pursue strategic transactions, equity issuances or repurchases or other transactions that we may believe to be in the best interests of our stockholders or that might increase the value of our business. Current Treasury Regulations allow for a number of safe harbors. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Tax Matters Agreement.”

RISKS RELATED TO OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH BGC PARTNERS, CANTOR AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be controlled by BGC Partners (which is controlled by Cantor). Upon completion of the distribution, we will be controlled by Cantor. BGC Partners’ and Cantor’s respective interests may conflict with our interests, and BGC Partners and Cantor may exercise their control in a way that favors their respective interests to our detriment.

BGC Partners will hold                 shares of our Class A common stock after this offering representing approximately     % of our outstanding Class A common stock, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and representing approximately     % of our outstanding Class A common stock, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. In addition, as of immediately after the offering, BGC Partners will hold                 shares of our Class B common stock representing all of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. Together, the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by BGC Partners after this offering will represent approximately     % of our total voting power, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and approximately     % of our total voting power, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. BGC Partners is controlled by Cantor. If the distribution occurs, Cantor will beneficially own                 shares of our Class A common stock representing approximately     % of our outstanding Class A common stock, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and representing approximately     % of our outstanding Class A common stock, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and all of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock, together representing approximately     % of our total voting power, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and approximately     % of our total voting power, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. We expect to retain our dual class structure, and there are no circumstances under which the holders of Class B common stock would be required to convert their shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock.

As a result, upon completion of this offering, BGC Partners, directly through its ownership of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and Cantor, indirectly through its control of BGC Partners, will each be able to exercise control over our management and affairs and all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of our directors and determinations with respect to acquisitions and dispositions, as well as material expansions or contractions of our business, entry into new lines of business and borrowings and issuances of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock or other securities. BGC Partners’ voting power, prior to the completion of the distribution, and Cantor’s voting power, indirectly prior to the completion of the distribution and directly after the completion of the distribution, may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us.

 

49


Table of Contents

BGC Partners’ and Cantor’s ability to exercise control over us could create or appear to create potential conflicts of interest. Conflicts of interest may arise between us and each of BGC Partners and Cantor in a number of areas relating to our past and ongoing relationships, including:

 

    potential acquisitions and dispositions of businesses;

 

    the issuance or disposition of securities by us;

 

    the election of new or additional directors to our board of directors;

 

    the payment of dividends by us (if any), distribution of profits by Newmark OpCo and/or Newmark Holdings and repurchases of shares of our Class A common stock or purchases of Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests or other equity interests in our subsidiaries, including from BGC Partners, Cantor or our executive officers, other employees, partners and others;

 

    business operations or business opportunities of ours and BGC Partners’ or Cantor’s that would compete with the other party’s business opportunities;

 

    intellectual property matters;

 

    business combinations involving us; and

 

    the nature, quality and pricing of administrative services and transition services to be provided to or by BGC Partners or Cantor or their respective affiliates.

Potential conflicts of interest could also arise if we decide to enter into any new commercial arrangements with BGC Partners or Cantor in the future or in connection with BGC Partners’ or Cantor’s desire to enter into new commercial arrangements with third parties.

We also expect each of BGC Partners and Cantor to manage its respective ownership of us so that it will not be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, including by maintaining its voting power in us above a majority absent an applicable exemption from the Investment Company Act. This may result in conflicts with us, including those relating to acquisitions or offerings by us involving issuances of shares of our Class A common stock, or securities convertible or exchangeable into shares of Class A common stock, that would dilute BGC Partners’ or Cantor’s voting power in us.

In addition, each of BGC Partners and Cantor has from time to time in the past and may in the future consider possible strategic realignments of its own businesses and/or of the relationships that exist between and among BGC Partners and/or Cantor and their other respective affiliates and us. Any future material related-party transaction or arrangement between BGC Partners and/or Cantor and their other respective affiliates and us is subject to the prior approval by our audit committee, but generally does not require the separate approval of our stockholders, and if such stockholder approval is required, BGC Partners and/or Cantor may retain sufficient voting power to provide any such requisite approval without the affirmative consent of our other stockholders. Further, our regulators may require the consolidation, for regulatory purposes, of BGC Partners, Cantor and/or their other respective affiliates and us or require other restructuring of the group. There is no assurance that such consolidation or restructuring would not result in a material expense or disruption to our business.

Cantor has existing real estate-related businesses, and Newmark and Cantor will be partners in a real estate-related joint venture, Real Estate Newco. While these businesses do not currently compete with Newmark, it is possible that, in the future, real estate-related opportunities in which Newmark would be interested may also be pursued by Cantor and/or Real Estate Newco, and Real Estate Newco may conduct activities in any real estate-related business or asset-backed securities-related business or any extensions thereof and ancillary activities thereto. For example, Cantor’s commercial lending business has historically offered conduit loans to the multifamily market. While conduit loans have certain key differences versus multifamily agency loans, such as those offered by Berkeley Point, there can be no assurance that Cantor’s and/or Real Estate Newco’s lending businesses will not seek to offer multifamily loans to our existing and potential multifamily customer base.

 

50


Table of Contents

Moreover, the service of officers or partners of BGC Partners or Cantor as our executive officers and directors, and those persons’ ownership interests in and payments from BGC Partners or Cantor and their respective affiliates, could create conflicts of interest when we and those directors or executive officers are faced with decisions that could have different implications for us and them.

Our agreements and other arrangements with BGC Partners and Cantor, including the separation and distribution agreement, may be amended upon agreement of the parties to those agreements and approval of our audit committee. During the time that we are controlled by BGC Partners and/or Cantor, BGC Partners and/or Cantor may be able to require us to agree to amendments to these agreements. We may not be able to resolve any potential conflicts, and, even if we do, the resolution may be less favorable to us than if we were dealing with an unaffiliated party. Additionally, pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement, for so long as BGC Partners beneficially owns at least 50% of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors, we will not, and will cause our subsidiaries to not (without BGC Partners’ prior written consent) take certain actions, including, without limitation, acquiring any other businesses or assets or disposing of any of our assets, in each case with an aggregate value for all such transactions in excess of $100 million, or incurring any indebtedness, other than indebtedness not in excess of $50 million in the aggregate or any indebtedness incurred to repay the Term Loan, the BGC Notes or other indebtedness of BGC Partners or its subsidiaries that we will assume in the separation. See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Separation and Distribution Agreement—Operating Covenants.”

In order to address potential conflicts of interest between or among BGC Partners, Cantor and their respective representatives and us, our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions regulating and defining the conduct of our affairs as they may involve BGC Partners and/or Cantor and their respective representatives, and our powers, rights, duties and liabilities and those of our representatives in connection therewith. Our certificate of incorporation provides that, to the greatest extent permitted by law, no Cantor Company or BGC Partners Company, each as defined in our certificate of incorporation, or any of the representatives, as defined in our certificate of incorporation, of a Cantor Company or BGC Partners Company will, in its capacity as our stockholder or affiliate, owe or be liable for breach of any fiduciary duty to us or any of our stockholders. In addition, to the greatest extent permitted by law, none of any Cantor Company, BGC Partners Company or any of their respective representatives will owe any duty to refrain from engaging in the same or similar activities or lines of business as us or our representatives or doing business with any of our or our representatives’ clients or customers. If any Cantor Company, BGC Partners Company or any of their respective representatives acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity (as defined in our certificate of incorporation) for any such person, on the one hand, and us or any of our representatives, on the other hand, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such corporate opportunity to us or any of our representatives, and will not be liable to us, any of our stockholders or any of our representatives for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that they pursue or acquire such corporate opportunity for themselves, direct such corporate opportunity to another person or do not present such corporate opportunity to us or any of our representatives, subject to the requirement described in the following sentence. If a third party presents a corporate opportunity to a person who is both our representative and a representative of a BGC Partners Company and/or a Cantor Company, expressly and solely in such person’s capacity as our representative, and such person acts in good faith in a manner consistent with the policy that such corporate opportunity belongs to us, then such person will be deemed to have fully satisfied and fulfilled any fiduciary duty that such person has to us as our representative with respect to such corporate opportunity, provided that any BGC Partners Company, any Cantor Company or any of their respective representatives may pursue such corporate opportunity if we decide not to pursue such corporate opportunity.

The corporate opportunity policy that is included in our certificate of incorporation is designed to resolve potential conflicts of interest between us and our representatives and BGC Partners, Cantor and their respective representatives. The Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement contains similar provisions with respect to us and/or BGC Partners and Cantor and each of our respective representatives, and the Newmark OpCo limited partnership agreement will contain similar provisions with respect to us and/or Newmark Holdings and

 

51


Table of Contents

each of our respective representatives. This policy, however, could make it easier for BGC Partners or Cantor to compete with us. If BGC Partners or Cantor competes with us, it could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Potential Conflicts of Interest and Competition with BGC Partners and Cantor.”

Mr. Lutnick will have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of his positions with BGC Partners and/or Cantor.

Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Lutnick will continue to serve as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of BGC Partners, and as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Cantor. In addition, Mr. Lutnick will own BGC Partners common stock, options to purchase BGC Partners common stock, other BGC Partners’ equity awards or partnership interests in BGC Holdings, or equity interests in Cantor. These interests may be significant compared to his total assets. His positions at BGC Partners and/or Cantor and the ownership of any such equity or equity awards create, or may create the appearance of, conflicts of interest when he is faced with decisions that could have different implications for BGC Partners or Cantor than the decisions have for us.

Agreements between us and BGC Partners and/or Cantor are between related parties, and the terms of these agreements may be less favorable to us than those that we could negotiate with third parties and may subject us to litigation.

Our relationship with BGC Partners and/or Cantor may result in agreements with BGC Partners and/or Cantor that are between related parties. For example, we will provide to and receive from Cantor and BGC Partners and their respective affiliates various administrative services and transition services, respectively. As a result, the prices charged to us or by us for services provided under agreements with BGC Partners and Cantor may be higher or lower than prices that may be charged by third parties, and the terms of these agreements may be less favorable to us than those that we could have negotiated with third parties. Any future material related-party transaction or arrangement between us and BGC Partners and/or Cantor is subject to the prior approval by our audit committee, but generally does not require the separate approval of our stockholders, and if such stockholder approval were required, BGC Partners and/or Cantor may retain sufficient voting power to provide any such requisite approval without the affirmative consent of our other stockholders. These related-party relationships may also from time to time subject us to litigation.

We will be controlled by BGC Partners, which is controlled by Cantor. Cantor controls its wholly owned subsidiary, CF&Co, which is an underwriter of this offering and may provide us with additional investment banking services. In addition, Cantor, CF&Co and their affiliates may provide us with advice and services from time to time.

We will be controlled by BGC Partners, which is controlled by Cantor. Cantor, in turn, controls its wholly owned subsidiary, CF&Co, which is an underwriter of this offering. Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, we will pay CF&Co                 % of the gross proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock. In addition, Cantor, CF&Co and their affiliates may provide investment banking services to us and our affiliates, including acting as our financial advisor in connection with business combinations, dispositions or other transactions, and placing or recommending to us various investments, stock loans or cash management vehicles. They would receive customary fees and commissions for these services. They may also receive brokerage and market data and analytics products and services from us and our respective affiliates.

 

52


Table of Contents

RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING, OWNERSHIP OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND OUR STATUS AS A PUBLIC COMPANY

A sufficiently active trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be maintained, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. Although we have applied to list our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market, a sufficiently active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. In addition, we cannot assure you as to the liquidity of any such market that may develop or the price that our stockholders may obtain for their shares of our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the qualified independent underwriter. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering. In the absence of a sufficiently active trading market for our Class A common stock, investors may not be able to sell their Class A common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at the time that they would like to sell. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment.

The market price of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of an investment in our Class A common stock to decline.

The market price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate substantially due to a variety of factors, including:

 

    our quarterly or annual earnings, or those of other companies in our industry;

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

    differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors and analysts;

 

    changes in analysts’ recommendations or estimates or our ability to meet those estimates;

 

    the prospects of our competition and of the commercial real estate market in general;

 

    changes in general valuations for companies in our industry; and

 

    changes in business, legal or regulatory conditions, or other general economic or market conditions and overall market fluctuations.

In particular, the realization of any of the risks described in these “Risk Factors” or under “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” could have a material adverse impact on the market price of our Class A common stock in the future and cause the value of your investment to decline. In addition, the stock markets in general have experienced substantial volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These types of broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock.

In the past, stockholders of other companies have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against issuers following periods of volatility in the market price of their securities. Any similar litigation against us could result in substantial costs, divert management’s attention and our other resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. There is no assurance that such a suit will not be brought against us.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us

 

53


Table of Contents

downgrade our stock or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented or to be implemented by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (which we refer to as the “SEC”) and the NASDAQ Stock Market. Prior to the completion of this offering, these costs have been incurred by BGC Partners on a consolidated basis. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect the rules and regulations associated with being a public company to result in substantial legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept constraints on policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers and may divert management’s attention.

If we fail to implement and maintain an effective internal control environment, our operations, reputation and stock price could suffer, we may need to restate our financial statements and we may be delayed in or prevented from accessing the capital markets.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be required, under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first full fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a control deficiency or combination of control deficiencies that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging.

Internal control over financial reporting, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations. Therefore, internal controls over financial reporting determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Due to the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management override of the internal controls. Moreover, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate due to changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. As such, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which may have a material adverse effect on our reputation and stock price.

Our ability to identify and remediate any material weaknesses in our internal controls could affect our ability to prepare financial reports in a timely manner, control our policies, procedures, operations and assets, assess and manage our operational, regulatory and financial risks, and integrate our acquired businesses.

 

54


Table of Contents

Similarly, we need to effectively manage any growth that we achieve in such a way as to ensure continuing compliance with all applicable internal control, financial reporting and legal and regulatory requirements. Any failures to ensure full compliance with internal control and financial reporting requirements could result in restatement, delay or prevent us from accessing the capital markets and harm our reputation and the market price for our Class A common stock.

We are an emerging growth company and as a result have certain reduced disclosure requirements in this prospectus.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act and have elected to comply with certain reduced disclosure requirements for this prospectus in accordance with the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we are not required to disclose certain executive compensation information in this prospectus pursuant to the JOBS Act. We also are required to present only two years of audited financial statements and related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus. We expect that our revenues for 2017 will exceed $1.07 billion. As a result, we expect that we will cease to qualify as an emerging growth company after the later of the completion of this offering and January 1, 2018 and thereafter will no longer be eligible for the exemptions from disclosure provided to an emerging growth company.

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Stock Market rules and we will qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. We do not currently expect or intend to rely on any of these exemptions, but there is no assurance that we will not rely on these exemptions in the future.

Because BGC Partners will control more than a majority of the total voting power of our common stock following this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Stock Market rules. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain stock exchange rules regarding corporate governance, including:

 

    the requirement that a majority of its board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

    the requirement that its director nominees be selected or recommended for the board’s selection by a majority of the board’s independent directors in a vote in which only independent directors participate or by a nominating committee comprised solely of independent directors, in either case, with a formal written charter or board resolutions, as applicable, addressing the nominations process and such related matters as may be required under the federal securities laws; and

 

    the requirement that its compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

We do not currently expect or intend to rely on any of these exemptions, but there is no assurance that we will not rely on these exemptions in the future. If we were to utilize some or all of these exemptions, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ Stock Market rules regarding corporate governance.

Future sales of shares of Class A common stock, including in this offering, could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock. Our stockholders could be diluted by such future sales and be further diluted upon exchange of Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests into our common stock and upon issuance of additional Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests to Newmark Holdings as a result of future issuances of Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests.

Future sales of our shares could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock. If our existing stockholders sell a large number of shares, or if we issue a large number of shares of our common stock

 

55


Table of Contents

in connection with future acquisitions, strategic alliances, third-party investments and private placements or otherwise, such as this offering, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline significantly. Moreover, the perception in the public market that these stockholders might sell shares could depress the market price of our Class A common stock.

BGC Partners will hold                 shares of our Class A common stock after this offering representing approximately     % of our outstanding Class A common stock, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering and representing approximately     % of our outstanding Class A common stock, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. In addition, as of immediately after the offering, BGC Partners will hold                 shares of our Class B common stock representing all of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. Together, the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by BGC Partners after this offering will represent approximately     % of our total voting power, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and approximately     % of our total voting power, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. BGC Partners has advised us that it currently expects to pursue a distribution to its stockholders of all of the shares of our common stock that it then owns in a manner that is intended to qualify as generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The determination of whether, when and how to proceed with any such distribution is entirely within the discretion of BGC Partners. The shares of our common stock that BGC Partners and our executive officers and directors will own upon the completion of this offering will be subject to the 180-day “lock-up” restriction contained in the underwriting agreement for this offering. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).” If the distribution occurs, the distributed shares of Class A common stock would be eligible for immediate resale in the public market, except for those held by Cantor and other affiliates of ours, which distributed shares could be sold pursuant to a registered offering or pursuant to an exemption under the Securities Act. We are unable to predict whether significant amounts of our Class A common stock will be sold in the open market in anticipation of, or following, the distribution. Any potential sale, disposition or distribution of our Class A common stock, or the perception that such sale, disposition or distribution could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A common stock.

Even if BGC Partners does not distribute the shares of our common stock that it will own upon the completion of this offering by means of the distribution, BGC Partners may sell all or a portion of such shares to the public or in one or more private transactions after the expiration of the “lock-up” restriction (which is 180 days after completion of this offering) contained in the agreement with the underwriters and described under “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).” We have entered into a registration rights agreement with BGC Partners and Cantor that grants them registration rights to facilitate their sale of shares of our Class A common stock in the market. Any sale or distribution, or expectations in the market of a possible sale or distribution, by BGC Partners or Cantor of all or a portion of our shares of Class A common stock through the distribution, in a registered offering, pursuant to an exemption under the Securities Act or otherwise could depress or reduce the market price for our Class A common stock or cause our shares to trade below the prices at which they would otherwise trade.

Moreover, the shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction, except for any shares acquired by an affiliate of ours, which shares can be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, subject to various volume and other limitations. Subject to certain limited exceptions, we, our executive officers and directors and BGC Partners have agreed with the underwriters not to sell, dispose of or hedge any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters for the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus. After the expiration of the 180-day “lock-up” restriction, our executive officers and directors and BGC Partners could dispose of all or any part of their shares of our Class A common stock through a public offering, sales under Rule 144 or other transactions. In addition, certain of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements

 

56


Table of Contents

at any time and for any reason. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration of the lock-up restriction and market stand-off agreements, the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of these agreements, could cause our market price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your Class A common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

After the completion of this offering, we expect to register under the Securities Act,                 shares of Class A common stock, which are reserved for issuance upon exercise of options, restricted stock and other equity awards granted under our Long-Term Incentive Plan (which we refer to as the “Equity Plan”). These shares can be sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to restrictions under the securities laws applicable to resales by affiliates. We may in the future register additional shares of Class A common stock under the Securities Act that become reserved for issuance under other equity incentive plans.

In addition, immediately following this offering, there will be outstanding                 limited partnership interests of Newmark Holdings. Such limited partnership interests will be exchangeable with us for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments as set forth in the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement) in accordance with the terms of the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement, provided that BGC Partners’ prior consent will be required to effect any such exchanges prior to the distribution. Shares of Class A common stock issued upon such exchange would be eligible for resale in the public market. See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Amended and Restated Newmark Holdings Limited Partnership Agreement—Exchanges.”

We may register for resale the shares of our Class A common stock for which the Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests are exchangeable. In light of the number of shares of our common stock issuable in connection with the full exchange of the Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests, the price of our Class A common stock may decrease and our ability to raise capital through the issuance of equity securities may be adversely impacted as these exchanges occur and any transfer restrictions lapse.

Prior to the distribution, to the extent that BGC Partners receives any Newmark OpCo units as a result of any exchange of Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests or as a result of any contribution by BGC Partners to Newmark OpCo or purchase by BGC Partners of Newmark OpCo units, then, in each case, BGC Partners will contribute such Newmark OpCo units to Newmark in exchange for an equal number of newly issued shares of Newmark common stock, which would dilute the other stockholders of Newmark. See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Separation and Distribution Agreement—BGC Partners Contribution of Newmark OpCo Units Prior to the Distribution.”

Any such potential sale, disposition or distribution of our common stock, or the perception that such sale, disposition or distribution could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A common stock.

Delaware law, our corporate organizational documents and other requirements may impose various impediments to the ability of a third party to acquire control of us, which could deprive our investors of the opportunity to receive a premium for their shares.

We are a Delaware corporation, and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (which we refer to as the “DGCL”) our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws (which we refer to as our “bylaws”) impose various impediments to the ability of a third party to acquire control of us, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our Class A stockholders.

These provisions, summarized below, may discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions may also encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the initiator of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us and outweigh the

 

57


Table of Contents

disadvantages of discouraging those proposals because negotiation of them could result in an improvement of their terms.

Our bylaws will provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of our board of directors, or in the event the Chairman of our board of directors is unavailable, by the Chief Executive Officer or by the holders of a majority of the voting power of our Class B common stock, which will be held by BGC Partners before the distribution and by Cantor and CFGM after the distribution. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will permit us to issue “blank check” preferred stock.

Our bylaws will require advance written notice prior to a meeting of our stockholders of a proposal or director nomination which a stockholder desires to present at such a meeting, which generally must be received by our Secretary not later than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of our proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting. In the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not later than the close of business on the later of the 120th day prior to the date of such proxy statement or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by us. Our bylaws will provide that all amendments to our bylaws must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote or by a majority of our board of directors.

We currently intend to elect in our certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock, for a period of three years following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in accordance with Section 203. Accordingly, we are not subject to the anti-takeover effects of Section 203. However, our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they provide that each of the Qualified Class B Holders and certain of their direct transferees will not be deemed to be “interested stockholders,” and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.

Further, our Equity Plan contains provisions pursuant to which grants that are unexercisable or unvested may automatically become exercisable or vested as of the date immediately prior to certain change of control events. Additionally, change in control and employment agreements between us and our named executive officers also provide for certain grants, payments and grants of exchangeability in the event of certain change of control events.

The foregoing factors, as well as the significant common stock ownership by BGC Partners before the distribution and Cantor after the distribution, including shares of our Class B common stock, and rights to acquire additional such shares, and the provisions of any debt agreements could impede a merger, takeover or other business combination or discourage a potential investor from making a tender offer for our Class A common stock that could result in a premium over the market price for shares of Class A common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that a state court located within the State of Delaware (or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal court for the District of Delaware) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, a state court located within the State of Delaware (or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal court for the District of Delaware) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a claim for or based on a breach of duty or obligation owed by any current or former director, officer, employee or agent of ours to us or to our

 

58


Table of Contents

stockholders, including any claim alleging the aiding and abetting of such a breach; any action asserting a claim against us or any current or former director, officer, employee or agent of ours arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; any action asserting a claim related to or involving us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; or any action asserting an “internal corporate claim” as that term is defined in Section 115 of the DGCL. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, employees and agents. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

59


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. For example, words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “strategy,” “believes,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “expects,” “intends” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

Our actual results and the outcome and timing of certain events may differ significantly from the expectations discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause or contribute to such a discrepancy include, but are not limited to:

 

    our relationship with Cantor, BGC Partners and their respective affiliates and any related conflicts of interest, competition for and retention of brokers and other managers and key employees;

 

    the timing of the distribution and whether the distribution will occur at all;

 

    pricing, commissions and fees, and market position with respect to any of our products and services and those of our competitors;

 

    the effect of industry concentration and reorganization, reduction of customers and consolidation;

 

    market conditions, including trading volume and volatility, potential deterioration of equity and debt capital markets for commercial real estate and related services, and our ability to access the capital markets;

 

    risks associated with the integration of acquired businesses with our other businesses;

 

    risks related to changes in our relationships with the GSEs and HUD, changes in prevailing interest rates and the risk of loss in connection with loan defaults;

 

    economic or geopolitical conditions or uncertainties, the actions of governments or central banks, and the impact of terrorist acts, acts of war or other violence or unrest, as well as natural disasters or weather-related or similar events;

 

    the effect on our business, our clients, the markets in which we operate, and the economy in general of possible shutdowns of the U.S. government, sequestrations, uncertainties regarding the debt ceiling and the federal budget, and other potential political policies and impasses;

 

    the regulation of our businesses, changes in regulation relating to commercial real estate and other industries, and risks relating to compliance matters, including our taking action to ensure that we and Newmark Holdings are not deemed investment companies under the Investment Company Act;

 

    factors related to specific transactions or series of transactions as well as counterparty failure;

 

    the costs and expenses of developing, maintaining and protecting intellectual property, including judgments or settlements paid or received in connection with intellectual property, or employment or other litigation and their related costs;

 

    certain financial risks, including the possibility of future losses and negative cash flow from operations, risks of obtaining financing and risks of the resulting leverage, as well as interest and currency rate fluctuations;

 

    the ability to enter new markets or develop new products or services and to induce customers to use these products or services and to secure and maintain market share;

 

    the ability to enter into marketing and strategic alliances, and other transactions, including acquisitions, dispositions, reorganizations, partnering opportunities and joint ventures, and the integration of any completed transactions;

 

60


Table of Contents
    our estimates or determinations of potential value with respect to various assets or portions of our business, including with respect to the accuracy of the assumptions or the valuation models or multiples used;

 

    the ability to hire new personnel;

 

    the ability to effectively manage any growth that may be achieved, while ensuring compliance with all applicable financial reporting, internal control, legal compliance, and regulatory requirements;

 

    financial reporting, accounting and internal control factors, including identification of any material weaknesses in our internal controls and our ability to prepare historical and pro forma financial statements and reports in a timely manner;

 

    the effectiveness of our risk management policies and procedures, and the impact of unexpected market moves and similar events;

 

    the ability to meet expectations with respect to payment of dividends and repurchases of our common stock or purchases of Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests or other equity interests in our subsidiaries, including from BGC Partners, Cantor or our executive officers, other employees, partners and others; and

 

    other factors, including those that are discussed under “Risk Factors,” to the extent applicable.

We believe that all forward-looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions when made. However, we caution that it is impossible to predict actual results or outcomes or the effects of risks, uncertainties or other factors on anticipated results or outcomes and that accordingly you should not place undue reliance on these statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date when made, and we undertake no obligation to update these statements in light of subsequent events or developments.

 

61


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $                 ($                 if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full), assuming a public offering price of $                 per share (which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions in connection with this offering and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We currently intend to contribute all of the net proceeds of this offering (including the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to Newmark OpCo in exchange for a number of units representing Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests equal to the number of shares issued by us in this offering. Newmark OpCo intends to use such net proceeds to repay the Term Loan in full and intends to use any remaining net proceeds for various general partnership purposes, including repayment of the BGC Notes or other indebtedness assumed by us prior to the completion of this offering, potential strategic alliances, acquisitions, joint ventures or hiring personnel. The Term Loan has an outstanding principal amount of $575 million, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon, with an interest rate calculated from one-month LIBOR plus 2.25%, which is currently approximately 3.5% per annum, subject to adjustment. The terms of the Term Loan require that the net proceeds of this offering be used to repay the Term Loan until the Term Loan is repaid in full.

 

62


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We expect our board of directors to authorize a dividend policy that will provide that we intend to pay a dividend on a quarterly basis. Any dividends to our common stockholders are expected to be calculated based on our post-tax Adjusted Earnings, as a measure of net income, allocated to us and generated over the fiscal quarter ending prior to the record date for the dividend. See below for a definition of “post-tax Adjusted Earnings” per fully diluted share.

We currently expect that, following the distribution (i.e., the spin-off), our quarterly dividend will be less than 25% of our post-tax Adjusted Earnings per fully diluted share to our common stockholders. The declaration, payment, timing and amount of any future dividends payable by us will be at the discretion of our board of directors; provided that, after the distribution (i.e., the spin-off), any quarterly dividend to our common stockholders that is 25% or more of our post-tax Adjusted Earnings per fully diluted share shall require the consent of the holder of a majority of the Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests.

Certain Definitions

Newmark uses non-GAAP financial measures including, but not limited to, “pre-tax Adjusted Earnings” and “post-tax Adjusted Earnings,” which are supplemental measures of operating results that are used by management to evaluate the financial performance of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries. Newmark believes that Adjusted Earnings best reflect the operating earnings generated by the Company on a consolidated basis and are the earnings which management considers available for, among other things, dividend and/or distribution to Newmark’s common stockholders and holders of Newmark Holdings partnership units during any period.

As compared with items such as “Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests” and “Newmark’s net income (loss) available to its parent, BGC Partners,” all prepared in accordance with GAAP, Adjusted Earnings calculations primarily exclude certain non-cash compensation and other expenses that generally do not involve the receipt or outlay of cash by the Company and/or which do not dilute existing stockholders, as described below. In addition, Adjusted Earnings calculations exclude certain gains and charges that management believes do not best reflect the ordinary operating results of Newmark.

Adjustments Made to Calculate Pre-Tax Adjusted Earnings

Pre-tax Adjusted Earnings are defined as GAAP Income (loss) from operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries excluding items, such as:

 

    Non-cash charges relating to grants of exchangeability to limited partnership units;

 

    Non-cash asset impairment charges, if any;

 

    Net non-cash GAAP gains related to originated mortgage servicing right (which we refer to as “OMSR”) gains and mortgage servicing right (which we refer to as “MSR”) amortization;

 

    Allocations of net income to limited partnership units; and

 

    Non-cash charges related to the amortization of intangibles with respect to acquisitions.

In addition to the abovementioned items, Adjusted Earnings calculations exclude certain unusual, one-time or non-recurring items, if any. These charges are excluded from Adjusted Earnings because the Company views excluding such charges as a better reflection of the ongoing, ordinary operations of Newmark. Newmark’s definition of Adjusted Earnings also excludes certain gains and charges with respect to acquisitions, dispositions, or resolutions of litigation. Management believes that excluding such gains and charges also best reflects the ongoing operating performance of Newmark.

 

63


Table of Contents

Adjustments Made to Calculate Post-Tax Adjusted Earnings

Since Adjusted Earnings are calculated on a pre-tax basis, management intends to also report post-tax Adjusted Earnings to fully-diluted shareholders. Post-tax Adjusted Earnings to fully-diluted shareholders are defined as pre-tax Adjusted Earnings, less noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries, and reduced by the tax provision as described below.

The Company’s calculation of the provision for taxes on an annualized basis starts with the GAAP income tax provision, adjusted to reflect tax-deductible items. Management uses this non-GAAP provision for taxes in part to help it evaluate, among other things, the overall performance of the business, make decisions with respect to the Company’s operations, and to determine the amount of dividends payable to common shareholders. The provision for taxes with respect to Adjusted Earnings includes additional tax-deductible items, such as limited partnership unit exchange or conversion, employee loan amortization, charitable contributions, and certain net-operating loss carryforwards.

Newmark incurs income tax expenses based on the location, legal structure and jurisdictional taxing authorities of each of its subsidiaries. Certain of the Company’s entities are taxed as U.S. partnerships and are subject to the Unincorporated Business Tax (“UBT”) in New York City. Any U.S. federal and state income tax liability or benefit related to the partnership income or loss, with the exception of UBT, rests with the unit holders rather than with the partnership entity. The Company’s consolidated financial statements include U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on the Company’s allocable share of the U.S. results of operations. Outside of the U.S., Newmark is expected to operate principally through subsidiary corporations subject to local income taxes. For these reasons, taxes for Adjusted Earnings are expected to be presented to show the tax provision the consolidated Company would expect to pay if 100 percent of earnings were taxed at global corporate rates.

Calculations of Pre-Tax and Post-Tax Adjusted Earnings per Share

Newmark’s Adjusted Earnings per share calculations assume either that:

 

    The fully-diluted share count includes the shares related to any dilutive instruments, but excludes the associated interest expense, net of tax, when the impact would be dilutive; or

 

    The fully-diluted share count excludes the shares related to these instruments, but includes the associated interest expense, net of tax.

The share count for Adjusted Earnings excludes shares expected to be issued in future periods but not yet eligible to receive dividends and/or distributions.

Each quarter, the dividend payable to Newmark’s common stockholders, if any, is expected to be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors with reference to a number of factors, including post-tax Adjusted Earnings per fully-diluted share. Newmark may also pay a pro-rata distribution of net income to limited partnership units, as well as to Cantor for its noncontrolling interest. The amount of this net income, and therefore of these payments per unit, would be determined using the above definition of pre-tax Adjusted Earnings using the fully-diluted share count.

Other Matters with Respect to Adjusted Earnings

The term “Adjusted Earnings” should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to GAAP net income (loss). The Company views Adjusted Earnings as a metric that is not indicative of liquidity or the cash available to fund its operations, but rather as a performance measure. Pre- and post-tax Adjusted Earnings are not intended to replace the Company’s presentation of GAAP financial results. However, management believes that these measures help provide investors with a clearer understanding of Newmark’ financial performance and offer useful information to both management and investors regarding certain financial and business trends related to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Management believes that Adjusted Earnings measures and the GAAP measures of financial performance should be considered together.

 

64


Table of Contents

Newmark anticipates providing forward-looking guidance for GAAP revenues and for certain Adjusted Earnings measures from time to time. However, the Company does not anticipate providing an outlook for other GAAP results. This is because certain GAAP items, which are excluded from Adjusted Earnings, are difficult to forecast with precision before the end of each period. The Company therefore believes that it is not possible to forecast GAAP results or to quantitatively reconcile GAAP results to non-GAAP results with sufficient precision unless Newmark makes unreasonable efforts. The items that are difficult to predict on a quarterly basis with precision and which can have a material impact on the Company’s GAAP results include, but are not limited, to the following:

 

    Allocations of net income and grants of exchangeability to limited partnership units, which are determined at the discretion of management throughout and up to the period-end;

 

    The impact of certain marketable securities, as well as any gains or losses related to associated mark-to-market movements and/or hedging. These items are calculated using period-end closing prices;

 

    Non-cash asset impairment charges, which are calculated and analyzed based on the period-end values of the underlying assets. These amounts may not be known until after period-end; and

 

    Acquisitions, dispositions and/or resolutions of litigation which are fluid and unpredictable in nature.

 

65


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2017, on (1) an actual basis,(2) an actual basis recast for the BP Transaction (which we refer to as “Actual Recast”) and (3) a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the Term Loan and the BGC Notes assumed by us and to the issuance by us of                 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

This table should be read in conjunction with “Selected Combined Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Excluding Berkeley Point),” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the Newmark Recast Financial Statements (Including Berkeley Point),” Newmark’s combined financial statements and related notes, and Newmark’s recast combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The data assume that there has been no exercise, in whole or in part, of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in this offering.

 

     As of June 30, 2017  
     Actual
Recast
(Including
Berkeley
Point)
     Actual      Pro Forma
(as adjusted)
 
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 95,722      $ 34,264     

Term Loan and BGC Notes

     —          —       

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Class A common stock, par value of $0.01 per share: 0 shares authorized on an actual basis;                 shares authorized,                 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis

     —          —       

Class B common stock, par value of $0.01 per share: 0 shares authorized on an actual basis;                 shares authorized,                 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis

     —          —       

Additional paid-in-capital

     719,802        460,487     

Retained earnings

     360,741        62,847     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,080,543        523,334     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interests

     1,152        1,152     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     1,081,695        524,486     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 1,081,695      $ 524,486     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after completion of this offering. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value is adjusted to give effect to our incurrence of related party debt from BGC Partners and to our sale of             shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Our pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the total number of pro forma shares of our common stock outstanding. As of June 30, 2017, our pro forma net tangible book value was $            , or $             per share of our common stock.

After giving effect to the incurrence of related party debt from BGC Partners and to the sale of              shares of our Class A common stock at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2017 would have been $            , or $             per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $             per share to our stockholder before this offering, and an immediate dilution of $             per share to investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock

      $               

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2017

   $                  

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after completion of this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering

      $  
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering by $            , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering by approximately $            , assuming the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering would be $             per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering would be $             per share of Class A common stock.

The following table sets forth, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above as of June 30, 2017, the differences between the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total consideration

 

67


Table of Contents

and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholder and by the investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial offering public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration
(in thousands)
    Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholder

               $                            $               

Investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $        100.0   $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $            , assuming the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full:

 

    the number of shares of common stock held by our existing stockholder will represent approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after completion of this offering; and

 

    the number of shares held by investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will represent approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after completion of this offering.

For purposes of the discussion and the tables above, the number of shares of Class A common stock that will be outstanding after this offering excludes the following shares:

 

                shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the Equity Plan; and

 

                shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon exchange of shares of our Class B common stock.

 

68


Table of Contents

SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our historical, historical recast and pro forma combined financial data. The historical recast combined financial data includes the acquisition of Berkeley Point. The acquisition of Berkeley Point has been determined to be a combination under common control that will result in a change in the reporting entity. Accordingly, the financial results of Newmark have been retrospectively adjusted or recast. The selected combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 are derived from our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected recast combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and recast combined statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 are derived from our audited recast financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected combined financial data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 are derived from our unaudited interim combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected recast combined financial data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 are derived from our unaudited interim recast combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the unaudited interim combined financial statements and unaudited interim recast combined financial statements include all normal and recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the operating results for these periods. Historical operating data may not be indicative of future performance. The operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 2017 or any other interim periods or any future year or period.

The selected combined and recast combined financial data include certain expenses of BGC Partners and Cantor that were allocated to us for certain corporate functions, including treasury, legal, accounting, insurance, information technology, payroll administration, human resources, stock incentive plans and other services. Management believes the assumptions underlying the combined financial statements, including the assumptions regarding allocated expenses, reasonably reflect the utilization of services provided to or the benefit received by us during the periods presented. However, these shared expenses may not represent the amounts that we would have incurred had we operated autonomously or independently from BGC Partners and Cantor. Actual costs that would have been incurred if we had been a standalone company would depend on multiple factors, including organizational structure and strategic decisions in various areas, such as information technology and infrastructure. In addition, our selected combined financial data do not reflect changes that we expect to experience in the future as a result of our separation from BGC Partners, including changes in our cost structure, personnel needs, tax structure, capital structure, financing and business operations.

 

69


Table of Contents

This selected combined financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Excluding Berkeley Point)” and Newmark’s combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Historical (Excluding Berkeley Point)  
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017     2016     2016     2015  
     (in thousands)  

Revenues:

        

Commissions

   $ 448,837     $ 375,386     $ 859,005     $ 808,878  

Management services and other

     102,358       91,652       196,959       188,389  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     551,195       467,038       1,055,964       997,267  

Expenses:

        

Compensation and employee benefits

     402,034       341,879       771,406       753,034  

Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units

     34,500       23,435       72,318       142,195  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total compensation and employment benefits

     436,534       365,314       843,724       895,229  

Operating, administrative and other

     82,694       73,213       154,868       136,428  

Fees to related parties

     8,657       9,841       17,731       17,951  

Depreciation and amortization

     8,298       6,220       13,349       16,644  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     536,183       454,588       1,029,672       1,066,252  

Other income (losses), net

        

Other income (loss)

     (1,097     (1,328     15,645       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (losses), net

     (1,097     (1,328     15,645       —    

Income (loss) from operations

     13,915       11,122       41,937       (68,985

Interest income, net

     1,830       1,510       3,358       1,450  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     15,745       12,632       45,295       (67,535

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     1,383       800       3,913       (6,767
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     14,362       11,832       41,382       (60,768

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     308       (564     (1,189     77  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Newmark’s net income (loss) available to its parent, BGC Partners

   $ 14,054     $ 12,396     $ 42,571     $ (60,845
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 34,264       $ 33,038     $ 10,536  

Total assets

   $ 1,028,597       $ 995,491     $ 857,052  

Total liabilities

   $ 504,111       $ 491,510     $ 407,619  

Total invested equity

   $ 524,486       $ 503,981     $ 449,433  

 

70


Table of Contents

This selected recast combined financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the Newmark Recast Financial Statements (Including Berkeley Point)” and Newmark’s recast combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Historical Recast (Including Berkeley Point)  
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017     2016     2016     2015  
     (in thousands)  

Revenues:

        

Commissions

   $ 444,806     $ 373,867     $ 849,419     $ 806,931  

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net

     118,808       73,631       193,387       115,304  

Management services, servicing fees and other

     174,039       142,271       307,177       278,012  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     737,653       589,769       1,349,983       1,200,247  

Expenses:

        

Compensation and employee benefits

     453,663       378,375       849,975       816,268  

Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units

     34,500       23,435       72,318       142,195  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total compensation and employee benefits

     488,163       401,810       922,293       958,463  

Operating, administrative and other

     106,786       87,682       185,343       162,316  

Fees to related parties

     8,885       9,841       18,010       18,471  

Depreciation and amortization

     41,455       37,438       72,197       71,774  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     645,289       536,771       1,197,843       1,211,024  

Other income (losses), net

        

Other income (loss)

     (1,308     (1,886     15,279       (460
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (losses), net

     (1,308     (1,886     15,279       (460

Income (loss) from operations

     91,056       51,112       167,419       (11,237

Interest income, net

     2,515       1,756       3,786       1,867  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     93,571       52,868       171,205       (9,370

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     1,407       858       3,993       (6,644
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     92,164       52,010       167,212       (2,726

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     308       (564     (1,189     77  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Newmark’s net income (loss) available to its parent, BGC Partners

   $ 91,856     $ 52,574     $ 168,401     $ (2,803
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 95,722       $ 66,627     $ 111,430  

Total assets

   $ 2,632,320       $ 2,534,688     $ 1,657,930  

Total liabilities

   $ 1,550,625       $ 1,550,905     $ 853,896  

Total invested equity

   $ 1,081,695       $ 983,783     $ 804,034  

 

71


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements consist of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2017. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been derived by application of pro forma adjustments to our historical combined financial statements (and not our historical recast combined financial statements) included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet reflects the separation as if it occurred on June 30, 2017, while the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations give effect to the separation as if it occurred on January 1, 2016, the beginning of the earliest period presented. The pro forma adjustments, described in the related notes, are based on currently available information and certain assumptions that management believes are reasonable.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have occurred had the separation from BGC Partners been completed on June 30, 2017 for the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet or on January 1, 2016 for the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements should not be relied on as indicative of the historical operating results that we would have achieved or any future operating results or financial position that we will achieve after the completion of this offering.

In addition, the preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (which we refer to as “U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates and assumptions are preliminary and have been made solely for purposes of developing these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements. Actual results could differ, perhaps materially, from these estimates and assumptions.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data reflect the impact of certain transactions, which comprise the following:

 

    the separation;

 

    the BP Transaction;

 

    the receipt of approximately $             million in proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering and the repayment of the Term Loan; and

 

    other adjustments described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

We have operated as a business segment of BGC Partners since 2012. As a result, BGC Partners, and its parent Cantor, provide certain corporate services to us, and costs associated with these functions have been allocated to us. These allocations include costs related to corporate services, such as executive management, information technology, legal, finance and accounting, investor relations, human resources, risk management, tax, treasury and other services. The costs of such services have been allocated to us based on the most relevant allocation method to the service provided, primarily based on relative percentage of total sales, relative percentage of headcount or specific identification. The total amount of these allocations from BGC Partners was approximately $8.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017, approximately $18.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 and approximately $18.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. These cost

 

72


Table of Contents

allocations are primarily reflected within fees to related parties in our combined statements of operations. Management believes the basis on which the expenses have been allocated to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided to or the benefit received by us during the periods presented. Following the completion of this offering, we expect BGC Partners and Cantor to continue to provide some services related to these functions on a transitional basis for a fee. These services will be provided under the administrative services agreement with Cantor and the transition services agreement described in “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions.” Upon the completion of this offering, we will assume responsibility for many standalone public company costs, including the costs of certain corporate services currently provided by BGC Partners. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements do not include such public company costs, which we currently estimate to be approximately $2.5 million during our first fiscal year as a standalone public company.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and related notes should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Excluding Berkeley Point),” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the Newmark Recast Financial Statements (Including Berkeley Point),” Newmark’s combined financial statements and related notes, and Newmark’s recast combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

73


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2017

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

          (A)     (B)           (C)     (D)     (E)              
    Newmark
Historical
    Berkeley
Point
Historical
Adjusted
    Adjustments     Newmark
Recast
    Related
Party
Debt
Financing/
Interest
Expense
    Separation of
Partnership
Interests
    Tax
Effect
    Newmark
Pro Forma
       

Revenues:

                 

Commissions

  $ 448,837     $ —       $ (4,031   $ 444,806       —         —         —       $    

Gain from mortgage banking activities, net

    —         114,777       4,031       118,808       —         —         —        

Management services, servicing fees and other

    102,358       71,286       395       174,039       —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenues

    551,195       186,063       395       737,653       —         —         —        

Expenses:

                 

Compensation and employee benefits

    402,034       51,629       —         453,663       —         —         —        

Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units

    34,500       —         —         34,500       —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total compensation and employee benefits

    436,534       51,629       —         488,163       —         —         —        

Operating, administrative and other

    82,694       24,092       —         106,786       —         —         —        

Fees to related parties

    8,657       228       —         8,885       —         —         —        

Depreciation and amortization

    8,298       33,157       —         41,455       —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

    536,183       109,106       —         645,289       —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Other income (losses), net

                 

Other income (loss)

    (1,097     (211     —         (1,308     —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (losses), net

    (1,097     (211     —         (1,308     —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income (loss) from operations

    13,915       76,746       395       91,056       —         —         —        

Interest income (expense), net

    1,830       685       —         2,515         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

    15,745       77,431       395       93,571         —         —        

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    1,383       24       —         1,407       —         —         23,805      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income (loss)

    14,362       77,407       395       92,164         —         (23,805    

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    308       —         —         308       —           —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income (loss) to Common Shareholders

  $ 14,054     $ 77,407     $ 395     $ 91,856     $     $       (23,805   $                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Earnings per Share, Basic and Diluted

                 

Basic

    N/A       N/A         N/A           $       (F

Diluted

    N/A       N/A         N/A           $       (F

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding

                 

Basic

    N/A       N/A         N/A               (F

Diluted

    N/A       N/A         N/A               (F

The accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

74


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

         

(A)

    (B)           (C)     (D)     (E)              
    Newmark
Historical
    Berkeley
Point
Historical
Adjusted
    Adjustments     Newmark
Recast
    Related
Party
Debt
Financing/
Interest
Expense
    Separation of
Partnership
Interests
    Tax
Effect
    Newmark
Pro Forma
       

Revenues:

                 

Commissions

  $ 859,005     $ —       $ (9,586   $ 849,419       —         —         —       $                 

Gain from mortgage banking activities

    —         183,801       9,586       193,387       —         —         —        

Management services, servicing fees and other

    196,959       109,589       629       307,177       —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenues

    1,055,964       293,390       629       1,349,983       —         —         —        

Expenses:

                 

Compensation and employee benefits

    771,406       78,569       —         849,975       —         —         —        

Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units

    72,318       —         —         72,318       —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total compensation and employee benefits

    843,724       78,569       —         922,293       —         —         —        

Operating, administrative and other

    154,868       30,476       —         185,344       —         —         —        

Fees to related parties

    17,731       279       —         18,010       —         —         —        

Depreciation and amortization

    13,349       58,848       —         72,197       —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

    1,029,672       168,172       —         1,197,844       —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Other income (losses), net

                 

Other income (loss)

    15,645       (366     —         15,279       —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (losses), net

    15,645       (366     —         15,279       —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income (loss) from operations

    41,937       124,852       629       167,418       —         —         —        

Interest income (expense), net

    3,358       429       —         3,787         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

    45,295       125,281       629       171,205         —         —        

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    3,913       80       —         3,993       —         —         43,820      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income (loss)

    41,382       125,201       629       167,212         —         (43,820    

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (1,189     —         —         (1,189     —            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income (loss) to Common Shareholders

  $ 42,571     $ 125,201     $ 629     $ 168,401     $     $     $ (43,820   $    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Earnings per Share, Basic and Diluted

                 

Basic

    N/A       N/A         N/A           $       (F

Diluted

    N/A       N/A         N/A           $       (F

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding

                 

Basic

    N/A       N/A         N/A               (F

Diluted

    N/A       N/A         N/A               (F

The accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

75


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

         

(A)

    (B)           (C)     (D)     (E)              
    Newmark
Historical
    Berkeley
Point
Historical
Adjusted
    Adjustments     Newmark
Recast
    Related
Party
Debt
Financing/
Interest
Expense
    Separation
of
Partnership
Interests
    Tax
Effect
    Newmark
Pro Forma
       

Revenues:

                 

Commissions

  $ 808,878     $ —       $ (1,947   $ 806,931       —         —         —       $    

Gain from mortgage banking activities

    —         113,357       1,947       115,304       —         —         —        

Management services, servicing fees and other

    188,389       88,739       884       278,012       —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenues

    997,267       202,096       884       1,200,247       —         —         —        

Expenses:

                 

Compensation and employee benefits

    753,034       63,234       —         816,268       —         —         —        

Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units

    142,195       —         —         142,195       —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total compensation and employee benefits

    895,229       63,234       —         958,463       —         —         —        

Operating, administrative and other

    136,428       25,888       —         162,316       —         —         —        

Fees to related parties

    17,951       520       —         18,471       —         —         —        

Depreciation and amortization

    16,644       55,130       —         71,774       —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

    1,066,252       144,772       —         1,211,024       —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Other income (losses), net

                 

Other income (loss)

    —         (460     —         (460     —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (losses), net

    —         (460     —         (460     —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income (loss) from operations

    (68,985     56,864       884       (11,237     —         —         —        

Interest income (expense), net

    1,450       417       —         1,867         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

    (67,535     57,281       884       (9,370       —         —        

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    (6,767     123       —         (6,644     —         —         (2,012    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income (loss)

    (60,768     57,158       884       (2,726       —         2,012      

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    77       —         —         77       —           —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income (loss) to Common Shareholders

  $ (60,845   $ 57,158     $ 884     $ (2,803   $     $     $ 2,012     $                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Earnings per Share, Basic and Diluted

                 

Basic

    N/A       N/A         N/A           $       (F

Diluted

    N/A       N/A         N/A           $       (F

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding

                 

Basic

    N/A       N/A         N/A               (F

Diluted

    N/A       N/A         N/A               (F

The accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

76


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF JUNE 30, 2017

(in thousands)

 

          (A)           (A)     (G)     (H)     (I)     (J)     (K)     (L)     (M)     (D)        
    Newmark
Historical
    Berkeley
Point
Historical
Adjusted
    Newmark
Recast
    Equity
Investment
in Real
Estate
Newco
    Newmark
Term Loan
    BGC Notes     Net Capital
Adjustment
    IPO
Proceeds
    Repayment
of
Newmark
Term Loan
    Deferred
Tax
Asset/
Liability
    Related
Party
Receivables
and Payables 
    Separation
of
Partnership
Interests
    Newmark
Pro
Forma
 

Assets:

                         

Current assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 34,264     $ 61,458     $ 95,722     $     $              $              $ (49,209   $     $       $ 36,256       $  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

    —         52,111       52,111                      

Loans held for sale

    —         933,850       933,850                      

Receivables, net

    154,753       18,261       173,014                      

Receivable from related parties

    110,571       129,311       239,882                     (239,882    

Other current assets

    7,740       21,746       29,486       —             —         —           —         —         —      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    307,328       1,216,737       1,524,065       —             (49,209         —         (203,626     —      

Goodwill

    419,560       191       419,751                      

Mortgage servicing rights, net

    —         376,427       376,427                      

Loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and partners, net

    194,577       2,983       197,560                      

Fixed assets, net

    58,383       1,354       59,737                      

Other intangible assets, net

    22,248       5,439       27,687                      

Other assets

    26,501       592       27,093       100,000           —         —           39,021        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

    1,028,597     $ 1,603,723     $ 2,632,320       100,000           (49,209         39,021       (203,626     —      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

                         

Current portion of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

    86,063       19,727       105,790                      

 

77


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF JUNE 30, 2017

(in thousands)

 

          (A)           (A)     (G)     (H)     (I)     (J)     (K)     (L)     (M)     (D)        
    Newmark
Historical
    Berkeley
Point
Historical
Adjusted
    Newmark
Recast
    Equity
Investment
in Real
Estate
Newco
    Newmark
Term Loan
    BGC Notes     Net Capital
Adjustment
    IPO
Proceeds
    Repayment
of
Newmark
Term Loan
    Deferred
Tax
Asset/
Liability
    Related
Party
Receivables
and Payables 
    Separation
of
Partnership
Interests
    Newmark
Pro
Forma
 

Payable to related parties

    203,626       —         203,626                     (203,626    

Warehouse notes payable, net

    —         933,909       933,909                      

Accrued compensation

    133,136       26,715       159,851                      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    422,825       980,351       1,403,176       —           —         —         —             (203,626     —      

Other long term liabilities

    81,286       66,163       147,449       —                   (3,396      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    504,111       1,046,514       1,550,625       —           —         —         —           (3,396     (203,626     —      

Commitments and contingencies

                         

Invested Equity/stockholders’ equity:

                         

Stockholders’ equity:

                         

Class A common stock, par value of $0.01 per share: 305,281 shares issued and outstanding

    —         —         —                        

Class B common stock, par value of $0.01 per share: 34,848 shares issued and outstanding

    —         —         —                        

Additional paid-in capital

    —         —         —                        

BGC’s Partners’ net investment in Newmark

    523,334       557,209       1,080,543       100,000         (49,209           42,417       —           —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF JUNE 30, 2017

(in thousands)

 

          (A)           (A)     (G)     (H)     (I)     (J)     (K)     (L)     (M)     (D)        
    Newmark
Historical
    Berkeley
Point
Historical
Adjusted
    Newmark
Recast
    Equity
Investment
in Real
Estate
Newco
    Newmark
Term Loan
    BGC Notes     Net Capital
Adjustment
    IPO
Proceeds
    Repayment
of
Newmark
Term Loan
    Deferred
Tax
Asset/
Liability
    Related
Party
Receivables
and Payables 
    Separation
of
Partnership
Interests
    Newmark
Pro
Forma
 

Total stockholders’ equity

    523,334       557,209       1,080,543       100,000         (49,209           42,417       —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interests

    1,152       —         1,152               —           —         —         —         —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total invested equity

    524,486       557,209       1,081,695       100,000         (49,209           42,417       —         —      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 1,028,597     $ 1,603,723     $ 2,632,320       100,000         (49,209         —         39,021       (203,626     —      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    —         —         —                        

The accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

79


Table of Contents

Notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements

 

(A) Acquisition of Berkeley Point and Investment in Real Estate Newco

On September 8, 2017, pursuant to the BP transaction agreement, (i) BGC Partners acquired Berkeley Point from CCRE; and (ii) BGC Partners and Cantor invested $100.0 million and $266.67 million, respectively, in Real Estate Newco. As part of the separation prior to the completion of this offering, the BGC group will contribute its interests in Berkeley Point and Real Estate Newco to Newmark. Newmark will account for its minority interest in Real Estate Newco as an equity investment, and it will not be consolidated in Newmark’s financial statements. Real Estate Newco is operated and managed by Real Estate Newco General Partner, which is controlled by Cantor.

Reconciliation of Historical Berkeley Point Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and Statement of Operations

In order to present pro forma financial statements, the Berkeley Point historical financial statements have been conformed to Newmark’s standard reporting presentation. The tables below are the reconciliations showing the reclassification from Berkeley Point’s historical reporting presentation to Newmark’s reporting presentation.

 

80


Table of Contents

Reclassification of Berkeley Point Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Following Periods (in Thousands):

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2017  
     Berkeley
Point
Historical
    Reclassification            Berkeley Point
Historical
Adjusted
 

Revenues:

         

Gain from mortgage banking activities

   $ 114,777     $ —          $ 114,777  

Servicing fees

     51,672       (51,672     (1)        —    

Interest income on loans held for sale

     19,194       (19,194     (1)        —    

Other interest income

     685       (685     (2)        —    

Management services, servicing fees and other

     —         71,286       (1)        71,286  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total revenues

     186,328       (265        186,063  

Expenses:

         

Compensation and employee benefits

     —         51,629       (1)(4)        51,629  

Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units

     —              —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total compensation and employee benefits

     —         51,629          51,629  

Operating, administrative and other

     10,626       13,466       (3)        24,092  

Personnel expenses

     51,210       (51,210     (4)        —    

Interest expenses - warehouse/corporate

     13,967       (13,967     (3)(5)        —    

Provision for risk-sharing obligations

     (63     63       (3)        —    

Fees to related parties

     —         228       (4)        228  

Depreciation and amortization

     33,157            33,157  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     108,897       209          109,106  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Other income (losses), net

     —           

Other income (loss)

     —         (211     (5)        (211
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total other income (losses), net

     —         (211        (211
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     77,431       (685        76,746  

Interest income, net

     —         685       (2)        685  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     77,431       —            77,431  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     24            24  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     77,407            77,407  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —              —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income (loss) to Common Shareholders

   $ 77,407     $ —          $ 77,407  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents
     For the Year Ended December 31, 2016  
     Berkeley
Point
Historical
     Reclassification            Berkeley Point
Historical

Adjusted
 

Revenues:

          

Gain from mortgage banking activities, net

   $ 183,801      $ —          $ 183,801  

Servicing fees

     87,671        (87,671     (1)        —    

Interest income on loans held for sale

     21,176        (21,176     (1)(2)        —    

Other interest income

     429        (429     (2)        —    

Management services, servicing fees and other

     —          109,589       (1)        109,589  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total revenues

     293,077        313          293,390  

Expenses:

          

Compensation and employee benefits

     —          78,569       (1)(4)        78,569  

Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to united partnership units

     —          —            —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total compensation and employee benefits

     —          78,569          78,569  

Operating, administrative and other

     16,796        13,680       (3)        30,476  

Personnel expenses

     77,827        (77,827     (4)        —    

Interest expense - warehouse/corporate

     14,094        (14,094     (3)(5)        —    

Provision for risk-sharing obligations

     231        (231     (3)        —    

Fees to related parties

     —          279          279  

Depreciation and amortization

     58,848             58,848  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     167,796        376          168,172  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Other income (losses), net

          

Other income (loss)

     —          (366     (5)        (366
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total other income (losses), net

     —          (366        (366
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     125,281        (429        124,852  

Interest income, net

     —          429       (2)        429  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     125,281        —            125,281  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     80        —            80  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     125,201        —            125,201  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —          —            —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income (loss) to Common Shareholders

   $ 125,201      $ —          $ 125,201  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents
     For the Year Ended December 31, 2015  
     Berkeley
Point
Historical
    Reclassification            Berkeley Point
Historical

Adjusted
 

Revenues:

         

Gain from mortgage banking activities, net

   $ 113,357     $ —          $ 113,357  

Servicing fees

     74,356       (74,356     (1)        —    

Interest income on loans held for sale

     13,772       (13,772     (1)(2)        —    

Other interest income

     327       (327     (2)        —    

Management services, servicing fees and other

     —         88,739       (1)        88,739  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total revenues

     201,812       284          202,096  

Expenses:

         

Compensation and employee benefits

       63,234       (1)(4)        63,234  

Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units

     —         —            —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total compensation and employee benefits

     —         63,234          63,234  

Operating, administrative and other

     16,730       9,158       (3)        25,888  

Personnel expenses

     62,622       (62,622     (4)        —    

Interest expense—warehouse/corporate

     10,130       (10,130     (3)(5)        —    

Provision for risk-sharing obligations

     (81     81       (3)        —    

Fees to related parties

       520       (4)        520  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

     55,130            55,130  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     144,531       241          144,772  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Other income (losses), net

         

Other income (loss)

     —         (460     (5)        (460
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total other income (losses), net

     —         (460        (460
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     57,281       (417        56,864  

Interest income, net

     —         417       (2)        417  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     57,281       —            57,281  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     123       —            123  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     57,158            57,158  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —         —            —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income (loss) to Common Shareholders

   $ 57,158     $ —          $ 57,158  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Notes:

 

(1) Reclassification of Berkeley Point revenue servicing fees, warehouse interest income and a compensation charge back to CCRE to management services, servicing fees and other.

 

(2) Reclassification of Berkeley Point other interest income to interest income, net.

 

(3) Reclassification of Berkeley Point interest expense and provision risk-sharing to operating.

 

(4) Reclassification of Berkeley Point personnel expenses to compensation and employee benefits and fees to related parties.

 

(5) Reclassification of Berkeley Point corporate interest expense to other income loss.

 

83


Table of Contents

Reclassification for Berkeley Point Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as of June 30, 2017 (in Thousands):

 

    Berkeley
Point
Historical
    Reclassification            Berkeley Point
Historical

Adjusted
 

Assets:

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 61,458     $ —          $ 61,458  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

    52,111       —            52,111  

Loans held for sale

    933,850       —            933,850  

Receivables, net

    —         18,261       (1)        18,261  

Derivative assets

    19,265       (19,265     (1)        —    

Receivable from related parties

    129,311            129,311  

Other current assets

    20,722       1,024       (1)(2)        21,746  
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total current assets

    1,216,717       20          1,216,737  

Goodwill

    191       —            191  

Mortgage servicing rights, net

    376,427       —            376,427  

Credit enhancement receivable

    12       (12     (2)        —    

Loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and partners, net

    —         2,983       (2)        2,983  

Fixed assets, net

    —         1,354       (2)        1,354  

Other intangible assets, net

    5,458       (19     (2)        5,439  

Other assets

    4,918       (4,326     (2)        592  
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 1,603,723     $ —          $ 1,603,723  
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

        

Current portion of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

  $ 32,003     $ (12,276     (3)      $ 19,727  

Payable to related parties

    —         —            —    

Borrower deposits

    5,740       (5,740     (3)        —    

Derivative liabilities

    8,699       (8,699     (3)        —    

Warehouse notes payable, net

    933,909            933,909  

Accrued compensation

    —         26,715       (3)        26,715  
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    980,351       —            980,351  

Financial guarantee liability

    200       (200     (4)        —    

Credit enhancement deposit

    25,000       (25,000     (4)        —    

Contingent liability

    10,607       (10,607     (4)        —    

Other long term liabilities

    30,356       35,807       (4)        66,163  
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    1,046,514       —            1,046,514  

Commitments and contingencies

        

Invested Equity/stockholders’ equity:

        

Stockholders’ equity:

        

BGC’s Partners’ net investment in Newmark

    557,209       —            557,209  
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

    557,209       —            557,209  

Noncontrolling interests

    —         —            —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total invested equity

    557,209       —            557,209  
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 1,603,723     $ —          $ 1,603,723  
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents

Notes:

 

(1) Primarily related to reclassification of Berkeley Point’s derivative assets to other current assets and receivables, net from other current assets to receivables, net.

 

(2) Primarily related to reclassification of other assets, credit enhancement and other intangibles to loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and partners, net and fixed assets.

 

(3) Reclassification of borrowers deposits, derivative liabilities and current portion of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities to accrued compensation.

 

(4) Reclassification of financial guarantee liability, credit enhancement deposit and contingent liability to other long term liabilities.

 

(B) Adjustment Related to Newmark and Berkeley Point Combination

Elimination of intercompany revenues related to referral fees from Berkeley Point to Newmark on GSE loans originated with Newmark clients. Pursuant to the BP transaction agreement, Cantor is entitled to receive the profits and obligated to bear the losses of Berkeley Point’s Special Asset Servicing Group, even though the Special Asset Servicing Group’s assets will continue to be held by Berkeley Point. The Special Asset Servicing Group accumulated losses of $629 thousand and $884 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and $395 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

 

(C) Interest Expense

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations reflect an annual adjustment of $             million for the expected interest expense on the BGC Notes that will remain outstanding following this offering. Pro forma interest expense reflects interest expense based on the simulated weighted average annual interest rate of     % on our indebtedness to be incurred. A 0.25% increase or decrease in annual interest rate or the weighted average annual interest rate would increase or decrease pro forma interest expense by $             million annually.

 

(D) Separation of Partnership Interests

As described in “Structure of Newmark,” immediately following the completion of this offering, Newmark will own less than 100% of the economic interest in Newmark OpCo, but will indirectly have 100% of the voting power and control the management of Newmark OpCo. As a result, we will consolidate the financial results of Newmark OpCo and will record noncontrolling interest on our consolidated balance sheet. Immediately following this offering, this noncontrolling interest, based on the assumptions to the pro forma financial information, will be approximately $             million.

 

(E) Tax Effects

Reflects the tax effects of the pro forma adjustments at the applicable tax rates. The applicable tax rates could be different (either higher or lower) depending on activities subsequent to the separation and the effect of corporate tax rates. Additionally, represents the pro rata share of income attributable to the Company based on the economic ownership of the underlying entities resulting from the tax structure following this offering.

 

(F) Pro Forma Earnings Per Share and Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding

The weighted-average number of shares used to compute pro forma basic earnings per share for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is              million, which represents the sum of (1) the number of shares of our common stock that we expect to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to this offering and (2) the number of shares of our Class A common stock to be sold in this offering.

 

85


Table of Contents

The weighted-average number of shares used to compute pro forma diluted earnings per share for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is                          million, which represents the sum of (1) the number of shares of our common stock that we expect to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to this offering and (2) the number of shares of our Class A common stock to be sold in this offering, adjusted for the dilutive impact of shares granted for certain equity-based awards including restricted stock units and limited partnership units.

 

(G) Term Loan

The pro forma condensed combined balance sheet reflects approximately $575 million of debt under the Term Loan, which we will assume from BGC Partners prior to the completion of this offering.

 

(H) BGC Notes

The pro forma condensed combined balance sheet reflects $             million of long-term debt payable to BGC Partners under the BGC Notes, which Newmark Opco will assume from BGC U.S. prior to the completion of the offering.

 

(I) Berkeley Point Net Asset Adjustment

The Berkeley Point purchase price is subject to adjustment to the extent the net assets of Berkeley Point as of the closing of the BP Transaction are greater than or less than $508.0 million. It is assumed for purposes of the pro forma condensed combined balance sheet that the net assets of Berkeley Point as of the closing of the BP Transaction were $508.0 million.

 

(J) Cash Received in this Offering

Represents $             million of cash received in this offering net of offering costs.

 

(K) Repayment of the Term Loan

Represents $             million paid in repayment of the Term Loan.

 

(L) Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Represents changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from pro forma adjustments primarily related to the difference between the inside and outside basis of the assets of Berkeley Point.

 

(M) Related Party Receivables and Payables

Represents related party receivables and payables, except for the $             million of BGC Notes discussed in Note (H) above.

 

86


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (EXCLUDING BERKELEY POINT)

The following discussion of Newmark’s financial condition and results of operations should be read together with Newmark’s combined financial statements and related notes, as well as the “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and pro forma financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. When used herein, the terms “Newmark Knight Frank,” “NKF,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our,” refer to Newmark and its consolidated subsidiaries (excluding Berkeley Point).

This discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting our results of operations and financial condition during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016. We operate in one reportable segment, real estate services.

Overview and Business Environment

We are a leading commercial real estate services firm. We offer commercial real estate tenants, owner-occupiers, investors and developers a wide range of services, including leasing and corporate advisory services, investment sales, commercial mortgage brokerage, consulting, appraisal and valuation, project management, and property and facilities management services. We offer these services to clients in a broad range of products, including office, retail, industrial, multifamily, student housing, hotels, data center, healthcare, self-storage, land, condominium conversions, subdivisions and special use. Our clients vary greatly in size and complexity and include many of the world’s largest commercial property owners, real estate developers, and investors, as well as Fortune 500 and Forbes Global 2000 companies. We have approximately 4,200 employees and independent contractors, including approximately 1,450 brokers and commissioned sales people, operating out of approximately 110 offices.

We generate revenues from commissions on leasing and capital markets transactions, management fees on a contractual and per project basis and consulting fees. For the 12 month period ended June 30, 2017, we completed transactions with total deal consideration in excess of $65.0 billion.

Our discussion of financial results reflects only those businesses owned by us and does not include the results for Knight Frank or for the independently owned offices that use some variation of the NKF name in their branding or marketing.

We have grown at an annual rate of 11% for the 12 months ended June 30, 2017. This growth was predominantly attributable to expansion of our existing business. Our growth has outpaced the overall market as we continue to hire high quality brokers, strategically acquire local and regional firms and enhance our cross-selling capabilities across business lines as prior acquisitions and hires become more acclimated to the platform.

We recently expanded our capital markets capabilities through the strategic addition of many prolific, accomplished capital markets brokers in key markets throughout the United States. We have access to many of the world’s largest owners of commercial real estate, and this will drive growth throughout the life cycle of each real estate asset by allowing us to provide best-in-class agency leasing and property management during the ownership period. We also provide investment sales and arrange debt and equity financing to assist owners in maximizing the return on investment in each of their real estate assets. We have also begun a dramatic expansion of our valuation and appraisal business from which we expect to see significant growth, particularly in conjunction with our increasingly robust capital markets platform.

We continue to invest in the business by adding dozens of high profile and talented brokers and other revenue-generating professionals. Historically, newly hired commercial real estate brokers tend to achieve dramatically higher productivity in their second and third years with our company, although we incur related expenses immediately. As our newly hired brokers increase their production, we expect our commission revenue and earnings growth to strongly accelerate, thus reflecting our operating leverage.

 

87


Table of Contents

We expect our overall profitability to increase as we increase the size and scale of our business. Our pre-tax margins are impacted by the mix of revenues generated. For example, real estate capital markets, which includes sales, commercial mortgage brokerage and other real estate-related financial services, generally has larger transactions that occur with less frequency and more seasonality when compared with leasing advisory. However, real estate capital markets tends to have significantly higher pre-tax margins than our business as a whole in periods of sustained low interest rates. Leasing advisory revenues are generally more predictable than revenues from real estate capital markets, while pre-tax earnings margins tend to be more similar to those of our business as a whole. Property and facilities management, along with certain of our other GCS products, generally have the most predictable and steady revenues, but with pre-tax earnings margins at the lower end of those for our business as a whole. When management services clients agree to give us exclusive rights to provide real estate services for their facilities or properties, it is for an extended period of time, which provides us with stable and foreseeable sources of revenues.

Growth Drivers

The key drivers of revenue growth for U.S. commercial real estate services companies include the overall health of the U.S. economy, including gross domestic product (which we refer to as “GDP”) and employment trends in the U.S., which drives demand for various types of commercial leases and purchases, the institutional ownership of commercial real estate as an investible asset class and the ability to attract and retain talent to our real estate services platform. In addition, in real estate sales, also known as real estate capital markets, growth is driven by the availability of credit to purchasers of and investors in commercial real estate. In our multifamily business, delayed marriages, an aging population and immigration to the U.S. are increasing a pressing need for new apartments, with an estimated 4.6 million needed by 2030, according to a recent study commissioned by the NMHC and the NAA. This should continue to drive investment sales and other mortgage brokerage for the foreseeable future.

Economic Growth in the United States

According to the second estimate released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis, the U.S. economy expanded by a seasonally adjusted annualized rate of 3.0% during the second quarter of 2017, which was better than the 2.7% expected in a recent Bloomberg survey of economists. This growth compares with an increase of 1.2% in the first quarter of 2017 and 2.2% in the second quarter of 2016. The consensus is for U.S. GDP to expand by 2.1%, 2.3%, and 2.1% in 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, according to the same Bloomberg survey. This moderate pace of growth should help keep interest rates and inflation low by historical standards. The Federal Reserve expects inflation to remain stable at around the Federal Reserve’s desired target of 2.0% through the end of 2018. Moderate economic growth combined with low and steady inflation gives the Federal Reserve room to raise the short-term federal funds rate from the low levels of the post- recession years. Officials raised rates by a quarter point in June 2017 for the second time in 2017 and have indicated one more increase in 2017, followed by three increases in 2018. Officials expect rates to settle at the equilibrium level of 2.9% by the end of 2019, a level below prior business cycles and below the Federal Reserve’s projections from just a few years ago.

Employers added a monthly average of 193,700 net new payroll jobs during the second quarter of 2017, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics reports, which is on par with last year’s monthly average of 186,700 and above the 80,000 jobs necessary to absorb new graduates and other first time entrants to the labor force. During the quarter, office-using jobs (for example, finance, information, and professional and business services) increased by a monthly average of 18,000. Over the past 12 months, the number of office jobs rose by 2.4%, above the overall employment growth rate of 1.6%. The solid level of hiring has helped absorb some of the long-term unemployed sidelined by the recession – called “slack” by economists. The U-6 rate, which includes labor market slack not picked up in the unemployment rate, was 8.6% in June, close to its lowest level since the most recent recession began in 2007.

The 10-year Treasury yield ended the second quarter at 2.31%, up 82 basis points from the year-earlier figure of 1.49%. However, 10-year Treasury yields have remained well below their historical average of

 

88


Table of Contents

approximately 6.5%, in large part due to market expectations that the Federal Open Market Committee (which we refer to as the “FOMC”) will only moderately raise the federal funds rate over the next few years. Interest rates are also low due to even lower or negative benchmark government interest rates in much of the rest of the developed world, which makes U.S. government bonds relatively more attractive.

The combination of moderate economic growth and low interest rates that has been in place since the recession ended has been a powerful stimulus for commercial real estate, delivering steady absorption of space and strong investor demand for the yields available through both direct ownership of assets and publicly traded funds. Construction activity has been slow to ramp up, with the exception of apartments, and has generally remained in line with demand despite temporary overbuilding in isolated locations. Vacancy rates are at or near their cyclical lows, but are trending in different directions. Apartment vacancies are edging higher due to elevated deliveries of new product in some areas; office vacancies are broadly level; industrial vacancies continue to move lower thanks to voracious demand for e-commerce facilities; and retail vacancies are trending lower due to very low construction levels, even as retailers struggle with the migration of sales online. Asking rental rates posted moderate gains across most property types during the second quarter, fueled by sustained demand for space, tight vacancies and the delivery of new product with top-of-market asking rents.

The following trends drove the commercial real estate market during the second quarter of 2017:

 

    Consistent U.S. employment growth and rising home values supported consumer spending, which accounts for two-thirds of the U.S. economy;

 

    Generally high consumer and business confidence;

 

    Technology, professional and business services and healthcare continued to power demand for office space, although technology occupiers have turned more cautious, restraining demand in some formerly high-flying markets such as San Francisco and Silicon Valley;

 

    Oil prices fell over the course of the first half of 2017, with a barrel of WTI crude ending the second quarter at $46.02, down from $53.72 at year-end 2016. The rebound in shale oil production and increasing efficiencies by producers have restrained prices despite rising demand in the U.S. and globally. Houston and other energy-focused office markets continued to deal with excess vacancies and generous lease concessions from landlords;

 

    E-commerce and supply-chain optimization pushed industrial absorption above the 50 million-square-foot threshold for a 10th consecutive quarter, creating tenant and owner-user demand for warehouses and distribution centers;

 

    Apartment rents benefited from sustained job growth. The two largest generations: millennials and baby boomers, are supporting demand, particularly in walkable urban and suburban neighborhoods; and

 

    Incremental gains in business travel, convention business and leisure travel supported the hospitality market.

Market Statistics

Although overall industry metrics are not necessarily correlated to our revenues, they do provide some indication of the general direction of our business. The U.S. commercial property market continues to display strength, despite slowing growth of commercial property prices, according to CoStar. U.S. commercial real estate activity and prices were impacted during the year primarily due to tightening credit conditions, particularly in CMBS, as well as changing capitalization rates. However, spreads of U.S. commercial real estate capitalization rates over 10-year U.S. Treasuries were 369 basis points on average during the second quarter of 2017, well above the pre-recession low of 165 basis points and slightly above the trailing 10-year average spread of 364 basis points. If the U.S. economy continues to expand at the moderate pace envisioned by many economists, we

 

89


Table of Contents

would expect this to fuel continued demand for commercial real estate. The spread between local 10-year benchmark government bonds and U.S. cap rates was even wider with respect to major countries including Japan, Canada, Germany, the U.K. and France during the quarter. This should continue to make U.S. commercial real estate a relatively attractive investment for non-U.S. investors.

According to CoStar’s Value-Weighted U.S. Composite Index as of June 2017, average prices were up by 5.4% year-over-year for the six months ended June 30, 2017. During the second quarter of 2017, the dollar volume of significant property sales declined by approximately 5% from the year ago period based on data from NKF Research and Real Capital Analytics (which we refer to as “RCA”). In comparison, our real estate capital markets revenues increased by 18.5% year-over-year, primarily due to organic growth.

According to NKF Research, the combined average vacancy rate for office, industrial, and retail properties ended the second quarter of 2017 at 7.8%, an improvement versus 7.9% a year earlier, marking 29 consecutive quarters of improving average vacancy rates. Rents for most property types in the United States continued to improve modestly. However, NKF Research estimates that overall leasing during the first half of 2017 was flat to down slightly from the year earlier period, likely a result of sluggishness and consolidations in certain industries, such as finance, technology, energy and retail. In comparison, revenues from our leasing and other services business increased by 16.2% over the second quarter of 2016 to $144.7 million.

Hiring and Acquisitions

Key drivers of our revenue are front-office headcount and average revenue per producer. We believe that our strong technology platform and unique partnership structure have enabled us to use both acquisitions and recruiting to profitably increase our front-office revenue per producer at a faster rate than our largest competitors.

We have invested significantly to capitalize on the current business environment through acquisitions, technology spending and the hiring of new brokers, salespeople, managers and other front-office personnel. The business climate for these acquisitions has been competitive, and it is expected that these conditions will persist for the foreseeable future. We have been able to attract businesses and brokers, salespeople, managers and other front-office personnel to our platform as we believe they recognize that we have the scale, technology, experience and expertise to succeed in the current business environment. See “Business—Our History” for a description of our acquisitions since 2012.

As of June 30, 2017, our front-office headcount was approximately 1,450 brokers and salespeople. For the six months ended June 30, 2017, average revenue generated per front-office employee increased by more than 17% from a year ago to approximately $311 thousand. This growth can be attributed to the ramp up of brokers we recently hired.

Since 2015 and as of June 30, 2017, our acquisitions have included several companies which were affiliated under the Apartment Realty Advisors brand, Computerized Facility Integration, LLC (which we refer to as “CFI”), Excess Space, and several local and regional brokerage, property management and project management companies, including Newmark Grubb Mexico City, our first international acquisition.

Subsequent to June 30, 2017, we acquired Berkeley Point and a controlling interest in Spring11 Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (which we refer to as “S11 LP”) and Spring11 Advisory Services Limited, a private company limited by shares registered in England and Wales (which we refer to as “S11 UK” and which, together with S11 LP and certain other Spring11 entities, we refer to as “Spring11”). Spring11 provides commercial real estate consulting and advisory services to a variety of commercial real estate clients, including lenders, investment banks, and investors. The results of operations of these acquisitions have not been reflected in Newmark’s results as of June 30, 2017.

 

90


Table of Contents

Financial Overview

Revenues

We derive revenues from the following three sources:

 

    Leasing and Other Commissions . We offer a diverse range of commercial real estate brokerage and advisory services, including tenant and agency representation, which includes comprehensive lease negotiations, strategic planning, site selection, lease auditing, appraisal services and other financial and market analysis.

 

    Capital Markets . Our real estate capital markets business specializes in the arrangement of acquisitions and dispositions of commercial properties, as well as providing other financial services, including the arrangement of debt and equity financing, and loan sale advisory.

 

    Management Services and Other . We provide commercial services to tenants and landlords in several key U.S. markets. In this business, we provide property and facilities management services along with project management and other consulting services to customers who utilize our commercial real estate brokerage services and other property owners.

Fees are generally earned when a lease is signed and/or the tenant takes occupancy of the space in leasing. In many cases, landlords are responsible for paying the fees. In capital markets, fees are earned and recognized when the sale of a property closes and title passes from seller to buyer for investment sales and when debt or equity is funded to a vehicle for debt and equity transactions. For loans we broker, revenues are recognized when the loan is closed. We typically receive monthly management fees based upon a percentage of monthly rental income generated from the property under management, or in some cases, the greater of such percentage or a minimum agreed upon fee. We are often reimbursed for our administrative and payroll costs, as well as certain out-of-pocket expenses, directly attributable to properties under management. We follow U.S. GAAP, which provides guidance when accounting for reimbursements from clients and when accounting for certain contingent events for Leasing and Capital Markets transactions. See Note 2—“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a more detailed discussion.

Expenses

Compensation and Employee Benefits

The majority of our operating costs consist of cash and non-cash compensation expenses, which include base salaries, broker and producer commissions based on production, discretionary and other bonuses and all related employee benefits and taxes. Our employees consist of brokers and other commissioned producers, executives and other administrative support. Our brokers and other producers are compensated based on the revenue they generate for the firm, keeping these costs variable in nature.

As part of our compensation plans, certain employees have been granted limited partnership units in BGC Holdings which generally receive quarterly allocations of net income, that are cash distributed on a quarterly basis and that are generally contingent upon services being provided by the unit holders. The quarterly allocations of net income on such limited partnership units are reflected as a component of compensation expense under “Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in our combined statements of operations.

Certain of these limited partnership units entitle the holders to receive post-termination payments. These limited partnership units are accounted for as post-termination liability awards, which requires that we record an expense for such awards based on the change in value at each reporting period and include the expense in our combined statements of operations as part of “Compensation and employee benefits.” The liability for limited partnership units with a post-termination payout amount is included in “Accrued compensation” on our combined balance sheets.

 

91


Table of Contents

Certain limited partnership units in BGC Holdings are granted exchangeability into BGC Partners’ Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments as set forth in the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement). At the time exchangeability is granted, we recognize an expense based on the fair value of the award on that date, which is included in “Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in our combined statements of operations.

We have also awarded preferred partnership units in BGC Holdings. Each quarter, the net profits of BGC Holdings are allocated to such units at a rate of either 0.6875% (which is 2.75% per calendar year) or such other amount as set forth in the award documentation, which is deducted before the calculation and distribution of the quarterly partnership distribution for the remaining partnership units in BGC Holdings. The quarterly allocations of net income on these preferred partnership units are reflected in compensation expense under “Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in our combined statements of operations.

We have entered into various agreements with certain of our employees and partners whereby these individuals receive loans which may be either wholly or in part repaid from the distribution earnings that the individual receives on their limited partnership interests in BGC Holdings or may be forgiven over a period of time. The repayment of these loans is derived from a cash flow source already accounted for through partnership distributions at BGC Partners. The forgivable portion of these loans is recognized as compensation expense. From time to time, we may also enter into agreements with employees and partners to grant bonus and salary advances or other types of loans. These advances and loans are repayable in the timeframes outlined in the underlying agreements. In addition, we also enter into deferred compensation agreements with employees providing services to us. The costs associated with such plans are generally amortized over the period in which they vest. See Note 12—“Compensation” to our combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Other Operating Expenses

We have various other operating expenses. We incur leasing, equipment and maintenance expenses. We also incur selling and promotion expenses, which include entertainment, marketing and travel-related expenses. We incur communication expenses, professional and consulting fees for legal, audit and other special projects.

We pay fees to BGC Partners and Cantor for performing certain administrative and other support, including charges for occupancy of office space, utilization of fixed assets and accounting, operations, human resources, legal services and technology infrastructure support. Management believes that these charges are a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services rendered. However, the expenses for these services are not necessarily indicative of the expenses that would have been incurred if we had not obtained these services from BGC Partners or Cantor. In addition, these charges may not reflect the costs of services we may receive from BGC Partners or Cantor in the future.

Provision for Income Taxes

We incur income tax expenses based on the location, legal structure, and jurisdictional taxing authorities of each of our subsidiaries. Certain of the Company’s entities are taxed as U.S. partnerships and are subject to the Unincorporated Business Tax (which we refer to as “UBT”) in New York City. U.S. federal and state income tax liability or benefit related to the partnership income or loss, with the exception of UBT, rests with the partners rather than the partnership entity.

Financial Highlights

For the six months ended June 30, 2017, NKF’s total revenues increased by 18.0% as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. This improvement was led by an almost entirely organic 18.3% increase in leasing and other commissions, 21.6% increase in revenues from capital markets brokerage, and an 11.7% increase in

 

92


Table of Contents

management services and other. We believe that we gained significant market share in capital markets as we easily outpaced relevant industry metrics. NKF’s revenues have grown at an annual rate of 11% for the 12 months ended June 30, 2017. This growth was predominantly attributable to expansion of our existing business. Our growth has outpaced the overall market as we continue to hire high quality brokers, strategically acquire local and regional firms and enhance our cross-selling capabilities across business lines as prior acquisitions and hires become more acclimated to the platform.

 

93


Table of Contents

Results of Operations (Excluding Berkeley Point)

The following table sets forth our combined statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenues for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

    Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2017     2016     2016     2015  
    Actual
Results
    Percentage
of Total
Revenues
    Actual
Results
    Percentage
of Total
Revenues
    Actual
Results
    Percentage
of Total
Revenues
    Actual
Results
    Percentage
of Total
Revenues
 

Leasing and other commissions

  $ 272,247       49.4   $ 230,183       49.3   $ 513,812       48.7   $ 539,725       54.1

Capital markets

    176,590       32.0       145,203       31.1       345,193       32.7       269,153       27.0  

Management services and other

    102,358       18.6       91,652       19.6       196,959       18.7       188,389       18.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

    551,195       100.0       467,038       100.0       1,055,964       100.0       997,267       100.0  

Expenses:

               

Compensation and employee benefits

    402,034       72.9       341,879       73.2       771,406       73.1       753,034       75.5  

Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units

    34,500       6.3       23,435       5.0       72,318       6.8       142,195       14.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total compensation and employee benefits

    436,534       79.2       365,314       78.2       843,724       79.9       895,229       89.8  

Operating, administrative and other

    82,694       15.0       73,213       15.7       154,868       14.7       136,428       13.7  

Fees to related parties

    8,657       1.6       9,841       2.1       17,731       1.7       17,951       1.8  

Depreciation and amortization

    8,298       1.5       6,220       1.3       13,349       1.3       16,644       1.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    536,183       97.3       454,588       97.3       1,029,672       97.5       1,066,252       106.9  

Other income (losses), net

               

Other income (loss)

    (1,097     (0.2     (1,328     (0.3     15,645       1.5       —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (losses), net

    (1,097     (0.2     (1,328     (0.3     15,645       1.5       —         —    

Income (loss) from operations

    13,915       2.5       11,122       2.4       41,937       4.0       (68,985     (6.9

Interest income, net

    1,830       0.3       1,510       0.3       3,358       0.3       1,450       0.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

    15,745       2.9       12,632       2.7       45,295       4.3       (67,535     (6.8

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    1,383       0.3       800       0.2       3,913       0.3       (6,767     (0.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    14,362       2.6       11,832       2.5       41,382       4.0       (60,768     (6.1

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    308       0.1       (564     (0.1     (1,189     (0.1     77       0.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) to BGC Partners

    14,054       2.5       12,396       2.7       42,571       4.1       (60,845     (6.1

 

94


Table of Contents

Six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016

Revenues

Leasing and Other Commissions

Leasing and other commission revenues increased by $42.1 million, or 18.3%, to $272.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase was due to organic growth.

Capital Markets

Capital markets revenue increased by $31.4 million, or 21.6%, to $176.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase was driven by our efforts in hiring talented real estate professionals and strength in mortgage brokerage.

Management Services and Other

Management services and other revenue increased $10.7 million, or 11.7%, to $102.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. Approximately 50% of the increase is related to acquisitions and the remainder is due to organic growth.

Expenses

Compensation and Employee Benefits

Compensation and employee benefits expense increased by $60.2 million, or 17.6%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. The main drivers of this increase were $50.5 million of additional payments directly related to the increase in revenues, and the remainder related to acquisitions and new hires.

Allocations of Net Income and Grant of Exchangeability to Limited Partnership Units

The Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units increased by $11.1 million, or 47.2%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. This increase was primarily driven by an $8.3 million increase in exchangeability charges during the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016.

Operating, Administrative and Other

Operating, administrative and other expenses increased $9.5 million, or 13.0%, to $82.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. This increase was driven by growth in occupancy, selling and promotional and other expenses associated with acquisitions and new hires.

Fees to Related Parties

Fees to related parties decreased by $1.2 million, or 12.0%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. Fees to related parties are allocations paid to BGC Partners and Cantor for administrative and support services.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization for the six months ended June 30, 2017 increased by $2.1 million, or 33.4%, to $8.3 million as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. This increase is primarily due to leasehold improvements placed in service due to the continued expansion of our business.

 

95


Table of Contents

Other Income (Losses), Net

Other losses of $1.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017 primarily relate to accretion of earn-outs on past acquisitions.

Interest Income, Net

Interest income, net is primarily related to interest income on employee loans.

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Provision for income taxes increased by $0.6 million, or 72.9%, to $1.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in pretax earnings, overall, as well as the mix of allocable earnings among legal entities taxed as corporations versus flow through.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $0.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Revenues

Leasing and Other Commissions

Leasing and other commission revenues decreased by $25.9 million, or 4.8%, to $513.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease resulted from a slow-down in leasing activity in the markets we serve.

Capital Markets

Capital markets revenue increased by $76.0 million, or 28.3%, to $345.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was driven by our efforts in hiring talented real estate professionals, and the continued strength of the multifamily investment sales and debt markets.

Management Services and Other

Management services and other revenue increased $8.6 million, or 4.5%, to $197.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase is primarily due to acquisitions.

Expenses

Compensation and Employee Benefits

Compensation and employee benefits expense increased by $18.4 million, or 2.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The main drivers of this increase were $22.1 million of additional payments directly related to the increase in revenues and the remainder related to acquisitions and new hires. These increases were offset by a $24.4 million decrease in compensation expense related to loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and partners.

 

96


Table of Contents

Allocations of Net Income and Grant of Exchangeability to Limited Partnership Units

The Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units decreased by $69.9 million, or 49.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. This decrease was primarily driven by a decrease of $83.7 million in exchangeability charges offset by a $13.8 million increase in allocations of net income to limited partnership units during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended June 30, 2015.

Operating, Administrative and Other

Operating, administrative and other expenses increased $18.4 million, or 13.5%, to $154.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily driven by increases in occupancy, selling and promotional and other expenses associated with acquisitions and new hires.

Fees to Related Parties

Fees to related parties decreased by $0.2 million, or 1.2%, to $17.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. Fees to related parties are allocations paid to BGC Partners and Cantor for administrative and support services.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased by $3.3 million, or 19.8%, to $13.3 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. This decrease is primarily driven by the amortization of intangible assets for the ARA and Cornish & Carey acquisitions.

Other Income (Losses), Net

Other income of $15.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily relates to an adjustment of future earn-out payments that will no longer be required.

Interest Income, Net

Interest income, net is primarily related to interest income on employee loans.

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Provision for income taxes increased by $10.7 million to $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 which was a $6.8 million benefit. This change was primarily driven by pre-tax earnings in 2016 as compared to a pre-tax loss in 2015. This change was primarily driven by pre-tax earning in 2016 as compared to a pre-tax loss in 2015, overall, as well as the mix of allocable earnings among legal entities taxed as a corporation versus flow through.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests was $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 due to the allocation of losses to minority partners.

Year ended December 31, 2015

Revenues

Leasing and Other Commissions Services

Leasing and other commissions brokerage revenues of $539.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 represented 54.1% of the Company’s total revenues.

 

97


Table of Contents

Capital Markets

Capital markets revenue of $269.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 represented 27.0% of the Company’s revenues. We expect the contribution of capital markets revenues to increase in the future as a result of our efforts in hiring talented real estate professionals.

Management Services and Other

Management services and other revenue of $188.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 represented 18.9% of the Company’s revenues.

Expenses

Compensation and Employee Benefits

Compensation and employee benefits expense includes $588.2 million directly correlated to revenues, $48.6 million related to compensation expense related to loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and partners and the remainder due to compensation and benefit costs for support and back office personnel.

Allocations of Net Income and Grant of Exchangeability to Limited Partnership Units

The Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units totaled $142.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Operating, Administrative and Other

Operating, administrative and other expenses consists of occupancy costs, professional and consulting, selling and promotional expense, insurance, office expenses and other expenses necessary to run our business and totaled $136.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Fees to Related Parties

Fees to related parties are allocations paid to BGC Partners and Cantor for administrative and support services and totaled $18.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation expense was $6.7 million and amortization expense was $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Interest Income, Net

Interest income, net is primarily related to interest income on employee loans.

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Provision (benefit) for income taxes was a benefit of $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This benefit was driven by the pre-tax net loss incurred, overall, as well as the mix of allocable earnings among legal entities taxed as corporations versus flow through.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests is related to income from entities with minority partners as of December 31, 2015.

 

98


Table of Contents

Financial Position, Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Historically, the primary source of liquidity for our business was the cash flow provided by our operations, which was transferred to BGC Partners to support its overall cash management strategy. Transfers of cash to and from BGC Partners’ cash management system have been reflected in related party receivables and payables in the historical combined balance sheets and in payments to and borrowings from related parties in the financing section of the combined statements of cash flows. Cash and equity issued for acquisitions have been reflected in BGC Partners’ net investment in the historical combined balance sheets and statement of changes in invested equity.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will maintain separate cash management and financing functions for operations. Additionally, our capital structure, long-term commitments and sources of liquidity will change significantly from our historical capital structure, long-term commitments and sources of liquidity. The cash balance on the date of the completion of this offering is expected to be approximately $        million. However, that amount could fluctuate based on the outcome of several of our current assumptions.

In connection with the separation and prior to the closing of this offering, we will assume from BGC Partners the Term Loan. Newmark OpCo will also assume from BGC U.S. the BGC Notes. We currently intend to contribute all of the net proceeds of this offering (including the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to Newmark OpCo in exchange for a number of units representing Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests equal to the number of shares issued by us in this offering. Newmark OpCo intends to use such net proceeds to repay the Term Loan in full and intends to use any remaining net proceeds for various general partnership purposes, including repayment of the BGC Notes or other indebtedness assumed by us prior to the completion of this offering, potential strategic alliances, acquisitions, joint ventures or hiring personnel. The Term Loan has an outstanding principal amount of approximately $575 million, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon, with an interest rate calculated from one-month LIBOR plus 2.25%, which is currently approximately 3.5% per annum, subject to adjustment. The Term Loan is required by its terms to be repaid in full following the completion of this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.” Subsequent to this offering, we intend to replace the financing provided by the BGC Notes that remain outstanding with new senior term loans (which may be secured or unsecured), new senior unsecured notes, other long- or short-term financing or a combination thereof in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $         million.

We believe that our available cash and cash flows expected to be generated from operations will be adequate to satisfy our current and planned operations for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of sales growth, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, our expansion into other markets and our results of operations. To the extent that existing cash, cash from operations and credit facilities are insufficient to fund our future activities, we may need to raise additional funds through public equity or debt financing.

Balance Sheet

Total Assets at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 were $1,028.6 million and $995.5 million, respectively. The increase in Total Assets of $33.1 million can be attributed to a $12.7 million increase in Loans, Forgivable Loans and Other Receivables from Employees and Partners, Net due to new broker hires, a $14.4 million increase in Receivables, Net related to increases in our revenues as we grow our business and a $6.9 million increase in Goodwill. Total Liabilities at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 were $504.1 million and $491.5 million, respectively. Total Liabilities increased $12.6 million, as compared to December 31, 2016. The increase was driven primarily by a $6.0 million increase in Payables to Related Parties, a $4.4 million increase in accrued liabilities and a $2.2 million increase in Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities. The increase in Payables to Related Parties primarily resulted from Allocations of Net Income and Grant of Exchangeability to Limited Partnership Units during the six months ended June 30, 2017.

 

99


Table of Contents

Liquidity

BGC Partners has funded our growth through contributing acquired companies and related party payables. The related party payables are net of related party receivables which were generated from our earnings as BGC Partners sweeps our excess cash to manage treasury centrally. The total net payables to related parties at June 30, 2017 were $93.1 million. Fees to related parties and allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units that are charged by BGC Partners and Cantor to Newmark are reflected as cash flows from operating activities in the Combined Statement of Cash Flows for each period presented. From January 1, 2015 through June 30, 2017, these fees and charges totaled $293.4 million. All other amounts sent to or from BGC Partners are reflected as cash flows from financing activities in the Combined Statement of Cash Flows for each period presented.

For the six months ended June 30, 2017, net cash provided by operating activities was $15.6 million. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2016, net cash used in operating activities was $50.7 million. These cash flows from operating activities included $24.4 million and $47.0 million of cash paid to BGC Partners related to grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units, respectively. After the completion of this offering and the distribution, these charges will become non-cash in nature and therefore excluded from cash outflows from operating activities. We expect to generate cash flows from operations to fund our business and growth strategy to meet our short-term liquidity requirements, which we define as the next 12 months. We also expect that proceeds from this offering and new debt financing, combined with cash flows from operations, will be sufficient to fund our operations, growth strategy and dividends and distributions to meet our long-term liquidity requirements.

In connection with the separation, we expect to receive up to approximately 10.9 million Nasdaq shares over time, which were valued at over $        million based on the closing price of a share of common stock of Nasdaq on                . The value of the Nasdaq payment yet to be received is not reflected in our liquidity position or on our overall balance sheet. The receipt of the Nasdaq payment will be reflected in our earnings or other comprehensive income (loss) and is expected to result in increases in our liquidity.

Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2017

For the six months ended June 30, 2017, we generated cash from operations of $15.6 million. We had net income of $14.4 million, $11.4 million of adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities, and $10.1 million of negative changes in operating assets and liabilities. The negative change in operating assets and liabilities was driven by a $15.7 million increase in loans and forgivable loans primarily paid to brokers and a $14.7 million increase in receivables, net as a result of the increase in our revenues, partially offset by a $12.6 million increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities. We used $9.1 million in net investing activities for the period ended June 30, 2017, primarily related to capital additions for new and existing offices. We used $5.3 million of cash from financing activities primarily due to $10.5 million of acquisition earn-out payments, offset by net related party borrowings of $5.3 million.

Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016

For the six months ended June 30, 2016, we generated $50.7 million of cash from operations. We had net income of $11.8 million, $9.0 million of positive adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, and $71.6 million of negative changes in operating assets and liabilities. The negative change in operating assets and liabilities was driven by an $87.9 million increase in loans and forgivable loans primarily paid to brokers, partially offset by a $19.5 million positive change in operating assets and liabilities, primarily as a result of a reduction in our days sales outstanding. We used $8.0 million of cash for investing activities primarily related to fixed asset purchases, and generated $75.4 million in financing activities primarily due to net related party borrowings.

 

100


Table of Contents

Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2016

For the year ended December 31, 2016, we used $1.2 million of cash from operations. We had net income of $41.4 million, $17.9 million of positive adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, and $60.5 million of negative changes in operating assets and liabilities. The negative change in operating assets and liabilities was driven by a $115.3 million increase in loans and forgivable loans primarily paid to brokers, partially offset by a $54.8 million positive change in operating assets and liabilities as a result of a reduction in our days sales outstanding while at the same time increasing our days payable. We used $25.9 million of cash for investing activities primarily related to fixed asset purchases, and generated $49.6 million in financing activities primarily due to net borrowings of $61.3 million from related parties, partially offset by earn-out payments for our acquisitions.

Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2015

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we used $81.8 million of cash from operations. We had net loss of $60.8 million, $54.1 million of positive adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, and $75.1 million of negative changes in operating assets and liabilities. The negative change in operating assets and liabilities was driven by a $78.8 million increase in loans and forgivable loans primarily paid to brokers, partially offset by a $3.8 million positive change in operating assets and liabilities as a result of a reduction in our days sales outstanding while at the same time increasing our days payable. We used $9.0 million of cash for investing activities primarily related to fixed asset purchases, and generated $68.3 million in financing activities primarily due to net borrowings of $78.1 million from related parties, partially offset by earn-out payments for our acquisitions.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes certain of our contractual obligations at June 30, 2017 (in thousands):

 

     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 

Operating leases obligations (1)

   $ 340,257      $ 37,872      $ 68,915      $ 61,677      $ 171,793  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 340,257      $ 37,872      $ 68,915      $ 61,677      $ 171,793  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Operating leases are related to rental payments under various non-cancelable leases principally for office space, net of sublease payments to be received. The total amount of sublease payments to be received is approximately $3.5 million over the life of the agreements.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of our combined financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our combined financial statements. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, the following policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenues primarily through commissions from brokerage services, revenues from management services and other revenues. We recognize revenue when four basic criteria have been met:

 

    existence of persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists;

 

    delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;

 

101


Table of Contents
    the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed and determinable; and

 

    collectability is reasonably assured.

The judgments involved in revenue recognition include determining the appropriate time to recognize revenue. In particular, we evaluate our transactions to determine whether contingencies exist that may impact the timing of revenue recognition.

Equity-Based and Other Compensation

Discretionary Bonus: A portion of our compensation and employee benefits expense comprises discretionary bonuses, which may be paid in cash, equity, partnership awards or a combination thereof. We accrue expense in a period based on revenues in that period and on the expected combination of cash, equity and partnership units. Given the assumptions used in estimating discretionary bonuses, actual results may differ.

Restricted Stock Units: We account for equity-based compensation under the fair value recognition provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (which we refer to as “FASB”). Restricted stock units (which we refer to as “RSUs”) provided to certain employees are accounted for as equity awards, and as per FASB guidance, we are required to record an expense for the portion of the RSUs that is ultimately expected to vest. FASB guidance requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Because significant assumptions are used in estimating employee turnover and associated forfeiture rates, actual results may differ from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

The fair value of RSU awards to employees is determined on the date of grant, based on the market value of BGC Partners’ Class A common stock. Generally, RSUs granted by us as employee compensation do not receive dividend equivalents; as such, we adjust the fair value of the RSUs for the present value of expected forgone dividends, which requires us to include an estimate of expected dividends as a valuation input. This grant-date fair value is amortized to expense ratably over the awards’ vesting periods. For RSUs with graded vesting features, we have made an accounting policy election to recognize compensation cost on a straight line basis. The amortization is reflected as non-cash equity-based compensation expense in our combined statements of operations.

Restricted Stock: Restricted stock provided to certain employees is accounted for as an equity award, and as per FASB guidance, we are required to record an expense for the portion of the restricted stock that is ultimately expected to vest. We have granted restricted stock that is not subject to continued employment or service; however, transferability is subject to compliance with our and our affiliates’ customary non-compete obligations. Such shares of restricted stock are generally saleable by partners in five to 10 years. Because the restricted stock is not subject to continued employment or service, the grant-date fair value of the restricted stock is expensed on the date of grant. The expense is reflected as non-cash equity-based compensation expense in our combined statements of operations.

Limited Partnership Units: Limited partnership units in BGC Holdings are generally held by employees. Generally such units receive quarterly allocations of net income, which are cash distributed on a quarterly basis and generally contingent upon services being provided by the unit holders. As discussed above, preferred units in BGC Holdings are not entitled to participate in partnership distributions other than with respect to a distribution at a rate of either 0.6875% (which is 2.75% per calendar year) or such other amount as set forth in the award documentation. The quarterly allocations of net income to such limited partnership units are reflected as a component of compensation expense under “Allocations of net income and grants of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in our combined statements of operations. Certain of these limited partnership units entitle the holders to receive post-termination payments equal to the notional amount in four equal yearly installments after the holder’s termination. These limited partnership units are accounted for as post-termination liability awards.

 

102


Table of Contents

Accordingly, we recognize a liability for these units on our combined statements of financial condition as part of “Accrued compensation” for the amortized portion of the post-termination payment amount, based on the current fair value of the expected future cash payout. We amortize the post-termination payment amount, less an expected forfeiture rate, over the vesting period, and record an expense for such awards based on the change in value at each reporting period in our combined statements of operations as part of “Compensation and employee benefits.”

Certain limited partnership units in BGC Holdings are granted exchangeability into BGC Partners Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments as set forth in the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement). At the time exchangeability is granted, we recognize an expense based on the fair value of the award on that date, which is included in “Allocations of net income and grants of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in our combined statements of operations.

Employee Loans: We have entered into various agreements with certain of our employees and partners whereby these individuals receive loans that may be either wholly or in part repaid from distributions that the individuals receive on some or all of their limited partnership interests or may be forgiven over a period of time. Cash advance distribution loans are documented in formal agreements and are repayable in timeframes outlined in the underlying agreements. We intend for these advances to be repaid in full from the future distributions on existing and future awards granted. The distributions are treated as compensation expense when made and the proceeds are used to repay the loan. The forgivable portion of any loans is recognized as compensation expense in our combined statements of operations over the life of the loan. We review the loan balances each reporting period for collectability. If we determine that the collectability of a portion of the loan balances is not expected, we recognize a reserve against the loan balances. Actual collectability of loan balances may differ from our estimates.

Goodwill

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination. As prescribed in FASB guidance, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill is not amortized, but instead is periodically tested for impairment. We review goodwill for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or whenever an event occurs or circumstances change that could reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

When reviewing goodwill for impairment, we first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the results of the qualitative assessment are not conclusive, or if we choose to bypass the qualitative assessment, we perform a goodwill impairment analysis using a two-step process. Our single reporting unit for real estate services had associated goodwill balances as of June 30, 2017 of $419.6 million.

The first step of the process involves comparing each reporting unit’s estimated fair value with its carrying value, including goodwill. To estimate the fair value of the reporting units, we use a discounted cash flow model and data regarding market comparables. The valuation process requires significant judgment and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These assumptions include cash flow projections, estimated cost of capital and the selection of peer companies and relevant multiples. Because significant assumptions and estimates are used in projecting future cash flows, choosing peer companies and selecting relevant multiples, actual results may differ from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is deemed not to be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of potential impairment.

The second step of the process involves the calculation of an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which step one indicated a potential impairment may exist. The implied fair value of goodwill

 

103


Table of Contents

is determined by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit as calculated in step one, over the estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identified intangibles. Events such as economic weakness, significant declines in operating results of reporting units, or significant changes to critical inputs of the goodwill impairment test (e.g., estimates of cash flows or cost of capital) could cause the estimated fair value of our reporting units to decline, which could result in an impairment of goodwill in the future.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method as prescribed in FASB guidance on Accounting for Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to basis differences between the combined financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Pursuant to FASB guidance on Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement on Accounting for Income Taxes, we provide for uncertain tax positions based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. Management is required to determine whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. Because significant assumptions are used in determining whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities, actual results may differ from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in “Interest income (expense), net” and “Other income (loss),” respectively, in our combined statement of operations.

A valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets if it is deemed more likely than not that those assets will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence, including past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in the most recent fiscal years, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of tax planning strategies.

The measurement of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities is based on provisions of enacted tax laws and involves uncertainties in the application of tax regulations in the United States and other tax jurisdictions. Because our interpretation of complex tax law may impact the measurement of current and deferred income taxes, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions regarding the application of tax law.

Qualitative and Quantitative Factors about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

In connection with the separation and prior to the closing of this offering, we will assume from BGC Partners the Term Loan. Newmark OpCo will also assume from BGC U.S. the BGC Notes. We currently intend to contribute all of the net proceeds of this offering (including the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to Newmark OpCo in exchange for a number of units representing Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests equal to the number of shares issued by us in this offering. Newmark OpCo intends to use such net proceeds to repay the Term Loan in full and intends to use any remaining net proceeds for various general partnership purposes, including repayment of the BGC Notes or other indebtedness assumed by us prior to the completion of this offering, potential strategic alliances, acquisitions, joint ventures or hiring personnel. The Term Loan has an outstanding principal amount of $575 million, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon, with an interest rate calculated from one-month LIBOR plus 2.25%, which is currently approximately 3.5% per annum, subject to adjustment. The terms of the Term Loan require that the net proceeds of this offering be used to repay the Term Loan until the Term Loan is repaid in full. See “Use of Proceeds.” Subsequent to this offering, we intend to replace the financing provided by the BGC Notes that remain outstanding with new senior term loans (which may be secured or unsecured), new senior unsecured notes, other long- or short-term financing or a combination thereof in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $         million. While the terms of

 

104


Table of Contents

these borrowings, including the interest rates, have not yet been determined, our interest income expense could be exposed to changes in interest rates. In that event, we may enter into interest rate swap agreements to attempt to hedge the variability of future interest payments due to changes in interest rates.

Foreign Currency Risk

We are exposed to risks associated with changes in foreign exchange rates. Changes in foreign exchange rates create volatility in the U.S. Dollar equivalent of our revenues and expenses. While our international results of operations, as measured in U.S. Dollars, are subject to foreign exchange fluctuations, we do not consider the related risk to be material to our results of operations. While our exposure to foreign exchange risk is not currently material to us, we expect to grow our international revenues in the future, and any future potential exposure to foreign exchange fluctuations may present a material risk to our business.

 

105


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE NEWMARK RECAST FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(INCLUDING BERKELEY POINT)

The following discussion of Newmark’s financial condition and results of operations should be read together with Newmark’s recast combined financial statements and related notes, as well as the “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and pro forma financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. When used herein, the terms “Newmark Knight Frank,” “NKF,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our,” refer to Newmark and its consolidated subsidiaries (including Berkeley Point).

This discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting our results of operations and financial condition during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016. We operate in one reportable segment, real estate services.

Overview and Business Environment

Newmark is a rapidly-growing, high margin, full-service commercial real estate services business. Since 2011, the year in which we were acquired by BGC Partners, we have been the fastest growing U.S.-listed commercial real estate services firm, with revenue CAGR of 41%. We offer a full suite of services and products for both owners and occupiers across the entire commercial real estate industry. Our investor/owner services and products include capital markets, which consists of investment sales, debt and structured finance and loan sales, agency leasing, property management, valuation and advisory, diligence and underwriting and government sponsored entity (which we refer to as “GSE”) lending and loan servicing. Our occupier services and products include tenant representation, real estate management technology systems, workplace and occupancy strategy, global corporate consulting, project management, lease administration and facilities management. We enhance these services and products through innovative real estate technology solutions and data analytics that enable our clients to increase their efficiency and profits. We have relationships with many of the world’s largest commercial property owners, real estate developers and investors, as well as Fortune 500 and Forbes Global 2000 companies. For the 12-month period ended June 30, 2017, we generated revenues of $1.5 billion.

We generate revenues from commissions on leasing and capital markets transactions, consulting and technology user fees, property and facility management fees, and mortgage origination and loan servicing fees.

Our growth to date has been North American focused. We have more than 4,500 employees and independent contractors, including approximately 1,500 revenue generating professionals in over 12 offices in 90-cities, with an additional 32 licensee locations in the U.S.

Our discussion of financial results reflects only those businesses owned by us and does not include the results for Knight Frank or for the independently owned offices that use some variation of the NKF name in their branding or marketing.

We have grown at an annual rate of 20% for the 12 months ended June 30, 2017. This growth was predominantly attributable to expansion of our existing business. Our growth has outpaced the overall market as we continue to hire high quality brokers, strategically acquire local and regional firms and enhance our cross-selling capabilities across business lines as prior acquisitions and hires become more acclimated to the platform.

We recently expanded our capital markets capabilities through the strategic addition of many prolific, accomplished capital markets brokers in key markets throughout the United States. We have access to many of the world’s largest owners of commercial real estate, and this will drive growth throughout the life cycle of each real estate asset by allowing us to provide best-in-class agency leasing and property management during the ownership period. We also provide investment sales and arrange debt and equity financing to assist owners in maximizing the return on investment in each of their real estate assets. Specifically with respect to multifamily

 

106


Table of Contents

assets, we are a leading GSE lender by loan origination volume and servicer with a servicing portfolio of $58.2 billion as of June 30, 2017. This servicing portfolio provides a steady stream of income over the life of the serviced loans. We have also begun a dramatic expansion of our valuation and appraisal business from which we expect to see significant growth, particularly in conjunction with our increasingly robust capital markets platform.

We continue to invest in the business by adding dozens of high profile and talented brokers and other revenue-generating professionals. Historically, newly hired commercial real estate brokers tend to achieve dramatically higher productivity in their second and third years with our company, although we incur related expenses immediately. As our newly hired brokers increase their production, we expect our commission revenue and earnings growth to strongly accelerate, thus reflecting our operating leverage.

We expect our overall profitability to increase as we increase the size and scale of our business. Our pre-tax margins are impacted by the mix of revenues generated. For example, real estate capital markets, which includes sales, commercial mortgage brokerage and other real estate-related financial services, generally has larger transactions that occur with less frequency and more seasonality when compared with leasing advisory. However, real estate capital markets tends to have significantly higher pre-tax margins than our business as a whole in periods of sustained low interest rates. Leasing advisory revenues are generally more predictable than revenues from real estate capital markets, while pre-tax earnings margins tend to be more similar to those of our business as a whole. Property and facilities management, along with certain of our other GCS products, generally have the most predictable and steady revenues, but with pre-tax earnings margins at the lower end of those for our business as a whole. When management services clients agree to give us exclusive rights to provide real estate services for their facilities or properties, it is for an extended period of time, which provides us with stable and foreseeable sources of revenues. Newmark’s revenues are balanced between businesses that are relatively less predictable and contractual sources that are very predictable. Approximately 37% of our 2016 revenues were generated by our most predictable and recurring sources, including agency leasing, valuation, GCS, management

services, and loan servicing. Another approximately 24% was generated by our moderately recurring tenant representation leasing business. The remaining 39% of revenues were generated by our more transactional investment sales, mortgage broking, and GSE lending platforms.

Growth Drivers

The key drivers of revenue growth for U.S. commercial real estate services companies include the overall health of the U.S. economy, including gross domestic product (which we refer to as “GDP”) and employment trends in the U.S., which drives demand for various types of commercial leases and purchases, the institutional ownership of commercial real estate as an investible asset class and the ability to attract and retain talent to our real estate services platform. In addition, in real estate sales, also known as real estate capital markets, growth is driven by the availability of credit to purchasers of and investors in commercial real estate. In our multifamily business, delayed marriages, an aging population and immigration to the U.S. are increasing a pressing need for new apartments, with an estimated 4.6 million needed by 2030, according to a recent study commissioned by the NMHC and the NAA. This should continue to drive investment sales, GSE multifamily lending and other mortgage brokerage and growth in our servicing portfolio for the foreseeable future.

Economic Growth in the United States

According to the second estimate released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis, the U.S. economy expanded by a seasonally adjusted annualized rate of 3.0% during the second quarter of 2017, which was better than the 2.7% expected in a recent Bloomberg survey of economists. This growth compares with an increase of 1.2% in the first quarter of 2017 and 2.2% in the second quarter of 2016. The consensus is for U.S. GDP to expand by 2.1%, 2.3%, and 2.1% in 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, according to the same Bloomberg survey. This moderate pace of growth should help keep interest rates and inflation low by historical standards. The Federal Reserve expects inflation to remain stable at around the Federal Reserve’s desired target of 2.0% through

 

107


Table of Contents

the end of 2018. Moderate economic growth combined with low and steady inflation gives the Federal Reserve room to raise the short-term federal funds rate from the low levels of the post-recession years. Officials raised rates by a quarter point in June 2017 for the second time in 2017 and have indicated one more increase in 2017, followed by three increases in 2018. Officials expect rates to settle at the equilibrium level of 2.9% by the end of 2019, a level below prior business cycles and below the Federal Reserve’s projections from just a few years ago.

Employers added a monthly average of 193,700 net new payroll jobs during the second quarter of 2017, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics reports, which is on par with last year’s monthly average of 186,700 and above the 80,000 jobs necessary to absorb new graduates and other first time entrants to the labor force. During the quarter, office-using jobs (for example, finance, information, and professional and business services) increased by a monthly average of 18,000. Over the past 12 months, the number of office jobs rose by 2.4%, above the overall employment growth rate of 1.6%. The solid level of hiring has helped absorb some of the long-term unemployed sidelined by the recession – called “slack” by economists. The U-6 rate, which includes labor market slack not picked up in the unemployment rate, was 8.6% in June, close to its lowest level since the most recent recession began in 2007.

The 10-year Treasury yield ended the second quarter at 2.31%, up 82 basis points from the year-earlier figure of 1.49%. However, 10-year Treasury yields have remained well below their historical average of approximately 6.5%, in large part due to market expectations that the Federal Open Market Committee (which we refer to as the “FOMC”) will only moderately raise the federal funds rate over the next few years. Interest rates are also low due to even lower or negative benchmark government interest rates in much of the rest of the developed world, which makes U.S. government bonds relatively more attractive.

The combination of moderate economic growth and low interest rates that has been in place since the recession ended has been a powerful stimulus for commercial real estate, delivering steady absorption of space and strong investor demand for the yields available through both direct ownership of assets and publicly traded funds. Construction activity has been slow to ramp up, with the exception of apartments, and has generally remained in line with demand despite temporary overbuilding in isolated locations. Vacancy rates are at or near their cyclical lows, but are trending in different directions. Apartment vacancies are edging higher due to elevated deliveries of new product in some areas; office vacancies are broadly level; industrial vacancies continue to move lower thanks to voracious demand for e-commerce facilities; and retail vacancies are trending lower due to very low construction levels, even as retailers struggle with the migration of sales online. Asking rental rates posted moderate gains across most property types during the second quarter, fueled by sustained demand for space, tight vacancies and the delivery of new product with top-of-market asking rents.

The following trends drove the commercial real estate market during the second quarter of 2017:

 

    Consistent U.S. employment growth and rising home values supported consumer spending, which accounts for two-thirds of the U.S. economy;

 

    Generally high consumer and business confidence;

 

    Technology, professional and business services and healthcare continued to power demand for office space, although technology occupiers have turned more cautious, restraining demand in some formerly high-flying markets such as San Francisco and Silicon Valley;

 

    Oil prices fell over the course of the first half of 2017, with a barrel of WTI crude ending the second quarter at $46.02, down from $53.72 at year-end 2016. The rebound in shale oil production and increasing efficiencies by producers have restrained prices despite rising demand in the U.S. and globally. Houston and other energy-focused office markets continued to deal with excess vacancies and generous lease concessions from landlords;

 

    E-commerce and supply-chain optimization pushed industrial absorption above the 50 million-square-foot threshold for a 10th consecutive quarter, creating tenant and owner-user demand for warehouses and distribution centers;

 

108


Table of Contents
    Apartment rents benefited from sustained job growth. The two largest generations: millennials and baby boomers, are supporting demand, particularly in walkable urban and suburban neighborhoods; and

 

    Incremental gains in business travel, convention business and leisure travel supported the hospitality market.

Market Statistics

Although overall industry metrics are not necessarily correlated to our revenues, they do provide some indication of the general direction of our business. The U.S. commercial property market continues to display strength, despite slowing growth of commercial property prices, according to CoStar. U.S. commercial real estate activity and prices were impacted during the year primarily due to tightening credit conditions, particularly in CMBS, as well as changing capitalization rates. However, spreads of U.S. commercial real estate capitalization rates over 10-year U.S. Treasuries were 369 basis points on average during the second quarter of 2017, well above the pre-recession low of 165 basis points and slightly above the trailing 10-year average spread of 364 basis points. If the U.S. economy continues to expand at the moderate pace envisioned by many economists, we would expect this to fuel continued demand for commercial real estate. The spread between local 10-year benchmark government bonds and U.S. cap rates was even wider with respect to major countries including Japan, Canada, Germany, the U.K. and France during the quarter. This should continue to make U.S. commercial real estate a relatively attractive investment for non-U.S. investors.

According to CoStar’s Value-Weighted U.S. Composite Index as of June 2017, average prices were up by 5.4% year-over-year for the six months ended June 30, 2017. During the second quarter of 2017, the dollar volume of significant property sales declined by approximately 5% from the year ago period based on data from NKF Research and Real Capital Analytics (which we refer to as “RCA”). In comparison, our real estate capital markets revenues increased by 18.5% year-over-year, primarily due to organic growth. According to the Mortgage Bankers Association, multifamily loan originations by all lenders increased by 18% year-over-year in the first half of 2017, while GSE originations increased by 29% over the same period.

According to NKF Research, the combined average vacancy rate for office, industrial, and retail properties ended the second quarter of 2017 at 7.8%, an improvement versus 7.9% a year earlier, marking 29 consecutive quarters of improving average vacancy rates. Rents for most property types in the United States continued to improve modestly. However, NKF Research estimates that overall leasing during the first half of 2017 was flat to down slightly from the year earlier period, likely a result of sluggishness and consolidations in certain industries, such as finance, technology, energy and retail. In comparison, revenues from our leasing and other services business increased by 16.2% over the second quarter of 2016 to $144.7 million.

Hiring and Acquisitions

Key drivers of our revenue are front-office headcount and average revenue per producer. We believe that our strong technology platform and unique partnership structure have enabled us to use both acquisitions and recruiting to profitably increase our front-office revenue per producer at a faster rate than our largest competitors.

We have invested significantly to capitalize on the current business environment through acquisitions, technology spending and the hiring of new brokers, salespeople, managers and other front-office personnel. The business climate for these acquisitions has been competitive, and it is expected that these conditions will persist for the foreseeable future. We have been able to attract businesses and brokers, salespeople, managers and other front-office personnel to our platform as we believe they recognize that we have the scale, technology, experience and expertise to succeed in the current business environment. See “Business—Our History” for a description of our acquisitions since 2012.

As of June 30, 2017, our front-office headcount was approximately 1,500 brokers and salespeople. For the six months ended June 30, 2017, average revenue generated per front-office employee increased by more than

 

109


Table of Contents

23% from a year ago to approximately $378 thousand. This growth can be attributed to the ramp up of brokers we hired over the past 12 months as well as growth in our GSE lending business.

Since 2015, our acquisitions have included Berkeley Point, Spring11 Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (which we refer to as “S11 LP”) and Spring11 Advisory Services Limited, a private company limited by shares registered in England and Wales (which we refer to as “S11 UK” and which, together with S11 LP and certain other Spring11 entities, we refer to as “Spring11”), several companies which were affiliated under the Apartment Realty Advisors brand, Computerized Facility Integration, LLC (which we refer to as “CFI”), Excess Space, and several local and regional brokerage, property management and project management companies, including Newmark Grubb Mexico City, our first international acquisition.

On July 26, 2017, we completed our acquisition of a controlling interest in Spring11. Spring11 provides commercial real estate consulting and advisory services to a variety of commercial real estate clients, including lenders, investment banks, and investors. Spring11’s core competencies include: underwriting, modeling, structuring, due diligence and asset management. Spring11 also offers clients cost-effective and flexible staffing solutions through both on-site and off-site teams. Spring11 has offices in the United States located in New York, Atlanta, Los Angeles and Texas, in London, United Kingdom and in Chennai, India.

On September 8, 2017, we completed our acquisition of Berkeley Point. Berkeley Point is principally engaged in the origination, funding, sale and servicing of multifamily and commercial mortgage loans.

Financial Overview

Revenues

We derive revenues from the following four sources:

 

    Leasing and Other Commissions . We offer a diverse range of commercial real estate brokerage and advisory services, including tenant and agency representation, which includes comprehensive lease negotiations, strategic planning, site selection, lease auditing, appraisal services and other financial and market analysis.

 

    Capital Markets . Our real estate capital markets business specializes in the arrangement of acquisitions and dispositions of commercial properties, as well as providing other financial services, including the arrangement of debt and equity financing, and loan sale advisory.

 

    Gains from Mortgage Banking Activities, Net. Gains from mortgage banking activities are derived from the origination of loans with borrowers and the sale of those loans to investors.

 

    Management Services, Servicing Fees and Other . We provide commercial services to tenants and landlords in several key U.S. markets. In this business, we provide property and facilities management services along with project management and other consulting services to customers who utilize our commercial real estate brokerage services and other property owners. Servicing fees are derived from the servicing of loans originated by us as well as loans originated by third parties.

Fees are generally earned when a lease is signed and/or the tenant takes occupancy of the space in leasing. In many cases, landlords are responsible for paying the fees. In capital markets, fees are earned and recognized when the sale of a property closes and title passes from seller to buyer for investment sales and when debt or equity is funded to a vehicle for debt and equity transactions. Gains from mortgage banking activities, net are recognized when a derivative asset is recorded upon the commitment to originate a loan with a borrower and sell the loan to an investor. The derivative is recorded at fair value and includes loan origination fees, sales premiums and the estimated fair value of the expected net servicing cash flows. Gains from mortgage banking activities, net are recognized net of related fees and commissions to affiliates or third-party brokers. For loans we broker, revenues are recognized when the loan is closed. Servicing fees are recognized on an accrual basis over the lives

 

110


Table of Contents

of the related mortgage loans. We typically receive monthly management fees based upon a percentage of monthly rental income generated from the property under management, or in some cases, the greater of such percentage or a minimum agreed upon fee. We are often reimbursed for our administrative and payroll costs, as well as certain out-of-pocket expenses, directly attributable to properties under management. We follow U.S. GAAP, which provides guidance when accounting for reimbursements from clients and when accounting for certain contingent events for Leasing and Capital Markets transactions. See Note 2—“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a more detailed discussion.

Expenses

Compensation and Employee Benefits

The majority of our operating costs consist of cash and non-cash compensation expenses, which include base salaries, broker and producer commissions based on production, discretionary and other bonuses and all related employee benefits and taxes. Our employees consist of brokers and other commissioned producers, executives and other administrative support. Our brokers and other producers are compensated based on the revenue they generate for the firm, keeping these costs variable in nature.

As part of our compensation plans, certain employees have been granted limited partnership units in BGC Holdings which generally receive quarterly allocations of net income, that are cash distributed on a quarterly basis and that are generally contingent upon services being provided by the unit holders. The quarterly allocations of net income on such limited partnership units are reflected as a component of compensation expense under “Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in our combined statements of operations.

Certain of these limited partnership units entitle the holders to receive post-termination payments. These limited partnership units are accounted for as post-termination liability awards, which requires that we record an expense for such awards based on the change in value at each reporting period and include the expense in our combined statements of operations as part of “Compensation and employee benefits.” The liability for limited partnership units with a post-termination payout amount is included in “Accrued compensation” on our combined balance sheets.

Certain limited partnership units in BGC Holdings are granted exchangeability into BGC Partners’ Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments as set forth in the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement). At the time exchangeability is granted, we recognize an expense based on the fair value of the award on that date, which is included in “Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in our combined statements of operations.

We have also awarded preferred partnership units in BGC Holdings. Each quarter, the net profits of BGC Holdings are allocated to such units at a rate of either 0.6875% (which is 2.75% per calendar year) or such other amount as set forth in the award documentation, which is deducted before the calculation and distribution of the quarterly partnership distribution for the remaining partnership units in BGC Holdings. The quarterly allocations of net income on these preferred partnership units are reflected in compensation expense under “Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in our combined statements of operations.

We have entered into various agreements with certain of our employees and partners whereby these individuals receive loans which may be either wholly or in part repaid from the distribution earnings that the individual receives on their limited partnership interests in BGC Holdings or may be forgiven over a period of time. The repayment of these loans is derived from a cash flow source already accounted for through partnership distributions at BGC Partners. The forgivable portion of these loans is recognized as compensation expense. From time to time, we may also enter into agreements with employees and partners to grant bonus and salary

 

111


Table of Contents

advances or other types of loans. These advances and loans are repayable in the timeframes outlined in the underlying agreements. In addition, we also enter into deferred compensation agreements with employees providing services to us. The costs associated with such plans are generally amortized over the period in which they vest. See Note 12—“Compensation” to our combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Other Operating Expenses

We have various other operating expenses. We incur leasing, equipment and maintenance expenses. We also incur selling and promotion expenses, which include entertainment, marketing and travel-related expenses. We incur communication expenses, professional and consulting fees for legal, audit and other special projects, and interest expense related to short-term operational funding needs, and notes payable and collateralized borrowings.

We pay fees to BGC Partners and Cantor for performing certain administrative and other support, including charges for occupancy of office space, utilization of fixed assets and accounting, operations, human resources, legal services and technology infrastructure support. Management believes that these charges are a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services rendered. However, the expenses for these services are not necessarily indicative of the expenses that would have been incurred if we had not obtained these services from BGC Partners or Cantor. In addition, these charges may not reflect the costs of services we may receive from BGC Partners or Cantor in the future.

Provision for Income Taxes

We incur income tax expenses based on the location, legal structure, and jurisdictional taxing authorities of each of our subsidiaries. Certain of the Company’s entities are taxed as U.S. partnerships and are subject to the Unincorporated Business Tax (which we refer to as “UBT”) in New York City. U.S. federal and state income tax liability or benefit related to the partnership income or loss, with the exception of UBT, rests with the partners rather than the partnership entity.

Financial Highlights

For the six months ended June 30, 2017, NKF’s total revenues increased by 25.1% as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. This improvement was led by an almost entirely organic 18.3% increase in leasing and other commissions, 20.1% increase in revenues from capital markets brokerage, 61.4% increase in gains from mortgage banking activities, net and a 22.3% increase in management services, servicing fees and other. We believe that we gained significant market share in capital markets and GSE multifamily lending as we easily outpaced relevant industry metrics. For example, Berkeley Point’s GSE origination volume increased by 58% in 2016. This increase outpaced the comparable figures reported by our publicly traded competitors. It also outpaced the 11% increase in overall multifamily GSE origination, and the 6% increase in dedicated multifamily lending in the U.S. by all lender types in 2016, both according the Mortgage Bankers Association. NKF’s overall revenues have grown at an annual rate of 20% for the 12 months ended June 30, 2017. This growth was predominantly attributable to expansion of our existing business. Our growth has outpaced the overall market as we continue to hire high quality brokers, strategically acquire local and regional firms and enhance our cross-selling capabilities across business lines as prior acquisitions and hires become more acclimated to the platform.

 

112


Table of Contents

Results of Operations (Including Berkeley Point)

The following table sets forth our recast combined statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenues for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

    Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2017     2016     2016     2015    

 

 
    Newmark
Combined
    Percentage
of Total
Revenues
    Newmark
Combined
    Percentage
of Total
Revenues
    Newmark
Combined
    Percentage
of Total
Revenues
    Newmark
Combined
    Percentage
of Total
Revenues
 

Leasing and other commissions

  $ 272,247       36.9   $ 230,183       39.0   $ 513,812       38.0   $ 539,725       45.0

Capital markets

    172,559       23.4       143,684       24.4       335,607       24.9       267,206       22.2  

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net

    118,808       16.1       73,631       12.5       193,387       14.3       115,304       9.7  

Management services, servicing fees and other

    174,039       23.6       142,271       24.1       307,177       22.8       278,012       23.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

    737,653       100.0       589,769       100.0       1,349,983       100.0       1,200,247       100.0  

Expenses:

               

Compensation and employee benefits

    453,663       61.5       378,375       64.2       849,975       63.0       816,268       68.0  

Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units

    34,500       4.7       23,435       4.0       72,318       5.4       142,195       11.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total compensation and employee benefits

    488,163       66.2       401,810       68.1       922,293       68.3       958,463       79.9  

Operating, administrative and other

    106,785       14.5       87,682       14.7       185,344       13.7       162,316       13.5  

Fees to related parties

    8,885       1.2       9,841       1.7       18,010       1.3       18,471       1.5  

Depreciation and amortization

    41,456       5.6       37,438       6.4       72,197       5.4       71,774       6.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    645,289       87.5       536,771       91.0       1,197,844       88.7       1,211,024       100.9  

Other income (losses), net

               

Other income (loss)

    (1,308     (0.2     (1,886     (0.3     15,279       1.1       (460     (0.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (losses), net

    (1,308     (0.2     (1,886     (0.3     15,279       1.1       (460     (0.0

Income (loss) from operations

    91,056       12.3       51,112       8.7       167,418       12.4       (11,237     (0.9

Interest income, net

    2,515       0.3       1,756       0.3       3,787       0.3       1,867       0.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

    93,571       12.7       52,868       9.0       171,205       12.7       (9,370     (0.8

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    1,407       0.2       858       0.2       3,993       0.3       (6,644     (0.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    92,164       12.5       52,010       8.8       167,212       12.4       (2,726     (0.2

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    308       0.0       (564     (0.1     (1,189     (0.1     77       0.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) to BGC Partners

    91,856       12.5       52,574       8.9       168,401       12.5       (2,803     (0.2

 

113


Table of Contents

Six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016

Revenues

Leasing and Other Commissions

Leasing and other commission revenues increased by $42.1 million, or 18.3%, to $272.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase was due to organic growth.

Capital Markets

Capital markets revenue increased by $28.9 million, or 20.1%, to $172.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase was driven by our efforts in hiring talented real estate professionals and strength in mortgage brokerage.

Gains from Mortgage Banking Activities, Net

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net increased by $45.2 million, or 61.4%, to $118.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase was driven by an increase in GSE lending to $5.8 billion as compared to $3.4 billion in the year ago period. Approximately 80% of the increase is attributed to one portfolio transaction.

A portion of our gains from mortgage banking activities, net, relate to non-cash gains attributable to originated mortgage servicing rights (which we refer to as “OMSRs”). We recognize OMSR gains equal to the fair value of servicing rights retained on mortgage loans originated and sold. For the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, we recognized $71.9 million and $48.9 million of non-cash gains, respectively, related to OMSRs.

Management Services, Servicing Fees and Other

Management services, servicing fees and other revenue increased $31.8 million, or 22.3%, to $174.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. $21.3 million of the increase is related to servicing fee revenues. The remainder of the increase is due to management services of which acquisitions contributed to more than half of the growth.

Expenses

Compensation and Employee Benefits

Compensation and employee benefits expense increased by $75.3 million, or 19.9%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. The main drivers of this increase were $62.7 million of additional payments directly related to the increase in revenues, and the remainder related to acquisitions and new hires.    

Allocations of Net Income and Grant of Exchangeability to Limited Partnership Units

The Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units increased by $11.1 million, or 47.2%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. This increase was primarily driven by an $8.3 million increase in exchangeability charges during the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016.

Operating, Administrative and Other

Operating, administrative and other expenses increased $19.1 million, or 21.8%, to $106.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. This increase was driven by

 

114


Table of Contents

a $6.9 million increase in interest expense on Berkeley Point’s warehouse line due to increased loan origination. The remainder is due to increases in occupancy, selling and promotional and other expenses associated with acquisitions and new hires.

Fees to Related Parties

Fees to related parties decreased by $1.0 million, or 9.7%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. Fees to related parties are allocations paid to BGC Partners and Cantor for administrative and support services.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization for the six months ended June 30, 2017 increased by $4.0 million, or 10.7%, to $41.5 million as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. This increase is due to a $1.9 million increase in amortization of mortgage servicing rights due and the remainder is primarily due to leasehold improvements placed in service due to the continued expansion of our business.

Because the Company recognizes OMSR gains equal to the fair value of servicing rights retained on mortgage loans originated and sold, it also amortizes mortgage servicing rights (which we refer to as “MSRs”) in proportion to the net servicing revenue expected to be earned. Subsequent to the initial recording, MSRs are amortized and carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. For the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, our expenses included $32.9 million and $30.9 million of MSR amortization, respectively.

Other Income (Losses), Net

Other losses of $1.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 primarily relate to accretion of earn-outs on past acquisitions.

Interest Income, Net

Interest income, net is primarily related to interest income on employee loans and escrow balances.

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Provision for income taxes increased by $0.5 million, or 64.0%, to $1.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in pretax earnings, overall, as well as the mix of allocable earnings among legal entities taxed as corporations versus flow through.

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests was $0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $0.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Revenues

Leasing and Other Commissions

Leasing and other commission revenues decreased by $25.9 million, or 4.8%, to $513.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease resulted from a slow-down in leasing activity in the markets we serve.

 

115


Table of Contents

Capital Markets

Capital markets revenue increased by $68.4 million, or 25.6%, to $335.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was driven by our efforts in hiring talented real estate professionals, and the continued strength of the multifamily investment sales and debt markets.

Gains from Mortgage Banking Activities, Net

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net increased by $78.1 million, or 67.7%, to $193.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was driven by an increase in GSE lending to $7.6 billion as compared to $4.8 billion in the year ago period. In 2016 and 2015, we recognized $124.4 million and $68.0 of non-cash gains, respectively, related to OMSRs.    

Management Services, Servicing Fees and Other

Management services, servicing fees and other revenue increased $29.2 million, or 10.5%, to $307.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. $20.6 million of the increase was due to servicing fees as the servicing portfolio grew from $50.1 billion to $55.7 billion at the end of 2016. The remainder of the increase is due to management services resulting from acquisitions.

Expenses

Compensation and Employee Benefits

Compensation and employee benefits expense increased by $33.7 million, or 4.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The main drivers of this increase were $31.5 million of additional payments directly related to the increase in revenues, and the remainder related to acquisitions and new hires.

Allocations of Net Income and Grant of Exchangeability to Limited Partnership Units

The Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units decreased by $69.9 million, or 49.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. This decrease was primarily driven by a decrease of $83.7 million in exchangeability charges offset by a $13.8 million increase in allocations of net income to limited partnership units during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended June 30, 2015.

Operating, Administrative and Other

Operating, administrative and other expenses increased $23.0 million, or 14.2%, to $185.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily driven by a $4.1 million increase in interest expense on Berkeley Point’s warehouse line due to increased loan origination, and increases in occupancy, selling and promotional and other expenses associated with acquisitions and new hires.

Fees to Related Parties

Fees to related parties decreased by $0.5 million, or 2.5%, to $18.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. Fees to related parties are allocations paid to BGC Partners and Cantor for administrative and support services.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased by $0.4 million, or 0.6%, to $72.2 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase is primarily driven by an increase

 

116


Table of Contents

in mortgage servicing rights amortization of $3.6 million, offset by a decrease in the amortization of intangible assets for the ARA and Cornish & Carey acquisitions. In 2016 and 2015, our expenses included $58.1 million and $54.5 million of MSR amortization, respectively.

Other Income (Losses), Net

Other income of $15.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily relates to an adjustment of future earn-out payments that will no longer be required.

Interest Income, Net

Interest income, net is primarily related to interest income on employee loans.

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Provision for income taxes increased by $10.6 million to $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 which was a $6.6 million benefit. This change was primarily driven by pre-tax earnings in 2016 as compared to a pre-tax loss in 2015, overall, as well as the mix of allocable earnings among legal entities taxed as a corporation versus flow through.

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests was $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 due to the allocation of losses to minority partners.

Year ended December 31, 2015

Revenues

Leasing and Other Commissions Services

Leasing and other commissions brokerage revenues of $539.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 represented 45.0% of the Company’s total revenues.

Capital Markets

Capital markets revenue of $267.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 represented 22.3% of the Company’s revenues. We expect the contribution of capital markets revenues to increase in the future as a result of our efforts in hiring talented real estate professionals.

Gains from Mortgage Banking Activities, Net

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net of $115.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 represented 9.6% of the Company’s revenues.    

Management Services, Servicing Fees and Other

Management services, servicing fees and other revenue of $278.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 represented 23.1% of the Company’s revenues.

Expenses

Compensation and Employee Benefits

Compensation and employee benefits expense includes $611.8 million directly correlated to revenues, $48.6 million related to compensation expense related to loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and partners and the remainder due to compensation and benefit costs for support and back office personnel.

 

117


Table of Contents

Allocations of Net Income and Grant of Exchangeability to Limited Partnership Units

The Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units totaled $142.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Operating, Administrative and Other

Operating, administrative and other expenses consists of occupancy costs, professional and consulting, selling and promotional expense, insurance, office expenses and other expenses necessary to run our business and totaled $162.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2015.

Fees to Related Parties

Fees to related parties are allocations paid to BGC Partners and Cantor for administrative and support services and totaled $18.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation expense was $7.3 million, amortization expense was $10.0 million and mortgage servicing rights amortization was $54.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Interest Income, Net

Interest income, net is primarily related to interest income on employee loans.

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Provision (benefit) for income taxes was a benefit of $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This benefit was driven by the pretax net loss incurred, overall, as well as the mix of allocable earnings among legal entities taxed as a corporation versus flow through.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests is related to income from entities with minority partners as of December 31, 2015.

Financial Position, Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Historically, the primary source of liquidity for our business was the cash flow provided by our operations, which was transferred to BGC Partners to support its overall cash management strategy. Transfers of cash to and from BGC Partners’ cash management system have been reflected in related party receivables and payables in the historical combined balance sheets and in payments to and borrowings from related parties in the financing section of the combined statements of cash flows. Cash and equity issued for acquisitions have been reflected in BGC Partners’ net investment in the historical combined balance sheets and statement of changes in invested equity.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will maintain separate cash management and financing functions for operations. Additionally, our capital structure, long-term commitments and sources of liquidity will change significantly from our historical capital structure, long-term commitments and sources of liquidity. The cash balance on the date of the completion of this offering is expected to be approximately $                million. However, that amount could fluctuate based on the outcome of several of our current assumptions.

 

118


Table of Contents

In connection with the separation and prior to the closing of this offering, we will assume from BGC Partners the Term Loan. Newmark OpCo will also assume from BGC U.S. the BGC Notes. We currently intend to contribute all of the net proceeds of this offering (including the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to Newmark OpCo in exchange for a number of units representing Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests equal to the number of shares issued by us in this offering. Newmark OpCo intends to use such net proceeds to repay the Term Loan in full and intends to use any remaining net proceeds for various general partnership purposes, including repayment of the BGC Notes or other indebtedness assumed by us prior to the completion of this offering, potential strategic alliances, acquisitions, joint ventures or hiring personnel. The Term Loan has an outstanding principal amount of $575 million, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon, with an interest rate calculated from one-month LIBOR plus 2.25%, which is currently approximately 3.5% per annum, subject to adjustment. The terms of the Term Loan require that the net proceeds of this offering be used to repay the Term Loan until the Term Loan is repaid in full. See “Use of Proceeds.” Subsequent to this offering, we intend to replace the financing provided by the BGC Notes that remain outstanding with new senior term loans (which may be secured or unsecured), new senior unsecured notes, other long- or short-term financing or a combination thereof in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $                 million.

We believe that our available cash and cash flows expected to be generated from operations will be adequate to satisfy our current and planned operations for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of sales growth, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, our expansion into other markets and our results of operations. To the extent that existing cash, cash from operations and credit facilities are insufficient to fund our future activities, we may need to raise additional funds through public equity or debt financing.

Balance Sheet

Total Assets at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 were $2,632.3 million and $2,534.7 million, respectively. Total assets increased by $97.6 million as compared to December 31, 2016. Total Liabilities at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 were $1,550.6 million and $1,550.9 million, respectively. Total Liabilities decreased $0.3 million, as compared to December 31, 2016.

Liquidity

BGC Partners has funded our growth through contributing acquired companies and related party payables. The related party payables are net of related party receivables which were generated from our earnings as BGC Partners sweeps our excess cash to manage treasury centrally. Additionally, prior to its acquisition by BGC, Berkeley Point and its parent company, CCRE, loaned money to each other. The total net receivable to related parties at June 30, 2017 was $36.3 million as compared to a net payable at December 31, 2016 of $780.3 million. The net payable at December 31, 2016 includes $750.4 million of net borrowings from CCRE related to loans held for sale. These amounts were repaid during the six months ended June 30, 2017 and loans held for sale were financed from the warehouse notes payable, net at June 30, 2017. Fees to related parties and allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units that are charged by BGC Partners and Cantor to Newmark are reflected as cash flows from operating activities in the Combined Statement of Cash Flows for each period presented. From January 1, 2015 through June 30, 2017, these fees and charges totaled $293.4 million. Additionally, prior to acquisition by BGC, Berkeley Point loaned excess cash to CCRE to fund CCRE’s lending business. These amounts are presented as investing activities on the statement of cash flows for all periods presented. All other amounts sent to or from BGC Partners are reflected as cash flows from financing activities in the Combined Statement of Cash Flows for each period presented.

For the six months ended June 30, 2017 net cash provided by operating activities was $189.6 million and for the 12 months ended December 31, 2016, net cash used in operating activities was $646.7 million. Cash flows from operating activities included $24.4 million and $47.0 million of cash paid to BGC Partners related to grant

 

119


Table of Contents

of exchangeability to limited partnership units, respectively. After the completion of this offering and the distribution, these charges will become non-cash in nature and therefore will be excluded from cash outflows from operating activities. We expect to generate cash flows from operations to fund our business operations and growth strategy to meet our short-term liquidity requirements, which we define as the next 12 months. We also expect that proceeds from this offering and new debt financing, combined with cash flows from operations, will be sufficient to fund our operations, growth strategy and dividends and distributions to meet our long-term liquidity requirements.

In connection with the separation, we expect to receive up to approximately 10.9 million Nasdaq shares over time, which were valued at over $                million based on the closing price of a share of common stock of Nasdaq on                . The value of the Nasdaq payment yet to be received is not reflected in our liquidity position or on our overall balance sheet. The receipt of the Nasdaq payment will be reflected in our earnings or other comprehensive income (loss) and is expected to result in increases in our liquidity.

Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2017

For the six months ended June 30, 2017, we generated cash from operations of $189.6 million. We had net income of $92.2 million, $115.3 million of positive adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities, and $17.9 million of negative changes in operating assets and liabilities. $140.5 million of the positive adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities was related to loans held for sale. The negative change in operating assets and liabilities were driven by a $17.8 million increase in loans and forgivable loans primarily paid to brokers. We used $139.9 million in net investing activities for the period ended June 30, 2017, primarily related to net excess cash of $130.0 million that Berkeley Point loaned to its then parent, CCRE to fund CCRE loans. We used $20.6 million of cash from financing activities. We borrowed $675.9 million on our warehouse lines to fund loans held for sale and repaid $685.1 million, net to related parties. We also paid $10.5 million for acquisition earn-outs during the period.    

Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016

For the six months ended June 30, 2016, we used $219.1 million of cash from operations. We had net income of $52.0 million, $198.7 million of negative adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, and $71.2 million of negative changes in operating assets and liabilities. $190.4 million of the negative adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities was related to loans held for sale. The negative change in operating assets and liabilities was driven by an $89.8 million increase in loans and forgivable loans primarily paid to brokers, partially offset by a $19.7 million positive change in operating assets and liabilities as a result of a reduction in our days sales outstanding while at the same time increasing our days payable. We used $10.9 million of cash for investing activities primarily related to fixed asset purchases, and generated $233.8 million in financing activities primarily due to $392.9 million of net related party borrowing, partially offset by $156.1 million of net repayments on the warehouse line.

Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2016

For the year ended December 31, 2016, we used $646.3 million of cash from operations. We had net income of $167.2 million, $759.6 million of negative adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, and $53.9 million of negative changes in operating assets and liabilities. $714.3 million of the negative adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities was related to loans held for sale. The negative change in operating assets and liabilities was driven by a $118.2 million increase in loans and forgivable loans primarily paid to brokers, partially offset by a $63.4 million positive change in operating assets and liabilities as a result of a reduction in our days sales outstanding while at the same time increasing our days payable. We used $34.4 million of cash for investing activities primarily related to fixed asset purchases, and generated $636.0 million in financing activities primarily due to net borrowings of $751.1 million from related parties, partially offset by $101.7 million of net repayments on the warehouse line and earn-out payments for our acquisitions.

 

120


Table of Contents

Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2015

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we generated $387.2 million of cash from operations. We had net loss of $2.7 million, $465.1 million of positive adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, and $75.2 million of negative changes in operating assets and liabilities. $423.6 million of the positive adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities was related to loans held for sale. The negative change in operating assets and liabilities was primarily driven by an $80.2 million increase in loans and forgivable loans primarily paid to brokers. We used $18.7 million of cash for investing activities primarily related to fixed asset purchases and purchases of mortgage servicing rights, and used $351.1 million in financing activities primarily due to net repayments of $418.5 million on the warehouse line, partially offset by net borrowings of $78.1 million from related parties.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes certain of our contractual obligations at June 30, 2017 (in thousands):

 

     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 

Operating leases obligations(1)

   $ 353,568      $ 40,627      $ 71,320      $ 63,922      $ 177,699  

Warehouse facility

     933,909        933,909        —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 1,287,477      $ 974,536      $ 71,320      $ 63,922      $ 177,699  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Operating leases are related to rental payments under various non-cancelable leases principally for office space, net of sublease payments to be received. The total amount of sublease payments to be received is approximately $3.5 million over the life of the agreements.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of our combined financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our combined financial statements. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, the following policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenues primarily through commissions from brokerage services, gains from mortgage banking activities, net, revenues from real estate management services, servicing fees and other revenues. We recognize revenue when four basic criteria have been met:

 

    existence of persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists;

 

    delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;

 

    the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed and determinable; and

 

    collectability is reasonably assured.

The judgments involved in revenue recognition include determining the appropriate time to recognize revenue. In particular, we evaluate our transactions to determine whether contingencies exist that may impact the timing of revenue recognition.

Equity-Based and Other Compensation

Discretionary Bonus: A portion of our compensation and employee benefits expense comprises discretionary bonuses, which may be paid in cash, equity, partnership awards or a combination thereof. We

 

121


Table of Contents

accrue expense in a period based on revenues in that period and on the expected combination of cash, equity and partnership units. Given the assumptions used in estimating discretionary bonuses, actual results may differ.

Restricted Stock Units: We account for equity-based compensation under the fair value recognition provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (which we refer to as “FASB”). Restricted stock units (which we refer to as “RSUs”) provided to certain employees are accounted for as equity awards, and as per FASB guidance, we are required to record an expense for the portion of the RSUs that is ultimately expected to vest. FASB guidance requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Because significant assumptions are used in estimating employee turnover and associated forfeiture rates, actual results may differ from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

The fair value of RSU awards to employees is determined on the date of grant, based on the market value of BGC Partners’ Class A common stock. Generally, RSUs granted by us as employee compensation do not receive dividend equivalents; as such, we adjust the fair value of the RSUs for the present value of expected forgone dividends, which requires us to include an estimate of expected dividends as a valuation input. This grant-date fair value is amortized to expense ratably over the awards’ vesting periods. For RSUs with graded vesting features, we have made an accounting policy election to recognize compensation cost on a straight line basis. The amortization is reflected as non-cash equity-based compensation expense in our combined statements of operations.

Restricted Stock: Restricted stock provided to certain employees is accounted for as an equity award, and as per FASB guidance, we are required to record an expense for the portion of the restricted stock that is ultimately expected to vest. We have granted restricted stock that is not subject to continued employment or service; however, transferability is subject to compliance with our and our affiliates’ customary non-compete obligations. Such shares of restricted stock are generally saleable by partners in five to 10 years. Because the restricted stock is not subject to continued employment or service, the grant-date fair value of the restricted stock is expensed on the date of grant. The expense is reflected as non-cash equity-based compensation expense in our combined statements of operations.

Limited Partnership Units: Limited partnership units in BGC Holdings are generally held by employees. Generally such units receive quarterly allocations of net income, which are cash distributed on a quarterly basis and generally contingent upon services being provided by the unit holders. As discussed above, preferred units in BGC Holdings are not entitled to participate in partnership distributions other than with respect to a distribution at a rate of either 0.6875% (which is 2.75% per calendar year) or such other amount as set forth in the award documentation. The quarterly allocations of net income to such limited partnership units are reflected as a component of compensation expense under “Allocations of net income and grants of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in our combined statements of operations. Certain of these limited partnership units entitle the holders to receive post-termination payments equal to the notional amount in four equal yearly installments after the holder’s termination. These limited partnership units are accounted for as post-termination liability awards. Accordingly, we recognize a liability for these units on our combined statements of financial condition as part of “Accrued compensation” for the amortized portion of the post-termination payment amount, based on the current fair value of the expected future cash payout. We amortize the post-termination payment amount, less an expected forfeiture rate, over the vesting period, and record an expense for such awards based on the change in value at each reporting period in our combined statements of operations as part of “Compensation and employee benefits.”

Certain limited partnership units in BGC Holdings are granted exchangeability into BGC Partners Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustment). At the time exchangeability is granted, we recognize an expense based on the fair value of the award on that date, which is included in “Allocations of net income and grants of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in our combined statements of operations.

 

122


Table of Contents

Employee Loans: We have entered into various agreements with certain of our employees and partners whereby these individuals receive loans that may be either wholly or in part repaid from distributions that the individuals receive on some or all of their limited partnership interests or may be forgiven over a period of time. Cash advance distribution loans are documented in formal agreements and are repayable in timeframes outlined in the underlying agreements. We intend for these advances to be repaid in full from the future distributions on existing and future awards granted. The distributions are treated as compensation expense when made and the proceeds are used to repay the loan. The forgivable portion of any loans is recognized as compensation expense in our combined statements of operations over the life of the loan. We review the loan balances each reporting period for collectability. If we determine that the collectability of a portion of the loan balances is not expected, we recognize a reserve against the loan balances. Actual collectability of loan balances may differ from our estimates.

Goodwill

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination. As prescribed in FASB guidance, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill is not amortized, but instead is periodically tested for impairment. We review goodwill for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or whenever an event occurs or circumstances change that could reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

When reviewing goodwill for impairment, we first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the results of the qualitative assessment are not conclusive, or if we choose to bypass the qualitative assessment, we perform a goodwill impairment analysis using a two-step process. Our single reporting unit for real estate services had associated goodwill balances as of June 30, 2017 of $419.8 million.

The first step of the process involves comparing each reporting unit’s estimated fair value with its carrying value, including goodwill. To estimate the fair value of the reporting units, we use a discounted cash flow model and data regarding market comparables. The valuation process requires significant judgment and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These assumptions include cash flow projections, estimated cost of capital and the selection of peer companies and relevant multiples. Because significant assumptions and estimates are used in projecting future cash flows, choosing peer companies and selecting relevant multiples, actual results may differ from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is deemed not to be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of potential impairment.

The second step of the process involves the calculation of an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which step one indicated a potential impairment may exist. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit as calculated in step one, over the estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identified intangibles. Events such as economic weakness, significant declines in operating results of reporting units, or significant changes to critical inputs of the goodwill impairment test (e.g., estimates of cash flows or cost of capital) could cause the estimated fair value of our reporting units to decline, which could result in an impairment of goodwill in the future.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method as prescribed in FASB guidance on Accounting for Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to basis differences between the combined financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Pursuant to FASB guidance on Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement on Accounting for Income Taxes, we provide for uncertain

 

123


Table of Contents

tax positions based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. Management is required to determine whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. Because significant assumptions are used in determining whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities, actual results may differ from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in “Interest income (expense), net” and “Other income (loss),” respectively, in our combined statement of operations.

A valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets if it is deemed more likely than not that those assets will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence, including past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in the most recent fiscal years, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of tax planning strategies.

The measurement of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities is based on provisions of enacted tax laws and involves uncertainties in the application of tax regulations in the United States and other tax jurisdictions. Because our interpretation of complex tax law may impact the measurement of current and deferred income taxes, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions regarding the application of tax law.

Derivative Financial Instruments

We have loan commitments to extend credit to third parties. The commitments to extend credit are for mortgage loans at a specific rate (rate lock commitments). These commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require a fee. We are committed to extend credit to the counterparty as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the commitment contracts.

We simultaneously enter into an agreement to deliver such mortgages to third-party investors at a fixed price (forward sale contracts).

Both the commitment to extend credit and the forward sale commitment qualify as derivative financial instruments. We recognize all derivatives on the combined balance sheets as assets or liabilities measured at fair value. The change in the derivatives fair value is recognized in current period earnings.

Qualitative and Quantitative Factors about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

In connection with the separation and prior to the closing of this offering, we will assume from BGC Partners the Term Loan. Newmark OpCo will also assume from BGC U.S. the BGC Notes. We currently intend to contribute all of the net proceeds of this offering (including the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to Newmark OpCo in exchange for a number of units representing Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests equal to the number of shares issued by us in this offering. Newmark OpCo intends to use such net proceeds to repay the Term Loan in full and intends to use any remaining net proceeds for various general partnership purposes, including repayment of the BGC Notes or other indebtedness assumed by us prior to the completion of this offering, potential strategic alliances, acquisitions, joint ventures or hiring personnel. The Term Loan has an outstanding principal amount of $575 million, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon, with an interest rate calculated from one-month LIBOR plus 2.25%, which is currently approximately 3.5% per annum, subject to adjustment. The terms of the Term Loan require that the net proceeds of this offering be used to repay the Term Loan until the Term Loan is repaid in full. See “Use of Proceeds.” Subsequent to this offering, we intend to replace the financing provided by the BGC Notes that remain outstanding with new senior term loans (which may be secured or unsecured), new senior unsecured notes, other long- or short-term financing

 

124


Table of Contents

or a combination thereof in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $                 million. While the terms of these borrowings, including the interest rates, have not yet been determined, our interest income expense could be exposed to changes in interest rates. In that event, we may enter into interest rate swap agreements to attempt to hedge the variability of future interest payments due to changes in interest rates.

Berkeley Point is an intermediary that originates loans which are generally pre-sold prior to loan closing. Therefore, for loans held for sale to the GSEs and HUD, we are not currently exposed to unhedged interest rate risk. Prior to closing on loans with borrowers, we enter into agreements to sell the loans to investors, and originated loans are typically sold within 45 days of funding. The coupon rate for each loan is set concurrently with the establishment of the interest rate with the investor.

Some of our assets and liabilities are subject to changes in interest rates. Earnings from escrows are generally based on LIBOR. 30-day LIBOR as of                was                basis points. A 100-basis point increase in the 30-day LIBOR would increase our annual earnings by approximately $                million based on our escrow balance as of                compared to $                million based on our escrow balance as of                . A decrease in 30-day LIBOR to zero would decrease our annual earnings by approximately $                million based on the escrow balance as of                compared to $                million based on our escrow balance as of                .

We use warehouse facilities and a repurchase agreement to fund loans we originate under our various lending programs. The borrowing costs of our warehouse facilities and the repurchase agreement is based on LIBOR. A 100-basis point increase in 30-day LIBOR would decrease our annual net interest income by approximately $                million based on our outstanding balances as of                compared to $                million based on our outstanding balances as of                . A decrease in 30-day LIBOR to zero would increase our annual earnings by approximately $                million based on our outstanding warehouse balance as of                compared to $                million as of                .

Foreign Currency Risk

We are exposed to risks associated with changes in foreign exchange rates. Changes in foreign exchange rates create volatility in the U.S. Dollar equivalent of our revenues and expenses. While our international results of operations, as measured in U.S. Dollars, are subject to foreign exchange fluctuations, we do not consider the related risk to be material to our results of operations. While our exposure to foreign exchange risk is not currently material to us, we expect to grow our international revenues in the future, and any future potential exposure to foreign exchange fluctuations may present a material risk to our business.

 

125


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE OF NEWMARK

Our Restructuring

We are Newmark Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation. We were formed as NRE Delaware, Inc. on November 18, 2016 and changed our name to Newmark Group, Inc. on October 18, 2017. We currently have nominal assets and operations. We were formed for the purpose of becoming a public company conducting the operations of BGC Partners’ Real Estate Services segment, including Newmark and Berkeley Point.

Through the following series of transactions prior to and following the completion of this offering, we will become a separate publicly traded company. Immediately following this offering, a majority of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock will be held by BGC Partners. If BGC Partners completes the distribution, a majority of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock will be held by the stockholders of BGC Partners as of the date of the distribution.

 

    Prior to the completion of this offering, the separation and contribution pursuant to which members of the BGC group will transfer to us substantially all of the assets and liabilities of the BGC Partners’ Real Estate Services segment, including Newmark, Berkeley Point and the right to receive the remainder of the Nasdaq payment, and various types of interests of Newmark Holdings will be issued to holders of interests of BGC Holdings in proportion to such interests of BGC Holdings held by such holders immediately prior thereto.

 

    Concurrently with the separation and contribution, we will enter into the transactions described under “—Assumption and Repayment of Indebtedness” below.

 

    Following the completion of this offering, the distribution by BGC Partners of the shares of our common stock held thereby to its stockholders described under “—The Distribution” below.

The types of interests in Newmark, Newmark Holdings and Newmark OpCo outstanding following the completion of the separation are described under “—Structure of Newmark Following the Separation” below.

The Separation and Contribution

Prior to the completion of this offering, pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement, members of the BGC group will transfer to us substantially all of the assets and liabilities of the BGC group relating to BGC Partners’ Real Estate Services segment, including Newmark, Berkeley Point and the right to receive the remainder of the Nasdaq payment. For a description of the Nasdaq payment, see “Business—Nasdaq Transaction.” Prior to the separation, the BGC group held all of the historical assets and liabilities related to our business.

In connection with the separation, Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests, Newmark Holdings founding partner interests, Newmark Holdings working partner interests and Newmark Holdings limited partnership units will be distributed to holders of BGC Holdings limited partnership interests, BGC Holdings founding partner interests, BGC Holdings working partner interests and BGC Holdings limited partnership units in proportion to such interests of BGC Holdings held by such holders immediately prior to the separation.

We will also enter into a tax matters agreement with BGC Partners that will govern the parties’ respective rights, responsibilities and obligations after the separation with respect to taxes, tax attributes, the preparation and filing of tax returns, the control of audits and other tax proceedings, tax elections, assistance and cooperation in respect of tax matters, procedures and restrictions relating to the distribution, if any, and certain other tax matters. We will also enter into an administrative services agreement with Cantor, which will govern the provision by Cantor of various administrative services to us, and our provision of various administrative services to Cantor, at a cost equal to (1) the direct cost that the providing party incurs in performing those services, including third-party charges incurred in providing services, plus (2) a reasonable allocation of other costs determined in a

 

126


Table of Contents

consistent and fair manner so as to cover the providing party’s appropriate costs or in such other manner as the parties agree. We will also enter into a transition services agreement with BGC Partners, which will govern the provision by BGC Partners of various administrative services to us, and our provision of various administrative services to BGC Partners, on a transitional basis (with a term of up to two years following the distribution) and at a cost equal to (1) the direct cost that the providing party incurs in performing those services, including third-party charges incurred in providing services, plus (2) a reasonable allocation of other costs determined in a consistent and fair manner so as to cover the providing party’s appropriate costs or in such other manner as the parties agree.

Assumption and Repayment of Indebtedness

In connection with the separation and prior to the closing of this offering, we will assume from BGC Partners the Term Loan. Newmark OpCo will also assume from BGC U.S. the BGC Notes. We currently intend to contribute all of the net proceeds of this offering (including the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to Newmark OpCo in exchange for a number of units representing Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests equal to the number of shares issued by us in this offering. Newmark OpCo intends to use such net proceeds to repay the Term Loan in full and intends to use any remaining net proceeds for various general partnership purposes, including repayment of the BGC Notes or other indebtedness assumed by us prior to the completion of this offering, potential strategic alliances, acquisitions, joint ventures or hiring personnel. The Term Loan has an outstanding principal amount of $575 million, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon, with an interest rate calculated from one-month LIBOR plus 2.25%, which is currently approximately 3.5% per annum, subject to adjustment. The terms of the Term Loan require that the net proceeds of this offering be used to repay the Term Loan until the Term Loan is repaid in full. See “Use of Proceeds.” Following this offering, in the event that any member of the Newmark group receives net proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness for borrowed money after this offering, Newmark OpCo will be obligated to use such net proceeds to repay the remaining BGC Notes. In addition, we will be obligated to repay any remaining amounts under the BGC Notes prior to the distribution.

The Distribution

BGC Partners has advised us that it currently expects to pursue a distribution to its stockholders of all of the shares of our common stock that it then owns in a manner that is intended to qualify as generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As currently contemplated, shares of our Class A common stock held by BGC Partners would be distributed to the holders of shares of Class A common stock of BGC Partners and shares of our Class B common stock held by BGC Partners would be distributed to the holders of shares of Class B common stock of BGC Partners (which are currently Cantor and another entity controlled by Mr. Lutnick). The determination of whether, when and how to proceed with any such distribution is entirely within the discretion of BGC Partners. See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Separation and Distribution Agreement—The Distribution.” The shares of our common stock that BGC Partners will own upon the completion of this offering will be subject to the 180-day “lock-up” restriction contained in the underwriting agreement for this offering. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

Structure of Newmark Following the Separation

As of immediately after this offering, there will be                 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and                 shares of which will be issued and outstanding as of immediately after this offering, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. BGC Partners will hold                 shares of our Class A common stock after this offering representing approximately     % of our outstanding Class A common stock, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and representing approximately     % of our outstanding Class A common stock, assuming that the underwriters

 

127


Table of Contents

exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. Each share of Class A common stock is generally entitled to one vote on matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. In addition, as of immediately after the offering, BGC Partners will hold                 shares of our Class B common stock representing all of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. Together, the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by BGC Partners after this offering will represent approximately     % of our total voting power, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and approximately     % of our total voting power, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. Each share of Class B common stock is generally entitled to the same rights as a share of Class A common stock, except that, on matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, each share of Class B common stock is entitled to 10 votes. The Class B common stock generally votes together with the Class A common stock on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. We expect to retain our dual class structure, and there are no circumstances under which the holders of Class B common stock would be required to convert their shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock. Our certificate of incorporation will not provide for automatic conversion of shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock upon the occurrence of any event.

We hold the Newmark Holdings general partnership interest and the Newmark Holdings special voting limited partnership interest, which entitle us to remove and appoint the general partner of Newmark Holdings and serve as the general partner of Newmark Holdings, which entitles us to control Newmark Holdings. Newmark Holdings, in turn, holds the Newmark OpCo general partnership interest and the Newmark OpCo special voting limited partnership interest, which entitle Newmark Holdings to remove and appoint the general partner of Newmark OpCo, and serve as the general partner of Newmark OpCo, which entitles Newmark Holdings (and thereby us) to control Newmark OpCo. In addition, as of immediately after this offering, we will indirectly, through wholly owned subsidiaries, hold Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests consisting of approximately                 units, representing approximately     % of the outstanding Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, or representing approximately     % of the outstanding Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. We are a holding company that will hold these interests, serve as the general partner of Newmark Holdings and, through Newmark Holdings, act as the general partner of Newmark OpCo. As a result of our ownership of the general partnership interest in Newmark Holdings and Newmark Holdings’ general partnership interest in Newmark OpCo, we will consolidate Newmark OpCo’s results for financial reporting purposes.

Cantor, founding partners, working partners and limited partnership unit holders will directly hold Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests. Newmark Holdings, in turn, will hold Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests and, as a result, Cantor, founding partners, working partners and limited partnership unit holders indirectly will have interests in Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests.

The Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests held by Cantor will be designated as Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests. The Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests held by the founding partners will be designated as Newmark Holdings founding partner interests. As of the completion of this offering, we expect to have 157 founding partners holding 12,722,552 founding partner units. The Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests held by the working partners will be designated as Newmark Holdings working partner interests. The Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests held by the limited partnership unit holders will be designated as limited partnership units.

The Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests held by Cantor will be generally exchangeable with us for Class B common stock (or, at Cantor’s option or if there are no additional authorized but unissued shares of Class B common stock, Class A common stock) on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments as set forth in the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement), subject to the limitation on exchanges prior to the distribution as described below.

 

128


Table of Contents

As of immediately after this offering,                 founding partner interests will be outstanding. These founding partner interests will be issued in the separation to holders of BGC Holdings founding partner interests, who received such founding partner interests in connection with the separation of BGC Partners from Cantor in 2008. The Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests held by founding partners will not be exchangeable with us unless (1) Cantor acquires such interests from Newmark Holdings upon termination or bankruptcy of the founding partners or redemption of their units by Newmark Holdings (which it has the right to do under certain circumstances), in which case such interests will be exchangeable with us for our Class A common stock or Class B common stock as described above, or (2) Cantor determines that such interests can be exchanged by such founding partners with us for our Class A common stock, generally on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments as set forth in the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement), on terms and conditions to be determined by Cantor, provided that the terms and conditions of such exchange cannot in any way diminish or adversely affect our rights or the rights of our subsidiaries (it being understood that our obligation to deliver shares of our Class A common stock upon exchange will not be deemed to diminish or adversely affect our rights or the rights of our subsidiaries) (which exchange of certain interests Cantor expects to permit from time to time). Cantor has provided that certain founding partner interests are exchangeable with us for Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments as set forth in the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement), as described in “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Amended and Restated Newmark Holdings Limited Partnership Agreement—Exchanges” in accordance with the terms of the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement. Once a Newmark Holdings founding partner interest becomes exchangeable, such founding partner interest is automatically exchanged for our Class A common stock upon termination or bankruptcy of such partner or upon redemption by Newmark Holdings.

Further, we provide exchangeability for partnership units under other circumstances in connection with (1) our partnership redemption, compensation and restructuring programs, (2) other incentive compensation arrangements and (3) business combination transactions.

As of immediately after this offering,                 working partner interests will be outstanding. Working partner interests will not be exchangeable with us unless otherwise determined by us with the written consent of a Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interest majority in interest, in accordance with the terms of the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement.

As of immediately after this offering,                 limited partnership units will be outstanding. Limited partnership units will be only exchangeable with us in accordance with the terms and conditions of the grant of such units, which terms and conditions are determined in our sole discretion, as the Newmark Holdings general partner, with the consent of the Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interest majority in interest, in accordance with the terms of the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement.

As a result of the distribution of limited partnership interests of Newmark Holdings in connection with the separation, each holder of BGC Holdings limited partnership interests will hold a BGC Holdings limited partnership interest and a corresponding Newmark Holdings limited partnership interest for each BGC Holdings limited partnership interest held thereby immediately prior to the separation. The BGC Holdings limited partnership interests and Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests will each be entitled to receive cash distributions from BGC Holdings and Newmark Holdings, respectively, in accordance with the terms of such partnership’s respective limited partnership agreement. We currently expect that the combined cash distributions to a holder of one BGC Holdings limited partnership interest and one Newmark Holdings limited partnership interest following the separation will equal the cash distribution payable to a holder of one BGC Holdings limited partnership interest immediately prior to the separation, before giving effect to the dilutive impact of the shares of our common stock to be issued in this offering.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the distribution, without the prior consent of BGC Partners, no Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests shall be exchangeable into our shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock. Prior to the distribution, unless otherwise agreed by BGC Partners, in order for a

 

129


Table of Contents

partner to exchange an exchangeable limited partnership interest in BGC Holdings or Newmark Holdings into a share of common stock of BGC Partners, such partner must exchange both one BGC Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interest and one Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interest for one share of BGC Partners common stock. Prior to the distribution, to the extent that BGC Partners receives any Newmark OpCo units as a result of any such exchange of Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests (as described in “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Amended and Restated Newmark Holdings Limited Partnership Agreement—Exchanges”), then BGC Partners will contribute such Newmark OpCo units to us in exchange for an equal number of shares of our common stock (with the class of shares of our common stock corresponding to the class of shares of common stock that BGC Partners issued upon such exchange).

The one-for-one exchange ratio between Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests and our common stock reflects that, currently, one Newmark Holdings limited partnership interest and one share of our common stock represent an equivalent indirect economic interest in the income stream of Newmark OpCo. However, depending on our dividend policy, the distribution policy of Newmark Holdings and other reasons, this exchange ratio between Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests and our common stock could change. See “Dividend Policy” and “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Amended and Restated Newmark Holdings Limited Partnership Agreement—Adjustment to Exchange Ratio.”

With each exchange, our direct and indirect (and, prior to the distribution and as described above, BGC Partners’ indirect) interest in Newmark OpCo will proportionately increase because, immediately following an exchange, Newmark Holdings will redeem the Newmark Holdings unit so acquired for the Newmark OpCo limited partnership interest underlying such Newmark Holdings unit.

The profit and loss of Newmark OpCo and Newmark Holdings, as the case may be, are allocated based on the total number of Newmark OpCo units and Newmark Holdings units, as the case may be, outstanding.

The following diagram illustrates the ownership structure of Newmark immediately after the completion of this offering. The following diagram does not reflect the various subsidiaries of ours, Newmark OpCo, Newmark Holdings, BGC Partners or Cantor, or the results of any exchange of Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests or, to the extent applicable, Newmark Holdings founding partner interests, Newmark Holdings working partner interests or Newmark Holdings limited partnership units:

 

130


Table of Contents

Post-IPO Diagram

 

 

LOGO

 

131


Table of Contents

 

   Shares of Class B common stock are convertible into shares of Class A common stock at any time in the discretion of the holder on a one-for-one basis. Accordingly, if BGC Partners converted all of its Class B common stock into Class A common stock, BGC Partners would hold    % of the voting power and the public stockholders would hold    % of the voting power (and the indirect economic interests in Newmark OpCo would remain unchanged).

 

   The diagram above does not show certain operating subsidiaries that are organized as corporations whose equity are either wholly-owned by Newmark or whose equity are majority-owned by Newmark with the remainder owned by Newmark OpCo.

Structure of Newmark Following the Distribution

BGC Partners has advised us that it currently expects to pursue a distribution to its stockholders of all of the shares of our common stock that it then owns in a manner that is intended to qualify as generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As currently contemplated, shares of our Class A common stock held by BGC Partners would be distributed to the holders of shares of Class A common stock of BGC Partners and shares of our Class B common stock held by BGC Partners would be distributed to the holders of shares of Class B common stock of BGC Partners (which are currently Cantor and another entity controlled by Mr. Lutnick). The determination of whether, when and how to proceed with any such distribution is entirely within the discretion of BGC Partners. See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Separation and Distribution Agreement—The Distribution.” The shares of our common stock that BGC Partners will own upon the completion of this offering will be subject to the 180-day “lock-up” restriction contained in the underwriting agreement for this offering. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).” To account for potential changes in the number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock of BGC Partners and Newmark between this offering and the distribution, and to ensure that the distribution (if it occurs) is pro rata to the stockholders of BGC Partners, immediately prior to the distribution, BGC Partners will convert any shares of Class B common stock of Newmark beneficially owned by BGC Partners into shares of Class A common stock of Newmark, or exchange any shares of Class A common stock of Newmark beneficially owned by BGC Partners for shares of Class B common stock of Newmark, so that the ratio of shares of Class B common stock of Newmark held by BGC Partners to the shares of Class A common stock of Newmark held by BGC Partners, in each case as of immediately prior to the distribution, equals the ratio of shares of outstanding Class B common stock of BGC Partners to the shares of outstanding Class A common stock of BGC Partners, in each case as of the record date of the distribution.

The following diagram illustrates the ownership structure of Newmark immediately after the completion of the distribution, assuming it occurs and assuming that there are no new issuances of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock of BGC Partners and Newmark following this offering and prior to the distribution. The following diagram does not reflect the various subsidiaries of ours, Newmark OpCo, Newmark Holdings, BGC Partners or Cantor, or the results of any exchange of Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests or, to the extent applicable, Newmark Holdings founding partner interests, Newmark Holdings working partner interests or Newmark Holdings limited partnership units:

 

132


Table of Contents

Post-Distribution Diagram

 

 

LOGO

 

133


Table of Contents

You should read “Risk Factors,” “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions” and “Description of Capital Stock,” for additional information about our corporate structure and the risks posed by this structure.

The diagram above does not show certain operating subsidiaries that are organized as corporations whose equity are either wholly-owned by Newmark or whose equity are majority-owned by Newmark with the remainder owned by Newmark OpCo.

 

134


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Business

Newmark is a rapidly growing, high margin, full-service commercial real estate services business that offers a full suite of services and products for both owners and occupiers across the entire commercial real estate industry. Since 2011, the year in which we were acquired by BGC Partners, a leading global brokerage company servicing the financial and real estate markets and listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, we have been the fastest growing U.S.-listed commercial real estate services firm, with a compound annual growth rate (which we refer to as “CAGR”) of revenue of 41%. Our investor/owner services and products include capital markets, which consists of investment sales, debt and structured finance and loan sales, agency leasing, property management, valuation and advisory, diligence and underwriting and government sponsored entity (which we refer to as “GSE”) lending and loan servicing. Our occupier services and products include tenant representation, real estate management technology systems, workplace and occupancy strategy, global corporate services consulting, project management, lease administration and facilities management. We enhance these services and products through innovative real estate technology solutions and data analytics that enable our clients to increase their efficiency and profits by optimizing their real estate portfolio. We have relationships with many of the world’s largest commercial property owners, real estate developers and investors, as well as Fortune 500 and Forbes Global 2000 companies. For the 12-month period ended June 30, 2017, we generated revenues of $1.5 billion.

We believe our high margins and leading revenue growth compared to the other publicly traded real estate services companies have resulted from execution of our unique integrated corporate strategies:

 

    we offer a full suite of best-in-class real estate services and professionals to both investors/owners and occupiers,

 

    we deploy deeply-embedded technology and use data-driven analytics to enable clients to better manage their real estate utilization and spend, enhancing the depth of our client relationships,

 

    we attract and retain market leading professionals with the benefits of our unique partnership structure and high growth platform,

 

    we actively encourage cross-selling among our diversified business lines, and

 

    we continuously build out additional products and capabilities to capitalize on our market knowledge and client relationships

Newmark was founded in 1929 with an emphasis on New York-based investor and owner services such as tenant and agency leasing, developing a reputation for talented, knowledgeable and motivated brokers. BGC acquired Newmark in 2011, and since the acquisition Newmark has embarked on a rapid expansion throughout the United States across all critical business lines in the real estate services and product sectors. We believe our rapid growth is due to our management’s vision and direction along with a proven track record of attracting high-producing talent through accretive acquisitions and profitable hiring.

Our growth to date has been focused in North America. We have more than 4,500 employees and independent contractors, including approximately 1,500 revenue-generating professionals in over 120 offices in 90 cities, with an additional 32 licensee locations in the U.S. Since 2011, we have completed over 35 complementary and accretive acquisitions, meaningfully expanding our product and services capabilities and geographic reach. We intend to continue to aggressively and opportunistically expand into markets, including outside of North America, and products where we believe we can profitably execute our full service and integrated business model.

Bolstered by our third quarter 2017 acquisition of Berkeley Point, a leading commercial real estate finance company focused on the origination and sale of multifamily loans through government-sponsored and

 

135


Table of Contents

government-funded loan programs, we believe we are poised for continued growth and value creation. We expect the combination of Berkeley Point and ARA, our top-three multifamily investment sales business, to create significant growth across our platform and serve as a powerful margin and earnings driver.

We generate revenues from commissions on leasing and capital markets transactions, technology user and consulting fees, property and facility management fees, and mortgage origination and loan servicing fees. Our revenues are widely diversified across service lines and clients, with our top 10 clients accounting for less than 7% of revenues. We have also achieved industry-leading growth, with our revenues increasing 550% for the 12-month period ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, which represents a 41% CAGR. Over 40% of this growth was attributable to the organic growth of our business, with the remaining portion of this growth coming from accretive acquisitions.

We are an affiliate of Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P., which we refer to as “Cantor,” a diversified company primarily specializing in financial and real estate services for institutional customers operating in the global financial and commercial real estate markets. Cantor is the largest controlling shareholder of BGC.

Our History

Newmark is a rapidly-growing, high margin, full-service commercial real estate services business that has a long history and, since its acquisition by BGC in 2011, has developed a broad reach. Founded in 1929 with an emphasis on New York-based traditional investor and owner services such as agency leasing and property and facilities management, we have operated as the real estate services segment of BGC since our acquisition in 2011. Since 2011, we have grown organically and through acquisitions as follows:

 

    acquisition of the pre-eminent commercial real estate services firm in Northern California, Cornish & Carey Commercial. We now operate in Northern California as “Newmark Cornish & Carey”;

 

    acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Grubb & Ellis Company and certain of its affiliates, a full-service national commercial real estate platform of property management, facilities management and brokerage services, which were integrated with Newmark & Co. and certain of its affiliates;

 

    acquisition of member companies affiliated under the Apartment Realty Advisors brand, a privately held, full-service investment brokerage network focusing exclusively on the multifamily industry. Collectively, ARA was a leader in multifamily investment brokerage and we now operate our multifamily investment brokerage practice as “ARA, a Newmark Company”;

 

    acquisition of Computerized Facility Integration, LLC, a real estate strategic consulting and systems integration firm that provides corporate real estate, facilities management, and enterprise asset management information consulting and technology solutions;

 

    acquisition of a commercial real estate services firm, Denver-based Frederick Ross Company;

 

    acquisition of a commercial real estate services firm, Philadelphia-based Smith Mack;

 

    acquisition of Excess Space Retail Services, Inc., a real estate advisory firm that focuses its business model around surplus real estate disposition and lease restructuring for retailers; and

 

    acquisitions of Steffner Commercial Real Estate, LLC, a full-service commercial real estate advisory practice in the metropolitan Memphis region, and Cincinnati Commercial Real Estate, Inc., which provides services in office, industrial and retail leasing and investment sales.

In 2016 and 2017, we have completed the following acquisitions:

 

    acquisition of Berkeley Point, which focuses on origination, funding, sale and servicing of multifamily and commercial mortgage loans, including loans with GSEs;

 

    acquisition of Rudesill-Pera Multifamily, LLC, a multifamily brokerage firm operating in Memphis and the Mid-South region;

 

136


Table of Contents
    acquisition of The CRE Group, Inc., a San Francisco-based project and development management firm;

 

    acquisition of Continental Realty, Ltd., a full service brokerage based in Columbus, Ohio;

 

    acquisition of NGKF, S.A. de C.V., a full service brokerage and former Newmark licensee based in Mexico City;

 

    acquisition of Walchle Lear Multifamily Advisors, a multifamily investment sales brokerage firm based in Florida;

 

    acquisition of the assets of Regency Capital Partners, a San Francisco-based real estate finance firm; and

 

    acquisition of Spring11, a commercial real estate consulting and advisory services firm.

Our Services and Products

Newmark offers a diverse array of integrated services and products designed to meet the full needs of both real estate investors/owners and occupiers. Our technology advantages, industry-leading talent, deep and diverse client relationships and suite of complementary services and products allow us to actively cross-sell our services and drive industry leading margins.

Leading Commercial Real Estate Technology Platform and Capabilities

We offer innovative real estate technology solutions for both investors/owners and occupiers that enable our clients to increase efficiency and realize additional profits. Our differentiated, value-added and client-facing technology platforms have been utilized by clients that occupy over 3.5 billion square feet of commercial real estate space globally. For real estate investors and owners, our N360 platform is a powerful tool that provides instant access and comprehensive commercial real estate data in one place via mobile or desktop. This technology platform makes information, such as listings, historical leasing, tenant/owner information, investment sales, procurement, research, and debt on commercial real estate properties, accessible to investors and owners. N360 also integrates a Geographic Information Systems (“GIS”) platform with 3D mapping powered by Newmark’s Real Estate Data Warehouse. For our occupier clients, the Newmark VISION platform provides integrated business intelligence, reporting and analytics. Our clients use VISION to reduce cost, improve speed and supplement decisionmaking in applications such as real estate transactions and asset administration, project management, building operations and facilities management, environmental and energy management, and workplace management. Our deep and growing real estate database and commitment to providing innovative technological solutions empower us to provide our clients with value-adding technology products and data-driven advice and analytics.

Real Estate Investor/Owner Services and Products

Capital Markets. We provide clients with strategic solutions to their real estate capital concerns. We offer a broad range of real estate capital markets services, including investment sales and facilitating access to providers of capital. We provide access to a wide range of services, including asset sales, sale leasebacks, mortgage and entity-level financing, equity-raising, underwriting and due diligence. The transactions we broker involve vacant land, new real estate developments and existing buildings. We specialize in arranging financing for most types of value-added commercial real estate, including land, condominium conversions, subdivisions, office, retail, industrial, multifamily, student housing, hotels, data center, healthcare, self-storage and special use. Through our mortgage bankers and brokers, we are able to offer multiple debt and equity alternatives to fund capital markets transactions through third-party banks, insurance companies and other capital providers, as well as through our government sponsored entity lending platform, Berkeley Point. Although commercial real estate sales volumes across the industry declined 7% year over year in the first half of 2017 and were down 9% in full year 2016 according to Real Capital Analytics (which we refer to as “RCA”), our capital markets revenues increased by 20% and 26% year-on-year in the first half of 2017 and full year 2016, respectively.

 

137


Table of Contents

Agency Leasing. We execute marketing and leasing programs on behalf of investors, developers, governments, property companies and other owners of real estate to secure tenants and negotiate leases. We understand the value of a creditworthy tenant to landlords and work to maximize the financing value of any leasing opportunity. Revenue is typically recognized when a lease is signed and/or a tenant occupies the space and is calculated as a percentage of the total revenue that the landlord is expected to derive from the lease over its term. In certain markets revenue is determined on a per square foot basis. As of June 30, 2017, we represent buildings that total approximately 350 million square feet of commercial real estate on behalf of owners in the U.S.

Valuation and Advisory. We operate a national valuation and advisory business, which has grown expansively in 2017 by approximately 160 professionals. Our appraisal team executes projects of nearly every size and type, from single properties to large portfolios, existing and proposed facilities and mixed-use developments across the spectrum of asset values. Clients include banks, pension funds, insurance companies, developers, corporations, equity funds, REITs and institutional capital sources. These institutions utilize the advisory services we provide in their loan underwriting, construction financing, portfolio analytics, feasibility determination, acquisition structures, litigation support and financial reporting.

Property Management. We provide property management services on a contractual basis to owners and investors in office, industrial and retail properties. Property management services include building operations and maintenance, vendor and contract negotiation, project oversight and value engineering, labor relations, property inspection/quality control, property accounting and financial reporting, cash flow analysis, financial modeling, lease administration, due diligence and exit strategies. We have an opportunity to grow our property or facilities management contracts in connection with other high margin leasing or other contracts. We may provide services through our own employees or through contracts with third-party providers. We focus on maintaining high levels of occupancy and tenant satisfaction while lowering property operating costs using advanced work order management systems and sustainable practices. We typically receive monthly management fees based upon a percentage of monthly rental income generated from the property under management, or in some cases, the greater of such percentage or a minimum agreed upon fee. We are often reimbursed for our administrative and payroll costs, as well as certain out-of-pocket expenses, directly attributable to properties under management. Our property management agreements may be terminated by either party with notice generally ranging between 30 to 90 days; however, we have developed long-term relationships with many of these clients and our typical contract has continued for many years. These businesses also give us better insight into our clients’ overall real estate needs.

Government Sponsored Entity (“GSE”) Lending and Loan Servicing. On September 8, 2017, BGC Partners completed the acquisition of Berkeley Point, a leading commercial real estate finance company focused on the origination and sale of multifamily and other commercial real estate loans through government-sponsored and government-funded loan programs, as well as the servicing of loans that it and third parties, including our affiliates, originate. On this same date, BGC Partners, along with Cantor, also completed its investment in a commercial real estate related finance and investment business, which we refer to as “Real Estate Newco.” After these transactions were completed, Berkeley Point and BGC’s investment in Real Estate Newco became part of Newmark. See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—BP Transaction Agreement and Real Estate Newco Limited Partnership Agreement” for more information on these transactions. Berkeley Point is approved to participate in loan origination, sale and servicing programs operated by the two GSEs, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Berkeley Point also originates, sells and services loans under HUD’s FHA programs, and is an approved HUD MAP and HUD LEAN lender, as well as an approved Ginnie Mae issuer. In 2016, Berkeley Point was a Top-five Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac lender according to the Mortgage Bankers Association, with over $7.6 billion in loans originated.

Following our acquisition of Berkeley Point, as well as our investment in Real Estate Newco, we believe our Real Estate Services business has the expertise, contacts and experience to compete effectively in most commercial real estate service lines. We believe that Berkeley Point will meaningful increase our services

 

138


Table of Contents

offering and the overall scale and revenues of Newmark. The combination of Berkeley Point and Newmark is a powerful growth catalyst, bringing together our vast network across the commercial real estate industry with Berkeley Point’s significant financing experience.

Originatio n for GSEs. Berkeley Point originates multifamily loans distributed through the GSE programs of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, as well as through HUD programs. Through HUD’s MAP and LEAN Programs, we provide construction and permanent loans to developers and owners of multifamily housing, affordable housing, senior housing and healthcare facilities. Through Berkeley Point, we are one of 25 approved lenders that participate in the Fannie Mae DUS program and one of 22 lenders approved as a Freddie Mac seller/servicer. Berkeley Point originated over $7.6 billion in loans in 2016, and for the first six months of 2017, Berkeley Point’s loan originations increased 73% period-over-period as compared with a 29% increase in overall GSE originations. As a low-risk intermediary, Berkeley Point originates loans guaranteed by government agencies or entities and pre-sells such loans prior to transaction closing. Berkeley Point has established a strong credit culture over decades of originating loans and remains committed to disciplined risk management from the initial underwriting stage through loan payoff.

Servicing . In conjunction with our origination services, we sell the loans that we originate under GSE programs and retain the servicing of those loans. The servicing portfolio provides a stable, predictable recurring stream of revenue to us over the life of each loan. As of June 30, 2017, Berkeley Point’s servicing portfolio was $58 billion and average remaining servicing term per loan was approximately eight years as of June 30, 2017. As of June 30, 2017, Berkeley Point serviced and provided asset management for approximately $58.2 billion in unpaid principal balance of multifamily loans, representing approximately 3,144 loans in 49 states and the District of Columbia. As of June 30, 2017, Berkeley Point’s mortgage servicing rights had a book value of approximately $376.4 million. The typical multifamily loan that Berkeley Point originates and services under these programs is fixed rate, and includes significant prepayment penalties. These structural features generally offer prepayment protection and provide more stable, recurring fee income. Berkeley Point is a Fitch and S&P rated commercial loan primary and special servicer, as well as a Kroll rated commercial loan primary and GSE special servicer. It has a team of over 60 professionals throughout various locations in the United States dedicated to primary and special servicing and asset management. These professionals focus on financial performance and risk management to anticipate potential property, borrower or market issues. Portfolio management conducted by these professionals is not only a risk management tool, but also leads to deeper relationships with borrowers, resulting in continued interaction with borrowers over the term of the loan, and potential additional financing opportunities.

The combination of Berkeley Point and ARA brings together, respectively, a leading multifamily debt origination platform with a top-three multifamily investment sales business that executed approximately $20 billion of capital markets activity in 2016, which we believe will provide substantial cross-selling opportunities. In particular, we expect revenues to increase as Berkeley Point begins to capture a greater portion of the financings on ARA’s investment sales transactions.

Product Offerings

 

    F annie Mae . As one of 25 lenders under the Fannie Mae DUS program, Fannie Mae has delegated to Berkeley Point responsibility for ensuring that the loans originated under the Fannie Mae DUS program satisfy the underwriting and other eligibility requirements established from time to time by Fannie Mae. In exchange for this delegation of authority, Berkeley Point shares up to one-third of the losses that may result from a borrower’s default. Most of the Fannie Mae loans that Berkeley Point originates are sold, prior to loan funding, in the form of a Fannie Mae-insured security to third-party investors. Berkeley Point services all loans that it originates under the Fannie Mae DUS program

 

   

F reddie Mac . As one of 22 Freddie Mac Program Plus lenders, Berkeley Point originates and sells to Freddie Mac multifamily, affordable and seniors loans that satisfy Freddie Mac’s underwriting and

 

139


Table of Contents
 

other eligibility requirements. Under the program, Berkeley Point submits the completed loan underwriting package to Freddie Mac and obtains Freddie Mac’s commitment to purchase the loan at a specified price after closing. Freddie Mac ultimately performs its own underwriting of loans that Berkeley Point sells to Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac may choose to hold, sell or, as it does in most cases, later securitize such loans. Berkeley Point does not have any material risk-sharing arrangements on loans sold to Freddie Mac under Program Plus. Berkeley Point also generally services loans that it originates under this Freddie Mac program.

 

    H UD/Ginnie Mae/FHA . As an approved HUD MAP and HUD LEAN lender and Ginnie Mae issuer, Berkeley Point provides construction and permanent loans to developers and owners of multifamily housing, affordable housing, senior housing and healthcare facilities. Berkeley Point submits a completed loan underwriting package to FHA and obtains FHA’s firm commitment to insure the loan. The loans are typically securitized into Ginnie Mae securities that are sold, prior to loan funding, to third-party investors. Ginnie Mae is a United States government corporation in HUD. Ginnie Mae securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. In the event of a default on a HUD insured loan, HUD will reimburse approximately 99% of any losses of principal and interest on the loan and Ginnie Mae will reimburse the majority of remaining losses of principal and interest. The lender typically is obligated to continue to advance principal and interest payments and tax and insurance escrow amounts on Ginnie Mae securities until the HUD mortgage insurance claim has been paid and the Ginnie Mae security is fully paid. Berkeley Point generally services all loans that it originates under these programs.

Lending Transaction Process. Berkeley Point’s value driven, credit focused approach to underwriting and credit processes provides for clearly defined roles for senior management and carefully designed checks and balances to ensure appropriate quality control. Berkeley Point is subject to both its own and the GSEs’ and HUD’s rigorous underwriting requirements related to property, borrower, and market due diligence to identify risks associated with each loan and to ensure credit quality, satisfactory risk assessment and appropriate risk diversification for our portfolio. Berkeley Point believes that thorough underwriting is essential to generating and sustaining attractive risk adjusted returns for its investors.

Berkeley Point sources lending opportunities by leveraging a deep network of direct borrower and broker relationships in the real estate industry from its national origination platform. Berkeley Point benefits from its 12 offices located throughout the United States and its $58.2 billion servicing portfolio, providing real time information on market performance and comparable data points.

Financing . Berkeley Point finances its loan originations through collateralized financing agreements in the form of warehouse loan agreements (which we refer to as “WHAs”) with three lenders and an aggregate commitment as of June 30, 2017 of $950 million and an uncommitted $325 million Fannie Mae loan repurchase facility. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, Berkeley Point had collateralized financing outstanding of $934 million and $258 million, respectively. Collateral includes the underlying originated loans and related collateral, the commitment to purchase the loans as well as credit enhancements from the applicable GSE or HUD. Berkeley Point typically completes the distribution of the loans it originates within 30 to 60 days of closing. Proceeds from the distribution are applied to reduce borrowings under the WHAs, thus restoring borrowing capacity for further loan originations.

Intercompany Referrals. Berkeley Point, CCRE and BGC Partners have entered into arrangements in respect of intercompany referrals. Pursuant to these arrangements, the respective parties refer, for customary fees, opportunities for commercial real estate loans to CCRE, opportunities for real estate investment, broker or leasing services to our NKF business, and opportunities for government sponsored loan originations to our Berkeley Point business.

Due Diligence and Underwriting. We provide commercial real estate due diligence consulting and advisory services to a variety of clients, including lenders, investment banks and investors. Our core competencies include

 

140


Table of Contents

underwriting, modeling, structuring, due diligence and asset management. We also offer clients cost-effective and flexible staffing solutions through both on-site and off-site teams. We believe that this business line gives us another way to cross-sell services to our clients.

Real Estate Occupier Services and Products

Tenant Representation Leasing. We represent commercial tenants in all aspects of the leasing process, including space acquisition and disposition, strategic planning, site selection, financial and market analysis, economic incentives analysis, lease negotiations, lease auditing and project management. We assist clients by defining space requirements, identifying suitable alternatives, recommending appropriate occupancy solutions, negotiating lease and ownership terms with landlords and reducing real estate costs for clients through analyzing, structuring and negotiating business and economic incentives. Fees are generally earned when a lease is signed and/or the tenant takes occupancy of the space. In many cases, landlords are responsible for paying the fees. We use innovative technology and data to provide tenants with an advantage in negotiating leases, which has contributed to our market share gains. In 2016, we completed U.S. leasing transactions (including agency leasing) covering more than 140 million square feet.

Workplace and Occupancy Strategy. We provide services to help organizations understand their current workplace standards and develop plans and policies to optimize their real estate footprint. We offer a multi-faceted consulting service underpinned by robust data and technology.

Global Corporate Services (“GCS”) and Consulting. GCS is our consulting and services business that focuses on reducing occupancy expense and improving efficiency for corporate real estate occupiers, with large, often multi-national presence. We provide beginning-to-end corporate real estate solutions for clients. GCS makes its clients more profitable by optimizing real estate usage, reducing overall corporate footprint, and improving work flow and human capital efficiency through large scale data analysis and our industry-leading technology. We offer global enterprise optimization, asset strategy, transaction services, information management, an operational technology product and transactional and operational consulting. Our consultants provide expertise in financial integration, portfolio strategy, location strategy and optimization, workplace strategies, workflow and business process improvement, merger and acquisition integration, and industrial consulting. We utilize a variety of advanced technology tools to facilitate the provision of transaction and management services to our clients. For example, our innovative VISION tool provides data integration, analysis and reporting, as well as the capability to analyze potential “what if” scenarios to support client decision making. VISION is a scalable and modular enterprise solution that serves as an integrated database and process flow tool supporting the commercial real estate cycle. Our VISION tool combines the best analytical tools available and allows the client to realize a highly accelerated implementation timeline at a reduced cost. We believe we have achieved more than $3 billion in savings for our clients to date, including a Fortune 100 Industrial company with a global portfolio of 37 million square feet in over 1,300 locations and a $200 million total real estate and facilities spend, for which we provided $75 million in total savings.

We provide real estate strategic consulting and systems integration services to CFI’s global clients including many Fortune 500 and Forbes Global 2000 companies, owner-occupiers, government agencies, healthcare and higher education clients. We also provide enterprise asset management information consulting and technology solutions which can yield hundreds of millions of dollars in cost-savings for its client base on an annual basis. The relationships developed through the software implementation at corporate clients lead to many opportunities for us to deliver additional services. We also provide consulting services through our GCS business. These services include operations consulting related to financial integration, portfolio strategy, location strategy and optimization, workplace strategies, workflow and business process improvement, merger and acquisition integration and industrial consulting. Fees for these services are on a negotiated basis and are often part of a multi-year services agreement. Fees may be contingent on meeting certain financial or savings objectives with incentives for exceeding agreed upon targets.

 

141


Table of Contents

Technology. GCS has upgraded and improved upon various technologies offered in the Real Estate field combining our technological specialties and our creative core of development within our GCS platform. We believe this technology to be a differentiator in the market and is in the first phase of our plan of continued innovations. This technology is currently being offered, and rolled out, to some of the world’s largest corporations. Delivering best-in-class technology solutions to occupiers of real estate will allow us an opportunity to add value to our clients and allow us to realize additional revenue growth through other GCS services such as lease administration, facilities management and tenant representation, as well as capital market transactions for owner-occupiers of real estate.

Reoccurring Revenue Streams. Today’s clients are focused on corporate governance, consistency in service delivery, centralization of the real estate function and procurement. Clients are also less focused on transaction-based outcomes and more focused on overall results, savings, efficiencies and optimization of their overall business objectives. GCS was specifically designed to meet these objectives. GCS is often hired to solve business problems, not “real estate” problems.

GCS provides a unique lens into the corporate real estate (which we refer to as “CRE”) outsourcing industry and offers a unique way to win business. Whether a client currently manages its corporate real estate function in-house (insource) or has engaged an external provider (outsource), GCS drives value by securing accounts that are first generation outsource or by gaining outsourced market share.

GCS provides a recurring revenue stream via entering into multi-year contracts that provide repeatable transaction work, as opposed to one-off engagements in specific markets.

GCS increases value for the overall organization via multiple channels:

 

    Multiplying “transactionable” revenue for the firm across all locations in a client’s total real estate portfolio (i.e., involvement in transactions for hundreds to thousands of assets versus one transaction for a single asset).

 

    Leveraging our position as a trusted advisor to route business to other non-related divisions of overall organization (e.g., capital markets).

 

    Amplifying business generation via large corporate procurement-driven efforts that involve harnessing the enterprise-wide spend for business-to-business / reciprocal business opportunities.

As a result of our GCS business, we have been named a “Leader” by The International Association of Outsourcing Professionals (which we refer to as the “IAOP”) in its prestigious annual Global Outsourcing 100 list for 2015, which identifies the world’s best outsourcing providers across all industries. In recognition of the success of our GCS platform, we have been named in the IAOP Global Outsourcing 100 six times in the past seven years. With the development of our GCS technologies, we were also ranked among InformationWeek’s 500 for “Business Technology Innovators” for five consecutive years.

In addition to the direct value that GCS creates for its clients, for our overall organization and for our brand within the industry, there is inherent value in GCS as a driver of innovation and thought leadership. GCS is comprised of subject matter experts and CRE leaders, and we generate strategic value by speaking at and hosting industry-related panels at CoreNet Global as well as the World Economic Forum and by publishing content to market. Also, the implementation of our Certified Advisor Program and internal GCS summits feature workshops, sessions and other activities designed to share key information, lessons learned and share best practices, all with the goal of improving service across all accounts.

Project Management. We provide a variety of services to tenants and owners of self-occupied spaces. These include conversion management, move management, construction management and strategic occupancy planning services. These services may be provided in connection with a discrete tenant representation lease or on a contractual basis across a corporate client’s portfolio. Fees are generally determined on a negotiated basis and earned when the project is complete.

 

142


Table of Contents

Real Estate and Lease Administration. We manage leases for our clients for a fee, which is generally on a per lease basis. As of June 30, 2017, we have more than 20,000 leases under management. We also perform lease audits and certain accounting functions related to the leases. Our lease administration services include critical date management, rent processing and rent payments. These services provide additional insight into a client’s real estate portfolio, which allows us to deliver significant value back to the client through provision of additional services, such as tenant representation, project management and consulting assignments, to minimize leasing and occupancy costs. For large occupier clients, our real estate technology enables them to access and manage their complete portfolio of real estate assets. We offer clients a fully integrated user-focused technology product designed to help them efficiently manage their real estate costs and assets.

Facilities Management. We manage a broad range of properties on behalf of users of commercial real estate, including headquarters, facilities and office space, for a broad cross section of companies, including Fortune 500 and Forbes Global 2000 companies. We manage the day-to-day operations and maintenance for urban and suburban commercial properties of most types, including office, industrial, data centers, healthcare, retail, call centers, urban towers, suburban campuses, and landmark buildings. Facilities management services may also include facility audits and reviews, energy management services, janitorial services, mechanical services, bill payment, maintenance, project management, and moving management. While facility management contracts are typically three to five years in duration, they may be terminated on relatively short notice periods. Our facilities management services cover more than 250,000 work orders annually.

Industry Overview

According to IBISWorld and Newmark research estimates, the commercial real estate services industry presents an annual global revenue opportunity of greater than $200 billion. Less than 15% of this revenue is currently serviced by the top six global commercial real estate brokerage and service companies (by revenue). This more than $200 billion addressable market includes the large majority of companies and landlords that have not yet outsourced some or all of their commercial real estate functions. We believe that we will benefit from the long-term trend of owners and occupiers outsourcing their real estate-related functions to companies like ours who have the scope and scale to provide higher quality service at a lower cost. We also believe that a significant portion of the global revenue opportunity consists of smaller and regional companies. Over the last several years, Newmark and our peers have acquired a number of smaller and local commercial real estate services firms, and we believe this trend towards industry consolidation will continue as large users and owners of commercial real estate continue to see the benefits of being serviced by larger, integrated providers such as ourselves.

We are also positioned to provide services for the approximately 80% of this market that we believe does not outsource any or all of their real estate functions. We provide technology solutions for companies that self-manage, offering them visibility into their real estate data and tools to become more efficient. This embedded technology also provides the opportunity to offer consulting and execute other transactions for these occupier and landlord clients through GCS and other divisions.

As sovereign and investment grade bond yields remain near historic lows, the attractive returns on real estate are causing institutional investors of all types to further increase the percentage of their portfolios in real estate-related assets. These historically low global interest rates have driven global investors into the U.S. commercial real estate asset class, and such increase helps drive the growth of our capital markets business and drives growth from clients via our investment sales, agency lending and commercial mortgage platforms.

According to our research, the total value of global commercial real estate assets was estimated to be over $20 trillion at the end of 2016. According to CoStar’s Value-Weighted U.S. Composite Index, average commercial real estate prices were up by 5.4% year-over-year as of June 30, 2017. In addition, based on a report from Real Capital Analytics (which we refer to as “RCA”), property sales in the commercial real estate sector for properties priced at $2.5 million and above reached nearly $500 billion in 2016. This represents a CAGR of approximately 16% over the last five calendar years, and is the third best year on record by value of property

 

143


Table of Contents

sales. Although according to RCA sales volumes have declined 7% year over year in the first half of 2017 and were down 9% in full year 2016, our capital markets revenues increased by 20% and 26% year-on-year in the first half of 2017 and full year 2016, respectively. Our outperformance and market share gains in investment sales were driven mainly by our continued hiring of industry-leading front office staff and strong improvement in our brokers’ productivity.

In the multifamily lending market, where we operate through our Berkeley Point platform, overall market trends have also been positive. According to the Mortgage Bankers Association, which we refer to as “MBA,” total multifamily loan originations by all lenders were approximately $260 billion in 2016, an increase of 4% over 2015. Loans eligible for purchase by GSEs and the FHA drove much of that origination growth, with GSE and FHA multifamily loan originations increasing by approximately 11% in 2016 to $122 billion from 2015. Growth has continued in 2017 with overall multifamily originations up 18% year-on-year for the six months ended June 30, 2017, and GSE originations up 29% over the same period, all according to the MBA. In comparison, our GSE origination volume increased by approximately 70%, and our gains from mortgage banking activities, net, increased by 61% for the six months ended June 30, 2017, both compared with the prior year period. We expect to continue to gain market share as we invest in the growth of our business and leverage our relationship with the top multi-family investment sales businesses in the United States.

According to our research, the combined average vacancy rate for the primary property types, including office, industrial, and retail properties, ended the second quarter of 2017 at 7.8%, a slight improvement versus 7.9% a year earlier, marking 29 consecutive quarters of year-over-year improving average vacancy rates. Rents for most property types in the United States also continued to increase modestly, while overall leasing activity was relatively flat according to our research. Our leasing and other commissions revenues outpaced the overall market in the first half of 2017 with a year-over-year increase of 18%.

Industry Trends and Opportunity

We expect the following industry and macroeconomic trends to impact our market opportunity:

Large and Highly Fragmented Market. The commercial real estate services industry is a more than $200 billion global revenue market of which we believe a significant portion currently resides with smaller and regional companies. Less than 15% of the revenue in the commercial real estate market is currently serviced by the top six global firms (by revenue), leaving a large opportunity for us to reach clients serviced by the large number of fragmented smaller and regional companies. We believe that clients increasingly value full service real estate service providers with comprehensive capabilities and multi-jurisdictional reach. We believe this will provide a competitive advantage for us as we have full service capabilities to service both real estate owners and occupiers.

Trend Toward Outsourcing of Commercial Real Estate Services. Outsourcing of real estate-related services has reduced both property owner and tenant costs, which has spurred additional demand for real estate. We believe that the global revenue opportunity includes a large percentage of companies and landlords that have not yet outsourced their commercial real estate functions, including many functions offered by our management services businesses. Large corporations are focused on consistency in service delivery and centralization of the real estate function and procurement to maximize cost savings and efficiencies in their real estate portfolios. This focus tends to lead them to choose full-service providers like Newmark, where customers can centralize service delivery and maximize cost reductions. Our GCS business was specifically designed to meet these objectives through the development of high value-add client-embedded technology, expert consultants and transaction execution. Additionally, we believe that approximately 80% of property owners and occupiers do not outsource and we consult with them and implement software to facilitate self-management more efficiently. This technology produces licensing and consulting revenues, allows us to engage further with these clients and positions us for opportunities to provide transaction and management services to fulfill their needs.

Increasing Institutional Investor Demand in Commercial Real Estate. Institutions investing in real estate often compare their returns on investments in real estate to the underlying interest rates in order to allocate their

 

144


Table of Contents

investments. The continued low interest rate environment around the world and appealing spreads have attracted significant additional investment by the portfolios of sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, pension and mutual funds, and other institutional investors, leading to an increased percentage of direct and indirect ownership of real-estate related assets over time. The target allocation to real estate by all institutional investors globally has increased from 3.7% of their overall portfolios in 1990 to over 10% in 2017, according to figures from Preqin Real Estate Online, Cornell University’s Baker Program in Real Estate and Hodes Weill & Associates. We expect this positive allocation trend to continue to benefit our capital markets, services, and GSE lending businesses.

Significant Levels of Commercial Mortgage Debt Outstanding and Upcoming Maturities. With $3.1 trillion in U.S. mortgage debt outstanding, 61% of which is commercial mortgage debt according to our research, and a substantial volume of near term maturities, we see opportunities in our commercial mortgage brokerage businesses and our GSE lending units. Sustained low interest rates typically stimulate our capital markets business, where demand is often dependent on attractive all-in borrowing rates versus asset yields. U.S. and global interest rates have remained at historically low levels for a number of years. For example, the 10-year Treasury yield ended the second quarter of 2017 at 2.31%, well below their historical average. As of June 30, 2017, 10-year government bond yields were even lower for most developed countries. We expect interest rates to slowly and steadily rise over the next three to five years. We expect our capital markets and GSE lending businesses to continue to outperform the overall industry over the coming years, and because of our diversified mix of businesses, as well as our strong track record of adding industry-leading talent and improving revenue per producer, we expect to grow faster than the overall industry in any macroeconomic environment.

Favorable Multifamily Demographics Driving Growth in GSE Lending and Multifamily Sales. Delayed marriages, an aging population and immigration to the United States are among the factors increasing demand for new apartment living, which, according to a recent study commissioned by the National Multifamily Housing Council (which we refer to as the “NMHC”) and the National Apartment Association (which we refer to as the “NAA”), is expected to reach 4.6 million new apartments by 2030, with total demand for rental housing expected to increase by nearly 10 million units by 2030. The NMHC estimates that 325,000 new apartments must be built annually through 2030 to meet new demand. Additionally, according to the MBA, multifamily loan originations by all lenders increased to $260 billion in 2016, a CAGR of over 15% from 2014 to 2016, while GSE originations increased by a 29% CAGR. We expect these trends will support continued growth for our multifamily business platform, which provides integrated investment sales capabilities through ARA and GSE lending and servicing capabilities through Berkeley Point and our mortgage brokerage business.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths differentiate us from competitors and will help us enhance our position as a leading commercial real estate services provider:

Full Service Capabilities. We provide a fully integrated real estate services platform to meet the needs of our clients and seek to provide beginning-to-end corporate services to each client. These services include leasing, investment sales, mortgage brokerage, property management, facility management, multifamily GSE lending, loan servicing, advisory and consulting, appraisal, property and development services and embedded technological solutions to support their activities and allow them to comprehensively manage their real estate assets. Through our investment in Real Estate Newco (see “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—BP Transaction Agreement and Real Estate Newco Limited Partnership Agreement”), we are able to provide clients access to nonagency lending investment management, and other real-estate related offerings. Today’s clients are focused on consistency of service delivery, centralization of the real estate function and procurement, resulting in savings and efficiencies by allowing them to focus on their core competencies. Our target clients increasingly award business to full-service commercial real estate services firms, a trend which benefits our business over a number of our competitors. Additionally, our full service capabilities afford us an advantage when competing for business from clients who are outsourcing real estate services for the first time, as

 

145


Table of Contents

well as clients seeking best in class technology solutions. We believe that our comprehensive, top-down approach to commercial real estate services has allowed our revenue sources to become well-diversified across services and into key markets throughout North America.

Proven Ability to Hire and Acquire. We believe we have an exceptional ability to identify, acquire or hire, and integrate high-performing companies and individuals. Since our acquisition by BGC in 2011, we have meaningfully expanded our capabilities, become a full-service commercial real estate services firm and increased our revenue-generating headcount from approximately 400 to approximately 1,500 and number of offices from approximately 40 to approximately 120. This growth is underpinned by our ability to attract and retain top talent in the industry. Many high performing professionals are attracted to our technology capabilities, entrepreneurial culture, emphasis on cross-selling and unique partnership structure. This unique partnership structure allows acquirees the ability to contribute the value of their business to, and receive earnings from, our partnership. We also have a successful track record of acquisitions, and have completed over 35 since 2011, including leading brokerage firms in such dynamic markets as San Francisco/Silicon Valley, Denver, Philadelphia, Houston, Dallas and Atlanta. Outside of the United States, we recently acquired a full-service real estate firm in Mexico City, a significant commercial real estate market. We expect our ability to make accretive acquisitions and hires to be significantly enhanced through the use of our standalone equity currency after the completion of this offering.

Deeply Embedded, Industry-Leading Technology. Our advanced technology differentiates us in the marketplace by harnessing the scale and scope of our data derived from billions of square feet of leased real estate. Our technology platform is led by our innovative VISION product. This software combines powerful business intelligence, reporting and analytics, allowing clients to more efficiently manage their real estate portfolios. Our N360 custom mobile tools provide our clients access to our research, demographics and notifications about various property related events. Our technology provides to our clients data consolidated across tenant/owner information, historical leasing data, listings data, investment sales data, procurement data, research and debt all in one place. We provide this robust real estate information platform with 3-D visualizations, enriched property market data powered by analytics engines and our powerful real estate data warehouse. This allows us to facilitate more timely dissemination of critical real estate information to our clients and professionals spread throughout a diverse array of markets. In addition to generating revenue from software licenses and user agreements, we believe our technology solutions encourage customers to use Newmark to execute capital markets and leasing transactions, as well as other recurring services. To maintain our competitive advantage in the marketplace, we employ approximately 200 dedicated, in-house technology professionals and consultants who continue to improve existing software products as well as develop new innovations. We will continue to aggressively develop and invest in technology with innovations in this area, which we believe will drive the future of real estate corporate outsourcing.

Strong and Diversified Client Relationships. We have long-standing relationships with many of the world’s largest commercial property owners, real estate developers and investors, as well as Fortune 500 and Forbes Global 2000 companies. We are able to provide beginning-to-end corporate services solutions for our clients through GCS. This allows us to generate more recurring and predictable revenues as we generally have multi-year contracts to provide services, including repeatable transaction work, lease administration, project management, facilities management and consulting. In capital markets, we provide real estate investors and owners with property management and agency leasing during their ownership and assist them with maximizing their return on real estate investments through investment sales, debt and equity financing, lending and valuation and appraisal services and real estate technology solutions. We believe that the many touch points we have with our clients gives us a competitive advantage in terms of client-specific and overall industry knowledge, while also giving us an opportunity to cross-sell our various offerings to provide maximum value to our customers.

Strong Financial Position to Support High Growth. We generate significant earnings and strong and consistent cash flow that we expect to fuel our future growth. For the 12-month period ended June 30, 2017, we generated revenues of $1.5 billion, representing year-over-year growth of approximately 21%. We intend to maintain a strong balance sheet and our separation from BGC Partners will provide us with a “pure play” and

 

146


Table of Contents

more effective acquisition currency through our listed equity securities that will allow us to continue to grow our market share as we accretively acquire companies, develop and invest in technology and add top talent across our platform. Further, we believe that our capital position will be strengthened by our expected receipt of up to 10.9 million Nasdaq shares to be paid ratably over approximately 11 years in connection with the eSpeed sale (see “Business—Nasdaq Transaction.”). We expect the Nasdaq payment to provide approximately $75 million of pre-tax earnings and cash flow annually during this period, based on the last reported sale price of one Nasdaq share on October 11, 2017. With our strong balance sheet and standalone equity currency, we will be well positioned to make future hires and acquisitions and to profitably grow our market share.

Partnership Structure Yields Multiple Benefits. We believe that our unique partnership structure provides us with numerous competitive advantages. Unlike our peers, a large percentage of our key executives and revenue-generating employees and contractors have sizable equity stakes. We believe this aligns our employees and management with shareholders and encourages a collaborative culture that drives cross-selling and improves revenue growth. Additionally, our partnership structure reduces recruitment costs by encouraging retention, as equity stakes are subject to redemption or forfeiture in the event that employees leave the firm to compete with Newmark. Additionally, our partnership structure is tax efficient for employees and our public shareholders. We believe that this structure, which will be enhanced by our standalone equity currency, promotes an entrepreneurial culture that, along with our strong platform, enables us to attract key producers in key markets and services.

Strong and Experienced Management Team. We have dozens of executives and senior managers who have significant experience with building and growing industry-leading businesses and creating significant value for stakeholders. Management is heavily invested in Newmark’s success, supporting strong alignment with shareholders. We believe our deep bench of talent will allow us to significantly increase the scale of Newmark as we continue to invest in our platforms. Our Chairman, Howard Lutnick, has more than 34 years of financial industry experience at BGC Partners and Cantor. He was instrumental in the founding of eSpeed in 1996, its IPO in 1999, and its merger with and into BGC Partners in 2008. In 2013, he negotiated the sale of eSpeed, which generated just under $100 million in annual revenues, to Nasdaq, Inc. (which we refer to as “Nasdaq”) for over $1.2 billion. See “Business—Nasdaq Transaction.” Barry Gosin has served as Chief Executive Officer of Newmark since 1979 and has successfully guided the Company’s significant expansion since 2011. Mr. Gosin spearheaded our merger with BGC Partners in 2011, and has received the Real Estate Board of New York’s “Most Ingenious Deal of the Year” award on three separate occasions. In addition, James Ficarro, our Chief Operating Officer, and Michael Rispoli, our Chief Financial Officer, along with our other senior management, collectively have decades of experience in the financial and real estate services industries.

Our Differentiated Business Growth Strategy

Set forth below are the key components of our differentiated business growth strategy:

Profitably Hire Top Talent and Accretively Acquire Complementary Businesses. Building on our management team’s proven track record, our unique partnership structure, our high-growth platform and our standalone equity currency, we intend to opportunistically hire additional producers and acquire other firms, services and products to strengthen and enhance our broad suite of offerings. We expect this growth to deepen our presence in our existing markets and expand our ability to service existing and new clients.

Incentivize and Retain Top Talent Using Our Partnership Structure. Unlike our peers, virtually all of our top producers and a majority of our employees have sizeable partnership or equity stakes in our company and receive deferred equity or BGC Holdings units as part of their compensation. Approximately one-third of BGC Partners’ fully diluted shares were owned by executives, partners and employees of BGC Partners as of June 30, 2017. We believe that following this offering, a similarly high percentage of Newmark’s fully diluted shares will be owned by our executives, partners and employees over time. Our unique partnership structure, and our standalone equity currency, will enable us to motivate and retain our best producers more effectively than our peers in the key markets and services that are critical to our growth. Our ownership stakes, retention tools and partnership structure, together with the creation of Newmark equity solely linked to our business, will more strongly align our employee interests with those of our stockholders, and provide effective tools to recruit, motivate and retain our key employees and independent contractors.

 

147


Table of Contents

Actively Cross-Sell Services to Increase Revenue and Expand Margins. We expect the combination of our services and products to generate substantial revenue synergies across our platforms, increase revenues per producer and expand margins. We believe cross-selling opportunities contributed to our 23% increase in revenue per producer in the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared with the prior year period. To complement and drive future growth opportunities within our GCS business, we are leveraging our capabilities in providing innovative front-end real estate technology solutions to complement and cross-sell other corporate services to those clients, including leasing services, project management, facilities management and lease administration services. Furthermore, the combination of Berkeley Point as a leading multifamily origination provider with ARA, our top-three multifamily investment sales business, and Newmark’s fast growing commercial mortgage business is an opportunity for strong loan originations and cross-selling opportunities across the multifamily market. We expect revenues to increase as Berkeley Point begins to capture a greater portion of financings on ARA’s investment sales transactions.

Utilize Our Technology to Provide Value and Deepen Relationships with Clients. We believe owners and occupiers of commercial real estate are increasingly focused on improving their efficiency, cost reduction and outsourcing of non-core real estate competencies. Through the use of our innovative technology and consulting services, we help clients become more efficient in their commercial real estate activities, and thus realize additional profit. We will continue to provide technology solutions for companies that self-manage, offering them visibility into their real estate data and tools to better manage their real estate utilization and spend. For instance, we are well positioned to provide technology services for the approximately 80% of the market that we believe does not outsource their real estate functions. The deep insight into our clients that we gain through our data and technology will provide us with opportunities to cross-sell consulting and transaction services.

Maximize Recurring and Other Revenue Opportunity from Each Service Offering to Real Estate Owners. We drive growth throughout the life cycle of each commercial real estate asset by providing best-in-class investment sales, debt and equity financing, agency leasing and property management. Our product offerings often create recurring revenues from properties, in particular with respect to property management, where the average life of our properties under management exceeds five years, and our servicing portfolio of $58.2 billion that has an average life of eight years at June 30, 2017. Our multifamily investment sales business and our commercial mortgage brokerage business also drive revenue, through referrals, to our GSE lending business. And we have also begun a meaningful expansion of our valuation and appraisal business, which we expect to spur significant growth and complement our platforms supporting the buying and selling of commercial real estate.

Opportunity to Grow Global Footprint. In 2016, less than 1% of our revenues were from international sources, while our largest, full-service, U.S.-listed competitors earned approximately 40-50% of their 2016 revenues outside the U.S., excluding investment management. We believe that our successful history of acquiring businesses across the U.S. and in making profitable hires across our business lines demonstrates our ability to increase revenues in the U.S. and grow substantially through acquisition and hiring globally. Currently, we facilitate servicing our clients’ needs outside of the Americas through our alliance with London-based Knight Frank LLP (which we refer to as “Knight Frank”). We believe that we have a substantial opportunity to grow in the U.S. and internationally across leasing, investment sales, mortgage brokerage, property management, facilities management, loan servicing, advisory and consulting, appraisal, property and development services.

Nasdaq Transaction

On June 28, 2013, BGC Partners sold eSpeed to Nasdaq in the Nasdaq Transaction. The total consideration paid or payable by Nasdaq included an earn-out of up to 14,883,705 shares of common stock of Nasdaq to be paid ratably over 15 years after the closing of the Nasdaq Transaction, provided that Nasdaq produces at least $25 million in gross revenues for the applicable year. Nasdaq has recorded more than $2.4 billion in gross revenues for each of the last 11 calendar years and generated gross revenues of approximately $3.7 billion in 2016. As of June 30, 2017, 3,968,988 shares of common stock of Nasdaq have been received by BGC Partners. The economic impact of such shares that have already been received by BGC Partners will remain with BGC

 

148


Table of Contents

Partners following the separation. We expect that the right to receive the remainder of the Nasdaq payment will have been transferred from BGC Partners to us prior to the completion of this offering. We expect to receive up to approximately 10.9 million Nasdaq shares over time, which were valued at over $                million based on the closing price of a share of common stock of Nasdaq on                . We expect our future results to include the additional approximately 10.9 million Nasdaq shares to be received over time. We believe that the inclusion of the Nasdaq payment in our results will be beneficial to us because it will give us additional funds that we may use to profitably hire and make accretive acquisitions and thus profitably grow our market share.

Our Knight Frank Partnership

We offer services to clients on a global basis. In 2005, we partnered with London-based Knight Frank in order to enhance our ability to provide best-in-class local service to our clients, throughout the world. Knight Frank is a leading independent, global real estate services firm providing integrated prime and commercial real estate services and operates in over 200 key office hubs across Europe, the Middle East, Asia, Australia and Africa. Outside of the Americas, we collaborate with Knight Frank to ensure that our clients have access to local expertise and to highly-skilled professionals in the locales where they choose to transact. We expect that our cross-selling efforts with Knight Frank will lead to continued growth, particularly as our growing capital markets business increases its penetration with foreign investors.

While we have the right to expand our international operations, we may be subject to certain short-term contractual restrictions due to our existing agreement with Knight Frank, which, unless extended, expires on December 31, 2017. The agreement restricts the parties from operating a competing commercial real estate business in the other party’s areas of responsibility. Our areas of responsibility are North America and South America. Knight Frank’s areas of responsibility are the Asia-Pacific region, Europe, the Middle East and Africa.

Our Domestic and Latin American Real Estate Services Alliances

In certain smaller markets in the United States and elsewhere in the Americas in which we do not maintain owned offices, we have agreements in place to operate on a collaborative and cross-referral basis with certain independently-owned offices in return for contractual and referral fees paid to us and/or certain mutually beneficial co-branding and other business arrangements. We do not derive a significant portion of our revenue from these relationships. These independently owned offices generally use some variation of our branding in their names and marketing materials. These agreements are normally multi-year contracts, and generally provide for mutual referrals in their respective markets, generating additional contract and brokerage fees. Through these independently-owned offices, our clients have access to additional brokers with local market research capabilities as well as other commercial real estate services in locations where our business does not have a physical presence.

Industry Recognition

As a result of our experienced management team’s ability to skillfully grow the Company, we have become a nationally recognized brand. Over the past several years, we have consistently won a number of U.S. industry awards and accolades, been ranked highly by third-party sources and significantly increased our rankings, which we believe reflects recognition of our performance and achievements. For example:

 

    Ranked #4 Top Brokers in sales of Office Properties, Real Estate Alert, First Half 2017, up from #17 in 2010, the year before the Company was acquired by BGC;

 

    Ranked #3 Top Brokerage Firm, Commercial Property Executive, 2017;

 

    Ranked #4 Top Brokerage Firm, National Real Estate Investor, 2016;

 

    Ranked #4 multifamily Fannie Mae DUS lender for 2016 by the Mortgage Bankers Association, up from #9 in 2013, the year before we acquired this business;

 

149


Table of Contents
    Ranked #5 multifamily Freddie Mac lender in 2016 by the Mortgage Bankers Association, up from #10 in 2013, the year before we acquired this business;

 

    Ranked #2 Top Brokers of Multihousing Properties, ARA, a Newmark Company, Real Estate Alert, First Half 2017;

 

    Ranked #3 Best Commercial Real Estate Tenant Representation Firm, New York Law Journal, 2016; also ranked #2 Best Commercial Real Estate Property Management Firm, New York Law Journal, 2016;

 

    Ranked #5 Top Brokerage Firm, Commercial Property Executive, 2016;

 

    Ranked #3 New York’s Largest Commercial Property Managers, Crain’s New York Business, 2016;

 

    Ranked Top 100 Global Outsourcing Firms, International Association of Outsourcing Professionals, 2017;

 

    Winner of 12 REBNY Deal of the Year Awards in the last 12 Years, Real Estate Board of New York or Winner of REBNY 2015 Most Ingenious Deal of the Year Award and 2015 Most Ingenious Retail Deal of the Year Award;

 

    Ranked #2 Commercial Real Estate Firms, Newmark Cornish & Carey, Silicon Valley Business Journal, 2017; and

 

    Ranked #6 of the Top 25 in Sales Volume, Real Capital Analytics Survey, 2016, up from #21 in 2010, the year before the Company was acquired by BGC.

Clients

Our clients include a full range of real estate owners, occupiers, tenants, investors, lenders and multi-national corporations in numerous markets, including office, retail, industrial, multifamily, student housing, hotels, data center, healthcare, self-storage, land, condominium conversions, subdivisions and special use. Our clients vary greatly in size and complexity, and include for-profit and non-profit entities, governmental entities and public and private companies. For the year ended December 31, 2016, our top 10 clients, collectively, accounted for approximately 6% of our total revenue on a consolidated basis, and our largest client accounted for less than 1% of our total revenue on a consolidated basis.

Sales and Marketing

We seek to develop our brand and to highlight its expansive platform while reinforcing our position as a leading commercial real estate services firm in the United States through national brand and corporate marketing, local marketing of specific product lines and targeted broker marketing efforts.

National Brand and Corporate Marketing

At a national level, we utilize media relations, industry sponsorships and sales collateral and targeted advertising in trade and business publications to develop and market our brand. We believe that our emphasis on our unique capabilities enables us to demonstrate our strengths and differentiate ourselves from our competitors. Our multi-market business groups provide customized collateral, website and technology solutions that address specific client needs.

Local Product Line Marketing and Targeted Broker Efforts

On a local level, our offices (including those owned by us and independently owned offices) have access to tools and templates that provide our sales professionals with the market knowledge we believe is necessary to educate and advise clients, and also to bring properties to market quickly and effectively. These tools and

 

150


Table of Contents

templates include proprietary research and analyses, web-based marketing systems and ongoing communications and training about our depth and breadth of services. Our sales professionals use these local and national resources to participate directly in selling to, advising and servicing clients. We provide marketing services and materials to certain independently owned offices as part of an overall agreement allowing them to use our branding. We also benefit from shared referrals and materials from local offices.

Additionally, we invest in and rely on comprehensive research to support and guide the development of real estate and investment strategy for our clients. Research plays a key role in keeping colleagues throughout the organization attuned to important trends and changing conditions in world markets. We disseminate this information internally and externally directly to prospective clients and the marketplace through the company website. We believe that our investments in research and technology are critical to establishing our brand as a thought leader and expert in real estate-related matters and provide a key sales and marketing differentiator.

Intellectual Property

We regard our technology and intellectual property rights, including our brands, as a critical part of our business. We hold various trademarks, trade dress and trade names and rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark, service mark and trade secret laws, as well as contractual restrictions, to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. We own numerous domain names and have registered numerous trademarks and/or service marks in the United States and foreign countries. We have a number of pending patent applications relating to the product of our thought leadership. We will continue to file additional patent applications on new inventions, as appropriate, demonstrating our commitment to technology and innovation. Although we believe our intellectual property rights play a role in maintaining our competitive position in a number of the markets that we serve, we do not believe we would be materially adversely affected by the expiration or termination of our trademarks or trade names or the loss of any of our other intellectual property rights. Our trademark registrations must be renewed periodically, and in most jurisdictions, every 10 years.

Competition

We compete across a variety of business disciplines within the commercial real estate industry, including commercial property and corporate facilities management, owner-occupier, property and agency leasing, property sales, valuation, capital markets (equity and debt) solutions, GSE lending and loan servicing and development services. Each business discipline is highly competitive on a local, regional, national and global level. Depending on the geography, property type or service, we compete with other commercial real estate service providers, including outsourcing companies that traditionally competed in limited portions of our real estate management services business and have recently expanded their offerings. These competitors include companies such as Aramark, ISS A/S and ABM Industries. We also compete with in-house corporate real estate departments, developers, institutional lenders, insurance companies, investment banking firms, investment managers and accounting and consulting firms in various parts of our business. Despite recent consolidation, the commercial real estate services industry remains highly fragmented and competitive. Although many of our competitors are local or regional firms that are smaller than us, some of these competitors are more entrenched than us on a local or regional basis. We are also subject to competition from other large multi-national firms that have similar service competencies to ours, including CBRE Group, Inc., Jones Lang LaSalle Inc., Cushman & Wakefield (majority-owned by TPG Capital), Savills Studley, Inc. and Colliers International Group, Inc. In addition, more specialized firms like HFF, Inc., Marcus & Millichap Inc., Eastdil Secured LLC (part of Wells Fargo & Company) and Walker & Dunlop compete with us in certain service lines.

Seasonality

Due to the strong desire of many market participants to close real estate transactions prior to the end of a calendar year, our business exhibits certain seasonality, with our revenue tending to be lowest in the first quarter and strongest in the fourth quarter. For the full year ended 2016, we earned 20% of our revenues in the first quarter and 29% of our revenues in the fourth quarter.

 

151


Table of Contents

Partnership Overview

We believe that our partnership structure is one of the unique strengths of our business. We expect many of our key brokers, salespeople and other professionals to have their own capital invested in our business, aligning their interests with those of our stockholders. As of the completion of this offering, we will be the general partner of Newmark Holdings and limited partnership interests in Newmark Holdings will consist of: (i) a special voting limited partnership interest held by us; (ii) exchangeable limited partnership interests held by Cantor; (iii) founding/working partner interests held by founding/working partners; (iv) limited partnership units, which consist of a variety of units that are generally held by employees such as REUs, RPUs, PSUs, PSIs, PSEs, LPUs, APSUs, APSIs, AREUs, ARPUs and NPSUs; and (v) Preferred Units, which are working partner interests that may be awarded to holders of, or contemporaneous with, the grant of REUs, RPUs, PSUs, PSIs, PSEs, LPUs, APSUs, APSIs, AREUs, ARPUs and NPSUs. See “Structure of Newmark.”

We believe that our partnership structure will be an effective tool in recruiting, motivating and retaining key employees. We expect many brokers to be attracted by the opportunity to become partners because the partnership agreement will generally entitle partners to quarterly distributions of income from the partnership. While Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests will generally entitle our partners to participate in distributions of income from the operations of our business, upon leaving Newmark Holdings (or upon any other redemption or purchase of such limited partnership interests), any such partners will only be entitled to receive over time, and provided he or she does not violate certain partner obligations, an amount for his or her Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests that reflects such partner’s capital account or compensatory grant awards, excluding any goodwill or going concern value of our business unless Cantor, in the case of the founding partners, and we, as the general partner of Newmark Holdings, otherwise determine. Our partners will be able to receive the right to exchange their Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests for shares of our Class A common stock (if, in the case of founding partners, Cantor so determines and, in the case of working partners and limited partnership unit holders, we, as the Newmark Holdings general partner, with Cantor’s consent, determine otherwise) and thereby realize any higher value associated with our Class A common stock. We believe that, having invested in us, partners feel a sense of responsibility for the health and performance of our business and have a strong incentive to maximize our revenues and profitability. See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Relationship with BGC Partners, Cantor and Their Respective Affiliates.”

Relationship with BGC Partners and Cantor

See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Relationship with BGC Partners, Cantor and Their Respective Affiliates.”

Regulation

The brokerage of real estate sales and leasing transactions, property and facilities management, conducting real estate valuation and securing debt for clients, among other business lines, also require that we comply with regulations affecting the real estate industry and maintain licenses in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Like other market participants that operate in numerous jurisdictions and in various business lines, we must comply with numerous regulatory regimes.

We could be required to pay fines, return commissions, have a license suspended or revoked, or be subject to other adverse action if we conduct regulated activities without a license or violate applicable rules and regulations. Licensing requirements could also impact our ability to engage in certain types of transactions, change the way in which we conduct business or affect the cost of conducting business. We and our licensed associates may be subject to various obligations and we could become subject to claims by regulators and/or participants in real estate sales or other services claiming that we did not fulfill our obligations. This could include claims with respect to alleged conflicts of interest where we act, or are perceived to be acting, for two or more clients. While management has overseen highly regulated businesses before and expects us to comply with all applicable regulations in a satisfactory manner, no assurance can be given that it will always be the case. In

 

152


Table of Contents

addition, federal, state and local laws and regulations impose various environmental zoning restrictions, use controls, and disclosure obligations that impact the management, development, use and/or sale of real estate. Such laws and regulations tend to discourage sales and leasing activities, as well as mortgage lending availability, with respect to such properties. In our role as property or facilities manager, we could incur liability under environmental laws for the investigation or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes relating to properties we currently or formerly managed. Such liability may be imposed without regard for the lawfulness of the original disposal activity, or our knowledge of, or fault for, the release or contamination. Further, liability under some of these may be joint and several, meaning that one of multiple liable parties could be responsible for all costs related to a contaminated site. Certain requirements governing the removal or encapsulation of asbestos-containing materials, as well as recently enacted local ordinances obligating property or facilities managers to inspect for and remove lead-based paint in certain buildings, could increase our costs of regulatory compliance and potentially subject us to violations or claims by regulatory agencies or others. Additionally, under certain circumstances, failure by our brokers acting as agents for a seller or lessor to disclose environmental contamination at a property could result in liability to a buyer or lessee of an affected property.

We are required to meet and maintain various eligibility criteria from time to time established by the GSEs and HUD, as well as applicable state and local licensing agencies, to maintain our status as an approved lender. These criteria include minimum net worth, operational liquidity and collateral requirements, and compliance with reporting requirements. We also are required to originate our loans and perform our loan servicing functions in accordance with the applicable program requirements and guidelines from time to time established by the GSEs and HUD. For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Regulatory/Legal— The loss of relatio n ships with the GSEs and HUD would, and changes in such relationships could, adversely affect our ability to orig i nate commercial real estate loans through such programs. Compliance with the minimum collateral and risk-sharing requirements of such programs, as well as applicable state and local licensing agencies, could reduce our liquidity .”

In order to continue our business in our current structure, the Company and Newmark Holdings must not be deemed investment companies under the Investment Company Act. We intend to take all legally permissible action to ensure that such entities not be subject to such Act. For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Corporate and Partnership Structure— If we or Newmark Holdings were deemed an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (which we refer to as the“Investment Company Act”), applicable restrictions could make it impractical for us to continue our business and structure as contemplated and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects .”

Employees

As of June 30, 2017, we had approximately 4,500 total employees and independent contractors, of which approximately 1,500 were brokers and commissioned salespeople.

As of June 30, 2017, we had 1,053 employees that are fully reimbursed by our property management or facilities management clients to whom we provide services and pass through such employee expense.

Generally, our employees are not subject to any collective bargaining agreements, except for certain employees that are reimbursed by our property management or facilities management clients.

Properties

Our principal executive offices are located at 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017. They consist of approximately 130,000 square feet of space under a lease that expires in 2031.

We operate out of approximately 120 offices in the United States (in Alabama, Arizona, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Missouri,

 

153


Table of Contents

Nevada, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, Washington, and the District of Columbia), as well as two offices in Mexico, located in Mexico City and Monterrey. In addition, we have licensed our name to 23 commercial real estate providers that operate out of 57 offices in certain locations throughout the Americas where we do not have our own offices. Our partner, Knight Frank, operates out of approximately 200 offices outside of the Americas. We believe our facilities are sufficient for our current needs.

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, various legal actions are threatened or brought and are pending against us. In some of these actions, substantial amounts are claimed. From time to time, we are involved in litigation, claims and arbitrations, relating to various employment matters, including with respect to termination of employment, hiring of employees currently or previously employed by competitors, terms and conditions of employment and other matters. In light of the competitive nature of the commercial real estate brokerage industry, litigation, claims and arbitration between competitors regarding employee hiring are not uncommon. Other than pure breach of contract claims, intentional torts and wage and hour claims, which are typically not covered by insurance, most claims brought by former employees and most claims brought by clients are covered by employment practices liability insurance and errors and omissions insurance, respectively, in each case, subject to a self-insured retention. In instances where we are acting as a property manager, the owner’s insurance is usually primary with respect to harm incurred on the premises. Occasionally, we are involved in reviews or proceedings by regulatory agencies regarding our businesses, which may result in an action by a regulator.

Legal reserves are established in accordance with FASB guidance on Accounting for Contingencies, when a material legal liability is both probable and reasonably estimable. Once established, reserves are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change. We do not believe that, based on currently available information, the final outcome of any of the pending litigations against us will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

 

154


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table provides information regarding our directors and executive officers.

 

Name

   Age     

Title

Howard W. Lutnick

     56      Chairman

Barry M. Gosin

     67     

Chief Executive Officer

James R. Ficarro

     57      Chief Operating Officer

Michael J. Rispoli

     45      Chief Financial Officer

Each executive officer serves at the pleasure of our board of directors.

Howard W. Lutnick . Mr. Lutnick has served as our Chairman since 2016. Mr. Lutnick is the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of BGC Partners, positions in which he has served since 1999. Mr. Lutnick joined Cantor in 1983 and has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Cantor since 1992 and as Chairman since 1996. Mr. Lutnick’s company, CFGM, is the managing general partner of Cantor. Mr. Lutnick is a member of the Board of Directors of the Fisher Center for Alzheimer’s Research Foundation at Rockefeller University, the Board of Directors of the Horace Mann School, the Board of Directors of the National September 11 Memorial & Museum and the Board of Directors of the Partnership for New York City. Mr. Lutnick served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of GFI Group Inc. from February 26, 2015 through the closing of BGC Partners’ merger with GFI Group Inc. in January 2016.

Barry M. Gosin . Mr. Gosin has served as our Chief Executive Officer since 1979. Mr. Gosin guides our national and global expansion initiatives and oversees all facets of our day-to-day operations. Mr. Gosin spearheaded our acquisition by BGC Partners in 2011 and has since led our acquisition and hiring efforts and quadrupled our annual revenues. An active industry and community leader, Mr. Gosin serves as a Member of the Board of Directors of the Partnership for New York City, Trustee of the Citizens Budget Commission and Trustee of Pace University.

James R. Ficarro . Mr. Ficarro has served as our Chief Operating Officer since March 2015. Mr. Ficarro is responsible for overseeing the growth and coordination of all our business lines. Previously, Mr. Ficarro worked at Cantor and its affiliates for more than 22 years, overseeing all tax and financial planning functions. He served as executive managing director and global tax director of Cantor, as well as chief financial officer and chief administrative officer of BGC Real Estate. As head of financial planning and administration, he was integral in establishing processes and procedures, and creating efficiencies and productivity enhancements for Cantor’s and BGC Partners’ back office functions and departments. Prior to joining Cantor, Mr. Ficarro worked in public accounting at Coopers & Lybrand, Kenneth Leventhal & Company and Arthur Andersen. Mr. Ficarro is a New York State Certified Public Accountant (inactive).

Michael J. Rispoli . Mr. Rispoli has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2012. As head of the finance and accounting departments, Mr. Rispoli steers the financial activities of Newmark, with a focus on managing risk and monitoring cash flow. Prior to joining Newmark, Mr. Rispoli was the chief financial officer of Grubb & Ellis from August 2010 to April 2012 and served in various capacities with the firm since May 2007. Mr. Rispoli served as executive director and corporate controller at Conexant Systems, Inc. from 2000 to 2007. Mr. Rispoli began his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers as manager of business assurance. Mr. Rispoli is a licensed CPA in the State of New Jersey (inactive).

Each member of our board of directors serves a one-year term or until his successor has been elected and qualified.

 

155


Table of Contents

Independence of Directors

Because BGC Partners will control more than a majority of the total voting power of our common stock following this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Stock Market rules and we will be eligible to rely on certain corporate governance exemptions. We do not currently expect to rely upon these exemptions, however, we may choose to change our board or committee composition or other arrangements in the future to manage our corporate governance in accordance with these exemptions. Under the NASDAQ Stock Market rules, a “controlled company” may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including: (1) the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors; (2) the requirement that our director nominees be selected or recommended for the board’s selection by a majority of the board’s independent directors in a vote in which only independent directors participate or by a nominating committee comprised solely of independent directors, in either case, with a formal written charter or board resolutions, as applicable, addressing the nominations process and such related matters as may be required under the federal securities laws; and (3) the requirement that our compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. Even as a “controlled company,” we must comply with the rules applicable to audit committees set forth in the stock exchange rules.

Our board of directors has determined that each of                 ,                 and                 qualifies as an “independent director” in accordance with the NASDAQ Stock Market rules. The NASDAQ Stock Market independence definition consists of a series of objective tests, one of which is that the director is not an officer or employee of ours and has not engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as further required by NASDAQ Stock Market rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination with respect to each independent director that no relationships exist which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment by each such director in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors has reviewed and discussed information provided by the individual directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities as they may relate to us and our management, including participation on any boards of other organizations in which other members of our board are members.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Upon completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of                 (who will serve as chairman),                 and                 . Each member of our audit committee will qualify as “independent” in accordance with the NASDAQ Stock Market rules and under special standards established by the SEC for members of audit committees, and our audit committee will include at least one member who is determined by our board of directors to meet the qualifications of an “audit committee financial expert” in accordance with the SEC rules.                 will be the “audit committee financial expert.” Our audit committee will select our independent registered public accounting firm, consult with our auditors and with management with regard to the adequacy of our financial reporting, internal control over financial reporting and the audit process and consider any permitted non-audit services to be performed by our auditors. Our audit committee will also provide oversight of related party transactions, oversee the management of our enterprise risk management program, oversee compliance with our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and administer our whistleblower policy, including the establishment of procedures with respect to the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal controls and auditing matters, and the anonymous submission by employees of complaints involving questionable accounting or auditing matters. Our audit committee will pre-approve all audit services, internal control-related services and permitted non-audit services (including the fees and other terms thereof) to be performed for us by our auditors, subject to certain minimum exceptions set forth in our audit committee charter. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for our audit committee, a copy of which will be posted on our website after this offering.

Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of                 (who will serve as chairman),                 and                 . Each member of our compensation committee will qualify as “independent”

 

156


Table of Contents

in accordance with the NASDAQ Stock Market rules. The compensation committee will be responsible for reviewing and approving all compensation arrangements for our executive officers and for administering the Participation Plan, the Equity Plan and the Incentive Plan (which are described in “Executive Compensation”). Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for our compensation committee, a copy of which will be posted on our website after this offering.

Nominating Process

Our board of directors does not have a separate nominating committee or committee performing similar functions and does not have a nominating committee charter. As a result, all directors participate in the consideration of director nominees that are recommended for selection by a majority of the independent directors in accordance with the NASDAQ Stock Market rules. Our board of directors believes that such participation of all directors is appropriate given the size of our board of directors and the level of participation of our independent directors in the nomination process. Our board of directors will also consider qualified director candidates identified by a member of senior management or by a stockholder. However, it is our general policy to re-nominate qualified incumbent directors and, absent special circumstances, our board of directors will not consider other candidates when a qualified incumbent consents to stand for re-election.

The board of directors considers the following minimum criteria when reviewing a director nominee: (1) director candidates must have the highest character and integrity, (2) director candidates must be free of any conflict of interest which would violate applicable laws or regulations or interfere with the proper performance of the responsibilities of a director, (3) director candidates must possess substantial and significant experience which would be of particular importance in the performance of the duties of a director, (4) director candidates must have sufficient time available to devote to our affairs in order to carry out the responsibilities of a director and (5) director candidates must have the capacity and desire to represent the best interests of our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors considers as one factor among many the diversity of director candidates, which may include diversity of skills and experience as well as geographic, gender, age and ethnic diversity. Our board of directors does not, however, have a formal policy with regard to the consideration of diversity in identifying director candidates. Our board of directors screens candidates, does reference checks and conducts interviews, as appropriate. Our board of directors does not evaluate nominees for director any differently because the nominee is or is not recommended by a stockholder.

Our board of directors has determined that in light of Mr. Lutnick’s control of the vote of Newmark through his control of BGC Partners and Cantor, having a separate Chairman and principal executive officer is not efficient or appropriate for Newmark. Additionally, our board of directors does not have a lead independent director.

We believe that Newmark and its stockholders are best served by having Mr. Lutnick serve as Chairman and as our principal executive officer. Mr. Lutnick’s combined role as Chairman and principle executive officer promotes unified leadership and direction for our board of directors and executive management, and it allows for a single, clear focus for the chain of command to execute our strategic initiatives and business plans. Our strong and independent board of directors effectively oversees our management and provides vigorous oversight of our business and affairs and any proposed related party transactions. Our board of directors is composed of independent, active and effective directors.                 of our                 directors meet the independence requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market rules, the SEC and our board of directors’ standards for determining director independence. Upon the completion of this offering, Mr. Lutnick is the only member of executive management who will also be a director. Requiring that the Chairman be an independent director is not necessary to ensure that our board of directors provides independent and effective oversight of our business and affairs. We expect that such oversight will be maintained through the composition of our board of directors, the strong leadership of our independent directors and board committees and our highly effective corporate governance structures and processes.

 

157


Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and persons performing similar functions. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is publicly available on our website at www.ngkf.com under the heading “Investor Info.” If we amend or grant any waiver from a provision of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our executive officers, we will publicly disclose such amendment or waiver on our website and as required by applicable law, including by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

In our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, we did not have a compensation committee or any other committee serving a similar function. Decisions as to the compensation of those who currently serve as our executive officers were made by BGC Partners.

 

158


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Introduction

Our principal executive officer for 2016 was our current Chairman, Howard W. Lutnick. Our other two most highly compensated executive officers for 2016 were Barry M. Gosin and James R. Ficarro. Messrs. Gosin and Ficarro were officers of Newmark during 2016, during which Newmark did not have its own separate executive compensation program. Mr. Lutnick was an executive officer of our parent, BGC Partners, for 2016. Messrs. Gosin and Ficarro were executive officers of Newmark Knight Frank, which did not have its own separate executive compensation program, for 2016. References below to the executive compensation program, Board of Directors, Audit Committee, executive officers or similar references, unless otherwise indicated, refer to those of BGC Partners. References below to Class A and Class B common stock, unless otherwise indicated, refer to BGC Partners Class A and Class B common stock.

In 2016, Messrs. Lutnick and Ficarro received compensation for their services to our business and to the other businesses of BGC Partners and its affiliates. Typically, Mr. Lutnick spends significant amounts of his time on matters relating to Newmark Knight Frank (referred to herein as “Newmark matters”), Mr. Gosin spends 100% of his full business time on Newmark matters, and Mr. Ficarro spends approximately 90% of his full business time on Newmark matters. Accordingly, for purposes of this compensation discussion and analysis, Newmark has allocated an appropriate portion of Messrs. Lutnick, Gosin and Ficarro’s compensation to Newmark in a manner consistent with the allocation historically made by BGC Partners, and reflected in the financial statements of Newmark, which has resulted in, generally: (i) for Mr. Lutnick, 50% of his compensation paid by BGC Partners being allocated to his approximate time spent on Newmark matters; (ii) for Mr. Gosin, 100% of his total salary, other cash compensation and non-cash compensation being allocated to his time spent on Newmark matters; and (iii) for Mr. Ficarro, 90% of his compensation being allocated to his approximate time spent on Newmark matters. Please refer to the BGC Partners’ most recent annual report and other reports on file with the SEC for additional information regarding Mr. Lutnick’s total compensation payable by BGC Partners, which includes the amounts paid in respect of Mr. Lutnick’s approximate time spent on Newmark matters as described herein.

Following the completion of this offering, Newmark expects to continue to allocate and pay an appropriate portion of Messrs. Lutnick’s and Ficarro’s cash and equity-based compensation in respect of their approximate time spent on Newmark matters, and expects to pay 100% of Mr. Gosin’s compensation in respect of his time spent on Newmark matters.

The following compensation discussion and analysis describes the material elements of the executive compensation program for 2016, including the compensation paid to Messrs. Lutnick, Gosin and Ficarro in connection with Newmark matters. Following this offering, the Newmark executive compensation program will be designed and implemented by the Compensation Committee of the Newmark Board of Directors. Our executive compensation program following this offering may or may not be similar to the BGC Partners executive compensation program.

Compensation Philosophy

The executive compensation program, which was under the direction and control of the Compensation Committee, was designed to integrate compensation with the achievement of BGC Partners’ short- and long-term business objectives and to assist it in attracting, motivating and retaining the highest quality executive officers and rewarding them for superior performance. Different components of the executive compensation program are geared to short- and longer-term performance, with the goal of increasing stockholder value over the long term.

BGC Partners believes that the compensation of its executive officers should reflect their success in attaining key corporate objectives, such as growth or maintenance of market position, success in attracting and

 

159


Table of Contents

retaining qualified brokers and other professionals, increasing or maintaining revenues and/or profitability, developing new products and marketplaces, completing acquisitions, dispositions, restructurings, and other value-enhancing transactions and integrating any such transactions, as applicable, meeting established goals for operating earnings, earnings per share and increasing the total return for stockholders, including stock price and/or dividend increases, and maintaining and developing customer relationships and long-term competitive advantage. Executive compensation should also reflect achievement of individual managerial objectives established for specific executive officers. Specific significant events led by executives, including acquisitions, dispositions and other significant transactions, should also be given significant weight. The performance of its executives in managing BGC Partners, considered in light of general economic and specific company, industry and competitive conditions, should be the basis for determining their overall compensation.

BGC Partners’ policy is generally that the compensation of its executive officers should not be based on the short-term performance of its stock, whether favorable or unfavorable, since it believes that the price of its stock will, in the long term, reflect its overall performance and, ultimately, the management of BGC Partners by its executives. Long-term stock performance is reflected in executive compensation through the grant of various equity and partnership awards as described below.

The Compensation Committee is aware that certain of its executive officers, including Mr. Lutnick, also receive compensation from BGC Partners’ affiliates, including Cantor, but it generally does not specifically review the nature or amount of such compensation. None of BGC Partners’ executive officers has received any compensation for serving as a director of BGC Partners.

Overview of Compensation and Processes

For 2016, executive compensation was composed of the following principal components: (i) a base salary, which is designed to retain talented executive officers and contribute to motivating, retaining and rewarding individual performance; (ii) for Mr. Lutnick, an incentive bonus award under BGC Partners’ Incentive Bonus Compensation Plan (which we refer to as the “BGC Incentive Plan”) that is intended to tie financial rewards to the achievement of BGC Partners’ short- or longer-term performance objectives and for Messrs. Gosin and Ficarro, a discretionary bonus award based on BGC and individual performance during 2016; and (iii) an incentive program under BGC Partners’ Seventh Amended and Restated Long Term Incentive Plan (which we refer to as the “BGC Equity Plan”) and the BGC Holdings Participation Plan (which we refer to as the “BGC Participation Plan”), which is designed to promote the achievement of short- and long-term performance goals and to align the long-term interests of executive officers with those of stockholders through the grant of awards.

From time to time, BGC Partners may also restructure the existing partnership and compensation arrangements of its executive officers as described below. BGC Partners may also adopt various policies related to or in addition to such restructurings, including with respect to the grant of exchange rights, other monetization of awards, and the acceleration of the lapse of restrictions on restricted stock.

From time to time, BGC Partners has also used employment agreements, change of control agreements, and other arrangements, including some with specified target or guaranteed bonus components, and discretionary bonuses to attract, motivate and retain talented executives. These specific arrangements with the executive officers are summarized below.

The Compensation Committee approved, and recommended to the Board of Directors that it approve, the salaries, bonuses and other compensation of Mr. Lutnick for 2016. Mr. Lutnick approved the compensation arrangements for Messrs. Gosin and Ficarro for 2016. In addition, in 2016, the Committee approved grants to executive officers under and otherwise administered the BGC Incentive Plan, the BGC Equity Plan and the BGC Participation Plan. Following the completion of this offering, the Newmark Compensation Committee will approve grants to executive officers under and otherwise administer our Incentive Plan, Equity Plan and Participation Plan.

 

160


Table of Contents

From time to time, the Compensation Committee has engaged a compensation consultant in connection with its compensation decisions. In 2016, Farient Advisors LLC (which we refer to as the “Advisor”) advised the Committee. The Committee retained the Advisor to provide surveys and other information with respect to pay practices and compensation levels at BGC Partners’ peer group and other companies, and the Committee discussed with the Advisor all compensation arrangements for Mr. Lutnick for 2016. While the Committee does take into consideration such peer data, the Committee does not attempt to benchmark executive compensation against any level, range, or percentile of compensation paid at any other companies, does not apply any specific measures of internal or external pay equity in reaching its conclusions, and does not employ tally sheets, wealth accumulation, or similar tools in its analysis. The Committee considered whether the Advisor had any conflicts of interest in advising the Committee. The Committee considered whether the Advisor had been providing services of any other nature to BGC Partners; the amount of fees received from BGC Partners by the Advisor; the policies and procedures adopted by the Advisor that have been designed to prevent conflicts of interest; whether any business or personal relationships existed between the consultants employed by the Advisor who worked on BGC Partners matters and any member of the Committee; whether any business or personal relationship existed between such consultants and any of BGC Partners’ executive officers; and whether the Advisor or such consultants hold any of its Class A common stock. Upon evaluating such considerations, the Committee found no conflicts of interest in the Advisor advising the Committee.

The policy for allocating between currently paid short- and long-term compensation is designed to ensure adequate base compensation to attract and retain talented executive officers, while providing incentives to maximize long-term value for BGC Partners and its stockholders. Cash compensation is provided in the form of base salary to meet competitive salary norms and reward superior performance on an annual basis, and in the form of bonuses and awards for achievement of specific short-term goals or in the discretion of the Compensation Committee. Equity and partnership awards reward superior performance against specific objectives and long-term strategic goals and assist in retaining executive officers and aligning their interests with those of BGC Partners and its stockholders. From time to time, BGC Partners may provide additional equity or partnership awards on a periodic basis to reward superior performance, which awards may provide further long-term retention opportunities.

Base salaries for the following year are generally set for Mr. Lutnick at the year-end meetings of the Compensation Committee or in the early part of the applicable year. At these meetings, the Committee also approves Mr. Lutnick’s incentive bonus under the BGC Incentive Plan and any discretionary bonuses for Mr. Lutnick and grants of equity and partnership awards under the BGC Equity Plan and the BGC Participation Plan to Mr. Lutnick.

At or around the year-end Compensation Committee meetings, BGC Partners’ Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Lutnick, makes recommendations with respect to his own compensation as Chief Executive Officer. The Committee deliberates separately in executive sessions with the Advisor as to all of BGC Partners’ executive officers, including Mr. Lutnick. The Committee may accept or adjust Mr. Lutnick’s recommendations and makes the sole determination of the compensation of all of BGC Partners’ executive officers. The Committee reviews and evaluates, at least annually, the performance and leadership of Mr. Lutnick as Chief Executive Officer. Based upon the results of this evaluation, and input from the Advisor, the Committee reviews and approves Mr. Lutnick’s compensation. Outside of the Committee, Mr. Lutnick makes compensation decisions, including with respect to awards under the BGC Equity Plan and BGC Participation Plan, described below, with respect to certain other employees, including Messrs. Gosin and Ficarro.

During the first quarter of each fiscal year, it has been the practice of the Compensation Committee to establish annual incentive performance goals for Mr. Lutnick under the BGC Incentive Plan, with the Committee retaining negative discretion to reduce or withhold any bonuses earned at the end of the year.

BGC Partners provides long-term incentives to its executive officers through the grants of limited partnership units under the BGC Participation Plan and exchange rights or cash settlement awards in connection

 

161


Table of Contents

with such partnership units and restricted stock and other equity grants under the BGC Equity Plan. In addition, executive officers may receive a portion of their BGC Incentive Plan bonuses in equity or partnership awards, rather than cash, with the number of awards determined by reference to the market price of a share of Class A common stock on the date that the award is granted or such other date that awards to executive officers are made generally. Historically, grants under the BGC Equity Plan and the BGC Participation Plan that have had vesting provisions have had time-based, rather than performance-based, vesting schedules, although both plans are flexible enough to provide for performance-based awards. The Compensation Committee has also established quarterly incentive performance goals as described below.

In designing and implementing the executive compensation program, the Compensation Committee considers BGC Partners’ operating and financial objectives, including its risk profile, and the effect that its executive compensation decisions will have on encouraging its executive officers to take an appropriate level of business, operational and market risk consistent with its overall goal of enhancing long-term stockholder value. In particular, the Committee considers those risks identified in BGC Partners’ risk factors and the known trends and uncertainties identified in BGC Partners’ management discussion and analysis, and considers how the executive compensation program serves to achieve its operating, financial and other strategic objectives while at the same time mitigating any incentives for executive officers to engage in excessive risk-taking to achieve short-term results that may not be sustainable in the long term.

In attempting to strike this balance, the Compensation Committee seeks to provide executive officers with an appropriately diversified mix of fixed and variable cash and non-cash compensation opportunities, time-based and performance-based awards, and short- and long-term incentives. In particular, performance-based bonuses under the BGC Incentive Plan have focused on a mix of company-wide and product-specific operating and financial metrics, in some cases based upon BGC Partners’ absolute performance and in other cases based upon its performance relative to its peer group or other companies. In addition, the BGC Incentive Plan award opportunities provide for the exercise of considerable negative discretion by the Committee to reduce, but not increase, amounts granted to executive officers under the BGC Incentive Plan, and to take individual as well as corporate performance into account in exercising that discretion. Further, the Committee retains the discretion to pay out any amounts finally awarded under the BGC Incentive Plan in equity or partnership awards, rather than cash, and to include restrictions on vesting, resale and forfeiture in any such equity or partnership awards. Finally, the Committee applies these same principles with respect to quarterly performance-based award opportunities for the grant of restricted stock, exchange rights or cash settlement awards under the BGC Equity Plan relating to outstanding non-exchangeable partnership units awarded under the BGC Participation Plan.

Discretionary and Retentive Partnership Opportunities

To incentivize executive officers and hold them accountable to stockholders, the Compensation Committee uses a variety of highly retentive partnership units under the BGC Participation Plan. These partnership awards are granted as a tax-efficient, strongly retentive, and risk-appropriate means to align the interests of the executive officers with those of BGC Partners’ long-term stockholders. For executive officers, these grants include NPSUs, along with PSUs and PPSUs, and the Compensation Committee believes that the features of the units, coupled with the discretion of the Committee to grant the right of partnership distributions, exchange into shares of Class A common stock and various liquidity opportunities, create a best-in-class form of incentive award for its executives. Until such units are made exchangeable into a share of Class A common stock or exchanged for cash at the discretion of the Committee, these partnership units may be redeemed for zero by the Committee. The Committee generally does not grant options and equity-based units such as options and RSUs to executives and emphasizes instead these flexible and retentive limited partnership units. In the Committee’s view, NPSUs, along with PSUs/PPSUs provide the most appropriate long-term incentives to executive officers, especially when coupled with performance-based grants of exchange rights and cash settlement awards.

NPSUs have no value for accounting or other purposes at the time of grant, do not participate in quarterly partnership distributions, are not allocated any items of profit or loss and may not be made exchangeable into

 

162


Table of Contents

shares of Class A common stock. NPSU awards are highly discretionary and provide additional flexibility for the Committee to determine the timing and circumstances of replacing such units with units that earn partnership distributions and any rights to exchange such units for shares of Class A common stock or cash. NPSUs have generally been granted to executives as mid-year grants or in connection with the execution of long-term employment arrangements, as further described below.

From time to time, the Compensation Committee may choose to replace an NPSU with a PSU. PSUs participate in quarterly partnership distributions, but otherwise have no value for accounting purposes and are not exchangeable into shares of Class A common stock until such exchange rights are granted by the Committee.

Executive officers may also receive PPSUs. These units are preferred limited partnership units that may be awarded to holders of, or contemporaneously with, the grant of PSUs. PPSUs are entitled to a preferred distribution of net profits of BGC Holdings but otherwise are not entitled to participate in quarterly distributions. PPSUs cannot be made exchangeable into shares of Class A common stock, can only be exchanged for cash, at the determination price on the date of grant, in connection with an exchange of the related PSUs, and therefore are not included in BGC Partners’ fully diluted share count. PPSUs are expected to provide a mechanism for issuing fewer aggregate share equivalents than traditionally issued in connection with compensation and to have a lesser overall impact on BGC Partners’ fully diluted share count. The ratio of the grant of PPSUs to traditional units (i.e., PSUs) is expected to approximate the compensatory tax rate applicable in the relevant country jurisdiction of the partner recipient. The determination price used to exchange PPSUs for cash is determined by the Committee on the date the grant of such PPSUs is approved, and is based on a closing trading price of Class A common stock identified by the Committee on such date.

Over time, as compensation goals are met and other incentives are reached by the executives, the Compensation Committee may choose, in its sole discretion, to grant an exchange right with respect to a PSU, thereby creating a potential liquidity event for the executive and creating a value for accounting purposes. The life cycle of these units, as they may evolve from NPSUs to shares of Class A common stock, provides the Committee and the Board of Directors with superior opportunities to retain and incentivize executives and employees in a tax-efficient and discretionary manner.

BGC Partners’ executive officers have much of their personal net worth in a combination of BGC Partners’ equity-based awards and non-exchangeable and exchangeable limited partnership units. Messrs. Lutnick, Gosin and Ficarro hold limited partnership units in BGC Holdings. Mr. Lutnick holds additional partnership interests in Cantor, which, through ownership of shares of both Class A and Class B common stock and exchangeable limited partnership interests in BGC Holdings, owns a 23.5% direct and indirect economic interest as of December 31, 2016 in BGC Partners’ operations. Mr. Ficarro also holds other partnership interests in Cantor.

While BGC Partners does not have a general compensation recovery or “clawback” policy, and does not require its executive officers to meet general share ownership or hold-through-retirement requirements, the Compensation Committee believes that the extremely retentive nature of the NPSUs, PSUs and similar partnership units, which may be redeemed for zero at any time by the Compensation Committee, provides extraordinary discretion and superior clawback power to the Compensation Committee.

BGC Partners generally intends that compensation paid to its Chief Executive Officer and its other named executive officers not be subject to the limitation on tax deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Code so long as this can be achieved in a manner consistent with the Compensation Committee’s other objectives. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 162(m) eliminates a corporation’s tax deduction in a given year for payments to certain executive officers in excess of $1,000,000, unless the payments are qualified “performance-based” compensation as defined in Section 162(m). BGC Partners periodically reviews the potential consequences of Section 162(m) and may structure the performance-based portion of its executive compensation to comply with certain performance-based exemptions in Section 162(m). However, the Committee retains negative discretion to reduce or withhold performance-based compensation to the executive officers, and also reserves the right to use

 

163


Table of Contents

its judgment to authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when it believes that such payments are appropriate, including after taking into consideration changing business conditions or the executive officer’s individual performance.

BGC Partners’ management and the Compensation Committee recognize that BGC Partners is subject to certain Financial Accounting Standards Board and SEC guidance on share-based awards and other accounting charges with respect to the compensation of the executive officers and other employees. However, management and the Committee do not believe that these accounting charges should necessarily determine the appropriate types and levels of compensation to be made available. Where material to the Committee’s decisions, these accounting charges will be described in BGC Partners’ compensation discussion and analysis, compensation tables and related narratives.

The Compensation Committee may grant equity and partnership awards to executive officers in a variety of ways under the BGC Equity Plan and the BGC Participation Plan, including restricted stock, exchange rights, cash settlement awards and other equity grants under the BGC Equity Plan and non-exchangeable limited partnership unit awards under the BGC Participation Plan. Grants of such awards may have different accounting treatment and may be reported differently in the compensation tables and related narratives depending upon the type of award granted and how and when it is granted.

For U.S. GAAP purposes, a compensation charge is recorded on PSUs and similar limited partnership units if and when an exchange right is granted relating to the units, and the charge is based on the market price of Class A common stock on the date on which the exchange right is granted. Additionally, when the exchange actually occurs, a U.S. federal income tax deduction is generally allowed equal to the fair market value of a share of Class A common stock on the date of exchange.

For U.S. GAAP purposes, if shares of restricted stock granted are not subject to continued employment or service with BGC Partners or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, even if they are subject to compliance with BGC Partners’ customary non-compete obligations, the grant-date fair value of the restricted stock will be expensed on the date of grant.

Equity Plan and Participation Plan

Following the completion of this offering, we will have established the Newmark Long-Term Incentive Plan and the Newmark Incentive Bonus Compensation Plan, under which the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors may pay compensation in the form of cash, shares of our common stock or other equity-based awards, to our directors, executive officers or other officers or employees. We will also maintain the Newmark Holdings Participation Plan, under which the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors may award Newmark Holdings interests to our directors, executive officers or other officers or employees. Prior to the distribution (as such term is first defined on page (ii) of this offering prospectus to refer to the disposition of our common stock by BGC Partners), without the prior consent of BGC Partners, such interests will not be exchangeable into our shares of common stock. The Compensation Committee may also award BGC Holdings working partner interests to certain of our directors, executive officers or other officers or employees. If Cantor determines that such BGC Holdings working partner interests shall be exchangeable, holders of BGC Holdings working partner interests will be required to exchange such BGC Holdings working partner interests, together with corresponding Newmark Holdings working partner interests, to receive a share of BGC Partners common stock.

Base Salary

BGC Partners’ executive officers receive base salaries or similar cash payments intended to reflect their skills, expertise and responsibilities. Subject to any applicable employment or other agreements, such payments and subsequent adjustments, if any, are reviewed and approved by the Compensation Committee annually, based

 

164


Table of Contents

on a variety of factors, which may include, from time to time, a review of relevant salaries of executives at BGC Partners’ peer group of companies and others, and each executive officer’s individual performance for the prior year, including such executive officer’s experience and responsibilities.

BGC Partners generally establishes base pay at levels comparable to its peer group and other companies which employ similarly skilled personnel, including E*Trade Financial Corporation, Evercore Partners Inc., Houlihan Lokey, Inc., Interactive Brokers Group, KCG Holdings, Inc., Ladenburg Thalmann Financial Services, LPL Financial Holdings Inc., Raymond James Financial, Inc., The Charles Schwab Corporation, Stifel Financial Corp. and TP ICAP plc in its Financial Services segment and CBRE Group, Inc., Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated and Realogy Holdings Corp. in its Real Estate Services segment. While BGC Partners determines these levels by reviewing publicly available information with respect to its peer group of companies and others, it has not traditionally engaged in benchmarking.

As discussed in more detail above, Mr. Lutnick spends significant amounts of his BGC Partners time on Newmark matters, Mr. Gosin spends all of his full business time on Newmark matters, and Mr. Ficarro spends approximately 90% of his full business time on Newmark matters, although these percentages have varied based upon business developments at Newmark. Accordingly, the base salary and similar payment amounts described below represent the following: for Mr. Lutnick, 50% of the base salary paid by BGC Partners to Mr. Lutnick for his time spent on Newmark matters; for Mr. Ficarro, 90% of the total base salary paid to Mr. Ficarro; and for Mr. Gosin, the total base salary and similar payments made to Mr. Gosin, in each case, which is allocable to the executive officer’s approximate time spent on Newmark matters.

Base Salaries/Payments for 2016

Base salary and similar cash payment rates for 2016 were established in February 2016 by the Compensation Committee with respect to Mr. Lutnick, and by Mr. Lutnick with respect to Messrs. Gosin and Ficarro. In setting the base rates for 2016, the qualifications, experience and responsibilities of Messrs. Lutnick, Gosin and Ficarro were considered. The base rate for 2016 was continued at $500,000 for Mr. Lutnick. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Gosin’s base salary for 2016 was set at $475,000 and was paid 50% in cash and 50% in the form of 26,458 non-exchangeable APSUs. The 50% portion paid in partnership units was calculated on a monthly basis by dividing $19,792 by the closing price of Class A common stock on the last day of the month in which the cash portion of his salary was paid. Base salary for Mr. Ficarro for 2016 was continued at $450,000 and his base salary was increased to $540,000 on March 1, 2016.

Base Salaries/Payments for 2017

Base salary and similar cash payment rates for 2017 were established in January 2017 by the Compensation Committee with respect to Mr. Lutnick, and by Mr. Lutnick with respect to Messrs. Gosin and Ficarro, based on the continuing qualifications, experience and responsibilities of our executive officers. The base rate for 2017 was continued at $500,000 for Mr. Lutnick and will be $1,000,000 for the portion of 2017 beginning with the completion of this offering. The base rate for 2017 was continued at $475,000 for Mr. Gosin and will be $750,000 for the portion of 2017 beginning with the completion of this offering, and in each case, Mr. Gosin will be paid 50% in cash and 50% in partnership units. The 50% portion paid in partnership units will be calculated on a monthly basis by dividing 50% of his monthly base salary by the closing price of Class A common stock on the last day of the month in which the cash portion of his salary is paid. The base rate for Mr. Ficarro for 2017 was continued at $540,000.

Bonus Compensation

BGC Partners believes that compensation should vary with corporate and individual performance and that a significant portion of compensation should continue to be linked to the achievement of business goals. The BGC Incentive Plan provides a means for the payment of Section 162(m) qualified “performance-based” compensation in the form of bonuses to executive officers while preserving BGC Partners’ tax deduction.

 

165


Table of Contents

With respect to each performance period, the Compensation Committee specifies the applicable performance criteria and targets to be used under the BGC Incentive Plan for that performance period. These performance criteria, which may vary from participant to participant, will be determined by the Committee and may be based upon one or more of the financial performance measures set forth in the BGC Incentive Plan.

The actual BGC Incentive Plan bonus paid to any given participant at the end of a performance period is based upon the extent to which the applicable performance goals for such performance period are achieved, subject to the exercise of negative discretion by the Committee, and may be paid in cash or in equity or partnership awards. These awards also serve as incentives for future performance and retention.

In addition, from time to time, the Compensation Committee may provide for target or guaranteed bonuses in employment or other agreements in order to attract and retain talented executives, or may grant ad hoc discretionary bonuses when an executive officer is not eligible to participate in the BGC Incentive Plan award opportunities for that performance period or when it otherwise considers such bonuses to be appropriate. Such bonuses may also be paid in cash or in equity or partnership awards.

BGC Incentive Plan Bonus Goals for 2016

In the first quarter of 2016, the Compensation Committee determined that Mr. Lutnick would be a participating executive for 2016 in the BGC Incentive Plan.

For 2016, the Compensation Committee used the same performance criteria for all BGC executive officers (including Mr. Lutnick) and set individual bonus opportunities for 2016 equal to the maximum value allowed for each individual pursuant to the terms of the BGC Incentive Plan (i.e., $25 million), provided that (i) BGC Partners achieves any operating profits or distributable earnings for 2016, as calculated on substantially the same basis as the BGC Partners’ financial results press release for 2015, or (ii) BGC Partners achieves any improvement or percentage growth in gross revenue or total transaction volumes for any product for 2016 as compared to 2015 over any of its peer group members or industry measures, as reported in the BGC Partners’ 2016 financial results press release, in each case calculated on substantially the same basis as in the BGC Partners’ financial results press release for 2015 and compared to the most recently available peer group information or industry measures (each of which we refer to as a “Performance Goal”). The Committee determined that the payment of any such amount may be in the form of cash, shares of Class A common stock, limited partnership units, or other equity or partnership awards permitted under the BGC Equity Plan, the BGC Participation Plan or otherwise. The Committee retained the right to reduce the amount of any BGC Incentive Plan bonus payment based upon any factors it determines in its sole discretion.

BGC Incentive Plan Bonuses and Other Bonuses Awarded for 2016

As discussed above, the incentive compensation discussed below reflects only those amounts attributable to the relevant executive’s services performed for us and excludes the amounts attributable to the relevant executives’ services performed on other matters for BGC Partners and its affiliates (other than us), and represents a percentage (i.e., for Mr. Lutnick, 50% of all compensation paid to him by BGC Partners; for Mr. Gosin, 100% of all compensation; and for Mr. Ficarro, 90% of all compensation) of the compensation allocable in respect of each executive’s approximate time spent on Newmark matters.

On January 31, 2017, having determined that the Performance Goals established in the first quarter of 2016 (described above) had been met for 2016, the Compensation Committee awarded Mr. Lutnick a bonus under the BGC Incentive Plan in respect of 2016 of $6,375,000, paid $1,500,000 in cash and $4,875,000 in a partnership award represented by 317,073 non-exchangeable PSUs and 123,306 non-exchangeable PPSUs effective on January 1, 2017, which, in each case, represents the portion of his bonus award awarded by the Compensation Committee and attributable to his services performed for us. This award was also expected to incentivize Mr. Lutnick with respect to future performance and encourage ongoing contributions to the business.

 

166


Table of Contents

In making its bonus determinations for 2016, the Compensation Committee considered the pay practices of BGC Partners’ peer group and other companies, including a compensation survey prepared by, and advice from, the Advisor. In particular, it also considered BGC Partners’ record stock and earnings performance, significant transactions, including the entry into the insurance brokerage vertical, and expense reductions, integration of acquired businesses, individual contributions toward achievement of strategic goals and overall financial and operating results, including record earnings increases and overall results for the period.

In determining the 2016 BGC Incentive Plan bonus for Mr. Lutnick the Compensation Committee also focused specifically on BGC Partners’ record financial performance, performance of the real estate business, acquisitions, including GFI and related ongoing cost reductions, opportunities in a new insurance brokerage vertical and overall leadership.

Mr. Ficarro was not a participant in the BGC Incentive Plan for 2016. Mr. Lutnick awarded Mr. Ficarro a bonus in respect of 2016 of $585,000, paid in the form of a partnership award represented by 28,224 PSUs and 23,092 PPSUS at a price of $11.40 per unit. In awarding Mr. Ficarro his annual bonus in respect of 2016, Mr. Lutnick considered his overall contributions to the growth of the business, including his leadership in recent acquisitions.

Mr. Gosin was not a participant in the BGC Incentive Plan for 2016. Compensation for Mr. Gosin is generally determined in accordance with the employment agreement, as amended from time to time, which he entered into in connection with the purchase of Newmark in 2011. Mr. Gosin continued to contribute to the business in 2016, including his leadership in connection with acquisitions. However, Mr. Gosin was not a participant in the BGC Incentive Plan for 2016 and he did not receive a bonus for 2016 after the reduction of his bonus by the annual amortized portion of such bonus (described below). The grants of partnership units to Mr. Gosin in 2014 and 2015 (described below) were intended to provide him with significant incentives with respect to future performance.

Pursuant to the amendment to his existing employment agreement effective on August 4, 2014, Mr. Gosin was awarded a one-time grant of 2,305,885 non-exchangeable PSUs. In connection with the further amendment of his existing employment agreement in September of 2015, Mr. Gosin was awarded an additional one-time grant of 2,919,728 non-exchangeable PSUs. Both of the one-time grants described above were given as an advance against future incentive pool allocation payments and in consideration for Mr. Gosin’s leadership in the substantial expansion of Newmark Knight Frank since being acquired by BGC. These grants were used to establish a fixed formula by which Mr. Gosin’s annual incentive pool allocation will be reduced going forward (with any reduction that is in excess of his incentive pool allocation for a given year to be carried forward as a further reduction of his incentive pool allocation in the subsequent year(s)). The advanced grants were in both cases based on Mr. Gosin’s estimated target bonus in future years.

On April 1, 2015, pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Gosin was awarded an additional year-end bonus of $1,822,000 in respect of 2014 paid in the form of 105,819 non-exchangeable PSUs and 86,579 PPSUs at a price of $9.47 per unit (representing the closing price of Class A common stock on the grant date).

For 2015, on July 1, 2016, Mr. Gosin was awarded a bonus in the amount of $2,436,600 in the form of 153,861 non-exchangeable PSUs and 125,887 non-exchangeable PPSUs at a price of $8.71 per unit (representing the closing price of Class A common stock on the grant date). The amount of this bonus represents the amount earned in respect of his 2015 incentive pool bonus (after reduction of such allocation by the annual amortized portion of such bonus (as described above)).

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Gosin also receives commission payments in connection with brokerage transactions. For 2016, Mr. Gosin received $346,617 in commissions which were paid to him in the form of, in total, 34,888 non-exchangeable PSUs and 4,347 non-exchangeable APSUs. None of Mr. Gosin’s foregoing APSUs are distribution eligible for 2016 or 2017. PSUs and APSUs issued in connection with a

 

167


Table of Contents

commission are determined based on the closing price of Class A common stock on the last trading day of the calendar month in which the cash portion of the applicable commission is paid.

BGC Incentive Plan Bonus Goals for 2017

In the first quarter of 2017, the Compensation Committee determined that Mr. Lutnick would be a participating executive for 2017 in the BGC Incentive Plan, subject to stockholder approval of the Second Amended and Restated BGCP Partners, Inc. Incentive Bonus Compensation Plan, which was obtained at BGC Partners’ 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders in June 2017. For 2017, the Committee used the same performance criteria for all executive officers and set a bonus for Mr. Lutnick, attributable to his services to both BGC Partners and Newmark, for 2017 equal to the maximum value allowed for each individual pursuant to the terms of the Incentive Plan (i.e., $25 million), provided that (i) BGC Partners achieves operating profits or distributable earnings for 2017, as calculated on substantially the same basis as in BGC Partners’ financial results press release for 2016, or (ii) BGC Partners achieves improvement or percentage growth in gross revenue or total transaction volumes for any product for 2017 as compared to 2016 over any of its peer group members or industry measures, as reported in its 2017 financial results press release, in each case calculated on substantially the same basis as in its financial results press release for 2016 and compared to the most recently available peer group information or industry measures, in each case, subject to any appropriate corporate adjustment to reflect stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, spin-offs or any other extraordinary corporate transactions in accordance with the BGC Incentive Plan, BGC Equity Plan and the BGC Participation Plan, as applicable.

The Compensation Committee determined that the payment of any such amount may be in the form of cash, shares of Class A common stock, limited partnership units or other equity or partnership awards permitted under the BGC Equity Plan, the BGC Participation Plan or otherwise. The Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, retained the right to reduce the amount of any BGC Incentive Plan bonus payment based upon any factors it determines, including whether and the extent to which Bonus Performance Goals or any other corporate, as well as individual, performance objectives have been achieved.

Equity Plan and Participation Plan Awards

It is the Compensation Committee’s general policy to award restricted stock, exchange rights, awards that are repurchased for cash (which we refer to as “cash settlement awards”) and other equity or partnership awards to executive officers in order to align their interests with those of BGC Partners’ long-term investors and to help attract and retain qualified individuals. The BGC Equity Plan permits the Compensation Committee to grant restricted stock, stock options, stock appreciation rights, deferred stock such as RSUs, bonus stock, performance awards, dividend equivalents and other stock-based awards, including to provide exchange rights for shares of Class A common stock and cash settlement awards relating to BGC Holdings limited partnership units. The BGC Participation Plan provides for the grant or sale of BGC Holdings limited partnership units. The total number of BGC Holdings limited partnership units issuable under the Participation Plan will be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, provided that exchange rights or cash settlement awards relating to units may only be granted pursuant to other stock-based awards granted under the BGC Equity Plan. Partnership units in BGC Holdings (other than NPSUs) are entitled to participate in preferred or quarterly partnership distributions from BGC Holdings and (other than preferred units and NPSUs) are eligible to be made exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock. BGC Partners views these incentives as an effective tool in motivating, rewarding and retaining its executive officers.

The Compensation Committee retains the right to grant a combination of forms of such awards under the BGC Equity Plan and the BGC Participation Plan to executive officers as it considers appropriate or to differentiate among executive officers with respect to different types of awards. The Committee has also granted authority to Mr. Lutnick, the Chairman and Executive Officer of BGC, to grant awards to non-executive officer employees of BGC Partners (including Messrs. Gosin and Ficarro) under the BGC Equity Plan and BGC Participation Plan and to establish sub-plans for such persons.

 

168


Table of Contents

In addition, executive officers and other employees may also be offered the opportunity to purchase limited partnership units. The Committee and Mr. Lutnick will have the discretion to determine the price of any purchase right for partnership units, which may be set at preferential or historical prices that are less than the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock.

The Committee has also established special quarterly award opportunities under the BGC Equity Plan for the grant of exchange rights and/or cash settlement awards under the BGC Equity Plan relating to outstanding non-exchangeable limited partnership units awarded under the BGC Participation Plan. The Committee established specified performance goals for the quarter similar to the annual opportunities under the BGC Incentive Plan. In each case, such quarterly award opportunities were subject to the Committee’s determination of whether such goals have been met and the Committee’s exercise of negative discretion. Although the quarterly performance goals were met with respect to all four quarters of 2016, the Compensation Committee elected not to grant any quarterly awards or exchange rights under the BGC Partners’ Equity Plan to Mr. Lutnick. Messrs. Gosin and Ficarro did not participate in the special quarterly award opportunities under the BGC Equity Plan for 2016.

Timing of Awards

Equity and partnership awards to executive officers that are in payment of the BGC Incentive Plan or discretionary bonuses are typically granted annually in conjunction with the Compensation Committee’s review of company and individual performance of executive officers, although interim grants may be considered and approved from time to time. The Committee’s annual review generally takes place at year-end meetings, which are generally held in January or February of each year, although the reviews may be held at any time and from time to time throughout the year. From time to time, grants to executive officers may be made on a mid-year or other basis in the event of business developments, changing compensation requirements or other factors, in the discretion of the Committee. Mr. Lutnick generally grants awards to Messrs. Gosin and Ficarro at the end of the first quarter.

BGC Partners’ policy in recent years generally has been to award year-end grants to executive officer recipients by the end of the calendar year or shortly thereafter, with grants to non-executive employees occurring closer to the end of the first quarter of the following year. Grants, if any, to newly hired employees are effective on the employee’s first day of employment. In addition, from time to time BGC Partners may offer compensation enhancements or modifications to employees that it does not offer to its executive officers.

The exercise price of all stock options is set at the closing price of Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market on the date of grant. As discussed above, with respect to limited partnership units and other equity or partnership awards, grants may be made based on a dollar value, with the number of units or shares determined by reference to the market price of Class A common stock on the date of grant, or based on a specified number of awards.

2016 NPSU Grants and Related Replacement and Exchange Right Grants (Mr. Lutnick)

During 2014, 2015 and 2016, the Compensation Committee made additional discretionary NPSU awards to Mr. Lutnick. The equity compensation discussed below reflects only those amounts attributable to Mr. Lutnick’s services performed for us and excludes the amounts attributable to his services performed on other matters for BGC Partners and its affiliates (other than us), and represents a percentage (i.e., 50% of his BGC Partners’ compensation) of the compensation allocable in respect of his approximate time spent on Newmark matters.

The Compensation Committee granted the following NPSUs to Mr. Lutnick and replaced such NPSUs with other partnership units in calendar 2016 and 2017:

On January 1, 2016, 1,000,000 of Mr. Lutnick’s NPSUs were replaced by 550,000 non-exchangeable PSUs and 450,000 PPSUs (with a determination price of $9.81 per PPSU), which represented 25% of his May 2014 and January 2015 NPSU awards.

 

169


Table of Contents

2015 Year-End Compensation . On February 24, 2016, in connection with the year-end compensation process, the Compensation Committee granted 750,000 NPSUs to Mr. Lutnick. Replacement of NPSUs with non-exchangeable PSUs/PPSUs for Mr. Lutnick was determined to be (i) 25% per year with respect to NPSUs granted in 2016; and (ii) 25% of the previously awarded NPSUs currently held by Mr. Lutnick based upon the original issuance date (the first 25% having already been replaced); provided that, with respect to all of the foregoing, such future replacements were subject to the approval of the Committee (with such approval process amended in 2017 as described below). The grant of exchange rights with respect to such PSUs/PPSUs will be determined in accordance with BGC Partners’ practices when determining discretionary bonuses or awards, and any grants of exchangeability shall be subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee.

2016 Year-End Compensation. On January 31, 2017, in connection with 2016 year-end compensation, certain previous awards of NPSUs vesting on January 1, 2017 were replaced with non-exchangeable PSUs/PPSUs for Mr. Lutnick, effective January 1, 2017, with the determination price of each PPSU based on the closing price of Class A common stock on December 30, 2016, which was $10.23. As a result, effective as of January 1, 2017, certain 1,187,500 NPSUs of Mr. Lutnick were cancelled and replaced with 855,000 non-exchangeable PSUs and 332,500 non-exchangeable PPSUs.

In January 2017, the requirement of further approval of the Compensation Committee to replace Mr. Lutnick’s NPSUs as described above was amended and changed into the requirement that BGC, inclusive of its affiliates thereof, earn, in aggregate, at least $5 million in gross revenues in the calendar quarter in which the applicable award of non-exchangeable PSUs/PPSUs is to be granted, and such executive remaining an employee or member of an affiliate of BGC and having complied at all times with his applicable employment or membership agreement and the Partnership Agreement of BGC Holdings as of the applicable grant date.

With respect to all of such awards, any grant of exchange rights with respect to any of Mr. Lutnick’s PSUs/PPSUs issued in replacement of NPSUs will be determined in accordance with BGC Partners’ practices when determining discretionary bonuses or awards, and any grants of exchangeability shall be subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee. In addition, upon the signing of any agreement that would result in a “Change in Control” (as defined in the Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement entered into by Mr. Lutnick), (1) any NPSUs held by Mr. Lutnick shall be replaced by exchangeable PSUs/PPSUs (i.e., such PSUs shall be exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock and PPSUs shall be exchangeable for cash), and (2) any non-exchangeable PSUs/PPSUs held by Mr. Lutnick shall become immediately exchangeable, which exchangeability may be exercised in connection with such “Change in Control.” See “Executive Compensation—Change in Control Agreements” for more information.

As of August 22, 2017, Mr. Lutnick has 1,900,000 NPSUs outstanding.

2016 Replacement and Exchange Right Grants (Mr. Gosin)

In 2016, certain of Mr. Gosin’s awards were replaced by an equivalent number of exchangeable awards as follows: (1) 254,250 PSUs in March 2016, (2) 11,114 APSUs and 1,079 PSUs in April 2016, (3) 69,517 PSUs and 56,877 PPSUs in May 2016, (4) 593,869 PSUs in October 2016, and (5) 33,386 APSUs in November 2016.

2016 Replacement and Exchange Right Grants (Mr. Ficarro)

The equity compensation discussed below reflects only those amounts attributable to Mr. Ficarro’s services performed for us and excludes the amounts attributable to his services performed on other matters for BGC Partners and its affiliates (other than us), and represents a percentage (i.e., 90% of all compensation) of the compensation allocable in respect of his approximate time spent on Newmark matters.

On April 1, 2016, an additional 20,454 of Mr. Ficarro’s NPSUs and 16,736 of his NPPSUs awarded in 2014 were replaced by an equivalent number of non-exchangeable PSUs and PPSUs, respectively. The distributions

 

170


Table of Contents

from such non-exchangeable PSUs and PPSUs will be payable to Mr. Ficarro and will not be used to repay his outstanding loan (as described below). On May 2, 2016, an additional 7,177 of his non-exchangeable PSUs and 4,765 of his PPSUs were replaced by an equivalent number of exchangeable PSUs and PPSUs.

As of August 22, 2017, Mr. Ficarro has 20,455 NPSUs outstanding.

Further, during 2016, BGC Partners accelerated the lapse of 10-year restrictions with respect to restricted shares held by Mr. Ficarro as follows: on December 9, 2016, 3,458 shares, representing the shares allocable to his approximate time spent on Newmark matters.

Standing Policy for Mr. Lutnick

In December 2010, as amended in 2013, the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee approved a standing policy that gives Mr. Lutnick the same right, subject to certain conditions, to accept or waive opportunities that have previously been offered, or that may be offered in the future, to other executive officers to participate in any opportunity to monetize or otherwise provide liquidity with respect to some or all of their non-exchangeable limited partnership units or to accelerate the lapse of or eliminate any restrictions on transferability with respect to shares of restricted stock. In January 2017, the policy was further amended to include recent executive awards such as transactions that monetize and/or provide liquidity of equity or partnership awards granted to BGC Partners’ executive officers, including the right to exchange non-distribution earning units such as NPSUs into distribution-earning units such as PSUs, or convert preferred units such as PPSUs into regular, non-preferred units, such as PSUs, based upon the highest percentage of distribution earning awards and in the same proportion of regular to preferred units held by another executive.

The policy provides generally that Mr. Lutnick shall be treated no less favorably than, and in proportion to, any other BGC executive officer with respect to the change, right or modification of equity or partnership awards, which include, but are not limited, to opportunities (i) to have non-exchangeable units replaced by other non-exchangeable units; (ii) to have non-exchangeable units received upon such replacement redeemed by BGC Holdings for cash, or, with the concurrence of Cantor, granted exchange rights for shares of Class A common stock; (iii) to accelerate the lapse of or eliminate any restrictions on transferability with respect to restricted shares of Class A common stock; and (iv) to replace non-distributing units with distributing units and replace preferred units with non-preferred units.

Under the policy, Mr. Lutnick shall have the right to accept or waive in advance some or all of the foregoing offers of opportunities that BGC may offer to any other BGC executive officer. In each case, Mr. Lutnick’s right to accept or waive any opportunity offered to him to participate in any such opportunity shall be cumulative (and, accordingly, Mr. Lutnick would again have the right to accept or waive the opportunity to participate with respect to such portion previously waived if and when any additional opportunity is offered to any BGC executive officer) and shall be equal to the greatest proportion of outstanding units and the greatest percentage of shares of restricted stock with respect to which any other executive officer has been or is offered with respect to all of such opportunities. This policy may result in grants to him of exchange rights/cash settlement awards or the acceleration of the lapse of restrictions on transferability of shares restricted stock owned by him if a future triggering event under the policy occurs.

Under this policy, in February 2016, Mr. Lutnick was granted exchange rights and/or accelerated the lapse of transfer restrictions on shares of restricted stock with respect to 1,063,824 rights available to Mr. Lutnick, which amount included the grant of exchange rights for 520,380 PSUs and 425,765 PPSUs and the lapse of transfer restrictions with respect to 117,679 shares of restricted stock held by him, which represent the portion of all of such rights available to him at such time that were allocable to his approximate time spent on Newmark matters. Mr. Lutnick has not transferred or exchanged such shares or units as of the date hereof.

On January 31, 2017, under the policy, the Compensation Committee granted exchange rights with respect to rights available to Mr. Lutnick with respect to some of his non-exchangeable PSUs/PPSUs. Mr. Lutnick

 

171


Table of Contents

elected to waive such rights as a one-time waiver that is not cumulative. Also pursuant to the policy, the Compensation Committee further approved a grant of 162,500 non-exchangeable PSUs to Mr. Lutnick, in replacement of 162,500 of his NPSUs attributable to his approximate time spent on Newmark matters and a grant of 830,800 non-exchangeable PSUs in replacement of his 830,800 PPSUs attributable to his approximate time spent on Newmark matters, for an aggregate total of 993,300 PSUs attributable to his approximate time spent on Newmark matters, effective as of January 1, 2017, which were all of the rights available to him at such time.

Employee Loans

For 2015, Mr. Ficarro was provided a loan in the amount of $326,250 (representing the portion of such award attributable to his approximate time spent on Newmark matters), pursuant to which the actual amount of the loan when issued was $228,707, which is the result of $326,250 (the nominal gross amount) less $97,543 held in reserve for payment of tax liabilities. This loan was forgiven in October 2017.

Perquisites

Historically, from time to time, BGC Partners has provided certain of its executive officers with perquisites and other personal benefits that it believes are reasonable. While BGC Partners does not view perquisites as a significant element of its executive compensation program, it believes that they can be useful in attracting, motivating and retaining the executive talent for which it competes. From time to time, these perquisites might include travel, transportation and housing benefits. BGC Partners believes that these additional benefits may assist its executive officers in performing their duties and provide time efficiencies for them in appropriate circumstances, and it may consider their use in the future. All present or future practices regarding executive officer perquisites will be subject to periodic review and approval by the Compensation Committee.

Mr. Gosin receives the use of a car and driver in connection with Mr. Gosin’s duties as an executive officer. In 2016, such personal benefits had an aggregate incremental cost of approximately $150,437.

BGC Partners offers medical, dental, life insurance and short-term disability to all employees on a non-discriminatory basis. Medical insurance premiums are charged to employees at varying levels based on total cash compensation. In 2016, Mr. Gosin received full payment of his health insurance premiums as was negotiated in 2011 in connection with BGC Partners’ acquisition of the Newmark business. Such benefit will be discontinued in 2017, and Mr. Gosin will participate in the offered medical insurance on the same basis as all other executive officers.

Post-Employment Compensation

Pension Benefits

BGC Partners does not currently provide pension arrangements or post-retirement health coverage for its employees, although it may consider such benefits in the future.

Retirement Benefits

BGC Partners’ executive officers in the United States are generally eligible to participate in its 401(k) contributory defined contribution plan (which we refer to as the “BGC Deferral Plan”). Pursuant to the BGC Deferral Plan, all U.S. eligible employees, including the executive officers, are provided with a means of saving for retirement. BGC Partners currently does not match any of its employees’ contributions to the BGC Deferral Plan.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

BGC Partners does not provide any nonqualified deferred compensation plans to its employees, although it may consider such benefits in the future.

 

172


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

 

(a)

Name and
Principal Position

  (b)
Year
    (c)
Salary
($)
    (d)
Bonus
($) ( 3 )
    (e)
Stock
Awards
($)
    (f)
Option
Awards
($)
    (g)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) ( 7 )
    (h)
Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
    (i)
All Other
Compensation
($)
    (j)
Total
($)
 

Howard W. Lutnick,

        —         —         —           —         —      

Chairman

    2016 (1 ) (2 )       500,000       —         —   (4)       —         6,375,000       —         —         6,875,000  
    2015 (1 ) (2 )       500,000       —         —   (4)       —         5,875,000       —         —         6,375,000  

Barry M. Gosin,

    2016 (2)       475,000 ( 8 )       —         —   (5)       —         —         —         514,617 ( 9 )( 10 )       989,617  

Chief Executive Officer

    2015 (2)       475,000 ( 8 )       2,436,600       —   (5)       —         —         —         26,752,219 ( 9 )( 10 )       29,663,819  

James R. Ficarro,

    2016 (2)       525,000       585,000       —   (6)       —         —         —         —         1,110,000  

Chief Operating Officer

    2015 (2)       450,000       258,750       —   (6)       —         —         —         326,250 ( 11 )       1,035,000  

 

(1) The table does not include matters for 2015 and 2016 relating to the Global Partnership Restructuring Program because the shares granted under the program were fewer than the number of limited partnership units redeemed/exchanged, those units had been granted in partial payment of prior years’ BGC Incentive Plan bonuses that had been reported at full notional value, and the partnership unit and cash payment adjustments described as part of the program were incidental adjustments required by the terms of the partnership unit agreements and the timing of the program in relation to distributions on units.

 

(2) The amounts set forth in the table and corresponding footnotes reflect only those amounts attributable to the relevant executive’s services performed for us and exclude the amounts attributable to the relevant executives’ services performed on other matters for BGC Partners and its affiliates (other than us), and represents a percentage (i.e., for Mr. Lutnick, 50% of all compensation paid to him by BGC Partners; for Mr. Gosin, 100% of all compensation; and for Mr. Ficarro, 90% of all compensation) of the compensation allocable in respect of each executive’s approximate time spent on Newmark matters.

 

(3) Mr. Ficarro’s bonus for 2016 was paid as follows: $321,744 in the form of 28,224 PSUs and $263,249 in the form of 23,092 PPSUs. Mr. Gosin did not receive a bonus for 2016. See footnote (9) below for further information.

Mr. Gosin’s and Mr. Ficarro’s bonuses for 2015 were paid as follows: (1) Mr. Gosin: $2,436,600 in the form of 153,861 non-exchangeable PSUs and 125,887 non-exchangeable PPSUs; (2) Mr. Ficarro: $258,750 in the form of 15,691 non-exchangeable PSUs and 12,838 non-exchangeable PPSUs. Mr. Gosin’s bonus for 2015 represents the amount earned in excess of the advance allocated to his 2015 bonus, which is described further in footnote (9) below.

 

(4) For Mr. Lutnick, column (e) does not include the NPSUs granted to him in 2015 and 2016, 2,000,000 and 750,000, respectively, because NPSUs do not represent a right to acquire shares of Class A common stock and they had no grant date fair value for accounting purposes.

Of the 2,000,000 NPSUs granted to Mr. Lutnick in 2014, (i) 1,000,000 were in 2015 replaced by a total of 550,000 non-exchangeable PSUs and 450,000 non-exchangeable PPSUs; and (ii) 500,000 were in 2016 replaced by 360,000 non-exchangeable PSUs and 140,000 non-exchangeable PPSUs.

Of the 2,000,000 NPSUs granted to Mr. Lutnick in 2015, (i) in 2016, 500,000 were replaced by 275,000 non-exchangeable PSUs and 225,000 non-exchangeable PPSUs, and (ii) in 2017, 500,000 were replaced by 360,000 non-exchangeable PSUs and 140,000 non-exchangeable PPSUs.

Of the 750,000 NPSUs granted to Mr. Lutnick in 2016, in 2017, 187,500 were replaced by 135,000 non-exchangeable PSUs and 52,500 non-exchangeable PPSUs.

Column (e) also does not include the fair value of grants of exchange rights to Mr. Lutnick in February 2016 with respect to 520,380 PSUs and 425,765 PPSUs, pursuant to the standing policy because each of those PSUs and PPSUs was originally granted to Mr. Lutnick in partial payment of bonuses awarded to him under the BGC Incentive Plan for prior years and reflected in column (g) of the table for each of those prior years at their full notional dollar values.

 

(5)

For Mr. Gosin, column (e) does not include any of the following units, because these units had been previously granted in partial payment of prior years’ annual bonuses, commissions or base salary as non-exchangeable awards that would have been reported at full notional value, if we had been a reporting company at the time such bonuses were paid in the form of these units: (i) in March 2015, 16,868 APSUs and 169,811 PSUs were made exchangeable, (ii) in April 2015, 6,808 APSUs, 29,696 PSUs and 24,014 PPSUs were

 

173


Table of Contents
  made exchangeable, (iii) in August 2015, 276,706 PSUs and 13,482 APSUs were made exchangeable, (iv) in December 2015, 6,927 APSUs were made exchangeable, (v) in March 2016, 254,250 PSUs were made exchangeable, (vi) in April 2016, 11,114 APSUs and 1,079 PSUs were made exchangeable, (vii) in May 2016, 69,517 PSUs and 56,877 PPSUs were made exchangeable, (viii) in October 2016, 593,869 PSUs were made exchangeable and (ix) in November 2016, 33,386 APSUs were made exchangeable.

 

(6) For Mr. Ficarro, column (e) does not include any of the following units, because these units had previously been granted in partial payment of prior years’ annual bonuses that would have been reported at full notional value, if we had been a reporting company at the time such bonuses were paid in the form of these units: (i) on April 22, 2015, 16, 736 NPPSUs were made exchangeable, (ii) on April 13, 2015, 4,163 PSUs and 3,046 PPSUs were made exchangeable, (iii) on May 2, 2016, 7,177 PSUs and 4,765 PPSUs were made exchangeable, (iv) on March 21, 2017, 15,586 PSUs and 12,752 PPSUs were made exchangeable, and (v) on April 24, 2017, 12,373 PSUs and 10,123 PPSUs were made exchangeable.

For Mr. Ficarro, of the 81,818 NPSUs granted to him in 2014, in 2015, 20,454 NPSUs were made exchangeable.

 

(7) The amounts in column (g) reflect the bonus awarded to Mr. Lutnick under the BGC Incentive Plan. For 2016, Mr. Lutnick’s BGC Incentive Plan bonus was paid $1,500,000 in cash and $4,875,000 in the form of 317,073 non-exchangeable PSUs and 123,306 non-exchangeable PPSUs. For 2015, Mr. Lutnick’s BGC Incentive Plan bonus was paid $1,500,000 in cash and $4,375,000 in the form of 375,000 non-exchangeable PSUs and 145,834 non-exchangeable PPSUs.

Because they did not participate in the BGC Incentive Plan, Mr. Gosin’s bonuses for 2015 and 2016 and Mr. Ficarro’s bonus for 2015 were reflected in column (d).

 

(8) For 2015 and 2016, Mr. Gosin’s base salary was $475,000, payable 50% in cash and 50% in non-exchangeable APSUs. The 50% portion paid in non-exchangeable APSUs was calculated on a monthly basis by dividing $19,792 by the closing price of Class A common stock on the last day of the month in which the cash portion of his salary was paid, and resulted in Mr. Gosin receiving 26,575 non-exchangeable PSUs in 2015 and 26,548 non-exchangeable PSUs in 2016.

 

(9) For 2016, Mr. Gosin received commissions in the amount of $346,617 payable in connection with brokerage transactions. This amount was paid in the form of 34,888 non-exchangeable PSUs and 4,347 non-exchangeable APSUs. Such non-exchangeable APSUs are not distribution eligible for 2016 or 2017.

For 2015, Mr. Gosin received commissions in the amount of $2,592,183 payable in connection with brokerage transactions. This amount was paid in the form of 254,250 non-exchangeable PSUs and 31,784 non-exchangeable APSUs. Such non-exchangeable APSUs are not distribution eligible for 2015 or 2016.

In connection with an amendment to his existing employment agreement, on September 30, 2015, Mr. Gosin received a one-time grant of $24,000,164. This amount was paid in the form of 2,919,728 non-exchangeable PSUs. Such grant was given as an advance against future incentive pool allocation payments which will reduce his incentive pool allocation each year going forward under a fixed formula. The amount of the one-time grant is based on Mr. Gosin’s estimated target bonus in future years. For further information regarding Mr. Gosin’s bonus, please see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—BGC Incentive Plan Bonuses and Other Bonuses Awarded for 2016” above and “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements” below.

 

(10) Mr. Gosin receives the use of a car and driver in connection with Mr. Gosin’s duties. Such personal benefits had an aggregate incremental cost of approximately $142,389 in 2015 and $150,437 in 2016. In addition, Mr. Gosin received full payment of his health insurance premiums which had an aggregate incremental cost of approximately $17,482 in each of 2015 and 2016. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Perquisites” above.

 

(11) For 2015, Mr. Ficarro was provided a loan in the amount of $326,250, pursuant to which the actual amount of the loan was issued as $228,707, which is the result of $326,250 (the nominal gross amount) less $97,543 held in reserve for payment of tax liabilities in association with any forgiveness of the then current balance of the loan as applicable. The amount in column (i) reflects the gross amount of such loan provided to Mr. Ficarro and includes the reserve amount.

 

174


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table shows all grants of plan-based awards to the named executive officers in 2016:

 

(a)

  (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)     (j)     (k)     (l)  
                                              All Other
Grant
Awards:

Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units
(#) (2)
    All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
             

Name

       

 

Estimated Possible Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards

   

 

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards

        Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
    Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards
($) (2)
 
  Grant
Date
    Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Allowable
Plan
Maximum
($) (1)
    Threshold
(#)
    Target
(#)
    Maximum
(#)
         

Howard W. Lutnick

    1/1/16       —         —         25,000,000       —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Barry M. Gosin (3)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

James R. Ficarro (3)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

 

(1) The amount in column (e) reflects the maximum possible payment under BGC Incentive Plan in respect of Mr. Lutnick’s services to BGC Partners and Newmark. During 2016, there were no specific minimum and target levels under the BGC Incentive Plan. The $25,000,000 maximum amount was the maximum annual amount available for payment to any one executive officer under the BGC Incentive Plan for 2016, and the Compensation Committee retained negative discretion to award less than this amount even if the Performance Goals were met. The actual amount paid to Mr. Lutnick for 2016 that is attributable to his time spent on Newmark matters is set forth in column (g) of the Summary Compensation Table.

 

(2) Columns (i) and (l) do not include the NPSUs granted to Mr. Lutnick in 2016, 750,000 of which were attributable to his approximate time spent on Newmark matters, because they did not represent a right to acquire shares of Class A common stock and they had no grant date fair value for accounting purposes.

Of the 750,000 NPSUs granted to Mr. Lutnick in 2016, which represents the portion of such NPSUs allocated to his approximate time spent on Newmark matters, in 2017, 187,500 were replaced by 135,000 non-exchangeable PSUs and 52,500 non-exchangeable PPSUs.

Columns (i) and (1) also do not include the fair value of grants of exchange rights to Mr. Lutnick in February 2016 with respect to 520,380 PSUs and 425,765 PPSUs pursuant to the standing policy, which represent the portion of such awards allocated to his approximate time spent on Newmark matters, because each of those PSUs and PPSUs was originally granted to Mr. Lutnick in partial payment of bonuses awarded to him under the BGC Incentive Plan for prior years and reflected in column (g) of the Summary Compensation Table for each of those prior years at their full notional dollar values.

 

(3) Messrs. Gosin and Ficarro did not receive any grants of plan-based awards in 2016.

 

175


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table shows all unexercised options held by each of the named executive officers as of December 31, 2016:

 

    Option Awards     Grant Awards  

(a)

Name

  (b)
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable (1)
    (c)
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable (2)
    (d)
Equity
Incentive

Plan
Awards:

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
(#)
    (e)
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
    (f)
Option
Expiration
Date
    (g)
Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
(#) (2)
    (h)
Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That Have
Not
Vested (2)
    (i)
Equity
Incentive

Plan
Awards:

Number of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
(#)
    (j)
Equity
Incentive

Plan
Awards:

Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested
($)
 

Howard W. Lutnick

    500,000       —         —         10.82       12/28/2017       —         —         —         —    
    520,380       —         —         N/A       N/A       —         —         —         —    

Barry M. Gosin

    1,955,067       —         —         N/A       N/A       —         —         —         —    

James R. Ficarro

    31,794       —         —         N/A       N/A       —         —         —         —    

 

(1) For Mr. Lutnick, column (b) represents 500,000 of his fully vested options on Class A common stock and 520,380 exchangeable PSUs. Column (b) does not include 425,765 exchangeable PPSUs held by Mr. Lutnick as of December 31, 2016 because they do not represent a right to acquire shares of Class A common stock. These PPSUs are exchangeable for cash in connection with the exchange of the related PPSUs for shares based upon the applicable determination price of each grant of PPSUs, which had a weighted average determination price of $7.03, for an aggregate of $2,993,128.

For Mr. Gosin, column (b) represents his exchangeable PSUs and APSUs held at December 31, 2016.

For Mr. Ficarro, column (b) represents his exchangeable PSUs held at December 31, 2016.

Exchangeable PSUs and APSUs may be exchanged at any time on a 1:1 basis for shares of Class A common stock. As of December 31, 2016, the closing market price of a share of Class A common stock was $10.23.

Non-exchangeable PSUs or APSUs held as of December 31, 2016 that are eligible to be granted exchange rights into Class A common stock were as follows: Mr. Lutnick, 1,497,125 units; Mr. Gosin, 5,005,674 units; and Mr. Ficarro, 64,850 units.

NPSUs held as of December 31, 2016 that are eligible to be replaced by non-exchangeable PSUs/PPSUs, which in turn would be eligible to be granted exchange rights for shares of Class A common stock or cash, were as follows: Mr. Lutnick, 3,250,000; and Mr. Ficarro, 40,910.

Unless otherwise noted, the number and value of awards in the table and this footnote reflect only those amounts attributable to the relevant executive’s services performed for us and excludes the amounts attributable to the relevant executives’ services performed on other matters for BGC Partners and its affiliates (other than us), and represents a percentage (i.e., for Mr. Lutnick, 50% of all compensation paid to him by BGC Partners; for Mr. Gosin, 100% of all compensation; for Mr. Ficarro, 90% of all compensation) of the compensation allocable in respect of each executive’s approximate time spent on Newmark matters.

 

(2) Column (c) does not include non-exchangeable PPSUs held as of December 31, 2016 because they did not represent a right to acquire Class A common stock. As of December 31, 2016, the non-exchangeable PPSUs held by the named executive officers were as follows: Mr. Lutnick, 905,722 units; Mr. Gosin, 264,985 units; and Mr. Ficarro, 48,631 units. Such number of PPSUs reflects the percentage of PPSUs attributable to each executive officer’s approximate time spent on Newmark matters.

 

(3)

Columns (g) and (h) do not include the following shares of restricted stock held at December 31, 2016 because such restricted stock is not subject to a risk of forfeiture: Mr. Ficarro, 13,831 shares and Mr. Gosin, 178,232 shares. For Mr. Ficarro, such number of shares of restricted stock reflects the percentage of shares of restricted stock outstanding as of

 

176


Table of Contents
  December 31, 2016 attributable to his approximate time spent on Newmark matters. As of December 31, 2016, no shares of restricted stock were held by Mr. Lutnick.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

During 2016, Mr. Lutnick exercised options as described in the table below, no options were exercised by Mr. Ficarro and Mr. Gosin, and no stock vested for any of the named executive officers.

 

Option Awards

 

(a)

Name

   (b)
Number of
Shares
acquired on
exercise
(#) (1)
     (c)
Value Realized
on exercise
($)
Unexercisable
 

Howard W. Lutnick

     125,000        68,750  
     400,000        136,000  

 

(1) During 2016, Mr. Lutnick exercised employee stock options through net exercise as follows: (a) March 9, 2016 with respect to 120,000 shares at an exercise price of $8.42 per share; and (b) November 9, 2016, with respect to 400,000 shares at an exercise price of $8.80 per share. The closing price of a share of Class A common stock on March 9, 2016 and November 9, 2016 was $8.97 and $9.14, respectively. The net exercises of such options resulted in 8,702 shares and 25,532 shares, respectively, being issued to Mr. Lutnick. The number and value of awards in the table and this footnote reflect only those amounts attributable to Mr. Lutnick’s services performed for us and excludes the amounts attributable to his services performed on other matters for BGC Partners and its affiliates (other than us), and represents a percentage (50% of all compensation paid to him by BGC Partners) of the compensation allocable in respect of his approximate time spent on Newmark matters.

 

177


Table of Contents

Potential Payments upon Termination and Change in Control

The following table provides information regarding the estimated amounts payable to the named executive officers listed below, upon either termination or continued employment if such change in control had occurred on December 31, 2016 under their change in control and other agreements, described below, in effect on December 31, 2016 (including NPSUs granted and BGC Incentive Plan and other bonuses and commissions paid for 2016). The amounts in the table below reflect the amounts payable to Mr. Lutnick upon a change in control of BGC Partners as of December 31, 2016 that are attributable to his approximate BGC time spent on Newmark matters ( i.e. , 50% of his compensation). For Mr. Gosin, we have reflected 100% of the amounts he would be paid on a termination of his employment without “cause”, because the payments would have been the same whether or not a change in control of BGC Partners or Newmark had occurred. Mr. Ficarro is not eligible for additional benefits upon termination or a change in control. All amounts are determined, where applicable, using the $10.23 closing market price of our Class A common stock as of December 30, 2016. All amounts, including estimated tax gross-up payments, are subject to the specific terms and conditions set forth in the applicable change in control or other agreements and applicable law:

 

Name

  Base
Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Earned but
Unpaid
Commissions
    Non-Compete
Payments ($)
    Vesting of
Equity
Compensation
($)
    Welfare
Benefit
Continuation
($)
    Tax Gross-
Up
Payment
($) (6)
    Total
($)
 

Howard W. Lutnick

               

Termination of Employment in connection with a Change in Control (1)

    1,000,000       11,750,000         —         —         25,348       7,433,132       20,208,480  

Extension of Employment in connection with a Change in Control

    500,000       5,875,000         —         —         —         3,065,739       9,440,739  

Barry M. Gosin

            —          

Termination of Employment without Cause Prior to a Change in Control (2)

    376,096 (4)       1,928,778       113,270       2,000,000 (5)       —         —         —         4,418,144  

Termination of Employment without Cause in connection with a Change in Control (3)

    376,096 (4)       1,928,778       113,270       2,000,000 (5)       —         —         —         4,418,144  

Any Termination of Employment

    —         —           2,000,000 (5)       —         —         —         2,000,000  

 

(1) Upon a change in control at December 31, 2016, Mr. Lutnick would have had the right to receive (i) the replacement of any NPSUs with non-exchangeable PSUs/PPSUs, and such non-exchangeable PSUs/PPSUs would then be granted immediately exchangeable exchange rights in accordance with clause (ii); (ii) grants of immediately exchangeable exchange rights with respect to any non-exchangeable limited partnership units that would be eligible to be granted exchange rights held by him immediately prior to a change in control; and (iii) the immediate lapse of any restrictions on transferability of any shares of restricted stock held by him at such time.

At December 31, 2016, Mr. Lutnick held 4,747,125 of such non-exchangeable limited partnership units (including any PSUs or NPSUs which would be replaced with PSUs/PPSUs), which represents the number of such non-exchangeable units attributable to his approximate time spent on Newmark matters. Based on the closing price of Class A common stock of $10.23 on December 30, 2016, the value of the shares and cash underlying such grants would have been $48,563,089.

As of December 31, 2016, Mr. Lutnick held 905,722 non-exchangeable PPSUs, which represents the number of such non-exchangeable PPSUs attributable to his services to Newmark. Based upon the applicable determination price of each grant of PPSUs, the cash value underlying such exchange rights would have been $8,362,925.

As of December 31, 2016, Mr. Lutnick did not hold any shares of restricted stock.

In each case, the units exclude any units subject to redemption for zero or for cash in accordance with applicable agreements. See “Executive Compensation—Change in Control Agreements.”

 

178


Table of Contents
(2) Upon a termination of Mr. Gosin’s employment without cause, any unvested compensatory partnership units held by Mr. Gosin would vest immediately. At December 31, 2016, Mr. Gosin had no unvested partnership units. See “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements—Gosin Employment Agreement” below.

 

(3) Upon a change in control at December 31, 2016, any non-exchangeable PSUs and APSUs held by Mr. Gosin as of such date would have been immediately exchangeable into restricted shares of Class A common stock, transferable ratably over the first through third anniversaries of the Change in Control, subject to certain conditions. See “Executive Compensation—Change in Control Agreements” below.

At December 31, 2016, Mr. Gosin held 5,005,674 of such non-exchangeable APSUs and PSUs. Based on the closing price of Class A common stock of $10.23 on December 30, 2016, the value of the shares underlying such grants of exchange rights would have been $51,208,045.

At December 31, 2016, Mr. Gosin held 222,790 shares of restricted stock that were subject only to restrictions on transferability. Based on the closing price of Class A common stock of $10.23 on December 30, 2016, the value of the shares would have been $2,279,142.

 

(4) For 2016, Mr. Gosin’s base salary was $475,000, payable 50% in cash and 50% in partnership units, and the 50% portion in equity was calculated on a monthly basis by dividing $19,792 by the closing price of Class A common stock on the last day of the month in which the cash portion of the salary was paid.

 

(5) Following a termination of Mr. Gosin’s employment for any reason, he would be eligible to receive a monthly cash payment equal to $83,333.33 in exchange for his non-compete for up to 24 months; provided that the Company may elect to release Mr. Gosin from his non-compete and cease making such payments at any time. If the Company elected to enforce Mr. Gosin’s non-compete for the full 24-month period, the value of such payment would be $2,000,000.

 

(6) Mr. Lutnick is also entitled to a tax gross-up for excess parachute payments, if any, that would be due in respect of the impact a change in control would have on certain of his outstanding partnership units. Based on the vesting in footnote (1), on either a termination of employment or an extension of employment, these amounts, if any, would be estimated to be $38,998,956.

Change in Control Agreements

At the closing of this offering, Mr. Lutnick will enter into a Change in Control Agreement with us (which we refer to as the “Change in Control Agreement”) providing that, upon a change in control, all stock options, RSUs, restricted stock, and other awards based on shares of our Class A common stock held by him immediately prior to such change in control shall vest in full and become immediately exercisable, and all limited partnership units in Newmark Holdings shall, if applicable, vest in full and be granted immediately exchangeable exchange rights for shares of our Class A common stock. The Change in Control Agreement will also contain provisions relating to the continuation of medical and life insurance benefits for two years following termination or extension of employment, as applicable.

Under the Change in Control Agreement, if a change in control of the Company occurs (which will occur in the event that none of Cantor or any of its affiliates has a controlling interest in us) and Mr. Lutnick elects to terminate his employment with us, he will receive in a lump sum in cash an amount equal to two times his annual base salary and the annual bonus paid or payable by us for the most recently completed year, including any bonus or portion thereof that has been deferred, and receive medical benefits for two years after the termination of his employment (provided that, if Mr. Lutnick becomes re-employed and is eligible to receive medical benefits under another employer-provided plan, the former medical benefits will be secondary to the latter). If a change in control occurs and Mr. Lutnick does not so elect to terminate his employment with us, he will receive in a lump sum in cash an amount equal to his annual base salary and the annual bonus paid or payable for the most recently completed fiscal year, including any bonus or portion thereof that has been deferred, and receive medical benefits, provided that in the event that, during the three-year period following the change in control, his employment is terminated by us (other than by reason of his death or disability), he will receive in a lump sum in cash an amount equal to his annual base salary and the annual bonus paid or payable for the most recently completed fiscal year, including any bonus or portion thereof that has been deferred. The Change in Control Agreement will further provide for certain tax gross-up payments, provide for no duty of Mr. Lutnick to mitigate amounts due by seeking other employment and provide for payment of legal fees and expenses as a result of any dispute with respect to the Change in Control Agreement. The Change in Control Agreement will further provide for indemnification of Mr. Lutnick in connection with a challenge thereof. In the event of death or disability, or termination in the absence of a change in control, Mr. Lutnick will be paid only his accrued salary to the date of

 

179


Table of Contents

death, disability, or termination. The Change in Control Agreement will be terminable by the Company upon two years’ advance notice on or after the 10-year anniversary of the closing of this offering.

As of the date hereof, Mr. Lutnick is party to a substantially similar change in control agreement with BGC Partners and the payments that may become payable to Mr. Lutnick under such agreement had Mr. Lutnick terminated employment on December 31, 2016 are quantified in the table above.

As discussed above, NPSUs were granted to Mr. Lutnick in 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017. Upon a change in control under the Change in Control Agreement, any unvested NPSUs will vest in full into vested, exchangeable PSUs/PPSUs. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Equity Plan and Participation Plan Awards.”

Additionally, Mr. Gosin has entered into a letter agreement providing that in the event that BGC Partners or the NKF segment are no longer controlled by Cantor, Mr. Lutnick or one of their affiliates, any PSUs or APSUs then held by Mr. Gosin at the time of the change in control shall be exchanged into restricted shares of Class A common stock (subject to reduction for taxes and withholdings). Such shares shall be transferable ratably over the first through third anniversaries of such change in control, provided that Mr. Gosin continues to satisfy the non-compete, non-solicitation and non-disparagement conditions set forth in the share documentation through the applicable transfer date.

Employment Agreements

Gosin Employment Agreement

Newmark & Company Real Estate, Inc. (which we refer to in this section as the “NKF Segment”) and Barry M. Gosin are parties to an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, which, as amended from time to time, we refer to as the “Gosin Employment Agreement,” pursuant to which Mr. Gosin has served as Chief Executive Officer of the NKF Segment, reporting directly to Mr. Lutnick. The Gosin Employment Agreement provided for a one year term ending on October 14, 2017, automatically extended for successive one-year periods unless terminated at least 90 days prior to the scheduled expiration. As such term was automatically extended, the Gosin Employment Agreement is currently scheduled to expire on October 14, 2018, subject to such automatic renewal provision.

The Gosin Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Gosin is entitled to receive:

 

    an annual base salary of $475,000, half of which shall be paid in cash and half of which shall be in the form of an equity award;

 

    commissions (which we refer to in this section as “Commissions”) equal to 60% of any commissions, net of certain costs and expenses of the NKF Segment, from the provision of real estate brokerage and consulting services for which Mr. Gosin was the sole employee who initiated, negotiated and concluded a transaction. If Mr. Gosin was not the sole employee who participated in the transaction, then the Commissions shall be allocated as Mr. Gosin and such other employees who participated in the transaction may agree in writing or as the NKF Segment may determine in the absence of such an agreement, subject to certain exceptions. Of the Commissions, except for amounts payable for receivables attributable to Mr. Gosin’s activities prior to the acquisition of the NKF Segment by BGC Partners, 90% shall be paid in cash and 10% shall be paid in the form of an equity award; provided, that, Mr. Gosin may make an irrevocable election to receive all or a portion of such cash payment in the form of non-exchangeable PSUs of BGC Holdings without vesting conditions and that are entitled to participate in quarterly distributions by BGC Holdings. Such PSUs shall become exchangeable when such exchangeability is offered to certain officers; and

 

   

participation in an incentive pool compensation arrangement (which we refer to as the “Pool”) consisting of 10% of the NKF Segment’s Pre-Tax Earnings (as defined in, and calculated in accordance with, the Gosin Employment Agreement) less the sum of (i) $8,921,400 (which we refer to as the

 

180


Table of Contents
 

“annual amortized advance amount”) and (ii) the aggregate amount of any profit-based bonuses and certain specified employee salaries. The annual amortized advance amount is the annual amortized amount of the total grant date value of two grants of PSUs granted in 2014 and 2015, respectively, in respect of amendments to Mr. Gosin’s employment agreements. Mr. Gosin shall make recommendations as to the allocation of the Pool among himself and other employees and independent contractors of the NKF Segment, with the final allocations determined by Mr. Lutnick. For any period during which Mr. Gosin’s allocation of the Pool is at least $2,500,000, his salary shall be deducted from such allocation, and for any period during which Mr. Gosin’s allocation of the Pool is less than the annual amortized advance amount, the excess of that amount will be added to the next year’s annual amortized advance amount. The form of payment of Mr. Gosin’s allocation of the Pool is at the discretion of the NKF Segment, except that the payment cannot be made in the form of a loan.

During the term of employment, the NKF Segment may terminate the Gosin Employment Agreement for “Cause,” as defined therein, without further obligation, upon death or disability, or without Cause (upon 90 days’ notice). Amounts payable upon termination for death or disability shall be determined in accordance with the NKF Segment’s policy. If Mr. Gosin is terminated without Cause, in addition to Commissions earned but not yet paid through the termination date, he shall be entitled to receive (i) his salary through the remainder of the term of employment, (ii) the Pool allocation that he received for the immediately preceding calendar year for the remainder of the term of employment and (iii) accelerated vesting of any unvested compensatory units of BGC Holdings. In the event of Mr. Gosin’s permanent retirement from NKF and the real estate brokerage industry, it is the current intention of the General Partner of BGC Holdings that Mr. Gosin’s PSUs and APSUs then held at the time of retirement shall, at Mr. Gosin’s election, either be (y) redeemed for cash or Class A common stock ratably over the first through fourth anniversaries of such retirement or (z) exchanged into restricted shares of Class A common stock upon such retirement and become transferable ratably over the first through fourth anniversaries of such retirement, provided that Mr. Gosin continues to satisfy the non-compete, non-solicitation and non-disparagement conditions set forth in the share documentation through the applicable transfer date. Mr. Gosin may also request to remain a partner in BGC Holdings.

Mr. Gosin is subject to confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation and non-disparagement obligations. For as long as Mr. Gosin does not compete with the NKF Segment, subject to customary exceptions including ownership of less than 1% of the securities of a publicly traded competitor and certain investments in ownership of real property, during the 24 months after any termination, and, provided that he executes and delivers a customary release, among other requirements, Mr. Gosin is entitled to receive $83,333.33 per month during the non-compete period. He also agreed not to solicit or perform services for any clients or prospective clients of the NKF Segment for such 24-month period and not to solicit any employees, consultants or independent contractors of the NKF Segment for a 48-month period following termination of his employment.

Mr. Gosin is also entitled to certain rights in the event of a Change in Control. See “Executive Compensation—Change in Control Agreements” above.

Compensation of Directors

Directors who are also our employees will not receive additional compensation for serving as director. Effective upon the completion of this offering, the compensation schedule for our non-employee directors will be as follows:

 

    an annual cash retainer of $25,000,

 

    an annual stipend for the chair of our compensation committee of $5,000, and

 

    an annual stipend for the chair of our audit committee of $5,000.

We will also pay each non-employee director $1,000 for each meeting of our board of directors and $1,000 for each meeting of a committee of our board of directors actually attended, whether in person or by telephone.

 

181


Table of Contents

Under our policy, none of our non-employee directors will be paid more than $2,000 in the aggregate for attendance at meetings held on the same date. Non-employee directors may also receive additional per diem fees for services as a director at the rate of $1,000 per day, with a limit of $5,000 per matter, for additional time spent on board or committee matters as directed from time to time by our board of directors. Non-employee directors also are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors or committees of our board on which they serve.

In addition to the cash compensation described above, upon the appointment or initial election of a non-employee director, we will grant to each non-employee director RSUs equal to the value of shares of our Class A common stock that could be purchased for $25,000 at the closing price of our Class A common stock on the trading date of the appointment or initial election of the non-employee director (rounded down to the next whole share). These RSUs will vest equally on each of the first two anniversaries of the grant date, provided that the non-employee director is a member of our board of directors at the opening of business on such dates.

Thereafter, we expect to annually grant to each non-employee director RSUs equal to the value of shares of our Class A common stock that could be purchased for $15,000 on the date of his or her re-election in consideration for services provided. These RSUs will vest equally on each of the first two anniversaries of the grant date, provided that the non-employee director is a member of our board of directors at the opening of business on such dates.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will adopt the Equity Plan to provide a means for us to attract, retain, motivate and reward present and prospective directors, officers, employees, consultants and service providers by increasing their ownership interests in us. Under the Equity Plan, individual awards may take the form of: (i) stock options, including incentive stock options (which we refer to as “ISOs”); (ii) SARs; (iii) restricted stock, consisting of shares of our Class A common stock that are subject to restrictions on transferability and other possible restrictions, including forfeiture based upon the failure to satisfy service-related or other restrictions; (iv) deferred stock, representing the right to receive shares of our stock in the future, such as RSUs; (v) bonus stock and awards in lieu of cash compensation, including in payment of bonuses under our Incentive Plan; (vi) dividend equivalents, consisting of a right to receive cash, other awards or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of our stock; or (vii) Other Stock-Based Awards, consisting of awards denominated or payable in, or the value of which is based in whole or in part upon the market or book value of, our Class A common stock, including in connection with Newmark Holdings limited partnership units awarded under the Participation Plan and working partner units that are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock or cash settled. Dividend equivalents may be paid, distributed or accrued in connection with any award issued under the Equity Plan, including RSUs, whether or not vested. Awards granted under the Equity Plan are generally not assignable or transferable, except by the laws of descent and distribution, unless permitted by our compensation committee or its designee.

Subject to adjustment, the Equity Plan authorizes the issuance of up to                    shares of Newmark common stock pursuant to the exercise or settlement of awards granted under the Equity Plan. During any calendar year, no participant in the Equity Plan may be granted awards (including options and stock appreciation rights) that may be settled by delivery of more than                    shares of Newmark common stock, subject to adjustment. In addition, with respect to awards that may be settled solely in cash, no participant may be paid in any calendar year cash amounts relating to such awards that exceed the greater of the fair market value of the number of shares of stock in the immediately preceding sentence at the date of grant or the date of settlement of the award. The Equity Plan treats these limitations as two separate limitations, such that awards that may be settled solely by delivery of stock will not operate to reduce the amount of cash-only awards, and vice-versa.

The Equity Plan will be generally administered by our compensation committee, except that our board of directors will perform the Committee’s functions under the Equity Plan for purposes of grants of awards to

 

182


Table of Contents

members of the Committee and, to the extent permitted under applicable law and regulation, may perform any other function of our committee as well. Our compensation committee will have the authority, among other things, to: (i) select the present or prospective directors, officers, employees and consultants entitled to be granted awards under the Equity Plan; (ii) determine the types of awards, or combinations thereof, and whether such awards are to operate on a tandem basis or in conjunction with other awards; (iii) determine the number of shares of our Class A common stock or units or rights covered by an award; and (iv) determine the other terms and conditions of any award, including, without limitation, any restrictions or limitations on transfer, any vesting schedules or the acceleration thereof and any forfeiture provisions or waivers thereof, including forfeiture of awards, or of the cash, shares, other awards or other property received in payment or settlement of awards, in the event of termination of employment or service of the participant or his or her violation of company policies, restrictions, or other requirements. The grant price at which shares of our Class A common stock may be acquired pursuant to the grant of stock options and SARs under the Equity Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares covered by such grant on the date of grant, measured at the closing market price of our Class A common stock on such date. Our compensation committee’s authority with respect to awards to employees who are not directors or executive officers may be delegated to our officers or managers, including our Chief Executive Officer. This delegation may be revoked at any time.

Our present and prospective directors, officers, employees, consultants and service providers and those of our parent, subsidiaries and affiliates will be eligible for awards under the Equity Plan. Since the selection of participants and their awards under the Equity Plan are to be determined in the discretion of our compensation committee or its designee, such individuals and their awards are not presently determinable, other than with respect to automatic grants to non-employee directors, as discussed above, and the potential grant of exchange rights and cash settlement awards related to non-exchangeable PSUs and other limited partnership units (for which exchange rights may be granted) awarded under the Participation Plan, including pursuant to the committee’s special quarterly performance-based award opportunities and change in control agreements and provisions discussed above.

The flexible terms of the Equity Plan are intended to, among other things, permit our compensation committee to impose performance conditions with respect to any award, thereby requiring forfeiture of all or part of an award if performance objectives are not met, or linking the grant, exercisability or settlement of an award to the achievement of performance conditions. The performance goals, to the extent designed to meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, will be based solely on one or more of the following measures: (i) pre-tax or after-tax net income; (ii) pre-tax or after-tax operating income; (iii) gross revenue; (iv) profit margin; (v) stock price, dividends and/or total stockholder return; (vi) cash flow(s); (vii) market share; (viii) pre-tax or after-tax earnings per share; (ix) pre-tax or after-tax operating earnings per share; (x) expenses; (xi) return on equity; or (xii) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based upon meeting specified revenue, market penetration or geographic business expansion goals, cost targets or goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures or any combination thereof. The determination of whether any performance goal is satisfied will be made in accordance with U.S. GAAP, to the extent relevant. However, in connection with any goal that is based upon operating income or operating earnings, the calculation may be made on the same basis as reflected in a release of earnings for a previously completed period as specified by the Committee.

If our compensation committee determines that any recapitalization, forward or reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of our Class A common stock or other securities, stock dividend or other special, large and nonrecurring dividend or distribution (whether in the form of cash, securities or other property), liquidation, dissolution, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects our shares such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of participants under the Equity Plan, then the committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and kind of shares of stock reserved and available for awards under the Equity Plan; (ii) the number and kind of shares of stock specified in the annual per-person limitations under the Equity Plan; (iii) the number and kind of shares of outstanding restricted stock or other outstanding awards in connection with which shares have been issued; (iv) the number and kind of shares that may be issued in respect of other

 

183


Table of Contents

outstanding awards; and (v) the exercise price, grant price or purchase price relating to any award (or, if deemed appropriate, the committee may make provision for a cash payment, including, without limitation, payment based upon the intrinsic (i.e., in-the-money) value, if any, with respect to any outstanding award). In addition, the committee shall make appropriate adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, awards (including, without limitation, cancellation of unexercised or outstanding awards, or substitution of awards using stock of a successor or other entity) in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, events described in the preceding sentence and events constituting a change in control) affecting us or our financial statements, or in response to changes in applicable law, regulation, or accounting principles.

Except as otherwise provided in individual award agreements, which need not be uniform, all conditions and restrictions relating to the continued performance of services with respect to the exercisability or full enjoyment of an award will accelerate or otherwise lapse immediately prior to a “change in control” (as defined in the Equity Plan, and which, prior to the distribution, will include a “change in control” of BGC Partners). Upon the consummation of any transaction whereby we become a wholly owned subsidiary of any unaffiliated corporation, all stock options outstanding under the Equity Plan will terminate (after taking into account any accelerated vesting), with or without the payment of any consideration therefor, including, without limitation, payment of the intrinsic (i.e., in-the-money) value, if any, of such options, as determined by our compensation committee, unless such other corporation continues or assumes the Equity Plan as it relates to options then outstanding (in which case such other corporation will be treated as us for all purposes under the Equity Plan, and the compensation committee shall make appropriate adjustment in the number and kind of shares of stock subject thereto and the exercise price per share thereof to reflect consummation of such transaction). If the Equity Plan is not to be so assumed, we will notify participants at least 10 days in advance of the consummation of such transaction.

As to any award granted as a stock option or SAR, the Equity Plan includes a restriction providing that our compensation committee may not, without prior stockholder approval to the extent required under applicable law, regulation, or exchange rule, subsequently reduce the exercise price or grant price relating to such award, or take such other actions as may be considered a “repricing” of such award under U.S. GAAP. Adjustments to the exercise or grant price or number of shares of our Class A common stock subject to an option or SAR to reflect the effects of a stock split or other extraordinary corporate transaction will not constitute a “repricing.”

We may not, in connection with any award, extend, maintain, renew, guarantee or arrange for credit in the form of a personal loan to any participant who is our director or executive officer. With the consent of our compensation committee, and subject at all times to, and only to the extent, if any, permitted under, applicable law and regulation and other binding obligations or provisions applicable to us, we may extend, maintain, renew, guarantee or arrange for credit in the form of a personal loan to a participant who is not our director or executive officer in connection with any award, including, without limitation, the payment by such participant of any or all federal, state or local income or other taxes due in connection with any award.

The Equity Plan is non-exclusive, and the Plan creates no limitations on our board of directors or compensation committee from adopting other compensatory arrangements. The Equity Plan may be amended, altered, suspended, discontinued or terminated by our board of directors without stockholder approval unless such approval is required by law or regulation, including, without limitation, under the applicable rules of any stock exchange. Stockholder approval will not be deemed to be required under laws or regulations that condition favorable tax treatment on such approval, although our board of directors may, in its discretion, seek stockholder approval in any circumstances in which it deems such approval advisable. Our compensation committee may waive any conditions or rights, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any award, under the Equity Plan. No such change to the Equity Plan or any award may, without the participant’s consent, materially impair the rights of the participant under an outstanding award except as provided in the Equity Plan or applicable award agreement.

 

184


Table of Contents

Material Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following is a brief description of the federal income tax consequences generally arising with respect to awards that may be granted under the Equity Plan. This discussion is intended for the information of our stockholders and not as tax guidance to individuals who may participate in the Equity Plan. The summary does not address the effects of other federal taxes or taxes imposed under state, local or foreign laws.

The grant of a stock option or SAR will create no tax consequences for the participant or us. A participant will not have taxable income upon exercising an ISO (except that the alternative minimum tax may apply), and we will receive no tax deduction at that time. Upon exercising an option other than an ISO, the participant must generally recognize ordinary income equal to the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of the freely transferable and non-forfeitable stock received. In each case, we will generally be entitled to a tax deduction equal to the amount recognized as ordinary income by the participant.

A participant’s disposition of stock acquired upon the exercise of a stock option or SAR generally will result in capital gain or loss measured by the difference between the sale price and the participant’s tax basis in such stock (or the exercise price of the option in the case of stock acquired by exercise of an ISO and held for the applicable ISO holding periods). Generally, there will be no tax consequences to us in connection with a disposition of stock acquired upon the exercise of an option or other award, except that we will generally be entitled to a tax deduction (and the participant will recognize ordinary taxable income) if stock acquired upon exercise of an ISO is disposed of before the applicable ISO holding periods have been satisfied.

With respect to awards granted under the Equity Plan that may be settled either in cash or in stock or other property that is either not restricted as to transferability or not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the participant generally must recognize ordinary income equal to the cash or fair market value of stock or other property received. We will generally be entitled to a tax deduction for the same amount. With respect to awards involving stock or other property that is restricted as to transferability and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the participant generally must recognize ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the stock or other property received at the first time the stock or other property becomes transferable or not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, whichever occurs earlier. We will generally be entitled to a tax deduction in an amount equal to the ordinary income recognized by the participant. A participant may elect to be taxed at the time of receipt of the stock or other property rather than upon the lapse of restrictions on transferability or substantial risk of forfeiture, but if the participant subsequently forfeits such stock or property, the participant would not be entitled to any tax deduction, including a capital loss, for the value of the stock or property on which the participant previously paid tax. Such election must be made and filed with the IRS within 30 days after the receipt of the stock or other property.

As discussed above, in certain cases the federal income tax deduction to which we otherwise are entitled may be limited by application of Section 162(m) of the Code, which generally disallows a publicly held corporation’s tax deduction for compensation paid to its chief executive officer and certain of its other most highly compensated named executive officers in excess of $1,000,000 in any year; however, compensation that qualifies as “performance-based compensation” is excluded from the $1,000,000 deductibility cap. We intend that stock options and SARs granted under the Equity Plan at the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant will qualify as performance-based compensation. Stock units, performance units, stock awards, dividend equivalents, exchange rights and other awards granted under the Equity Plan will qualify as performance-based compensation only when our compensation committee conditions the grant, exercise or settlement of such awards on the achievement of specified performance goals in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and the Equity Plan.

Under Section 409A of the Code, an award under the Equity Plan may be taxable to the participant at 20 percentage points above ordinary federal income tax rates at the time the award becomes vested, plus interest and penalties, even if that is prior to the delivery of cash or stock in settlement of the award, if the award constitutes

 

185


Table of Contents

“deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code and the requirements of Section 409A of the Code are not satisfied.

The Equity Plan provides that we have the right to require participants under the Equity Plan to pay us an amount necessary for us to satisfy our federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations with respect to such awards. We may withhold from other amounts payable to such individual an amount necessary to satisfy these obligations. Unless the Compensation Committee or its designee determines otherwise, a participant may satisfy this withholding obligation by having shares acquired pursuant to the award withheld, or by transferring to us previously acquired shares of our Class A common stock.

A form of the Equity Plan is set forth as Exhibit 10.10 to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and the description of the Equity Plan above is only intended to be a summary of the key provisions thereof. Such summary is qualified in its entirety by the actual text of the Equity Plan to which reference is made.

Bonus Compensation Plan

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will adopt the Newmark Incentive Bonus Compensation Plan (which we refer to as the “Incentive Plan”).

The purpose of the Incentive Plan is to (i) attract, retain and reward key employees by providing them with the opportunity to earn bonuses that are based on the achievement of specified performance goals, and (ii) structure such bonus opportunities in a way that will qualify the payments made as “performance-based” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code so that we will be entitled to a federal income tax deduction for the payment of such incentive bonuses to such employees. The adoption of the Incentive Plan will not limit the power of our board of directors or of our compensation committee to adopt such other bonus or incentive arrangements as it may deem appropriate.

The Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee will have broad administrative authority to, among other things, designate participants, establish performance goals and performance periods, determine the timing of the payment of bonuses, and interpret and administer the Incentive Plan.

Participants in the Incentive Plan for any given performance period may include any of our key employees, including those of our subsidiaries, operating units and divisions, who is designated as a participant for such period by our compensation committee. The participants in the Plan for any given performance period will be designated by our compensation committee, in its sole discretion, before the end of the 90th day of such performance period or the date on which 25% of such performance period has been completed (which we refer to as the “Applicable Period”). This determination may vary from period to period. Bonuses paid under the Plan may be made in the form of cash, shares of our Class A common stock or other stock-based awards under our Equity Plan, or partnership unit awards under the Participation Plan.

Within the Applicable Period, our compensation committee will specify the applicable performance criteria and targets to be used under the Incentive Plan for such performance period. These performance criteria may vary from participant to participant and will be based on one or more of the following measures: (i) pre-tax or after-tax net income; (ii) pre-tax or after-tax operating income; (iii) gross revenue; (iv) profit margin; (v) stock price, dividends and/or total stockholder return; (vi) cash flow(s); (vii) market share; (viii) pre-tax or after-tax earnings per share; (ix) pre-tax or after-tax operating earnings per share; (x) expenses; (xi) return on equity; or (xii) strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based upon meeting specified revenue, market penetration or geographic business expansion goals, cost targets and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures, or any combination thereof. These performance criteria or goals may be: (a) expressed on an absolute or relative basis, including comparisons to the performance of other companies; (b) based on internal targets; (c) based on comparisons with prior performance; and (d) based on comparisons to capital, stockholders’

 

186


Table of Contents

equity, shares outstanding, assets or net assets. The determination of whether any performance goal is satisfied will be made in accordance with U.S. GAAP, to the extent relevant, without regard to extraordinary items, changes in accounting, unless the committee determines otherwise, or nonrecurring acquisition expenses and restructuring charges, including various charges related to the merger. However, in connection with any goal that is based on operating income or operating earnings, the calculation may be made on the same basis as reflected in a release of earnings for a previously completed period, as specified by the committee. For example, an income-based performance measure could be expressed in a number of ways, such as net earnings per share or return on equity, and with reference to meeting or exceeding a specific target, or with reference to growth above a specified level, such as a prior year’s performance or current or previous peer group performance. The Incentive Plan provides that the achievement of such goals must be substantially uncertain at the time they are established, and bonus opportunities are subject to the Committee’s right to reduce the amount of any bonus payable as a result of such performance, as discussed below.

The bonus opportunity for each participant may be expressed as a dollar-denominated amount or by reference to a formula, such as a percentage share of a bonus pool to be created under the Incentive Plan or a multiple of annual base salary. If a pool approach is used, the total bonus opportunities represented by the shares designated for the participants may not exceed 100% of the pool. In all cases, our compensation committee has the sole discretion to reduce (but not to increase) the actual bonuses paid under the Plan. The actual bonus paid to any given participant at the end of a performance period will be based on the extent to which the applicable performance goals for such performance period are achieved, as determined by the committee. The maximum bonus payable under the Plan to any one individual in any one calendar year will be $25 million.

Our board of directors may at any time amend or terminate the Incentive Plan, provided that (i) without the participant’s written consent, no such amendment or termination may adversely affect the bonus rights (if any) of any already designated participant for a given performance period once the participant designations and performance goals for such performance period have been announced; and (ii) our board of directors will be authorized to make any amendments necessary to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, including, without limitation, Section 162(m) of the Code. Amendments to the Incentive Plan will require stockholder approval only if required under Section 162(m) of the Code or other applicable law or regulation.

Material Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following is a brief description of the federal income tax consequences generally arising with respect to bonuses paid under the Incentive Plan. This discussion is intended for the information of our stockholders and not as tax guidance to individuals who may participate in the Incentive Plan. This summary does not address the effects of other federal taxes or taxes imposed under state, local or foreign tax laws.

Section 162(m) of the Code generally disallows a publicly held corporation’s federal income tax deduction in excess of $1,000,000 for compensation paid to its chief executive officer and certain of its other most highly compensated named executive officers, subject to an exception for compensation paid under a stockholder-approved plan that is “performance-based” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. The Incentive Plan provides a means for us to pay performance-based bonuses to certain of our key employees while preserving our tax deduction with respect to the payment of such bonuses.

Under present federal income tax law, a participant will generally realize ordinary income equal to the amount of the bonus received under the Incentive Plan in the year of such receipt. We will receive a tax deduction for the amount constituting ordinary income to the participant, provided that the participant’s total compensation is below the limit established by Section 162(m) of the Code or the Incentive Plan award satisfies the requirements of the performance-based exception of Section 162(m) of the Code. We intend that the Plan be adopted and administered in a manner that preserves the deductibility of Incentive Plan compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

187


Table of Contents

Under Section 409A of the Code, an award under the Incentive Plan may be taxable to the recipient at 20 percentage points above ordinary income tax rates at the time the award becomes vested, plus interest and penalties, if the award constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code and the requirements of Section 409A of the Code are not satisfied.

The Incentive Plan provides that we have the right to withhold from any bonus payable to a participant an amount necessary to satisfy our federal, state and local tax withholding obligations.

A form of the Incentive Plan is set forth as Exhibit 10.11 to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and the description of the Incentive Plan above is only intended to be a summary of the key provisions thereof. Such summary is qualified in its entirety by the actual text of the Incentive Plan to which reference is made.

Newmark Holdings Participation Plan

In connection with the spin-off, Newmark Holdings intends to adopt the Newmark Participation Plan (which we refer to as the “Participation Plan”) as a means to attract, retain, motivate and reward present or prospective officers, employees and consultants of and service providers to Newmark and its affiliates, by enabling such persons to acquire or increase their ownership interests in Newmark Holdings.

The Participation Plan will be administered by our compensation committee or its designee. The Participation Plan will provide for the grant of Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests issuable pursuant to the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement as of the date of the Participation Plan or as may thereafter be issuable thereunder. The total number of Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests issuable under the Participation Plan will be determined from time to time by our board of directors, provided that interests exchangeable for or otherwise representing the right to acquire shares of our Class A common stock may only be granted to the extent such shares are available for issuance under the Equity Plan. The committee will have broad administrative authority to, among other things, select from among present and prospective officers, employees and consultants of and service providers to Newmark and its affiliates entitled to receive bonus or purchase awards, determine the number and type of partnership interests covered by such awards, including whether such partnership interests will be exchangeable for or otherwise represent the right to receive shares of our Class A common stock, determine the purchase period and other terms and conditions of any purchase rights, and interpret and administer the Participation Plan. The committee will have the discretion to determine the price of any purchase right, which may be set at preferential or historical prices that are less than the prevailing fair market value of our Class A common stock.

The Participation Plan will provide that our compensation committee may at any time amend or terminate the Participation Plan, provided that, without the participant’s written consent, no such amendment or termination will adversely affect any outstanding purchase rights. Amendments to the Participation Plan will require stockholder approval only if required by applicable laws or applicable regulatory requirements.

A form of the Participation Plan is set forth as Exhibit 10.9 to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and the description of the Participation Plan above is only intended to be a summary of the key provisions thereof. Such summary is qualified in its entirety by the actual text of the Participation Plan to which reference is made.

 

188


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information, as of the completion of this offering, with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock by: (1) each stockholder, or group of affiliated stockholders, that owns more than 5% of any class of our outstanding capital stock; (2) each of the named executive officers; (3) each director; and (4) the executive officers and directors as a group, in each case assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes, the principal address of each of the stockholders, executive officers and directors identified below is located at 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017. Shares of our Class B common stock are convertible into shares of our Class A common stock at any time in the discretion of the holder on a one-for-one basis. Accordingly, a holder of Class B common stock is deemed to be the beneficial owner of an equal number of shares of our Class A common stock for purposes of this table.

We are currently a wholly owned subsidiary of BGC Partners. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, we will effect the separation, resulting in the distribution of limited partnership interests in Newmark Holdings to the current holders of limited partnership interests in BGC Holdings. BGC Partners will be the sole record owner of our Class A common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. BGC Partners will also be the sole record owner of our Class B common stock immediately prior to, and immediately following, the completion of this offering.

 

    

Shares of Common Stock Beneficially

Owned Before this Offering

   

Shares of Common Stock Beneficially

Owned After this Offering

 
     Class B Common
Stock
    Class A Common
Stock
    Class B Common
Stock
    Class A Common
Stock
 

Name

   Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %  

5% Beneficial Owners

                

BGC Partners, Inc.

       100.0 (1)                    (2)                    (3)         100.0 (1)                    (2)                    (3)  

Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P.

                  (4)       100.0 (1)                    (5)                    (3)                    (4)       100.0 (1)                    (5)                    (3)  

CF Group Management, Inc. (6)

                  (4)       100.0 (1)                    (5)                    (3)                    (4)       100.0 (1)                    (5)                    (3)  

Executive Officers and Directors

                

Named Executive Officers

                

Howard W. Lutnick (7)

                  (4)       100.0 (1)                    (5)                    (3)                    (4)       100.0 (1)                    (5)                    (3)  

Barry M. Gosin

     —         —             —         —        

James R. Ficarro

     —         —             —         —        

Directors

                

All executive officers and directors as a group (         persons)

       100.0 (1)                    (5)                    (3)         100.0 (1)                    (5)                    (3)  

 

* Less than 1%
(1) Percentage based on                shares of our Class B common stock outstanding.
(2) Consists of (a)                shares of our Class A common stock held directly and (b)                shares of our Class A common stock acquirable upon conversion of                shares of our Class B common stock held directly.
(3) Percentage based on (a)                shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and (b)                 shares of our Class A common stock acquirable upon conversion of                shares of our Class B common stock held by BGC Partners.
(4) Consists of                shares of our Class B common stock held by BGC Partners, of which Cantor may be deemed the beneficial owner as a result of its ownership of a majority of the outstanding voting power of BGC Partners.

 

189


Table of Contents
(5) Consists of (a)                shares of our Class A common stock held by BGC Partners and (b)                 shares of our Class A common stock acquirable upon conversion of                shares of our Class B common stock held by BGC Partners, of which Cantor may be deemed the beneficial owner as a result of its ownership of a majority of the outstanding voting power of BGC Partners.
(6) CFGM is the managing general partner of Cantor.
(7) Mr. Lutnick is the President and sole stockholder of CFGM. CFGM is the managing general partner of Cantor.

Beneficial Ownership of BGC Partners Common Stock

The following table sets forth certain information, as of September 30, 2017, with respect to the beneficial ownership of Class A common stock and Class B common stock of BGC Partners, by: (1) each of the named executive officers; (2) each of our directors; and (3) the executive officers and directors as a group. Shares of Class B common stock of BGC Partners are convertible into shares of Class A common stock of BGC Partners at any time in the discretion of the holder on a one-for-one basis. Accordingly, a holder of Class B common stock of BGC Partners is deemed to be the beneficial owner of an equal number of shares of Class A common stock of BGC Partners for purposes of this table.

 

     Shares of Common Stock of BGC Partners Beneficially Owned  
     Class B Common Stock     Class A Common Stock  

Name

   Shares     %     Shares     %  

Named Executive Officers

        

Howard W. Lutnick

     69,497,800 (1)       100.0 (2)       125,811,199 (3)       35.4 (4)  

Barry M. Gosin

     —         —         4,041,937 (5)       1.6 ( 7 )  

James R. Ficarro

     —         —         276,751 (6)       *  

Directors

        

All executive officers and directors as a group (3 persons)

     69,497,800 (1)       100.0 (2)       130,129,887       36.3 ( 8 )  

 

* Less than 1%
  Consists of (i) 48,745 shares of BGC Partners Class B common stock held by CFGM, (ii) 34,799,362 shares of BGC Partners Class B common stock held by Cantor and (iii) 34,649,693 shares of BGC Partners Class B common stock acquirable upon exchange by Cantor of BGC Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests. Mr. Lutnick is the President and sole stockholder of CFGM. CFGM is the managing general partner of Cantor.
(2) Percentage based on 34,848,107 shares of BGC Partners Class B common stock outstanding; (ii) 34,649,693 shares of BGC Partners Class B common stock acquirable upon exchange of BGC Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests held by Cantor.
(3) Mr. Lutnick’s holdings consist of:
  (i) 1,000,000 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock subject to options currently outstanding and exercisable;
  (ii) 2,341,845 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock held directly;
  (iii) 443,803 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock held in Mr. Lutnick’s 401(k) account (as of September 30, 2017);
  (iv) 4,540,001 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock held in various trust, retirement and custodial accounts ((A) 3,442,124 shares held in Mr. Lutnick’s personal asset trust, of which he is the sole trustee, (B) 288,093 shares held by a trust for the benefit of descendants of Mr. Lutnick and his immediate family (which we refer to as the “Trust”), of which Mr. Lutnick’s wife is one of two trustees and Mr. Lutnick has limited powers to remove and replace such trustees, (C) 211,226 shares held in a Keogh retirement account for Mr. Lutnick, (D) 555,478 shares held by trust accounts for the benefit of Mr. Lutnick and members of his immediate family, (E) 27,096 shares held in other retirement accounts and (F) 15,984 shares held in custodial accounts for the benefit of certain members of Mr. Lutnick’s family under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act);
  (v) 598,071 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock held by CFGM;
  (vi) 48,745 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock acquirable upon conversion of 48,745 shares of BGC Partners Class B common stock held by CFGM;
  (vii) 14,078,672 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock held by Cantor;

 

190


Table of Contents
  (viii) 34,799,362 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock acquirable upon conversion of 34,799,362 shares of BGC Partners Class B common stock held by Cantor;
  (ix) 51,183,176 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock acquirable upon exchange of 51,183,176 BGC Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests;
  (x) 7,742,325 April 2008 distribution rights shares acquirable by Mr. Lutnick, receipt of which has been deferred;
  (xi) 1,231,396 February 2012 distribution rights shares acquirable by Mr. Lutnick, receipt of which has been deferred;
  (xii) 2,050,197 April 2008 distribution rights shares acquirable by CFGM, receipt of which has been deferred;
  (xiii) 160,675 February 2012 distribution rights shares acquirable by CFGM, receipt of which has been deferred;
  (xiv) 1,610,182 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock receivable pursuant to April 2008 distribution rights shares held by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Lutnick’s family, receipt of which has been deferred;
  (xv) 2,048,000 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock receivable pursuant to April 2008 distribution rights shares held by KBCR Management Partners, LLC (which we refer to as “KBCR”), receipt of which has been deferred;
  (xvi) 287,967 February 2012 distribution rights shares acquirable by KBCR, receipt of which has been deferred;
  (xvii) 161,842 April 2008 distribution rights shares acquirable by LFA LLC (which we refer to as “LFA”), receipt of which has been deferred;
  (xviii) 16,193 February 2012 distribution rights shares acquirable by LFA, receipt of which has been deferred;
  (xix) 32,861 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock owned by LFA;
  (xx) 1,040,761 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock acquirable upon exchange of 1,040,761 BGC Holdings exchangeable limited partnership units; and
  (xxi) 395,125 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock owned by KBCR.

These amounts include an aggregate of 15,813,032 distribution rights shares consisting of (A) 14,033,084 April 2008 distribution rights shares and (B) 1,779,948 February 2012 distribution rights shares, which may generally be issued to such partners of Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P. upon request.

(4) Percentage based on (i) 252,261,090 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock outstanding; (ii) 34,848,107 shares of BGC Partners Class B common stock outstanding, (iii) 51,183,176 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock acquirable upon exchange of 51,183,176 BGC Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests; (iv) 1,000,000 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock subject to options currently outstanding and exercisable; (v) 7,742,325 April 2008 distribution rights shares acquirable by Mr. Lutnick, receipt of which has been deferred; (vi) 1,231,396 February 2012 distribution rights shares acquirable by Mr. Lutnick, receipt of which has been deferred; (vii) 2,050,197 April 2008 distribution rights shares acquirable by CFGM, receipt of which has been deferred; (viii) 160,675 February 2012 distribution rights shares acquirable by CFGM, receipt of which has been deferred; (ix) 1,610,182 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock receivable by pursuant to April 2008 distribution rights shares held by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Lutnick’s family, receipt of which has been deferred; (x) 2,048,000 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock receivable pursuant to April 2008 distribution rights shares held by KBCR, receipt of which has been deferred; (xi) 287,967 February 2012 distribution rights shares acquirable by KBCR, receipt of which has been deferred; (xii) 161,842 April 2008 distribution rights shares acquirable by LFA, receipt of which has been deferred; (xiii) 16,193 February 2012 distribution rights shares acquirable by LFA, receipt of which has been deferred; and (xiv) 1,040,761 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock acquirable upon exchange of 1,040,761 BGC Holdings exchangeable limited partnership units.
(5) Mr. Gosin’s holdings consist of (i) 1,735,649 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock held directly; (ii) 178,232 shares of BGC Partners restricted Class A common stock held directly; and (iii) 2,128,056 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock acquirable upon exchange of 2,128,056 BGC Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests.
(6) Percentage based on (i) 252,261,090 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock outstanding; and (ii) 2,128,056 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock acquirable upon exchange of 2,128,056 BGC Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests.
(7) Mr. Ficarro’s holdings consist of (i) 63,509 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock held directly; (ii) 15,368 shares of BGC Partners restricted Class A common stock held directly; (iii) 116,889 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock held in Mr. Ficarro’s 401(k) account (as of September 30, 2017); (iv) 66,393 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock acquirable upon exchange of 66,393 BGC Holdings exchangeable partnership interests; and (v) 14,592 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock held in a joint account with his spouse.
(8) Percentage based on (i) 252,261,090 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock outstanding; (ii) 34,848,107 shares of BGC Partners Class B common stock outstanding; (iii) 51,183,176 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock acquirable upon exchange of 51,183,176 BGC Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests; (iv) 1,007,085 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock subject to options currently outstanding and exercisable; (v) 3,235,210 shares of BGC Partners Class A common stock acquirable upon exchange of 3,235,210 BGC Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests; and (vi) 15,813,032 distribution rights shares, receipt of which has been deferred.

 

191


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of certain relationships and transactions that have existed or that we have entered into with our directors, executive officers, or shareholders who are known to us to beneficially own more than five percent of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, including BGC Partners and Cantor, and their immediate family members as well as certain other transactions. The following summary does not purport to describe all the terms of such agreements or transactions and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of these agreements, to the extent attached as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We urge you to read the full text of these agreements.

Review, Approval and Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

The general policy of Newmark and our audit committee is that all material transactions with a related party, including transactions with BGC Partners and Cantor, the relationships between us and BGC Partners and Cantor and agreements with related parties, as well as all material transactions in which there is an actual, or in some cases, perceived, conflict of interest, will be subject to prior review and approval by our audit committee and its independent members, which will determine whether such transactions or proposals are fair and reasonable to the Company and its stockholders. In general, potential related-party transactions will be identified by our management and discussed with our audit committee at our audit committee’s meetings. Detailed proposals, including, where applicable, financial and legal analyses, alternatives and management recommendations, will be provided to our audit committee with respect to each issue under consideration and decisions will be made by our audit committee with respect to the foregoing related-party transactions after opportunity for discussion and review of materials. When applicable, our audit committee will request further information and, from time to time, will request guidance or confirmation from internal or external counsel or auditors. Our policies and procedures regarding related-party transactions are set forth in our Audit Committee Charter and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, both of which are publicly available on our website at www.ngkf.com under the heading “Investors.”

Separation and Distribution Agreement

The separation and distribution agreement sets forth the agreements between BGC Partners and us regarding the principal corporate transactions required to effect our separation from BGC Partners, this offering and the distribution, if any, and other agreements governing the relationship between BGC Partners and us.

The Separation and Contribution

The separation and distribution agreement identifies assets to be transferred, liabilities to be assumed and contracts to be assigned to each of us and BGC Partners as part of the separation of BGC Partners into two companies, and it provides for when and how these transfers, assumptions and assignments will occur.

At the closing of the separation, the BGC Partners group will contribute, convey, transfer, assign and deliver to us and our subsidiaries (including Newmark OpCo), and we and our subsidiaries (including Newmark OpCo) will acquire and accept from the BGC Partners group, all of the right, title and interest of the BGC Partners group to the transferred assets (which we refer to as the “contribution”), which include among others the following:

 

    all assets that are or would have been included in the Newmark pro forma balance sheet as of                 ;

 

    certain equity interests related to the Newmark business;

 

    certain contracts (or portions thereof) primarily related to the Newmark business, including employment agreements with transferred employees;

 

    all intellectual property, software and information technology primarily related to the Newmark business;

 

192


Table of Contents
    all permits or licenses issued by any governmental authority to the extent primarily related to the Newmark business and permitted by applicable law to be transferred;

 

    all non-archived information, books and records (other than tax returns) to the extent available and primarily related to the Newmark business;

 

    all rights and assets expressly allocated to us pursuant to the terms of the separation and distribution agreement or the ancillary agreements entered into in connection with the separation;

 

    all other assets that are exclusively related to the Newmark business; and

 

    the right to receive the remainder of the Nasdaq payment pursuant to the Nasdaq Transaction and the related registration rights.

The BGC Partners group will retain ownership to all of their other assets, which include among others the following:

 

    the right to receive payment in respect of the BGC Notes;

 

    any litigation claim or recovery relating to specified matters, and any insurance policy and proceeds to the extent covering any excluded asset or any excluded liability (as defined below);

 

    specified equity interests;

 

    all intellectual property, software and information technology not primarily used in the Newmark business, including any rights (ownership, licensed or otherwise) to use the “BGC” or “BGC Partners” name or mark;

 

    all information, books and records that cannot, without unreasonable efforts or expense, be separated from the information, books and records maintained by the BGC Partners group in connection with businesses other than the Newmark business or to the extent that such information, books and records are related to excluded assets, excluded liabilities or employees who do not become Newmark employees, personnel files and records and tax returns; and

 

    all assets relating to the other businesses of BGC Partners (other than any of the transferred assets).

In the separation, we, Newmark Holdings and Newmark OpCo will assume and become liable for, and will pay, perform and discharge as they become due, the transferred liabilities, which include among others the following:

 

    all liabilities set forth that are or would have been included in the Newmark pro forma balance sheet as of (including the Term Loan, the BGC Notes and other indebtedness of BGC Partners or its subsidiaries that we may assume in the separation, plus any accrued but unpaid interest thereon);

 

    all liabilities of the BGC Partners group or the Newmark group relating to, arising from or resulting from the actions, inactions, events, omissions, conditions, facts or circumstances occurring or existing prior to the effective time of the separation, in each case to the extent that such liabilities relate to, arise out of or result from the Newmark business or a transferred asset;

 

    all liabilities arising out of claims made by any third party against any member of the BGC Partners group or Newmark group to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from the Newmark business or a transferred asset; and

 

    all liabilities relating to, arising from or in connection with the Newmark business’ employees and their employment, including all compensation, benefits, severance, workers’ compensation and welfare benefit claims and other employment-related liabilities arising from or relating to the conduct of the Newmark business.

 

193


Table of Contents

The BGC Partners group will retain and become liable for, and will pay, perform and discharge as they become due, the excluded liabilities, which include:

 

    any guarantee by BGC Partners to a third party in respect of the Term Loan;

 

    all liabilities relating to, arising from or resulting from the actions, inactions, events, omissions, conditions, facts or circumstances occurring or existing prior to the effective time of the separation of the BGC Partners group and, as of the effective time of the separation, the Newmark group, in each case that are not transferred liabilities; and

 

    all liabilities arising out of claims made by any third party against any member of the BGC Partners group or Newmark group to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from BGC Partners’ retained businesses or an excluded asset.

The parties to the separation and distribution agreement will execute and deliver one or more agreements of assignment and assumption and/or bills of sale or such other instruments of transfer as BGC Partners may request for the purpose of effecting the separation.

No Representations and Warranties

No party to the separation and distribution agreement will make any representations or warranties of any kind concerning the transactions contemplated by the separation and distribution agreement, transferred assets, transferred liabilities or the Newmark business or any consents or approvals required in such connection. The parties agree that we will bear the economic and legal risk that the conveyance of the transferred assets is insufficient or that the title to those assets is not good, marketable and free from encumbrances.

Intercompany Agreements; Guarantee Obligations

Certain contracts, licenses, commitments or other arrangements between BGC Partners and us or any entity transferred to us in the separation will be terminated as of the completion of this offering. Intercompany receivables outstanding under any of the terminated agreements as of the completion of this offering will be net settled in cash within 90 days thereafter.

The parties will cooperate to have the applicable members of the BGC Partners group substituted or otherwise removed as guarantor or obligor in respect of all obligations of BGC Partners under any transferred liabilities for which BGC Partners may be liable, as guarantor, original tenant, primary obligor or otherwise, except, in each case, for any excluded liability. We (1) will indemnify and hold harmless BGC Partners for any resulting identifiable losses and (2) will not renew, extend the term of, increase its obligations under, or transfer to a third party, without BGC Partners’ prior written consent, any loan, lease, contract or other obligation for which BGC Partners may be liable.

The parties will cooperate to have the applicable members of the Newmark group substituted or otherwise removed as guarantor or obligor in respect of all obligations of Newmark under any excluded liabilities for which Newmark may be liable, as guarantor, original tenant, primary obligor or otherwise, except, in each case, for any transferred liability. BGC Partners (1) will indemnify us and hold us harmless for any resulting identifiable losses and (2) will not renew, extend the term of, increase its obligations under, or transfer to a third party, without our prior written consent, any loan, lease, contract or other obligation for which we may be liable.

New Newmark

To facilitate tax-free exchanges of the Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests, Cantor has a one-time right, exercisable at any time after the second anniversary of the distribution and otherwise subject to preserving the tax-free treatment of the distribution to BGC Partners, at Newmark Holdings’ expense

 

194


Table of Contents

to (1) incorporate, or cause the incorporation of, a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary of ours (which we refer to as “New Newmark”), (2) incorporate, or cause the incorporation of, a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary of New Newmark (which we refer to as “New Newmark Sub”) and (3) cause the merger of New Newmark Sub with us, with the surviving corporation being a wholly owned subsidiary of New Newmark. In connection with such a merger, our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will each hold equivalent common stock in New Newmark, with identical rights to the applicable class of shares held prior to such merger. As a condition to such merger, we will have received an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to our audit committee, to the effect that such merger will qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. Cantor will indemnify us to the extent that we incur any material income taxes as a result of the transactions related to such merger.

Indemnification

Newmark OpCo will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Cantor group, the BGC Partners group and the Newmark group (other than Newmark OpCo and its subsidiaries) and each of their respective directors, officers, general partners, managers and employees, from and against all liabilities to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from:

 

    the transferred liabilities;

 

    the failure of any member of the Newmark group or any other person to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any of the transferred liabilities in accordance with their terms, whether prior to, at or after the separation;

 

    any breach by any member of the Newmark group of the separation and distribution agreement or any of the ancillary agreements, other than the transition services agreement or the administrative services agreement;

 

    except to the extent relating to an excluded liability, any guarantee, indemnification or contribution obligation, surety bond or other credit support agreement or arrangement for the benefit of any member of the Newmark group by any member of the BGC Partners group that survives following the separation; and

 

    any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in our registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, other than statements made explicitly in the name of a member of the BGC Partners group (including the reasons of the board of directors of BGC Partners for the separation) or specifically relating to the BGC Partners group or the BGC Partners business.

BGC U.S. and BGC Global will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Cantor group, the Newmark group and the BGC Partners Group (other than BGC U.S., BGC Global and their respective subsidiaries) and each of their respective directors, officers, general partners, managers and employees from and against all liabilities to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from:

 

    the excluded liabilities;

 

    the failure of any member of the BGC Partners group or any other person to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any of the excluded liabilities in accordance with their terms, whether prior to, at or after the separation;

 

    any breach by any member of the BGC Partners group of the separation and distribution agreement or any of the ancillary agreements, other than the transition services agreement;

 

    except to the extent relating to a transferred liability, any guarantee, indemnification or contribution obligation, surety bond or other credit support agreement or arrangement for the benefit of any member of the BGC Partners group by any member of the Newmark group that survives following the separation; and

 

195


Table of Contents
    any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in our registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, but only with respect to statements made explicitly in the name of a member of the BGC Partners group (including the reasons of the board of directors of BGC Partners for the separation) or specifically relating to the BGC Partners group or the BGC Partners business.

The separation and distribution agreement specifies procedures with respect to claims subject to indemnification and related matters.

Releases

As of the separation, the Newmark group will release and forever discharge the BGC Partners group from:

 

    the transferred liabilities;

 

    all liabilities existing or arising from the implementation of the separation, this offering or the distribution; and

 

    all liabilities existing or arising from any facts or conditions existing prior to this offering relating to the Newmark business, the transferred assets or the transferred liabilities.

As of the separation, the BGC Partners group will release and forever discharge the Newmark group from:

 

    the excluded liabilities;

 

    all liabilities existing or arising from the implementation of the separation, this offering or the distribution; and

 

    all liabilities existing or arising from any facts or conditions existing prior to this offering relating to the BGC Partners business, the excluded assets or the excluded liabilities.

The releases will not extend to (1) obligations or liabilities the release of which would result in the release of an unaffiliated third party or (2) obligations or liabilities under any agreements between the parties that remain in effect following the separation, including, but not limited to, the separation and distribution agreement, the administrative services agreement, the transition services agreement, the tax receivable agreement, the tax matters agreement, the registration rights agreement and the transfer documents in connection with the separation.

Employee Matters

In general, any employee of BGC Partners or its subsidiaries primarily engaged in the conduct of the Newmark business immediately prior to the separation, except those employees employed by BGC Partners primarily in corporate or executive level functions, will be transferred to us. As promptly as practicable following each fiscal quarter, our management will provide a report to our audit committee specifying all of the founding partners who have been terminated by us. Our management will also give our audit committee notice prior to such termination if the capital account underlying the Newmark Holdings founding partner interests held by a founding partner or, in the case of a series of related terminations, by a group of founding partners, exceeds $2.0 million on the date of termination.

In connection with the distribution, the Compensation Committee of the board of directors of BGC Partners will have the exclusive authority to determine the treatment of restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards outstanding under the BGC Equity Plan. BGC Partners currently expects that restricted stock awards will participate in the distribution as if such holder held unrestricted shares of BGC Partners common stock, and that following the distribution, any shares of Newmark common stock issued in respect of restricted BGC Partners common stock shall remain subject to any vesting, lapse or forfeiture restrictions applicable to the restricted BGC

 

196


Table of Contents

Partners shares prior to the distribution. BGC Partners has not yet determined how it will adjust restricted stock unit awards outstanding under the BGC Equity Plan in connection with the distribution. If BGC Partners determines that any restricted stock unit awards will be concentrated into shares of Newmark common stock upon the distribution, this would dilute our other shareholders proportionately.

Amendment

The separation and distribution agreement may be amended and modified only by a written agreement, signed by all parties to the separation distribution agreement.

Conditions

The separation and distribution agreement provides that the separation and this offering will be subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by BGC Partners in its sole discretion) of the following conditions:

 

    the completion of the separation and the related transactions in accordance with the plan of reorganization set forth in the separation and distribution agreement;

 

    the SEC declaring effective our registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, and there not being in effect any stop order with respect thereto or any proceeding instituted by the SEC for such purpose;

 

    all actions and filings necessary or appropriate under federal, state or foreign securities laws having been taken and, where applicable, becoming effective or being accepted by the applicable governmental authority;

 

    the approval for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market of the shares of our Class A common stock to be offered in this offering, subject to official notice of issuance;

 

    the ancillary agreements relating to the separation having been duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto;

 

    our having entered into the underwriting agreement and all conditions to the obligations of BGC Partners, us and the underwriters’ under the underwriting agreement having been satisfied or waived;

 

    BGC Partners being satisfied in its sole discretion that (1) following this offering, BGC Partners will own an amount of our outstanding common stock (a) representing (i) at least 82% of the total voting power with respect to the election and removal of directors of our outstanding common stock and (ii) at least 82% of the number of shares of any class of our capital stock not entitled to vote (and in any event constituting “control” (within the meaning of Section 368(c) of the Code) of Newmark) and (b) satisfying the stock ownership requirements set forth in Section 1504 of the Code; and (2) all other requirements and conditions to permit the contribution and the distribution, taken together, to qualify, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as transactions that are generally tax-free to BGC Partners, us and BGC Partners’ stockholders shall, to the extent applicable as of the time of this offering, be satisfied and there shall be no event or condition that is likely to cause any of such requirements or conditions not to be satisfied as of the time of the distribution or thereafter;

 

    no order, injunction or decree having been issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing consummation of the separation, this offering, the distribution or any of the related transactions being in effect;

 

    such other actions as BGC Partners or we may, based upon the advice of counsel, reasonably request to be taken prior to the separation and this offering in order to assure the successful completion of the separation and this offering and the other transactions contemplated by the separation and distribution agreement having been taken;

 

    no termination of the separation and distribution agreement having occurred; and

 

197


Table of Contents
    no event or development having occurred or existing or being expected to occur that, in the judgment of the board of directors of BGC Partners, in its sole discretion, makes it inadvisable to effect the separation or this offering.

Issuance of Interests in Newmark Holdings

Prior to the completion of this offering, in connection with the separation, Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests, Newmark Holdings founding partner interests, Newmark Holdings working partner interests and Newmark Holdings limited partnership units will be distributed to holders of BGC Holdings limited partnership interests, BGC Holdings founding partner interests, BGC Holdings working partner interests and BGC Holdings limited partnership units in proportion to such interests of BGC Holdings held by such holders immediately prior to the separation.

Assumption and Repayment of Indebtedness

In connection with the separation and prior to the closing of this offering, we will assume from BGC Partners the Term Loan. Newmark OpCo will also assume from BGC U.S. the BGC Notes. We currently intend to contribute all of the net proceeds of this offering (including the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to Newmark OpCo in exchange for a number of units representing Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests equal to the number of shares issued by us in this offering. Newmark OpCo intends to use such net proceeds to repay the Term Loan in full and intends to use any remaining net proceeds for various general partnership purposes, including repayment of the BGC Notes or other indebtedness assumed by us prior to the completion of this offering, potential strategic alliances, acquisitions, joint ventures or hiring personnel. The Term Loan has an outstanding principal amount of $575 million, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon, with an interest rate calculated from one-month LIBOR plus 2.25%, which is currently approximately 3.5% per annum, subject to adjustment. The terms of the Term Loan require that the net proceeds of this offering be used to repay the Term Loan until the Term Loan is repaid in full. See “Use of Proceeds.” Following this offering, in the event that any member of the Newmark group receives net proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness for borrowed money after this offering, Newmark OpCo will be obligated to use such net proceeds to repay the remaining BGC Notes. In addition, we will be obligated to repay any remaining amounts under the BGC Notes prior to the distribution.

The Distribution

The separation and distribution agreement also governs the rights and obligations of BGC Partners and Newmark regarding the potential distribution by BGC Partners to its stockholders of the shares of our common stock held by BGC Partners following this offering. BGC Partners has advised us that it currently expects to accomplish the distribution through a spin-off, which is a pro rata distribution by BGC Partners of its shares of our common stock to holders of BGC Partners’ common stock, with our shares of Class A common stock held by it to be distributed to the holders of shares of Class A common stock of BGC Partners and our shares of Class B common stock held by it to be distributed to the holders of the shares of Class B common stock of BGC Partners.

To account for potential changes in the number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock of BGC Partners and Newmark between this offering and the distribution, and to ensure that the distribution (if it occurs) is pro rata to the stockholders of BGC Partners, immediately prior to the distribution, BGC Partners will convert any shares of Class B common stock of Newmark beneficially owned by BGC Partners into shares of Class A common stock of Newmark, or exchange any shares of Class A common stock of Newmark beneficially owned by BGC Partners for shares of Class B common stock of Newmark, so that the ratio of shares of Class B common stock of Newmark held by BGC Partners to the shares of Class A common stock of Newmark held by BGC Partners, in each case as of immediately prior to the distribution, equals the ratio of shares of outstanding Class B common stock of BGC Partners to the shares of outstanding Class A common stock of BGC Partners, in each case as of the record date of the distribution.

 

198


Table of Contents

There are various conditions to the completion of the distribution. In addition, BGC Partners may terminate its obligation to complete the distribution at any time if the board of directors of BGC Partners, in its sole discretion, determines that the distribution is not in the best interests of BGC Partners or its stockholders. Consequently, we cannot assure you as to when or whether the distribution will occur.

The separation and distribution agreement provides that BGC Partners’ obligation to complete the distribution will be subject to several conditions that must be satisfied (or waived by BGC Partners in its sole discretion), including, among others:

 

    BGC Partners’ receipt of an opinion from Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, outside counsel to BGC Partners, satisfactory to the board of directors of BGC Partners, to the effect that the contribution and distribution, taken together, will qualify as a “reorganization” under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code;

 

    all governmental approvals necessary to consummate the distribution having been obtained and remaining in full force and effect;

 

    all actions and filings necessary or appropriate under applicable securities laws in connection with the distribution having been taken or made, and, where applicable, becoming effective or being accepted by the applicable governmental authority;

 

    the approval for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market of the shares of our Class A common stock to be distributed to the holders of BGC Partners Class A common stock in the distribution, subject to official notice of distribution;

 

    no order, injunction or decree issued by any court or agency of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing consummation of the distribution or any of the related transactions being in effect, and no other event outside the control of BGC Partners having occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of the distribution or any of the related transactions;

 

    we shall have repaid in full the BGC Notes;

 

    BGC Partners’ guarantee of the obligations under the Term Loan shall have been terminated in full; and

 

    no other events or developments having occurred subsequent to the completion of this offering that, in the judgment of the board of directors of BGC Partners, would result in the distribution not being in the best interest of BGC Partners or its stockholders.

As described above, BGC Partners will have the right to terminate its obligation to complete the distribution if, at any time, the board of directors of BGC Partners determines, in its sole discretion, that the distribution is not in the best interests of BGC Partners or its stockholders. If such termination occurs after the separation, neither party will have any liability to the other party under the separation and distribution agreement in respect of the distribution.

If the board of directors of BGC Partners terminates BGC Partners’ obligation to complete the distribution or waives a material condition to the distribution after the date of this prospectus, we intend to issue a press release disclosing this waiver or file a current report on Form 8-K with the SEC.

We will cooperate with BGC Partners to accomplish the distribution and will, at BGC Partners’ direction, promptly take any and all actions necessary or desirable to effect the distribution, including the registration under the Securities Act of our Class A common stock on an appropriate registration form or forms to be designated by BGC Partners.

 

199


Table of Contents

Operating Covenants

For so long as BGC Partners beneficially owns at least 50% of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors, we will not, and will cause our subsidiaries to not (without BGC Partners’ prior written consent):

 

    take any action that would limit the ability of BGC Partners to transfer its shares of our common stock or limit the rights of any transferee of BGC Partners as a holder of our common stock;

 

    take any actions that could reasonably result in BGC Partners being in breach of or in default under any contract or agreement;

 

    acquire any other businesses or assets or dispose of any of our assets, in each case with an aggregate value for all such transactions in excess of $100 million;

 

    acquire any equity interests in, or loan any funds to, third parties in excess of $100 million in the aggregate; or

 

    incur any indebtedness, other than indebtedness not in excess of $50 million in the aggregate or any indebtedness incurred to repay the Term Loan, the BGC Notes or other indebtedness of BGC Partners or its subsidiaries that we assume in the separation, or (2) incur any indebtedness that would cause BGC Partners to be in breach of or in default under any contract or that could be reasonably likely to adversely impact the credit rating of any commercial indebtedness of BGC Partners.

For so long as BGC Partners beneficially owns shares of our capital stock constituting “control” within the meaning of Section 368(c) of the Code, we will not (without BGC Partners’ prior written consent):

 

    issue any shares of our capital stock or any rights, warrants or options to acquire our capital stock (including securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock) if this could cause BGC Partners, at any time prior to the distribution, to (1) beneficially own less than 82% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote in the election of directors or less than 82% of the outstanding shares of any class of our capital stock not entitled to vote in the election of directors; or (2) otherwise fail to have “control” of us within the meaning of Section 368(c) of the Code;

 

    issue any shares of our capital stock in respect of any Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests; or

 

    take any action or fail to take any action that could reasonably be expected to prevent the contribution and the distribution from qualifying as a tax-free transaction to us, BGC Partners and BGC Partners’ stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

For so long as BGC Partners beneficially owns shares of our capital stock satisfying the stock ownership requirements set forth in Section 1504 of the Code, we will not (without BGC Partners’s prior written consent) issue any shares of our capital stock or any rights, warrants or options to acquire our capital stock, if this could cause BGC Partners, at any time prior to the distribution, to (1) fail to beneficially own shares of our capital stock satisfying the stock ownership requirements set forth in Section 1504 of the Code or (2) otherwise not be permitted to treat any member of the Newmark group as members of the “affiliated group” (within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code) of which BGC Partners is the common parent.

Auditors and Audits; Annual Financial Statements and Accounting

For so long as BGC Partners is required to consolidate our results of operations and financial position or account for its investment in us under the equity method of accounting, we will:

 

    not change our independent auditors without BGC Partners’ prior written consent;

 

    use our reasonable best efforts to enable our independent auditors to complete their audit of our financial statements in a timely manner so as to permit timely filing of BGC Partners’ financial statements;

 

200


Table of Contents
    provide to BGC Partners and its independent auditors all information required for BGC Partners to meet its schedule for the filing and distribution of its financial statements and to make available to BGC Partners and its independent auditors all documents necessary for the annual audit of us as well as access to the responsible personnel so that BGC Partners and its independent auditors may conduct their audits relating to our financial statements;

 

    adhere to certain specified BGC Partners accounting policies and notify and consult with BGC Partners regarding any changes to our accounting principles and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements, and any deficiencies in, or violations of law in connection with, our internal control over financial reporting; and

 

    consult with BGC Partners regarding the timing and content of our earnings releases and cooperate fully (and cause our independent auditors to cooperate fully) with BGC Partners in connection with any of its public filings.

Access to Information

Under the separation and distribution agreement, following the separation, we and BGC Partners will be obligated to provide each other access to information as follows:

 

    subject to applicable confidentiality obligations and other restrictions, we and BGC Partners will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide each other any information within each other’s possession that the requesting party reasonably needs for use in the conduct of its business in accordance with past practice, to comply with requirements imposed on the requesting party by a governmental authority, for use in any proceeding or to satisfy audit, accounting or similar requirements, or to comply with its obligations under the separation and distribution agreement or any ancillary agreement;

 

    until our first fiscal year-end occurring after the distribution (and for a reasonable period of time afterwards as required for each of BGC Partners or us to prepare consolidated financial statements or complete a financial statement audit for the fiscal year during which the distribution occurs), we will maintain in effect at our own cost and expense adequate systems and controls to the extent necessary to enable the members of the BGC Partners group to satisfy their respective reporting, accounting, audit and other obligations, and we will provide to BGC Partners in such form as BGC Partners may request, at no charge to BGC Partners, all financial and other data and information as BGC Partners determines necessary or advisable in order to prepare its financial statements and reports or filings with any governmental authorities, including copies of all quarterly and annual financial information and other reports and documents that we intend to file with the SEC prior to such filings (as well as final copies upon filing), and copies of our budgets and financial projections;

 

    subject to certain exceptions, we and BGC Partners will use reasonable best efforts to make available to each other, our past, present and future directors, officers, other employees and representatives to the extent reasonably required as witnesses in any legal, administrative or other proceedings in which the other party may become involved;

 

    the party providing information, consultant or witness services under the separation and distribution agreement will be entitled to reimbursement from the other party for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in providing this assistance;

 

    each party will use reasonable best efforts to retain information in its possession or control in accordance with BGC Partners’ record retention policy as of the separation; and

 

    subject to certain exceptions, we and BGC Partners will hold in confidence all information concerning or belonging to the other party, unless legally required to disclose such information.

Expenses

Under the separation and distribution agreement, we will be responsible for all third-party costs, fees and expenses relating to this offering, including the SEC registration fee, the FINRA fee, the reimbursable expenses

 

201


Table of Contents

of the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement, all of the costs of producing, printing, mailing and otherwise distributing the prospectus, as well as the underwriting discounts and commissions. All third-party fees, costs and expenses paid or incurred in connection with the distribution will be paid by BGC Partners. Except as otherwise set forth above or as provided in the separation and distribution agreement or other ancillary agreements, all other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by the separation and distribution agreement will be borne by the party incurring such costs and expenses.

Termination

Prior to the completion of this offering, the separation and distribution agreement may be terminated by BGC Partners in its sole discretion. After the completion of this offering, the separation and distribution agreement may be terminated and the distribution may be amended, modified or abandoned at any time prior to the distribution by the mutual consent of BGC Partners and us. In addition, prior to the distribution, BGC Partners has the right to terminate its obligation to complete the distribution if, at any time, the board of directors of BGC Partners determines, in its sole discretion, that the distribution is not in the best interests of BGC Partners or its stockholders. If the separation and distribution agreement is terminated on or after the completion of this offering, only the provisions of the separation and distribution agreement that obligate the parties to pursue the distribution will terminate. The other provisions of the separation and distribution agreement and the other ancillary agreements that BGC Partners and we enter into will remain in full force and effect.

BGC Partners Contribution of Newmark OpCo Units Prior to the Distribution

Prior to the distribution, unless otherwise agreed by BGC Partners, in order for a partner of BGC Holdings to exchange an exchangeable limited partnership interest in BGC Holdings into a share of common stock of BGC Partners pursuant to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of BGC Holdings, such partner must exchange both one exchangeable limited partnership interest in BGC Holdings and one exchangeable limited partnership interest in Newmark Holdings for one share of common stock of BGC Partners. Prior to the distribution, to the extent that BGC Partners receives any Newmark OpCo units as a result of any exchange of Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests as described in the immediately preceding sentence or as a result of any contribution by BGC Partners to Newmark OpCo or purchase by BGC Partners of Newmark OpCo units, then, in each case, BGC Partners will contribute such Newmark OpCo units to Newmark in exchange for an equal number of newly issued shares of Newmark common stock.

Exchange Agreement

In connection with the separation, we will enter into the exchange agreement, which will provide BGC Partners, Cantor, CFGM and other Cantor affiliates entitled to hold Class B common stock under our certificate of incorporation with the right to exchange at any time and from time to time, on a one-to-one basis, shares of our Class A common stock now owned or subsequently acquired by such persons for shares of our Class B common stock, up to the number of shares of Class B common stock that are authorized but unissued under our certificate of incorporation. Prior to the distribution, however, without the prior consent of BGC Partners, the Cantor entities may not exchange such shares of our Class A common stock into shares of our Class B common stock. Our audit committee and our board of directors have determined that the exchange agreement is in the best interests of Newmark and its stockholders because, among other things, it will help ensure that Cantor retains its exchangeable limited partnership units in Newmark Holdings, which is the same partnership in which Newmark’s partner employees participate, thus continuing to align the interests of Cantor with those of the partner employees.

 

202


Table of Contents

Amended and Restated Newmark Holdings Limited Partnership Agreement

Management

Newmark Holdings is managed by its general partner. We hold the Newmark Holdings general partnership interest and the Newmark Holdings special voting limited partnership interest, which entitles us to control Newmark Holdings and to remove and appoint the general partner of Newmark Holdings.

Under the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement, we, as the Newmark Holdings general partner, manage the business and affairs of Newmark Holdings. However, Cantor’s consent is required for amendments to the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement, to decrease distributions to Newmark Holdings limited partners to less than 100% of net income received by Newmark Holdings (other than with respect to selected extraordinary items as described below), to transfer any Newmark OpCo partnership interests beneficially owned by Newmark Holdings and to take any other actions that may adversely affect Cantor’s exercise of its co-investment rights to acquire Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests, its right to purchase Newmark Holdings founding partner interests and its right to exchange the Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests. Cantor’s consent is also required in connection with transfers of Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests by other limited partners and the issuance of additional Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests outside of the Participation Plan.

The Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement also provides that Newmark Holdings, in its capacity as the general partner of Newmark OpCo, requires Cantor’s consent to amend the terms of the Newmark OpCo limited partnership agreement or take any other action that may interfere with Cantor’s exercise of its co-investment rights to acquire Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests (and the corresponding investment in Newmark OpCo by Newmark Holdings) or its rights to exchange the Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests. Founding/working partners and limited partnership unit holders do not have any voting rights with respect to their ownership of Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests, other than limited consent rights concerning amendments to the terms of the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement.

Classes of Interests in Newmark Holdings

As of immediately following this offering, Newmark Holdings will have the following outstanding interests:

 

    a general partnership interest, which is held indirectly by us;

 

    a special voting limited partnership interest, which is held by us and which entitles us to remove and appoint the general partner of Newmark Holdings;

 

    Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests, which are held by Cantor;

 

    Newmark Holdings founding partner interests, which are limited partnership interests that will be issued in the separation in respect of BGC Holdings founding partner interests (which were issued to certain partners in connection with the 2008 separation of BGC Partners from Cantor); and

 

    Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests and units, including REU and AREU interests and working partner interests (including RPU, ARPU, PSI, PSE, APSI, PSU, APSU, LPU and NPSU interests and Preferred Units).

Founding/working partners currently hold five classes of Newmark Holdings units underlying such partner’s Newmark Holdings founding partner interests and Newmark Holdings working partner interests, respectively: High Distribution, High Distribution II, High Distribution III, High Distribution IV and Grant.

Each class of Newmark Holdings units held by founding/working partners generally entitles the holder to receive a pro rata share of the distributions of income received by Newmark Holdings. See “—Distributions.” The terms of each class of limited partnership interests vary and are described in the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement, a form of which is attached to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

203


Table of Contents

The general partner of Newmark Holdings may determine the total number of authorized Newmark Holdings units.

Any authorized but unissued Newmark Holdings units may be issued:

 

    pursuant to the separation or as otherwise contemplated by the separation and distribution agreement;

 

    to Cantor and members of the Cantor group, (1) in connection with a reinvestment in Newmark Holdings or (2) in the event of a termination or bankruptcy of a founding/working partner or limited partnership unit holder or the redemption of a founding/working partner interest or limited partnership unit pursuant to the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement;

 

    with respect to Newmark Holdings founding/working partner interests, to an eligible recipient, which means any limited partner or member of the Cantor group or any affiliate, employee or partner thereof, in each case as directed by a Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partner majority in interest (provided that such person or entity is not primarily engaged in a business that competes with Newmark Holdings or its subsidiaries);

 

    as otherwise agreed by us, as general partner, and a Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partner interest majority in interest;

 

    pursuant to the Participation Plan (as described in “Executive Compensation—Newmark Holdings Participation Plan”);

 

    to any then-current founding/working partner or limited partnership unit holder pursuant to the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement; or

 

    to any Newmark Holdings partner in connection with a conversion of an issued unit and interest into a different class or type of unit and interest.

In the event that Newmark Holdings redeems any of its outstanding units, our audit committee has authorized management to sell to the members of the Cantor group exchangeable units equal in number to such redeemed units at a price per exchangeable unit to be determined based on the average daily or monthly closing price of the Class A common stock.

The Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement provides that (1) where either current, terminating or terminated partners are permitted by us to exchange any portion of their founding partner units and Cantor consents to such exchangeability, we will offer to Cantor the opportunity for Cantor to purchase the same number of new exchangeable limited partnership interests in Newmark Holdings at the price that Cantor would have paid for the founding partner units had we redeemed them; and (2) the exchangeable limited partnership interests to be offered to Cantor pursuant to clause (1) above would be subject to, and granted in accordance with, applicable laws, rules and regulations then in effect.

Exchanges

The Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests held by Cantor are generally exchangeable with us for Class B common stock (or, at Cantor’s option or if there are no additional authorized but unissued shares of Class B common stock, Class A common stock) on a, immediately following this offering, one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments as set forth in the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement; we refer to this ratio as the “exchange ratio”), subject to the limitation on exchanges prior to the distribution as described below.

The Newmark Holdings founding partner interests (which will be issued in the separation to holders of BGC Holdings founding partner interests, who received such founding partner interests in connection with the separation of BGC Partners from Cantor in 2008) will not be exchangeable with us unless (1) Cantor reacquires such interests from Newmark Holdings upon termination or bankruptcy of the founding partners or redemption of their units (which it has the right to do under certain circumstances), in which case such interests will be exchangeable with us for Class A common stock or Class B common stock as described above or (2) Cantor determines that such interests can be exchanged by such founding partners with us for Class A common stock,

 

204


Table of Contents

generally on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments as set forth in the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement), on terms and conditions to be determined by Cantor, provided that the terms and conditions of such exchange cannot in any way diminish or adversely affect our rights or rights of our subsidiaries (it being understood that an obligation by us to deliver shares of Class A common stock upon exchange will not be deemed to diminish or adversely affect the rights of us or our subsidiaries) (which exchange of certain interests Cantor expects to permit from time to time). Once a Newmark Holdings founding partner interest becomes exchangeable, such founding partner interest is automatically exchanged for our Class A common stock upon termination or bankruptcy of such partner or upon redemption by Newmark Holdings.

In particular, the Newmark Holdings founding partner interests that Cantor has provided will be exchangeable with us for Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments as set forth in the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement), in accordance with the terms of the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement, are as follows:                 .

Further, we provide exchangeability for partnership units into shares of our Class A common stock in connection with (1) our partnership redemption, compensation and restructuring programs, (2) other incentive compensation arrangements and (3) business combination transactions.

Working partner interests will not be exchangeable with us unless otherwise determined by us with the written consent of a Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interest majority in interest, in accordance with the terms of the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement.

The limited partnership units will only be exchangeable for Class A common stock in accordance with the terms and conditions of the grant of such units, which terms and conditions will be determined in our sole discretion, as the general partner of Newmark Holdings, with the written consent of the Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interest majority in interest with respect to the grant of any exchange right, in accordance with the terms of the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement.

As a result of the distribution of limited partnership interests of Newmark Holdings in connection with the separation, each holder of BGC Holdings limited partnership interests will hold a BGC Holdings limited partnership interest and a corresponding Newmark Holdings limited partnership interest for each BGC Holdings limited partnership interest held thereby immediately prior to the separation. The BGC Holdings limited partnership interests and Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests will each be entitled to receive cash distributions from BGC Holdings and Newmark Holdings, respectively, in accordance with the terms of such partnership’s respective limited partnership agreement. We currently expect that the combined cash distributions to a holder of one BGC Holdings limited partnership interest and one Newmark Holdings limited partnership interest following the separation will equal the cash distribution payable to a holder of one BGC Holdings limited partnership interest immediately prior to the separation, before giving effect to the dilutive impact of the shares of our common stock to be issued in this offering.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the distribution, without the prior consent of BGC Partners, no Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests shall be exchangeable into our shares of common stock. Prior to the distribution, unless otherwise agreed by BGC Partners, in order for a partner to exchange an exchangeable limited partnership interest in BGC Holdings or Newmark Holdings into a share of common stock of BGC Partners, such partner must exchange both one BGC Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interest and one Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interest for one share of BGC Partners common stock. Prior to the distribution, to the extent that BGC Partners receives any Newmark OpCo units as a result of any such exchange of Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests (as described below), then BGC Partners will contribute such Newmark OpCo units to us in exchange for an equal number of shares of our common stock (with the class of shares of our common stock corresponding to the class of shares of common stock that BGC Partners issued upon such exchange).

 

205


Table of Contents

Upon our receipt (or, prior to the distribution and as described above, BGC Partners’ receipt) of any Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interest, or Newmark Holdings founding partner interest, working partner interest or limited partnership unit that is exchangeable, pursuant to an exchange, such interest being so exchanged will cease to be outstanding and will be automatically and fully cancelled, and such interest will automatically be designated as a Newmark Holdings regular limited partnership interest, will have all rights and obligations of a holder of Newmark Holdings regular limited partnership interests and will cease to be designated as a Newmark Holdings exchangeable interest, or Newmark Holdings founding partner interest, working partner interest or limited partnership unit that is exchangeable, and will not be exchangeable.

With each exchange, our direct and indirect (and, prior to the distribution and as described above, BGC Partners’ indirect) interest in Newmark OpCo will proportionately increase, because immediately following an exchange, Newmark Holdings will redeem the Newmark Holdings unit so acquired for the Newmark OpCo limited partnership interest underlying such Newmark Holdings unit.

In addition, upon a transfer of a Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interest that is not permitted by the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement (see “—Transfers of Interests”), such interest will cease to be designated as a Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interest and will automatically be designated as a regular limited partnership interest.

In the case of an exchange of an exchangeable limited partnership interest or a founding partner interest (or portion thereof), the aggregate capital account of the Newmark Holdings unit so exchanged will equal a pro rata portion of the total aggregate capital account of all exchangeable limited partnership units and founding partner units then outstanding, reflecting the portion of all such exchangeable limited partnership units and founding partner units then outstanding represented by the unit so exchanged. The aggregate capital account of such exchanging partner in such partner’s remaining exchangeable limited partnership units and/or founding partner units will be reduced by an equivalent amount. If the aggregate capital account of such partner is insufficient to permit such a reduction without resulting in a negative capital account, the amount of such insufficiency will be satisfied by reallocating capital from the capital accounts of the exchangeable limited partners and the founding partners to the capital account of the unit so exchanged, pro rata based on the number of units underlying the outstanding exchangeable limited partnership interests and the founding partner interests or based on other factors as determined by a Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interest majority in interest.

In the case of an exchange of an REU interest or working partner interest or portion thereof, the aggregate capital account of the Newmark Holdings units so exchanged will equal the capital account of the REU interest or working partner interest (or portion thereof), as the case may be, represented by such Newmark Holdings units.

We agreed to reserve, out of our authorized but unissued Class B common stock and Class A common stock, a sufficient number of shares of Class B common stock and Class A common stock to effect the exchange of all then outstanding Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests, the Newmark Holdings founding/working partner interests, if exchangeable, and Newmark Holdings limited partnership units, if exchangeable, into shares of Class B common stock or Class A common stock pursuant to the exchanges (subject, in the case of Class B common stock, to the maximum number of shares authorized but unissued under our certificate of incorporation as then in effect) and a sufficient number of shares of Class A common stock to effect the exchange of shares of Class B common stock issued or issuable in respect of exchangeable Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests. We have agreed that all shares of Class B common stock and Class A common stock issued in an exchange will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will be free from pre-emptive rights and free of any encumbrances.

Adjustment to Exchange Ratio

Each unit of an exchangeable Newmark Holdings limited partnership interest will be exchangeable with Newmark for a number of shares of Newmark common stock equal to the exchange ratio. Initially, the exchange

 

206


Table of Contents

ratio will each equal one, so that each unit of an exchangeable Newmark Holdings limited partnership interest will be exchangeable with Newmark for one share of Newmark common stock.

For reinvestment, acquisition or other purposes, Newmark may determine to distribute to its stockholders a smaller percentage than Newmark Holdings distributes to its equityholders from the cash that they receive from Newmark OpCo. In such circumstances, the exchange ratio will be reduced to reflect the amount of additional cash retained by Newmark, after the payment of taxes.

Partnership Enhancement Programs

We may from time to time undertake partnership redemption and compensation restructuring programs to enhance our employment arrangements by leveraging our unique partnership structure. Under these programs, participating partners generally may agree to extend the lengths of their employment agreements, to accept a larger portion of their compensation in partnership units and to other contractual modifications sought by us. As part of these programs, we may also redeem limited partnership interests for cash and/or other units and grant exchangeability to certain units.

Distributions

The profit and loss of Newmark OpCo are generally allocated based on the total number of Newmark OpCo units outstanding. The profit and loss of Newmark Holdings are generally allocated based on the total number of Newmark Holdings units outstanding. The minimum distribution for each RPU interest is $0.005 per quarter.

Pursuant to the terms of the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement, distributions by Newmark Holdings to its partners may not be decreased below 100% of net income received by Newmark Holdings from Newmark OpCo (other than with respect to selected extraordinary items with respect to founding/working partners or limited partnership unit holders, such as the disposition directly or indirectly of partnership assets outside of the ordinary course of business) unless we determine otherwise, subject to Cantor’s consent (as the holder of the Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interest majority in interest).

In addition, the Newmark Holdings general partner, with the consent of Cantor, as holder of a majority of the Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests, in its sole and absolute discretion, may direct Newmark Holdings, upon a founding/working partner’s or a limited partnership unit holder’s death, retirement, withdrawal from Newmark Holdings or other full or partial redemption of Newmark Holdings units, to distribute to such partner (or to his or her personal representative, as the case may be) a number of publicly traded shares or an amount of other property that the Newmark Holdings general partner determines is appropriate in light of the goodwill associated with such partner and his, her or its Newmark Holdings units, such partner’s length of service, responsibilities and contributions to Newmark Holdings and/or other factors deemed to be relevant by the Newmark Holdings general partner.

In the discretion of the Newmark Holdings general partner, distributions with respect to selected extraordinary transactions, as described below, may be withheld from the founding/working partners and the limited partnership unit holders and distributed over time subject to the satisfaction of conditions set by us, as the general partner of Newmark Holdings, such as continued service to us. These distributions that may be withheld relate to income items from nonrecurring events, including, without limitation, items that would be considered “extraordinary items” under U.S. GAAP and recoveries with respect to claims for expenses, costs and damages (excluding any recovery that does not result in monetary payments to Newmark Holdings) attributable to extraordinary events affecting Newmark Holdings.

Cantor’s Right to Purchase Redeemed Interests

Newmark Holdings Founding Partner Interests

The terms of the Newmark Holdings founding partner interests will be substantially the same as the terms of the BGC Holdings founding partner interests. There will be no Newmark Holdings founding partner interests

 

207


Table of Contents

outstanding other than from the mathematical carryover from the BGC Holdings founding partner interests (i.e., the Newmark Holdings founding partner interests distributed in the separation in respect of the outstanding BGC Holdings founding partner interests). No holder of Newmark Holdings founding partner interests will be employed by us.

Cantor has a right to purchase any Newmark Holdings founding partner interests that have not become exchangeable that are redeemed by Newmark Holdings upon termination or bankruptcy of a founding partner or upon mutual consent of the general partner of Newmark Holdings and Cantor. Cantor has the right to purchase such Newmark Holdings founding partner interests at a price equal to the lesser of (1) the amount that Newmark Holdings would be required to pay to redeem and purchase such Newmark Holdings founding partner interests and (2) the amount equal to (a) the number of units underlying such founding partner interests, multiplied by (b) the exchange ratio as of the date of such purchase, multiplied by (c) the then current market price of our Class A common stock. Cantor may pay such price using cash, publicly traded shares or other property, or a combination of the foregoing. If Cantor (or the other member of the Cantor group acquiring such founding partner interests, as the case may be) so purchases such founding partner interests at a price equal to clause (2) above, neither Cantor nor any member of the Cantor group nor Newmark Holdings nor any other person is obligated to pay Newmark Holdings or the holder of such founding partner interests any amount in excess of the amount set forth in clause (2) above.

In addition, the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement provides that (1) where either current, terminating or terminated partners are permitted by us to exchange any portion of their founding partner units and Cantor consents to such exchangeability, we will offer to Cantor the opportunity for Cantor to purchase the same number of new exchangeable limited partnership interests in Newmark Holdings at the price that Cantor would have paid for the founding partner units had we redeemed them; and (2) the exchangeable limited partnership interests to be offered to Cantor pursuant to clause (1) above would be subject to, and granted in accordance with, applicable laws, rules and regulations then in effect.

Any Newmark Holdings founding partner interests acquired by Cantor, while not exchangeable in the hands of the founding partner absent a determination by Cantor to the contrary, will be exchangeable by Cantor for shares of our Class B common stock or, at Cantor’s election, shares of our Class A common stock, in each case, on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments as set forth in the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement), on the same basis as the limited partnership interests held by Cantor, and will be designated as Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests when acquired by Cantor. This may permit Cantor to receive a larger share of income generated by our business at a less expensive price than through purchasing shares of our Class A common stock, which is a result of the price payable by Cantor to Newmark Holdings upon exercise of its right to purchase equivalent exchangeable interests.

Newmark Holdings Working Partner Interests and Newmark Holdings Limited Partnership Units

Cantor has a right to purchase any Newmark Holdings working partner interests or Newmark Holdings limited partnership units (in each case that have not become exchangeable), as the case may be, that are redeemed by Newmark Holdings if Newmark Holdings elects to transfer the right to purchase such interests to a Newmark Holdings partner rather than redeem such interests itself. Cantor has the right to purchase such interests on the same terms that such Newmark Holdings partner would have a right to purchase such interests.

Newmark from time to time may enter into various compensatory arrangements with partners, including founding partners who hold non-exchangeable founding partner units that Cantor has not elected to make exchangeable into shares of Class A common stock. These arrangements, which may be entered into prior to or in connection with the termination of such partners, include but are not limited to the grant of shares or other awards under the Equity Plan, payments of cash or other property, or partnership awards under the Participation Plan or other partnership adjustments, which arrangements may result in the repayment by such partners of any partnership loans or other amounts payable to or guaranteed by Cantor earlier than might otherwise be the case,

 

208


Table of Contents

and for which the Company may incur compensation charges that it might not otherwise have incurred had such arrangements not been entered into.

As of the effective date of the separation, there are expected to be approximately              non-exchangeable founding/working partner units in which Newmark Holdings has the right to redeem and Cantor has the right to purchase an equivalent number of Newmark Holdings units.

Transfers of Interests

The Newmark Holdings partnership agreement contains restrictions on the transfer of interests in Newmark Holdings. In general, a partner may not transfer or agree or otherwise commit to transfer all or any portion of, or any rights, title and interest in and to, its interest in Newmark Holdings, except in the circumstances described in the Newmark Holdings partnership agreement.

Amendments

The Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement cannot be amended except with the approval of each of the general partner and the exchangeable limited partners (by the affirmative vote of a Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interest majority in interest) of Newmark Holdings. In addition, the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement cannot be amended to:

 

    amend any provisions which require the consent of a specified percentage in interest of the limited partners without the consent of that specified percentage in interest of the limited partners;

 

    alter the interest of any partner in the amount or timing of distributions or the allocation of profits, losses or credits, if such alteration would either materially adversely affect the economic interest of a partner or would materially adversely affect the value of interests, without the consent of the partners holding at least two-thirds of all units, in the case of an amendment applying in substantially similar manner to all classes of interests, or two-thirds in interest of the affected class or classes of the partners, in the case of any other amendment; or

 

    alter the special voting limited partner’s ability to remove a general partner.

The general partner of Newmark Holdings may authorize any amendment to correct any technically incorrect statement or error apparent on the face thereof in order to further the parties’ intent or to correct any formality or error or incorrect statement or defect in the execution of the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement.

Corporate Opportunity; Fiduciary Duty

The Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement contains similar corporate opportunity provisions to those included in our certificate of incorporation with respect to Newmark, BGC Partners and/or Cantor and their respective representatives. See “—Potential Conflicts of Interest and Competition with BGC Partners and Cantor.”

Parity of Interests

The Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement provides that it is the non-binding intention of Newmark Holdings and each of the partners of Newmark Holdings that the aggregate number of Newmark OpCo units held by Newmark Holdings and its subsidiaries (other than Newmark OpCo and its subsidiaries) at a given time divided by the aggregate number of Newmark Holdings units issued and outstanding at such time is at all times equal to one, which ratio is referred to herein as the “Newmark Holdings ratio.” It is the non-binding intention of each of the partners of Newmark Holdings and of Newmark Holdings that there be a parallel

 

209


Table of Contents

issuance or repurchase transaction by Newmark Holdings in the event of any issuance or repurchase by Newmark OpCo of Newmark OpCo units to or held by Newmark Holdings so that the Newmark Holdings ratio at all times equals one.

Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Newmark OpCo

Management

Newmark OpCo is managed by its general partner, which is Newmark Holdings. Newmark Holdings, in turn, holds the Newmark OpCo general partnership interest and the Newmark OpCo special voting limited partnership interest, which entitles the holder thereof to remove and appoint the general partner of Newmark OpCo and serves as the general partner of Newmark OpCo, which entitles Newmark Holdings (and thereby, Newmark) to control Newmark OpCo, subject to limited consent rights of Cantor and to the rights of Newmark Holdings as the special voting limited partner. Newmark Holdings holds its Newmark OpCo general partnership interest through a Delaware limited liability company, Newmark Holdings, LLC.

Cantor’s “consent rights” means that Newmark Holdings, in its capacity as general partner of Newmark OpCo, is required to obtain Cantor’s consent to amend the terms of the Newmark OpCo limited partnership agreement or take any other action that may adversely affect Cantor’s exercise of its co-investment rights to acquire Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests (and the corresponding investment in Newmark OpCo by Newmark Holdings) or right to exchange Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests.

Classes of Interests in Newmark OpCo

As of the effective date of the separation, Newmark OpCo has the following outstanding interests:

 

    a general partnership interest, which is held by Newmark Holdings;

 

    limited partnership interests, which are directly and indirectly held by Newmark and Newmark Holdings; and

 

    a special voting limited partnership interest, which is held by Newmark Holdings and which entitles the holder thereof to remove and appoint the general partner of Newmark OpCo.

The aggregate number of authorized units in Newmark OpCo is                 , and in the event that the total number of authorized shares of Newmark common stock under our certificate of incorporation is increased or decreased, the total number of authorized units in Newmark OpCo will be correspondingly increased or decreased by the same number so that the number of authorized Newmark OpCo units equals the number of authorized shares of Newmark common stock.

Any authorized but unissued Newmark OpCo may be issued:

 

    pursuant to the separation;

 

    to Newmark and/or Newmark Holdings and members of their group, as the case may be, in connection with an investment in Newmark OpCo;

 

    to Newmark Holdings or members of its group in connection with a redemption pursuant to the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement;

 

    as otherwise agreed by each of the general partner and the limited partners (by affirmative vote of the limited partners holding a majority of the units underlying limited partnership interests outstanding of Newmark OpCo (except that if Newmark Holdings and its group holds a majority in interest and Cantor and its group holds a majority of units underlying the Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests, then majority of interest means Cantor), which we refer to as a “Newmark OpCo majority in interest”);

 

210


Table of Contents
    to Newmark or Newmark Holdings in connection with a grant of equity by Newmark or Newmark Holdings; and

 

    to any Newmark OpCo partner in connection with a conversion of an issued unit and interest into a different class or type of unit and interest.

There will be no additional classes of partnership interests in Newmark OpCo.

Distributions

The profit and loss of Newmark OpCo is generally allocated based on the total number of Newmark OpCo units outstanding.

Transfers of Interests

The Newmark OpCo partnership agreement contains restrictions on the transfer of interests in Newmark OpCo. In general, a partner may not transfer or agree or otherwise commit to transfer all or any portion of, or any rights, title and interest in and to, its interest in Newmark OpCo, except in the circumstances described in the Newmark OpCo partnership agreement.

Reinvestments in Newmark OpCo by Newmark; Co-Investment Rights; Distributions to Holders of Our Common Stock and to Newmark Holdings Limited Partners

In order to maintain our economic interest in Newmark OpCo, any net proceeds received by us from any subsequent issuances of our common stock other than upon exchange of Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests will be, unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, contributed to Newmark OpCo in exchange for Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests consisting of a number of Newmark OpCo units that will equal the number of shares of our common stock issued.

In addition, we may elect to purchase from Newmark OpCo a number of Newmark OpCo units through cash or non-cash consideration. The investment price will be based on the then-applicable market price for shares of our Class A common stock. In the future, from time to time, we also may use cash on hand and funds received from distributions, loans or other payments from Newmark OpCo to purchase shares of common stock or Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests.

In the event that we acquire any additional Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests from Newmark OpCo, Cantor would have the right to cause Newmark Holdings to acquire additional Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests from Newmark OpCo up to the number of Newmark OpCo units that would preserve Cantor’s relative indirect economic percentage interest in Newmark OpCo compared to our interests immediately prior to the acquisition of such additional Newmark OpCo units by us, and Cantor would acquire an equivalent number of additional Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests to reflect such relative indirect interest. The purchase price per Newmark OpCo unit for any such Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests issued indirectly to Cantor pursuant to its co-investment rights will be equal to the price paid by us per Newmark OpCo unit. Any such Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests issued to Cantor will be designated as exchangeable limited partnership interests.

Cantor will have 10 days after the related issuance of Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests to elect such reinvestment and will have to close such election no later than 120 days following such election.

In addition, the Participation Plan provides for issuances, in the discretion of our compensation committee or its designee, of Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests to current or prospective working partners and executive officers of Newmark. Any net proceeds received by Newmark Holdings for such issuances generally

 

211


Table of Contents

will be contributed to Newmark OpCo in exchange for Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests consisting of a number of Newmark OpCo units equal to the number of Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests being issued so that the cost of such compensation award, if any, is borne pro rata by all holders of the Newmark OpCo units, including by us. Any Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests acquired by the working partners, including any such interests acquired at preferential or historical prices that are less than the prevailing fair market value of our Class A common stock, will be designated as Newmark Holdings working partner interests and will generally receive distributions from Newmark OpCo on an equal basis with all other limited partnership interests.

Newmark Holdings will not have the right to acquire limited partnership interests in Newmark OpCo other than in connection with an investment by Cantor as described above or in connection with issuances of Newmark Holdings interests to the working partners and executive officers under the Participation Plan.

Reinvestments in Newmark OpCo by BGC Partners

Pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement, any net proceeds received by BGC Partners from any subsequent issuances of BGC Partners common stock other than upon exchange of a combination of BGC Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests and Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests will be, unless otherwise determined by BGC Partners’ board of directors, contributed to BGC U.S., BGC Global and Newmark OpCo in exchange for (1) BGC U.S. limited partnership interests consisting of a number of BGC U.S. units that will equal the number of shares of BGC Partners common stock issued, (2) BGC Global limited partnership interests consisting of a number of BGC Global units that will equal the number of shares of BGC Partners common stock issued and (3) Newmark OpCo limited partnership interests consisting of a number of Newmark OpCo units that will equal the number of shares of BGC Partners common stock issued. The amount of the net proceeds that will be contributed by BGC Partners to Newmark OpCo for each Newmark OpCo unit so issued to BGC Partners will be based on the then-applicable market price for shares of our Class A common stock. The remainder of the net proceeds will be contributed by BGC Partners to BGC U.S. and BGC Global. BGC Partners’ board of directors will have the right to make any equitable adjustment to the amounts contributed to Newmark OpCo, on the one hand, and BGC U.S. and BGC Global, on the other hand, if any events warrant such adjustment.

In addition, if BGC Partners exercises its right to purchase from BGC U.S. and BGC Global a number of BGC U.S. units and BGC Global units, unless otherwise determined by BGC Partners’ board of directors, BGC Partners will also purchase a number of Newmark OpCo units equal to the number of BGC U.S. units so purchased through cash or non-cash consideration for an investment price based on the then-applicable market price for shares of our Class A common stock.

Amendments

The Newmark OpCo limited partnership agreement cannot be amended except with the approval of each of the general partner and the limited partners (by the affirmative vote of a Newmark OpCo majority in interest) of Newmark OpCo. In addition, the Newmark OpCo limited partnership agreement cannot be amended to:

 

    amend any provisions which require the consent of a specified percentage in interest of the limited partners without the consent of that specified percentage in interest of the limited partners;

 

    alter the interest of any partner in the amount or timing of distributions or the allocation of profits, losses or credits, if such alteration would either materially adversely affect the economic interest of a partner or would materially adversely affect the value of interests, without the consent of the partners holding at least two-thirds of all units, in the case of an amendment applying in substantially similar manner to all classes of interests, or two-thirds in interest of the affected class or classes of the partners, in the case of any other amendment; or

 

    alter the special voting limited partner’s ability to remove a general partner.

 

212


Table of Contents

The general partner of Newmark OpCo may authorize any amendment to correct any technically incorrect statement or error in order to further the parties’ intent or to correct any formality or error or defect in the execution of the Newmark OpCo limited partnership agreement.

Corporate Opportunity; Fiduciary Duty

The Newmark OpCo limited partnership agreement contains similar corporate opportunity provisions to those included in our certificate of incorporation with respect to Newmark and/or Newmark Holdings and their respective representatives. See “—Potential Conflicts of Interest and Competition with BGC Partners and Cantor.”

Parity of Interests

The limited partnership agreement of Newmark OpCo provides that, at the election of Newmark, in connection with a repurchase of our Class A common stock or similar actions, Newmark OpCo will redeem and repurchase from Newmark a number of units in Newmark OpCo equivalent to the number of shares of Class A common stock repurchased by Newmark in exchange for cash in the amount of the gross proceeds to be paid in connection with such stock repurchase.

Administrative Services Agreement

The administrative services agreement has an initial term of three years, starting on                 , 2017. Thereafter, the administrative services agreement renews automatically for successive one-year terms, unless any party provides written notice to the other parties of its desire to terminate the agreement at least 120 days before the end of any such year ending during the initial or extended term, in which event the administrative services agreement will end with respect to the terminating party on the last day of such term. In addition, any particular service provided under the administrative services agreement may be cancelled by the receiving party, with at least 90 days’ prior written notice to the providing party, with no effect on the other services. The terminating party will be charged a termination fee equal to the costs incurred by the party providing services as a result of such termination, including any severance or cancellation fees.

Cantor is entitled to continued use of hardware and equipment it used prior to the date of the administrative services agreement on the terms and conditions provided, even in the event we terminate the administrative services agreement, although there is no requirement to repair or replace such hardware or equipment.

During the term of the administrative services agreement, the parties will provide administrative and technical support services to each other, including:

 

    administration and benefits services;

 

    employee benefits, human resources and payroll services;

 

    financial and operations services;

 

    internal auditing services;

 

    legal related services;

 

    risk and credit services;

 

    accounting and general tax services;

 

    office space;

 

    personnel, hardware and equipment services

 

    communication and data facilities;

 

213


Table of Contents
    facilities management services;

 

    promotional, sales and marketing services;

 

    procuring of insurance coverage; and

 

    any miscellaneous services to which the parties reasonably agree.

The administrative services agreement includes provisions for allowing a provider or affiliate to arrange for a third party to provide for the services.

In consideration for the services provided, the providing party generally charges the other party an amount (including any applicable taxes) equal to (1) the direct cost that the providing party incurs in performing those services, including third-party charges incurred in providing services, plus (2) a reasonable allocation of other costs determined in a consistent and fair manner so as to cover the providing party’s appropriate costs or in such other manner as the parties agree.

The administrative services agreement provides that the services recipient generally indemnifies the services provider for liabilities that it incurs arising from the provision of services other than liabilities arising from fraud or willful misconduct of the service provider.

Transition Services Agreement

The transition services agreement has a term of two years following the distribution, starting on                 , 2017. Any particular service provided under the transition services agreement may be cancelled by the receiving party, with at least 90 days’ prior written notice to the providing party, with no effect on the other services. The terminating party will be charged a termination fee equal to the costs incurred by the party providing services as a result of such termination, including any severance or cancellation fees.

BGC Partners is entitled to continued use of hardware and equipment it used prior to the date of the transition services agreement on the terms and conditions provided until two years following the distribution, even in the event we terminate the transition services agreement, although there is no requirement to repair or replace such hardware or equipment.

During the term of the transition services agreement, the parties will provide transition services to each other, including, among others, office space, personnel, hardware and equipment services; communication and data facilities; procuring of insurance coverage; and any miscellaneous services to which the parties reasonably agree.

The transition services agreement includes provisions for allowing a provider or affiliate to arrange for a third party to provide for the services.

In consideration for the services provided, the providing party generally charges the other party an amount (including any applicable taxes) equal to (1) the direct cost that the providing party incurs in performing those services, including third-party charges incurred in providing services, plus (2) a reasonable allocation of other costs determined in a consistent and fair manner so as to cover the providing party’s appropriate costs or in such other manner as the parties agree.

The transition services agreement provides that the services recipient generally indemnifies the services provider for liabilities that it incurs arising from the provision of services other than liabilities arising from fraud or willful misconduct of the service provider.

Tax Matters Agreement

BGC Partners and Newmark will enter into a tax matters agreement in connection with the separation that will govern the parties’ respective rights, responsibilities and obligations after the separation with respect to taxes

 

214


Table of Contents

(including taxes arising in the ordinary course of business and taxes, if any, incurred as a result of any failure of the distribution and certain related transactions to qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes), tax attributes, the preparation and filing of tax returns, the control of audits and other tax proceedings, tax elections, assistance and cooperation in respect of tax matters, procedures and restrictions relating to the distribution, if any, and certain other tax matters.

In addition, the tax matters agreement will impose certain restrictions on Newmark and its subsidiaries (including restrictions on share issuances, business combinations, sales of assets and similar transactions) that will be designed to preserve the tax-free status of the distribution and certain related transactions. The tax matters agreement will provide special rules to allocate tax liabilities in the event the distribution, together with certain related transactions, is not tax-free, as well as any tax liabilities incurred in connection with the separation. In general, under the tax matters agreement, each party is expected to be responsible for any taxes imposed on BGC Partners or Newmark that arise from the failure of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) and certain other relevant provisions of the Code, to the extent that the failure to so qualify is attributable to actions, events or transactions relating to such party’s respective stock, assets or business, or a breach of the relevant representations or covenants made by that party in the tax matters agreement.

Tax Receivable Agreement

Certain interests in Newmark Holdings may, in effect, be exchanged in the future for shares of Newmark Class A common stock or Newmark Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments as set forth in the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement). The exchanges may result in increases to our share of the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Newmark OpCo that otherwise would not have been available, although the IRS may challenge all or part of that tax basis increase, and a court could sustain such a challenge by the IRS. These increases in tax basis, if sustained, may reduce the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

In connection with the separation and distribution, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with Cantor that provides for the payment by us to Cantor of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax or franchise tax that we actually realize as a result of these increases in tax basis and of certain other tax benefits related to its entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. It is expected that we will benefit from the remaining 15% of cash savings, if any, in income tax that we realize. Pursuant to the tax receivable agreement, we will determine, after consultation with Cantor, the extent to which we are permitted to claim any such tax benefits, and such tax benefits will be taken into account in computing any cash savings so long as our accountants agree that it is at least more likely than not that such tax benefit is available.

Pursuant to the tax receivable agreement, 20% of each payment that would otherwise be made by us will be deposited into an escrow account until the expiration of the statute of limitations for the tax year to which the payment relates. If the IRS successfully challenges the availability of any tax benefit and determines that a tax benefit is not available, we will be entitled to receive reimbursements from Cantor for amounts we previously paid under the tax receivable agreement and Cantor will indemnify us and hold us harmless with respect to any interest or penalties and any other losses in respect of the disallowance of any deductions which gave rise to the payment under the tax receivable agreement (together with reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees incurred in connection with any related tax contest, but the indemnity for such reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees shall only apply to the extent Cantor is permitted to control such contest). Any such reimbursement or indemnification payment will be satisfied first from the escrow account (to the extent funded in respect of such payments under the tax receivable agreement).

For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, cash savings in income and franchise tax will be computed by comparing our actual income and franchise tax liability to the amount of such taxes that we would have been

 

215


Table of Contents

required to pay had there been no depreciation or amortization deductions available to us that were attributable to an increase in tax basis (or any imputed interest) as a result of an exchange. The tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless we (with the approval by a majority of our independent directors) exercise our right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount based on an agreed value of payments remaining to be made under the agreement, provided that if Cantor and we cannot agree upon a value, the agreement will remain in full force and effect. The actual amount and timing of any payment under the tax receivable agreement will vary depending on a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable and the amount and timing of our income.

Any amendment to the tax receivable agreement will be subject to approval by a majority of our independent directors.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the separation and distribution, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with BGC Partners and Cantor which will provide Cantor, BGC Partners and their respective affiliates (prior to the distribution) and Cantor and its affiliates (after the distribution) registration rights with respect to shares of our Class A common stock, including shares issued or to be issued upon exchange of the Newmark Holdings exchangeable limited partnership interests held by Cantor and shares of our Class A common stock issued or issuable in respect of or in exchange for any shares of our Class B common stock. We refer to these shares as “registrable securities,” and we refer to the holders of these registrable securities as “holders.”

The registration rights agreement will provide that each holder is entitled to unlimited piggyback registration rights with respect to its registrable securities, meaning that each holder can include its registrable securities in registration statements filed by us, subject to certain limitations. The registration rights agreement will also grant Cantor and BGC Partners unlimited demand registration rights requiring that we register registrable securities held by Cantor and BGC Partners.

We will pay the costs but the holders will pay for any underwriting discounts or commissions or transfer taxes associated with all such registrations.

We have agreed to indemnify the holders registering shares pursuant to the registration rights agreement against certain liabilities under the Securities Act.

Leases

We currently occupy concurrent computing centers in Weehawken, New Jersey and Trumbull, Connecticut, maintained by BGC Partners. Under the transition services agreement, we are obligated to BGC Partners for our pro rata portion (based on square footage used) of rental expense during the terms of the leases for such spaces.

Potential Conflicts of Interest and Competition with BGC Partners and Cantor

Various conflicts of interest between and among us, BGC Partners and Cantor may arise in the future in a number of areas relating to our past and ongoing relationships, including potential acquisitions of businesses or properties, the election of new directors, payment of dividends, incurrence of indebtedness, tax matters, financial commitments, marketing functions, indemnity arrangements, service arrangements, issuances of capital stock, sales or distributions of shares of our common stock and the exercise by BGC Partners and/or Cantor of control over our management and affairs.

BGC Partners, directly through its ownership of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and Cantor, indirectly through its control of BGC Partners, will each be able to exercise control over our management and affairs and all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of our directors

 

216


Table of Contents

and determinations with respect to acquisitions and dispositions, as well as material expansions or contractions of our business, entry into new lines of business and borrowings and issuances of our common stock or other securities. BGC Partners’ voting power, prior to the completion of the distribution, and Cantor’s voting power, indirectly prior to the completion of the distribution and directly after the completion of the distribution, may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us. This control will also be exercised because BGC Partners is, in turn, controlled by Cantor and Cantor is, in turn, controlled by CFGM, its managing general partner, and, ultimately, by Mr. Lutnick, who serves as our Chairman. Mr. Lutnick is also the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of BGC Partners and Cantor and the President and controlling stockholder of CFGM.

Conflicts of interest may arise between and among us, BGC Partners and Cantor in a number of areas relating to our past and ongoing relationships, including:

 

    potential acquisitions and dispositions of businesses;

 

    our issuance or disposition of securities;

 

    the election of new or additional directors to our board of directors;

 

    the payment of dividends by us (if any), distribution of profits by Newmark OpCo and/or Newmark Holdings and repurchases of shares of our common stock or purchases of Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests or other equity interests in our subsidiaries, including from BGC Partners, Cantor or our executive officers, other employees, partners and others;

 

    business operations or business opportunities of us, BGC Partners and Cantor that would compete with the other party’s business opportunities;

 

    intellectual property matters;

 

    business combinations involving us;

 

    the terms of the separation and distribution agreement and the ancillary agreements we entered into in connection with the separation;

 

    the nature, quality and pricing of administrative services and transition services to be provided by BGC Partners and/or Cantor and/or their respective affiliates; and

 

    potential and existing loan arrangements.

We also expect each of BGC Partners and Cantor to manage its respective ownership of us so that it will not be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, including by maintaining its voting power in us above a majority absent an applicable exemption from the Investment Company Act. This may result in conflicts with us, including those relating to acquisitions or offerings by us involving issuances of shares of our Class A common stock, or securities convertible or exchangeable into shares of Class A common stock, that would dilute BGC Partners’ or Cantor’s voting power in us.

In addition, each of BGC Partners and Cantor has from time to time in the past and may in the future consider possible strategic realignments of its own businesses and/or of the relationships that exist between and among BGC Partners and/or Cantor and their other respective affiliates and us. Any future material related-party transaction or arrangement between BGC Partners and/or Cantor and their other respective affiliates and us is subject to the prior approval by our audit committee, but generally does not require the separate approval of our stockholders, and if such stockholder approval is required, BGC Partners and/or Cantor may retain sufficient voting power to provide any such requisite approval without the affirmative consent of our other stockholders.

Moreover, the service of officers or partners of BGC Partners or Cantor as our executive officers and directors, and those persons’ ownership interests in and payments from BGC Partners or Cantor and their respective affiliates, could create conflicts of interest when we and those directors or executive officers are faced with decisions that could have different implications for us and them.

 

217


Table of Contents

Our agreements and other arrangements with BGC Partners and Cantor, including the separation and distribution agreement, may be amended upon agreement of the parties to those agreements and approval of our audit committee. During the time that we are controlled by BGC Partners and/or Cantor, BGC Partners and/or Cantor may be able to require us to agree to amendments to these agreements. We may not be able to resolve any potential conflicts, and, even if we do, the resolution may be less favorable to us than if we were dealing with an unaffiliated party. As a result, the prices charged to or by us for services provided under our agreements with BGC Partners and/or Cantor may be higher or lower than prices that may be charged to or by third parties, and the terms of these agreements may be more or less favorable to us than those that we could have negotiated with third parties. Additionally, pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement, for so long as BGC Partners beneficially owns at least 50% of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors, we will not, and will cause our subsidiaries to not (without BGC Partners’ prior written consent) take certain actions, including, without limitation, acquiring any other businesses or assets or disposing of any of our assets, in each case with an aggregate value for all such transactions in excess of $100 million, or incurring any indebtedness, other than indebtedness not in excess of $50 million in the aggregate or any indebtedness incurred to repay the Term Loan, the BGC Notes or other indebtedness of BGC Partners or its subsidiaries that we will assume in the separation. See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Separation and Distribution Agreement—Operating Covenants.”

In order to address potential conflicts of interest between or among BGC Partners, Cantor and their respective representatives and us, our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions regulating and defining the conduct of our affairs as they may involve BGC Partners and/or Cantor and their respective representatives, and our powers, rights, duties and liabilities and those of our representatives in connection therewith. Our certificate of incorporation provides that, to the greatest extent permitted by law, no Cantor Company or BGC Partners Company, each as defined below, or any of the representatives, as defined below, of a Cantor Company or BGC Partners Company will, in its capacity as our stockholder or affiliate, owe or be liable for breach of any fiduciary duty to us or any of our stockholders. In addition, to the greatest extent permitted by law, none of any Cantor Company, BGC Partners Company or any of their respective representatives will owe any duty to refrain from engaging in the same or similar activities or lines of business as us or our representatives or doing business with any of our or our representatives’ clients or customers. If any Cantor Company, BGC Partners Company or any of their respective representatives acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity (as defined below) for any such person, on the one hand, and us or any of our representatives, on the other hand, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such corporate opportunity to us or any of our representatives, and will not be liable to us, any of our stockholders or any of our representatives for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that they pursue or acquire such corporate opportunity for themselves, direct such corporate opportunity to another person or do not present such corporate opportunity to us or any of our representatives, subject to the requirement described in the following sentence. If a third party presents a corporate opportunity to a person who is both our representative and a representative of a BGC Partners Company and/or a Cantor Company, expressly and solely in such person’s capacity as our representative, and such person acts in good faith in a manner consistent with the policy that such corporate opportunity belongs to us, then such person will be deemed to have fully satisfied and fulfilled any fiduciary duty that such person has to us as our representative with respect to such corporate opportunity, provided that any BGC Partners Company, any Cantor Company or any of their respective representatives may pursue such corporate opportunity if we decide not to pursue such corporate opportunity.

No contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction between any BGC Partners Company, any Cantor Company or any of their respective representatives, on the one hand, and us or any of our representatives, on the other hand, will be void or voidable solely because any BGC Partners Company, any Cantor Company or any of their respective representatives has a direct or indirect interest in such contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction, and any BGC Partners Company, any Cantor Company or any of their respective representatives (i) shall have fully satisfied and fulfilled its duties and obligations to us and our stockholders with respect thereto;

 

218


Table of Contents

and (ii) shall not be liable to us or our stockholders for any breach of any duty or obligation by reason of the entering into, performance or consummation of any such contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction, if:

 

    such contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction is approved by our board of directors or any committee thereof by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even if the disinterested directors constitute less than a quorum;

 

    such contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction is approved by our stockholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of all of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, excluding from such calculation shares of capital stock that are beneficially owned (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to as the “Exchange Act”) by a BGC Partners Company or a Cantor Company, respectively; or

 

    such contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction, judged according to the circumstances at the time of the commitment, is fair to us.

While the satisfaction of the foregoing conditions shall be sufficient to show that any BGC Partners Company, any Cantor Company or any of their respective representatives (i) shall have fully satisfied and fulfilled its duties and obligations to us and our stockholders with respect thereto; and (ii) shall not be liable to us or our stockholders for any breach of any duty or obligation by reason of the entering into, performance or consummation of any such contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction, none of the foregoing conditions shall be required to be satisfied for such showing.

Our directors who are also directors or officers of any BGC Partners Company, any Cantor Company or any of their respective representatives may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of our board of directors or of a committee that authorizes such contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction. Shares of our common stock owned by any BGC Partners Company, any Cantor Company or any of their respective representatives may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of stockholders called to authorize such contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction. Our directors who are also directors or officers of any BGC Partners Company, any Cantor Company or any of their respective representatives shall not owe or be liable for breach of any fiduciary duty to us or any of our stockholders for any action taken by any BGC Partners Company, any Cantor Company or their respective representatives, in their capacity as our stockholder or affiliate.

For purposes of the above:

 

    “BGC Partners Company” means BGC Partners or any of its affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries);

 

    “Cantor Company” means Cantor or any of its affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries);

 

    “representatives” means, with respect to any person, the directors, officers, employees, general partners or managing member of such person.

 

    “corporate opportunity” means any business opportunity that we are financially able to undertake, that is, from its nature, in our lines of business, is of practical advantage to us and is one in which we have an interest or a reasonable expectancy, and in which, by embracing the opportunities, the self-interest of a BGC Partners Company or a Cantor Company or any of their respective representatives, as the case may be, will be brought into conflict with our self-interest.

Certain Acquisitions and Dispositions of Interests in Our Capital Stock by BGC Partners and Cantor

Our board of directors has determined that each of BGC Partners and Cantor is a “deputized” director of the Company for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act with respect to the transactions contemplated by

 

219


Table of Contents

the separation and the distribution. Rule 16b-3 exempts from the short-swing profits liability provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act certain transactions in an issuer’s securities between the issuer or its majority-owned subsidiaries and its officers and directors if, among other things, the transaction is approved in advance by the issuer’s board of directors or a disinterested committee of the issuer’s board of directors. The Rule 16b-3 exemption extends to any such transactions by an entity beneficially owning more than 10% of a class of an issuer’s equity securities if the entity is a “deputized” director because it has a representative on the issuer’s board of directors. Our board of directors’ intent in determining that each of BGC Partners and Cantor is a “deputized” director is that acquisitions or dispositions by BGC Partners or Cantor of shares of our common stock or interests in our common stock from or to us or their respective majority-owned subsidiaries will be eligible for the Rule 16b-3 exemption from the short-swing profits liability provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

Service Agreements

We have received administrative services including but not limited to, treasury, legal, accounting, information technology, payroll administration, human resources, incentive compensation plans and other support provided by Cantor and BGC Partners. Where it is possible to specifically attribute such expenses to our activities, these amounts have been expensed directly to us. Direct costs are primarily comprised of rent and equity and other incentive compensation expenses. Allocations of expenses not directly attributable to us are based on a services agreement between BGC Partners and Cantor which reflects the utilization of service provided or benefits received by us, such as headcount, square footage and revenue. For the six months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred expenses of $8.9 million for these services. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we incurred $18.0 million and $18.5 million, respectively.

Transactions with Cantor Commercial Real Estate Company, L.P.

We also have a referral agreement in place with CCRE in which brokers are incentivized to refer business to CCRE through a revenue-share arrangement. In connection with this revenue-share agreement, we recognized revenues of $0.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we recognized revenues of $0.3 million and $0.0 million, respectively.

We also have a revenue-share agreement with CCRE in which we pay CCRE for referrals for leasing or other services. In connection with this agreement, we paid $0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we paid $1.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

BP Transaction Agreement and Real Estate Newco Limited Partnership Agreement

On September 8, 2017, pursuant to a transaction agreement (which we refer to as the “BP transaction agreement”) with Cantor, CCRE, the general partner of CCRE, Real Estate Newco and CF Real Estate Holdings GP, LLC, the general partner of Real Estate Newco (which we refer to as the “Real Estate Newco general partner”), BGC Partners purchased from CCRE all of the outstanding membership interests of Berkeley Point. The total consideration for the acquisition of Berkeley Point was $875 million, subject to certain adjustments. Concurrently with the acquisition of Berkeley Point, (i) BGC Partners invested $100 million of cash in Real Estate Newco for approximately 27% of the capital of Real Estate Newco, and (ii) Cantor contributed approximately $267 million of cash for approximately 73% of the capital of Real Estate Newco. We refer to these transactions, collectively, as the “BP Transaction.” As part of the separation prior to the completion of this offering, the BGC group will contribute its interests in Berkeley Point and Real Estate Newco to Newmark. Newmark will account for its minority interest in Real Estate Newco as an equity investment, and it will not be consolidated in Newmark’s financial statements.

Berkeley Point Acquisition

Pursuant to the BP transaction agreement, BGC Partners purchased from CCRE all of the outstanding membership interests of Berkeley Point for a purchase price equal to $875 million, subject to certain adjustments

 

220


Table of Contents

(which we refer to as the “Berkeley Point Acquisition”). Cantor is entitled to receive the profits and obligated to bear the losses of the special asset servicing business of Berkeley Point, which represents less than 10% of Berkeley Point’s servicing portfolio and generates an immaterial amount of Berkeley Point’s servicing fee revenue.

Investment in Real Estate Newco

Concurrently with the Berkeley Point Acquisition, (i) BGC Partners invested $100 million of cash in Real Estate Newco for approximately 27% of the capital of Real Estate Newco, and (ii) Cantor contributed approximately $267 million of cash for approximately 73% of the capital of Real Estate Newco. Real Estate Newco may conduct activities in any real estate-related business or asset-backed securities-related business or any extensions thereof and ancillary activities thereto. Real Estate Newco is operated and managed by Real Estate Newco General Partner, which is controlled by Cantor.

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Real Estate Newco (which we refer to as the “Real Estate Newco limited partnership agreement”), BGC Partners (or, following the separation, Newmark) is entitled to a cumulative annual preferred return of five percent of its capital account balance (which we refer to as the “Preferred Return”). After the Preferred Return is allocated, Cantor is then entitled to a cumulative annual preferred return of five percent of its capital account balance. Thereafter, BGC Partners (or, following the separation, Newmark) is entitled to 60% of the gross percentage return on capital of Real Estate Newco, multiplied by BGC Partners’ (or, following the separation, Newmark’s) capital account balance in Real Estate Newco (less any amounts previously allocated to BGC Partners or Newmark pursuant to the Preferred Return), with the remainder of the net income of Real Estate Newco allocated to Cantor. Cantor will bear initial net losses of Real Estate Newco, if any, up to an aggregate amount of approximately $37 million per year. These allocations of net income and net loss are subject to certain adjustments.

At the option of Newmark, and upon one-year’s written notice to Real Estate Newco delivered any time on or after the fourth anniversary of the closing of the BP Transaction, Real Estate Newco will redeem in full Newmark’s investment in Real Estate Newco in exchange for Newmark’s capital account balance in Real Estate Newco as of such time. At the option of Cantor, at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the closing of the BP Transaction, Real Estate Newco will redeem in full Newmark’s investment in Real Estate Newco in exchange for Newmark’s capital account balance in Real Estate Newco as of such time. At the option of Cantor, at any time prior to the fifth anniversary of the closing of the BP Transaction, Real Estate Newco will redeem in full BGC Partners’ (or, following the separation, Newmark’s) investment in Real Estate Newco in exchange for (i) BGC Partners’ (or, following the separation, Newmark’s) capital account balance in Real Estate Newco as of such time plus (ii) the sum of the Preferred Return amounts for any prior taxable periods, less (iii) any net income allocated to BGC Partners or Newmark in any prior taxable periods.

Additional Terms of the BP Transaction Agreement

The BP transaction agreement includes customary representations, warranties and covenants, including covenants related to intercompany referral arrangements among Cantor, BGC Partners, Newmark and their respective subsidiaries. These referral arrangements provide for profit-sharing and fee-sharing arrangements at various rates depending on the nature of a particular referral. The parties have further agreed that, subject to limited exceptions, for so long as a member of the BGC group or a member of the Newmark group maintains an investment in Real Estate Newco, Real Estate Newco and the Cantor group will seek certain government-sponsored and government-funded loan financing exclusively through Berkeley Point.

Grubb & Ellis Transaction

On April 13, 2012, we completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Grubb & Ellis (which we refer to as “Grubb”). Grubb filed for protection under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in February 2012 and sold

 

221


Table of Contents

most of its assets to us for a total consideration of approximately $47.1 million. This amount included the extinguishment of approximately $30.0 million (principal amount) pre-bankruptcy senior secured debt, which was purchased at a discount, and which had a fair value of approximately $25.6 million as of the acquisition date. The consideration transferred also included approximately $5.5 million under debtor-in-possession loans and $16.0 million in cash to the bankruptcy estate for the benefit of Grubb’s unsecured creditors. Our Chief Financial Officer, Mike Rispoli, was the Chief Financial Officer of Grubb during this period and joined us in April 2012.

Related Party Receivables and Payables

We have receivables and payables to and from certain affiliate entities. As of December 31, 2016, the related party receivables and payables were $108.8 million and $889.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, the related party receivables and payables were $125.8 million and $147.5 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2017, the related party receivables and payables were $239.9 million and $203.9 million, respectively. Fees to related parties and allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units that are charged by BGC Partners and Cantor to Newmark are reflected as cash flows from operating activities in the Combined Statement of Cash Flows for each period presented. Related party receivables are generated from our earnings as BGC Partners sweeps our excess cash to manage treasury centrally. Related party payables reflect borrowing of cash from BGC Partners to fund our operations and growth. These borrowings from and repayments to BGC Partners are reflected as cash flows from financing activities in the Combined Statement of Cash Flows for each period presented.

Loan Arrangements

See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Employee Loans.”

 

222


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will be amended and restated prior to this offering. The following is a summary of the material terms of our capital stock that will be contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. You should refer to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, along with the applicable provisions of Delaware law .

Our Capital Stock

Our authorized capital stock will consist of (1)                shares of common stock, consisting of                 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and                 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and (2)                shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Following this offering, we will have                 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and                 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. Following this offering, we will have                 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding. In addition, upon completion of this offering, there will be no preferred stock outstanding.

Common Stock

The holders of our Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders as a group, entitling holders of our Class A common stock to approximately     % of our total voting power, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and approximately     % of our total voting power, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. The holders of our Class A common stock will not have cumulative voting rights.

The holders of our Class B common stock will be entitled to 10 votes per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders as a group, entitling holders of our Class B common stock to approximately     % of our total voting power, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and approximately     % of our total voting power, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. The holders of our Class B common stock will not have cumulative voting rights.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that shares of our Class B common stock may only be issued to Qualified Class B Holders. Our Class B common stock will generally vote together with our Class A common stock on all matters submitted to the vote of our stockholders.

Each share of Class A common stock will be equivalent to a share of Class B common stock for purposes of economic rights. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. See “Dividend Policy.” The holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be deemed to have received a ratable dividend if voting securities are distributed to both the holders of Class A common stock and holders of Class B common stock, and such voting securities are identical except that the voting securities paid on the Class B common stock may have up to 10 times the number of votes per share as voting securities paid on the Class A common stock. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of Class A common stock and holders of Class B common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that each share of the Class B common stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the holder, into one share of the Class A common stock. Holders of shares of Class A

 

223


Table of Contents

common stock will not have the right to convert shares of Class A common stock into shares of Class B common stock unless such right is provided for by Newmark pursuant to an agreement. We currently intend to provide such a conversion right in respect of shares of Class A common stock to certain of the Qualified Class B Holders pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement and the exchange agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions.” Our certificate of incorporation will not provide for automatic conversion of shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock upon the occurrence of any event.

None of the Class A common stock or Class B common stock will have any preemptive or other subscription rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock or Class B common stock. All outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors will have the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof including dividend rights, dividend rates, terms of redemption, redemption prices, conversion rights and liquidation preferences of the shares constituting any class or series, without further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of our company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any preferred stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Law

Some provisions of the DGCL and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make the following more difficult:

 

    an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer;

 

    an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or

 

    the removal of our incumbent officers and directors.

These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us and outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging those proposals because negotiation of them could result in an improvement of their terms.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of our board of directors. If the Chairman is unavailable, then the Chief Executive Officer or the holders of a majority of the voting power of our Class B common stock, which is held by BGC Partners, our controlling stockholder, may call a special meeting.

In addition, our certificate of incorporation will permit us to issue “blank check” preferred stock. See “—Preferred Stock.”

Our bylaws will require advance written notice prior to a meeting of stockholders of a proposal or director nomination which a stockholder desires to present at such a meeting, which generally must be received by our Secretary not later than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of our proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting. Our bylaws will provide that all amendments to such bylaws must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the voting power or by a majority of our board of directors.

 

224


Table of Contents

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

We currently intend to elect in our certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock, for a period of three years following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in accordance with Section 203. Accordingly, we are not subject to the anti-takeover effects of Section 203. However, our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they provide that each of the Qualified Class B Holders and certain of their direct transferees will not be deemed to be “interested stockholders,” and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.

Corporate Opportunity

For a description of the corporate opportunity policy included in our certificate of incorporation, see “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Potential Conflicts of Interest and Competition with BGC Partners and Cantor.”

Registration Rights

For a description of the registration rights available to BGC Partners and Cantor, see “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Other Exchange Rights

See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Separation and Distribution Agreement—New Newmark.”

Limitation on Liability, Indemnification of Officers and Directors, and Insurance

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties as directors and our certificate of incorporation will include such an exculpation provision. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will include provisions that indemnify, to the fullest extent allowable under the DGCL, the personal liability of directors or officers for monetary damages for actions taken as a director or officer of us, or for serving at our request as a director or officer or another position at another corporation or enterprise, as the case may be. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that we must indemnify and advance reasonable expenses to our directors and officers, subject to our receipt of an undertaking from the indemnified party as may be required under the DGCL. Our certificate of incorporation will expressly authorize us to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance to protect us, our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. However, these provisions do not limit or eliminate our rights, or those of any stockholder, to seek non-monetary relief such as injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director’s duty of care. The provisions will not alter the liability of directors under the federal securities laws. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent that, in a class action or direct suit, we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding against any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without your approval. We may use additional shares for a variety of purposes, including future public

 

225


Table of Contents

offerings to raise additional capital, to fund acquisitions and as employee compensation. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Exclusive Jurisdiction

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, a state court located within the State of Delaware (or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal court for the District of Delaware) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a claim for or based on of breach of duty or obligation owed by any current or former director, officer, employee or agent of ours to us or to our stockholders, including any claim alleging aiding and abetting of such a breach; any action asserting a claim against us or any current or former director, officer, employee or agent of ours arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; any action asserting a claim related to or involving us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; or any action asserting an “internal corporate claim” as that term is defined in Section 115 of the DGCL.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “NMRK.”

Sale of Unregistered Securities

On November 22, 2016, we issued 100 shares of common stock to BGC Partners in a private placement pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for one dollar. We have not otherwise sold any securities, registered or otherwise, within the past three years.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

 

226


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have                 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and                 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. Of these shares of our Class A common stock, the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by an “affiliate,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act described below, of Newmark.

Upon the completion of this offering, our affiliate, BGC Partners, will hold                 shares of our Class A common stock, representing approximately     % of our outstanding Class A common stock, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, and                 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding, representing approximately     % of our outstanding Class A common stock, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. BGC Partners will also hold                 shares of our Class B common stock, representing 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock. The shares of our Class B common stock are convertible into shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. All of the shares of our Class A common stock outstanding or acquirable prior to the completion of this offering are “restricted securities,” as defined under Rule 144. These shares are restricted securities because the shares or rights to acquire such shares were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering and may only be sold pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or in accordance with Rule 144 or another exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

BGC Partners has advised us that it currently expects to pursue a distribution to its stockholders of all of the shares of our common stock that it then owns in a manner that is intended to qualify as generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As currently contemplated, shares of our Class A common stock held by BGC Partners would be distributed to the holders of shares of Class A common stock of BGC Partners and shares of our Class B common stock held by BGC Partners would be distributed to the holders of shares of Class B common stock of BGC Partners (which are currently Cantor and another entity controlled by Mr. Lutnick). The shares of our common stock that BGC Partners will own upon the completion of this offering will be subject to the 180-day “lock-up” restriction contained in the underwriting agreement for this offering. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

To account for potential changes in the number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock of BGC Partners and Newmark between this offering and the distribution, and to ensure that the distribution (if it occurs) is pro rata to the stockholders of BGC Partners, immediately prior to the distribution, BGC Partners will convert any shares of Class B common stock of Newmark beneficially owned by BGC Partners into shares of Class A common stock of Newmark, or exchange any shares of Class A common stock of Newmark beneficially owned by BGC Partners for shares of Class B common stock of Newmark, so that the ratio of shares of Class B common stock of Newmark held by BGC Partners to the shares of Class A common stock of Newmark held by BGC Partners, in each case as of immediately prior to the distribution, equals the ratio of shares of outstanding Class B common stock of BGC Partners to the shares of outstanding Class A common stock of BGC Partners, in each case as of the record date of the distribution.

The distribution is subject to a number of conditions, and BGC Partners may determine not to proceed with the distribution if the board of directors of BGC Partners determines, in its sole discretion, that the distribution is not in the best interests of BGC Partners and its stockholders. If the distribution occurs, any shares of our Class A common stock distributed by BGC Partners that are not restricted securities and are held by non-affiliates of ours will be eligible for immediate sale in the public market without restriction. Any shares of our common stock distributed by BGC Partners that are restricted securities or held by affiliates of ours may only be sold pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or in accordance with Rule 144 or another exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

 

227


Table of Contents

Cantor and other holders of limited partnership interests of BGC Holdings will acquire an aggregate of                 limited partnership interests of Newmark Holdings in the separation prior to the completion of this offering. Certain of the exchangeable limited partnership interests of Newmark Holdings will be exchangeable with us for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments as set forth in the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement) in accordance with the terms of the Newmark Holdings limited partnership agreement, except that prior to the distribution, without the prior consent of BGC Partners, no Newmark Holdings limited partnership interests will be exchangeable into our shares of common stock. Any shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of exchangeable limited partnership interests of Newmark Holdings held by founding and working partners of Newmark Holdings are expected to be registered under the Securities Act pursuant to the registration statement on Form S-8 described below and would be eligible for immediate sale in the public market without restriction unless held by an affiliate of ours. Any shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of exchangeable limited partnership interests of Newmark Holdings held by Cantor or any of our other affiliates could only be sold pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or in accordance with Rule 144 or another exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. We cannot predict the timing or amount of future sales of shares of our Class A common stock, or the effect, if any, that future sales of such shares, or the availability of the shares for future sale, will have on the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial numbers of our Class A common stock (including shares issuable upon conversion of shares of our Class B common stock or exchange of exchangeable limited partnership interests of Newmark Holdings) in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could materially adversely affect the prevailing market prices for our Class A common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future. See “Risk Factors.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus a person (or persons whose shares of our Class A common stock are required to be aggregated) who is an affiliate of ours is entitled to sell in any three-month period a number of shares of our Class A common stock that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                 immediately after completion of this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume in the shares of our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such a sale;

except that, in the case of restricted securities, at least six months have elapsed since the later of the date such shares were acquired from us or any of our affiliates.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. An “affiliate” of ours is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with us.

Under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who holds shares of our Class A common stock that are restricted securities, may sell such shares provided that at least six months have elapsed since the later of the date such shares were acquired from us or from any of our affiliates and subject to the availability of current information about us. If at least one year has elapsed since the later of the date such shares of our Class A common stock were acquired from us or from any of our affiliates, such non-affiliate of ours may sell such shares without restriction under Rule 144.

 

228


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreement

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our executive officers and directors and BGC Partners have generally agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our Class A common stock for a lock-up period described under “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).” This lock-up restriction may be extended in certain circumstances. Additionally, the representative of the underwriters may release all or a portion of the shares of our Class A common stock subject to the lock-up agreement at any time prior to the end of the lock-up restriction.

After the expiration of the 180-day lock-up restriction, our executive officers and directors and BGC Partners could dispose of all or any part of their shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or in accordance with Rule 144 or another exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

Registrations on Form S-8

We expect to register under the Securities Act on Form S-8 an aggregate of                 shares of our Class A common stock, which are reserved for issuance of restricted stock or upon exercise or payment of options, restricted stock units and other equity awards granted under the Equity Plan, including exchange rights with respect to exchangeable limited partnership interests of Newmark Holdings held by founding/working partners of Newmark Holdings. These shares of our Class A common stock could be sold in the public market, subject to restrictions under the securities laws applicable to sales by our affiliates. We may in the future register additional shares of our Class A common stock under the Securities Act that become reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans.

Registration Rights

We will enter into a registration rights agreement with Cantor and BGC Partners that grants BGC Partners, Cantor and their respective affiliates registration rights to facilitate their sale of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market. Any sale, or expectations in the public market of a possible sale, by BGC Partners, Cantor and their respective affiliates of all or a portion of their shares of our Class A common stock through a registered offering or otherwise could depress or reduce the market price for our Class A common stock or cause such shares to trade below the prices at which they would otherwise trade.

 

229


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following is a general discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to the ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A common stock applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) who acquire such shares in this offering and hold such shares as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1212 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock (other than an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:

 

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) such trust has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial opinions, published positions of the IRS and other applicable authorities, each as of the date hereof. All of these authorities are subject to change and differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect, and any such change or differing interpretation could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of such non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances. This discussion may not apply, in whole or in part, to holders that are not non-U.S. holders, particular non-U.S. holders in light of their individual circumstances or to holders subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (such as, for example, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, brokers or dealers in securities, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” partnerships (or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships) for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other “flow-through” entities or investors therein, non-U.S. holders that hold our Class A common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, and certain U.S. expatriates). This discussion also does not address any considerations under U.S. federal tax laws other than those pertaining to the income tax, nor does it address any considerations under any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address any considerations with respect to any withholding required pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act of 2010 (including the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, any intergovernmental agreements entered in connection therewith and any laws, regulations or practices adopted in connection with any such agreement). Prospective investors should consult with their own tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences to them of the ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A common stock, including with respect to the applicability and effect of any U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. income tax laws or any tax treaty, and any changes (or proposed changes) in tax laws or interpretations thereof.

If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Persons who are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, treated as partners in a partnership holding our Class A common stock should consult their tax advisor as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to them.

 

230


Table of Contents

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK. PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS.

Dividends

In general, subject to the discussion below regarding “effectively connected” dividends, any distribution we make to a non-U.S. holder with respect to shares of our Class A common stock that constitutes a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount, unless the non-U.S. holder is eligible for an exemption from, or reduced rate of, such withholding tax under an applicable tax treaty and the non-U.S. holder provides proper certification of its eligibility for such exemption or reduced rate. A distribution with respect to shares of our Class A common stock will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder’s shares of our Class A common stock and, to the extent it exceeds the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder’s shares of our Class A common stock, as gain from the sale or exchange of such stock.

Dividends we pay to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by such non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment of such non-U.S. holder in the United States) will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax, as described above, if the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis, in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. Any such “effectively connected” dividends received by a foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty).

Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Class A Common Stock

In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of the non-U.S. holder’s shares of our Class A common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of such non-U.S. holder in the United States);

 

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual and is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation (which we refer to as an “USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of such disposition or such non-U.S. holder’s holding period of such shares of our Class A common stock.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at regular U.S. federal income tax rates, generally in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. If the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes the branch profits tax described above also may apply to such effectively connected gain.

 

231


Table of Contents

Gain described in the second bullet point above generally will be subject to a flat 30% tax, which may be offset by United States source capital losses, if any, of the non-U.S. holder.

We believe we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, no assurance can be given that we are not or will not become a USRPHC. If we were or were to become a USRPHC, however, any gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder that did not own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of our Class A common stock during the applicable period would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, provided that our Class A common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market” (within the meaning of section 897(c)(3) of the Code).

Backup Withholding, Information Reporting and Other Reporting Requirements

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends. These reporting requirements apply regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of any such information returns may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

A non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) on dividends paid with respect to such non-U.S. holder’s shares of our Class A common stock unless such holder certifies under penalties of perjury that, among other things, it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code).

Information reporting and backup withholding generally is not required with respect to any proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. However, if a non-U.S. holder sells or otherwise disposes of its shares of our Class A common stock through a U.S. broker or the U.S. offices of a foreign broker, the broker will generally be required to report the amount of proceeds paid to the non-U.S. holder to the IRS, and may also be required to backup withhold on such proceeds unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalties of perjury that, among other things, it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code). Information reporting will also apply if a non-U.S. holder sells its shares of our Class A common stock through a foreign broker with certain specified connections to the United States, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that such non-U.S. holder is a non-U.S. person and certain other conditions are met, or such non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code).

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, or refunded, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

 

232


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below, through their representatives,                 , have severally agreed to purchase from us the following respective number of shares of Class A common stock at a public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

 

Underwriters    Number
of Shares
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                          Incorporated

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

  
  
  
  

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to purchase the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus, other than those covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below, if any of these shares are purchased. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We have been advised by the representatives of the underwriters that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $                 per share under the public offering price. After the public offering, the representatives of the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable not later than 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                 additional shares of Class A common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, each of the underwriters will become obligated, subject to conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of these additional shares of Class A common stock as the number of shares of Class A common stock to be purchased by it in the above table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. We will be obligated, pursuant to the option, to sell these additional shares of Class A common stock to the underwriters to the extent the option is exercised. If any additional shares of Class A common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as described herein.

The underwriting discounts and commissions per share are equal to the public offering price per share of Class A common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of Class A common stock. The underwriting discounts and commissions are     % of the public offering price. We have agreed to pay the underwriters the following discounts and commissions, assuming either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of the underwriters’ option:

 

     Fee per share      Total Fees  
      Without Exercise
of Option
     With Full Exercise
of Option
 

Discounts and commissions

   $                   $                         $                     

 

233


Table of Contents

Other than the SEC registration fee and the FINRA fee, we do not expect that we will pay any of the offering expenses related to the offering. BGC Partners will pay (or reimburse us for) all third-party costs, fees and expenses relating to the offering, all of the reimbursable expenses of the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement, all of the costs of producing, printing, mailing and otherwise distributing the prospectus, as well as the underwriting discounts and commissions.

We, Newmark Holdings and Newmark OpCo have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against some specified types of liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of any of these liabilities.

Each of our executive officers and directors and BGC Partners has agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transaction that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition of, any shares of our Class A common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our Class A common stock or derivatives of our Class A common stock owned by him or her prior to this offering or Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options or warrants held by such person for a period of 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part without the prior written consent of the representatives. This consent may be given at any time without public notice. Transfers or dispositions can be made during the “lock-up” restriction without the consent of the representatives, among other exceptions, by (1) gift or other estate planning purposes, (2) a charitable donation or gift, (3) distribution to partners, members or stockholders or (4) pledge in connection with a bona fide loan transaction, as applicable, provided that, in the case of a transfer or disposition pursuant to clauses (1), (3) or (4) above, the transferee or pledgee signs a lock-up agreement. We have entered into a similar agreement with the representatives of the underwriters except that without such consent we may also make the transfers and dispositions noted above as well as, among other exceptions, (a) grant options, restricted stock units, REUs and other awards pursuant to the Equity Plan, the Participation Plan, any employee stock purchase plan or any incentive bonus compensation plan; (b) issue shares in connection with acquisitions, stock purchases or similar arrangements, where the recipient signs a lock-up agreement; and (c) issue shares pursuant to the exercise of any warrants or options or the exchange of any Newmark Holdings units outstanding on the date of this prospectus. As of the date of this prospectus, there are no agreements between the representatives and any of our stockholders or affiliates releasing them from these lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day period.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions.

Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares.

 

234


Table of Contents

Naked short sales are any sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of our Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the other underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives of the underwriters have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions may have the effect of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock. Additionally, these purchases, along with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

A prospectus in electronic format is being made available on Internet websites maintained by one or more of the lead underwriters of this offering and may be made available on websites maintained by other underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which the prospectus is a part.

Some of the underwriters or their affiliates have provided investment banking services to Newmark, BGC Partners, Cantor and their respective subsidiaries in the past and/or may do so in the future. They receive customary fees and commissions for these services. In addition, some of the underwriters and their affiliates also receive brokerage services or market data and analytics products from Newmark, BGC Partners, Cantor and their respective subsidiaries.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Conflicts of Interest

Because an affiliate of each of the underwriters, other than CF&Co, is a lender under the Term Loan and will receive at least 5% of the net proceeds of this offering as a result of the repayment of the Term Loan out of

 

235


Table of Contents

the net proceeds of this offering, such underwriters are deemed to have a conflict of interest under FINRA Rule 5121. In addition, CF&Co, which is an affiliate of ours, is deemed to have a conflict of interest under FINRA Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering will be conducted in accordance with FINRA Rule 5121, which requires, among other things, that a “qualified independent underwriter” has participated in the preparation of, and has exercised the usual standards of due diligence of an underwriter with respect to, this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.                  has agreed to act as the qualified independent underwriter for purposes of FINRA Rule 5121. In its role as a qualified independent underwriter,                  has participated in due diligence and the preparation of this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.                  will not receive any additional fees for serving as a qualified independent underwriter in connection with this offering. We have agreed to indemnify                  against liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a qualified independent underwriter in this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121, CF&Co will not confirm sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific prior written approval of the account holder.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (which we refer to as a “Relevant Member State”) with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, no offer of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

    to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

    to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive), per Relevant Member State, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or

 

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or a supplemental prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted, and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and us that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State. The expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, including by Directive 2010/73/EU), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus in relation to the shares described herein is being directed only at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) who are (1) persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (which we refer to as the “Order”), (2) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order or (3) persons to whom it would otherwise be lawful to distribute it, all such persons together being referred to as “Relevant Persons.” The shares described herein are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares

 

236


Table of Contents

will be engaged in only with, Relevant Persons. This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part), or disclosed by any recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a Relevant Person should not act or rely on this prospectus or its contents.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), (2) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (which we refer to as the “SFA”), (2) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (1) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (2) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275, except: (a) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (b) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (c) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan and the securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

237


Table of Contents

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

238


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the securities offered pursuant to this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Stephen M. Merkel, the Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of BGC Partners. Mr. Merkel’s address is c/o BGC Partners, Inc., 499 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022. Certain legal matters concerning this offering will be passed upon for us by Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz and Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP. Certain legal matters concerning this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Sidley Austin LLP . Sidley Austin LLP has from time to time advised BGC Partners and its affiliates.

 

239


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The combined financial statements of Newmark Knight Frank as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 and the balance sheet of Newmark Group, Inc., formerly known as NRE Delaware, Inc., as of June 30, 2017 included in this prospectus have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Such combined financial statements of Newmark Knight Frank and balance sheet of Newmark Group, Inc. are included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The supplemental combined financial statements of Newmark Knight Frank as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 included in this prospectus have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, are based in part on the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. The supplemental combined financial statements referred to above are included in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firms as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Berkeley Point Financial LLC as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2016, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

240


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC, in Washington, DC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus is a part of the registration statement and, as permitted by the SEC’s rules, does not contain all of the information presented in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the Class A common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and any schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, from which interested persons can electronically access the registration statement, including the exhibits and any schedules thereto.

We will file annual and periodic reports with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s public reference room located at One Station Place, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. You can also request copies of the documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. These filings are also available to the public from the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

241


Table of Contents

INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2017

  

Audited Financial Statements of Newmark Group, Inc.:

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-3  

Balance Sheet at June 30, 2017

     F-4  

Note to the Financial Statement

     F-5  

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2015

  

Audited Combined Financial Statements of Newmark Knight Frank (Excluding Berkeley Point):

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-7  

Combined Balance Sheets

     F-8  

Combined Statements of Operations

     F-9  

Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     F-10  

Combined Statements of Changes in Invested Equity

     F-11  

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

     F-12  

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-13  

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2017 AND 2016

  

Unaudited Combined Financial Statements of Newmark Knight Frank (Excluding Berkeley Point):

  

Combined Balance Sheets

     F-37  

Combined Statements of Operations

     F-38  

Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     F-39  

Combined Statements of Changes in Invested Equity

     F-40  

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

     F-41  

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-42  

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2015

  

Audited Combined Financial Statements of Berkeley Point Financial LLC and Subsidiaries:

  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     F-63  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-64  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-65  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Member’s Capital

     F-66  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-67  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-68  

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2017 AND 2016

  

Unaudited Combined Financial Statements of Berkeley Point Financial LLC and Subsidiaries:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-87  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-88  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Member’s Capital

     F-89  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-90  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-91  

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2015

  

Audited Combined Financial Statements of Newmark Knight Frank (Including Berkeley Point):

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-111  

Combined Balance Sheets

     F-112  

Combined Statements of Operations

     F-113  

Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     F-114  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Combined Statements of Changes in Invested Equity

     F-115  

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

     F-116  

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-117  

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2017 AND 2016

  

Unaudited Combined Financial Statements of Newmark Knight Frank (Including Berkeley Point):

  

Combined Balance Sheets

     F-152  

Combined Statements of Operations

     F-153  

Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     F-154  

Combined Statements of Changes in Invested Equity

     F-155  

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

     F-156  

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-157  

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

BGC Partners, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Newmark Group, Inc., formerly NRE Delaware, Inc., as of June 30, 2017. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Newmark Group, Inc. as of June 30, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

September 8, 2017

 

F-3


Table of Contents

NEWMARK GROUP, INC.

BALANCE SHEET

 

     June 30,
2017
 
  

Assets

  

Cash

   $ 1  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholder’s equity

  

Total liabilities

   $   —    

Stockholder’s equity

  

Common stock ($.01 par value per share, 1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding)

     1  
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

     1  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 1  
  

 

 

 

 

F-4


Table of Contents

NEWMARK GROUP, INC.

NOTE TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENT

NOTE A—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Newmark Group, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, was formed as NRE Delaware, Inc. on November 18, 2016. The Company changed its name to Newmark Group, Inc. on October 18, 2017. The Company has nominal assets, no liabilities and has conducted no operations. At June 30, 2017, the Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of BGC Partners, Inc. BGC Partners, Inc. intends to enter into agreements and take certain actions to transfer to the Company substantially all of the assets and liabilities related to Newmark Knight Frank, an unincorporated commercial unit of BGC Partners, Inc.

The accompanying financial statements of the Company are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission regulations.

The Company has authorized 1,000 shares of $0.01 par value per share common stock. One hundred of these shares were issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2017.

Cash includes cash on hand, including any deposits in transit, and highly liquid investments maturing within three months after purchase.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

The following historical financial statements of Newmark Knight Frank are presented excluding Berkeley Point.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

BGC Partners, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Newmark Knight Frank, an unincorporated business segment of BGC Partners, Inc., as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related combined statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in invested equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of Newmark Knight Frank at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the combined results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

September 8, 2017

 

F-7


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Assets:

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 33,038      $ 10,536  

Receivables, net

     140,093        150,654  

Receivable from related parties

     108,817        125,842  

Other current assets (see note 8)

     11,325        11,389  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     293,273        298,421  

Loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and partners

     181,914        90,781  

Goodwill

     412,655        392,837  

Other intangible assets, net

     24,872        21,664  

Fixed assets, net

     55,078        24,577  

Other assets (see note 8)

     27,699        28,772  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 995,491      $ 857,052  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

     

Current portion of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities (see note 11)

     86,461        77,676  

Payable to related parties

     197,653        146,261  

Accrued compensation

     128,707        110,907  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     412,821        334,844  

Other liabilities (see note 11)

     78,689        72,775  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     491,510        407,619  

Commitments and contingencies

     

Invested Equity:

     

BGC Partners’ net investment in Newmark

     501,974        445,592  

Noncontrolling interests

     2,007        3,841  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total invested equity

     503,981        449,433  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 995,491      $ 857,052  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015  

Revenues:

    

Commissions

   $ 859,005     $ 808,878  

Management and other

     196,959       188,389  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     1,055,964       997,267  

Expenses:

    

Compensation and employee benefits

     771,406       753,034  

Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units

     72,318       142,195  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total compensation and employee benefits

     843,724       895,229  

Operating, administrative and other

     154,868       136,428  

Fees to related parties

     17,731       17,951  

Depreciation and amortization

     13,349       16,644  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     1,029,672       1,066,252  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (losses), net

    

Other income (loss)

     15,645       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (losses), net

     15,645       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     41,937       (68,985

Interest income, net

     3,358       1,450  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     45,295       (67,535

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     3,913       (6,767
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     41,382       (60,768

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (1,189     77  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) to BGC Partners

   $ 42,571     $ (60,845
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015  

Net income (loss)

   $ 41,382     $ (60,768
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     41,382       (60,768
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (1,189     77  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to BGC Partners

   $ 42,571     $ (60,845
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN INVESTED EQUITY

(In thousands)

 

     BGC’s Net
Investment in
Newmark
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total  

Balance, December 31, 2014

   $ 379,776       6,657     $ 386,433  

Net loss

     (60,845     77       (60,768

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

     —         (320     (320

Purchase of noncontrolling interest

     2,573       (2,573     —    

Contributions

     124,088       —         124,088  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

   $ 445,592       3,841     $ 449,433  

Net income

     42,571       (1,189     41,382  

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

     —         (311     (311

Purchase of noncontrolling interest

     334       (334     —    

Contributions

     13,447       —         13,447  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Balance, December 31, 2016    $ 501,974       2,007     $ 503,981  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 41,382     $ (60,768

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     13,349       16,644  

Employee loan amortization and impairment

     24,173       48,580  

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

     (17,348     —    

Provision for uncollectible accounts

     (1,099     172  

Deferred tax benefit

     (1,141     (11,281

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Receivables, net

     12,583       (8,471

Loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and partners

     (115,306     (78,829

Other assets

     2,502       10,413  

Accrued compensation

     17,103       (16,199

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     22,605       17,965  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (1,197     (81,774
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Cash acquired, net of purchases of noncontrolling interest

     518       2,655  

Purchases of fixed assets

     (26,396     (11,679
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (25,878     (9,024
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Payments to related parties

     (371,307     (224,540

Borrowings from related parties

     432,628       302,630  

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

     (311     (320

Payments on acquisition earn-outs

     (11,433     (9,507
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     49,577       68,263  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     22,502       (22,535

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     10,536       33,071  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 33,038     $ 10,536  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing activities from acquisitions:

    

Net assets contributed by BGC Partners’ (see Note 3)

   $ 20,901     $ 116,676  

Supplemental noncash activity:

    

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ —       $ 1,130  

Noncontrolling interest

   $ —       $ (1,130

The accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

(In thousands, except units)

 

(1) Organization and Basis of Presentation

Newmark Knight Frank, formerly known as Newmark Grubb Knight Frank (which may be referred to as “Newmark” or “NKF”) is a leading commercial real estate services firm. Newmark offers commercial real estate tenants, owner-occupiers, investors and developers a wide range of services, including leasing and corporate advisory, investment sales and real estate finance, consulting, valuation, project and development management and property and facility management.

Newmark was formed through BGC Partners Inc.’s (“BGC Partners” or “BGC”) purchase of Newmark & Co. and certain of its affiliates in 2011. BGC Holdings, L.P. (“BGC Holdings”) is a consolidated subsidiary of BGC for which BGC is the general partner. A majority of the voting power of BGC Partners is held by Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P. and its affiliates, which we refer to as “Cantor.”

BGC’s Board of Directors approved proceeding with a plan to spin-off NKF into a separate public entity. The spin-off is expected to be completed approximately six months after the completion of the initial public offering of NKF and subject to final board approval prior to completion.

Basis of Presentation

NKF’s combined financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”). The NKF combined financial statements were prepared on a stand-alone basis derived from the combined financial statements and accounting records of BGC. For the periods presented, NKF was an unincorporated reportable segment of BGC. These Combined Financial Statements reflect the historical results of operations, financial position and cash flows of NKF as it was historically managed and adjusted to conform with U.S. GAAP. These combined financial statements are presented as if NKF had operated on a stand-alone basis for all periods presented. NKF’s combined financial statements include all of the BGC subsidiaries that comprise the real estate segment, all of which are controlled by BGC.

Intercompany balances and transactions within NKF have been eliminated. Transactions between Cantor and BGC with NKF pursuant to service agreements between BGC and Cantor (Note 6), represent valid receivables and liabilities of NKF, which are periodically cash settled, have been included in the Combined Financial Statements as either Receivables to or Payables from Related Parties. Additionally, certain other transactions between BGC and NKF are contributions of BGC’s net investment in NKF including acquisitions (Note 3).

NKF receives administrative services to support its operations, and in return, Cantor and BGC allocate certain of their expenses to NKF. Such expenses represent costs related, but not limited to, treasury, legal, accounting, information technology, payroll administration, human resources, incentive compensation plans and other services. These costs, together with an allocation of Cantor and BGC overhead costs, are included as expenses in the Combined Statements of Operations. Where it is possible to specifically attribute such expenses to activities of NKF, these amounts have been expensed directly to NKF. Allocation of all other such expenses is based on a services agreement between BGC and Cantor which reflects the utilization of service provided or benefits received by NKF during the periods presented on a consistent basis, such as headcount, square footage, revenue, etc. Management believes the assumptions underlying the stand-alone financial statements, including the assumptions regarding allocated expenses, reasonably reflect the utilization of services provided to or the

 

F-13


Table of Contents

benefit received by NKF during the periods presented. However, these shared expenses may not represent the amounts that would have been incurred had NKF operated independently from Cantor and BGC. Actual costs that would have been incurred if NKF had been a stand-alone company would depend on multiple factors, including organizational structure and strategic decisions in various areas, including information technology and infrastructure. For an additional discussion of expense allocations, see Note 6.

BGC uses a centralized approach to cash management. Accordingly, excess cash and cash equivalents are held by BGC at the corporate level and were not attributed to NKF for any of the periods presented. Transfers of cash, both to and from BGC’s centralized cash management system, are reflected as a related party receivable or payable on the Combined Balance Sheet and as part of the change in payments to and borrowings from related parties in the financing section within the accompanying Combined Statement of Cash Flows. Debt obligations of BGC have not been included in the Combined Financial Statements of NKF, because NKF is not a party to the obligation between BGC and the debt holders.

The income tax provision in the combined statements of operations and comprehensive income has been calculated as if NKF was operating on a stand-alone basis and filed separate tax returns in the jurisdiction in which it operates. NKF’s operations have historically been included in the BGC U.S. federal and state tax returns. BGC’s global tax model has been developed based on its entire portfolio of businesses. Therefore cash tax payments and items of current and deferred taxes may not be reflective of NKF’s actual tax balances prior to or subsequent to NKF operating as a stand-alone company.

The combined financial statements contain all normal and recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the combined balance sheets, the combined statements of operations, the combined statements of comprehensive income, the combined statements of cash flows and the combined statements of changes in invested equity of NKF for the periods presented.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern, which relates to disclosure of uncertainties about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. This ASU provides additional guidance on management’s responsibility to evaluate the condition of an entity and the required disclosures based on this assessment. This guidance was effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016. The adoption of this FASB guidance did not impact NKF’s combined financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis. The amendment eliminates the deferral of certain consolidation standards for entities considered to be investment companies and modifies the consolidation analysis performed on certain types of legal entities. The guidance was effective beginning January 1, 2016 and early adoption was permitted. The adoption of this FASB guidance did not have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest, which relates to simplifying the presentation of debt issuance costs. This ASU requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The amendments in this update were effective for the annual period beginning January 1, 2016 for NKF. The adoption of this FASB guidance did not have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No.2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting , which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification of related amounts within the statement of cash flows. The new standard was effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2017, and early adoption was permitted. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

New Accounting Pronouncements

The FASB has recently issued five ASUs related to revenue recognition (“new revenue recognition guidance”), all of which will become effective for the company on January 1, 2018. The ASUs issued are: (1) in May 2014, ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606); (2) in March 2016, ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net); (3) in April 2016, ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing; (4) in May 2016, ASU 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-scope Improvements and Practical Expedients; and (5) in December 2016, ASU 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606 , Revenue From Contracts with Customers .  ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers and will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. This ASU permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. ASU 2016-08 clarifies the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. ASU 2016-10 clarifies guidance related to identifying performance obligations and licensing implementation guidance contained in ASU 2014-09. ASU 2016-12 clarifies guidance in certain narrow areas and adds some practical expedients. ASU 2016-20 also clarifies guidance in certain narrow areas and adds optional exemptions to certain disclosure requirements.

We plan to adopt the new revenue recognition guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and are evaluating the application of a transition method. We continue to evaluate the impact that adoption of these updates will have on our combined financial statements and related disclosures. Based on our initial assessment, the impact of the application of the new revenue recognition guidance will likely result in an acceleration of some revenues that are based, in part, on future contingent events. For example, some brokerage revenues from leasing commissions in various countries where we operate will get recognized earlier. Under current GAAP, a portion of these commissions are deferred until a future contingency is resolved (e.g. tenant move-in or payment of first month’s rent). Under the new revenue guidance, NKF’s performance obligation may be satisfied at lease signing and therefore the portion of the commission that is contingent on a future event would likely be recognized earlier if deemed not subject to significant reversal. We are currently evaluating the impact of principal versus agent guidance in relation to third-party costs which are billed to clients in association with facilities management services and the impact on our combined financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This ASU requires entities to measure equity investments that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method at fair value and recognize any changes in fair value in net income unless the investments qualify for the new practicability exception. Entities will also have to record changes in instrument-specific credit risk for financial liabilities measured under the fair value option in other comprehensive income. In addition, entities will be required to present enhanced disclosures of financial assets and financial liabilities. The guidance is effective beginning January 1, 2018, with early adoption of certain provisions of the ASU permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and lease liability for all leases with terms of more than 12 months. Recognition, measurement and presentation of expenses will depend on classification as finance or operating lease. The amendments also require certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures. Accounting guidance for lessors is largely unchanged. The guidance is effective beginning January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016- 15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230)—Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which makes changes to how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The new standard will become effective for NKF

 

F-15


Table of Contents

beginning with the first quarter of 2018 and will require adoption on a retrospective basis. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230)—Restricted Cash, which requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The new standard will become effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2018 and will require adoption on a retrospective basis. The adoption of this FASB guidance will not have a material impact on NKF’s unaudited combined financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the requirement to determine the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit to measure goodwill impairment. Under the amendments in the new ASU, goodwill impairment testing will be performed by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognizing an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The new standard will become effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2020 and will be applied on a prospective basis, and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this FASB guidance is not expected to have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805) Clarifying the definition of Business, which clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of providing additional guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) or assets or businesses. The new standard will become effective for the company beginning January 1, 2018 and will be applied on a prospective basis. The adoption of this FASB guidance in not expected to have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

 

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates:

The preparation of NKF’s combined financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in these combined financial statements. Management believes that the estimates utilized in preparing these combined financial statements are reasonable. Estimates, by their nature, are based on judgment and available information. Actual results could differ materially from the estimates included in NKF’s combined financial statements.

Revenue Recognition:

Commissions:

Commission revenues from real estate transactions are recognized once performance obligations under the commission arrangement are satisfied. Terms and conditions of a commission arrangement may include execution of the lease agreement and satisfaction of future contingencies such as tenant occupancy. In most cases, a portion of the commission is earned upon execution of the lease agreement, with the remaining portion contingent on a future event, typically tenant occupancy; revenue recognition for the remaining portion is deferred until all contingencies are satisfied.

Commission revenues from sales brokerage transactions are recognized at the time the service has been provided and the commission becomes legally due, except when future contingencies exist. In most cases, close of escrow or transfer of title is a future contingency, and revenue recognition is deferred until all contingencies are satisfied.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Management and Other:

Management and other revenues include property management, facilities management and project management. Management fees are recognized at the time the related services have been performed, unless future contingencies exist. In addition, in regard to management and facility service contracts, the owner of the property will typically reimburse NKF for certain expenses that are incurred on behalf of the owner, which are comprised primarily of on-site employee salaries and related benefit costs. The amounts which are to be reimbursed per the terms of the services contract are recognized as revenue in the same period as the related expenses are incurred. In certain instances, NKF subcontracts property management services to independent property managers, in which case NKF passes a portion of its property management fee on to the subcontractor, and NKF retains the balance. Accordingly, NKF records these fees gross of the amounts paid to subcontractors and the amounts paid to subcontractors are recognized as expenses in the same period.

Fees to Related Parties:

NKF is allocated fees from Cantor and BGC for back-office services provided by Cantor and its affiliates, including occupancy of office space, utilization of fixed assets, accounting, operations, human resources and legal services and information technology. Fees are expensed as they are incurred.

Segments:

NKF has a single operating segment. NKF is a real estate services firm offering services to commercial real estate tenants, owner occupiers, investors and developers, leasing and corporate advisory, investment sales and real estate finance, consulting, valuation, project and development management and property and facility management. The chief operating decision maker regardless of geographic location evaluates the operating results of NKF as total real estate and allocates resources accordingly. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, NKF recognized revenues as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Leasing and other commissions

   $ 513,812      $ 539,725  

Capital markets

     345,193        269,153  

Management and other

     196,959        188,389  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 1,055,964      $ 997,267  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair Value:

The FASB issued guidance that defines fair value as the price received to transfer an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and further expands disclosures about such fair value measurements.

The guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 measurements—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2 measurements—Quoted prices in markets that are not active or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Level 3 measurements—Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

NKF considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the date of acquisition to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are held with banks as deposits.

Receivables, Net:

NKF has accrued commissions receivable from real estate brokerage transactions and management fee receivables from contractual management assignments. Receivables are presented net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $11,371 and $17,866 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The allowance is based on management’s estimate and is reviewed periodically based on the facts and circumstances of each outstanding receivable.

Fixed Assets, Net:

Fixed assets are carried at cost net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The costs of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Fixed assets are depreciated over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Leasehold improvements and other fixed assets

   shorter of the remaining term of lease or useful life

Software, including software development costs

   3-5 years straight-line

Computer and communications equipment

   3-5 years straight line

Investments:

NKF’s combined financial statements include the accounts of NKF and its wholly owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. NKF’s policy is to consolidate all entities of which it owns more than 50% unless it does not have control over the entity.

Long-Lived Assets:

NKF periodically evaluates potential impairment of long-lived assets and amortizable intangibles, when a change in circumstances occurs, by applying the concepts of FASB guidance, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, and assessing whether the unamortized carrying amount can be recovered over the remaining life through undiscounted future expected cash flows generated by the underlying assets. If the undiscounted future cash flows were less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment charge would be recorded. The impairment charge would be measured as the excess of the carrying value of the asset over the present value of estimated expected future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risks involved.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net:

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination. As prescribed in FASB guidance, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but instead are periodically tested for impairment. NKF

 

F-18


Table of Contents

reviews goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or whenever an event occurs or circumstances change that could reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. When reviewing goodwill for impairment, NKF first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. NKF performed impairment evaluations for the year ended December 31, 2016 and concluded that there was no impairment of its goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Definite-lived intangible assets arising from business combinations include trademark and trade name, contractual and non-contractual customers, non-compete agreements and brokerage backlog.

Income Taxes

NKF accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method as prescribed in FASB guidance on Accounting for Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to basis differences between the combined financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Certain of NKF’s entities are taxed as U.S. partnerships and are subject to the Unincorporated Business Tax (“UBT”) in New York City. Therefore, the tax liability or benefit related to the partnership income or loss except for UBT rests with the partners, rather than the partnership entity. As such, the partners’ tax liability or benefit is not reflected in NKF’s combined financial statements. The tax-related assets, liabilities, provisions or benefits included in NKF’s combined financial statements also reflect the results of the entities that are taxed as corporations, either in the U.S. or in foreign jurisdictions.

NKF income taxes as presented are calculated on a separate return basis, although NKF’s operations have historically been included in BGC’s U.S. federal and state tax returns or non-U.S. jurisdictions tax returns. As NKF operations in many jurisdictions are unincorporated commercial units of BGC and its subsidiaries, stand-alone tax returns have not been filed for the operations in these jurisdictions. Accordingly, NKF’s tax results as presented are not necessarily reflective of the results that NKF would have generated on a stand-alone basis.

NKF provides for uncertain tax positions based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. NKF recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in “operating, administrative and other” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

A valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets if it is deemed more likely than not that those assets will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence, including past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in the most recent fiscal years, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of tax planning strategies.

The measurement of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities is based on provisions of enacted tax laws and involves uncertainties in the application of tax regulations in the U.S. and other tax jurisdictions. Because our interpretation of complex tax law may impact the measurement of current and deferred income taxes, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions regarding the application of tax law.

Equity-Based and Other Compensation:

NKF accounts for equity-based compensation under the fair value recognition provisions of the FASB guidance. Equity-based compensation expense recognized during the period is based on the value of the portion of equity-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest. The grant-date fair value of equity-based awards is amortized to expense ratably over the awards’ vesting periods. As equity-based compensation expense recognized in NKF’s combined statements of operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reviewed for estimated forfeitures. Further, FASB guidance requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Units:

Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) are provided by BGC to certain employees of NKF and are accounted for by NKF as equity awards, and as per FASB guidance, NKF is required to record an expense for the portion of the RSUs that is ultimately expected to vest. The grant-date fair value of RSUs is amortized to expense ratably over the awards’ vesting periods. The amortization is reported in “Compensation and employee benefits” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

Limited Partnership Units:

NKF participates in BGC’s Global Compensation plan by which employees receive limited partnership units in BGC Holdings. Employees receive quarterly allocations of net income, which are cash distributed on a quarterly basis and generally contingent upon services being provided by the unit holders. The quarterly allocations of net income on such limited partnership units are reflected as “Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

Certain of these limited partnership units entitle the holders to receive post-termination payments equal to the notional amount in four equal yearly installments after the holder’s termination. These limited partnership units are accounted for as post-termination liability awards, which require that NKF record an expense for such awards based on the change in value at each reporting period and include the expense in NKF’s combined statements of operations as part of “compensation and employee benefits.” The liability for limited partnership units with a post-termination payout amount is included in “Accrued compensation” on NKF’s combined balance sheet.

Certain limited partnership units are granted exchangeability into BGC Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustment). At the time exchangeability is granted, NKF recognizes an expense based on the fair value of the award on that date, which is included in “Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

BGC has also awarded Preferred Units to employees of NKF. Each quarter, the net profits of BGC Holdings are allocated to such units at a rate of either 0.6875% (which is 2.75% per calendar year) or such other amount as set forth in the award documentation (the “Preferred Distribution”), which is deducted before the calculation and distribution of the quarterly partnership distribution for the remaining partnership units. The Preferred Units are not entitled to participate in partnership distributions other than with respect to the Preferred Distribution. Preferred Units may not be made exchangeable into BGC’s Class A common stock and are only entitled to the Preferred Distribution. The quarterly allocations of net income on Preferred Units are reflected in “Allocation of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

Loans, Forgivable Loans and Other Receivables from Employees and Partners:

NKF has entered into various agreements with certain of its employees and partners whereby these individuals receive loans which may be either wholly or in part repaid from the distribution earnings that the individual receives on some or all of their limited partnership units or may be forgiven over a period of time. The forgivable portion of these loans is recognized as compensation expense over the life of the loan. From time to time, NKF may also enter into agreements with employees and partners to grant bonus and salary advances or other types of loans. These advances and loans are repayable in the timeframes outlined in the underlying agreements. Management reviews the loan balances each reporting period for collectability. If a portion of the loan balances is not expected to be collectable, a reserve against the loan balance is recognized.

Noncontrolling Interest in Subsidiaries:

Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries represents third-party ownership interests in NKF’s combined subsidiaries.

 

F-20


Table of Contents
(3) Acquisitions

On February 26, 2016, NKF completed the acquisition of Rudesill-Pera Multifamily, LLC (“Memphis Multifamily”). Memphis Multifamily is a multifamily brokerage firm operating in Memphis and the Mid-South Region.

On June 17, 2016, NKF completed the acquisition of The CRE Group, Inc. (“CRE Group”). CRE Group is a real estate services provider focused on the project management, construction management and Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (“LEED”) consulting.

On September 13, 2016, NKF acquired several management agreement contracts from John Buck Company, LLC and Buck Management Group, LLC.

On September 30, 2016, NKF completed the acquisition of Continental Realty, Ltd. (“Continental Realty”), a Columbus, Ohio-based company. Continental Realty specializes in commercial realty brokerage and property management throughout Ohio.

On October 18, 2016, the Company announced that it had completed the acquisition of Newmark Grubb Mexico City. Newmark Grubb Mexico City is a tenant advisory firm in the Mexico City area.

On December 14, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of Walchle Lear Multifamily Advisors (“Walchle Lear”). Walchle Lear is a Jacksonville, Florida based multifamily company specializing in investment sales.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the following tables summarize the components of the purchase consideration transferred, and the preliminary allocation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, for all other acquisitions based on the fair values of the acquisition date. NKF expects to finalize its analysis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed within the first year of the acquisition, and therefore adjustments to assets and liabilities may occur.

 

     As of the
Acquisition Date
 

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 851  

Receivables, net

     922  

Goodwill

     19,818  

Intangibles assets, net

     7,265  

Other assets

     452  
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

     29,308  
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     1,981  

Deferred consideration

     5,723  

Accrued compensation

     703  
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     8,407  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 20,901  
  

 

 

 

The total consideration for acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2016 was approximately $26,624 in total fair value, comprised of cash, shares of BGC’s common stock and BGC Holdings limited partnership units. The total consideration included contingent consideration of approximately 166,894 restricted shares of BGC’s Class A common stock (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $1,545), 285,354 BGC Holdings limited partnership units (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $2,590) and $5,621

 

F-21


Table of Contents

in cash that may be issued contingent on certain targets being met through 2021. The excess of the consideration over the fair value of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill of approximately $19,818, of which $995 is deductible by NKF for tax purposes.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, an agreement with the sellers of a prior acquisition was entered into, whereby certain consideration was reduced, which resulted in the return to BGC of 1,600,000 partnership units (with an acquisition date fair value of $14,900), the reduction of future cash earn-outs of $17,300 and a repayment to NKF of $1,000 in cash. As a result, NKF recognized $18,300 (comprised of $17,300 earn-out reduction and $1,000 cash received) in “other income (loss)” in NKF’s condensed combined statements of operations.

These acquisitions are accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The results of operations of these acquisitions have been included in NKF’s combined financial statements subsequent to their respective dates of acquisition, which in aggregate contributed $8,443 to our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016.

During 2015, NKF acquired nine separate companies operating under the Apartment Realty Advisors (“ARA”) brand, each a separate privately held, full-service investment brokerage network focusing exclusively on the multi-housing industry. ARA was a leader in multi-housing investment brokerage and we now operate our multi-housing investment practice as ARA, a Newmark Company.

During May 2015, NKF completed the acquisition of Computerized Facility Integration, LLC (“CFI”). CFI is a premier real estate strategic consulting and systems integration firm that provides corporate real estate, facilities management, and enterprise asset management information consulting and technology solutions.

During July 2015, NKF completed the acquisition of Excess Space. Excess Space is a full service brokerage firm that focuses its business model around surplus real estate disposition and lease restructuring for retailers.

In December 2015, NKF completed the acquisition of Steffner Commercial Real Estate, LLC and Cincinnati Commercial Real Estate, Inc., each a full service commercial real estate advisory practice operating in the Memphis and Cincinnati regions, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the following tables summarize the components of the purchase consideration transferred and the preliminary allocation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the CFI acquisition based on the fair values as of the acquisition date. NKF expects to finalize its analysis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed within the first year of the acquisition, and therefore adjustments to assets and liabilities may occur.

 

     May 20, 2015  

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,083  

Receivable, net

     5,028  

Fixed assets, net

     992  

Goodwill

     63,839  

Other intangible assets, net

     6,944  

Other assets

     816  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     78,702  
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     5,243  

Deferred consideration

     16,544  

Accrued compensation

     433  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     22,220  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 56,482  
  

 

 

 

The total consideration for CFI was approximately $73,026 in total fair value, comprised of cash, shares of BGC’s common stock and BGC Holdings limited partnership units. The total consideration included contingent consideration of approximately $16,544 in cash that may be issued contingent on certain targets being met through 2018. The excess of the consideration over the fair value of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill of approximately $63,839, of which $6,384 is deductible by NKF for tax purposes.

The following tables summarize the components of the purchase consideration transferred, and the preliminary allocation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, for all other acquisitions in 2015 based on the fair values of the acquisition date. NKF expects to finalize its analysis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed within the first year of the acquisition, and therefore adjustments to assets and liabilities may occur.

 

     As of the
Acquisition Date
 

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,373  

Receivables, net

     1,112  

Fixed assets, net

     3  

Goodwill

     66,578  

Intangibles assets, net

     2,740  

Other assets

     98  
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

     72,904  
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     119  

Deferred consideration

     9,534  

Accrued compensation

     2,767  
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     12,420  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 60,484  
  

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Goodwill includes the in-place workforce, which allows the Company to continue serving its existing client base, begin marketing to potential clients and avoid significant costs reproducing the workforce.

These acquisitions are accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The results of operations of CFI and all other acquisitions have been included in NKF’s combined financial statements subsequent to their respective dates of acquisition, which in aggregate contributed $14,961 and $33,906 to our revenue for the year ended 2015, respectively.

The total consideration for all other acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2015, was approximately $70,018 in total fair value, comprised of cash, shares of BGC’s common stock and BGC Holdings limited partnership units. The total consideration included contingent consideration of approximately 420,520 restricted shares of BGC’s Class A common stock (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $3,729), 1,631,011 BGC Holdings limited partnership units (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $14,359) and $8,133 in cash that may be issued contingent on certain targets being met through 2018. The excess of the consideration over the fair value of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill of approximately $66,578, of which $3,290 is deductible by NKF for tax purposes.

Consideration for all acquisitions was paid or issued by BGC. BGC then subsequently contributed the net assets (inclusive of goodwill and intangible assets) of the acquired companies to NKF. This is reflected as a contribution in the combined statement of changes in invested equity.

The results of operations of NKF’s acquisitions have been included in NKF’s combined financial statements subsequent to their respective dates of acquisition. NKF has made a preliminary allocation of the consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as of the acquisition date, and expects to finalize its analysis with respect to acquisitions within the first year after the completion of the transaction. Therefore, adjustments to preliminary allocations may occur.

 

(4) Cost Method Investments

NKF acquired investments for which it does not have the ability to exert significant influence over operating and financial policies. The investments are generally accounted for using the cost method of accounting in accordance with FASB guidance, Investments—Other . As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the carrying value of the cost method investments were $2,896 and $2,596, respectively and are included in other assets on the combined balance sheets.

 

(5) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net of Accumulated Amortization

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 257,673  

Acquisitions

     127,685  

Measurement period adjustments

     7,479  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     392,837  

Acquisitions

     17,086  

Measurement period adjustments

     2,732  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 412,655  
  

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, NKF recognized additional goodwill and measurement period adjustments of approximately $17,086 and $2,732, respectively. See Note 3—“Acquisitions” for more information.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Goodwill is not amortized and is reviewed annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise, in accordance with FASB guidance on Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. NKF completed its annual goodwill impairment testing during the fourth quarter of 2016, which did not result in any goodwill impairment.

Other intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands, except weighted average life):

 

     December 31, 2016  
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
 

Trademark and trade names:

           

Indefinite life

   $ 10,685      $ —        $ 10,685        N/A  

Finite life

     6,460        (4,228      2,232        0.2  

Non-contractual customers

     5,648        (878      4,770        2.7  

License agreements

     4,981        (298      4,683        1.6  

Contractual customers

     1,452        (354      1,098        0.3  

Brokerage backlog

     1,101        (245      856        0.1  

Non-compete agreements

     828        (282      546        0.2  

Below market leases

     15        (13      2        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 31,170      $ (6,298    $ 24,872        5.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2015  
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
 

Trademark and trade names:

           

Indefinite life

   $ 10,685      $ —        $ 10,685        N/A  

Finite life

     5,820        (2,172      3,648        0.60  

Brokerage backlog

     12,193        (11,484      709        0.10  

Non-contractual customers

     5,110        (190      4,920        3.60  

Non-compete agreements

     2,362        (1,936      426        0.20  

Contractual customers

     1,289        (80      1,209        0.50  

Below market leases

     126        (84      42        —    

License agreements

     29        (4      25        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 37,614      $ (15,950    $ 21,664        5.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $4,126 and $9,950, respectively. Intangible amortization is included as a part of “depreciation and amortization” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

The estimated future amortization of definite life intangible assets as of December 31, 2016 was as follows:

 

2017

   $ 4,621  

2018

     2,303  

2019

     2,127  

2020

     1,883  

2021

     1,424  

2022 and thereafter

     1,829  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,187  
  

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents
(6) Fixed Assets, Net

Fixed assets, net consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Leasehold improvements and other fixed assets

   $ 63,194      $ 36,959  

Software, including software development costs

     13,971        10,475  

Computer and communications equipment

     10,360        9,078  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     87,525        56,512  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (32,447      (31,935
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 55,078      $ 24,577  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $9,223 and $6,694. Depreciation expense is included as a part of “depreciation and amortization” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

For the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, $533 and $630 of software development costs were capitalized, respectively. Amortization of software development costs totaled $870 and $271 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Amortization of software development costs is included as part of “operating, administrative and other” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

 

(7) Fair Value of Financial Liabilities

FASB guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

    Level 1 measurements—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

 

    Level 2 measurements—Quoted prices in markets that are not active or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

    Level 3 measurements—Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

As required by FASB guidance, assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. NKF values contingent consideration at Level 3 in the hierarchy. The fair value of contingent consideration was $28,323 and $48,613 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Changes in Level 3 Contingent consideration measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
     Opening
Balance
     Total realized
(gains) losses
included in
Net

income(1)
    Issuances      Settlements     Closing
Balance
     Unrealized
(gains) losses
Outstanding as
of December 31,
2016
 

Liabilities

               

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities:

               

Contingent consideration

   $ 48,613      $ (14,884   $ 6,019      $ (11,425   $ 28,323      $ 2,343  

 

F-26


Table of Contents

 

(1) Realized losses are reported in “other income (losses)” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

Quantitative Information About Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The following tables present quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs utilized by NKF in the fair value measurement of Level 3 liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

     Fair Value
as of
December 31,

2016
    

Valuation Technique

   Unobservable Inputs      Weighted
Average
 

Liabilities

           

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities:

           

Contingent consideration

   $ 28,323      Present value of expected payments     


Discounted rate

Forecasted financial
information

 

 
 

     5.26 %(a) 

 

(a) NKF’s estimate of contingent consideration as of December 31, 2016 was based on the acquired business’ projected future financial performance, including revenues.

 

     Fair Value
as of
December 31,

2015
    

Valuation Technique

   Unobservable Inputs      Weighted
Average
 

Liabilities

           

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities:

           

Contingent consideration

   $ 48,613     

Present value of

expected payments

    


Discounted rate

Forecasted financial
information

 

 
 

     3.74 %(a) 

 

(a) NKF’s estimate of contingent consideration as of December 31, 2015 was based on the acquired business’ projected future financial performance, including revenues.

Valuation Processes—Level 3 Measurements

Valuations for contingent consideration are conducted by NKF. Each reporting period, NKF updates unobservable inputs. NKF has a formal process to review changes in fair value for satisfactory explanation.

Sensitivity Analysis—Level 3 Measurements

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value of NKF’s contingent consideration are the discount rate and forecasted financial information. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate would have resulted in a lower (higher) fair value measurement. Significant increases (decreases) in the forecasted financial information would have resulted in a higher (lower) fair value measurement. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the present value of expected payments related to NKF’s contingent consideration was $28,323 and $48,613, respectively. The undiscounted value of the payments, assuming that all contingencies are met, would be $31,084 and $54,439 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

F-27


Table of Contents
(8) Other Assets

Other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Prepaid expenses

   $ 8,816      $ 8,422  

Rent and other deposits

     2,509        2,967  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 11,325      $ 11,389  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other assets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Deferred tax assets

   $ 23,074      $ 24,251  

Cost method investments

     2,896        2,596  

Other

     1,729        1,925  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 27,699      $ 28,772  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(9) Related Party Transactions

Service Agreements

NKF receives administrative services including but not limited to, treasury, legal, accounting, information technology, payroll administration, human resources, incentive compensation plans and other support provided by Cantor and BGC. Where it is possible to specifically attribute such expenses to activities of NKF, these amounts have been expensed directly to NKF and have been included in the respective line item on the Combined Statement of Operations. Direct costs are primarily comprised of rent and equity and other incentive compensation expenses. Allocations of expenses not directly attributable to NKF are based on a services agreement between BGC and Cantor which reflects the utilization of service provided or benefits received by NKF during the periods presented on a consistent basis, such as headcount, square footage, revenue, etc. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, allocated expenses were $17,731 and $17,951, respectively. These expenses are included as part of “Fees to related parties” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

BGC uses a centralized approach to cash management. Accordingly, excess cash and cash equivalents are held by BGC at the corporate level and were not attributed to NKF for any of the periods presented. Transfers of cash, both to and from BGC’s centralized cash management system, are reflected as a related party receivable or payable on the Combined Balance Sheet and as change in related party payable and receivable in operating activities within the accompanying Combined Statement of Cash Flows. Debt obligations of BGC have not been included in the combined financial statements of NKF, because NKF is not a party to the obligation between BGC and the debt holders.

Loans, Forgivable Loans and Other Receivables from Employees and Partners

NKF has entered into various agreements with certain employees and partners whereby these individuals receive loans which may be either wholly or in part repaid from the distribution earnings that the individuals receive on some or all of their limited partnership interests or may be forgiven over a period of time. The forgivable portion of these loans is recognized as compensation expense over the life of the loan. From time to time, NKF may also enter into agreements with employees and partners to grant bonus and salary advances or other types of loans. These advances and loans are repayable in the timeframes outlined in the underlying agreements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the aggregate balance of employee loans was $181,914 and $90,781, respectively, and is included as “Loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and partners” in NKF’s combined balance sheets. Compensation expense for the above mentioned employee loans for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $24,173 and $48,580, respectively. The compensation expense related to these employee loans is included as part of “compensation and employee benefits” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

Transactions with Cantor Commercial Real Estate Company, L.P.

NKF also has a referral agreement in place with Cantor Commercial Real Estate (“CCRE”) in which brokers are incentivized to refer business to CCRE through a revenue-share arrangement. In connection with this revenue-share agreement, NKF recognized revenues of $8,864 and $1,930 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. This revenue was recorded as part of “commissions” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

NKF also has a revenue-share agreement with CCRE in which NKF pays CCRE for referrals for leasing or other services. In connection with this agreement, NKF paid $488 and $315 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. These payments were recorded as a reduction to “commissions” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

Related Party Receivables and Payables

NKF has receivables and payables to and from certain affiliate entities. As of December 31, 2016, the related party receivables and payables were $108,817 and $197,653, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, the related party receivables and payables were $125,842 and $146,261, respectively.

 

(10) Income Taxes

NKF’s combined financial statements include U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on NKF’s allocable share of the U.S. results of operations, as well as taxes payable to jurisdictions outside the U.S. In addition, certain of NKF’s entities are taxed as U.S. partnerships and are subject to the Unincorporated Business Tax (“UBT”) in New York City. Therefore, the tax liability or benefit related to the partnership income or loss except for UBT rests with the partners rather than the partnership entity. Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method, as prescribed in FASB guidance on Accounting for Income Taxes.

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

     Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
 
     2016      2015  

Current:

     

U.S. federal

   $ 4,253      $ 3,648  

U.S. state and local

     519        852  

Foreign

     169        13  

UBT

     113        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5,054        4,514  

Deferred:

     

U.S. federal

     (488      (10,571

U.S. state and local

     (562      (695

UBT

     (91      (15
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (1,141      (11,281
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income tax

   $ 3,913      $ (6,767
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

NKF had pre-tax income/(loss) of $45,295 and (67,535) for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Differences between NKF’s actual income tax expense and the amount calculated utilizing the U.S. federal statutory rates were as follows:

 

     Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
 
     2016      2015  

Federal income tax expense at 35% statutory rate(1)

   $ 15,853      $ (23,637

(Income)/loss not subject to tax at Newmark

     (14,132      21,068  

Income/(loss) subject to tax at Newmark

     566        (660

Incremental impact of foreign taxes compared to the federal rate

     (36      99  

Permanent differences

     968        985  

U.S. state and local taxes, net of U.S. federal benefit

     668        (411

New York City UBT

     22        (14

Enacted rate change

     (143      30  

Uncertain tax positions

     —          208  

Amortization of intangibles

     (95      (4,786

Valuation allowance

     (2      103  

Other

     244        248  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income tax

   $ 3,913      $ (6,767
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included as a component of “payables to related parties” in NKF’s combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are $21,203 and $17,475, respectively, due to affiliates for income taxes paid on behalf of NKF.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the combined financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets if it is deemed more likely than not that those assets will not be realized. Significant components of NKF’s deferred tax asset and liability consisted of the following:

 

     Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
 
     2016      2015  

Deferred tax asset

     

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 1,074      $ 1,301  

Basis difference of investments

     908        2,600  

Deferred compensation

     17,628        17,607  

Other deferred and accrued expenses

     3,334        2,746  

Net operating loss and credit carry-forwards

     737        639  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax asset

     23,681        24,893  

Valuation allowance

     (607      (642
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset, net of allowance

     23,074        24,251  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability

     

Software capitalization

     769        1,031  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,163        1,611  

Other

     864        918  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability(1)

     2,796        3,560  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 20,278      $ 20,691  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Before netting within tax jurisdictions.

NKF has net operating losses in non-U.S. jurisdictions of approximately $3,311, which has an indefinite life. Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to determine whether existing deferred tax assets will be realized. Accordingly, a valuation allowance of $607 has been recorded against only the portion of the deferred tax asset that is more likely than not to be realized, including a decrease of $35 in 2016 against the net deferred tax asset. NKF’s deferred tax asset and liability are included in NKF’s combined balance sheets as components of “other assets” and “other liabilities”, respectively

Pursuant to FASB guidance on Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, the Company provides for uncertain tax positions based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities.

A reconciliation of the beginning to the ending amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2016 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ —    

Increase in prior year tax position

     208  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     208  

Increase/(decrease) in prior year tax position

     —    
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 208  
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, NKF’s unrecognized tax benefits, excluding related interest and penalties, were $208, of which $208, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. NKF is currently open to examination by

 

F-31


Table of Contents

U.S. federal, U.S. state and local, and non-U.S. tax authorities for tax years beginning 2011, 2011 and 2015, respectively. NKF does not believe that the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next 12 months.

NKF recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in “operating, administrative and other” in the NKF’s combined statements of operations. As of December 31, 2016, NKF accrued $45 for income tax-related interest and penalties.

 

(11) Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

The current portion of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 45,973      $ 40,240  

Payroll taxes payable

     2,318        2,408  

Contingent consideration

     20,458        20,536  

Outside broker payable

     17,712        14,492  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 86,461      $ 77,676  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Deferred rent

   $ 40,496      $ 20,663  

Payroll taxes payable

     27,532        20,474  

Contingent consideration

     7,865        28,078  

Deferred tax liability

     2,796        3,560  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 78,689      $ 72,775  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(12) Compensation

BGC’s Compensation Committee may grant various equity-based awards to employees of NKF, including restricted stock units, limited partnership units and exchange rights for shares of BGC’s Class A common stock upon exchange of limited partnership units.

Limited Partnership Units

A summary of the activity associated with limited partnership units is as follows:

 

     Number of
Units
 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     38,000,970  

Granted

     19,149,118  

Redeemed/exchanged units

     (3,351,944

Forfeited units

     (390,517
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

     53,407,627  
  

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, BGC granted exchangeability on 3,834,273 and 16,432,000 limited partnership units for which NKF incurred compensation expense, before associated income taxes of $45,573 and $130,587, respectively.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the number of limited partnership units exchangeable into shares of BGC’s Class A common stock at the discretion of the unit holder was 8,752,862 and 4,500,000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the notional value of the limited partnership units with a post-termination pay-out amount held by executives and non-executive employees, awarded in lieu of cash compensation for salaries, commissions and/or discretionary or guaranteed bonuses was approximately $147,290 and $21,492, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the aggregate estimated fair value of these limited partnership units was approximately $19,626 and $5,954. The number of outstanding limited partnership units with a post-termination pay-out as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was approximately 16,486,016 and 2,695,000, respectively, of which approximately 10,908,708 and 1,346,000 were unvested.

Certain of the limited partnership units with a post-termination pay-out have been granted in connection with NKF’s acquisitions. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the aggregate estimated fair value of these acquisition related limited partnership units was $12,834 and $7,411, respectively.

Compensation expense related to limited partnership units with a post-termination pay-out amount is recognized over the stated service period. These units generally vest between three and five years from the date of grant. NKF recognized compensation expense, before associated income taxes, related to these limited partnership units that were not redeemed of $13,778 and $11,537 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These are included in “Compensation and employee benefits” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

Certain limited partnership units generally receive quarterly allocations of net income, which are cash distributed on a quarterly basis and generally contingent upon services being provided by the unit holders. The allocation of income to limited partnership units was $26,476 and $11,555 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

A summary of the activity associated with RSUs is as follows:

 

     Restricted
Stock
Units
     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     244,248      $ 4.68        1.79  

Granted

     148,061        7.93     

Delivered units

     (95,867      4.40     

Forfeited units

     (37,916      5.57     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     258,526        6.52        1.56  

Granted

     196,855        7.87     

Delivered units

     (141,490      5.85     

Forfeited units

     (28,166      7.64     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

     285,725      $ 7.56        1.75  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of RSUs awarded to employees and directors is determined on the date of grant based on the market value of BGC’s common stock (adjusted if appropriate based upon the award’s eligibility to receive dividends), and is recognized, net of the effect of estimated forfeitures, ratably over the vesting period. NKF uses historical data, including historical forfeitures and turnover rates, to estimate expected forfeiture rates for both employee and director RSUs. Each RSU is settled in one share of BGC’s Class A common stock upon completion of the vesting period.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, BGC granted 196,855 and 148,061, respectively, of RSUs with aggregate estimated grant date fair values of $1,550 and $1,174, respectively, to employees and directors. These RSUs were awarded in lieu of cash compensation for salaries, commissions and/or discretionary or guaranteed bonuses. RSUs granted to these individuals generally vest over a two- to four-year period.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the aggregate estimated grant date fair value of outstanding RSUs was $2,193 and $1,685, respectively.

Compensation expense related to RSUs, before associated income taxes, was approximately $985 and $608 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, there was approximately $1,859 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested RSUs.

 

(13) Commitments and Contingencies

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes certain of NKF’s contractual obligations at December 31, 2016:

 

     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 

Operating leases(1)

   $ 322,099      $ 32,138      $ 61,845      $ 56,882      $ 171,234  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 322,099      $ 32,138      $ 61,845      $ 56,882      $ 171,234  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Operating leases are related to rental payments under various non-cancelable leases principally for office space, net of sublease payments to be received. The total amount of sublease payments to be received over the life of the agreements was approximately $3,704 and $890 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Lease Commitments

NKF is obligated for minimum rental payments under various non-cancelable operating leases, principally for office space, expiring at various dates through 2031. Certain of the leases contain escalation clauses that require payment of additional rent to the extent of increases in certain operating or other costs. As of December 31, 2016, minimum lease payments under these arrangements were as follows:

 

2017

   $ 32,138  

2018

     31,819  

2019

     30,026  

2020

     29,626  

2021

     27,256  

2022 and thereafter

     171,234  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 322,099  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $34,236 and $30,402. Rent expense is reported in “operating, administrative and other” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

Contingent Payments Related to Acquisitions

During the year ended December 31, 2016, NKF completed acquisitions, whose purchase price included approximately 166,894 shares of BGC’s Class A common stock (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $1,545), 285,354 of BGC Holding limited partnership units (with an acquisition date fair value of

 

F-34


Table of Contents

approximately $2,590) and $5,621 in cash that may be issued contingent on certain targets being met through 2021. NKF completed acquisitions in 2014, 2015 and 2016 for which contingent cash consideration may be issued on certain targets being met through 2021 of $28,323. The contingent equity instruments are issued by BGC on behalf of NKF and are recorded as a payable to related party on the combined balance sheet. The contingent cash liability is recorded at fair value as deferred consideration on the combined balance sheet.

Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, various legal actions are brought and are pending against NKF and its subsidiaries in the U.S. and internationally. In some of these actions, substantial amounts are claimed. NKF is also involved, from time to time, in reviews, examinations, investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agencies (both formal and informal) regarding NKF’s businesses, which may result in judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief. The following generally does not include matters that NKF has pending against other parties which, if successful, would result in awards in favor of NKF or its subsidiaries.

Employment, Competitor-Related and Other Litigation

From time to time, NKF and its subsidiaries are involved in litigation, claims and arbitrations in the U.S. and internationally, relating to various employment matters, including with respect to termination of employment, hiring of employees currently or previously employed by competitors, terms and conditions of employment and other matters. In light of the competitive nature of the brokerage industry, litigation, claims and arbitration between competitors regarding employee hiring are not uncommon.

Legal reserves are established in accordance with FASB guidance on Accounting for Contingencies, when a material legal liability is both probable and reasonably estimable. Once established, reserves are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change. The outcome of such items cannot be determined with certainty. NKF is unable to estimate a possible loss or range of loss in connection with specific matters beyond its current accrual and any other amounts disclosed. Management believes that, based on currently available information, the final outcome of these current pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on NKF’s combined financial statements and disclosures taken as a whole.

Risk and Uncertainties

NKF generates revenues by providing financial intermediary and brokerage activities and commercial real estate services to institutional customers. Revenues for these services are transaction-based. As a result, revenues could vary based on the transaction volume of global financial and real estate markets. Additionally, financing is sensitive to interest rate fluctuations, which could have an impact on NKF’s overall profitability.

 

(14) Subsequent Events

On July 26, 2017 NKF acquired a controlling interest in Spring11 Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“S11 LP”), and Spring11 Advisory Services Limited, a private company limited by shares registered in England and Wales (“S11 UK” and, together with S11 LP and the other Spring11 entities, “Spring11”). BGC and CCRE (both Cantor controlled affiliates) agreed to purchase 75% of Spring11. BGC acquired a 50% controlling interest and CCRE acquired an additional 25%. BGC contributed the 50% controlling interest to NKF.

Spring11 provides commercial real estate consulting and advisory services to a variety of commercial real estate clients, including lenders, investment banks, and investors. Spring11’s core competencies include: underwriting, modeling, structuring, due diligence and asset management. Spring11 also offers clients cost-effective and flexible staffing solutions through both on-site and off-site teams. Spring11 has offices in the United States located in New York, Atlanta, Los Angeles and Texas, in London, United Kingdom and in Chennai, India.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

On September 8, 2017, BGC acquired from CCRE 100% of the equity of the Berkeley Point Financial business (“BPF”) also referred to as the (“BPF acquisition.). BPF is a leading commercial real estate finance company focused on the origination and sale of multifamily and other commercial real estate loans through government- funded loan programs, as well as the servicing of commercial real estate loans.

Commensurate with the BPF acquisition, BGC has committed to make a $100 million investment into a newly created joint venture entity controlled and managed by Cantor. The purpose of this entity will be to invest in various other Cantor real estate business. BGC will account for the investment under the equity method of accounting and will contribute the investment to NKF upon closing of the BPF acquisition.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     June 30, 2017      December 31, 2016  

Assets:

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 34,264      $ 33,038  

Receivables, net

     154,753        140,093  

Receivable from related parties

     110,571        108,817  

Other current assets (see note 8)

     7,740        11,325  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     307,328        293,273  

Loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and partners

     194,577        181,914  

Goodwill

     419,560        412,655  

Other intangible assets, net

     22,248        24,872  

Fixed assets, net

     58,383        55,078  

Other assets (see note 8)

     26,501        27,699  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,028,597      $ 995,491  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

     

Current portion of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities (see note 11)

     86,063        86,461  

Payable to related parties

     203,626        197,653  

Accrued compensation

     133,136        128,707  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     422,825        412,821  

Other liabilities (see note 11)

     81,286        78,689  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     504,111        491,510  

Commitments and contingencies

     

Invested Equity:

     

BGC Partners’ net investment in Newmark

     523,334        501,974  

Noncontrolling interests

     1,152        2,007  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total invested equity

     524,486        503,981  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 1,028,597      $ 995,491  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
             2017                     2016          

Revenues:

    

Commissions

   $ 448,837     $ 375,386  

Management and other

     102,358       91,652  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     551,195       467,038  

Expenses:

    

Compensation and employee benefits

     402,034       341,879  

Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units

     34,500       23,435  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total compensation and employee benefits

     436,534       365,314  

Operating, administrative and other

     82,694       73,213  

Fees to related parties

     8,657       9,841  

Depreciation and amortization

     8,298       6,220  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     536,183       454,588  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (losses), net

    

Other income (loss)

     (1,097     (1,328
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (losses), net

     (1,097     (1,328
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     13,915       11,122  

Interest income, net

     1,830       1,510  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     15,745       12,632  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     1,383       800  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     14,362       11,832  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     308       (564
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) to BGC Partners

   $ 14,054     $ 12,396  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
             2017                      2016          

Net income (loss)

   $ 14,362      $ 11,832  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     14,362        11,832  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     308        (564
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to BGC Partners

   $ 14,054      $ 12,396  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN INVESTED EQUITY

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     BGC’s Net
Investment
in Newmark
     Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total  

Balance, December 31, 2015

   $ 445,592        3,841     $ 449,433  

Net income

     42,571        (1,189     41,382  

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

     —          (311     (311

Purchase of noncontrolling interest

     334        (334     —    

Contributions

     13,447        —         13,447  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

     501,974        2,007       503,981  

Net income

     14,054        308       14,362  

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

     —          (71     (71

Purchase of noncontrolling interest

     1,092        (1,092     —    

Contributions

     6,214        —         6,214  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2017

   $ 523,334        1,152     $ 524,486  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2017     2016  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 14,362     $ 11,832  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     8,298       6,220  

Employee loan amortization

     3,049       3,668  

Provision for uncollectible accounts

     (13     (855

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Receivables, net

     (14,661     17,395  

Loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and partners

     (15,712     (87,854

Other assets

     4,527       1,934  

Accrued compensation

     4,428       (3,588

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     11,308       547  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     15,586       (50,701
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Purchases of noncontrolling interests, net of cash acquired from newly acquired entities

     (1,092     (421

Purchases of fixed assets

     (7,999     (7,592
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (9,091     (8,013
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Payments to related parties

     (189,149     (262,943

Borrowings from related parties

     194,460       341,501  

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

     (71     —    

Payments on acquisition earn-outs

     (10,509     (3,179
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (5,269     75,379  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     1,226       16,665  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     33,038       10,536  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 34,264     $ 27,201  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing activities from acquisitions:

    

Net assets contributed by BGC Partners’ (see Note 3)

   $ 6,214     $ 4,630  

The accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016

(In thousands, except units)

 

(1) Organization and Basis of Presentation

Newmark Knight Frank, formerly known as Newmark Grubb Knight Frank (which may be referred to as “Newmark”, or “NKF”) is a leading commercial real estate services firm. Newmark offers commercial real estate tenants, owner-occupiers, investors and developers a wide range of services, including leasing and corporate advisory, investment sales and real estate finance, consulting, valuation, project and development management and property and facility management.

Newmark was formed through BGC Partners Inc.’s (“BGC Partners” or “BGC”) purchase of Newmark & Co. and certain of its affiliates in 2011. BGC Holdings, L.P. (“BGC Holdings”) is a consolidated subsidiary of BGC for which BGC is the general partner. A majority of the voting power of BGC Partners is held by Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P. and its affiliates, which we refer to as “Cantor.”

BGC’s Board of Directors approved proceeding with a plan to spin-off NKF into a separate public entity. The spin-off is expected to be completed approximately six months after the completion of the initial public offering of NKF and subject to final board approval prior to completion.

Basis of Presentation

NKF’s combined financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”). The NKF combined financial statements were prepared on a stand-alone basis derived from the combined financial statements and accounting records of BGC. For the periods presented, NKF was an unincorporated reportable segment of BGC and BPF. These combined financial statements reflect the historical results of operations, financial position and cash flows of NKF and BPF as it was historically managed and adjusted to conform with U.S. GAAP. These combined financial statements are presented as if NKF and BPF had operated on a stand-alone basis for all periods presented. NKF’s combined financial statements include all of the BGC subsidiaries that comprise the real estate segment, all of which are controlled by BGC as well as BPF, which is controlled by Cantor.

Intercompany balances and transactions within NKF have been eliminated. Transactions between Cantor and BGC with NKF pursuant to service agreements between BGC and Cantor (Note 19), represent valid receivables and liabilities of NKF, which are periodically cash settled, have been included in the combined financial statements as either Receivables to or Payables from Related Parties. Additionally, certain other transactions between BGC and NKF are contributions of BGC’s net investment in NKF including acquisitions (Note 3).

NKF receives administrative services to support its operations, and in return, Cantor and BGC allocate certain of their expenses to NKF. Such expenses represent costs related, but not limited to, treasury, legal, accounting, information technology, payroll administration, human resources, incentive compensation plans and other services. These costs, together with an allocation of Cantor and BGC overhead costs, are included as expenses in the combined statements of operations. Where it is possible to specifically attribute such expenses to activities of NKF, these amounts have been expensed directly to NKF. Allocation of all other such expenses is based on a services agreement between BGC and Cantor which reflects the utilization of service provided or benefits received by NKF during the periods presented on a consistent basis, such as headcount, square footage, revenue, etc. Management believes the assumptions underlying the stand-alone financial statements, including

 

F-42


Table of Contents

the assumptions regarding allocated expenses, reasonably reflect the utilization of services provided to or the benefit received by NKF during the periods presented. However, these shared expenses may not represent the amounts that would have been incurred had NKF operated independently from Cantor and BGC. Actual costs that would have been incurred if NKF had been a stand-alone company would depend on multiple factors, including organizational structure and strategic decisions in various areas, including information technology and infrastructure. For an additional discussion of expense allocations, see Note 19.

BGC uses a centralized approach to cash management. Accordingly, excess cash and cash equivalents are held by BGC at the corporate level and were not attributed to NKF for any of the periods presented. Transfers of cash, both to and from BGC’s centralized cash management system, are reflected as a related party receivable or payable on the combined balance sheets and as part of the change in payments to and borrowings from related parties in the financing section within the accompanying Combined Statement of Cash Flows. Debt obligations of BGC have not been included in the combined financial statements of NKF, because NKF is not a party to the obligation between BGC and the debt holders.

The income tax provision in the combined statements of operations and comprehensive income has been calculated as if NKF was operating on a stand-alone basis and filed separate tax returns in the jurisdiction in which it operates. NKF’s operations have historically been included in the BGC U.S. federal and state tax returns. BGC’s global tax model has been developed based on its entire portfolio of businesses. Therefore cash tax payments and items of current and deferred taxes may not be reflective of NKF’s actual tax balances prior to or subsequent to NKF operating as a stand-alone company.

The combined financial statements contain all normal and recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the combined balance sheets, the combined statements of operations, the combined statements of comprehensive income, the combined statements of cash flows and the combined statements of changes in invested equity of NKF for the periods presented.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern, which relates to disclosure of uncertainties about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The ASU provides additional guidance on management’s responsibility to evaluate the condition of an entity and the required disclosures based on this assessment. The amendments in this update are effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and early application is permitted. The adoption of this FASB guidance did not impact NKF’s combined financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis. The amendment eliminates the deferral of certain consolidation standards for entities considered to be investment companies and modifies the consolidation analysis performed on certain types of legal entities. The guidance was effective beginning January 1, 2016 and early adoption was permitted. The adoption of this FASB guidance did not have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest, which relates to simplifying the presentation of debt issuance costs. This ASU requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The amendments in this update were effective for the annual period beginning January 1, 2016 for NKF. The adoption of this FASB guidance did not have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments. This ASU requires adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period of a business combination to be recognized in the reporting

 

F-43


Table of Contents

period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. Acquirers are no longer required to revise comparative information for prior periods as if the accounting for the business combination had been completed as of the acquisition date. The guidance was effective beginning January 1, 2016. The adoption of this FASB guidance did not have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting , which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification of related amounts within the statement of cash flows. The new standard was effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2017, and early adoption was permitted. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

New Accounting Pronouncements

The FASB has recently issued five ASUs related to revenue recognition (“new revenue recognition guidance”), all of which will become effective for the company on January 1, 2018. The ASUs issued are: (1) in May 2014, ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606); (2) in March 2016, ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net); (3) in April 2016, ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing; (4) in May 2016, ASU 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-scope Improvements and Practical Expedients; and (5) in December 2016, ASU 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue From Contracts with Customers.  ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers and will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. This ASU permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. ASU 2016-08 clarifies the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. ASU 2016-10 clarifies guidance related to identifying performance obligations and licensing implementation guidance contained in ASU 2014-09. ASU 2016-12 clarifies guidance in certain narrow areas and adds some practical expedients. ASU 2016-20 also clarifies guidance in certain narrow areas and adds optional exemptions to certain disclosure requirements.

We plan to adopt the new revenue recognition guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and are evaluating the application of a transition method. We continue to evaluate the impact that adoption of these updates will have on our combined financial statements and related disclosures. Based on our initial assessment, the impact of the application of the new revenue recognition guidance will likely result in an acceleration of some revenues that are based, in part, on future contingent events. For example, some brokerage revenues from leasing commissions in various countries where we operate will get recognized earlier. Under current GAAP, a portion of these commissions are deferred until a future contingency is resolved (e.g. tenant move-in or payment of first month’s rent). Under the new revenue guidance, NKF’s performance obligation may be satisfied at lease signing and therefore the portion of the commission that is contingent on a future event will likely be recognized earlier if deemed not subject to significant reversal. We are currently evaluating the impact of principal versus agent guidance in relation to third-party costs which are billed to clients in association with facilities management services and the impact on our unaudited combined financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This ASU requires entities to measure equity investments that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method at fair value and recognize any changes in fair value in net income unless the investments qualify for the new practicability exception. Entities will also have to record changes in instrument-specific credit risk for financial liabilities measured under the fair value option in other comprehensive income. In addition, entities will be required to present enhanced disclosures of financial assets and financial liabilities. The guidance is effective beginning January 1, 2018, with early adoption of certain provisions of the ASU permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on NKF’s combined financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and lease liability for all leases with terms of more than 12 months. Recognition, measurement and presentation of expenses will depend on classification as finance or operating lease. The amendments also require certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures. Accounting guidance for lessors is largely unchanged. The guidance is effective beginning January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on NKF’s unaudited combined financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230)—Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which makes changes to how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The new standard will become effective for NKF beginning with the first quarter of 2018 and will require adoption on a retrospective basis. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on NKF’s unaudited combined financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230)—Restricted Cash, which requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The new standard will become effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2018 and will require adoption on a retrospective basis. The adoption of this FASB guidance will not have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the requirement to determine the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit to measure goodwill impairment. Under the amendments in the new ASU, goodwill impairment testing will be performed by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognizing an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The new standard will become effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2020 and will be applied on a prospective basis, and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this FASB guidance is not expected to have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805) Clarifying the definition of Business, which clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of providing additional guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) or assets or businesses. The new standard will become effective for the company beginning January 1, 2018 and will be applied on a prospective basis. The adoption of this FASB guidance in not expected to have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

 

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates:

The preparation of NKF’s combined financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in these combined financial statements. Management believes that the estimates utilized in preparing these combined financial statements are reasonable. Estimates, by their nature, are based on judgment and available information. Actual results could differ materially from the estimates included in NKF’s combined financial statements.

Revenue Recognition:

Commissions:

Commission revenues from real estate transactions are recognized once performance obligations under the commission arrangement are satisfied. Terms and conditions of a commission arrangement may include

 

F-45


Table of Contents

execution of the lease agreement and satisfaction of future contingencies such as tenant occupancy. In most cases, a portion of the commission is earned upon execution of the lease agreement, with the remaining portion contingent on a future event, typically tenant occupancy; revenue recognition for the remaining portion is deferred until all contingencies are satisfied.

Commission revenues from sales brokerage transactions are recognized at the time the service has been provided and the commission becomes legally due, except when future contingencies exist. In most cases, close of escrow or transfer of title is a future contingency, and revenue recognition is deferred until all contingencies are satisfied.

Management services:

Management services revenues include property management, facilities management and project management. Management fees are recognized at the time the related services have been performed, unless future contingencies exist. In addition, in regard to management and facility service contracts, the owner of the property will typically reimburse NKF for certain expenses that are incurred on behalf of the owner, which are comprised primarily of on-site employee salaries and related benefit costs. The amounts which are to be reimbursed per the terms of the services contract are recognized as revenue in the same period as the related expenses are incurred. In certain instances, NKF subcontracts property management services to independent property managers, in which case NKF passes a portion of its property management fee on to the subcontractor, and NKF retains the balance. Accordingly, NKF records these fees gross of the amounts paid to subcontractors and the amounts paid to subcontractors are recognized as expenses in the same period.

Fees to Related Parties:

NKF is allocated fees from Cantor and BGC for back-office services provided by Cantor and its affiliates, including occupancy of office space, utilization of fixed assets, accounting, operations, human resources and legal services and information technology. Fees are expensed as they are incurred.

Segments:

NKF has a single operating segment. NKF is a real estate services firm offering services to commercial real estate tenants, owner occupiers, investors and developers, leasing and corporate advisory, investment sales and real estate finance, consulting, valuation, project and development management and property and facility management. The chief operating decision maker regardless of geographic location evaluates the operating results of NKF as total real estate and allocates resources accordingly. For the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, NKF recognized revenues as follows:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2017      2016  

Leasing and other commissions

   $ 272,247      $ 230,183  

Capital markets

     176,590        145,203  

Management and other

     102,358        91,652  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 551,195      $ 467,038  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair Value:

The FASB issued guidance that defines fair value as the price received to transfer an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and further expands disclosures about such fair value measurements.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

The guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 measurements—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2 measurements—Quoted prices in markets that are not active or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 measurements—Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

NKF considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the date of acquisition to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are held with banks as deposits.

Receivables, Net:

NKF has accrued commission’s receivable from real estate brokerage transactions and management fee receivables from contractual management assignments. Receivables are presented net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $11,429 and $11,371 as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The allowance is based on management’s estimate and is reviewed periodically based on the facts and circumstances of each outstanding receivable.

Fixed Assets, Net:

Fixed assets are carried at cost net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The costs of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Fixed assets are depreciated over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Leasehold improvements and other fixed assets    shorter of the remaining term of lease or useful life
Software, including software development costs    3-5 years straight-line
Computer and communications equipment    3-5 years straight line

Investments:

NKF’s combined financial statements include the accounts of NKF and its wholly owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. NKF’s policy is to consolidate all entities of which it owns more than 50% unless it does not have control over the entity.

Long-Lived Assets:

NKF periodically evaluates potential impairment of long-lived assets and amortizable intangibles, when a change in circumstances occurs, by applying the concepts of FASB guidance, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, and assessing whether the unamortized carrying amount can be recovered over

 

F-47


Table of Contents

the remaining life through undiscounted future expected cash flows generated by the underlying assets. If the undiscounted future cash flows were less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment charge would be recorded. The impairment charge would be measured as the excess of the carrying value of the asset over the present value of estimated expected future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risks involved.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net:

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination. As prescribed in FASB guidance, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but instead are periodically tested for impairment. NKF reviews goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or whenever an event occurs or circumstances change that could reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. When reviewing goodwill for impairment, NKF first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. NKF performed impairment evaluations for the year ended December 31, 2016 and concluded that there was no impairment of its goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Definite-lived intangible assets arising from business combinations include trademark and trade name, contractual and non-contractual customers, non-compete agreements and brokerage backlog.

Income Taxes

NKF accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method as prescribed in FASB guidance on Accounting for Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to basis differences between the combined financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Certain of NKF’s entities are taxed as U.S. partnerships and are subject to the Unincorporated Business Tax (“UBT”) in New York City. Therefore, the tax liability or benefit related to the partnership income or loss except for UBT rests with the partners, rather than the partnership entity. As such, the partners’ tax liability or benefit is not reflected in NKF’s combined financial statements. The tax-related assets, liabilities, provisions or benefits included in NKF’s combined financial statements also reflect the results of the entities that are taxed as corporations, either in the U.S. or in foreign jurisdictions.

NKF income taxes as presented are calculated on a separate return basis, although NKF’s operations have historically been included in BGC’s U.S. federal and state tax returns or non-U.S. jurisdictions tax returns. As NKF operations in many jurisdictions are unincorporated commercial units of BGC and its subsidiaries, stand-alone tax returns have not been filed for the operations in these jurisdictions. Accordingly, NKF’s tax results as presented are not necessarily reflective of the results that NKF would have generated on a stand-alone basis.

NKF provides for uncertain tax positions based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. NKF recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in “operating, administrative and other” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

A valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets if it is deemed more likely than not that those assets will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence, including past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in the most recent fiscal years, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of tax planning strategies.

The measurement of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities is based on provisions of enacted tax laws and involves uncertainties in the application of tax regulations in the U.S. and other tax jurisdictions.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Because our interpretation of complex tax law may impact the measurement of current and deferred income taxes, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions regarding the application of tax law.

Equity-Based and Other Compensation:

NKF accounts for equity-based compensation under the fair value recognition provisions of the FASB guidance. Equity-based compensation expense recognized during the period is based on the value of the portion of equity-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest. The grant-date fair value of equity-based awards is amortized to expense ratably over the awards’ vesting periods. As equity-based compensation expense recognized in NKF’s combined statements of operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reviewed for estimated forfeitures. Further, FASB guidance requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Restricted Stock Units:

Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) are provided by BGC to certain employees of NKF and are accounted for by NKF as equity awards, and as per FASB guidance, NKF is required to record an expense for the portion of the RSUs that is ultimately expected to vest. The grant-date fair value of RSUs is amortized to expense ratably over the awards’ vesting periods. The amortization is reported in “Compensation and employee benefits” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

Limited Partnership Units:

NKF participates in BGC’s Global Compensation plan by which employees receive limited partnership units in BGC Holdings. Employees receive quarterly allocations of net income, which are cash distributed on a quarterly basis and generally contingent upon services being provided by the unit holders. The quarterly allocations of net income on such limited partnership units are reflected as “Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

Certain of these limited partnership units entitle the holders to receive post-termination payments equal to the notional amount in four equal yearly installments after the holder’s termination. These limited partnership units are accounted for as post-termination liability awards, which require that NKF record an expense for such awards based on the change in value at each reporting period and include the expense in NKF’s combined statements of operations as part of “Compensation and employee benefits.” The liability for limited partnership units with a post-termination payout amount is included in “Accrued compensation” on NKF’s combined balance sheet.

Certain limited partnership units are granted exchangeability into BGC Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustment). At the time exchangeability is granted, NKF recognizes an expense based on the fair value of the award on that date, which is included in “Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

BGC has also awarded Preferred Units to employees of NKF. Each quarter, the net profits of BGC Holdings are allocated to such units at a rate of either 0.6875% (which is 2.75% per calendar year) or such other amount as set forth in the award documentation (the “Preferred Distribution”), which is deducted before the calculation and distribution of the quarterly partnership distribution for the remaining partnership units. The Preferred Units are not entitled to participate in partnership distributions other than with respect to the Preferred Distribution. Preferred Units may not be made exchangeable into BGC’s Class A common stock and are only entitled to the Preferred Distribution. The quarterly allocations of net income on Preferred Units are reflected in “Allocation of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Loans, Forgivable Loans and Other Receivables from Employees and Partners:

NKF has entered into various agreements with certain of its employees and partners whereby these individuals receive loans which may be either wholly or in part repaid from the distribution earnings that the individual receives on some or all of their limited partnership units or may be forgiven over a period of time. The forgivable portion of these loans is recognized as compensation expense over the life of the loan. From time to time, NKF may also enter into agreements with employees and partners to grant bonus and salary advances or other types of loans. These advances and loans are repayable in the timeframes outlined in the underlying agreements. Management reviews the loan balances each reporting period for collectability. If a portion of the loan balances is not expected to be collectable, a reserve against the loan balance is recognized.

Noncontrolling Interest in Subsidiaries:

Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries represents third-party ownership interests in NKF’s consolidated subsidiaries.

 

(3) Acquisitions

On January 13, 2017, NGKF acquired a San Francisco based advisory, Regency Capital Partners (“Regency”). Regency specializes in structured debt and equity for large office and multifamily developments.

For the six months ended June 30, 2017, the following tables summarize the components of the purchase consideration transferred, and the preliminary allocation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, for all other acquisitions based on the fair values of the acquisition date. NKF expects to finalize its analysis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed within the first year of the acquisition, and therefore adjustments to assets and liabilities may occur.

 

     January 13,
2017
 

Assets

  

Goodwill

   $ 6,830  

Intangibles assets, net

     89  

Other assets

     (14
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

     6,905  
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     691  
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     691  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 6,214  
  

 

 

 

The total consideration for acquisitions during the six months ended June 30, 2017, was approximately $6,214 in total fair value, comprised of cash and shares of BGC’s common stock. The total consideration included contingent consideration of approximately 148,435 restricted shares of BGC’s Class A common stock (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $1,563). The excess of the consideration over the fair value of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill of approximately $6,830, of which $580 is deductible by NKF for tax purposes.

On February 26, 2016, NKF completed the acquisition of Rudesill-Pera Multifamily, LLC (“Memphis Multifamily”). Memphis Multifamily is a multifamily brokerage firm operating in Memphis and the Mid-South Region.

On June 17, 2016, NKF completed the acquisition of The CRE Group, Inc. (“CRE Group”). CRE Group is a real estate services provider focused on the project management, construction management and Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (“LEED”) consulting.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

On September 13, 2016, NKF acquired several management agreement contracts from John Buck Company, LLC and Buck Management Group, LLC.

On September 30, 2016, NKF completed the acquisition of Continental Realty, Ltd. (“Continental Realty”), a Columbus, Ohio-based company. Continental Realty specializes in commercial realty brokerage and property management throughout Ohio.

On October 18, 2016, the Company announced that it had completed the acquisition of Newmark Grubb Mexico City. Newmark Grubb Mexico City is a tenant advisory firm in the Mexico City area.

On December 14, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of Walchle Lear Multifamily Advisors (“Walchle Lear”). Walchle Lear is a Jacksonville, Florida based multifamily company specializing in investment sales.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the following tables summarize the components of the purchase consideration transferred, and the preliminary allocation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, for all other acquisitions based on the fair values of the acquisition date. NKF expects to finalize its analysis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed within the first year of the acquisition, and therefore adjustments to assets and liabilities may occur.

 

     As of the
Acquisition Date
 

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 851  

Receivables, net

     922  

Goodwill

     19,818  

Intangibles assets, net

     7,265  

Other assets

     452  
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

     29,308  
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     1,981  

Deferred consideration

     5,723  

Accrued compensation

     703  
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     8,407  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 20,901  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill includes the in-place workforce, which allows the Company to continue serving its existing client base, begin marketing to potential clients and avoid significant costs reproducing the workforce.

The total consideration for acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2016, was approximately $27,201 in total fair value, comprised of cash, shares of BGC’s common stock and BGC Holdings limited partnership units. The total consideration included contingent consideration of approximately 166,894 restricted shares of BGC’s Class A common stock (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $1,545), 285,354 BGC Holdings limited partnership units (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $2,590) and $6,018 in cash that may be issued contingent on certain targets being met through 2021. The excess of the consideration over the fair value of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill of approximately $19,818, of which $995 is deductible by NKF for tax purposes.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, an agreement with the sellers of a prior acquisition was entered into, whereby certain consideration was reduced, which resulted in the return to BGC of 1,600,000 partnership

 

F-51


Table of Contents

units (with an acquisition date fair value of $14,900 ), the reduction of future cash earn-outs of $17,300 and a repayment to NKF of $1,000 in cash. As a result, NKF recognized $18,300 (comprised of $17,300 earn-out reduction and $1,000 cash received) in “other income (loss)” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

These acquisitions are accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The results of operations of these acquisitions have been included in NKF’s combined financial statements subsequent to their respective dates of acquisition, which in aggregate contributed $8,443 to our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Consideration for all acquisitions was paid or issued by BGC. BGC then subsequently contributed the net assets (inclusive of goodwill and intangible assets) of the acquired companies to NKF. This is reflected as a contribution in the combined statement of changes in invested equity.

The results of operations of NKF’s acquisitions have been included in NKF’s combined financial statements subsequent to their respective dates of acquisition. NKF has made a preliminary allocation of the consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as of the acquisition date, and expects to finalize its analysis with respect to acquisitions within the first year after the completion of the transaction. Therefore, adjustments to preliminary allocations may occur.

 

(4) Cost and Equity Method Investments

NKF acquired investments for which it does not have the ability to exert significant influence over operating and financial policies. The Investments are generally accounted for using the cost method of accounting in accordance with FASB guidance, Investments—Other. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the carrying value of the cost method investments were $2,896 and $2,896, respectively and are included in other non-current assets on the combined balance sheet.

 

(5) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net of Accumulated Amortization

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016 were as follows:

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 392,837  

Acquisitions

     17,086  

Measurement period adjustments

     2,732  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

     412,655  

Acquisitions

     6,124  

Measurement period adjustments

     781  
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2017

   $ 419,560  
  

 

 

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2017, NKF recognized additional goodwill and measurement period adjustments of approximately $6,124 and $781, respectively. See Note 3—“Acquisitions” for more information.

Goodwill is not amortized and is reviewed annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise, in accordance with FASB guidance on Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. NKF completed its annual goodwill impairment testing during the fourth quarter of 2016, which did not result in any goodwill impairment.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Other intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands, except weighted average life):

 

     June 30, 2017  
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
 

Trademark and trade names:

           

Indefinite life

   $ 10,685      $ —        $ 10,685        N/A  

Finite life

     6,455        (5,285      1,170        0.1  

Non-contractual customers

     5,647        (1,187      4,460        2.9  

License agreements

     4,981        (798      4,183        1.6  

Contractual customers

     1,452        (478      974        0.3  

Brokerage backlog

     1,101        (875      226        —    

Non-compete agreements

     918        (368      550        0.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 31,239      $ (8,991    $ 22,248        5.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2016  
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
 

Trademark and trade names:

           

Indefinite life

   $ 10,685      $ —        $ 10,685        N/A  

Finite life

     6,460        (4,228      2,232        0.2  

Non-contractual customers

     5,648        (878      4,770        2.7  

License agreements

     4,981        (298      4,683        1.6  

Contractual customers

     1,452        (354      1,098        0.3  

Brokerage backlog

     1,101        (245      856        0.1  

Non-compete agreements

     828        (282      546        0.2  

Below market leases

     15        (13      2        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 31,170      $ (6,298    $ 24,872        5.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible amortization expense for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 was $2,697 and $2,065, respectively. Intangible amortization is included as a part of “Depreciation and amortization” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

The estimated future amortization of definite life intangible assets as of June 30, 2017 was as follows:

 

2017

   $ 1,927  

2018

     2,319  

2019

     2,142  

2020

     1,904  

2021

     1,432  

2022 and thereafter

     1,839  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,563  
  

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents
(6) Fixed Assets, Net

Fixed assets, net consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 

Leasehold improvements and other fixed assets

   $ 69,790      $ 63,194  

Software, including software development costs

     14,346        13,971  

Computer and communications equipment

     12,219        10,360  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     96,355        87,525  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (37,972      (32,447
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 58,383      $ 55,078  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 was $5,601 and $4,155. Depreciation expense is included as a part of “Depreciation and amortization” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

For the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, $0 and $199 of software development costs were capitalized, respectively. Amortization of software development costs totaled $209 and $580 for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Amortization of software development costs is included as part of “operating, administrative and other” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

 

(7) Fair Value of Financial Liabilities

FASB guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

    Level 1 measurements—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

 

    Level 2 measurements—Quoted prices in markets that are not active or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

    Level 3 measurements—Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

As required by FASB guidance, assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. NKF values contingent consideration at Level 3 in the hierarchy. The fair value of contingent consideration was $19,579 and $28,323 as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

Changes in Level 3 Contingent consideration measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:

 

     As of June 30, 2017  
     Opening
Balance
     Total realized
(gains) losses
included in Net
income(1)
     Issuances      Settlements     Closing
Balance
     Unrealized
(gains) losses
Outstanding as

of June 30,
2017
 

Liabilities

                

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities:

                

Contingent consideration

   $ 28,323      $ 1,765      $ —        $ (10,509   $ 19,579      $ 1,481  

 

F-54


Table of Contents

 

(1) Realized losses are reported in “other income (losses)” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

Quantitative Information About Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The following tables present quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs utilized by NKF in the fair value measurement of Level 3 liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

     Fair Value as of
June 30, 2017
     Valuation Technique      Unobservable Inputs      Weighted
Average
 

Liabilities

           

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities:

           

Contingent consideration

   $ 19,579       
Present value of
expected payments
 
 
    

Discounted rate
Forecasted financial
information
 
 
 
     6.38 %(a) 

 

     Fair Value as of
December 31, 2016
     Valuation Technique      Unobservable Inputs      Weighted
Average
 

Liabilities

           

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities:

           

Contingent consideration

   $ 28,323       
Present value of
expected payments
 
 
    

Discounted rate
Forecasted financial
information
 
 
 
     5.26 %(a) 

 

(a) NKF’s estimate of contingent consideration as of December 31, 2016 was based on the acquired business’ projected future financial performance, including revenues.

Valuation Processes—Level 3 Measurements

Valuations for contingent consideration are conducted by NKF. Each reporting period, NKF updates unobservable inputs. NKF has a formal process to review changes in fair value for satisfactory explanation.

Sensitivity Analysis—Level 3 Measurements

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value of NKF’s contingent consideration are the discount rate and forecasted financial information. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate would have resulted in a lower (higher) fair value measurement. Significant increases (decreases) in the forecasted financial information would have resulted in a higher (lower) fair value measurement. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the present value of expected payments related to NKF’s contingent consideration was $19,579 and $28,323, respectively. The undiscounted value of the payments, assuming that all contingencies are met, would be $22,792 and $31,084 as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

 

(8) Other Assets

Other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 

Prepaid expenses

   $ 6,389      $ 8,816  

Rent and other deposits

     1,351        2,509  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,740      $ 11,325  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Non-current assets consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 

Deferred tax assets

   $ 21,808      $ 23,074  

Cost method investments

     2,896        2,896  

Other

     1,797        1,729  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 26,501      $ 27,699  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(9) Related Party Transactions

Service Agreements

NKF receives administrative services including but not limited to, treasury, legal, accounting, information technology, payroll administration, human resources, incentive compensation plans and other support provided by Cantor and BGC. Where it is possible to specifically attribute such expenses to activities of NKF, these amounts have been expensed directly to NKF and have been included in the respective line item on the Combined Statement of Operations. Direct costs are primarily comprised of rent and equity and other incentive compensation expenses. Allocations of expenses not directly attributable to NKF are based on a services agreement between BGC and Cantor which reflects the utilization of service provided or benefits received by NKF during the periods presented on a consistent basis, such as headcount, square footage, revenue, etc. For the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, allocated expenses were $8,657 and $9,841, respectively. These expenses are included as part of “Fees to related parties” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

BGC uses a centralized approach to cash management. Accordingly, excess cash and cash equivalents are held by BGC at the corporate level and were not attributed to NKF for any of the periods presented. Transfers of cash, both to and from BGC’s centralized cash management system, are reflected as a related party receivable or payable on the combined balance sheets and as change in related party payable and receivable in operating activities within the accompanying combined statement of Cash flows. Debt obligations of BGC have not been included in the combined financial statements of NKF, because NKF is not a party to the obligation between BGC and the debt holders.

Loans, Forgivable Loans and Other Receivables from Employees and Partners

NKF has entered into various agreements with certain employees and partners whereby these individuals receive loans which may be either wholly or in part repaid from the distribution earnings that the individuals receive on some or all of their limited partnership interests or may be forgiven over a period of time. The forgivable portion of these loans is recognized as compensation expense over the life of the loan. From time to time, NKF may also enter into agreements with employees and partners to grant bonus and salary advances or other types of loans. These advances and loans are repayable in the timeframes outlined in the underlying agreements.

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the aggregate balance of employee loans was $194,577 and $181,914, respectively, and is included as “Loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and partners” in NKF’s combined balance sheets. Compensation expense for the above mentioned employee loans for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 was $3,049 and $2,967, respectively. The compensation expense related to these employee loans is included as part of “compensation and employee benefits” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

Transactions with Cantor Commercial Real Estate Company, L.P.

NKF also has a referral agreement in place with Cantor Commercial Real Estate (“CCRE”) in which brokers are incentivized to refer business to CCRE through a revenue-share arrangement. In connection with this

 

F-56


Table of Contents

revenue-share agreement, NKF recognized revenues of $4,300 and $1,800 for the six months ended June 2017 and 2016. This revenue was recorded as part of “commissions” in NKF’s unaudited combined statements of operations.

Related Party Receivables and Payables

NKF has receivables and payables to and from certain affiliate entities. As of June 30, 2017, the related party receivables and payables were $110,571 and $203,626, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, the related party receivables and payables were $108,817 and $197,653, respectively.

 

(10) Income Taxes

NKF’s unaudited combined financial statements include U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on NKF’s allocable share of the U.S. results of operations, as well as taxes payable to jurisdictions outside the U.S. In addition, certain of NKF’s entities are taxed as U.S. partnerships and are subject to the Unincorporated Business Tax (“UBT”) in New York City. Therefore, the tax liability or benefit related to the partnership income or loss, except for UBT, rests with the partners, rather than the partnership entity. Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method, as prescribed in FASB guidance on Accounting for Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the unaudited condensed combined financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets if it is deemed more likely than not that those assets will not be realized.

In general, it is the intention of NKF to reinvest the earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries in those operations. As of June 30, 2017, NKF did not have any cumulative undistributed foreign earnings.

Pursuant to FASB guidance on Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, NKF provides for uncertain tax positions based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. As of June 30, 2017, NKF had $208 of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which would affect NKF’s effective tax rate if recognized. NKF recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in “operating, administrative and other” in NKF’s unaudited condensed combined statements of operations. As of June 30, 2017, NKF had approximately $45 of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions.

 

(11) Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

The current portion of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 53,881      $ 45,973  

Contingent consideration

     12,666        20,458  

Outside broker payable

     17,646        17,712  

Payroll taxes payable

     1,870        2,318  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 86,063      $ 86,461  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

The long term portion of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 

Deferred rent

   $ 42,024      $ 40,496  

Deferred tax liability

     3,396        2,796  

Payroll taxes payable

     28,954        27,532  

Contingent consideration

     6,912        7,865  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 81,286      $ 78,689  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(12) Compensation

BGC’s Compensation Committee may grant various equity-based awards to employees of NKF, including restricted stock units, limited partnership units and exchange rights for shares of BGC’s Class A common stock upon exchange of limited partnership units.

Limited Partnership Units

A summary of the activity associated with limited partnership units is as follows:

 

     Number of
Units
 

Balance at December 31, 2016

     53,407,627  

Granted

     7,275,618  

Redeemed/exchanged units

     (1,063,782

Forfeited units

     (275,855
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2017

     59,343,608  
  

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2017, BGC granted exchangeability on 2,197,645 limited partnership units for which NKF incurred compensation expense, before associated income taxes of $23,682. For the six months ended June 30, 2016 compensation expense was $16,153.

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the number of limited partnership units exchangeable into shares of BGC’s Class A common stock at the discretion of the unit holder was 10,819,073 and 8,752,862, respectively.

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the notional value of the limited partnership units with a post-termination pay-out amount held by executives and non-executive employees, awarded in lieu of cash compensation for salaries, commissions and/or discretionary or guaranteed bonuses was approximately $183,606 and $147,290, respectively. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the aggregate estimated fair value of these limited partnership units was approximately $29,650 and $19,626. The number of outstanding limited partnership units with a post-termination pay-out as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was approximately 19,832,115 and 16,486,016, respectively, of which approximately 13,405,121 and 10,908,708 were unvested.

Certain of the limited partnership units with a post-termination pay-out have been granted in connection with NKF’s acquisitions. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the aggregate estimated fair value of these acquisition related limited partnership units was $13,524 and $12,834, respectively.

Compensation expense related to limited partnership units with a post-termination pay-out amount is recognized over the stated service period. These units generally vest between three and five years from the date of grant. NKF recognized compensation expense, before associated income taxes, related to these limited

 

F-58


Table of Contents

partnership units that were not redeemed of $10,109 and $5,420 for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These are included in “compensation and employee benefits” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

Certain limited partnership units generally receive quarterly allocations of net income, which are cash distributed on a quarterly basis and generally contingent upon services being provided by the unit holders. The allocation of income to limited partnership units was $10,817 and $7,282 for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

A summary of the activity associated with RSUs is as follows:

 

     Restricted
Stock
Units
     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
 

Balance at December 31, 2016

     285,725      $ 7.56        1.75  

Granted

     218,705        10.00     

Delivered units

     (117,708      7.48     

Forfeited units

     (30,032      8.24     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2017

     356,690      $ 9.03        2.23  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of RSUs awarded to employees and directors is determined on the date of grant based on the market value of BGC’s common stock (adjusted if appropriate based upon the award’s eligibility to receive dividends), and is recognized, net of the effect of estimated forfeitures, ratably over the vesting period. NKF uses historical data, including historical forfeitures and turnover rates, to estimate expected forfeiture rates for both employee and director RSUs. Each RSU is settled in one share of BGC’s Class A common stock upon completion of the vesting period.

During the six months ended June 30, 2017, BGC granted 218,705 of RSUs with aggregate estimated grant date fair values of $2,188 to employees and directors. These RSUs were awarded in lieu of cash compensation for salaries, commissions and/or discretionary or guaranteed bonuses. RSUs granted to these individuals generally vest over a two- to four-year period.

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the aggregate estimated grant date fair value of outstanding RSUs was $3,220 and $2,193, respectively.

Compensation expense related to RSUs, before associated income taxes, was approximately $596 and $437 for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, there was approximately $3,109 and $1,859 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested RSUs.

 

(13) Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

NKF is obligated for minimum rental payments under various non-cancelable operating leases, principally for office space, expiring at various dates through 2031. Certain of the leases contain escalation clauses that require payment of additional rent to the extent of increases in certain operating or other costs.

Rent expense for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 was $17,440 and $15,966. Rent expense is reported in “operating, administrative and other” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Contingent Payments Related to Acquisitions

During the six months ended June 30, 2017, NKF completed acquisitions, whose purchase price included ring approximately 148,435 shares of BGC’s Class A common stock (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $1,563). NKF completed acquisitions in 2016, whose purchase price included approximately 166,894 shares of BGC’s Class A common stock (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $1,545), 285,354 of BGC Holding limited partnership units (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $2,590) and $5,621 in cash that may be issued contingent on certain targets being met through 2021.

Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, various legal actions are brought and are pending against NKF and its subsidiaries in the U.S. and internationally. In some of these actions, substantial amounts are claimed. NKF is also involved, from time to time, in reviews, examinations, investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agencies (both formal and informal) regarding NKF’s businesses, which may result in judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief. The following generally does not include matters that NKF has pending against other parties which, if successful, would result in awards in favor of NKF or its subsidiaries.

Employment, Competitor-Related and Other Litigation

From time to time, NKF and its subsidiaries are involved in litigation, claims and arbitrations in the U.S. and internationally, relating to various employment matters, including with respect to termination of employment, hiring of employees currently or previously employed by competitors, terms and conditions of employment and other matters. In light of the competitive nature of the brokerage industry, litigation, claims and arbitration between competitors regarding employee hiring are not uncommon.

Legal reserves are established in accordance with FASB guidance on Accounting for Contingencies, when a material legal liability is both probable and reasonably estimable. Once established, reserves are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change. The outcome of such items cannot be determined with certainty. NKF is unable to estimate a possible loss or range of loss in connection with specific matters beyond its current accrual and any other amounts disclosed. Management believes that, based on currently available information, the final outcome of these current pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on NKF’s combined financial statements and disclosures taken as a whole.

Risk and Uncertainties

NKF generates revenues by providing financial intermediary and brokerage activities and commercial real estate services to institutional customers. Revenues for these services are transaction-based. As a result, revenues could vary based on the transaction volume of global financial and real estate markets. Additionally, financing is sensitive to interest rate fluctuations, which could have an impact on NKF’s overall profitability.

 

(14) Subsequent Events

On July 26, 2017, NKF acquired a controlling interest in Spring11 Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“S11 LP”), and Spring11 Advisory Services Limited, a private company limited by shares registered in England and Wales (“S11 UK” and, together with S11 LP and the other Spring11 entities, “Spring11”). BGC and CCRE (both Cantor controlled affiliates) agreed to purchase 75% of Spring11. BGC acquired a 50% controlling interest and CCRE acquired an additional 25%. BGC         contributed the 50% controlling interest to NKF.

Spring11 provides commercial real estate consulting and advisory services to a variety of commercial real estate clients, including lenders, investment banks, and investors. Spring11’s core competencies include:

 

F-60


Table of Contents

underwriting, modeling, structuring, due diligence and asset management. Spring11 also offers clients cost-effective and flexible staffing solutions through both on-site and off-site teams. Spring11 has offices in the United States located in New York, Atlanta, Los Angeles and Texas, in London, United Kingdom and in Chennai, India.

On September 8, 2017, BGC acquired from CCRE 100% of the equity of Berkeley Point Financial business (“BPF”) also referred to as the (“BPF acquisition”). BPF is a leading commercial real estate finance company focused on the origination and sale of multifamily and other commercial real estate loans through government-funded loan programs, as well as the servicing of commercial real estate loans.

Commensurate with the BPF acquisition, BGC has committed to make a $100 million investment into a newly created joint venture entity controlled and managed by Cantor. The purpose of this entity will be to invest in various other Cantor real estate business. BGC will account for the investment under the equity method of accounting and will contribute to NKF upon closing of the BPF acquisition.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

The following pages provide historical financial statements of Berkeley Point Financial LLC and subsidiaries.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report

Member

Berkeley Point Financial LLC:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Berkeley Point Financial LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in member’s capital, and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Berkeley Point Financial LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

August 23, 2017

 

F-63


Table of Contents

BERKELEY POINT FINANCIAL LLC

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands)

 

     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 33,589      $ 100,894  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

     50,927        48,742  

Loans held for sale, at fair value

     1,071,836        359,109  

Derivative assets

     19,924        9,531  

Other current assets

     13,171        10,181  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,189,447        528,457  

Mortgage servicing rights, net

     339,816        263,913  

Credit enhancement receivable

     156        257  

Goodwill

     191        191  

Other intangible assets, net

     5,465        5,481  

Other assets

     4,124        2,576  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,539,199      $ 800,875  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Member’s Capital

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 32,305      $ 23,336  

Due to affiliates

     691,509        1,225  

Borrower deposits

     6,102        3,745  

Derivative liabilities

     9,670        3,231  

Warehouse notes payable

     257,969        359,634  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     997,555        391,171  

Financial guarantee liability

     413        288  

Credit enhancement deposit

     25,000        25,000  

Contingent liability

     10,390        10,018  

Other liabilities

     26,039        19,797  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,059,397        446,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Member’s capital

     479,802        354,601  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and member’s capital

   $ 1,539,199      $ 800,875  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

BERKELEY POINT FINANCIAL LLC

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands)

 

     Years ended
December 31
 
     2016      2015  

Revenues

     

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net

   $ 183,801      $ 113,357  

Servicing fees

     87,671        74,356  

Warehouse interest income

     21,176        13,772  

Other interest income

     429        327  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     293,077        201,812  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expenses

     

Personnel expenses

     77,827        62,622  

Amortization and depreciation

     58,848        55,130  

Interest expense—warehouse

     13,728        9,670  

Interest expense—corporate

     366        460  

Provision for risk-sharing obligations

     231        (81

Other operating expenses

     16,796        16,730  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses

     167,796        144,531  

Income before income taxes

     125,281        57,281  

Income tax expense

     80        123  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 125,201      $ 57,158  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

BERKELEY POINT FINANCIAL LLC

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Member’s Capital

(In thousands)

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 297,443  
  

 

 

 

Net income

     57,158  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 354,601  
  

 

 

 

Net income

     125,201  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 479,802  
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

BERKELEY POINT FINANCIAL LLC

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Years ended December 31  
     2016     2015  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net income

   $ 125,201     $ 57,158  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Gain on originated mortgage servicing rights

     (126,547     (71,873

Amortization and depreciation

     58,848       55,130  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     1,237       1,153  

Unrealized losses (gains) on loans held for sale

     1,537       2,458  

Loan originations—loans held for sale

     (7,691,573     (5,210,160

Loan sales—loans held for sale

     6,977,308       5,633,773  

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

    

Restricted cash & cash equivalents

     (2,185     (335

Other assets

     (4,272     (1,018

Derivative assets

     (10,393     2,564  

Credit enhancement receivable

     101       2,197  

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     15,391       5,219  

Due to affiliates

     284       (728

Borrower deposits

     2,357       (3,228

Derivative liabilities

     6,439       (1,470

Financial guarantee liability

     125       (2,429

Contingent liability

     372       515  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (645,770     468,926  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Purchase of fixed assets

     (865     (454

Advances to CCRE

     (175,000     (265,000

Repayments from CCRE

     175,000       265,000  

Purchase of mortgage servicing rights

     (7,676     (9,259
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities

     (8,541     (9,713
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from warehouse notes payable

     7,691,573       5,210,160  

Principal payments on warehouse notes payable

     (7,793,238     (5,628,709

Advances from CCRE

     1,506,000       440,000  

Repayments to CCRE

     (816,000     (440,000

Payment of deferred financing costs

     (1,329     (831
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     587,006       (419,380
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (67,305     39,833  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     100,894       61,061  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 33,589     $ 100,894  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the period for:

    

Interest

   $ 11,693     $ 8,838  

Taxes

   $ 79     $ 131  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

BERKELEY POINT FINANCIAL LLC

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(1) Organization and Nature of Business

Berkeley Point Financial LLC (with its subsidiaries, the Company or BPF) is a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owns Berkeley Point Capital Holdings LLC (BPCH), also a Delaware limited liability company. BPCH wholly owns two subsidiaries, Berkeley Point Capital LLC (BPC) and Berkeley Point Interim Lending LLC (BPIL), both Delaware limited liability companies. BPC is the sole owner of one subsidiary, Berkeley Point Intermediary Inc. (BPII), a Delaware Corporation.

On April 10, 2014, BPF became a wholly owned subsidiary of Cantor Commercial Real Estate Company, L.P. (CCRE) when 100% of the membership interests in BPF were sold to CCRE in return for cash and limited partnership units in CCRE. The fair value of the consideration paid was allocated to tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the sale date (see Note 3).

Nature of Business

BPF, through its subsidiary BPC, is principally engaged in the origination, funding, sale and servicing of multifamily and commercial mortgage loans. After sale, BPF generally retains the rights to service the loans and may share in the risk of loss (see Note 11). Loans are sourced from a nationwide network of originators and correspondents. In the normal course of business, BPF accepts loan applications and application fees, manages the due diligence process, issues loan commitments, accepts commitment deposits, and closes loans. Loans are underwritten and processed according to guidelines set by BPF and various government sponsored entities. Initial funding for the loans is provided by warehouse line relationships.

BPF, through its subsidiary BPC, is approved to participate in a number of loan origination, sale and servicing programs operated by government sponsored enterprises (GSEs). The GSEs include the Federal Housing Authority (FHA), Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) and Fannie Mae.

 

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

  (a) Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP).

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of BPF, BPCH, BPIL, BPC and BPII (collectively, the Company). All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

  (b) Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which relates to how an entity recognizes the revenue it expects to be entitled to for the transfer of promised goods and services to customers. The ASU will replace certain existing revenue recognition guidance. The guidance, as stated in ASU No. 2014-09, was initially effective beginning on January 1, 2017. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers—Deferral of Effective Date, which defers the effective date by one year, with early adoption on the original effective date permitted. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and lease liability for all leases with terms of more than 12 months. Recognition, measurement and presentation of expenses will depend on classification as a finance or operating lease. The amendments also require certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures. Accounting guidance for lessors is largely unchanged. The guidance is effective beginning January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 represents a significant change to the incurred loss model currently used to account for credit losses. The ASU requires an entity to estimate the credit losses expected over the life of the credit exposure upon initial recognition of that exposure. The expected credit losses consider historical information, current information, and reasonable and supportable forecasts, including estimates of prepayments. Exposures with similar risk characteristics are required to be grouped together when estimating expected credit losses. The initial estimate and subsequent changes to the estimated credit losses are required to be reported in current earnings in the income statement and through an allowance in the balance sheet. ASU 2016-13 is applicable to financial assets subject to credit losses and measured at amortized cost and certain off-balance sheet credit exposures. The ASU will modify the way the Company estimates its financial guarantee liability. The effective date for the ASU for the Company is January 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted on January 1, 2019. The Company is in the process of determining the significance of the impact the ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements and the timing of when it will adopt the standard.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230)—Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”). ASU 2016-15 changes how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The new standard will become effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2018 and will require adoption on a retrospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230)—Restricted Cash, which requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The new standard will become effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2019 and will require adoption on a retrospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the requirement to determine the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit to measure goodwill impairment. Under the amendments in the new ASU, goodwill impairment testing will be performed by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognizing an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The new standard will become effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2021 and will be applied on a prospective basis, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

  (c) Use of Estimates

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in these consolidated financial statements. Management believes that the estimates used in preparing these consolidated financial statements are reasonable. Estimates, by their nature, are based on judgement and available information. As such, actual results could differ materially from the estimates included in these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-69


Table of Contents
  (d) Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company defines cash and cash equivalents as cash on hand and due from banks. The Company also considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

  (e) Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents

Restricted cash represents cash and cash equivalents set aside for amounts pledged for the benefit of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to secure BPF’s financial guarantee liability.

 

  (f) Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)

BPF maintains commercial mortgage loans for the purpose of sale to GSEs. Prior to funding, BPF enters into an agreement to sell the loans to third-party investors at a fixed price. BPF has elected the fair value option to carry LHFS at fair market value. During the period prior to sale, interest income is calculated and recognized in accordance with the terms of the individual loan.

 

  (g) Fair Value Measurements

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (the exit price). Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs.

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

 

Level 1    Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities
Level 2    Quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly
Level 3    Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

  (h) Derivative Financial Instruments

BPF has loan commitments to extend credit to third parties. The commitments to extend credit are for mortgage loans at a specific rate (rate lock commitments). These commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require a fee. BPF is committed to extend credit to the counterparty as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the commitment contracts.

BPF simultaneously enters into an agreement to deliver such mortgages to third-party investors at a fixed price (forward sale contracts).

Both the commitment to extend credit and the forward sale commitment qualify as derivative financial instruments. BPF recognizes all derivatives on the consolidated balance sheet as assets or liabilities measured at fair value. The change in the derivatives fair value is recognized in current period earnings.

 

F-70


Table of Contents
  (i) Financial Guarantee Liability

BPF recognizes a liability in connection with the guarantee provided to Fannie Mae under the Delegated Underwriting and Servicing Program (DUS) and Freddie Mac under the Targeted Affordable Housing Program (TAH). The financial guarantee liability requires BPF to make payments to the guaranteed party based on borrowers’ failure to meet its obligations. The liability is adjusted through provisions charged or reversed through operations.

 

  (j) Credit Enhancement Receivable

DB Cayman (as defined in Note 7) provides significant credit protection for BPF (see Note 7). Probable payments to be received from DB Cayman are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as Credit enhancement receivable.

 

  (k) Contingent Liability

BPF is obligated to make a payment to DB Cayman on March 9, 2021 (see Note 7) for an amount based on actual financial guarantee payments compared to predetermined thresholds. BPF records this liability at the net present value of the expected payment using a discount rate equivalent to an estimate of the rate the Company would pay for unsecured debt.

 

  (l) Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR)

BPF initially recognizes and measures the rights to service mortgage loans at fair value and subsequently measures them using the amortization method. BPF recognizes rights to service mortgage loans as separate assets at the time the underlying originated mortgage loan is sold and the value of those rights is included in the determination of the gain on loans held for sale.

Purchased MSRs, including MSRs purchased from CCRE, are initially recorded at fair value.

BPF receives a 3 basis point servicing fee and/or a 0.5 basis point surveillance fee on certain Freddie Mac loans after the loan is securitized in a Freddie Mac pool (Freddie Mac Strip). The Freddie Mac Strip is also recognized at fair value and subsequently measured using the amortization method, but is recognized as a MSR at the securitization date.

MSRs are assessed for impairment, at least on an annual basis, based upon the fair value of those rights as compared to the amortized cost. Fair values are estimated using a valuation model that calculates the present value of the future net servicing cash flows. In using this valuation method, BPF incorporates assumptions that management believes market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income. It is reasonably possible such estimates may change. BPF amortizes the mortgage servicing rights in proportion to, and over the period of, the projected net servicing income. For purposes of impairment evaluation and measurement, BPF stratifies MSRs based on predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans, primarily by investor type (Fannie Mae/Freddie Mac, FHA/GNMA, CMBS, and other). To the extent that the carrying value exceeds fair value of a specific MSR strata a valuation allowance is established, which is adjusted in the future as the fair value of MSRs increases or decreases. Reversals of valuation allowances cannot exceed the amortized cost.

 

  (m) Fixed Assets

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis and is charged to depreciation expense over the life of the lease for leasehold improvements or estimated useful lives of the furniture and equipment (3 to 7 years). Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Fixed assets are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-71


Table of Contents
  (n) Goodwill

The Company recorded goodwill on April 10, 2014 with the purchase of the membership units of BPF by CCRE (see Note 3). Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances, such as an adverse change in business climate, indicate that the goodwill may be impaired. There was no impairment during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

  (o) Other Intangible Assets

The Company’s other intangible assets at December 31, 2016 are comprised of the value of the BPF’s licenses to originate and service loans for the GSEs, office leases and the trade name of “Berkeley Point Capital”. These assets are tested at least annually for impairment and there was no impairment during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

  (p) Comprehensive Income

For the periods presented, comprehensive income equaled net income, therefore a separate statement of comprehensive income is not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

  (q) Revenue recognition

Revenue is recognized when it is realized or realizable and earned. This concept is applied to key revenue generating activities of the Company as noted below.

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net are recognized when a derivative asset is recorded upon the commitment to originate a loan with a borrower and sell the loan to an investor. The derivative is recorded at fair value and includes loan origination fees, sales premiums and the estimated fair value of the expected net servicing cash flows. Gains from mortgage banking activities, net are recognized net of related fees and commissions to affiliates or third-party brokers. For loans the Company brokers, gains from mortgage banking activities are recognized when the loan is closed.

Servicing fees

Servicing fees are earned for servicing mortgage loans and are recognized on an accrual basis over the lives of the related mortgage loans. Also included in servicing fees are the fees earned on borrower prepayments, interest and placement fees on borrowers’ escrow accounts and other ancillary fees.

 

  (r) Income Taxes

The tax status of the Company is a pass-through entity under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and various states in which the Company is qualified to do business. As a pass-through entity, the Company is subject to inconsequential federal, state and local income taxes as owners separately account for their pro-rata share of the majority of the Company’s items of income, deductions, losses and credits on their individual returns. No provision was made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for federal, state and local income tax liabilities that are the responsibilities of the individual partners. The Company files income tax returns in the applicable U.S. federal, state and local jurisdictions and generally is subject to examination by the respective jurisdictions for three years from the filing of a tax return.

BPII is a corporation, and as such, is liable for income taxes.

 

F-72


Table of Contents
  (s) Reclassification

Certain prior period balances have been reclassified to be consistent with the current year presentation. The effect of the reclassification on the previously reported consolidated financial statements was not material.

 

(3) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

On April 10, 2014 (Closing Date), CCRE acquired 100% of the membership units of BPF, at which time BPF became a wholly-owned subsidiary of CCRE. In accordance with the Company’s accounting policy, the purchase price paid by CCRE has been pushed down to the financial statements of BPF. Under push down accounting, historical assets and liabilities of BPF have been recast to the acquisition date fair value, in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

BPF recorded the assets and liabilities that were included in the acquisition at fair value. The fair value of the consideration paid was allocated to tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the Closing Date, with the remaining unallocated amount recognized as goodwill.

Remaining intangible assets acquired include the GSE licenses, the value of the “Berkeley Point Capital” trade name and below market office leases. The below market office leases are amortized over the remaining period of the underlying leases.

The following summarizes the Company’s other intangible assets and goodwill (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2016  
     Value at
Acquisition
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Value
     Balance sheet
location
 

Amortizing intangible assets :

           

Office leases(1)

   $ 140      $ (114    $ 26        Other assets  

Non-amortizing intangible assets :

           

Goodwill

     191        —          191        Goodwill  

GSE licenses

     5,390        —          5,390        Other assets  

Trade name

     50        —          50        Other assets  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 5,771      $ (114    $ 5,657     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

     December 31, 2015  
     Value at
Acquisition
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Value
     Balance sheet
location
 

Amortizing intangible assets :

           

Office leases(1)

     140        (99    $ 41        Other assets  

Non-amortizing intangible assets :

           

Goodwill

     191        —          191        Goodwill  

GSE licenses

     5,390        —          5,390        Other assets  

Trade name

     50        —          50        Other assets  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 5,771      $ (99    $ 5,672     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Amortization expense is included in other operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of income.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

Future amortization expense for the amortizing intangible assets is as follows (in thousands) as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Office
Leases
 

2017

   $ 17  

2018

     9  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 26  
  

 

 

 

 

(4) Capital and Liquidity Requirements

BPF is subject to various capital requirements in connection with seller/servicer agreements that BPF has entered into with the various GSEs. Failure to maintain minimum capital requirements could result in BPF’s inability to originate and service loans for the respective GSEs and could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Management believes that as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 that BPF has met all capital requirements. As of December 31, 2016, the most restrictive capital requirement was Fannie Mae’s net worth requirement. The Company exceeded the minimum requirement by $378.6 million.

Certain of BPF’s agreements with Fannie Mae allow BPF to originate and service loans under Fannie Mae’s DUS Program. These agreements require BPF to maintain sufficient collateral to meet Fannie Mae’s restricted and operational liquidity requirements based on a pre-established formula. Certain of BPF’s agreements with Freddie Mac allow BPF to service loans under Freddie Mac’s Targeted Affordable Housing Program (TAH). These agreements require BPF to pledge sufficient collateral to meet Freddie Mac’s liquidity requirement of 8% of the outstanding principal of TAH loans serviced by BPF. Management believes that as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 that BPF has met all liquidity requirements.

In addition, as a servicer for Fannie Mae, GNMA and FHA, BPF is required to advance to investors any uncollected principal and interest due from borrowers. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, outstanding borrower advances were approximately $106 thousand and $19 thousand, respectively, and are included in Other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

 

(5) Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)

ASC 825, Financial Instruments, provides entities with an option to measure financial instruments at fair value. BPF initially and subsequently measures all loans held for sale at fair value on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. This fair value measurement falls within the definition of a Level 2 measurement (significant other observable inputs) within the fair value hierarchy. Loans held for sale represent originated loans that are typically sold within 45 days from the date that the mortgage loan is funded. Electing to use fair value allows a better offset of the change in fair value of the loan and the change in fair value of the derivative instruments used as economic hedges. During the period prior to its sale, interest income on a loan held for sale is calculated in accordance with the terms of the individual loan. Loans held for sale had a cost basis and fair value as follows (in thousands):

 

     Cost Basis      Fair Value  

December 31, 2016

   $ 1,074,429      $ 1,071,836  

December 31, 2015

     360,164        359,109  

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 there were no loans held for sale that were 90 days or more past due or in nonaccrual status.

 

(6) Derivatives

BPF accounts for its derivatives at fair value, and recognized all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in its consolidated balance sheet. In its normal course of business, BPF enters into commitments to extend credit for

 

F-74


Table of Contents

mortgage loans at a specific rate (rate lock commitments) and commitments to deliver these loans to third-party investors at a fixed price (forward sale contracts). These transactions are accounted for as derivatives.

The fair value and notional balances of BPF’s derivatives for rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts can be found in Note 17.

The fair value of BPF’s derivatives for rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts are as follows (in thousands) and are included in Gains from mortgage banking activities and Personnel expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

     Location of gain (loss) recognized
in income for derivatives
     For the years ended December 31,  
          2016             2015      

Derivatives not designed as hedging instruments:

       

Rate lock commitments

     Gains from mortgage banking activities      $ 284     $ 484  

Rate lock commitments

     Personnel expenses        (724     (463

Forward sale contracts

     Gains from mortgage banking activities        8,101       5,223  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $ 7,661     $ 5,244  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(7) Credit Enhancement Receivable, Contingent Liability & Credit Enhancement Deposit

BPF is a party to a Credit Enhancement Agreement (CEA) dated March 9, 2012, with German American Capital Corporation and Deutsche Bank Americas Holding Corporation (together, DB Entities). On October 20, 2016, the DB Entities assigned the CEA to Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Island Branch, a Cayman Island Branch of Deutsche Bank AG (DB Cayman). Under the terms of these agreements, DB Cayman provides BPF with varying levels of ongoing credit protection, subject to certain limits, for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac loans subject to loss sharing (see Note 11) in BPF’s servicing portfolio as of March 9, 2012. DB Cayman will also reimburse BPF for any losses incurred due to violation of underwriting and serving agreements that occurred prior to March 9, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2016 there were no reimbursements under this agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2015 there were two reimbursements under this agreement for $1.2 million.

Credit enhancement receivable

At December 31, 2016, BPF had $16.9 billion of credit risk loans in its servicing portfolio with a maximum pre-credit enhancement loss exposure of $4.7 billion. BPF had a form of credit protection from DB Cayman on $5.5 billion of credit risk loans with a maximum loss exposure coverage of $1.6 billion. The amount of the maximum loss exposure without any form of credit protection from DB Cayman is $3.1 billion.

At December 31, 2015, BPF had $14.4 billion of credit risk loans in its servicing portfolio with a maximum pre-credit enhancement loss exposure of $4.1 billion. BPF had a form of credit protection from the DB Entities on $6.9 billion of credit risk loans with a maximum loss exposure coverage of $1.9 billion. The amount of the maximum loss exposure without any form of credit protection from DB Cayman is $2.2 billion.

Credit enhancement deposit

The CEA required the DB Entities to deposit $25 million into BPF’s Fannie Mae restricted liquidity account (see Note 4), which BPF is required to return to DB Cayman, less any outstanding claims, on March 5, 2021. The $25 million deposit is included in restricted cash and the offsetting liability in credit enhancement deposit in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

Contingent liability

Under the CEA, BPF is required to pay DB Cayman on March 9, 2021, an amount equal to 50% of the positive difference, if any, between (a) $25 million, and (b) BPF’s unreimbursed loss sharing payments from March 9, 2012 through March 9, 2021 on BPF’s servicing portfolio as of March 9, 2012.

 

(8) Gains from mortgage banking activities, net

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net consist of the following activity (in thousands):

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
            2016                    2015         

Loan origination related fees and sales premiums, net

   $ 59,440      $ 45,356  

Fair value of expected net future cash flows from servicing recognized at commitment, net

     124,361        68,001  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net

   $ 183,801      $ 113,357  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(9) Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR)

A summary of the activity in mortgage servicing rights for the Company for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
            2016                    2015         

Mortgage Servicing Rights

     

Beginning Balance

   $ 271,849      $ 240,011  

Fair value at date of acquisition

     —          —    

Additions

     126,547        71,873  

Purchases from an affiliate

     3,905        9,259  

Purchases from third parties

     3,771        —    

Sales

     —          —    

Amortization

     (58,514      (49,294
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 347,558      $ 271,849  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation Allowance

     

Beginning Balance

   $ (7,936    $ (2,657

Decrease (increase)

     194        (5,279
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ (7,742    $ (7,936
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net balance

   $ 339,816      $ 263,913  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

On July 21, 2016, the Company purchased the mortgage servicing rights to a portfolio of FHA/GNMA construction loans from an unaffiliated third party for $3.8 million.

The amount of contractually specified servicing fees (including primary and special servicing fees) and ancillary fees (including yield maintenance fees) earned by BPF were as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
          2016                2015       

Servicing fees

   $ 78,527      $ 66,211  

Escrow interest and placement fees

     3,771        2,508  

Ancillary fees

     5,373        5,637  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total servicing fees and escrow interest

   $ 87,671      $ 74,356  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-76


Table of Contents

These fees are classified as Servicing fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The Company’s primary servicing portfolio at December 31, 2016 and 2015 was approximately $50.6 billion and $44.4 billion, respectively. The Company’s special servicing portfolio at December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $5.1 billion and $5.7 billion, respectively.

The estimated fair value of the MSRs at December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $344.9 million and $267.1 million, respectively.

Fair values are estimated using a valuation model that calculates the present value of the future net servicing cash flows. The cash flows assumptions used are based on assumptions BPF believes market participants would use to value the portfolio. Significant assumptions include estimates of the cost of servicing per loan, discount rate, earnings rate on escrow deposits and prepayment speeds. An increase in discount rate of 100 bps or 200 bps would result in a decrease in fair value by $9.9 million and $19.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016 and by $7.6 million and $14.9 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015.

 

(10) Warehouse Notes Payable

BPF uses its warehouse lines and a repurchase agreement to fund mortgage loans originated under its various lending programs. Outstanding borrowings against these lines are collateralized by an assignment of the underlying mortgages and third-party purchase commitments.

As of December 31, 2016, BPF had the following lines available and borrowings outstanding (in thousands):

 

     Committed
Lines
     Uncommitted
Lines
     Balance at
December 31,
2016
     Stated Spread
to One Month
LIBOR
     Rate Type  

Warehouse line due April 21, 2017(1)

   $ 450,000        —        $ 43,356        135 bps        Variable  

Warehouse line due September 25, 2017

     200,000        —          34,628        135 bps        Variable  

Warehouse line due October 12, 2017(2)

     200,000        —          23,833        135 bps        Variable  

Fannie Mae repurchase agreement, open maturity

     —          325,000        156,152        120 bps        Variable  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       
   $ 850,000      $ 325,000      $ 257,969        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

(1) —On April 21, 2017, the maturity date was extended until June 9, 2017. On May 17, 2017, the maturity date was extended until August 9, 2017. On June 21, 2017, the maturity date was extended until June 20, 2018.
(2) —The warehouse line was temporarily increased by $2,100,000 on April 27, 2017. The temporary increase expired on June 13, 2017. On June 23, 2017, the warehouse line was increased by $100,000 from $200,000 to $300,000.

At December 31, 2015, BPF had the following lines available and borrowings outstanding (in thousands);

 

     Committed
Lines
     Uncommitted
Lines
     Balance at
December 31,
2015
     Stated Spread
to One Month
LIBOR
     Rate Type  

Warehouse line due February 25, 2016

   $ 450,000        —        $ 176,553        150 bps        Variable  

Warehouse line due September 26, 2016

     200,000        —          100,274        150 bps        Variable  

Warehouse line due October 13, 2016

     200,000        —          14,743        150 bps        Variable  

Fannie Mae repurchase agreement, open maturity

     —          200,000        68,064        130 bps        Variable  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       
   $ 850,000      $ 200,000      $ 359,634        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

F-77


Table of Contents

BPF is required to meet a number of financial covenants, including maintaining a minimum of $15.0 million of cash and cash equivalents. BPF was in compliance with all covenants on December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

(11) Financial Guarantee Liability

BPF shares risk of loss for loans originated under the Fannie Mae DUS and Freddie TAH programs and could incur losses in the event of defaults under or foreclosure of these loans. Under the guarantee, BPF’s maximum contingent liability to the extent of actual losses incurred is approximately 33% of the outstanding principal balance on Fannie Mae DUS or Freddie TAH loans. Risk sharing percentages are established on a loan by loan basis when originated with most loans at 33% and “modified” loans at lower percentages. Under certain circumstances, risk sharing percentages can be revised subsequent to origination or BPF could be required to repurchase the loan. In the event of a loss resulting from a catastrophic event that is not required to be covered by borrowers’ insurance policies, BPF can recover the loss under its mortgage impairment insurance policy. Any potential recovery is subject to the policy’s deductibles and limits (see Note 18).

At December 31, 2016, the credit risk loans being serviced by BPF on behalf of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac had outstanding principal balances of approximately $16.9 billion with a maximum potential loss of approximately $4.7 billion, of which $1.6 billion is covered by the Credit Enhancement Agreement (see Note 7).

At December 31, 2015, the credit risk loans being serviced by BPF on behalf of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac had outstanding principal balances of approximately $14.4 billion with a maximum potential loss of approximately $4.1 billion, of which $1.9 billion is covered by the Credit Enhancement Agreement (see Note 7).

At December 31, 2016, and 2015, the estimated liability under the guarantee liability was as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ (2,717

Charge-offs

     1,251  
  

 

 

 

Reversal of provision

     1,178  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ (288
  

 

 

 

Increase to provision

     (125
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ (413
  

 

 

 

In order to monitor and mitigate potential losses, BPF uses an internally developed loan rating scorecard for determining which loans meet BPF’s criteria to be placed on a watchlist. BPF also calculates default probabilities based on internal ratings and expected losses on a loan by loan basis. This methodology uses a number of factors including, but not limited to, debt service coverage ratios, collateral valuation, the condition of the underlying assets, borrower strength and market conditions.

See Note 7 for further explanation of credit protection provided by DB Cayman. The provisions for risk sharing in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations was as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
         2016              2015      

Provisions for risk-sharing obligations from:

     

Increase (decrease) to financial guarantee liability

   $ 125      $ (1,178

Decrease (increase) to credit enhancement asset

     101        1,043  

Increase (decrease) to contingent liability

     5        54  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expense

   $ 231      $ (81
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-78


Table of Contents
(12) Concentrations of Credit Risk

The lending activities of BPF create credit risk in the event that counterparties do not fulfill their contractual payment obligations. In particular, BPF is exposed to credit risk related to the Fannie Mae DUS and Freddie Mac TAH loans (see Note 11). As of December 31, 2016, 29% of $4.7 billion of the maximum loss (see Note 11) was for properties located in California. As of December 31, 2015, 33% of $4.1 billion of the maximum loss (see Note 11) was for properties located in California.

 

(13) Commitments, Contingencies and Litigation

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, BPF was committed to fund approximately $207 million and $156 million, respectively, which is the total remaining draws on construction loans originated by BPF under the HUD 221(d)4, 220 and 232 programs, rate locked loans that have not been funded, forward commitments as well as the funding for Fannie Mae Structured Transactions. BPF also has corresponding commitments to sell these loans to various investors as they are funded.

BPF leases office space in a number of offices under non-cancelable operating leases. Future minimum rental payments under the terms of the leases are (in thousands):

 

     As of
December 31,
2016
 

2017

   $ 2,453  

2018

     2,060  

2019

     1,025  

2020

     1,047  

2021

     1,073  

Thereafter

     6,196  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,854  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense is included in Other operating expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
           2016                  2015        

Rent expense

   $ 3,025      $ 2,811  

Legal accruals are established when a material legal liability is both probable and reasonably estimable. Once established, accruals are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring change. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company was not subject to any material litigation.

 

(14) Related Party Transactions

BPF’s parent, CCRE, is a real estate finance company that is principally engaged in the origination, pooling and securitization of commercial mortgage loans. Loans are referred to BPF by CCRE (and other entities affiliated with CCRE) and BPF refers loans to CCRE (and other entities affiliated with CCRE). Revenue from these referrals was recognized in gains from mortgage activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
         2016              2015      

Loans referred to BPC by CCRE and affiliates, net

   $ 47,524      $ 17,014  

Loans referred to CCRE and affiliates by BPC, net

     429        918  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 47,953      $ 17,932  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-79


Table of Contents

The above fees are net of broker fees and commissions to CCRE (and other entities affiliated with CCRE) of $10.8 million and $3.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

On March 11, 2015, BPF and CCRE entered into a note receivable/payable that allows for advances to or from CCRE at an interest rate of 1 month LIBOR plus 1.0%. As of December 31, 2016, there were $690.0 million of outstanding advances due to CCRE on the note and this balance is included in Due to affiliates in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2015, there were no outstanding advances on the note. BPF recognized the following in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

     For the years ended December 31,       
         2016              2015          Statement of Income Location

Interest income

   $ 75      $ 77      Other interest income

Interest expense

     2,250        174      Interest expense—warehouse

For the year ended December 31, 2016, BPF purchased the primary servicing rights of $2.9 billion of loans originated by CCRE for $3.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2015, BPF purchased the primary servicing rights of $8.3 billion of loans originated by CCRE for $9.2 million. BPF also services loans for CCRE on a “fee for service” basis, generally prior to a loan’s sale or securitization, and for which no MSR is recognized. Servicing revenue (excludes interest and placement fees) from loans purchased from CCRE or on a “fee for service” basis for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $3.6 million and $2.7 million, respectively, and was recognized in Servicing fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

CCRE charges BPF for certain administrative services, including accounting, legal, treasury, human resources, risk management, and facilities management, CCRE and its affiliates provide to BPF. BPF was charged $0.3 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These amounts are included in Other operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

(15) Compensation

Origination commissions to BPF’s originators are calculated based on contractual terms. This expense is recognized in the personnel expenses within the consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognized compensation expense of $33.0 million and $23.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, for origination commissions.

The Company may pay certain bonuses in the form of deferred cash compensation awards, which generally vest over a future service period. The total compensation expense recognized in relation to the deferred cash compensation awards for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $1.3 million and $2.6 million. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the total liability for the deferred cash compensation awards was $2.6 million and $3.8 million, respectively, and is included in Accounts payable and accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the total notional value of deferred cash compensation was approximately $4.5 million and $6.5 million, respectively.

Certain cash bonus awards are paid subsequent to the balance sheet date and require employee service for a period of time subsequent to payment. This expense is recognized utilizing the graded vesting amortization method in the personnel expenses within the consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognized compensation expense of $8.8 million and $7.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, for certain cash bonus awards.

The Company enters into various agreements with certain employees whereby these individuals receive loans that may be forgiven over a period of time. The forgivable portion of these loans is recognized as compensation expense over the life of the loan (typically 2 to 3 years). As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the

 

F-80


Table of Contents

aggregate unamortized balance of these loans was $2.2 million and $0.9 million, respectively, which is included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. The amortization expense for these loans for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $1.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively, which is included in personnel expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

(16) Escrow and Custodial Funds

In conjunction with the servicing of multifamily and commercial loans, BPF holds escrow and other custodial funds. Escrow funds are held at unaffiliated financial institutions generally in the form of cash and cash equivalents. These funds amounted to approximately $1.1 billion and $0.6 billion, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These funds are held for the benefit of BPF’s borrowers and are segregated in custodial bank accounts. These amounts are excluded from the assets and liabilities of the Company.

 

(17) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, requires the disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments for which it is practical to estimate that value, whether or not the instrument is recognized on the balance sheet. Quoted market prices, when available, are used as the measure of fair value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are derived by management based on present value estimates of anticipated cash flows.

These derived fair values are significantly affected by assumptions used, principally the timing of future cash flows and the discount rate. Because assumptions are inherently subjective in nature, the estimated fair values cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent market quotes and, in many cases, these estimated fair values may not necessarily be realized in an immediate sale or settlement of the instrument.

The following table represents the Company’s fair value hierarchy for those assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
          Level 1           Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Loans held for sale

   $ —        $ 1,071,836      $ —        $ 1,071,836  

Derivative assets

     —          —          19,924        19,924  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ —        $ 1,071,836      $ 19,924      $ 1,091,760  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 9,670      $ 9,670  

Contingent liability

     —          —          10,390        10,390  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 20,060      $ 20,060  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2015  
          Level 1                Level 2           Level 3            Total        

Assets:

           

Loans held for sale

   $ —        $ 359,109      $ —        $ 359,109  

Derivative assets

     —          —          9,531        9,531  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ —        $ 359,109      $ 9,531      $ 368,640  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 3,231      $ 3,231  

Contingent liability

     —          —          10,018        10,018  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 13,249      $ 13,249  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-81


Table of Contents

There were no transfers between level 1, 2 and level 3 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Derivative instruments are outstanding for short periods of time (generally less than 60 days). A roll forward of assets and liabilities (level 3) that require valuation based upon significant unobservable inputs, is presented below (in thousands):

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs:

 

     Derivative assets and
liabilities, net
     Contingent
Liability
 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 7,394        9,503  

Settlements

     (7,394      —    

Net unrealized gains (losses) recorded in earnings

     6,300        (515
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 6,300        10,018  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 6,300        10,018  

Settlements

     (6,300      —    

Net unrealized gains (losses) recorded in earnings

     10,254        (372
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 10,254        10,390  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents information about significant unobservable inputs used in the measurement of the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2016

 

Level 3 assets and liabilities

   Assets      Liabilities     

Significant Unobservable Inputs

   Range of Significant
Unobservable Inputs
 

-Forward sale contracts

   $ 2,100      $ —        Counterparty credit risk      —    

-Rate lock commitments

     17,824        9,670      Counterparty credit risk      —    

-Contingent liability

     —          10,390      Discount rate      4.23
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total

   $ 19,924      $ 20,060        
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

December 31, 2015

 

Level 3 assets and liabilities

   Assets      Liabilities     

Significant Unobservable Inputs

   Range of Significant
Unobservable Inputs
 

-Forward sale contracts

   $ 2,401      $ —        Counterparty credit risk      —    

-Rate lock commitments

     7,130        3,231      Counterparty credit risk      —    

-Contingent liability

     —          10,018      Discount rate      4.11
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total

   $ 9,531      $ 13,249        
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

F-82


Table of Contents

The carrying amounts and the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are presented below (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2016      December 31, 2015  
     Carrying Amount      Fair Value      Carrying Amount      Fair Value  

Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 33,589      $ 33,589      $ 100,894      $ 100,894  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

     50,927        50,927        48,742        48,742  

Loans held for sale

     1,071,836        1,071,836        359,109        359,109  

Derivative assets

     19,924        19,924        9,531        9,531  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,176,276      $ 1,176,276      $ 518,276      $ 518,276  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative liabilities

   $ 9,670      $ 9,670      $ 3,231      $ 3,231  

Warehouse notes payable

     257,969        257,969        359,634        359,634  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 267,639      $ 267,639      $ 362,865      $ 362,865  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each asset and liability for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

 

    Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash—The carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the highly liquid nature and short maturity of these instruments. (Level 1)

 

    Loans held for sale—Consists of originated loans that have been sold to third-party investors at a fixed price and are generally settled within 30 days from the date of funding. (Level 2)

 

    Derivatives—Consists of rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts. These instruments are valued using discounted cash flow models based on changes in market interest rates and other observable market data. (Level 3)

 

    Mortgage servicing rights, net—As noted in Note 2 and Note 9, MSRs are initially recorded at fair value and then are subsequently measured using the amortization method. MSRs are assessed for impairment at least annually and a valuation allowance is established if any class or strata within a class of MSRs is deemed to be impaired. At December 31, 2016, certain MSRs were deemed to be impaired by a total of $7,742 and as a result are represented on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. The fair value of the MSRs measured on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2016 was $59,141 and are considered to be Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

At December 31, 2015, certain MSRs were deemed to be impaired by a total of $7,936 and as a result are represented on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. The fair value of the MSRs measured on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2015 was $44,217 and are considered to be Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

 

    Warehouse notes payable—Consists of borrowings under warehouse line agreements. The borrowing rates on the warehouse lines are based short term London Interbank Offered Rates (LIBOR) plus applicable margins. The carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short term maturity of these instruments. (Level 2)

 

    Contingent liability—Consists of the future liability under the CEA to DB Cayman. The amount due to DB Cayman in March of 2021 is estimated using the financial guaranty liability (see Note 11) and the credit enhancement receivable (see Note 7) and discounted to the balance sheet date using a discount rate equivalent to an estimate of the rate the Company would pay for unsecured debt. (Level 3)

 

F-83


Table of Contents

Fair value of derivative instruments and loans held for sale

In the normal course of business, BPF enters into contractual commitments to originate and sell loans at fixed prices with fixed expiration dates. The commitments become effective when the borrowers rate lock their interest rate within time frames established by BPF. Borrowers are evaluated for creditworthiness prior to this commitment. Market risk arises if interest rates move adversely between the time of the rate lock by the borrower and the date the loan is sold to an investor.

To mitigate the effect of the interest rate risk inherent in providing rate lock commitments to borrowers, BPF’s enters a sale commitment with an investor simultaneously with the rate lock commitment with the borrower. The sale contract with the investor locks in an interest rate and price for the sale of the loan. The terms of the contract with the investor and the rate lock with the borrower are matched in substantially all respects, with the objective of eliminating interest rate risk to the extent practical. Sale commitments with the investors have an expiration date that is longer than our related commitments to the borrower to allow, among other things, for the closing of the loan and processing of paperwork to deliver the loan into the sale commitment.

Both the rate lock commitments to borrowers and the forward sale contracts to investors are derivatives and, accordingly, are marked to fair value through the statements of operations. The fair value of BPF’s rate lock commitments to borrowers and loans held for sale and the related input levels includes, as applicable:

 

    The assumed gain/loss of the expected loan sale to the investor;

 

    The expected net future cash flows associate with servicing the loan;

 

    The effects of interest rate movements between the date of the rate lock and the balance sheet date; and

 

    The nonperformance risk of both the counterparty and BPF.

The fair value of BPF’s forward sales contracts to investors considers effects of interest rate movements between the trade date and the balance sheet date. The market price changes are multiplied by the notional amount of the forward sales contracts to measure the fair value.

The gain/loss considers the amount that BPF has discounted the price to the borrower from par for competitive reasons, if at all, and the expected net cash flows from servicing to be received upon sale of the loan. The fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with servicing the loan is calculated pursuant to the valuation techniques described in Note 9.

To calculate the effects of interest rate movements, BPF uses applicable U.S. Treasury prices, and multiplies the price movement between the rate lock date and the balance sheet date by the notional loan commitment amount.

The fair value of BPF’s forward sales contracts to investors considers the market price movement of the same type of security between the trade date and the balance sheet date. The market price changes are multiplied by the notional amount of the forward sales contracts to measure the fair value.

The fair value of BPF’s rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts is adjusted to reflect the risk that the agreement will not be fulfilled. The Company’s exposure to nonperformance in rate lock and forward sale contracts is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. Given the credit quality of our counterparties, the short duration of rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts, and the Company’s historical experience with the agreements, management does not believe the risk of nonperformance by the Company’s counterparties to be significant.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

The fair value of the Company’s loans held for sale include the gain/loss for pricing discounts and expected net future cash flows and the effect of interest rate movements as described above.

 

     Fair Value Adjustment Components     Balance Sheet Location  

December 31, 2016

   Notional or
Principal
Amount
     Assumed
Gain (Loss)
on Sale
     Interest Rate
Movement
Effect
    Total Fair
Value
Adjustment
    Derivative
Contract
Assets
     Derivative
Contract
Liabilities
    Fair Value
Adjustment to
Loans Held
for Sale
 

Rate lock commitments

   $ 201,603      $ 2,100      $ (9,670   $ (7,570   $ 2,100      $ (9,670   $ —    

Forward sale contracts

     1,276,032        148        17,676       17,824       17,824        —         —    

Loans held for sale

     1,074,429        5,413        (8,006     (2,593     —          —         (2,593
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 7,661      $ —       $ 7,661     $ 19,924      $ (9,670   $ (2,593
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Adjustment Components     Balance Sheet Location  

December 31, 2015

   Notional or
Principal
Amount
     Assumed
Gain (Loss)
on Sale
     Interest Rate
Movement
Effect
    Total Fair
Value
Adjustment
    Derivative
Contract
Assets
     Derivative
Contract
Liabilities
    Fair Value
Adjustment to
Loans Held
for Sale
 

Rate lock commitments

   $ 126,370      $ 261      $ (3,231   $ (2,970   $ 261      $ (3,231   $ —    

Forward sale contracts

     486,534        2,401        6,869       9,270       9,270        —         —    

Loans held for sale

     360,164        2,582        (3,638     (1,056     —          —         (1,056
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 5,244      $ —       $ 5,244     $ 9,531      $ (3,231   $ (1,056
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(18) Mortgage Bankers Blanket Bond and Mortgage Impairment Policy

BPF is insured under a fidelity blanket bond. BPF is insured against certain losses due to dishonest employees and, in some cases, certain third parties acting on behalf of BPF. Claims on this type of loss were subject to a $150,000 deductible for years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. BPF is also insured under a mortgage errors and omissions policy covering losses due to errors and omissions relating to mortgagee interest liability to mortgagor and liability to investors. Claims on this type of loss were subject to a $150,000 for years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

BPF is insured under a mortgage protection insurance policy. The policy covers loans that BPF services under its Fannie Mae DUS and Freddie Mac TAH programs. The policy covers losses that BPF may incur under its risk sharing provisions with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (see Note 11) that are a result of catastrophic events that are not required to be covered by the borrowers’ insurance policies. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the coverage limit was $25 million. As of December 31, 2016, claims on this policy were subject to a $50,000 deductible, except for flood and earthquake which were subject to the following deductibles:

 

    Flood—$500,000

 

    Earthquake—$500,000 for California

 

    Earthquake—$500,000 for certain high risk counties in 9 other states as outlined in the policy

BPF recognized approximately $0.6 million and $0.5 million in Other operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the above policies for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

(19) Subsequent Events

On July 17, 2017, CCRE entered into an agreement to sell 100% of the membership interest in BPF to BGC Partners, Inc., an affiliate of CCRE. This transaction closed on September 8, 2017.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events through the date at which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that, other than the transaction noted above, there are no other items to account for or disclose.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

BERKELEY POINT FINANCIAL LLC

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     June 30, 2017      December 31, 2016  

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 61,458      $ 33,589  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

     52,111        50,927  

Loans held for sale, at fair value

     933,850        1,071,836  

Derivative assets

     19,265        19,924  

Due from affiliates

     129,311        —    

Other current assets

     20,722        13,171  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,216,717        1,189,447  

Mortgage servicing rights, net

     376,427        339,816  

Credit enhancement receivable

     12        156  

Goodwill

     191        191  

Other intangible assets, net

     5,458        5,465  

Other assets

     4,918        4,124  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,603,723      $ 1,539,199  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Member’s Capital

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 32,003      $ 32,305  

Due to affiliates

     —          691,509  

Borrower deposits

     5,740        6,102  

Derivative liabilities

     8,699        9,670  

Warehouse notes payable

     933,909        257,969  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     980,351        997,555  

Financial guarantee liability

     200        413  

Credit enhancement deposit

     25,000        25,000  

Contingent liability

     10,607        10,390  

Other liabilities

     30,356        26,039  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,046,514        1,059,397  

Member’s capital

     557,209        479,802  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and member’s capital

   $ 1,603,723      $ 1,539,199  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

BERKELEY POINT FINANCIAL LLC

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     For the six months ended  
       June 30, 2017         June 30, 2016    

Revenues

    

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net

   $ 114,777     $ 72,112  

Servicing fees

     51,672       39,696  

Interest income on loans held for sale

     19,194       9,913  

Other interest income

     685       246  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     186,328       121,967  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

    

Personnel expenses

     51,210       36,115  

Amortization and depreciation

     33,157       31,218  

Interest expense—warehouse

     13,756       6,857  

Interest expense—corporate

     211       558  

Provision for risk-sharing obligations

     (63     325  

Other operating expenses

     10,626       7,287  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     108,897       82,360  

Income before income taxes

     77,431       39,607  

Income tax expense

     24       58  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 77,407     $ 39,549  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

BERKELEY POINT FINANCIAL LLC

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Member’s Capital (Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 354,601  
  

 

 

 

Net income

     125,201  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 479,802  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 479,802  
  

 

 

 

Net income

     77,407  
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2017

   $ 557,209  
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

BERKELEY POINT FINANCIAL LLC

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     For the six months ended  
     June 30, 2017     June 30, 2016  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net income

   $ 77,407     $ 39,549  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Gain on originated mortgage servicing rights

     (69,265     (46,262

Amortization and depreciation

     33,157       31,218  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     807       704  

Unrealized losses (gains) on loans held for sale

     (2,534     (4,144

Loan originations – loans held for sale

     (5,811,773     (3,281,613

Loan sales – loans held for sale

     5,952,293       3,091,227  

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

    

Restricted cash & cash equivalents

     (1,184     (2,626

Due from affiliates

     689       —    

Other assets

     (8,280     (2,082

Derivative assets

     659       (1,241

Credit enhancement receivable

     144       74  

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     4,334       (52

Due to affiliates

     (1,509     (130

Borrower deposits

     (362     3,143  

Derivative liabilities

     (971     2,426  

Financial guarantee liability

     (214     244  

Contingent liability

     217       565  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     173,615       (169,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Purchase of fixed assets

     (225     (676

Purchase of mortgage servicing rights

     (577     (2,181

Advances to CCRE

     (285,000     (175,000

Repayments from CCRE

     155,000       175,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (130,802     (2,857
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from warehouse notes payable

     5,851,890       3,281,613  

Principal payments on warehouse notes payable

     (5,175,950     (3,437,697

Advances from CCRE

     241,000       466,000  

Repayments to CCRE

     (931,000     (150,000

Payment of deferred financing costs

     (884     (869
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (14,944     159,047  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     27,869       (12,810

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     33,589       100,894  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 61,458     $ 88,084  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the period for:

    

Interest

   $ 12,263     $ 6,266  

Taxes

   $ 24     $ 58  

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

BERKELEY POINT FINANCIAL LLC

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

(1) Organization and Nature of Business

Berkeley Point Financial LLC (with its subsidiaries, the Company or BPF) is a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owns Berkeley Point Capital Holdings LLC (BPCH), also a Delaware limited liability company. BPCH wholly owns two subsidiaries, Berkeley Point Capital LLC (BPC) and Berkeley Point Interim Lending LLC (BPIL), both Delaware limited liability companies. BPC is the sole owner of one subsidiary, Berkeley Point Intermediary Inc. (BPII), a Delaware Corporation.

On April 10, 2014, BPF became a wholly owned subsidiary of Cantor Commercial Real Estate Company, L.P. (CCRE) when 100% of the membership interests in BPF were sold to CCRE in return for cash and limited partnership units in CCRE. The fair value of the consideration paid was allocated to tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the sale date (see Note 3).

Nature of Business

BPF, through its subsidiary BPC, is principally engaged in the origination, funding, sale and servicing of multifamily and commercial mortgage loans. After sale, BPF generally retains the rights to service the loans and may share in the risk of loss (see Note 11). Loans are sourced from a nationwide network of originators and correspondents. In the normal course of business, BPF accepts loan applications and application fees, manages the due diligence process, issues loan commitments, accepts commitment deposits, and closes loans. Loans are underwritten and processed according to guidelines set by BPF and various government sponsored entities. Initial funding for the loans is provided by warehouse line relationships.

BPF, through its subsidiary BPC, is approved to participate in a number of loan origination, sale and servicing programs operated by government sponsored enterprises (GSEs). The GSEs include the Federal Housing Authority (FHA), Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) and the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae).

 

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

  (a) Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP).

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of BPF, BPCH, BPIL, BPC and BPII (collectively, the Company). All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

  (b) Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which relates to how an entity recognizes the revenue it expects to be entitled to for the transfer of promised goods and services to customers. The ASU will replace certain existing revenue recognition guidance. The guidance, as stated in ASU No. 2014-09, was initially effective beginning on January 1, 2017. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers—Deferral of Effective Date, which defers the effective date by one year, with early adoption on the original effective date permitted. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and lease liability for all leases with terms of more than 12 months. Recognition, measurement and presentation of expenses will depend on classification as a finance or operating lease. The amendments also require certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures. Accounting guidance for lessors is largely unchanged. The guidance is effective beginning January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 represents a significant change to the incurred loss model currently used to account for credit losses. The ASU requires an entity to estimate the credit losses expected over the life of the credit exposure upon initial recognition of that exposure. The expected credit losses consider historical information, current information, and reasonable and supportable forecasts, including estimates of prepayments. Exposures with similar risk characteristics are required to be grouped together when estimating expected credit losses. The initial estimate and subsequent changes to the estimated credit losses are required to be reported in current earnings in the income statement and through an allowance in the balance sheet. ASU 2016-13 is applicable to financial assets subject to credit losses and measured at amortized cost and certain off-balance sheet credit exposures. The ASU will modify the way the Company estimates its financial guarantee liability. The effective date for the ASU for the Company is January 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted on January 1, 2019. The Company is in the process of determining the significance of the impact the ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements and the timing of when it will adopt the standard.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230)—Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”). ASU 2016-15 changes how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The new standard will become effective for the Company beginning with the first quarter of 2018 and will require adoption on a retrospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230)—Restricted Cash, which requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The new standard will become effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2019 and will require adoption on a retrospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the requirement to determine the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit to measure goodwill impairment. Under the amendments in the new ASU, goodwill impairment testing will be performed by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognizing an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The new standard will become effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2021 and will be applied on a prospective basis, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

  (c) Use of Estimates

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in these consolidated financial statements. Management believes that the estimates used in preparing these consolidated financial statements are reasonable. Estimates, by their nature, are based on judgement and available information. As such, actual results could differ materially from the estimates included in these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-92


Table of Contents
  (d) Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company defines cash and cash equivalents as cash on hand and due from banks. The Company also considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

  (e) Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents

Restricted cash represents cash and cash equivalents set aside for amounts pledged for the benefit of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to secure BPF’s financial guarantee liability.

 

  (f) Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)

BPF maintains commercial mortgage loans for the purpose of sale to GSEs. Prior to funding, BPF enters into an agreement to sell the loans to third-party investors at a fixed price. BPF has elected the fair value option to carry LHFS at fair market value. During the period prior to sale, interest income is calculated and recognized in accordance with the terms of the individual loan.

 

  (g) Fair Value Measurements

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (the exit price). Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs.

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

 

Level 1    Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities
Level 2    Quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly
Level 3    Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

  (h) Derivative Financial Instruments

BPF has loan commitments to extend credit to third parties. The commitments to extend credit are for mortgage loans at a specific rate (rate lock commitments). These commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require a fee. BPF is committed to extend credit to the counterparty as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the commitment contracts.

BPF simultaneously enters into an agreement to deliver such mortgages to third-party investors at a fixed price (forward sale contracts).

Both the commitment to extend credit and the forward sale commitment qualify as derivative financial instruments. BPF recognizes all derivatives on the consolidated balance sheet as assets or liabilities measured at fair value. The change in the derivatives fair value is recognized in current period earnings.

 

F-93


Table of Contents
  (i) Financial Guarantee Liability

BPF recognizes a liability in connection with the guarantee provided to Fannie Mae under the Delegated Underwriting and Servicing Program (DUS) and Freddie Mac under the Targeted Affordable Housing Program (TAH). The financial guarantee liability requires BPF to make payments to the guaranteed party based on borrowers’ failure to meet its obligations. The liability is adjusted through provisions charged or reversed through operations.

 

  (j) Credit Enhancement Receivable

DB Cayman (as defined in Note 7) provides significant credit protection for BPF (see Note 7). Probable payments to be received from DB Cayman are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as Credit enhancement receivable.

 

  (k) Contingent Liability

BPF is obligated to make a payment to DB Cayman on March 9, 2021 (see Note 7) for an amount based on actual financial guarantee payments compared to predetermined thresholds. BPF records this liability at the net present value of the expected payment using a discount rate equivalent to an estimate of the rate the Company would pay for unsecured debt.

 

  (l) Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR)

BPF initially recognizes and measures the rights to service mortgage loans at fair value and subsequently measures them using the amortization method. BPF recognizes rights to service mortgage loans as separate assets at the time the underlying originated mortgage loan is sold and the value of those rights is included in the determination of the gain on loans held for sale.

Purchased MSRs, including MSRs purchased from CCRE, are initially recorded at fair value, and subsequently measured using the amortization method.

BPF receives up to a 3 basis point servicing fee and/or up to a 1 basis point surveillance fee on certain Freddie Mac loans after the loan is securitized in a Freddie Mac pool (Freddie Mac Strip). The Freddie Mac Strip is also recognized at fair value and subsequently measured using the amortization method, but is recognized as a MSR at the securitization date.

MSRs are assessed for impairment, at least on an annual basis, based upon the fair value of those rights as compared to the amortized cost. Fair values are estimated using a valuation model that calculates the present value of the future net servicing cash flows. In using this valuation method, BPF incorporates assumptions that management believes market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income. It is reasonably possible such estimates may change. BPF amortizes the mortgage servicing rights in proportion to, and over the period of, the projected net servicing income. For purposes of impairment evaluation and measurement, BPF stratifies MSRs based on predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans, primarily by investor type (Fannie Mae/Freddie Mac, FHA/GNMA, CMBS, and other). To the extent that the carrying value exceeds fair value of a specific MSR strata a valuation allowance is established, which is adjusted in the future as the fair value of MSRs increases or decreases. Reversals of valuation allowances cannot exceed the amortized cost.

 

  (m) Fixed Assets

Furniture and equipment and leasehold improvements are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis and is charged to depreciation expense over the life of the lease for leasehold improvements or estimated useful lives of the furniture and equipment (3 to 7 years). Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Fixed assets are included in Other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-94


Table of Contents
  (n) Goodwill

The Company recorded goodwill on April 10, 2014 with the purchase of the membership units of BPF by CCRE (see Note 3). Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances, such as an adverse change in business climate, indicate that the goodwill may be impaired. There was no impairment during the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

  (o) Other Intangible Assets

The Company’s other intangible assets at June 30, 2017 are comprised of the value of the BPF’s licenses to originate and service loans for the GSEs, office leases and the trade name of “Berkeley Point Capital”. These assets are tested at least annually for impairment and there was no impairment during the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

  (p) Comprehensive Income

For the periods presented, comprehensive income equaled net income, therefore a separate statement of comprehensive income is not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

  (q) Revenue recognition

Revenue is recognized when it is realized or realizable and earned. This concept is applied to key revenue generating activities of the Company as noted below.

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net are recognized when a derivative asset is recorded upon the commitment to originate a loan with a borrower and sell the loan to an investor. The derivative is recorded at fair value and includes loan origination fees, sales premiums and the estimated fair value of the expected net servicing cash flows. Gains from mortgage banking activities, net are recognized net of related fees and commissions to affiliates or third-party brokers. For loans the Company brokers, gains from mortgage banking activities are recognized when the loan is closed.

Servicing fees

Servicing fees are earned for servicing mortgage loans and are recognized on an accrual basis over the lives of the related mortgage loans. Also included in servicing fees are the fees earned on borrower prepayments, interest and placement fees on borrowers’ escrow accounts and other ancillary fees.

 

  (r) Income Taxes

The tax status of the Company is a pass-through entity under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and various states in which the Company is qualified to do business. As a pass-through entity, the Company is subject to inconsequential federal, state and local income taxes as owners separately account for their pro-rata share of the majority of the Company’s items of income, deductions, losses and credits on their individual returns. No provision was made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for federal, state and local income tax liabilities that are the responsibilities of the individual partners. The Company files income tax returns in the applicable U.S. federal, state and local jurisdictions and generally is subject to examination by the respective jurisdictions for three years from the filing of a tax return.

BPII is a corporation, and as such, is liable for income taxes.

 

F-95


Table of Contents
(3) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

On April 10, 2014 (Closing Date), CCRE acquired 100% of the membership units of BPF, at which time BPF became a wholly-owned subsidiary of CCRE. In accordance with the Company’s accounting policy, the purchase price paid by CCRE has been pushed down to the financial statements of BPF. Under push down accounting, historical assets and liabilities of BPF have been recast to the acquisition date fair value, in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

BPF recorded the assets and liabilities that were included in the acquisition at fair value. The fair value of the consideration paid was allocated to tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the Closing Date, with the remaining unallocated amount recognized as goodwill.

Remaining intangible assets acquired include the GSE licenses, the value of the “Berkeley Point Capital” trade name and below market office leases. The below market office leases are amortized over the remaining period of the underlying leases.

The following summarizes the Company’s other intangible assets and goodwill (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2017  
     Value at
Acquisition
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Value
     Balance sheet
location
 

Amortizing intangible assets:

          

Office leases(1)

   $ 140      $ (122   $ 18       
Other intangible
assets, net
 
 

Non-amortizing intangible assets:

          

Goodwill

     191        —         191        Goodwill  

GSE licenses

     5,390        —         5,390       
Other intangible
assets, net
 
 

Trade name

     50        —         50       
Other intangible
assets, net
 
 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   $ 5,771      $ (122   $ 5,649     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

     December 31, 2016  
     Value at
Acquisition
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Value
     Balance sheet
location
 

Amortizing intangible assets:

          

Office leases(1)

     140        (114     26       
Other intangible
assets, net
 
 

Non-amortizing intangible assets:

          

Goodwill

     191        —         191        Goodwill  

GSE licenses

     5,390        —         5,390       
Other intangible
assets, net
 
 

Trade name

     50        —         50       
Other intangible
assets, net
 
 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   $ 5,771      $ (114   $ 5,657     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

(1) Amortization expense is included in Other operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

 

F-96


Table of Contents

Future amortization expense for the amortizing intangible assets is as follows (in thousands) as of June 30, 2017:

 

     Office
Leases
 

2017

   $ 9  

2018

     9  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 18  
  

 

 

 

 

(4) Capital and Liquidity Requirements

BPF is subject to various capital requirements in connection with seller/servicer agreements that BPF has entered into with the various GSEs. Failure to maintain minimum capital requirements could result in BPF’s inability to originate and service loans for the respective GSEs and could have a direct material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Management believes that as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 that BPF has met all capital requirements. As of June 30, 2017 the most restrictive capital requirement was Fannie Mae’s net worth requirement. The Company exceeded the minimum requirement by $322.6 million.

Certain of BPF’s agreements with Fannie Mae allow BPF to originate and service loans under Fannie Mae’s DUS Program. These agreements require BPF to maintain sufficient collateral to meet Fannie Mae’s restricted and operational liquidity requirements based on a pre-established formula. Certain of BPF’s agreements with Freddie Mac allow BPF to service loans under Freddie Mac’s Targeted Affordable Housing Program (TAH). These agreements require BPF to pledge sufficient collateral to meet Freddie Mac’s liquidity requirement of 8% of the outstanding principal of TAH loans serviced by BPF. Management believes that as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 that BPF has met all liquidity requirements.

In addition, as a servicer for Fannie Mae, GNMA and FHA, BPF is required to advance to investors any uncollected principal and interest due from borrowers. At December 31, 2016 outstanding borrower advances were approximately $106 thousand and are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. There were no outstanding advances at June 30, 2017.

 

(5) Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)

ASC 825, Financial Instruments , provides entities with an option to measure financial instruments at fair value. BPF initially and subsequently measures all loans held for sale at fair value on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. This fair value measurement falls within the definition of a Level 2 measurement (significant other observable inputs) within the fair value hierarchy. Loans held for sale represent originated loans that are typically sold within 45 days from the date that the mortgage loan is funded. Electing to use fair value allows a better offset of the change in fair value of the loan and the change in fair value of the derivative instruments used as economic hedges. During the period prior to its sale, interest income on a loan held for sale is calculated in accordance with the terms of the individual loan and is recorded in Interest income on loans held for sale in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. Loans held for sale had a cost basis and fair value as follows (in thousands):

 

     Cost Basis      Fair Value  

June 30, 2017

   $ 933,909      $ 933,850  

December 31, 2016

     1,074,429        1,071,836  

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 there were no loans held for sale that were 90 days or more past due or in nonaccrual status.

 

F-97


Table of Contents
(6) Derivatives

BPF accounts for its derivatives at fair value, and recognized all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in its consolidated balance sheet. In its normal course of business, BPF enters into commitments to extend credit for mortgage loans at a specific rate (rate lock commitments) and commitments to deliver these loans to third-party investors at a fixed price (forward sale contracts). These transactions are accounted for as derivatives.

The fair value and notional balances of BPF’s derivatives for rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts can be found in Note 17.

The fair value of BPF’s derivatives for rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts are as follows (in thousands) and are included in Gains from mortgage banking activities, net and Personnel expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

   

Location of gain (loss) recognized
in income for derivatives

  For the six months ended  
    June 30, 2017     June 30, 2016  

Derivatives not designed as hedging instruments:

     

Rate lock commitments

  Gains from mortgage banking activities   $ 1,233     $ 2,080  

Rate lock commitments

  Personnel expenses     (1,799     (873

Forward sale contracts

  Gains from mortgage banking activities     11,132       3,908  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $ 10,566     $ 5,115  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(7) Credit Enhancement Receivable, Contingent Liability & Credit Enhancement Deposit

BPF is a party to a Credit Enhancement Agreement (CEA) dated March 9, 2012, with German American Capital Corporation and Deutsche Bank Americas Holding Corporation (together, DB Entities). On October 20, 2016, the DB Entities assigned the CEA to Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Island Branch, a Cayman Island Branch of Deutsche Bank AG (DB Cayman). Under the terms of these agreements, DB Cayman provides BPF with varying levels of ongoing credit protection, subject to certain limits, for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac loans subject to loss sharing (see Note 11) in BPF’s servicing portfolio as of March 9, 2012. DB Cayman will also reimburse BPF for any losses incurred due to violation of underwriting and serving agreements that occurred prior to March 9, 2012. For the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, there were no reimbursements under this agreement.

Credit enhancement receivable

At June 30, 2017, BPF had $18.0 billion of credit risk loans in its servicing portfolio with a maximum pre-credit enhancement loss exposure of $5.1 billion. BPF had a form of credit protection from DB Cayman on $4.6 billion of credit risk loans with a maximum loss exposure coverage of $1.3 billion. The amount of the maximum loss exposure without any form of credit protection from DB Cayman is $3.8 billion.

At December 31, 2016, BPF had $16.9 billion of credit risk loans in its servicing portfolio with a maximum pre-credit enhancement loss exposure of $4.7 billion. BPF had a form of credit protection from the DB Entities on $5.5 billion of credit risk loans with a maximum loss exposure coverage of $1.6 billion. The amount of the maximum loss exposure without any form of credit protection from DB Cayman is $3.1 billion.

As of June 30, 2017, the Credit enhancement receivable was $12 thousand.

Credit enhancement deposit

The CEA required the DB Entities to deposit $25 million into BPF’s Fannie Mae restricted liquidity account (see Note 4), which BPF is required to return to DB Cayman, less any outstanding claims, on March 5, 2021. The $25 million liability is included in Credit enhancement deposit in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-98


Table of Contents

Contingent liability

Under the CEA, BPF is required to pay DB Cayman on March 9, 2021, an amount equal to 50% of the positive difference, if any, between (a) $25 million, and (b) BPF’s unreimbursed loss sharing payments from March 9, 2012 through March 9, 2021 on BPF’s servicing portfolio as of March 9, 2012.

As of June 30, 2017, the Contingent liability was $10.6 million.

 

(8) Gains from mortgage banking activities, net

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net consists of the following activity (in thousands):

 

     For the six months ended:  
           2017                  2016        

Loan origination related fees and sales premiums, net

   $ 42,870      $ 23,239  

Fair value of expected net future cash flows from servicing recognized at commitment, net

     71,907        48,883  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net

   $ 114,777      $ 72,122  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(9) Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR)

A summary of the activity in mortgage servicing rights for the Company for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and for the year ended December 31, 2016 is as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the six months
ended
June 30, 2017
     For the year
ended
December 31, 2016
 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

     

Beginning Balance

   $ 347,558      $ 271,849  

Additions

     69,265        126,547  

Purchases from an affiliate

     577        3,905  

Purchases from third parties

     —          3,771  

Amortization

     (35,492      (58,514
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 381,908      $ 347,558  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation Allowance

     

Beginning Balance

   $ (7,742    $ (7,936

Decrease (increase)

     2,261        194  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ (5,481    $ (7,742
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net balance

   $ 376,427      $ 339,816  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

On July 21, 2016, the Company purchased the mortgage servicing rights to a portfolio of FHA/GNMA construction loans from an unaffiliated third party for $3.8 million.

The amount of contractually specified servicing fees (including primary and special servicing fees) and ancillary fees (including yield maintenance fees) earned by BPF were as follows:

 

     For the six months ended  
       June 30, 2017          June 30, 2016    

Contractual servicing fees

   $ 45,784      $ 36,631  

Escrow interest and placement fees

     3,480        1,639  

Ancillary fees

     2,408        1,426  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total servicing fees

   $ 51,672      $ 39,696  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-99


Table of Contents

These fees are classified as Servicing fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The Company’s primary servicing portfolio at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was approximately $53.2 billion and $50.6 billion, respectively. The Company’s special servicing portfolio at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was $5.1 billion.

The estimated fair value of the MSRs at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was $391.3 million and $344.9 million, respectively.

Fair values are estimated using a valuation model that calculates the present value of the future net servicing cash flows. The cash flows assumptions used are based on assumptions BPF believes market participants would use to value the portfolio. Significant assumptions include estimates of the cost of servicing per loan, discount rate, earnings rate on escrow deposits and prepayment speeds. An increase in discount rate of 100 bps or 200 bps would result in a decrease in fair value by $11.2 million and $21.8 million, respectively, at June 30, 2017 and by $9.9 million and $19.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016.

 

(10) Warehouse Notes Payable

BPF uses its warehouse lines and a repurchase agreement to fund mortgage loans originated under its various lending programs. Outstanding borrowings against these lines are collateralized by an assignment of the underlying mortgages and third-party purchase commitments. As of June 30, 2017, BPF had the following lines available and borrowings outstanding (in thousands):

 

     Committed
Lines
     Uncommitted
Lines
     Balance at
June 30,
2017
     Stated Spread
to One Month
LIBOR
     Rate Type  

Warehouse line due June 20, 2018

   $ 450,000      $ —        $ 441,368        135 bps        Variable  

Warehouse line due September 25, 2017

     200,000        —          146,569        135 bps        Variable  

Warehouse line due October 12, 2017

     300,000        —          291,722        135 bps        Variable  

Fannie Mae repurchase agreement, open maturity

     —          325,000        54,250        120 bps        Variable  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       
   $ 950,000      $ 325,000      $ 933,909        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

At December 31, 2016, BPF had the following lines available and borrowings outstanding (in thousands);

 

    Committed
Lines
    Uncommitted
Lines
    Balance at
December 31,
2016
    Stated Spread
to One Month
LIBOR
    Rate Type  

Warehouse line due April 21, 2017

  $ 450,000     $ —       $ 43,356       135 bps       Variable  

Warehouse line due September 25, 2017

    200,000       —         34,628       135 bps       Variable  

Warehouse line due October 12, 2017

    200,000       —         23,833       135 bps       Variable  

Fannie Mae repurchase agreement, open maturity

    —         325,000       156,152       120 bps       Variable  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     
  $ 850,000     $ 325,000       257,969      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

BPF is required to meet a number of financial covenants, including maintaining a minimum of $15.0 million of cash and cash equivalents. BPF was in compliance with all covenants on June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

(11) Financial Guarantee Liability

BPF shares risk of loss for loans originated under the Fannie Mae DUS and Freddie TAH programs and could incur losses in the event of defaults or foreclosure of these loans. Under the guarantee, BPF’s maximum contingent liability to the extent of actual losses incurred is approximately 33% of the outstanding principal

 

F-100


Table of Contents

balance on Fannie Mae DUS or Freddie TAH loans. Risk sharing percentages are established on a loan by loan basis when originated with most loans at 33% and “modified” loans at lower percentages. Under certain circumstances, risk sharing percentages can be revised subsequent to origination or BPF could be required to repurchase the loan. In the event of a loss resulting from a catastrophic event that is not required to be covered by borrowers’ insurance policies, BPF can recover the loss under its mortgage impairment insurance policy. Any potential recovery is subject to the policy’s deductibles and limits (see Note 18).

At June 30, 2017, the credit risk loans being serviced by BPF on behalf of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac had outstanding principal balances of approximately $18.0 billion with a maximum potential loss of approximately $5.1 billion, of which $1.3 billion is covered by the Credit Enhancement Agreement (see Note 7).

At December 31, 2016, the credit risk loans being serviced by BPF on behalf of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac had outstanding principal balances of approximately $16.9 billion with a maximum potential loss of approximately $4.7 billion, of which $1.6 billion is covered by the Credit Enhancement Agreement (see Note 7).

At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the estimated liability under the guarantee liability was as follows (in thousands):

 

Financial quarter liability (in thousands)

  

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ (288

Increase to provision

     (125
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ (413
  

 

 

 

Reversal of provision

     213  
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2017

   $ (200
  

 

 

 

In order to monitor and mitigate potential losses, BPF uses an internally developed loan rating scorecard for determining which loans meet BPF’s criteria to be placed on a watchlist. BPF also calculates default probabilities based on internal ratings and expected losses on a loan by loan basis. This methodology uses a number of factors including, but not limited to, debt service coverage ratios, collateral valuation, the condition of the underlying assets, borrower strength and market conditions.

See Note 7 for further explanation of credit protection provided by DB Cayman. The provisions for risk sharing in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations was as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the six months ended  
       June 30, 2017          June 30, 2016    

Provisions for risk-sharing obligations from:

     

Increase (decrease) to financial guarantee liability

   $ (213    $ 244  

Decrease (increase) to credit enhancement asset

     144        74  

Increase (decrease) to contingent liability

     6        7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expense

   $ (63    $ 325  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(12) Concentrations of Credit Risk

The lending activities of BPF create credit risk in the event that counterparties do not fulfill their contractual payment obligations. In particular, BPF is exposed to credit risk related to the Fannie Mae DUS and Freddie Mac TAH loans (see Note 11). As of June 30, 2017, 28% of $5.1 billion of the maximum loss (see Note 11) was for properties located in California. As of December 31, 2016, 29% of $4.7 billion of the maximum loss (see Note 11) was for properties located in California.

 

F-101


Table of Contents
(13) Commitments, Contingencies and Litigation

At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, BPF was committed to fund approximately $311 million and $207 million, respectively, which is the total remaining draws on construction loans originated by BPF under the HUD 221(d)4, 220 and 232 programs, rate locked loans that have not been funded, forward commitments as well as the funding for credit facilities. BPF also has corresponding commitments to sell these loans to various investors as they are funded.

BPF leases office space in a number of offices under non-cancelable operating leases. Future minimum rental payments under the terms of the leases are (in thousands):

 

     As of
June 30, 2017
 

2017

   $ 1,433  

2018

     2,109  

2019

     1,072  

2020

     1,095  

2021

     1,123  

Thereafter

     6,480  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,312  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense is included in Other operating expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

     For the six months ended  
       June 30, 2017          June 30, 2016    

Rent expense

   $ 1,578      $ 1,482  

Legal accruals are established when a material legal liability is both probable and reasonably estimable. Once established, accruals are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring change. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company was not subject to any material litigation.

 

(14) Related Party Transactions

BPF’s parent, CCRE, is a real estate finance company that is principally engaged in the origination, pooling and securitization of commercial mortgage loans. Loans are referred to BPF by CCRE (and other entities affiliated with CCRE) and BPF refers loans to CCRE (and other entities affiliated with CCRE). Revenue from these referrals was recognized in Gains from mortgage banking activities, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the six months ended  
      June 30, 2017        June 30, 2016   

Loans referred to BPC by CCRE and affiliates, net

   $ 18,791      $ 15,383  

Loans referred to CCRE and affiliates by BPC, net

     —          338  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 18,791      $ 15,721  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The above fees are net of broker fees and commissions to CCRE (and other entities affiliated with CCRE) of $4.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and $3.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

On March 11, 2015, BPF and CCRE entered into a note receivable/payable that allows for advances to or from CCRE at an interest rate of 1 month LIBOR plus 1.0%. As of June 30, 2017, there was $130.0 million of

 

F-102


Table of Contents

outstanding advances due from CCRE on the note and this balance is included in Due from affiliates in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2016, there was $690.0 million of outstanding advances due to CCRE on the note and this balance is included in Due to affiliates in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. BPF recognized the following in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

     For the six months ended       
       June 30, 2017          June 30, 2016         Statement of Income Location 

Interest income

   $ 218      $ 73      Other interest income

Interest expense

     2,428        149      Interest expense—warehouse

For the six months ended June 30, 2017, BPF purchased the primary servicing rights for $0.3 billion of loans originated by CCRE for $0.6 million. BPF also services loans for CCRE on a “fee for service” basis, generally prior to a loan’s sale or securitization, and for which no MSR is recognized. The Company recognized $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and $1.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016 as servicing revenue (excludes interest and placement fees) from loans purchased from CCRE on a “fee for service” basis in Servicing fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, BPF purchased the primary servicing rights for $2.8 billion of loans originated by CCRE for $3.9 million.

CCRE charges BPF for certain administrative services, including accounting, legal, treasury, human resources, risk management, and facilities management, CCRE and its affiliates provide to BPF. BPF was charged $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These amounts are included in Other operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

 

(15) Compensation

Origination commissions to BPF’s originators are calculated based on contractual terms. This expense is recognized in Personnel expenses within the consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognized compensation expense of $26.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and $14.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016 for origination commissions.

The Company may pay certain bonuses in the form of deferred cash compensation awards, which generally vest over a future service period. This expense is recognized in Personnel expenses within the consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognized compensation expense of $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and $0.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016 related to deferred cash compensation awards. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the total liability for the deferred cash compensation awards was $2.2 million and $2.6 million, respectively, and is included in Accounts payable and accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheet. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the total notional value of deferred cash compensation was approximately $3.8 million and $4.5 million, respectively.

Certain cash bonus awards are paid subsequent to the balance sheet date and require employee service for a period of time subsequent to payment. This expense is recognized utilizing the graded vesting amortization method in Personnel expenses within the consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognized compensation expense of $5.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and $4.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, for certain cash bonus awards.

The Company enters into various agreements with certain employees whereby these individuals receive loans that may be forgiven over a period of time. The forgivable portion of these loans is recognized as compensation expense over the life of the loan (typically 2 to 3 years). As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the aggregate unamortized balance of these loans was $3.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively, which is

 

F-103


Table of Contents

included in Other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. The amortization expense for these loans, is $1.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and $0.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016 which is included in Personnel expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

(16) Escrow and Custodial Funds

In conjunction with the servicing of multifamily and commercial loans, BPF holds escrow and other custodial funds. Escrow funds are held at unaffiliated financial institutions generally in the form of cash and cash equivalents. These funds amounted to approximately $1.6 billion and $1.1 billion, as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. These funds are held for the benefit of BPF’s borrowers and are segregated in custodial bank accounts. These amounts are excluded from the assets and liabilities of the Company.

 

(17) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement , requires the disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments for which it is practical to estimate that value, whether or not the instrument is recognized on the balance sheet. Quoted market prices, when available, are used as the measure of fair value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are derived by management based on present value estimates of anticipated cash flows.

These derived fair values are significantly affected by assumptions used, principally the timing of future cash flows and the discount rate. Because assumptions are inherently subjective in nature, the estimated fair values cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent market quotes and, in many cases, these estimated fair values may not necessarily be realized in an immediate sale or settlement of the instrument.

The following table represents the Company’s fair value hierarchy for those assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as (in thousands):

 

                                                                       
     As of June 30, 2017  
          Level 1           Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Loans held for sale

   $           —        $ 933,850      $ —        $ 933,850  

Derivative assets

     —          —               19,265        19,265  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ —        $ 933,850      $ 19,265      $ 953,115  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 8,699      $ 8,699  

Contingent liability

     —          —          10,607        10,607  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 19,306      $ 19,306  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     As of December 31, 2016  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Loans held for sale

   $ —        $ 1,071,836      $ —        $ 1,071,836  

Derivative assets

     —          —          19,924        19,924  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ —        $ 1,071,836      $ 19,924      $ 1,091,760  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 9,670      $ 9,670  

Contingent liability

     —          —          10,390        10,390  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 20,060      $ 20,060  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-104


Table of Contents

There were no transfers between level 1, 2 and level 3 for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.

Derivative instruments are outstanding for short periods of time (generally less than 60 days). A roll forward of assets and liabilities (level 3) that require valuation based upon significant unobservable inputs, is presented below (in thousands):

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs

 

     Derivative assets and
liabilities, net
     Contingent
liability
 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 6,300      $ 10,018  

Settlements

     (6,300      —    

Net unrealized gains (losses) recorded in earnings

     10,254        (372
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 10,254      $ 10,390  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 10,254      $ 10,390  

Settlements

     (10,254      —    

Net unrealized gains (losses) recorded in earnings

     10,566        (217
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2017

   $ 10,566      $ 10,607  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents information about significant unobservable inputs used in the measurement of the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities (in thousands):

 

June 30, 2017

 

Level 3 assets and liabilities

   Assets      Liabilities      Significant Unobservable
Inputs
     Range of Significant
Unobservable Inputs
 

Derivative assets and liabilities:

           

-Forward sale contracts

   $ 13,292      $ 2,160        Counterparty credit risk        —    

-Rate lock commitments

     5,973        6,539        Counterparty credit risk        —    

-Contingent liability

     —          10,607        Discount rate        4.24
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total

   $ 19,265      $ 19,306        
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

December 31, 2016

 

Level 3 assets and liabilities

   Assets      Liabilities      Significant Unobservable
Inputs
     Range of Significant
Unobservable Inputs
 

Derivative assets and liabilities:

           

-Forward sale contracts

   $ 2,100      $ —          Counterparty credit risk        —    

-Rate lock commitments

     17,824        9,670        Counterparty credit risk        —    

-Contingent liability

     —          10,390        Discount rate        4.23
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total

   $ 19,924      $ 20,060        
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

F-105


Table of Contents

The carrying amounts and the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, are presented below (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2017      December 31, 2016  
     Carrying Amount      Fair Value      Carrying Amount      Fair Value  

Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 61,458      $ 61,458      $ 33,589      $ 33,589  

Restricted cash

     52,111        52,111        50,927        50,927  

Loans held for sale

     933,850        933,850        1,071,836        1,071,836  

Derivative assets

     19,265        19,265        19,924        19,924  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,066,684      $ 1,066,684      $ 1,176,276      $ 1,176,276  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Derivative liabilities

   $ 8,699      $ 8,699      $ 9,670      $ 9,670  

Warehouse notes payable

     933,909        933,909        257,969        257,969  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 942,608      $ 942,608      $ 267,639      $ 267,639  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each asset and liability for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

 

    Cash and cash equivalents and Restricted cash and cash equivalents—The carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the highly liquid nature and short maturity of these instruments. (Level 1)

 

    Loans held for sale—Consists of originated loans that have been sold to third-party investors at a fixed price and are generally settled within 30 days from the date of funding. (Level 2)

 

    Derivatives—Consists of rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts. These instruments are valued using discounted cash flow models based on changes in market interest rates and other observable market data. (Level 3)

 

    Mortgage servicing rights, net—As noted in Note 2 and Note 9, MSRs are initially recorded at fair value and then are subsequently measured using the amortization method. MSRs are assessed for impairment at least annually and a valuation allowance is established if any class or strata within a class of MSRs is deemed to be impaired. At June 30, 2017, certain MSRs were deemed to be impaired by a total of $5,481 and as a result are represented on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. The fair value of the MSRs measured on a nonrecurring basis at June 30, 2017 was $74,748 and are considered to be Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

At December 31, 2016, certain MSRs were deemed to be impaired by a total of $7,742 and as a result are represented on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. The fair value of the MSRs measured on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2016 was $59,141 and are considered to be Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

 

    Warehouse notes payable—Consists of borrowings under warehouse line agreements. The borrowing rates on the warehouse lines are based short term London Interbank Offered Rates (LIBOR) plus applicable margins. The carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short term maturity of these instruments. (Level 2)

 

    Contingent liability—Consists of the future liability under the CEA to DB Cayman. The amount due to DB Cayman in March of 2021 is estimated using the financial guaranty liability (see Note 11) and the credit enhancement receivable (see Note 7) and discounted to the balance sheet date using a discount rate equivalent to an estimate of the rate the Company would pay for unsecured debt. (Level 3)

 

F-106


Table of Contents

Fair value of derivative instruments and loans held for sale

In the normal course of business, BPF enters into contractual commitments to originate and sell loans at fixed prices with fixed expiration dates. The commitments become effective when the borrowers rate lock their interest rate within time frames established by BPF. Borrowers are evaluated for creditworthiness prior to this commitment. Market risk arises if interest rates move adversely between the time of the rate lock by the borrower and the date the loan is sold to an investor.

To mitigate the effect of the interest rate risk inherent in providing rate lock commitments to borrowers, BPF enters a sale commitment with an investor simultaneously with the rate lock commitment with the borrower. The sale contract with the investor locks in an interest rate and price for the sale of the loan. The terms of the contract with the investor and the rate lock with the borrower are matched in substantially all respects, with the objective of eliminating interest rate risk to the extent practical. Sale commitments with the investors have an expiration date that is longer than our related commitments to the borrower to allow, among other things, for the closing of the loan and processing of paperwork to deliver the loan into the sale commitment.

Both the rate lock commitments to borrowers and the forward sale contracts to investors are derivatives and, accordingly, are marked to fair value through the statements of operations. The fair value of BPF’s rate lock commitments to borrowers and loans held for sale and the related input levels includes, as applicable:

 

    The assumed gain/loss of the expected loan sale to the investor;

 

    The expected net future cash flows associated with servicing the loan;

 

    The effects of interest rate movements between the date of the rate lock and the balance sheet date; and

 

    The nonperformance risk of both the counterparty and BPF.

The fair value of BPF’s forward sales contracts to investors considers effects of interest rate movements between the trade date and the balance sheet date. The market price changes are multiplied by the notional amount of the forward sales contracts to measure the fair value.

The gain/loss considers the amount that BPF has discounted the price to the borrower from par for competitive reasons, if at all, and the expected net cash flows from servicing to be received upon sale of the loan. The fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with servicing the loan is calculated pursuant to the valuation techniques described in Note 9.

To calculate the effects of interest rate movements, BPF uses applicable U.S. Treasury prices, and multiplies the price movement between the rate lock date and the balance sheet date by the notional loan commitment amount.

The fair value of BPF’s forward sales contracts to investors considers the market price movement of the same type of security between the trade date and the balance sheet date. The market price changes are multiplied by the notional amount of the forward sales contracts to measure the fair value.

The fair value of BPF’s rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts is adjusted to reflect the risk that the agreement will not be fulfilled. The Company’s exposure to nonperformance in rate lock and forward sale contracts is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. Given the credit quality of our counterparties, the short duration of rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts, and the Company’s historical experience with the agreements, management does not believe the risk of nonperformance by the Company’s counterparties to be significant.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

The fair value of the Company’s loans held for sale include the gain/loss for pricing discounts and expected net future cash flows and the effect of interest rate movements as described above.

 

     Fair Value Adjustment Components     Balance Sheet Location  

June 30, 2017

   Notional or
Principal
Amount
     Assumed
Gain (Loss)
on Sale
     Interest Rate
Movement
Effect
    Total Fair
Value
Adjustment
    Derivative
Contract
Assets
     Derivative
Contract
Liabilities
    Fair Value
Adjustment to
Loans Held
for Sale
 

Rate lock commitments

   $ 248,620      $ 5,973      $ (6,539   $ (566   $ 5,973      $ (6,539   $ —    

Forward sale contracts

     1,182,529        —          11,132       11,132       13,292        (2,160     —    

Loans held for sale

     933,909        4,534        (4,593     (59     —          —         (59
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 10,507      $ —       $ 10,507     $ 19,265      $ (8,699   $ (59
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Adjustment Components     Balance Sheet Location  

December 31, 2016

   Notional or
Principal
Amount
     Assumed
Gain (Loss)
on Sale
     Interest Rate
Movement
Effect
    Total Fair
Value
Adjustment
    Derivative
Contract
Assets
     Derivative
Contract
Liabilities
    Fair Value
Adjustment to
Loans Held
for Sale
 

Rate lock commitments

   $ 201,603      $ 2,100      $ (9,670   $ (7,570   $ 2,100      $ (9,670   $ —    

Forward sale contracts

     1,276,032        148        17,676       17,824       17,824        —         —    

Loans held for sale

     1,074,429        5,413        (8,006     (2,593     —          —         (2,593
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 7,661      $ —       $ 7,661     $ 19,924      $ (9,670   $ (2,593
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(18) Mortgage Bankers Blanket Bond and Mortgage Impairment Policy

BPF is insured under a fidelity blanket bond. BPF is insured against certain losses due to dishonest employees and, in some cases, certain third parties acting on behalf of BPF. Claims on this type of loss were subject to a $150,000 deductible for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016. BPF is also insured under a mortgage errors and omissions policy covering losses due to errors and omissions relating to mortgagee interest liability to mortgagor and liability to investors. Claims on this type of loss were subject to a $150,000 deductible for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.

BPF is insured under a mortgage protection insurance policy. The policy covers loans that BPF services under its Fannie Mae DUS and Freddie Mac TAH programs. The policy covers losses that BPF may incur under its risk sharing provisions with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (see Note 11) that are a result of catastrophic events that are not required to be covered by the borrowers’ insurance policies. For the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, the coverage limit was $25 million. As of June 30, 2017, claims on this policy were subject to a $50,000 deductible except for flood and earthquake which were subject to the following deductibles:

 

    Flood—$500,000

 

    Earthquake—$500,000 for California

 

    Earthquake—$500,000 for certain high risk counties in 9 other states as outlined in the policy

BPF recognized approximately $0.3 million and $0.3 million in Other operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the above policies for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

F-108


Table of Contents
(19) Subsequent Events

On July 17, 2017, CCRE entered into an agreement to sell 100% of the membership interest in BPF to BGC Partners, Inc., an affiliate of CCRE. This transaction closed on September 8, 2017.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date at which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that, other than the transaction noted above, there are no other items to account for or disclose.

 

F-109


Table of Contents

The following historical financial statements of Newmark Knight Frank have been recast to include Berkeley Point Financial LLC.

 

F-110


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

BGC Partners, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Newmark Knight Frank, an unincorporated business segment of BGC Partners, Inc., as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related combined statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in invested equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the consolidated financial statements of Berkeley Point Financial LLC, included as combined affiliate of Newmark Knight Frank, which statements reflect total assets constituting 61% in 2016 and 48% in 2015 and total revenues constituting 22% in 2016 and 17% in 2015 of the related combined totals. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for Berkeley Point Financial LLC, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of other auditors, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of Newmark Knight Frank at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the combined results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

September 8, 2017

 

F-111


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK (INCLUDING BERKELEY POINT)

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Assets:

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 66,627      $ 111,430  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

     50,927        48,742  

Loans held for sale

     1,071,836        359,109  

Receivables, net

     151,169        158,610  

Receivable from related parties

     108,817        125,842  

Other current assets (see Note 13)

     33,369        23,186  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,482,745        826,919  

Goodwill

     412,846        393,028  

Mortgage servicing rights, net

     339,816        263,913  

Loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and
partners

     184,159        91,732  

Fixed assets, net

     56,450        25,792  

Other intangible assets, net

     30,312        27,104  

Other assets (see Note 13)

     28,360        29,442  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,534,688      $ 1,657,930  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

     

Current portion of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities (see Note 21)

     108,226        89,461  

Payable to related parties

     889,162        147,488  

Warehouse notes payable

     257,969        359,633  

Accrued compensation

     155,017        129,437  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,410,374        726,019  

Other liabilities (see Note 21)

     140,531        127,877  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,550,905        853,896  

Commitments and contingencies

     

Invested Equity:

     

BGC Partners’ net investment in Newmark

     981,776        800,193  

Noncontrolling interests

     2,007        3,841  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total invested equity

     983,783        804,034  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 2,534,688      $ 1,657,930  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-112


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK (INCLUDING BERKELEY POINT)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015  

Revenues:

    

Commissions

   $ 849,419     $ 806,931  

Gain from mortgage banking activities, net

     193,387       115,304  

Management services, servicing fees and other

     307,177       278,012  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     1,349,983       1,200,247  

Expenses:

    

Compensation and employee benefits

     849,975       816,268  

Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units

     72,318       142,195  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total compensation and employee benefits

     922,293       958,463  

Operating, administrative and other

     185,344       162,316  

Fees to related parties

     18,010       18,471  

Depreciation and amortization

     72,197       71,774  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     1,197,844       1,211,024  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (losses), net

    

Other income (loss)

     15,279       (460
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (losses), net

     15,279       (460
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     167,418       (11,237

Interest income, net

     3,787       1,867  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     171,205       (9,370

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     3,993       (6,644
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     167,212       (2,726

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (1,189     77  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) to BGC Partners

   $ 168,401     $ (2,803
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-113


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK (INCLUDING BERKELEY POINT)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015  

Net income (loss)

   $ 167,212     $ (2,726
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     167,212       (2,726
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (1,189     77  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to BGC Partners

   $ 168,401     $ (2,803
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-114


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK (INCLUDING BERKELEY POINT)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN INVESTED EQUITY

(In thousands)

 

     BGC’s Net
Investment in
Newmark
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total  

Balance, December 31, 2014

   $ 677,219     $ 6,657     $ 683,876  

Net income/(loss)

     (2,803     77       (2,726

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

     —         (320     (320

Purchase of noncontrolling interest

     2,573       (2,573     —    

Contributions

     123,204       —         123,204  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

   $ 800,193     $ 3,841     $ 804,034  

Net income/(loss)

     168,401       (1,189     167,212  

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

     —         (311     (311

Purchase of noncontrolling interest

     344       (344     —    

Contributions

     12,848       —         12,848  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

   $ 981,776     $ 2,007     $ 983,783  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-115


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK (INCLUDING BERKELEY POINT)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 167,212     $ (2,726

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Gain on originated mortgage servicing rights

     (126,547     (71,873

Depreciation and amortization

     72,197       71,774  

Employee loan amortization and impairment

     25,791       49,062  

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

     (17,348     —    

Unrealized losses (gains) on loans held for sale

     1,537       2,458  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     1,237       1,153  

Provision for uncollectible accounts

     (1,099     172  

Deferred tax benefit

     (1,141     (11,281

Loan originations—loans held for sale

     (7,691,573     (5,210,160

Loan sales—loans held for sale

     6,977,308       5,633,773  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

     (2,185     (335

Receivables, net

     9,462       (17,311

Loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and partners

     (118,222     (80,202

Other assets

     (7,643     23,021  

Accrued compensation

     29,751       (12,847

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     34,925       12,473  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (646,338     387,151  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Cash acquired, net of purchases of noncontrolling interest

     518       2,655  

Purchases of fixed assets

     (27,260     (12,133

Payments to related parties

     (175,000     (265,000

Borrowings from related parties

     175,000       265,000  

Purchase of mortgage servicing rights

     (7,676     (9,259
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (34,418     (18,737
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from warehouse notes payable

     7,691,573       5,210,160  

Principal payments on warehouse notes payable

     (7,793,238     (5,628,709

Payments to related parties

     (1,186,910     (664,540

Borrowings from related parties

     1,937,601       742,631  

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

     (311     (320

Payments on acquisition earn-outs

     (11,433     (9,507

Payment of deferred financing costs

     (1,329     (831
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     635,953       (351,116
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (44,803     17,298  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     111,430       94,132  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 66,627     $ 111,430  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the period for:

    

Interest

   $ 11,693     $ 8,838  

Taxes

   $ 79     $ 131  

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing activities from acquisitions:

    

Net assets contributed by BGC Partners’ (see Note 3)

   $ 20,901     $ 116,676  

Supplemental noncash activity:

    

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ —       $ 1,130  

Noncontrolling interest

   $ —       $ (1,130

The accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-116


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK (INCLUDING BERKELEY POINT)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

(In thousands, except units)

 

(1) Organization and Basis of Presentation

Newmark Knight Frank, formerly known as Newmark Grubb Knight Frank, (which may be referred to as “Newmark” or “NKF”), is a leading commercial real estate services firm. Newmark offers commercial real estate tenants, owner-occupiers, investors and developers a wide range of services, including leasing and corporate advisory, investment sales and real estate finance, origination of and servicing of commercial mortgage loans, valuation, project and development management and property and facility management.

Newmark was formed through BGC Partners Inc.’s (“BGC Partners” or “BGC”) purchase of Newmark & Co. and certain of its affiliates in 2011. BGC Holdings, L.P. (“BGC Holdings”) is a consolidated subsidiary of BGC for which BGC is the general partner. A majority of the voting power of BGC Partners is held by Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P. and its affiliates, which we refer to as “Cantor.”

On July 17, 2017, BGC’s Board of Directors approved the acquisition of Berkeley Point Financial (“BPF”) from a Cantor controlled affiliate (“the BPF acquisition”). The transaction closed on September 8, 2017, and BPF will become part of Newmark. The acquisition of BPF by Newmark has been determined to be a combination of entities under common control that will result in a change in the reporting entity. Accordingly, financial results of NKF have been retrospectively adjusted to include the financial results of BPF in the current and prior periods presented.

BGC’s Board of Directors also approved proceeding with a plan to spin-off NKF into a separate public entity subsequent to the closing of the BPF acquisition. The spin-off is expected to be completed approximately six months after the completion of the initial public offering of NKF and subject to final board approval prior to completion.

 

  (a) Basis of Presentation

NKF’s combined financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”). The NKF combined financial statements were prepared on a stand-alone basis derived from the financial statements and accounting records of BGC. For the periods presented, NKF was an unincorporated reportable segment of BGC. These combined financial statements reflect the historical results of operations, financial position and cash flows of NKF as it was historically managed and adjusted to conform with U.S. GAAP. These combined financial statements are presented as if NKF had operated on a stand-alone basis for all periods presented. NKF’s combined financial statements include all of the BGC subsidiaries that comprise the real estate segment, all of which are controlled by BGC.

On September 8, 2017, BGC acquired from Cantor Commercial Real Estate Company, LP (“CCRE”), 100% of the equity of BPF. BPF is a leading commercial real estate finance company focused on the origination and sale of multifamily and other commercial real estate loans through government-sponsored and government-funded loan programs, as well as the servicing of commercial real estate loans. This transaction has been determined to be a combination of entities under common control that resulted in a change in the reporting entity. Accordingly, the financial results of NKF have been retrospectively adjusted to include the financial results of BPF in the current and prior periods as if BPF had always been combined.

 

F-117


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize the impact of the transaction to NKF’s combined balance sheets and to NKF’s combined statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2016  
     As
Previously
Reported
     Retrospective
Adjustments
     As
Retrospectively
Adjusted
 

Total assets

   $ 995,491        1,539,197      $ 2,534,688  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     491,510        1,059,395        1,550,905  

Total invested equity

     503,981        479,802        983,783  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 995,491      $ 1,539,197      $ 2,534,688  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2016  
     As
Previously
Reported
    Retrospective
Adjustments
     As
Retrospectively
Adjusted
 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

   $ 45,295       125,910      $ 171,205  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     41,382       125,830        167,212  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (1,189     —          (1,189
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) to BGC

   $ 42,571     $ 125,830      $ 168,401  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2015  
     As
Previously
Reported
     Retrospective
Adjustments
     As
Retrospectively
Adjusted
 

Total assets

   $ 857,052        800,878      $ 1,657,930  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     407,619        446,277        853,896  

Total invested equity

     449,433        354,601        804,034  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 857,052      $ 800,878      $ 1,657,930  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2015  
     As
Previously
Reported
    Retrospective
Adjustments
     As
Retrospectively
Adjusted
 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

   $ (67,535     58,165      $ (9,370
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (60,768     58,042        (2,726

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     77       —          77  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) to BGC

   $ (60,845   $ 58,042      $ (2,803
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intercompany balances and transactions within NKF have been eliminated. Transactions between Cantor and BGC with NKF pursuant to service agreements between BGC and Cantor (Note 19), represent valid receivables and liabilities of NKF, which are periodically cash settled, have been included in the Combined Financial Statements as either Receivables to or Payables from Related Parties. Additionally, certain other transactions between BGC and NKF are contributions of BGC’s net investment in NKF including acquisitions (Note 3).

NKF receives administrative services to support its operations, and in return, Cantor and BGC allocate certain of their expenses to NKF. Such expenses represent costs related, but not limited to, treasury, legal, accounting, information technology, payroll administration, human resources, incentive compensation plans and other services. These costs, together with an allocation of Cantor and BGC overhead costs, are included as

 

F-118


Table of Contents

expenses in the Combined Statements of Operations. Where it is possible to specifically attribute such expenses to activities of NKF, these amounts have been expensed directly to NKF. Allocation of all other such expenses is based on a services agreement between BGC and Cantor which reflects the utilization of service provided or benefits received by NKF during the periods presented on a consistent basis, such as headcount, square footage, revenue, etc. Management believes the assumptions underlying the stand-alone financial statements, including the assumptions regarding allocated expenses, reasonably reflect the utilization of services provided to or the benefit received by NKF during the periods presented. However, these shared expenses may not represent the amounts that would have been incurred had NKF operated independently from Cantor and BGC. Actual costs that would have been incurred if NKF had been a stand-alone company would depend on multiple factors, including organizational structure and strategic decisions in various areas, including information technology and infrastructure. For an additional discussion of expense allocations, see Note 19.

BGC uses a centralized approach to cash management. Accordingly, excess cash and cash equivalents are held by BGC at the corporate level and were not attributed to NKF for any of the periods presented. Transfers of cash, both to and from BGC’s centralized cash management system, are reflected as a related party receivable or payable on the Combined Balance Sheet and as part of the change in payments to and borrowings from related parties in the financing section within the accompanying Combined Statement of Cash Flows. Debt obligations of BGC have not been included in the Combined Financial Statements of NKF, because NKF is not a party to the obligation between BGC and the debt holders.

The income tax provision in the Combined Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income has been calculated as if NKF was operating on a stand-alone basis and filed separate tax returns in the jurisdiction in which it operates. NKF’s operations have historically been included in the BGC U.S. federal and state tax returns. BGC’s global tax model has been developed based on its entire portfolio of businesses. Therefore cash tax payments and items of current and deferred taxes may not be reflective of NKF’s actual tax balances prior to or subsequent to NKF operating as a stand-alone company.

The combined financial statements contain all normal and recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the combined balance sheets, the combined statements of operations, the combined statements of comprehensive income, the combined statements of cash flows and the combined statements of changes in invested equity of NKF for the periods presented.

 

  (b) Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern, which relates to disclosure of uncertainties about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The ASU provides additional guidance on management’s responsibility to evaluate the condition of an entity and the required disclosures based on this assessment. The amendments in this update are effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and early application is permitted. The adoption of this FASB guidance did not impact NKF’s combined financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis. The amendment eliminates the deferral of certain consolidation standards for entities considered to be investment companies and modifies the consolidation analysis performed on certain types of legal entities. The guidance was effective beginning January 1, 2016 and early adoption was permitted. The adoption of this FASB guidance did not have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest, which relates to simplifying the presentation of debt issuance costs. This ASU requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The amendments in this update were effective for the annual period beginning January 1, 2016 for NKF. The adoption of this FASB guidance did not have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

 

F-119


Table of Contents

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments. This ASU requires adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period of a business combination to be recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. Acquirers are no longer required to revise comparative information for prior periods as if the accounting for the business combination had been completed as of the acquisition date. The guidance was effective beginning January 1, 2016. The adoption of this FASB guidance did not have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting , which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification of related amounts within the statement of cash flows. The new standard was effective for NKF beginning January 1, 2017, and early adoption was permitted. The adoption of this FASB guidance did not have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

 

  (c) New Accounting Pronouncements

The FASB has recently issued five ASUs related to revenue recognition (“new revenue recognition guidance”), all of which will become effective for the company on January 1, 2018. The ASUs issued are: (1) in May 2014, ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) ;” (2) in March 2016, ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) ;” (3) in April 2016, ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing ;” (4) in May 2016, ASU 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-scope Improvements and Practical Expedients ;” and (5) in December 2016, ASU 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606 , Revenue From Contracts with Customers .” ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers and will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. This ASU permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. ASU 2016-08 clarifies the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. ASU 2016-10 clarifies guidance related to identifying performance obligations and licensing implementation guidance contained in ASU 2014-09. ASU 2016-12 clarifies guidance in certain narrow areas and adds some practical expedients. ASU 2016-20 also clarifies guidance in certain narrow areas and adds optional exemptions to certain disclosure requirements.

We plan to adopt the new revenue recognition guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and are evaluating the application of a transition method. We continue to evaluate the impact that adoption of these updates will have on our combined financial statements and related disclosures. Based on our initial assessment, the impact of the application of the new revenue recognition guidance will likely result in an acceleration of some revenues that are based, in part, on future contingent events. For example, some brokerage revenues from leasing commissions in various countries where we operate will get recognized earlier. Under current GAAP, a portion of these commissions are deferred until a future contingency is resolved (e.g. tenant move-in or payment of first month’s rent). Under the new revenue guidance, NKF’s performance obligation may be satisfied at lease signing and therefore the portion of the commission that is contingent on a future event would likely be recognized earlier if deemed not subject to significant reversal. We are currently evaluating the impact of principal versus agent guidance in relation to third-party costs which are billed to clients in association with facilities management services and the impact on our combined financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This ASU requires entities to measure equity investments that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method at fair value and recognize any changes in fair value in net income unless the investments qualify for the new practicability exception. Entities will also have to record changes in instrument-specific credit risk for financial

 

F-120


Table of Contents

liabilities measured under the fair value option in other comprehensive income. In addition, entities will be required to present enhanced disclosures of financial assets and financial liabilities. The guidance is effective beginning January 1, 2018, with early adoption of certain provisions of the ASU permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and lease liability for all leases with terms of more than 12 months. Recognition, measurement and presentation of expenses will depend on classification as finance or operating lease. The amendments also require certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures. Accounting guidance for lessors is largely unchanged. The guidance is effective beginning January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016- 15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230)—Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which makes changes to how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The new standard will become effective for NKF beginning with the first quarter of 2018 and will require adoption on a retrospective basis. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230)—Restricted Cash, which requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The new standard will become effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2018 and will require adoption on a retrospective basis. The adoption of this FASB guidance will not have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the requirement to determine the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit to measure goodwill impairment. Under the amendments in the new ASU, goodwill impairment testing will be performed by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognizing an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The new standard will become effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2020 and will be applied on a prospective basis, and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this FASB guidance is not expected to have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of providing additional guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The new standard will become effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2018 and will be applied on a prospective basis. The adoption of this FASB guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the NKF’s combined financial statements.

 

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates:

The preparation of NKF’s combined financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in these combined financial statements. Management believes that the estimates utilized in preparing these combined financial statements are reasonable. Estimates, by their nature, are based on judgment and available information. Actual results could differ materially from the estimates included in NKF’s combined financial statements.

 

F-121


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition:

Commissions:

Commission revenues from real estate transactions are recognized once performance obligations under the commission arrangement are satisfied. Terms and conditions of a commission arrangement may include execution of the lease agreement and satisfaction of future contingencies such as tenant occupancy. In most cases, a portion of the commission is earned upon execution of the lease agreement, with the remaining portion contingent on a future event, typically tenant occupancy; revenue recognition for the remaining portion is deferred until all contingencies are satisfied.

Commission revenues from sales brokerage transactions are recognized at the time the service has been provided and the commission becomes legally due, except when future contingencies exist. In most cases, close of escrow or transfer of title is a future contingency, and revenue recognition is deferred until all contingencies are satisfied.

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net:

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net are recognized when a derivative asset is recorded upon the commitment to originate a loan with a borrower and sell the loan to an investor. The derivative is recorded at fair value and includes loan origination fees, sales premiums and the estimated fair value of the expected net servicing cash flows. Gains from mortgage banking activities, net are recognized net of related fees and commissions to affiliates or third-party brokers. For loans the Company brokers, gains from mortgage banking activities are recognized when the loan is closed.

Management services, servicing fees and other:

Management services revenues include property management, facilities management and project management. Management fees are recognized at the time the related services have been performed, unless future contingencies exist. In addition, in regard to management and facility service contracts, the owner of the property will typically reimburse NKF for certain expenses that are incurred on behalf of the owner, which are comprised primarily of on-site employee salaries and related benefit costs. The amounts which are to be reimbursed per the terms of the services contract are recognized as revenue in the same period as the related expenses are incurred. In certain instances, NKF subcontracts property management services to independent property managers, in which case NKF passes a portion of its property management fee on to the subcontractor, and NKF retains the balance. Accordingly, NKF records these fees gross of the amounts paid to subcontractors and the amounts paid to subcontractors are recognized as expenses in the same period.

Servicing fees are earned for servicing mortgage loans and are recognized on an accrual basis over the lives of the related mortgage loans. Also included in servicing fees are the fees earned on prepayments, interest and placement fees on borrowers’ escrow accounts and other ancillary fees.

Fees to Related Parties:

NKF is allocated fees from Cantor and BGC for back-office services provided by Cantor and its affiliates, including occupancy of office space, utilization of fixed assets, accounting, operations, human resources and legal services and information technology. Fees are expensed as they are incurred.

Segments:

NKF has a single operating segment. NKF is a real estate services firm offering services to commercial real estate tenants, owner occupiers, investors and developers, leasing and corporate advisory, investment sales and real estate finance, consulting, origination of and servicing of commercial mortgage loans, valuation, project and

 

F-122


Table of Contents

development management and property and facility management. The chief operating decision maker regardless of geographic location evaluates the operating results of NKF as total real estate and allocates resources accordingly. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, NKF recognized revenues as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Leasing and other commissions

   $ 513,812      $ 539,725  

Capital markets

     335,607        267,206  

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net

     193,387        115,304  

Management services, servicing fees and other

     307,177        278,012  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 1,349,983      $ 1,200,247  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair Value:

The FASB issued guidance that defines fair value as the price received to transfer an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and further expands disclosures about such fair value measurements.

The guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

    Level 1 measurements—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

 

    Level 2 measurements—Quoted prices in markets that are not active or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

    Level 3 measurements—Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

NKF considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the date of acquisition to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are held with banks as deposits.

Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents:

Restricted cash represents cash set aside for amounts pledged for the benefit of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to secure NKF’s financial guarantee liability.

Loans Held for Sale (LHFS):

NKF maintains commercial mortgage loans for the purpose of sale to government sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”). Prior to funding NKF enters into an agreement to sell the loans to third-party investors at a fixed price. NKF has elected the fair value option to carry LHFS at fair market value. During the period prior to sale, interest income is calculated and recognized in accordance with the terms of the individual loan.

 

F-123


Table of Contents

Derivative Financial Instruments:

NKF has loan commitments to extend credit to third parties. The commitments to extend credit are for mortgage loans at a specific rate (rate lock commitments). These commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require a fee. NKF is committed to extend credit to the counterparty as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the commitment contracts.

NKF simultaneously enters into an agreement to deliver such mortgages to third-party investors at a fixed price (forward sale contracts).

Both the commitment to extend credit and the forward sale commitment qualify as derivative financial instruments. NKF recognizes all derivatives on the combined balance sheet as assets or liabilities measured at fair value. The change in the derivatives fair value is recognized in current period earnings.

Mortgage Servicing Rights, net (MSR):

NKF has identified the following classes of MSRs:

 

  1. Primary servicing MSRs relating to all loans that NKF is the primary servicer.

 

  2. Limited servicing MSRs related to all loans that NKF performs limited servicing.

Primary servicing

NKF initially recognized and measures the rights to service mortgage loans at fair value and subsequently measures them using the amortization method. NKF recognizes rights to service mortgage loans as separate assets at the time the underlying originated mortgage loan is sold and the value of those rights is included in the determination of the gain on loans held for sale.

Purchased MSRs, including MSRs purchased from CCRE are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently measured using the amortization method.

NKF receives up to a 3 basis point servicing fee and/or up to 1 basis point surveillance fee on certain Freddie Mac loans after the loan is securitized in a Freddie Mac pool (Freddie Mac Strip). The Freddie Mac Strip is also recognized at fair value and subsequently measured using the amortization method, but is recognized as a MSR at the securitization date.

MSRs are assessed for impairment, at least on an annual basis, based upon the fair value of those rights as compared to the amortized cost. Fair values are estimated using a valuation model that calculates the present value of the future net servicing cash flows. In using this valuation method, NKF incorporates assumptions that management believes market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income. It is reasonably possible, such estimates may change. NKF amortizes the mortgage servicing rights in proportion to and over the period of, the projected net servicing income. For purposes of impairment evaluation and measurement, NKF stratified MSRs based on predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans, primarily by investor type (Fannie Mae/Freddie Mac, FHA/GNMA, CMGS and other). To the extent that the carrying value exceeds fair value of a specific MSR strata a valuation allowance is established, which is adjusted in the future as the fair value of MSRs increases or decreases. Reversals of valuation allowances cannot exceed the amortized costs.

Limited servicing

Limited servicing rights entitle NKF to perform certain limited serving, such as collection of borrower financial statements and/or performing property inspections, are purchased from CCRE and are initially recorded at fair value. Fair value determination and impairment evaluation for limited servicing MSRs are the same as the policies above for primary servicing rights.

 

F-124


Table of Contents

Receivables, Net:

NKF has accrued commission’s receivable from real estate brokerage transactions and management services and servicing fee receivables from contractual management assignments. Receivables are presented net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $11,371 and $17,866 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The allowance is based on management’s estimate and is reviewed periodically based on the facts and circumstances of each outstanding receivable.

Fixed Assets, Net:

Fixed assets are carried at cost net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The costs of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Fixed assets are depreciated over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Leasehold improvements and other fixed assets

   shorter of the remaining term of lease or useful life

Software, including software development costs

   3-5 years straight-line

Computer and communications equipment

   3-5 years straight line

Investments:

NKF’s combined financial statements include the accounts of NKF and its wholly owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. NKF’s policy is to consolidate all entities of which it owns more than 50% unless it does not have control over the entity.

Long-Lived Assets:

NKF periodically evaluates potential impairment of long-lived assets and amortizable intangibles, when a change in circumstances occurs, by applying the concepts of FASB guidance, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, and assessing whether the unamortized carrying amount can be recovered over the remaining life through undiscounted future expected cash flows generated by the underlying assets. If the undiscounted future cash flows were less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment charge would be recorded. The impairment charge would be measured as the excess of the carrying value of the asset over the present value of estimated expected future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risks involved.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net:

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination. As prescribed in FASB guidance, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but instead are periodically tested for impairment. NKF reviews goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or whenever an event occurs or circumstances change that could reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. When reviewing goodwill for impairment, NKF first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. NKF performed impairment evaluations for the year ended December 31, 2016 and concluded that there was no impairment of its goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Definite-lived intangible assets arising from business combinations include trademark and trade name, contractual and non-contractual customers, non-compete agreements and brokerage backlog.

 

F-125


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

NKF accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method as prescribed in FASB guidance on Accounting for Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to basis differences between the combined financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Certain of NKF’s entities are taxed as U.S. partnerships and are subject to the Unincorporated Business Tax (“UBT”) in New York City. Therefore, the tax liability or benefit related to the partnership income or loss except for UBT rests with the partners, rather than the partnership entity. As such, the partners’ tax liability or benefit is not reflected in NKF’s combined financial statements. The tax-related assets, liabilities, provisions or benefits included in NKF’s combined financial statements also reflect the results of the entities that are taxed as corporations, either in the U.S. or in foreign jurisdictions.

NKF income taxes as presented are calculated on a separate return basis, although NKF’s operations have historically been included in BGC’s U.S. federal and state tax returns or non-U.S. jurisdictions tax returns. As NKF operations in many jurisdictions are unincorporated commercial units of BGC and its subsidiaries, stand-alone tax returns have not been filed for the operations in these jurisdictions. Accordingly, NKF’s tax results as presented are not necessarily reflective of the results that NKF would have generated on a stand-alone basis.

NKF provides for uncertain tax positions based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. NKF recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in “operating, administrative and other” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

A valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets if it is deemed more likely than not that those assets will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence, including past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in the most recent fiscal years, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of tax planning strategies.

The measurement of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities is based on provisions of enacted tax laws and involves uncertainties in the application of tax regulations in the U.S. and other tax jurisdictions. Because our interpretation of complex tax law may impact the measurement of current and deferred income taxes, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions regarding the application of tax law.

Equity-Based and Other Compensation:

NKF accounts for equity-based compensation under the fair value recognition provisions of the FASB guidance. Equity-based compensation expense recognized during the period is based on the value of the portion of equity-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest. The grant-date fair value of equity-based awards is amortized to expense ratably over the awards’ vesting periods. As equity-based compensation expense recognized in NKF’s combined statements of operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reviewed for estimated forfeitures. Further, FASB guidance requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Restricted Stock Units:

Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) are provided by BGC to certain employees of NKF and are accounted for by NKF as equity awards, and as per FASB guidance, NKF is required to record an expense for the portion of the RSUs that is ultimately expected to vest. The grant-date fair value of RSUs is amortized to expense ratably over the awards’ vesting periods. The amortization is reported in “compensation and employee benefits” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

 

F-126


Table of Contents

Limited Partnership Units:

NKF participates in BGC’s Global Compensation plan by which employees receive limited partnership units in BGC Holdings. Employees receive quarterly allocations of net income, which are cash distributed on a quarterly basis and generally contingent upon services being provided by the unit holders. The quarterly allocations of net income on such limited partnership units are reflected as “allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

Certain of these limited partnership units entitle the holders to receive post-termination payments equal to the notional amount in four equal yearly installments after the holder’s termination. These limited partnership units are accounted for as post-termination liability awards, which require that NKF record an expense for such awards based on the change in value at each reporting period and include the expense in NKF’s combined statements of operations as part of “compensation and employee benefits.” The liability for limited partnership units with a post-termination payout amount is included in “accrued compensation” on NKF’s combined balance sheet.

Certain limited partnership units are granted exchangeability into BGC Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustment). At the time exchangeability is granted, NKF recognizes an expense based on the fair value of the award on that date, which is included in “Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

BGC has also awarded Preferred Units to employees of NKF. Each quarter, the net profits of BGC Holdings are allocated to such units at a rate of either 0.6875% (which is 2.75% per calendar year) or such other amount as set forth in the award documentation (the “Preferred Distribution”), which is deducted before the calculation and distribution of the quarterly partnership distribution for the remaining partnership units. The Preferred Units are not entitled to participate in partnership distributions other than with respect to the Preferred Distribution. Preferred Units may not be made exchangeable into BGC’s Class A common stock and are only entitled to the Preferred Distribution. The quarterly allocations of net income on Preferred Units are reflected in “Allocation of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

Loans, Forgivable Loans and Other Receivables from Employees and Partners:

NKF has entered into various agreements with certain of its employees and partners whereby these individuals receive loans which may be either wholly or in part repaid from the distribution earnings that the individual receives on some or all of their limited partnership units or may be forgiven over a period of time. The forgivable portion of these loans is recognized as compensation expense over the life of the loan. From time to time, NKF may also enter into agreements with employees and partners to grant bonus and salary advances or other types of loans. These advances and loans are repayable in the timeframes outlined in the underlying agreements. Management reviews the loan balances each reporting period for collectability. If a portion of the loan balances is not expected to be collectable, a reserve against the loan balance is recognized.

Noncontrolling Interest in Subsidiaries:

Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries represents third-party ownership interests in NKF’s combined subsidiaries.

 

(3) Acquisitions

On September 8, 2017, BGC acquired from CCRE 100% of the equity of BPF. This transaction has been determined to be a combination of entities under common control that resulted in a change in the reporting entity.

 

F-127


Table of Contents

On February 26, 2016, NKF completed the acquisition of Rudesill-Pera Multifamily, LLC (“Memphis Multifamily”). Memphis Multifamily is a multifamily brokerage firm operating in Memphis and the Mid-South Region.

On June 17, 2016, NKF completed the acquisition of The CRE Group, Inc. (“CRE Group”). CRE Group is a real estate services provider focused on the project management, construction management and Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (“LEED”) consulting.

On September 13, 2016, NKF acquired several management agreement contracts from John Buck Company, LLC and Buck Management Group, LLC.

On September 30, 2016, NKF completed the acquisition of Continental Realty, Ltd. (“Continental Realty”), a Columbus, Ohio-based company. Continental Realty specializes in commercial realty brokerage and property management throughout Ohio.

On October 18, 2016, the Company announced that it had completed the acquisition of Newmark Grubb Mexico City. Newmark Grubb Mexico City is a tenant advisory firm in the Mexico City area.

On December 14, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of Walchle Lear Multifamily Advisors (“Walchle Lear”). Walchle Lear is a Jacksonville, Florida based multifamily company specializing in investment sales.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the following tables summarize the components of the purchase consideration transferred, and the preliminary allocation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, for all other acquisitions based on the fair values of the acquisition date. NKF expects to finalize its analysis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed within the first year of the acquisition, and therefore adjustments to assets and liabilities may occur.

 

     As of the
Acquisition
Date
 

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 851  

Receivables, net

     922  

Goodwill

     19,818  

Intangibles assets, net

     7,265  

Other assets

     452  
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

     29,308  
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     1,981  

Deferred consideration

     5,723  

Accrued compensation

     703  
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     8,407  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 20,901  
  

 

 

 

The total consideration for acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2016 was approximately $26,624 in total fair value, comprised of cash, shares of BGC’s common stock and BGC Holdings limited partnership units. The total consideration included contingent consideration of approximately 166,894 restricted shares of BGC’s Class A common stock (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $1,545), 285,354 BGC Holdings limited partnership units (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $2,590) and $5,621 in cash that may be issued contingent on certain targets being met through 2021. The excess of the consideration

 

F-128


Table of Contents

over the fair value of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill of approximately $19,818, of which $995 is deductible by NKF for tax purposes.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, an agreement with the sellers of a prior acquisition was entered into, whereby certain consideration was reduced, which resulted in the return to BGC of 1,600,000 partnership units (with an acquisition date fair value of $14,900), the reduction of future cash earn-outs of $17,300 and a repayment to NKF of $1,000 in cash. As a result, NKF recognized $18,300 (comprised of $17,300 earn-out reduction and $1,000 cash received) in “other income (loss)” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

These acquisitions are accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The results of operations of these acquisitions have been included in NKF’s combined financial statements subsequent to their respective dates of acquisition, which in aggregate contributed $8,443 to our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016.

During 2015, NKF acquired nine separate companies operating under the Apartment Realty Advisors (“ARA”) brand, each a separate privately held, full-service investment brokerage network focusing exclusively on the multi-housing industry. ARA was a leader in multi-housing investment brokerage and we now operate our multi-housing investment practice as ARA, a Newmark Company.

During May 2015, NKF completed the acquisition of Computerized Facility Integration, LLC (“CFI”). CFI is a premier real estate strategic consulting and systems integration firm that provides corporate real estate, facilities management, and enterprise asset management information consulting and technology solutions.

During July 2015, NKF completed the acquisition of Excess Space. Excess Space is a full service brokerage firm that focuses its business model around surplus real estate disposition and lease restructuring for retailers.

In December 2015, NKF completed the acquisition of Steffner Commercial Real Estate, LLC and Cincinnati Commercial Real Estate, Inc., each a full service commercial real estate advisory practice operating in the Memphis and Cincinnati regions, respectively.

The following tables summarize the components of the purchase consideration transferred and the preliminary allocation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the CFI acquisition based on the fair values as of the acquisition date. NKF expects to finalize its analysis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed within the first year of the acquisition, and therefore adjustments to assets and liabilities may occur.

 

     May 20, 2015  

Assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,083  

Receivable, net

     5,028  

Fixed assets, net

     992  

Goodwill

     63,839  

Other intangible assets, net

     6,944  

Other assets

     816  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     78,702  
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     5,243  

Deferred consideration

     16,544  

Accrued compensation

     433  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     22,220  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 56,482  
  

 

 

 

 

F-129


Table of Contents

The total consideration for CFI was approximately $73,026 in total fair value, comprised of cash, shares of BGC’s common stock and BGC Holdings limited partnership units. The total consideration included contingent consideration of approximately $16,544 in cash that may be issued contingent on certain targets being met through 2018. The excess of the consideration over the fair value of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill of approximately $63,839, of which $6,384 is deductible by NKF for tax purposes.

The following tables summarize the components of the purchase consideration transferred, and the preliminary allocation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, for all other acquisitions based on the fair values of the acquisition date in 2015. NKF expects to finalize its analysis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed within the first year of the acquisition, and therefore adjustments to assets and liabilities may occur.

 

     As of the
acquisition date
 

Assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,373  

Receivable, net

     1,112  

Fixed assets, net

     3  

Goodwill

     66,578  

Other intangible assets, net

     2,740  

Other assets

     98  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     72,904  
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     119  

Deferred consideration

     9,534  

Accrued compensation

     2,767  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     12,420  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 60,484  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill includes the in-place workforce, which allows the Company to continue serving its existing client base, begin marketing to potential clients and avoid significant costs reproducing the workforce.

These acquisitions are accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The results of operations of CFI and all other acquisitions have been included in NKF’s combined financial statements subsequent to their respective dates of acquisition, which in aggregate contributed $14,961 and $33,906 to our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively.

The total consideration for all other acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2015, was approximately $70,018 in total fair value, comprised of cash, shares of BGC’s common stock and BGC Holdings limited partnership units. The total consideration included contingent consideration of approximately 420,520 restricted shares of BGC’s Class A common stock (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $3,729), 1,631,011 BGC Holdings limited partnership units (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $14,359) and $8,133 in cash that may be issued contingent on certain targets being met through 2018. The excess of the consideration over the fair value of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill of approximately $66,578, of which $3,290 is deductible by NKF for tax purposes.

Consideration for all acquisitions was paid or issued by BGC. BGC then subsequently contributed the net assets (inclusive of goodwill and intangible assets) of the acquired companies to NKF. This is reflected as a Contribution in the Combined Statement of Changes in Invested Equity.

The results of operations of NKF’s acquisitions have been included in NKF’s combined financial statements subsequent to their respective dates of acquisition. NKF has made a preliminary allocation of the consideration to

 

F-130


Table of Contents

the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as of the acquisition date, and expects to finalize its analysis with respect to acquisitions within the first year after the completion of the transaction. Therefore, adjustments to preliminary allocations may occur.

 

(4) Cost Method Investments

NKF acquired investments for which it does not have the ability to exert significant influence over operating and financial policies. The investments are generally accounted for using the cost method of accounting in accordance with FASB guidance, Investments—Other . As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the carrying value of the cost method investments were $2,896 and $2,596, respectively and are included in Other assets on the Combined Balance sheets.

 

(5) Capital and Liquidity Requirements

NKF is subject to various capital requirements in connection with seller/servicer agreements that NKF has entered into with the various GSEs. Failure to maintain minimum capital requirements could result in NKF’s inability to originate and service loans for the respective GSEs and could have a direct material adverse effect on NKF’s combined financial statements. Management believes that as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 that NKF has met all capital requirements. As of December 31, 2016, the most restrictive capital requirement was Fannie Mae’s net worth requirement. NKF exceeded the minimum requirement by $378.6 million.

Certain of NKF’s agreements with Fannie Mae allow NKF to originate and service loans under Fannie Mae’s DUS Program. These agreements require NKF to maintain sufficient collateral to meet Fannie Mae’s restricted and operational liquidity requirements based on a pre-established formula. Certain of NKF’s agreements with Freddie Mac allow NKF to service loans under Freddie Mac’s Targeted Affordable Housing Program (TAH). These agreements require NKF to pledge sufficient collateral to meet Freddie Mac’s liquidity requirement of 8% of the outstanding principal of TAH loans serviced by NKF. Management believes that as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 that NKF has met all liquidity requirements.

In addition, as a servicer for Fannie Mae, GNMA and FHA, NKF is required to advance to investors any uncollected principal and interest due from borrowers. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, outstanding borrower advances were approximately $106 thousand and $19 thousand, respectively, and are included in other assets in the accompanying combined balance sheet.

 

(6) Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)

ASC 825, Financial Instruments, provides entities with an option to measure financial instruments at fair value. NKF initially and subsequently measures all loans held for sale at fair value on the accompanying combined balance sheet. The fair value measurement falls within the definition of a Level 2 measurement (significant other observable inputs) within the fair value hierarchy. Loans held for sale represent originated loans that are typically sold within 45 days from the date of the mortgage loan is funded. Electing to use fair value allows a better offset of the change in the fair value of the loan and the change in fair value of the derivative instruments used as economic hedges. During the period prior to its sale, interest income on a loan held for sale is calculated in accordance with the terms of the individual loan and is recorded in management services, servicing fees and other in the combined statements of operations. Loans held for sale had a cost basis and fair value as follows (in thousands):

 

     Cost Basis      Fair Value  

December 31, 2016

   $ 1,074,429      $ 1,071,836  

December 31, 2015

     360,164        359,109  

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 there were no loans held for sale that were 90 days or more past due or in nonaccrual status.

 

F-131


Table of Contents
(7) Derivatives

NKF accounts for its derivatives at fair value, and recognized all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in its combined balance sheet. In its normal course of business, NKF enters into commitments to extend credit for mortgage loans at a specific rate (rate lock commitments) and commitments to deliver these loans to third-party investors at a fixed price (forward sale contracts). These transactions are accounted for as derivatives.

The fair value and notional balances of NKF’s derivatives for rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts can be found in Note 18.

The fair value of NKFs derivatives for rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts are as follows (in thousands) and are included in gains from mortgage banking activities and compensation and employee benefits in the accompanying combined statement of operations.

 

   

Location of gain (loss) recognized
in income from derivatives

   December 31,  
       2016     2015  

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

      

Rate lock commitments

  Gains from mortgage banking activities    $ 284     $ 484  

Rate lock commitments

  Compensation and employee benefits      (724     (463

Forward sale contracts

  Gain from mortgage banking activity      8,101       5,223  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
         $7,661     $5,244  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative assets and derivative liabilities are included in other current assets and current portion of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively.

 

(8) Credit Enhancement Receivable, Contingent Liability and Credit Enhancement Deposit

NKF is a party to a Credit Enhancement Agreement (CEA) dated March 9, 2012, with German American Capital Corporation and Deutsche Bank Americas Holding Corporation (together, DB Entities). On October 20, 2016, the CEA was assigned to Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Island Branch, a Cayman Island Branch of Deutsche Bank AG (DB Cayman). Under the terms of these agreements, DB Cayman provides NKF with varying levels of ongoing credit protection, subject to certain limits, for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac loans subject to loss sharing (see Note 15) in NKF’s servicing portfolio as of March 9, 2012. DB Cayman will also reimburse NKF for any losses incurred due to violation of underwriting and serving agreements that occurred prior to March 9, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2016 there were no reimbursements under this agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2015 there were two reimbursements under this agreement for $1.2 million.

Credit enhancement receivable

At December 31, 2016, NKF had $16.9 billion of credit risk loans in its servicing portfolio with a maximum pre-credit enhancement loss exposure of $4.7 billion. NKF had a form of credit protection from DB Cayman on $5.5 billion of credit risk loans with a maximum loss exposure coverage of $1.6 billion. The amount of the maximum loss exposure without any form of credit protection from DB Cayman is $3.1 billion.

At December 31, 2015, NKF had $14.4 billion of credit risk loans in its servicing portfolio with a maximum pre-credit enhancement loss exposure of $4.1 billion. NKF had a form of credit protection from DB Cayman on $6.9 billion of credit risk loans with a maximum loss exposure coverage of $1.9 billion. The amount of the maximum loss exposure without any form of credit protection from DB Cayman is $2.2 billion.

 

F-132


Table of Contents

Credit enhancement receivables as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $156 and $257, respectively, and are included in other assets in the combined balance sheets.

Credit enhancement deposit

The CEA required the DB Entities to deposit $25 million into NKF’s Fannie Mae restricted liquidity account (see Note 5), which NKF is required to return to DB Cayman, less any outstanding claims, on March 5, 2021. The $25 million deposit is included in restricted cash and the offsetting liability in other long term liabilities in the accompanying combined balance sheets.

Contingent liability

Under the CEA, NKF is required to pay DB Cayman on March 9, 2021, an amount equal to 50% of the positive difference, if any, between (a) $25 million, and (b) NKF’s unreimbursed loss sharing payments from March 9, 2012 through March 9, 2021 on NKF’s servicing portfolio as of March 9, 2012.

Contingent liabilities as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $10,390 and $10,018, respectively and are included in other liabilities in the combined balance sheets.

 

(9) Gains from mortgage banking activities, net

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net consists of the following activity (in thousands):

 

     Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
 
     2016      2015  

Loan origination related fees and sales premiums, net

   $ 69,026      $ 47,303  

Fair value of expected net future cash flows from servicing recognized at commitment, net

     124,361        68,001  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net

   $ 193,387      $ 115,304  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(10) Mortgage Servicing Rights, net (MSR)

A summary of the activity in mortgage servicing rights by class for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2016  
     2016      2015  

Mortgage Servicing Rights

     

Balance at December 31

   $ 271,849      $ 240,011  

Additions

     126,547        71,873  

Purchases from an affiliate

     3,905        9,259  

Purchases from third parties

     3,771     

Amortization

     (58,514      (49,294
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $ 347,558      $ 271,849  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation Allowance

     

Balance at December 31

   $ (7,936    $ (2,657

Decrease

     194        (5,279
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $ (7,742    $ (7,936
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net balance at December 31

   $ 339,816      $ 263,913  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-133


Table of Contents

On July 21, 2016, NKF purchased the mortgage servicing rights to a portfolio of FHA/GNMA construction loans from an unaffiliated third party for $3.8 million.

The amount of contractually specified servicing fees (including primary, limited and special servicing fees) and ancillary fees (including yield maintenance fees) earned by NKF were as follows:

 

     For the Twelve
Months Ended
 
     2016      2015  

Contractual servicing fees

   $ 78,527      $ 66,211  

Escrow interest and placement fees

     3,771        2,508  

Ancillary fees

     5,373        5,637  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total servicing fees

   $ 87,671      $ 74,356  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s primary servicing portfolio at December 31, 2016 and 2015 was approximately $50.6 billion and $44.4 billion, respectively. The Company’s special servicing portfolio at December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $5.1 billion and $5.7 billion, respectively.

The estimated fair value of the MSRs at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was $344.9 million and $267.1 million, respectively.

Fair values are estimated using a valuation model that calculates the present value of the future net servicing cash flows. The cash flows assumptions used are based on assumptions NKF believes market participants would use to value the portfolio. Significant assumptions include estimates of the cost of servicing per loan, discount rate, earnings rate on escrow deposits and prepayment speeds. An increase in discount rate of 100 bps or 200 bps would result in a decrease in fair value by $9.9 million and $19.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016. An increase in discount rate of 100 bps or 200 bps would result in a decrease in fair value by $7.6 million and $14.9 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015.

 

(11) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net of Accumulated Amortization

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 257,864  

Acquisitions

     127,685  

Measurement period adjustments

     7,479  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     393,028  

Acquisitions

     17,086  

Measurement period adjustments

     2,732  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 412,846  
  

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, NKF recognized additional goodwill and measurement period adjustments of approximately $17,086 and $2,731, respectively. See Note 3—“Acquisitions” for more information.

Goodwill is not amortized and is reviewed annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise, in accordance with FASB guidance on Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. NKF completed its annual goodwill impairment testing during the fourth quarter of 2016, which did not result in any goodwill impairment.

 

F-134


Table of Contents

Other intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands, except weighted average life):

 

     December 31, 2016  
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
     Weighted -
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
 

Indefinite life:

           

Trademark and trade names

   $ 10,735      $ —        $ 10,735        N/A  

License agreements (GSE)

     5,390        —          5,390        N/A  

Finite life:

           

Trademark and trade names

     6,460        (4,228      2,232        0.2  

Non-contractual customers

     5,648        (878      4,770        2.7  

License agreements

     4,981        (298      4,683        1.6  

Contractual customers

     1,452        (354      1,098        0.3  

Brokerage backlog

     1,101        (245      856        0.1  

Non-compete agreements

     828        (282      546        0.2  

Below market leases

     15        (13      2        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 36,610      $ (6,298    $ 30,312        5.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2015  
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
     Weighted -
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
 

Indefinite life:

           

Trademark and trade names

   $ 10,735      $ —        $ 10,735        N/A  

License agreements (GSE)

     5,390        —          5,390        N/A  

Finite life:

           

Brokerage backlog

     12,193        (11,484      709        0.1  

Trademark and trade names

     5,820        (2,172      3,648        0.6  

Non-contractual customers

     5,110        (190      4,920        3.6  

Non-compete agreements

     2,362        (1,936      426        0.2  

Contractual customers

     1,289        (80      1,209        0.5  

Below market leases

     126        (84      42        —    

License agreements

     29        (4      25        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 43,054      $ (15,950    $ 27,104        5.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $ 4,141 and $9,949, respectively. Intangible amortization is included as a part of “Depreciation and amortization” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

The estimated future amortization of definite life intangible assets as of December 31, 2016 was as follows:

 

2017

   $ 4,621  

2018

     2,303  

2019

     2,127  

2020

     1,883  

2021

     1,424  

2022 and thereafter

     1,829  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,187  
  

 

 

 

 

F-135


Table of Contents
(12) Fixed Assets, Net

Fixed assets, net consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Leasehold improvements and other fixed assets

   $ 63,194      $ 36,959  

Software, including software development costs

     13,971        10,475  

Computer and communications equipment

     13,291        11,474  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     90,456        58,908  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (34,006      (33,116
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 56,450      $ 25,792  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $9,930 and $7,276. Depreciation expense is included as a part of “Depreciation and amortization” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

For the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, $533 and $630 of software development costs were capitalized, respectively. Amortization of software development costs totaled $870 and $271 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Amortization of software development costs is included as part of “operating, administrative and other” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

 

(13) Other Assets

Other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Derivative assets

   $ 19,924      $ 9,531  

Prepaid expenses

     10,728        10,560  

Rent and other deposits

     2,585        3,035  

Other

     132        60  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 33,369      $ 23,186  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Deferred tax assets

   $ 23,074      $ 24,251  

Cost method investments

     2,896        2,596  

Other

     2,390        2,595  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 28,360      $ 29,442  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-136


Table of Contents
(14) Warehouse Notes Payable

NKF uses its warehouse lines and repurchase agreements to fund mortgage loans originated under its various lending programs. Outstanding borrowings against these lines are collateralized by an assignment of the underlying mortgages and third-party purchase commitments. As of December 31, 2016, NKF had the following lines available and borrowings outstanding (in thousands):

 

     Committed
Lines
     Uncommitted
Lines
     Balance at
December 31,
2016
     Stated
Spread to
One Month
LIBOR
     Rate
Type
 

Warehouse line due April 21, 2017(1)

   $ 450,000      $ —        $ 43,356        135 bps        Variable  

Warehouse line due September 25, 2017

     200,000        —          34,628        135 bps        Variable  

Warehouse line due October 12, 2017(2)

     200,000        —          23,833        135 bps        Variable  

Fannie Mae repurchase agreement, open maturity

     —          325,000        156,152        120 bps        Variable  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       
   $ 850,000      $ 325,000      $ 257,969        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

(1) On April 21, 2017, the maturity date was extended until June 9, 2017. On May 17, 2017, the maturity date was extended until August 9, 2017. On June 21, 2017, the maturity date was extended until June 20, 2018.
(2) The warehouse line was temporarily increased by $2,100,000 on April 27, 2017. The temporary increase expired on June 13, 2017. On June 23, 2017 the warehouse line was increased by $100,000 from $200,000 to $300,000.

As of December 31, 2015, NKF had the following lines available and borrowings outstanding (in thousands):

 

     Committed
Lines
     Uncommitted
Lines
     Balance at
December 31,
2015
     Stated
Spread to
One Month
LIBOR
     Rate
Type
 

Warehouse line due February 25, 2016

   $ 450,000      $ —        $ 176,553        150 bps        Variable  

Warehouse line due September 26, 2016

     200,000        —          100,274        150 bps        Variable  

Warehouse line due October 13, 2016

     200,000        —          14,743        150 bps        Variable  

Fannie Mae repurchase agreement, open maturity

     —          200,000        68,064        130 bps        Variable  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       
   $ 850,000      $ 200,000      $ 359,634        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

NKF is required to meet a number of financial covenants, including maintaining a minimum of $15.0 million of cash and cash equivalents. NKF was in compliance with all covenants on December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

(15) Financial Guarantee Liability

NKF shares risk of loss for loans originated under the Fannie Mae DUS and Freddie TAH programs and could incur losses in the event of defaults under or foreclosure of these loans. Under the guarantee, NKF’s maximum contingent liability to the extent of actual losses incurred is approximately 33% of the outstanding principal balance on Fannie Mae DUS or Freddie TAH loans. Risk sharing percentages are established on a loan by loan basis when originated with most loans at 33% and “modified” loans at lower percentages. Under certain circumstances, risk sharing percentages can be revised subsequent to origination or NKF could be required to repurchase the loan. In the event of a loss resulting from a catastrophic event that is not required to be covered by borrowers’ insurance policies, NKF can recover the loss under its mortgage impairment insurance policy. Any potential recovery is subject to the policy’s deductibles and limits.

 

F-137


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2016, the credit risk loans being serviced by NKF on behalf of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac had outstanding principal balances of approximately $16.9 billion with a maximum potential loss of approximately $4.7 billion, of which $1.6 billion is covered by the Credit Enhancement Agreement (see Note 8).

At December 31, 2015, the credit risk loans being serviced by NKF on behalf of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac had outstanding principal balances of approximately $14.4 billion with a maximum potential loss of approximately $4.1 billion, of which $1.9 billion is covered by the Credit Enhancement Agreement (see Note 8).

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the estimated liability under the guarantee liability was as follows:

 

Financial guarantee liability (in thousands)

  

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ (2,717

Charge-offs

     1,251  

Reversal of provision

     1,178  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ (288
  

 

 

 

Increase to provision

     (125
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ (413
  

 

 

 

In order to monitor and mitigate potential losses, NKF uses an internally developed loan rating scorecard for determining which loans meet NKF’s criteria to be placed on a watch list. NKF also calculates default probabilities based on internal ratings and expected losses on a loan by loan basis. This methodology uses a number of factors including, but not limited to, debt service coverage ratios, collateral valuation, the condition of the underlying assets, borrower strength and market conditions.

See Note 8 for further explanation of credit protection provided by DB Cayman. The provisions for risk sharing in the accompanying combined statements of operations was as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the Twelve
Months Ended
 
     2016      2015  

Increase (decrease) to financial guarantee liability

   $ 125      $ (1,178

Decrease (increase) to credit enhancement asset

     101        1,043  

Increase to contingent liability

     5        54  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expense

   $ 231      $ (81
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(16) Concentrations of Credit Risk

The lending activities of NKF create credit risk in the event that counterparties do not fulfill their contractual payment obligations. In particular, NKF is exposed to credit risk related to the Fannie Mae DUS and Freddie Mac TAH loans (see Note 15). As of December 31, 2016, 29% of $4.7 billion of the maximum loss (see Note 15) was for properties located in California. As of December 31, 2015, 33% of $4.1 billion of the maximum loss (see Note 15) was for properties located in California.

 

(17) Escrow and Custodial Funds

In conjunction with the servicing of multifamily and commercial loans, NKF holds escrow and other custodial funds. Escrow funds are held at unaffiliated financial institutions generally in the form of cash and cash equivalents. These funds amounted to approximately $1.1 billion and $0.6 billion, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These funds are held for the benefit of NKF’s borrowers and are segregated in custodial bank accounts. These amounts are excluded from the assets and liabilities of NKF.

 

F-138


Table of Contents
(18) Fair Value of Financial Liabilities

FASB guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

    Level 1 measurements—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

 

    Level 2 measurements—Quoted prices in markets that are not active or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

    Level 3 measurements—Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

As required by FASB guidance, assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value under FASB guidance at December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Loans held for sale

   $ —        $ 1,071,836      $ —        $ 1,071,836  

Derivative assets

     —          —          19,924        19,924  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ —        $ 1,071,836      $ 19,924      $ 1,091,760  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities -contingent consideration

   $ —        $ —        $ 38,713      $ 38,713  

Derivative liabilities

     —          —          9,670        9,670  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 48,383      $ 48,383  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2015  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Loans held for sale

   $ —        $ 359,109      $ —        $ 359,109  

Derivative assets

     —          —          9,531        9,531  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ —        $ 359,109      $ 9,531      $ 368,640  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities :

           

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities -contingent consideration

   $ —        $ —        $ 58,631      $ 58,631  

Derivative liabilities

     —          —          3,231        3,231  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 61,862      $ 61,862  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no transfers between level 1, 2 and level 3 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

F-139


Table of Contents

Derivative instruments are outstanding for short periods of time (generally less than 60 days). A roll forward of derivative instruments and contingent consideration (level 3) that require valuation based upon significant unobservable inputs, is presented below (in thousands):

 

    As of December 31, 2016  
    Opening
Balance
    Total realized
and unrealized
(gains) losses
included in Net
income(1)
    Issuances     Settlements     Closing
Balance
    Unrealized
(gains) losses
Outstanding as
of December 31,
2016
 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities—contingent consideration

  $ 58,631     $ (14,512   $ 6,019     $ (11,425   $ 38,713     $ 2,343  

Derivative assets and liabilities, net

    6,300       10,254       —         (6,300     10,254       N/A  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
  $ 64,931     $ (4,258   $ 6,019     $ (17,725   $ 48,967    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

    As of December 31, 2015  
    Opening
Balance
    Total realized
and unrealized
(gains) losses
included in Net
income(1)
    Issuances     Settlements     Closing
Balance
    Unrealized
(gains) losses
Outstanding as
of December 31,
2015
 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities—contingent consideration

  $ 42,349     $ 2,956     $ 22,833     $ (9,507   $ 58,631     $ 1,408  

Derivative assets and liabilities, net

    7,394       6,300       —         (7,394     6,300       N/A  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
  $ 49,743     $ 9,256     $ 22,833     $ (16,901   $ 64,931    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1) Realized losses are reported in “other income, net” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

Quantitative Information About Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The following tables present quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs utilized by NKF in the fair value measurement of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

December 31, 2016

Level 3 assets and liabilities

   Assets      Liabilities     

Significant Unobservable Inputs

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities:

         Discount rate—4.99% weighted average rate(a)

Contingent consideration

   $ —        $ 38,713      Financial forecast information

Derivative assets and liabilities:

        

Forward sale contracts

     2,100        —        Counterparty credit risk
        

Rate lock commitments

     17,824        9,670      Counterparty credit risk
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 19,924      $ 48,383     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

December 31, 2015

Level 3 assets and liabilities

   Assets      Liabilities     

Significant Unobservable Inputs

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities:

         Discount rate—3.79% weighted average rate(a)

Contingent consideration

   $ —        $ 58,631      Financial forecast information

Derivative assets and liabilities:

        

Forward sale contracts

     2,401        —        Counterparty credit risk
        

Rate lock commitments

     7,130        3,231      Counterparty credit risk
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 9,531      $ 61,862     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

F-140


Table of Contents

 

(a) NKF’s estimate of contingent consideration as of December 31, 2016 was based on the acquired business’ projected future financial performance, including revenues.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the present value of expected payments related to NKF’s contingent consideration was $38,713 and $58,631, respectively. Valuations for contingent consideration are conducted by NKF. Each reporting period, NKF updates unobservable inputs. NKF has a formal process to review changes in fair value for satisfactory explanation.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value of NKF’s contingent consideration are the discount rate and forecasted financial information. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate would have resulted in a lower (higher) fair value measurement. Significant increases (decreases) in the forecasted financial information would have resulted in a higher (lower) fair value measurement. The undiscounted value of the payments, assuming that all contingencies are met, would be $43,441 and $67,038 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The carrying amount and the fair value of NKF’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 is presented below (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2016      December 31, 2015  
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value      Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value  

Financial Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 33,589      $ 33,589      $ 100,894      $ 100,894  

Restricted cash

     50,927        50,927        48,742        48,742  

Loans held for sale

     1,071,836        1,071,836        359,109        359,109  

Derivative assets

     19,924        19,924        9,531        9,531  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,176,276      $ 1,176,276      $ 518,276      $ 518,276  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

           

Derivative liabilities

     9,670        9,670        3,231        3,231  

Warehouse notes payable

     257,969        257,969        359,634        359,634  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 267,639      $ 267,639      $ 362,865      $ 362,865  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

 

    Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents—The carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the highly liquid nature and short maturity of these instruments. (Level 1)

 

    Loans held for sale—Consists of originated loans that have been sold to third-party investors at a fixed price and are generally settled within 30 days from the date of funding. (Level 2)

 

    Derivatives—Consists of rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts. These instruments are valued using discounted cash flow models based on changes in market interest rates and other observable market data. (Level 3)

 

    Mortgage servicing rights, net—As noted in Note 2 and Note 10, MSRs are initially recorded at fair value and then are subsequently measured using the amortization method. MSRs are assessed for impairment at least annually and a valuation allowance is established if any class or strata within a class of MSRs is deemed to be impaired. At December 31, 2016, certain MSRs were deemed to be impaired by a total of $7,742 and as a result are represented on the combined balance sheets at fair value. The fair value of the MSRs measured on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2016 was $59,141 and are considered to be Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

 

F-141


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2015, certain MSRs were deemed to be impaired by a total of $7,936 and as a result are represented on the combined balance sheets at fair value. The fair value of the MSRs measured on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2015 was $44,217 and are considered to be Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

 

    Warehouse notes payable—Consists of borrowings under warehouse line agreements. The borrowing rates on the warehouse lines are based short term London Interbank Offered Rates (LIBOR) plus applicable margins. The carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short term maturity of these instruments. (Level 2)

Fair value of derivative instruments and loans held for sale

In the normal course of business, NKF enters into contractual commitments to originate and sell loans at fixed prices with fixed expiration dates. The commitments become effective when the borrowers rate lock their interest rate within time frames established by NKF. Borrowers are evaluated for creditworthiness prior to this commitment. Market risk arises if interest rates move adversely between the time of the rate lock by the borrower and the date the loan is sold to an investor.

To mitigate the effect of the interest rate risk inherent in providing rate lock commitments to borrowers, NKF’s enters a sale commitment with an investor simultaneously with the rate lock commitment with the borrower. The sale contract with the investor locks in an interest rate and price for the sale of the loan. The terms of the contract with the investor and the rate lock with the borrower are matched in substantially all respects, with the objective of eliminating interest rate risk to the extent practical. Sale commitments with the investors have an expiration date that is longer than our related commitments to the borrower to allow, among other things, for the closing of the loan and processing of paperwork to deliver the loan into the sale commitment.

Both the rate lock commitments to borrowers and the forward sale contracts to investors are derivatives and, accordingly, are marked to fair value through the statement of income. The fair value of NKF’s rate lock commitments to borrowers and loans held for sale and the related input levels includes, as applicable:

 

    The assumed gain/loss of the expected loan sale to the investor;

 

    The expected net future cash flows associate with servicing the loan;

 

    The effects of interest rate movements between the date of the rate lock and the balance sheet date; and

 

    The nonperformance risk of both the counterparty and NKF.

The fair value of NKF’s forward sales contracts to investors considers effects of interest rate movements between the trade date and the balance sheet date. The market price changes are multiplied by the notional amount of the forward sales contracts to measure the fair value.

The gain/loss considers the amount that NKF has discounted the price to the borrower from par for competitive reasons, if at all, and the expected net cash flows from servicing to be received upon sale of the loan. The fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with servicing the loan is calculated pursuant to the valuation techniques described in Note 10.

To calculate the effects of interest rate movements, NKF uses applicable U.S. Treasury prices, and multiplies the price movement between the rate lock date and the balance sheet date by the notional loan commitment amount.

The fair value of NKF’s forward sales contracts to investors considers the market price movement of the same type of security between the trade date and the balance sheet date. The market price changes are multiplied by the notional amount of the forward sales contracts to measure the fair value.

 

F-142


Table of Contents

The fair value of NKF’s rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts is adjusted to reflect the risk that the agreement will not be fulfilled. The Company’s exposure to nonperformance in rate lock and forward sale contracts is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. Given the credit quality of our counterparties, the short duration of rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts, and the Company’s historical experience with the agreements, management does not believe the risk of nonperformance by the Company’s counterparties to be significant.

The fair value of the Company’s loans held for sale include the gain/loss for pricing discounts and expected net future cash flows and the effect of interest rate movements as described above.

 

    Fair Value Adjustment Components     Balance Sheet Location  

December 31, 2016

  Notional or
Principal
Amount
    Assumed
Gain (Loss)
on Sale
    Interest Rate
Movement
Effect
    Total Fair
Value
Adjustment
    Derivative
Contract
Assets
    Derivative
Contract
Liabilities
    Fair Value
Adjustment to
Loans Held
for Sale
 

Rate lock commitments

  $ 201,603     $ 2,100     $ (9,670   $ (7,570   $ 2,100     $ (9,670   $ —    

Forward sale contracts

    1,276,032       148       17,676       17,824       17,824       —         —    

Loans held for sale

    1,074,429       5,413       (8,006     (2,593     —         —         (2,593
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $ 7,661     $ —       $ 7,661     $ 19,924     $ (9,670   $ (2,593
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Fair Value Adjustment Components     Balance Sheet Location  

December 31, 2015

  Notional or
Principal
Amount
    Assumed
Gain (Loss)
on Sale
    Interest Rate
Movement
Effect
    Total Fair
Value
Adjustment
    Derivative
Contract
Assets
    Derivative
Contract
Liabilities
    Fair Value
Adjustment to
Loans Held
for Sale
 

Rate lock commitments

  $ 126,370     $ 261     $ (3,231   $ (2,970   $ 261     $ (3,231   $ —    

Forward sale contracts

    486,534       2,401       6,869       9,270       9,270       —         —    

Loans held for sale

    360,164       2,582       (3,638     (1,056     —         —         (1,056
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $ 5,244     $ —       $ 5,244     $ 9,531     $ (3,231   $ (1,056
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(19) Related Party Transactions

 

  (a) Service Agreements

NKF receives administrative services including but not limited to, treasury, legal, accounting, information technology, payroll administration, human resources, incentive compensation plans and other support provided by Cantor and BGC. Where it is possible to specifically attribute such expenses to activities of NKF, these amounts have been expensed directly to NKF and have been included in the respective line item on the Combined Statement of Operations. Direct costs are primarily comprised of rent and equity and other incentive compensation expenses. Allocations of expenses not directly attributable to NKF are based on a services agreement between BGC and Cantor which reflects the utilization of service provided or benefits received by NKF during the periods presented on a consistent basis, such as headcount, square footage, revenue, etc. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, allocated expenses were $18,010 and $18,471, respectively. These expenses are included as part of “Fees to related parties” in NKF’s Combined Statements of Operations.

BGC uses a centralized approach to cash management. Accordingly, excess cash and cash equivalents are held by BGC at the corporate level and were not attributed to NKF for any of the periods presented. Transfers of cash, both to and from BGC’s centralized cash management system, are reflected as a related party receivable or payable on the Combined Balance Sheet and as change in related party payable and receivable in operating activities within the accompanying Combined Statement of Cash Flows. Debt obligations of BGC have not been included in the Combined Financial Statements of NKF, because NKF is not a party to the obligation between BGC and the debt holders.

 

F-143


Table of Contents
  (b) Loans, Forgivable Loans and Other Receivables from Employees and Partners

NKF has entered into various agreements with certain employees and partners whereby these individuals receive loans which may be either wholly or in part repaid from the distribution earnings that the individuals receive on some or all of their limited partnership interests or may be forgiven over a period of time. The forgivable portion of these loans is recognized as compensation expense over the life of the loan. From time to time, NKF may also enter into agreements with employees and partners to grant bonus and salary advances or other types of loans. These advances and loans are repayable in the timeframes outlined in the underlying agreements.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the aggregate balance of employee loans was $184,160 and $91,730, respectively, and is included as “Loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and partners ” in NKF’s combined balance sheets. Compensation expense for the above mentioned employee loans for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $25,791 and $49,062, respectively. The compensation expense related to these employee loans is included as part of “Compensation and employee benefits” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

 

  (c) Transactions with Cantor Commercial Real Estate Company, L.P.

Loans are referred to NKF by CCRE and NKF refers loans to CCRE. Revenue from these referrals were $47,953 and $17,932 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively and were recognized in gains from mortgage activities in the combined statements of operations.

NKF also has a referral agreement in place with CCRE in which brokers are incentivized to refer business to CCRE through a revenue-share arrangement. In connection with this revenue-share agreement, NKF recognized revenues of $304 and $0 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. This revenue was recorded as part of “commissions” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

On March 11, 2015, NKF and CCRE entered into a note receivable/payable that allows for advances to or from CCRE at an interest rate of 1 month LIBOR plus 1.0%. As of December 31, 2016, there was $690.0 million of outstanding advances due to CCRE on the note and this balance is included in due to affiliates in the accompanying combined balance sheet. As of December 31, 2015, there were no outstanding advances on the note.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, NKF purchased the primary servicing rights of $2.9 billion of loans originated by CCRE for $3.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2015, NKF purchased the primary servicing rights of $8.3 billion of loans originated by CCRE for $9.2 million. NKF also services loans for CCRE on a “fee for service” basis, generally prior to a loan’s sale or securitization, and for which no MSR is recognized. Servicing revenue (excludes interest and placement fees) from loans purchased from CCRE or on a “fee for service” basis for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $3.6 million and $2.7 million, respectively, and was recognized in management services, servicing fees and other in the combined statements of operations.

 

  (d) Related Party Receivables and Payables

NKF has receivables and payables to and from certain affiliate entities. As of December 31, 2016, the related party receivables and payables were $108,817 and $884,474, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, the related party receivables and payables were $125,842 and $147,488, respectively.

 

(20) Income Taxes

NKF’s combined financial statements include U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on NKF’s allocable share of the U.S. results of operations, as well as taxes payable to jurisdictions outside the U.S. In addition,

 

F-144


Table of Contents

certain of NKF’s entities are taxed as U.S. partnerships and are subject to the Unincorporated Business Tax (“UBT”) in New York City. Therefore, the tax liability or benefit related to the partnership income or loss except for UBT rests with the partners rather than the partnership entity. Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method, as prescribed in FASB guidance on Accounting for Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

     Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
         2016              2015      

Current:

     

U.S. federal

   $ 4,253      $ 3,648  

U.S. state and local

     599        975  

Foreign

     169        13  

UBT

     113        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5,134        4,637  

Deferred:

     

U.S. federal

     (488      (10,571

U.S. state and local

     (562      (695

UBT

     (91      (15
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (1,141      (11,281
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income tax

   $ 3,993      $ (6,644
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NKF had pre-tax income/(loss) of $171,205 and $(9,370) for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Differences between NKF’s actual income tax expense and the amount calculated utilizing the U.S. federal statutory rates were as follows:

 

     Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
           2016                  2015        

Federal income tax expense at 35% statutory rate(1)

   $ 59,921      $ (3,280

(Income)/loss not subject to tax at Newmark

     (58,179      742  

Income/(loss) subject to tax at Newmark

     544        (691

Incremental impact of foreign taxes compared to the federal rate

     (36      99  

Permanent differences

     968        985  

U.S. state and local taxes, net of U.S. federal benefit

     748        (288

New York City UBT

     22        (14

Enacted rate change

     (143      30  

Uncertain tax positions

     —          208  

Amortization of intangibles

     (95      (4,786

Valuation allowance

     (2      103  

Other

     245        248  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income tax

   $ 3,993      $ (6,644
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included as a component of “Payables to related parties” in NKF’s combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are $21,203 and $17,475, respectively, due to affiliates for income taxes paid on behalf of NKF.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the combined financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on

 

F-145


Table of Contents

deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets if it is deemed more likely than not that those assets will not be realized.

Significant components of NKF’s deferred tax asset and liability consisted of the following:

 

     Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
         2016              2015      

Deferred tax asset

     

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 1,074      $ 1,301  

Basis difference of investments

     908        2,600  

Deferred compensation

     17,628        17,607  

Other deferred and accrued expenses

     3,334        2,746  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net operating loss and credit carry-forwards

     737        639  

Total deferred tax asset

     23,681        24,893  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (607      (642
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset, net of allowance

     23,074        24,251  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability

     

Software capitalization

     769        1,031  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,163        1,611  

Other

     864        918  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability(1)

     2,796        3,560  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 20,278      $ 20,691  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Before netting within tax jurisdictions.

NKF has net operating losses in non-U.S. jurisdictions of approximately $3,311, which has an indefinite life. Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to determine whether existing deferred tax assets will be realized. Accordingly, a valuation allowance of $607 has been recorded against only the portion of the deferred tax asset that is more likely than not to be realized, including a decrease of $35 in 2016 against the net deferred tax asset. NKF’s deferred tax asset and liability are included in NKF’s combined balance sheets as components of “other assets” and “other liabilities”, respectively.

Pursuant to FASB guidance on Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, the Company provides for uncertain tax positions based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities.

A reconciliation of the beginning to the ending amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2016 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ —    

Increase in prior year tax position

     208  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     208  

Increase/(decrease) in prior year tax position

     —    
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 208  
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, NKF’s unrecognized tax benefits, excluding related interest and penalties, were $208, of which $208, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. NKF is currently open to examination by U.S. federal, U.S. state and local, and non-U.S. tax authorities for tax years beginning 2011, 2011 and 2015, respectively. NKF does not believe that the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next 12 months.

 

F-146


Table of Contents

NKF recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in “operating, administrative and other” in the NKF’s combined statements of operations. As of December 31, 2016, NKF accrued $45 for income tax-related interest and penalties.

 

(21) Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

The current portion of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 57,488      $ 48,733  

Payroll taxes payable

     2,898        2,469  

Contingent consideration

     20,458        20,536  

Outside broker payable

     17,712        14,492  

Derivative liability

     9,670        3,231  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 108,226      $ 89,461  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

Financial Guarantee Liability

   $ 413      $ 288  

Deferred rent

     41,545        20,894  

Credit enhancement deposit

     25,000        25,000  

Accrued compensation

     23,953        19,089  

Payroll taxes payable

     28,569        20,950  

Contingent consideration

     18,255        38,096  

Deferred tax liability

     2,796        3,560  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 140,531      $ 127,877  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(22) Compensation

BGC’s Compensation Committee may grant various equity-based awards to employees of NKF, including restricted stock units, limited partnership units and exchange rights for shares of BGC’s Class A common stock upon exchange of limited partnership units.

 

  (a) Limited Partnership Units

A summary of the activity associated with limited partnership units is as follows:

 

     Number of Units  

Balance at December 31, 2015

     38,000,970  

Granted

     19,149,118  

Redeemed/exchanged units

     (3,351,944

Forfeited units

     (390,517
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

     53,407,627  
  

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, BGC granted exchangeability on 3,834,273 and 16,432,000 limited partnership units for which NKF incurred compensation expense, before associated income taxes of $45,573 and $130,587, respectively.

 

F-147


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the number of limited partnership units exchangeable into shares of BGC’s Class A common stock at the discretion of the unit holder was 8,752,862 and 4,500,000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the notional value of the limited partnership units with a post-termination pay-out amount held by executives and non-executive employees, awarded in lieu of cash compensation for salaries, commissions and/or discretionary or guaranteed bonuses was approximately $147,290 and $21,492, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the aggregate estimated fair value of these limited partnership units was approximately $19,626 and $5,954. The number of outstanding limited partnership units with a post-termination pay-out as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was approximately 16,486,016 and 2,695,000, respectively, of which approximately 10,908,708 and 1,346,000 were unvested.

Certain of the limited partnership units with a post-termination pay-out have been granted in connection with NKF’s acquisitions. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the aggregate estimated fair value of these acquisition related limited partnership units was $12,834 and $7,411, respectively.

Compensation expense related to limited partnership units with a post-termination pay-out amount is recognized over the stated service period. These units generally vest between three and five years from the date of grant. NKF recognized compensation expense, before associated income taxes, related to these limited partnership units that were not redeemed of $13,778 and $11,537 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These are included in “Compensation and employee benefits” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

Certain limited partnership units generally receive quarterly allocations of net income, which are cash distributed on a quarterly basis and generally contingent upon services being provided by the unit holders. The allocation of income to limited partnership units was $26,476 and $11,555 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

  (b) Restricted Stock Units

A summary of the activity associated with RSUs is as follows:

 

     Restricted Stock
Units
     Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(Years)
 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     244,248      $ 4.68        1.79  

Granted

     148,061        7.93     

Delivered units

     (95,867      4.40     

Forfeited units

     (37,916      5.57     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     258,526        6.52        1.56  

Granted

     196,855        7.87     

Delivered units

     (141,490      5.85     

Forfeited units

     (28,166      7.64     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

     285,725      $ 7.56        1.75  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of RSUs awarded to employees and directors is determined on the date of grant based on the market value of BGC’s common stock (adjusted if appropriate based upon the award’s eligibility to receive dividends), and is recognized, net of the effect of estimated forfeitures, ratably over the vesting period. NKF uses historical data, including historical forfeitures and turnover rates, to estimate expected forfeiture rates for both employee and director RSUs. Each RSU is settled in one share of BGC’s Class A common stock upon completion of the vesting period.

 

F-148


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, BGC granted 196,855 and 148,061, respectively, of RSUs with aggregate estimated grant date fair values of $1,550 and $1,174, respectively, to employees and directors. These RSUs were awarded in lieu of cash compensation for salaries, commissions and/or discretionary or guaranteed bonuses. RSUs granted to these individuals generally vest over a two- to four-year period.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the aggregate estimated grant date fair value of outstanding RSUs was $2,193 and $1,685, respectively.

Compensation expense related to RSUs, before associated income taxes, was approximately $985 and $608 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, there was approximately $1,859 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested RSUs.

NKF may pay certain bonuses in the form of deferred cash compensation awards, which generally vest over a future service period. The total compensation expense recognized in relation to the deferred cash compensation awards for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $1.3 million and $2.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the total liability for the deferred cash compensation awards was $2.6 million and $3.8 million, respectively, and is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the combined balance sheets. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the total notional value of deferred cash compensation was approximately $4.5 million and $6.5 million, respectively.

 

(23) Commitments and Contingencies

 

  (a) Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes certain of NKF’s contractual obligations at December 31, 2016:

 

     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 

Operating leases(1)

   $ 335,953      $ 34,591      $ 64,930      $ 59,002      $ 177,430  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 335,953      $ 34,591      $ 64,930      $ 59,002      $ 177,430  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Operating leases are related to rental payments under various non-cancelable leases principally for office space, net of sublease payments to be received. The total amount of sublease payments to be received over the life of the agreements was approximately $3,704 and $890 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, NKF was committed to fund approximately $207 million and $156 million, respectively, which is the total remaining draws on construction loans originated by NKF under the HUD 221(d)4, 220 and 232 programs, rate locked loans that have not been funded, forward commitments as well as the funding for Fannie Mae Structured Transactions. NKF also has corresponding commitments to sell these loans to various investors as they are funded.

 

F-149


Table of Contents
  (b) Lease Commitments

NKF is obligated for minimum rental payments under various non-cancelable operating leases, principally for office space, expiring at various dates through 2031. Certain of the leases contain escalation clauses that require payment of additional rent to the extent of increases in certain operating or other costs. As of December 31, 2016, minimum lease payments under these arrangements were as follows:

 

2017

   $ 34,591  

2018

     33,879  

2019

     31,051  

2020

     30,673  

2021

     28,329  

2022 and thereafter

     177,430  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 335,953  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $37,261 and $33,213. Rent expense is reported in “operating, administrative and other” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

 

  (c) Contingent Payments Related to Acquisitions

During the year ended December 31, 2016, NKF completed acquisitions, whose purchase price included approximately 166,894 shares of BGC’s Class A common stock (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $1,545), 285,354 of BGC Holding limited partnership units (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $2,590) and $6,018 in cash that may be issued contingent on certain targets being met through 2021. NKF completed acquisitions in 2014, 2015 and 2016 for which contingent cash consideration may be issued on certain targets being met through 2021 of $28,323. The contingent equity instruments are issued by BGC on behalf of NKF and are recorded as a payable to related party on the combined balance sheet. The contingent cash liability is recorded at fair value as deferred consideration on the combined balance sheet.

 

  (d) Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, various legal actions are brought and are pending against NKF and its subsidiaries in the U.S. and internationally. In some of these actions, substantial amounts are claimed. NKF is also involved, from time to time, in reviews, examinations, investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agencies (both formal and informal) regarding NKF’s businesses, which may result in judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief. The following generally does not include matters that NKF has pending against other parties which, if successful, would result in awards in favor of NKF or its subsidiaries.

 

  (e) Employment, Competitor-Related and Other Litigation

From time to time, NKF and its subsidiaries are involved in litigation, claims and arbitrations in the U.S. and internationally, relating to various employment matters, including with respect to termination of employment, hiring of employees currently or previously employed by competitors, terms and conditions of employment and other matters. In light of the competitive nature of the brokerage industry, litigation, claims and arbitration between competitors regarding employee hiring are not uncommon.

Legal reserves are established in accordance with FASB guidance on Accounting for Contingencies, when a material legal liability is both probable and reasonably estimable. Once established, reserves are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change. The outcome of such items cannot be determined with certainty. NKF is unable to estimate a possible loss or range of loss in connection with specific matters beyond its current accrual and any other amounts disclosed. Management believes that, based on currently available information, the final outcome of these current pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on NKF’s combined financial statements and disclosures taken as a whole.

 

F-150


Table of Contents
  (f) Risk and Uncertainties

NKF generates revenues by providing financial intermediary and brokerage activities and commercial real estate services to institutional customers. Revenues for these services are transaction-based. As a result, revenues could vary based on the transaction volume of global financial and real estate markets. Additionally, financing is sensitive to interest rate fluctuations, which could have an impact on NKF’s overall profitability.

 

(24) Subsequent Events

On July 26, 2017, NKF acquired a controlling interest in Spring11 Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“S11 LP”) and Spring11 Advisory Services Limited, a private company limited by shares registered in England and Wales (“S11 UK” and, together with S11 LP and the other Spring11 entities, “Spring11”). BGC and CCRE (both Cantor controlled affiliates agreed to purchase 75% of Spring11. BGC acquired a 50% controlling interest and CCRE acquired an additional 25%. BGC contributed the 50% controlling interest to NKF.

Spring11 provides commercial real estate consulting and advisory services to a variety of commercial real estate clients, including lenders, investment banks, and investors. Spring11’s core competencies include: underwriting, modeling, structuring, due diligence and asset management. Spring11 also offers clients cost-effective and flexible staffing solutions through both on-site and off-site teams. Spring11 has offices in the United States located in New York, Atlanta, Los Angeles and Texas, in London, United Kingdom and in Chennai, India.

Commensurate with the BPF acquisition, BGC has committed to make a $100 million investment into a newly created joint venture entity controlled and managed by Cantor. The purpose of this entity will be to invest in various other Cantor real estate business. BGC will account for the investment under the equity method of accounting and will contribute the investment to NKF upon closing of the BPF acquisition.

 

F-151


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK (INCLUDING BERKELEY POINT)

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     June 30,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 

Assets:

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 95,722      $ 66,627  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

     52,111        50,927  

Loans held for sale

     933,850        1,071,836  

Receivables, net

     173,014        151,169  

Receivable from related parties

     239,882        108,817  

Other current assets (see Note 13)

     29,486        33,369  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,524,065        1,482,745  

Goodwill

     419,751        412,846  

Mortgage servicing rights, net

     376,427        339,816  

Loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and partners

     197,560        184,159  

Fixed assets, net

     59,737        56,450  

Other intangible assets, net

     27,687        30,312  

Other assets (see Note 13)

     27,093        28,360  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,632,320      $ 2,534,688  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

     

Current portion of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities (see Note 21)

     105,790        108,226  

Payable to related parties

     203,626        889,162  

Warehouse notes payable

     933,909        257,969  

Accrued compensation

     159,851        155,017  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,403,176        1,410,374  

Other long-term liabilities (see Note 21)

     147,449        140,531  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,550,625        1,550,905  

Commitments and contingencies

     

Invested Equity:

     

BGC Partners’ net investment in Newmark

     1,080,543        981,776  

Noncontrolling interests

     1,152        2,007  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total invested equity

     1,081,695        983,783  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 2,632,320      $ 2,534,688  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-152


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK (INCLUDING BERKELEY POINT)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
             2017                     2016          

Revenues:

    

Commissions

   $ 444,806     $ 373,867  

Gain from mortgage banking activities, net

     118,808       73,631  

Management services, servicing fees and other

     174,039       142,271  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     737,653       589,769  

Expenses:

    

Compensation and employee benefits

     453,663       378,375  

Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units

     34,500       23,435  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total compensation and employee benefits

     488,163       401,810  

Operating, administrative and other

     106,786       87,682  

Fees to related parties

     8,885       9,841  

Depreciation and amortization

     41,455       37,438  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     645,289       536,771  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (losses), net

    

Other income (loss)

     (1,308     (1,886
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (losses), net

     (1,308     (1,886
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     91,056       51,112  

Interest income, net

     2,515       1,756  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     93,571       52,868  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     1,407       858  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     92,164       52,010  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     308       (564
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) to BGC Partners

   $ 91,856     $ 52,574  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-153


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK (INCLUDING BERKELEY POINT)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
             2017                      2016          

Net income (loss)

   $ 92,164      $ 52,010  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     92,164        52,010  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     308        (564
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to BGC Partners

   $ 91,856      $ 52,574  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-154


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK (INCLUDING BERKELEY POINT)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN INVESTED EQUITY

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     BGC’s Net
Investment in
Newmark
     Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total  

Balance, December 31, 2015

   $ 800,193      $ 3,841     $ 804,034  

Net income/(loss)

     168,401        (1,189     167,212  

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

     —          (311     (311

Purchase of noncontrolling interest

     334        (334     —    

Contributions

     12,848        —         12,848  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

   $ 981,776      $ 2,007     $ 983,783  

Net income/(loss)

     91,856        308       92,164  

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

     —          (71     (71

Purchase of noncontrolling interest

     1,092        (1,092     —    

Contributions

     5,819        —         5,819  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2017

   $ 1,080,543      $ 1,152     $ 1,081,695  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-155


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK (INCLUDING BERKELEY POINT)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2017     2016  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net income

   $ 92,164     $ 52,010  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Gain on originated mortgage servicing rights

     (69,265     (46,262

Depreciation and amortization

     41,455       37,438  

Employee loan amortization

     4,358       3,668  

Unrealized losses (gains) on loans held for sale

     (2,534     (4,144

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     807       704  

Provision for uncollectible accounts

     (13     (855

Loan originations—loans held for sale

     (5,811,773     (3,281,613

Loan sales—loans held for sale

     5,952,293       3,091,227  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

     (1,184     (2,626

Receivables, net

     (21,844     18,394  

Loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and partners

     (17,757     (89,773

Other assets

     4,899       996  

Accrued compensation

     8,848       (6,685

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     9,143       8,445  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     189,597       (219,076
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Purchases of noncontrolling interest, net of cash acquired

     (1,092     (421

Purchases of fixed assets

     (8,224     (8,268

Payments to related parties

     (285,000     (175,000

Borrowings from related parties

     155,000       175,000  

Purchase of mortgage servicing rights

     (577     (2,181
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (139,893     (10,870
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from warehouse notes payable

     5,851,890       3,281,613  

Principal payments on warehouse notes payable

     (5,175,950     (3,437,697

Payments to related parties

     (1,119,847     (412,943

Borrowings from related parties

     434,763       806,875  

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

     (71     —    

Payments on acquisition earn-outs

     (10,509     (3,179

Payment of deferred financing costs

     (884     (869
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (20,608     233,800  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     29,096       3,854  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     66,627       111,430  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 95,723     $ 115,284  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the period for:

    

Interest

   $ 12,263     $ 6,266  

Taxes

   $ 24     $ 58  

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing activities from acquisitions:

    

Net assets contributed by BGC Partners’ (see Note 3)

   $ 6,214     $ 4,630  

The accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-156


Table of Contents

NEWMARK KNIGHT FRANK (INCLUDING BERKELEY POINT)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016

(In thousands, except units)

 

(1) Organization and Basis of Presentation

Newmark Knight Frank, formerly known as Newmark Grubb Knight Frank, (which may be referred to as “Newmark” or “NKF”), is a leading commercial real estate services firm. Newmark offers commercial real estate tenants, owner-occupiers, investors and developers a wide range of services, including leasing and corporate advisory, investment sales and real estate finance, origination of and servicing of commercial mortgage loans, valuation, project and development management and property and facility management.

Newmark was formed through BGC Partners Inc.’s (“BGC Partners” or “BGC”) purchase of Newmark & Co. and certain of its affiliates in 2011. BGC Holdings, L.P. (“BGC Holdings”) is a consolidated subsidiary of BGC for which BGC is the general partner. A majority of the voting power of BGC Partners is held by Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P. and its affiliates, which we refer to as “Cantor.”

On July 17, 2017, BGC’s Board of Directors approved the acquisition of Berkeley Point Financial (“BPF”) from a Cantor controlled affiliate, (“The BPF acquisition.”). The transaction closed on September 8, 2017, and BPF will become part of Newmark. The acquisition of BPF by Newmark has been determined to be a combination of entities under common control that will result in a change in the reporting entity. Accordingly, financial results of NKF have been retrospectively adjusted to include the financial results of BPF in the current and prior periods presented.

BGC’s Board of Directors also approved proceeding with a plan to spin-off NKF into a separate public entity subsequent to the closing of the BPF acquisition. The spin-off is expected to be completed approximately six months after the completion of the initial public offering of NKF and subject to final board approval prior to completion.

 

  (a) Basis of Presentation

NKF’s combined financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”). The NKF combined financial statements were prepared on a stand-alone basis derived from the financial statements and accounting records of BGC. For the periods presented, NKF was an unincorporated reportable segment of BGC. These combined financial statements reflect the historical results of operations, financial position and cash flows of NKF as it was historically managed and adjusted to conform with U.S. GAAP. These combined financial statements are presented as if NKF had operated on a stand-alone basis for all periods presented. NKF’s combined financial statements include all of the BGC subsidiaries that comprise the real estate segment, all of which are controlled by BGC.

On September 8, 2017, BGC acquired from Cantor Commercial Real Estate Company, LP (“CCRE”), 100% of the equity of BPF. BPF is a leading commercial real estate finance company focused on the origination and sale of multifamily and other commercial real estate loans through government-sponsored and government-funded loan programs, as well as the servicing of commercial real estate loans. This transaction has been determined to be a combination of entities under common control that resulted in a change in the reporting entity.

 

F-157


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize the impact of the transaction to NKF’s combined balance sheets and to NKF’s combined statements of operations as of and for the six months ended June 30, 3017 and year ended December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2017  
     As Previously
Reported
     Retrospective
Adjustments
     As Retrospectively
Adjusted
 

Total assets

   $ 1,028,597      $ 1,603,723      $ 2,632,320  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     504,111        1,046,514        1,550,625  

Total invested equity

     524,486        557,209        1,081,695  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 1,028,597      $ 1,603,723      $ 2,632,320  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2017  
     As Previously
Reported
     Retrospective
Adjustments
     As Retrospectively
Adjusted
 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

   $ 15,745      $ 77,826      $ 93,571  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     14,362        77,802        92,164  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     308        —          308  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) to BGC

   $ 14,054      $ 77,802      $ 91,856  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2016  
     As Previously
Reported
     Retrospective
Adjustments
     As Retrospectively
Adjusted
 

Total assets

   $ 995,491      $ 1,539,197      $ 2,534,688  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     491,510        1,059,395        1,550,905  

Total invested equity

     503,981        479,802        983,783  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 995,491      $ 1,539,197      $ 2,534,688  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2016  
     As Previously
Reported
    Retrospective
Adjustments
     As Retrospectively
Adjusted
 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

   $ 45,295     $ 125,910      $ 171,205  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     41,382       125,830        167,212  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (1,189     —          (1,189
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) to BGC

   $ 42,571     $ 125,830      $ 168,401  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intercompany balances and transactions within NKF have been eliminated. Transactions between Cantor and BGC with NKF pursuant to service agreements between BGC and Cantor (Note 19), represent valid receivables and liabilities of NKF, which are periodically cash settled, have been included in the Combined Financial Statements as either Receivables to or Payables from Related Parties. Additionally, certain other transactions between BGC and NKF are contributions of BGC’s net investment in NKF including acquisitions (Note 3).

NKF receives administrative services to support its operations, and in return, Cantor and BGC allocate certain of their expenses to NKF. Such expenses represent costs related, but not limited to, treasury, legal, accounting, information technology, payroll administration, human resources, incentive compensation plans and other services. These costs, together with an allocation of Cantor and BGC overhead costs, are included as expenses in the Combined Statements of Operations. Where it is possible to specifically attribute such expenses to activities of NKF, these amounts have been expensed directly to NKF. Allocation of all other such expenses is

 

F-158


Table of Contents

based on a services agreement between BGC and Cantor which reflects the utilization of service provided or benefits received by NKF during the periods presented on a consistent basis, such as headcount, square footage, revenue, etc. Management believes the assumptions underlying the stand-alone financial statements, including the assumptions regarding allocated expenses, reasonably reflect the utilization of services provided to or the benefit received by NKF during the periods presented. However, these shared expenses may not represent the amounts that would have been incurred had NKF operated independently from Cantor and BGC. Actual costs that would have been incurred if NKF had been a stand-alone company would depend on multiple factors, including organizational structure and strategic decisions in various areas, including information technology and infrastructure. For an additional discussion of expense allocations, see Note 19.

BGC uses a centralized approach to cash management. Accordingly, excess cash and cash equivalents are held by BGC at the corporate level and were not attributed to NKF for any of the periods presented. Transfers of cash, both to and from BGC’s centralized cash management system, are reflected as a related party receivable or payable on the Combined Balance Sheet and as part of the change in payments to and borrowings from related parties in the financing section within the accompanying Combined Statement of Cash Flows. Debt obligations of BGC have not been included in the Combined Financial Statements of NKF, because NKF is not a party to the obligation between BGC and the debt holders.

The income tax provision in the Combined Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income has been calculated as if NKF was operating on a stand-alone basis and filed separate tax returns in the jurisdiction in which it operates. NKF’s operations have historically been included in the BGC U.S. federal and state tax returns. BGC’s global tax model has been developed based on its entire portfolio of businesses. Therefore cash tax payments and items of current and deferred taxes may not be reflective of NKF’s actual tax balances prior to or subsequent to NKF operating as a stand-alone company.

The combined financial statements contain all normal and recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the combined balance sheets, the combined statements of operations, the combined statements of comprehensive income, the combined statements of cash flows and the combined statements of changes in invested equity of NKF for the periods presented.

 

  (b) Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern, which relates to disclosure of uncertainties about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The ASU provides additional guidance on management’s responsibility to evaluate the condition of an entity and the required disclosures based on this assessment. The amendments in this update are effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and early application is permitted. The adoption of this FASB guidance did not impact NKF’s combined financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis. The amendment eliminates the deferral of certain consolidation standards for entities considered to be investment companies and modifies the consolidation analysis performed on certain types of legal entities. The guidance was effective beginning January 1, 2016 and early adoption was permitted. The adoption of this FASB guidance did not have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest, which relates to simplifying the presentation of debt issuance costs. This ASU requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The amendments in this update were effective for the annual period beginning January 1, 2016 for NKF. The adoption of this FASB guidance did not have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

 

F-159


Table of Contents

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments. This ASU requires adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period of a business combination to be recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. Acquirers are no longer required to revise comparative information for prior periods as if the accounting for the business combination had been completed as of the acquisition date. The guidance was effective beginning January 1, 2016. The adoption of this FASB guidance did not have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting , which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification of related amounts within the statement of cash flows. The new standard was effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2017, and early adoption was permitted. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on NKF’s combined financial statements.

 

  (c) New Accounting Pronouncements

The FASB has recently issued five ASUs related to revenue recognition (“new revenue recognition guidance”), all of which will become effective for the company on January 1, 2018. The ASUs issued are: (1) in May 2014, ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) ;” (2) in March 2016, ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) ;” (3) in April 2016, ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing ;” (4) in May 2016, ASU 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-scope Improvements and Practical Expedients ;” and (5) in December 2016, ASU 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue From Contracts with Customers .” ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers and will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. This ASU permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. ASU 2016-08 clarifies the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. ASU 2016-10 clarifies guidance related to identifying performance obligations and licensing implementation guidance contained in ASU 2014-09. ASU 2016-12 clarifies guidance in certain narrow areas and adds some practical expedients. ASU 2016-20 also clarifies guidance in certain narrow areas and adds optional exemptions to certain disclosure requirements.

We plan to adopt the new revenue recognition guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and are evaluating the application of a transition method. We continue to evaluate the impact that adoption of these updates will have on our combined financial statements and related disclosures. Based on our initial assessment, the impact of the application of the new revenue recognition guidance will likely result in an acceleration of some revenues that are based, in part, on future contingent events. For example, some brokerage revenues from leasing commissions in various countries where we operate will get recognized earlier. Under current GAAP, a portion of these commissions are deferred until a future contingency is resolved (e.g. tenant move-in or payment of first month’s rent). Under the new revenue guidance, NKF’s performance obligation may be satisfied at lease signing and therefore the portion of the commission that is contingent on a future event would likely be recognized earlier if deemed not subject to significant reversal. We are currently evaluating the impact of principal versus agent guidance in relation to third-party costs which are billed to clients in association with facilities management services and the impact on our unaudited combined financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This ASU requires entities to measure equity investments that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method at fair value and recognize any changes in fair value in net income unless the investments qualify for the new practicability exception. Entities will also have to record changes in instrument-specific credit risk for financial

 

F-160


Table of Contents

liabilities measured under the fair value option in other comprehensive income. In addition, entities will be required to present enhanced disclosures of financial assets and financial liabilities. The guidance is effective beginning January 1, 2018, with early adoption of certain provisions of the ASU permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on NKF’s unaudited combined financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and lease liability for all leases with terms of more than 12 months. Recognition, measurement and presentation of expenses will depend on classification as finance or operating lease. The amendments also require certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures. Accounting guidance for lessors is largely unchanged. The guidance is effective beginning January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on NKF’s unaudited combined financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230)—Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which makes changes to how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The new standard will become effective for NKF beginning with the first quarter of 2018 and will require adoption on a retrospective basis. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on NKF’s unaudited combined financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230)—Restricted Cash, which requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The new standard will become effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2018 and will require adoption on a retrospective basis. The adoption of this FASB guidance will not have a material impact on NKF’s unaudited combined financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the requirement to determine the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit to measure goodwill impairment. Under the amendments in the new ASU, goodwill impairment testing will be performed by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognizing an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The new standard will become effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2020 and will be applied on a prospective basis, and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this FASB guidance is not expected to have a material impact on NKF’s unaudited combined financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805) Clarifying the definition of Business, which clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of providing additional guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) or assets or businesses. The new standard will become effective for the company beginning January 1, 2018 and will be applied on a prospective basis. The adoption of this FASB guidance in not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s unaudited condensed combined financial statements.

 

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates:

The preparation of NKF’s combined financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in these combined financial statements. Management believes that the estimates utilized in preparing these combined financial statements are reasonable. Estimates, by their nature, are based on judgment and available information. Actual results could differ materially from the estimates included in NKF’s combined financial statements.

 

F-161


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition:

Commissions:

Commission revenues from real estate transactions are recognized once performance obligations under the commission arrangement are satisfied. Terms and conditions of a commission arrangement may include execution of the lease agreement and satisfaction of future contingencies such as tenant occupancy. In most cases, a portion of the commission is earned upon execution of the lease agreement, with the remaining portion contingent on a future event, typically tenant occupancy; revenue recognition for the remaining portion is deferred until all contingencies are satisfied.

Commission revenues from sales brokerage transactions are recognized at the time the service has been provided and the commission becomes legally due, except when future contingencies exist. In most cases, close of escrow or transfer of title is a future contingency, and revenue recognition is deferred until all contingencies are satisfied.

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net:

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net are recognized when a derivative asset is recorded upon the commitment to originate a loan with a borrower and sell the loan to an investor. The derivative is recorded at fair value and includes loan origination fees, sales premiums and the estimated fair value of the expected net servicing cash flows. Gains from mortgage banking activities, net are recognized net of related fees and commissions to affiliates or third-party brokers. For loans the Company brokers, gains from mortgage banking activities are recognized when the loan is closed.

Management services, servicing fees and other:

Management services revenues include property management, facilities management and project management. Management fees are recognized at the time the related services have been performed, unless future contingencies exist. In addition, in regard to management and facility service contracts, the owner of the property will typically reimburse NKF for certain expenses that are incurred on behalf of the owner, which are comprised primarily of on-site employee salaries and related benefit costs. The amounts which are to be reimbursed per the terms of the services contract are recognized as revenue in the same period as the related expenses are incurred. In certain instances, NKF subcontracts property management services to independent property managers, in which case NKF passes a portion of its property management fee on to the subcontractor, and NKF retains the balance. Accordingly, NKF records these fees gross of the amounts paid to subcontractors and the amounts paid to subcontractors are recognized as expenses in the same period.

Servicing fees are earned for servicing mortgage loans and are recognized on an accrual basis over the lives of the related mortgage loans. Also included in servicing fees are the fees earned on prepayments, interest and placement fees on borrowers’ escrow accounts and other ancillary fees.

Fees to Related Parties:

NKF is allocated fees from Cantor and BGC for back-office services provided by Cantor and its affiliates, including occupancy of office space, utilization of fixed assets, accounting, operations, human resources and legal services and information technology. Fees are expensed as they are incurred.

Segments:

NKF has a single operating segment. NKF is a real estate services firm offering services to commercial real estate tenants, owner occupiers, investors and developers, leasing and corporate advisory, investment sales and real estate finance, consulting, origination of and servicing of commercial mortgage loans, valuation, project and

 

F-162


Table of Contents

development management and property and facility management. The chief operating decision maker regardless of geographic location evaluates the operating results of NKF as total real estate and allocates resources accordingly. For the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, NKF recognized revenues as follows:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2017      2016  

Leasing and other commissions

   $ 272,247      $ 230,183  

Capital markets

     172,559        143,684  

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net

     118,808        73,631  

Management services, servicing fees and other

     174,039        142,271  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 737,653      $ 589,769  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair Value:

The FASB issued guidance that defines fair value as the price received to transfer an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and further expands disclosures about such fair value measurements.

The guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

    Level 1 measurements—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

 

    Level 2 measurements—Quoted prices in markets that are not active or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

    Level 3 measurements—Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

NKF considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the date of acquisition to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are held with banks as deposits.

Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents:

Restricted cash represents cash set aside for amounts pledged for the benefit of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to secure NKF’s financial guarantee liability.

Loans Held for Sale (LHFS):

NKF maintains commercial mortgage loans for the purpose of sale to government sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”). Prior to funding NKF enters into an agreement to sell the loans to third-party investors at a fixed price. NKF has elected the fair value option to carry LHFS at fair market value. During the period prior to sale, interest income is calculated and recognized in accordance with the terms of the individual loan.

 

F-163


Table of Contents

Derivative Financial Instruments:

NKF has loan commitments to extend credit to third parties. The commitments to extend credit are for mortgage loans at a specific rate (rate lock commitments). These commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require a fee. NKF is committed to extend credit to the counterparty as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the commitment contracts.

NKF simultaneously enters into an agreement to deliver such mortgages to third-party investors at a fixed price (forward sale contracts).

Both the commitment to extend credit and the forward sale commitment qualify as derivative financial instruments. NKF recognizes all derivatives on the combined balance sheet as assets or liabilities measured at fair value. The change in the derivatives fair value is recognized in current period earnings.

Mortgage Servicing Rights, net (MSR):

NKF has identified the following classes of MSRs:

 

  1. Primary servicing MSRs relating to all loans that NKF is the primary servicer.

 

  2. Limited servicing MSRs related to all loans that NKF performs limited servicing.

Primary servicing

NKF initially recognized and measures the rights to service mortgage loans at fair value and subsequently measures them using the amortization method. NKF recognizes rights to service mortgage loans as separate assets at the time the underlying originated mortgage loan is sold and the value of those rights is included in the determination of the gain on loans held for sale.

Purchased MSRs, including MSRs purchased from, an affiliate of Cantor, CCRE are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently measured using the amortization method.

NKF receives up to a 3 basis point servicing fee and/or up to a 1 basis point surveillance fee on certain Freddie Mac loans after the loan is securitized in a Freddie Mac pool (Freddie Mac Strip). The Freddie Mac Strip is also recognized at fair value and subsequently measured using the amortization method, but is recognized as a MSR at the securitization date.

MSRs are assessed for impairment, at least on an annual basis, based upon the fair value of those rights as compared to the amortized cost. Fair values are estimated using a valuation model that calculates the present value of the future net servicing cash flows. In using this valuation method, NKF incorporates assumptions that management believes market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income. It is reasonably possible, such estimates may change. NKF amortizes the mortgage servicing rights in proportion to and over the period of, the projected net servicing income. For purposes of impairment evaluation and measurement, NKF stratified MSRs based on predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans, primarily by investor type (Fannie Mae/Freddie Mac, FHA/GNMA, CMGS and other). To the extent that the carrying value exceeds fair value of a specific MSR strata a valuation allowance is established, which is adjusted in the future as the fair value of MSRs increases or decreases. Reversals of valuation allowances cannot exceed the amortized costs.

Limited servicing

Limited servicing rights entitle NKF to perform certain limited serving, such as collection of borrower financial statements and/or performing property inspections, are purchased from CCRE and are initially recorded at fair value. Fair value determination and impairment evaluation for limited servicing MSRs are the same as the policies above for primary servicing rights.

 

F-164


Table of Contents

Receivables, Net:

NKF has accrued commission’s receivable from real estate brokerage transactions and management services and servicing fee receivables from contractual management assignments. Receivables are presented net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $11,429 and $11,371 as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The allowance is based on management’s estimate and is reviewed periodically based on the facts and circumstances of each outstanding receivable.

Fixed Assets, Net:

Fixed assets are carried at cost net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The costs of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Fixed assets are depreciated over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Leasehold improvements and other fixed assets

   shorter of the remaining term of lease or useful life

Software, including software development costs

   3-5 years straight-line

Computer and communications equipment

   3-5 years straight line

Investments:

NKF’s combined financial statements include the accounts of NKF and its wholly owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. NKF’s policy is to consolidate all entities of which it owns more than 50% unless it does not have control over the entity.

Long-Lived Assets:

NKF periodically evaluates potential impairment of long-lived assets and amortizable intangibles, when a change in circumstances occurs, by applying the concepts of FASB guidance, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, and assessing whether the unamortized carrying amount can be recovered over the remaining life through undiscounted future expected cash flows generated by the underlying assets. If the undiscounted future cash flows were less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment charge would be recorded. The impairment charge would be measured as the excess of the carrying value of the asset over the present value of estimated expected future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risks involved.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net:

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination. As prescribed in FASB guidance, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but instead are periodically tested for impairment. NKF reviews goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or whenever an event occurs or circumstances change that could reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. When reviewing goodwill for impairment, NKF first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. NKF performed impairment evaluations for the year ended December 31, 2016 and concluded that there was no impairment of its goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Definite-lived intangible assets arising from business combinations include trademark and trade name, contractual and non-contractual customers, non-compete agreements and brokerage backlog.

 

F-165


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

NKF accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method as prescribed in FASB guidance on Accounting for Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to basis differences between the combined financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Certain of NKF’s entities are taxed as U.S. partnerships and are subject to the Unincorporated Business Tax (“UBT”) in New York City. Therefore, the tax liability or benefit related to the partnership income or loss except for UBT rests with the partners, rather than the partnership entity. As such, the partners’ tax liability or benefit is not reflected in NKF’s combined financial statements. The tax-related assets, liabilities, provisions or benefits included in NKF’s combined financial statements also reflect the results of the entities that are taxed as corporations, either in the U.S. or in foreign jurisdictions.

NKF income taxes as presented are calculated on a separate return basis, although NKF’s operations have historically been included in BGC’s U.S. federal and state tax returns or non-U.S. jurisdictions tax returns. As NKF operations in many jurisdictions are unincorporated commercial units of BGC and its subsidiaries, stand-alone tax returns have not been filed for the operations in these jurisdictions. Accordingly, NKF’s tax results as presented are not necessarily reflective of the results that NKF would have generated on a stand-alone basis.

NKF provides for uncertain tax positions based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. NKF recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in “Operating, administrative and other” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

A valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets if it is deemed more likely than not that those assets will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence, including past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in the most recent fiscal years, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of tax planning strategies.

The measurement of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities is based on provisions of enacted tax laws and involves uncertainties in the application of tax regulations in the U.S. and other tax jurisdictions. Because our interpretation of complex tax law may impact the measurement of current and deferred income taxes, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions regarding the application of tax law.

Equity-Based and Other Compensation:

NKF accounts for equity-based compensation under the fair value recognition provisions of the FASB guidance. Equity-based compensation expense recognized during the period is based on the value of the portion of equity-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest. The grant-date fair value of equity-based awards is amortized to expense ratably over the awards’ vesting periods. As equity-based compensation expense recognized in NKF’s combined statements of operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reviewed for estimated forfeitures. Further, FASB guidance requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Restricted Stock Units:

Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) are provided by BGC to certain employees of NKF and are accounted for by NKF as equity awards, and as per FASB guidance, NKF is required to record an expense for the portion of the RSUs that is ultimately expected to vest. The grant-date fair value of RSUs is amortized to expense ratably over the awards’ vesting periods. The amortization is reported in “compensation and employee benefits” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

 

F-166


Table of Contents

Limited Partnership Units:

NKF participates in BGC’s Global Compensation plan by which employees receive limited partnership units in BGC Holdings. Employees receive quarterly allocations of net income, which are cash distributed on a quarterly basis and generally contingent upon services being provided by the unit holders. The quarterly allocations of net income on such limited partnership units are reflected as “allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

Certain of these limited partnership units entitle the holders to receive post-termination payments equal to the notional amount in four equal yearly installments after the holder’s termination. These limited partnership units are accounted for as post-termination liability awards, which require that NKF record an expense for such awards based on the change in value at each reporting period and include the expense in NKF’s combined statements of operations as part of “Compensation and employee benefits.” The liability for limited partnership units with a post-termination payout amount is included in “accrued compensation” on NKF’s combined balance sheet.

Certain limited partnership units are granted exchangeability into BGC Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustment). At the time exchangeability is granted, NKF recognizes an expense based on the fair value of the award on that date, which is included in “Allocations of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

BGC has also awarded Preferred Units to employees of NKF. Each quarter, the net profits of BGC Holdings are allocated to such units at a rate of either 0.6875% (which is 2.75% per calendar year) or such other amount as set forth in the award documentation (the “Preferred Distribution”), which is deducted before the calculation and distribution of the quarterly partnership distribution for the remaining partnership units. The Preferred Units are not entitled to participate in partnership distributions other than with respect to the Preferred Distribution. Preferred Units may not be made exchangeable into BGC’s Class A common stock and are only entitled to the Preferred Distribution. The quarterly allocations of net income on Preferred Units are reflected in “Allocation of net income and grant of exchangeability to limited partnership units” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

Loans, Forgivable Loans and Other Receivables from Employees and Partners:

NKF has entered into various agreements with certain of its employees and partners whereby these individuals receive loans which may be either wholly or in part repaid from the distribution earnings that the individual receives on some or all of their limited partnership units or may be forgiven over a period of time. The forgivable portion of these loans is recognized as compensation expense over the life of the loan. From time to time, NKF may also enter into agreements with employees and partners to grant bonus and salary advances or other types of loans. These advances and loans are repayable in the timeframes outlined in the underlying agreements. Management reviews the loan balances each reporting period for collectability. If a portion of the loan balances is not expected to be collectable, a reserve against the loan balance is recognized.

Noncontrolling Interest in Subsidiaries:

Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries represents third-party ownership interests in NKF’s combined subsidiaries.

 

(3) Acquisitions

On September 8, 2017, BGC acquired from CCRE 100% of the equity of BPF. This transaction has been determined to be a combination of entities under common control that resulted in a change in the reporting entity.

On January 13, 2017, NGKF acquired a San Francisco based advisory, Regency Capital Partners (“Regency”). Regency specializes in structured debt and equity for large office and multifamily developments.

 

F-167


Table of Contents

For the six months ended June 30, 2017, the following tables summarize the components of the purchase consideration transferred, and the preliminary allocation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, for all other acquisitions based on the fair values of the acquisition date. NKF expects to finalize its analysis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed within the first year of the acquisition, and therefore adjustments to assets and liabilities may occur.

 

     January 13, 2017  

Assets

  

Goodwill

   $ 6,830  

Intangibles assets, net

     89  

Other assets

     (14
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

     6,905  
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

  

Accounts payable and accrued expense

     691  
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     691  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 6,214  
  

 

 

 

The total consideration for acquisitions during the six months ended June 30, 2017, was approximately $6,214 in total fair value, comprised of cash, shares of BGC’s common stock and BGC Holdings limited partnership units. The total consideration included contingent consideration of approximately 148,435 restricted shares of BGC’s Class A common stock (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $1,563). The excess of the consideration over the fair value of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill of approximately $6,124, of which $612 is deductible by NKF for tax purposes.

On February 26, 2016, NKF completed the acquisition of Rudesill-Pera Multifamily, LLC (“Memphis Multifamily”). Memphis Multifamily is a multifamily brokerage firm operating in Memphis and the Mid-South Region.

On June 17, 2016, NKF completed the acquisition of The CRE Group, Inc. (“CRE Group”). CRE Group is a real estate services provider focused on the project management, construction management and Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (“LEED”) consulting.

On September 13, 2016, NKF acquired several management agreement contracts from John Buck Company, LLC and Buck Management Group, LLC.

On September 30, 2016, NKF completed the acquisition of Continental Realty, Ltd. (“Continental Realty”), a Columbus, Ohio-based company. Continental Realty specializes in commercial realty brokerage and property management throughout Ohio.

On October 18, 2016, the Company announced that it had completed the acquisition of Newmark Grubb Mexico City. Newmark Grubb Mexico City is a tenant advisory firm in the Mexico City area.

On December 14, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of Walchle Lear Multifamily Advisors (“Walchle Lear”). Walchle Lear is a Jacksonville, Florida based multifamily company specializing in investment sales.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the following tables summarize the components of the purchase consideration transferred, and the preliminary allocation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, for all other acquisitions based on the fair values of the acquisition date. NKF expects to finalize its analysis of the

 

F-168


Table of Contents

assets acquired and liabilities assumed within the first year of the acquisition, and therefore adjustments to assets and liabilities may occur.

 

     As of the
Acquisition

Date
 

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 851  

Receivables, net

     922  

Goodwill

     19,818  

Intangibles assets, net

     7,265  

Other assets

     452  
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

     29,308  
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     1,981  

Deferred consideration

     5,723  

Accrued compensation

     703  
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     8,407  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 20,901  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill includes the in-place workforce, which allows the Company to continue serving its existing client base, begin marketing to potential clients and avoid significant costs reproducing the workforce

The total consideration for acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2016 was approximately $26,624 in total fair value, comprised of cash, shares of BGC’s common stock and BGC Holdings limited partnership units. The total consideration included contingent consideration of approximately 166,894 restricted shares of BGC’s Class A common stock (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $1,545), 285,354 BGC Holdings limited partnership units (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $2,590) and $5,621 in cash that may be issued contingent on certain targets being met through 2021. The excess of the consideration over the fair value of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill of approximately $19,818, of which $995 is deductible by NKF for tax purposes.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, an agreement with the sellers of a prior acquisition was entered into, whereby certain consideration was reduced, which resulted in the return to BGC of 1,600,000 partnership units (with an acquisition date fair value of $14,900), the reduction of future cash earn-outs of $17,300 and a repayment to NKF of $1,000 in cash. As a result, NKF recognized $18,300 (comprised of $17,300 earn-out reduction and $1,000 cash received) in “Other income (loss)” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

These acquisitions are accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The results of operations of these acquisitions have been included in NKF’s combined financial statements subsequent to their respective dates of acquisition, which in aggregate contributed $8,443 to our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Consideration for all acquisitions was paid or issued by BGC. BGC then subsequently contributed the net assets (inclusive of goodwill and intangible assets) of the acquired companies to NKF. This is reflected as a Contribution in the Combined Statement of Changes in Invested Equity.

The results of operations of NKF’s acquisitions have been included in NKF’s combined financial statements subsequent to their respective dates of acquisition. NKF has made a preliminary allocation of the consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as of the acquisition date, and expects to finalize its analysis with respect to acquisitions within the first year after the completion of the transaction. Therefore, adjustments to preliminary allocations may occur.

 

F-169


Table of Contents
(4) Cost and Equity Method Investments

NKF acquired investments for which it does not have the ability to exert significant influence over operating and financial policies. The investments are generally accounted for using the cost method of accounting in accordance with FASB guidance, Investments—Other . As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the carrying value of the cost method investments were $2,896 and $2,896, respectively. These investments are included in other assets in the combined balance sheets.

 

(5) Capital and Liquidity Requirements

NKF is subject to various capital requirements in connection with seller/servicer agreements that NKF has entered into with the various GSEs. Failure to maintain minimum capital requirements could result in NKF’s inability to originate and service loans for the respective GSEs and could have a direct material effect on the Company’s condensed combined financial statements. Management believes that as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 that NKF has met all capital requirements. As of June 30, 2017 the most restrictive capital requirement was Fannie Mae’s net worth requirement. NKF exceeded the minimum requirement by $322.6 million.

Certain of NKF’s agreements with Fannie Mae allow NKF to originate and service loans under Fannie Mae’s DUS Program. These agreements require NKF to maintain sufficient collateral to meet Fannie Mae’s restricted and operational liquidity requirements based on a pre-established formula. Certain of NKF’s agreements with Freddie Mac allow NKF to service loans under Freddie Mac’s Targeted Affordable Housing Program (TAH). These agreements require NKF to pledge sufficient collateral to meet Freddie Mac’s liquidity requirement of 8% of the outstanding principal of TAH loans serviced by NKF. Management believes that as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 that NKF has met all liquidity requirements.

In addition, as a servicer for Fannie Mae, GNMA and FHA, NKF is required to advance to investors any uncollected principal and interest due from borrowers. At December 31, 2016 outstanding borrower advances were approximately $106 and are included in other assets in the accompanying combined balance sheets. There were no outstanding advances at June 30, 2017.

 

(6) Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)

ASC 825, Financial Instruments, provides entities with an option to measure financial instruments at fair value. NKF initially and subsequently measures all loans held for sale at fair value on the accompanying combined balance sheet. The fair value measurement falls within the definition of a Level 2 measurement (significant other observable inputs) within the fair value hierarchy. Loans held for sale represent originated loans that are typically sold within 45 days from the date of the mortgage loan is funded. Electing to use fair value allows a better offset of the change in the fair value of the loan and the change in fair value of the derivative instruments used as economic hedges. During the period prior to its sale, interest income on a loan held for sale is calculated in accordance with the terms of the individual loan and is recorded in management services, servicing fees and other in the combined statements of operations. Loans held for sale had a cost basis and fair value as follows (in thousands):

 

     Cost Basis      Fair Value  

June 30, 2017

   $ 933,909      $ 933,805  

December 31, 2016

     1,074,429        1,071,836  

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 there were no loans held for sale that were 90 days or more past due or in nonaccrual status.

 

(7) Derivatives

NKF accounts for its derivatives at fair value, and recognized all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in its combined balance sheets. In its normal course of business, NKF enters into commitments to extend credit for

 

F-170


Table of Contents

mortgage loans at a specific rate (rate lock commitments) and commitments to deliver these loans to third-party investors at a fixed price (forward sale contracts). These transactions are accounted for as derivatives.

The fair value and notional balances of NKF’s derivatives for rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts can be found in Note 18.

The fair value of NKFs derivatives for rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts are as follows (in thousands) and are included in gains from mortgage banking activities in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

 

    

Location of gain (loss) recognized

from derivatives

   For the six months ended June 30,  
        2017     2016  

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

       

Rate lock commitments

   Gains from mortgage banking activities    $ 1,233     $ 2,080  

Rate lock commitments

   Compensation and employee benefits      (1,799     (873

Forward sales contract

   Gains from mortgage banking activity      11,132       3,908  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 10,566     $ 5,115  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative assets and derivative liabilities are included in other current assets and current portion of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively.

 

(8) Credit Enhancement Receivable, Contingent Liability and Credit Enhancement Deposit

NKF is a party to a Credit Enhancement Agreement (CEA) dated March 9, 2012, with German American Capital Corporation and Deutsche Bank Americas Holding Corporation (together, DB Entities). On October 20, 2016, the CEA was assigned to Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Island Branch, a Cayman Island Branch of Deutsche Bank AG (DB Cayman). Under the terms of these agreements, DB Cayman provides NKF with varying levels of ongoing credit protection, subject to certain limits, for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac loans subject to loss sharing (see Note 15) in NKF’s servicing portfolio as of March 9, 2012. DB Cayman will also reimburse NKF for any losses incurred due to violation of underwriting and serving agreements that occurred prior to March 9, 2012. For the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 there were no reimbursements under this agreement.

Credit enhancement receivable

At June 30, 2017, NKF had $18.0 billion of credit risk loans in its servicing portfolio with a maximum pre-credit enhancement loss exposure of $5.1 billion. NKF had a form of credit protection from DB Cayman on $4.6 billion of credit risk loans with a maximum loss exposure coverage of $1.3 billion. The amount of the maximum loss exposure without any form of credit protection from DB Cayman is $3.8 billion.

At December 31, 2016, NKF had $16.9 billion of credit risk loans in its servicing portfolio with a maximum pre-credit enhancement loss exposure of $4.7 billion. NKF had a form of credit protection from the DB Entities on $5.5 billion of credit risk loans with a maximum loss exposure coverage of $1.6 billion. The amount of the maximum loss exposure without any form of credit protection from DB Cayman is $3.1 billion.

Credit enhancement receivables as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 were $12 and $156, respectively are included in other assets in the combined balance sheets.

Credit enhancement deposit

The CEA required the DB Entities to deposit $25 million into NKF’s Fannie Mae restricted liquidity account (see Note 5), which NKF is required to return to DB Cayman, less any outstanding claims, on March 5, 2021. The $25 million deposit is included in restricted cash and the offsetting liability in other long term liabilities in the combined balance sheets.

 

F-171


Table of Contents

Contingent liability

Under the CEA, NKF is required to pay DB Cayman on March 9, 2021, an amount equal to 50% of the positive difference, if any, between (a) $25 million, and (b) NKF’s unreimbursed loss sharing payments from March 9, 2012 through March 9, 2021 on NKF’s servicing portfolio as of March 9, 2012.

Contingent liabilities as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 were $ 10,607 and $10,390, respectively and are included in other long term liabilities in the combined balance sheets.

 

(9) Gains from mortgage banking activities, net

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net consists of the following activity (in thousands):

 

     For the Six Months Ended:  
           2017                  2016        

Loan origination related fees and sales premiums, net

   $ 46,901      $ 24,748  

Fair value of expected net future cash flows from servicing recognized at commitment, net

     71,907        48,883  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gains from mortgage banking activities, net

   $ 118,808      $ 73,631  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(10) Mortgage Servicing Rights, net (MSR)

A summary of the activity in mortgage servicing rights by class for the Company is as follows:

 

     For the six months
ended June 30, 2017
     For the year ended
December 31, 2016
 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

     

Beginning Balance

   $ 347,558      $ 271,849  

Additions

     69,265        126,547  

Purchases from an affiliate

     577        3,905  

Purchases from third parties

     —          3,771  

Sales

     —          —    

Amortization

     (35,492      (58,514
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 381,908      $ 347,558  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation Allowance

     

Beginning Balance

   $ (7,742    $ (7,936

Decrease (Increase)

     2,261        194  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ (5,481    $ (7,742
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Balance

   $ 376,427      $ 339,816  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

On July 21, 2016, NKF purchased the mortgage servicing rights to a portfolio of FHA/GNMA construction loans from an unaffiliated third party for $3.8 million.

 

F-172


Table of Contents

The amount of contractually specified servicing fees (including primary, limited and special servicing fees) and ancillary fees (including yield maintenance fees) earned by NKF were as follows:

Servicing fees are included in management services, servicing fees and other in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
             2017                      2016          

Contractual servicing fees

   $ 45,784      $ 36,631  

Escrow interest and placement fees

     3,480        1,639  

Ancillary fees

     2,408        1,426  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total servicing fees

   $ 51,672      $ 39,696  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

These fees are included in management services, servicing fees and other in the combined statements of operations.

NKF’s servicing portfolio at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was approximately $53.2 billion and $50.6 billion, respectively. The Company’s special servicing portfolio at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was $5.1 billion.

The estimated fair value of the MSRs at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was $391.3 million, $344.9 million, respectively.

Fair values are estimated using a valuation model that calculates the present value of the future net servicing cash flows. The cash flows assumptions used are based on assumptions NKF believes market participants would use to value the portfolio. Significant assumptions include estimates of the cost of servicing per loan, discount rate, earnings rate on escrow deposits and prepayment speeds. An increase in discount rate of 100 bps or 200 bps would result in a decrease in fair value by $11.2 million and $21.8 million, respectively, at June 30, 2017 and by $9.9 million and $19.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016.

 

(11) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net of Accumulated Amortization

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016 were as follows:

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 393,028  

Acquisitions

     17,086  

Measurement period adjustments

     2,732  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

     412,846  

Acquisitions

     6,124  

Measurement period adjustments

     781  
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2017

   $ 419,751  
  

 

 

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2017, NKF recognized additional goodwill and measurement period adjustments of approximately $6,124 and $781, respectively. See Note 3—“Acquisitions” for more information.

Goodwill is not amortized and is reviewed annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise, in accordance with FASB guidance on Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. NKF completed its annual goodwill impairment testing during the fourth quarter of 2016, which did not result in any goodwill impairment.

 

F-173


Table of Contents

Other intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands, except weighted average life):

 

     June 30, 2017  
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
 

Indefinite life:

           

Trademark and trade names

   $ 10,735      $ —        $ 10,735        N/A  

License agreements (GSE)

     5,390        —          5,390        N/A  

Finite life:

           

Trademark and trade names

     6,455        (5,285      1,170        0.1  

Non-contractual customers

     5,647        (1,187      4,460        2.9  

License agreements

     4,981        (798      4,183        1.6  

Contractual customers

     1,452        (478      974        0.3  

Brokerage backlog

     1,101        (875      226        —    

Non-compete agreements

     917        (368      549        0.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 36,678      $ (8,991    $ 27,687        5.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2016  
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
 

Indefinite life:

           

Trademark and trade names

   $ 10,735      $ —        $ 10,735        N/A  

License agreements (GSE)

     5,390        —          5,390        N/A  

Finite life:

           

Trademark and trade names

     6,460        (4,228      2,232        0.2  

Non-contractual customers

     5,648        (878      4,770        2.7  

License agreements

     4,981        (298      4,683        1.6  

 

     December 31, 2016  
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
 

Contractual customers

     1,452        (354      1,098        0.3  

Brokerage backlog

     1,101        (245      856        0.1  

Non-compete agreements

     828        (282      546        0.2  

Below market leases

     15        (13      2        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 36,610      $ (6,298    $ 30,312        5.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible amortization expense for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 was $2,768 and $2,190, respectively. Intangible amortization is included as a part of “Depreciation and amortization” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

 

F-174


Table of Contents

The estimated future amortization of definite life intangible assets as of June 30, 2017 was as follows:

 

2017

   $ 1,927  

2018

     2,319  

2019

     2,142  

2020

     1,904  

2021

     1,433  

2022 and thereafter

     1,839  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,564  
  

 

 

 

 

(12) Fixed Assets, Net

Fixed assets, net consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 

Leasehold improvements and other fixed assets

   $ 69,790      $ 63,194  

Software, including software development costs

     14,346        13,971  

Computer and communications equipment

     15,267        13,291  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     99,403        90,456  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (39,666      (34,006
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 59,737      $ 56,450  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 was $5,844 and $4,505. Depreciation expense is included as a part of “Depreciation and amortization” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

For the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, $0 and $199 of software development costs were capitalized, respectively. Amortization of software development costs totaled $209 and $580 for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Amortization of software development costs is included as part of “Operating, administrative and other” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

 

(13) Other Assets

Other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 

Derivative assets

   $ 19,265      $ 19,924  

Prepaid expenses

     8,776        10,728  

Rent and other deposits

     1,428        2,585  

Other

     17        132  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 29,486      $ 33,369  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 

Cost method investments

   $ 2,896      $ 2,896  

Deferred tax assets

     21,808        23,075  

Other

     2,389        2,389  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 27,093      $ 28,360  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-175


Table of Contents
(14) Warehouse Notes Payable

NKF uses its warehouse lines and repurchase agreements to fund mortgage loans originated under its various lending programs. Outstanding borrowings against these lines are collateralized by an assignment of the underlying mortgages and third-party purchase commitments.

As of June 30, 2017, NKF had the following lines available and borrowings outstanding (in thousands):

 

     Committed Lines      Uncommitted
Lines
     Balance at
June 30, 2017
     Stated Spread
to One Month
LIBOR
     Rate Type  

Warehouse line due June 20, 2018

   $ 450,000      $ —        $ 441,368        135 bps        Variable  

Warehouse line due September 25, 2017

     200,000        —          146,569        135 bps        Variable  

Warehouse line due October 12, 2017

     300,000        —          291,722        135 bps        Variable  

Fannie Mae repurchase agreement, open maturity

     —          325,000        54,250        120 bps        Variable  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       
   $ 950,000      $ 325,000      $ 933,909        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

As of December 31, 2016, NKF had the following lines available and borrowings outstanding (in thousands):

 

     Committed Lines      Uncommitted
Lines
     Balance at
December 31, 2016
     Stated Spread
to One Month
LIBOR
     Rate Type  

Warehouse line due April 21, 2017(1)

   $ 450,000      $ —        $ 43,356        135 bps        Variable  

Warehouse line due September 25, 2017

     200,000        —          34,628        135 bps        Variable  

Warehouse line due October 21, 2017(2)

     200,000        —          23,833        135 bps        Variable  

Fannie Mae repurchase agreement, open maturity

     —          325,000        156,152        120 bps        Variable  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       
   $ 850,000      $ 325,000      $ 257,969        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

(1) On April 21, 2017, the maturity date was extended until June 9, 2017. On May 17, 2017, the maturity date was extended until August 9, 2017. On June 21, 2017, the maturity date was extended until June 20, 2018.
(2) The warehouse line was temporarily increased by $2,100,000 on April 27, 2017. The temporary increase expired on June 13, 2017. On June 23, 2017 the warehouse line was increased by $100,000 from $200,000 to $300,000.

NKF is required to meet a number of financial covenants, including maintaining a minimum of $15.0 million of cash and cash equivalents. NKF was in compliance with all covenants on June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

(15) Financial Guarantee Liability

NKF shares risk of loss for loans originated under the Fannie Mae DUS and Freddie TAH programs and could incur losses in the event of defaults under or foreclosure of these loans. Under the guarantee, NKF’s maximum contingent liability to the extent of actual losses incurred is approximately 33% of the outstanding principal balance on Fannie Mae DUS or Freddie TAH loans. Risk sharing percentages are established on a loan by loan basis when originated with most loans at 33% and “modified” loans at lower percentages. Under certain circumstances, risk sharing percentages can be revised subsequent to origination or NKF could be required to

 

F-176


Table of Contents

repurchase the loan. In the event of a loss resulting from a catastrophic event that is not required to be covered by borrowers’ insurance policies, NKF can recover the loss under its mortgage impairment insurance policy. Any potential recovery is subject to the policy’s deductibles and limits.

At June 30, 2017, the credit risk loans being serviced by NKF on behalf of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac had outstanding principal balances of approximately $18.0 billion with a maximum potential loss of approximately $5.1 billion, of which $1.3 billion is covered by the Credit Enhancement Agreement (see Note 8).

At December 31, 2016, the credit risk loans being serviced by NKF on behalf of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac had outstanding principal balances of approximately $16.9 billion with a maximum potential loss of approximately $4.7 billion, of which $1.6 billion is covered by the Credit Enhancement Agreement (see Note 8).

At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 the estimated liability under the guarantee liability was as follows:

 

Financial guarantee liability (in thousands)

  

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ (288

Increase to provision

     (125
     

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ (413
  

 

 

 

Reversal of provision

     213  
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2017

   $ (200
  

 

 

 

In order to monitor and mitigate potential losses, NKF uses an internally developed loan rating scorecard for determining which loans meet NKF’s criteria to be placed on a watch list. NKF also calculates default probabilities based on internal ratings and expected losses on a loan by loan basis. This methodology uses a number of factors including, but not limited to, debt service coverage ratios, collateral valuation, the condition of the underlying assets, borrower strength and market conditions.

See Note 8 for further explanation of credit protection provided by DB Cayman. The provisions for risk sharing in the accompanying combined statement of income was as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the six months ended  
     June 30, 2017      June 30, 2016  

Provisions for risk-sharing obligations from:

     

Increase (decrease) to financial guarantee liability

   $ (214    $ 244  

Decrease (increase) to credit enhancement asset

     145        74  

Increase (decrease) to contingent liability

     6        7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expense

   $ (63    $ 325  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(16) Concentrations of Credit Risk

The lending activities of NKF create credit risk in the event that counterparties do not fulfill their contractual payment obligations. In particular, NKF is exposed to credit risk related to the Fannie Mae DUS and Freddie Mac TAH loans (see Note 15). As of June 30, 2017, 28% of $5.1 billion of the maximum loss (see Note 15) was for properties located in California. As of December 31, 2016, 29% of $4.7 billion of the maximum loss (see Note 15) was for properties located in California.

 

(17) Escrow and Custodial Funds

In conjunction with the servicing of multifamily and commercial loans, NKF holds escrow and other custodial funds. Escrow funds are held at unaffiliated financial institutions generally in the form of cash and cash

 

F-177


Table of Contents

equivalents. These funds amounted to approximately $1.6 billion and $1.1 billion, as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. These funds are held for the benefit of NKF’s borrowers and are segregated in custodial bank accounts. These amounts are excluded from the assets and liabilities of the Company.

 

(18) Fair Value of Financial Liabilities

FASB guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

    Level 1 measurements—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

 

    Level 2 measurements—Quoted prices in markets that are not active or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

    Level 3 measurements—Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

As required by FASB guidance, assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value under FASB guidance at June 17, 2017 and December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

 

     As of June 30, 2017  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Loans held for sale

   $ —        $ 933,850      $ —        $ 933,850  

Derivative assets

     —          —          19,265        19,265  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ —        $ 933,850      $ 19,265      $ 953,115  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities—contingent consideration

   $ —        $ —        $ 30,186      $ 30,186  

Derivative liabilities

     —          —          8,699        8,699  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 38,885      $ 38,885  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Loans held for sale

   $ —        $ 1,071,836      $ —        $ 1,071,836  

Derivative assets

     —          —          19,924        19,924  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total assets    $ —        $ 1,071,836      $ 19,924      $ 1,091,760  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities—contingent consideration

   $ —        $ —        $ 38,713      $ 38,713  

Derivative liabilities

     —          —          9,670        9,670  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Liabilities    $ —        $ —        $ 48,383      $ 48,383  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-178


Table of Contents

There were no transfers between level 1, 2 and level 3 for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016.

Derivative instruments are outstanding for short periods of time (generally less than 60 days). A roll forward of derivative instruments and contingent consideration (level 3) that require valuation based upon significant unobservable inputs, is presented below (in thousands).

 

     As of June 30, 2017  
     Opening
Balance
     Total realized
and unrealized
(gains) losses
included in Net
income(1)
     Issuances      Settlements     Closing
Balance
     Unrealized
(gains) losses
Outstanding as
of June 30, 2017
 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities—contingent consideration

   $ 38,713      $ 1,981      $ —        $ (10,508   $ 30,186      $ 1,481  

Derivative assets and liabilities, net

     10,254        10,566        —          (10,254     10,566        N/A  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    
   $ 48,967      $ 12,547      $ —        $ (20,762   $ 40,752     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
     Opening
Balance
     Total realized
and unrealized
(gains) losses
included in Net
income(1)
    Issuances      Settlements     Closing
Balance
     Unrealized
(gains) losses
Outstanding as
of December 31,
2016
 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities—contingent consideration

   $ 58,631      $ (14,512   $ 6,019      $ (11,425   $ 38,713      $ 2,343  

Derivative assets and liabilities, net

     6,300        10,254       —          (6,300     10,254        N/A  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    
   $ 64,931      $ (4,258   $ 6,019      $ (17,725   $ 48,967     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

(1) Realized losses are reported in “other income, net” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

Quantitative Information About Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The following tables present quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs utilized by NKF in the fair value measurement of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

June 30, 2017

Level 3 assets and liabilities

   Assets      Liabilities     

Significant Unobservable Inputs

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities:

        

Contingent consideration

   $ —        $ 30,186      Discount rate - 5.63% weighted average rate(a)
Financial forecast information

Derivative assets and liabilities:

        

Forward sale contracts

     13,291        2,160      Counterparty credit risk

Rate lock commitments

     5,974        6,539      Counterparty credit risk
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 19,265      $ 38,885     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

F-179


Table of Contents
December 31, 2016

 

Level 3 assets and liabilities

   Assets      Liabilities     

Significant Unobservable Inputs

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities:

        

Contingent consideration

   $ —        $ 38,713      Discount rate - 4.99% weighted average rate(a)
Financial forecast information

Derivative assets and liabilities:

        

Forward sale contracts

     2,100        —        Counterparty credit risk

Rate lock commitments

     17,824        9,670      Counterparty credit risk
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
     $19,924      $48,383       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(a) NKF’s estimate of contingent consideration as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was based on the acquired business’ projected future financial performance, including revenues.

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the present value of expected payments related to NKF’s contingent consideration was $30,186 and $38,713, respectively. Valuations for contingent consideration are conducted by NKF. Each reporting period, NKF updates unobservable inputs. NKF has a formal process to review changes in fair value for satisfactory explanation.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value of NKF’s contingent consideration are the discount rate and forecasted financial information. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate would have resulted in a lower (higher) fair value measurement. Significant increases (decreases) in the forecasted financial information would have resulted in a higher (lower) fair value measurement. The undiscounted value of the payments, assuming that all contingencies are met, would be $35,156 and $43,441 as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

The carrying amount and the fair value of NKF’s financial instruments as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 is presented below (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2017      December 31, 2016  
     Carrying Amount      Fair Value      Carrying Amount      Fair Value  

Financial Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 61,458      $ 61,458      $ 33,589      $ 33,589  

Restricted cash

     52,111        52,111        50,927        50,927  

Loans held for sale

     933,850        933,850        1,071,836        1,071,836  

Derivative assets

     19,265        19,265        19,924        19,924  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,066,684      $ 1,066,684      $ 1,176,276      $ 1,176,276  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

           

Derivative liabilities

   $ 8,699      $ 8,699      $ 9,670      $ 9,670  

Warehouse notes payable

     933,909        933,909        257,969        257,969  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 942,608      $ 942,608      $ 267,639      $ 267,639  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

 

    Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents—The carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the highly liquid nature and short maturity of these instruments. (Level 1)

 

    Loans held for sale—Consists of originated loans that have been sold to third-party investors at a fixed price and are generally settled within 30 days from the date of funding. (Level 2)

 

F-180


Table of Contents
    Derivatives—Consists of rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts. These instruments are valued using discounted cash flow models based on changes in market interest rates and other observable market data. (Level 3)

 

    Mortgage servicing rights, net—As noted in Note 2 and Note 10, MSRs are initially recorded at fair value and then are subsequently measured using the amortization method. MSRs are assessed for impairment at least annually and a valuation allowance is established if any class or strata within a class of MSRs is deemed to be impaired.

 

    At December 31, 2016, certain MSRs were deemed to be impaired by a total of $7,742 and as a result are represented on the combined balance sheet at fair value. The fair value of the MSRs measured on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2016 was $59,141 and are considered to be Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

 

    Warehouse notes payable—Consists of borrowings under warehouse line agreements. The borrowing rates on the warehouse lines are based short term London Interbank Offered Rates (LIBOR) plus applicable margins. The carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short term maturity of these instruments. (Level 2)

Fair value of derivative instruments and loans held for sale

In the normal course of business, NKF enters into contractual commitments to originate and sell loans at fixed prices with fixed expiration dates. The commitments become effective when the borrowers rate lock their interest rate within time frames established by NKF. Borrowers are evaluated for creditworthiness prior to this commitment. Market risk arises if interest rates move adversely between the time of the rate lock by the borrower and the date the loan is sold to an investor.

To mitigate the effect of the interest rate risk inherent in providing rate lock commitments to borrowers, NKF’s enters a sale commitment with an investor simultaneously with the rate lock commitment with the borrower. The sale contract with the investor locks in an interest rate and price for the sale of the loan. The terms of the contract with the investor and the rate lock with the borrower are matched in substantially all respects, with the objective of eliminating interest rate risk to the extent practical. Sale commitments with the investors have an expiration date that is longer than our related commitments to the borrower to allow, among other things, for the closing of the loan and processing of paperwork to deliver the loan into the sale commitment.

Both the rate lock commitments to borrowers and the forward sale contracts to investors are derivatives and, accordingly, are marked to fair value through the statement of income. The fair value of NKF’s rate lock commitments to borrowers and loans held for sale and the related input levels includes, as applicable:

 

    The assumed gain/loss of the expected loan sale to the investor;

 

    The expected net future cash flows associate with servicing the loan;

 

    The effects of interest rate movements between the date of the rate lock and the balance sheet date; and

 

    The nonperformance risk of both the counterparty and NKF.

The fair value of NKF’s forward sales contracts to investors considers effects of interest rate movements between the trade date and the balance sheet date. The market price changes are multiplied by the notional amount of the forward sales contracts to measure the fair value.

 

F-181


Table of Contents

The gain/loss considers the amount that NKF has discounted the price to the borrower from par for competitive reasons, if at all, and the expected net cash flows from servicing to be received upon sale of the loan. The fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with servicing the loan is calculated pursuant to the valuation techniques described in Note 10.

To calculate the effects of interest rate movements, NKF uses applicable U.S. Treasury prices, and multiplies the price movement between the rate lock date and the balance sheet date by the notional loan commitment amount.

The fair value of NKF’s forward sales contracts to investors considers the market price movement of the same type of security between the trade date and the balance sheet date. The market price changes are multiplied by the notional amount of the forward sales contracts to measure the fair value.

The fair value of NKF’s rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts is adjusted to reflect the risk that the agreement will not be fulfilled. The Company’s exposure to nonperformance in rate lock and forward sale contracts is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. Given the credit quality of our counterparties, the short duration of rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts, and the Company’s historical experience with the agreements, management does not believe the risk of nonperformance by the Company’s counterparties to be significant.

The fair value of the Company’s loans held for sale include the gain/loss for pricing discounts and expected net future cash flows and the effect of interest rate movements as described above.

 

     Fair Value Adjustment Components     Balance Sheet Location  

June 30, 2017

   Notional or
Principal
Amount
     Assumed
Gain (Loss)
on Sale
     Interest Rate
Movement
Effect
    Total Fair
Value
Adjustment
    Derivative
Contract
Assets
     Derivative
Contract
Liabilities
    Fair Value
Adjustment to
Loans Held
for Sale
 

Rate lock commitments

   $ 248,620      $ 5,973      $ (6,539   $ (566   $ 5,973      $ (6,539   $ —    

Forward sale contracts

     1,182,529        —          11,132       11,132       13,292        (2,160     —    

Loans held for sale

     933,909        4,534        (4,593     (59     —          —         (59
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 10,507      $ —       $ 10,507     $ 19,265      $ (8,699   $ (59
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Adjustment Components     Balance Sheet Location  

December 31, 2016

   Notional or
Principal
Amount
     Assumed
Gain (Loss)
on Sale
     Interest Rate
Movement
Effect
    Total Fair
Value
Adjustment
    Derivative
Contract
Assets
     Derivative
Contract
Liabilities
    Fair Value
Adjustment to
Loans Held
for Sale
 

Rate lock commitments

   $ 201,603      $ 2,100      $ (9,670   $ (7,570   $ 2,100      $ (9,670   $ —    

Forward sale contracts

     1,276,032        148        17,676       17,824       17,824        —         —    

Loans held for sale

     1,074,429        5,413        (8,006     (2,593     —          —         (2,593
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 7,661      $ —       $ 7,661     $ 19,924      $ (9,670   $ (2,593
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(19) Related Party Transactions

 

  (a) Service Agreements

NKF receives administrative services including but not limited to, treasury, legal, accounting, information technology, payroll administration, human resources, incentive compensation plans and other support provided by Cantor and BGC. Where it is possible to specifically attribute such expenses to activities of NKF, these amounts have been expensed directly to NKF and have been included in the respective line item on the Combined Statement of Operations. Direct costs are primarily comprised of rent and equity and other incentive compensation expenses. Allocations of expenses not directly attributable to NKF are based on a services agreement between BGC and Cantor which reflects the utilization of service provided or benefits received by NKF during the periods presented on a consistent basis, such as headcount, square footage, revenue, etc. For the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, allocated expenses were $8,885 and $9,841, respectively. These expenses are included as part of “fees to related parties” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

 

F-182


Table of Contents

BGC uses a centralized approach to cash management. Accordingly, excess cash and cash equivalents are held by BGC at the corporate level and were not attributed to NKF for any of the periods presented. Transfers of cash, both to and from BGC’s centralized cash management system, are reflected as a related party receivable or payable on the combined balance sheet and as change in related party payable and receivable in operating activities within the accompanying combined statement of cash flows. Debt obligations of BGC have not been included in the combined financial statements of NKF, because NKF is not a party to the obligation between BGC and the debt holders.

 

  (b) Loans, Forgivable Loans and Other Receivables from Employees and Partners

NKF has entered into various agreements with certain employees and partners whereby these individuals receive loans which may be either wholly or in part repaid from the distribution earnings that the individuals receive on some or all of their limited partnership interests or may be forgiven over a period of time. The forgivable portion of these loans is recognized as compensation expense over the life of the loan. From time to time, NKF may also enter into agreements with employees and partners to grant bonus and salary advances or other types of loans. These advances and loans are repayable in the timeframes outlined in the underlying agreements.

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the aggregate balance of employee loans was $197,560 and $184,159, respectively, and is included as “Loans, forgivable loans and other receivables from employees and partners” in NKF’s combined balance sheets. Compensation expense for the above mentioned employee loans for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 was $4,358 and $3,668, respectively. The compensation expense related to these employee loans is included as part of “compensation and employee benefits” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

 

  (c) Transactions with Cantor Commercial Real Estate Company, L.P.

Loans are referred to NKF by CCRE and NKF refers loans to CCRE. Revenue from these referrals were $18,782 and $15,721 for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 , respectively and were recognized in gains from mortgage activities in the combined statements of operations.

NKF also has a referral agreement in place with CCRE in which brokers are incentivized to refer business to CCRE through a revenue-share arrangement. In connection with this revenue-share agreement, NKF recognized revenues of $0 and $0.6 for the six months ended June 2017 and 2016. This revenue was recorded as part of “commissions” in NKF’s unaudited combined statements of operations.

On March 11, 2015, NKF and CCRE entered into a note receivable/payable that allows for advances to or from CCRE at an interest rate of 1 month LIBOR plus 1.0%. As of June 30, 2017, there was $130.0 million of outstanding advances due from CCRE on the note and this balance is included in receivables from related parties in the accompanying combined balance sheets. As of December 31, 2016, there was $690.0 million of outstanding advances due to CCRE on the note and this balance is included in payables to related parties in the accompanying combined balance sheets.

For the six months ended June 30, 2017, NKF purchased the primary servicing rights of $0.3 billion of loans originated by CCRE for $0.6 million. For the year ended December 31, 2016, NKF purchased the primary servicing rights of $2.9 billion of loans originated by CCRE for $3.9 million. NKF also services loans for CCRE on a “fee for service” basis, generally prior to a loan’s sale or securitization, and for which no MSR is recognized. Servicing revenue (excludes interest and placement fees) from loans purchased from CCRE or on a “fee for service” basis for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 $1.9 million and $1.8 million, respectively, and was recognized in management services, servicing fees and other in the combined statements of operations.

 

  (d) Related Party Receivables and Payables

NKF has receivables and payables to and from certain affiliate entities. As of June 30, 2017, the related party receivables and payables were $239,882 and $203,626, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, the related party receivables and payables were $108,817 and $889,160, respectively.

 

F-183


Table of Contents
(20) Income Taxes

NKF’s unaudited combined financial statements include U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on NKF’s allocable share of the U.S. results of operations, as well as taxes payable to jurisdictions outside the U.S. In addition, certain of NKF’s entities are taxed as U.S. partnerships and are subject to the Unincorporated Business Tax (“UBT”) in New York City. Therefore, the tax liability or benefit related to the partnership income or loss, except for UBT, rests with the partners, rather than the partnership entity. Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method, as prescribed in FASB guidance on Accounting for Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the unaudited condensed combined financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets if it is deemed more likely than not that those assets will not be realized.

In general, it is the intention of NKF to reinvest the earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries in those operations. As of June 30, 2017, NKF did not have any cumulative undistributed foreign earnings.

Pursuant to FASB guidance on Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, NKF provides for uncertain tax positions based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. As of June 30, 2017, NKF had $208 of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which would affect NKF’s effective tax rate if recognized. NKF recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in “operating, administrative and other” in NKF’s unaudited condensed combined statements of operations. As of June 30, 2017, NKF had approximately $45 of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions.

 

(21) Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

The current portion of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     June 30, 2017      December 31, 2016  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses    $ 63,600      $ 57,488  

Payroll taxes payable

     3,179        2,898  

Contingent consideration

     12,666        20,458  

Outside broker payable

     17,646        17,712  

Derivative liability

     8,699        9,670  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 105,790      $ 108,226  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The long term portion of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     June 30, 2017      December 31, 2016  

Financial Guarantee Liability

   $ 200      $ 413  

Deferred rent

     43,352        41,545  

Credit enhancement deposit

     25,000        25,000  

Accrued compensation

     27,969        23,953  

Payroll taxes payable

     30,012        28,569  

Contingent consideration

     17,520        18,255  

Deferred tax liability

     3,396        2,796  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 147,449      $ 140,531  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-184


Table of Contents
(22) Compensation

BGC’s Compensation Committee may grant various equity-based awards to employees of NKF, including restricted stock units, limited partnership units and exchange rights for shares of BGC’s Class A common stock upon exchange of limited partnership units.

 

  (a) Limited Partnership Units

A summary of the activity associated with limited partnership units is as follows:

 

     Number of Units  

Balance at December 31, 2016

     53,407,627  

Granted

     7,276,618  

Redeemed/exchanged units

     (1,064,782

Forfeited units

     (275,855
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2017

     59,343,608  
  

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2017, BGC granted exchangeability on 2,197,645 limited partnership units for which NKF incurred compensation expense, before associated income taxes of $23,682. For the six months ended June 30, 2016 compensation expense was $16,153.

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the number of limited partnership units exchangeable into shares of BGC’s Class A common stock at the discretion of the unit holder was 10,819,073 and 8,752,862, respectively.

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the notional value of the limited partnership units with a post-termination pay-out amount held by executives and non-executive employees, awarded in lieu of cash compensation for salaries, commissions and/or discretionary or guaranteed bonuses was approximately $183,606 and $147,290, respectively. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the aggregate estimated fair value of these limited partnership units was approximately $29,650 and $19,626. The number of outstanding limited partnership units with a post-termination pay-out as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was approximately 19,832,115 and 16,486,016, respectively, of which approximately 13,405,121 and 10,908,708 were unvested.

Certain of the limited partnership units with a post-termination pay-out have been granted in connection with NKF’s acquisitions. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the aggregate estimated fair value of these acquisition related limited partnership units was $13,524 and $12,834, respectively.

Compensation expense related to limited partnership units with a post-termination pay-out amount is recognized over the stated service period. These units generally vest between three and five years from the date of grant. NKF recognized compensation expense, before associated income taxes, related to these limited partnership units that were not redeemed of $10,109 and $5,420 for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These are included in “ compensation and employee benefits” in NKF’s combined statements of operations.

Certain limited partnership units generally receive quarterly allocations of net income, which are cash distributed on a quarterly basis and generally contingent upon services being provided by the unit holders. The allocation of income to limited partnership units was $10,817 and $7,282 for the six months June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

F-185


Table of Contents
  (b) Restricted Stock Units

A summary of the activity associated with RSUs is as follows:

 

     Restricted Stock
Units
     Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(Years)
 

Balance at December 31, 2016

     285,725      $ 7.56        1.75  

Granted

     218,705        10.00     

Delivered units

     (117,708      7.48     

Forfeited units

     (30,032      8.24     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2017

     356,690      $ 9.03        2.23  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of RSUs awarded to employees and directors is determined on the date of grant based on the market value of BGC’s common stock (adjusted if appropriate based upon the award’s eligibility to receive dividends), and is recognized, net of the effect of estimated forfeitures, ratably over the vesting period. NKF uses historical data, including historical forfeitures and turnover rates, to estimate expected forfeiture rates for both employee and director RSUs. Each RSU is settled in one share of BGC’s Class A common stock upon completion of the vesting period.

During the six months ended June 30, 2017, BGC granted 218,705 of RSUs with aggregate estimated grant date fair values of $2,188 to employees and directors. These RSUs were awarded in lieu of cash compensation for salaries, commissions and/or discretionary or guaranteed bonuses. RSUs granted to these individuals generally vest over a two- to four-year period.

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the aggregate estimated grant date fair value of outstanding RSUs was $3,220 and $2,193, respectively.

Compensation expense related to RSUs, before associated income taxes, was approximately $596 and $437 for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, there was approximately $3,109 and $1,859 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested RSUs.

NKF may pay certain bonuses in the form of deferred cash compensation awards, which generally vest over a future service period. This expense is recognized in the personnel expenses caption within the condensed combined statements of income. NKF recognized compensation expense related to deferred cash compensation awards for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 of $424 and $725, respectively.

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the total liability for the deferred cash compensation awards was $2.2 million and $2.6 million, respectively, and is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the condensed combined balance sheet. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the total notional value of deferred cash compensation was approximately $3.8 million and $4.5 million, respectively.

 

(23) Commitments and Contingencies

 

  (a) Contractual Obligations and Commitments

At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, NKF was committed to fund approximately $311 million and $207 million, respectively, which is the total remaining draws on construction loans originated by NKF under the HUD 221(d)4, 220 and 232 programs, rate locked loans that have not been funded, forward commitments as well as the funding for credit facilities. NKF also has corresponding commitments to sell these loans to various investors as they are funded.

 

F-186


Table of Contents
  (b) Lease Commitments

NKF is obligated for minimum rental payments under various non-cancelable operating leases, principally for office space, expiring at various dates through 2031. Certain of the leases contain escalation clauses that require payment of additional rent to the extent of increases in certain operating or other costs

Rent expense for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 was $19,018 and $17,448. Rent expense is reported in “operating, administrative and other” in NKF’s combined statement of operations.

 

  (c) Contingent Payments Related to Acquisitions

During the six months ended June 30, 2017, NKF completed acquisitions, whose purchase price included ring approximately 148,435 shares of BGC’s Class A common stock (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $1,563). NKF completed acquisitions in 2016, whose purchase price included approximately 166,894 shares of BGC’s Class A common stock (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $1,545), 285,354 of BGC Holding limited partnership units (with an acquisition date fair value of approximately $2,590) and $5,621 in cash that may be issued contingent on certain targets being met through 2021.

 

  (d) Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, various legal actions are brought and are pending against NKF and its subsidiaries in the U.S. and internationally. In some of these actions, substantial amounts are claimed. NKF is also involved, from time to time, in reviews, examinations, investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agencies (both formal and informal) regarding NKF’s businesses, which may result in judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief. The following generally does not include matters that NKF has pending against other parties which, if successful, would result in awards in favor of NKF or its subsidiaries.

 

  (e) Employment, Competitor-Related and Other Litigation

From time to time, NKF and its subsidiaries are involved in litigation, claims and arbitrations in the U.S. and internationally, relating to various employment matters, including with respect to termination of employment, hiring of employees currently or previously employed by competitors, terms and conditions of employment and other matters. In light of the competitive nature of the brokerage industry, litigation, claims and arbitration between competitors regarding employee hiring are not uncommon.

Legal reserves are established in accordance with FASB guidance on Accounting for Contingencies, when a material legal liability is both probable and reasonably estimable. Once established, reserves are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change. The outcome of such items cannot be determined with certainty. NKF is unable to estimate a possible loss or range of loss in connection with specific matters beyond its current accrual and any other amounts disclosed. Management believes that, based on currently available information, the final outcome of these current pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on NKF’s combined financial statements and disclosures taken as a whole.

 

  (f) Risk and Uncertainties

NKF generates revenues by providing financial intermediary and brokerage activities and commercial real estate services to institutional customers. Revenues for these services are transaction-based. As a result, revenues could vary based on the transaction volume of global financial and real estate markets. Additionally, financing is sensitive to interest rate fluctuations, which could have an impact on NKF’s overall profitability.

 

  (24) Subsequent Events

On July 26, 2017, NKF acquired a controlling interest in Spring11 Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“S11 LP”) and Spring11 Advisory Services Limited, a private company limited by shares registered

 

F-187


Table of Contents

in England and Wales (“S11 UK” and, together with S11 LP and the other Spring11 entities, “Spring11”). BGC and CCRE (both Cantor controlled affiliates agreed to purchase 75% of Spring11. BGC acquired a 50% controlling interest and CCRE acquired an additional 25%. BGC contributed the 50% controlling interest to NKF.

Spring11 provides commercial real estate consulting and advisory services to a variety of commercial real estate clients, including lenders, investment banks, and investors. Spring11’s core competencies include: underwriting, modeling, structuring, due diligence and asset management. Spring11 also offers clients cost-effective and flexible staffing solutions through both on-site and off-site teams. Spring11 has offices in the United States located in New York, Atlanta, Los Angeles and Texas, in London, United Kingdom and in Chennai, India.

Commensurate with the BPF acquisition, BGC has committed to make a $100 million investment into a newly created joint venture entity controlled and managed by Cantor. The purpose of this entity will be to invest in various other Cantor real estate business. BGC will account for the investment under the equity method of accounting and contribute the investment to NKF upon closing of the BPF acquisition.

 

F-188


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Through and including            (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

             Shares

Newmark Group, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

Prospectus

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC        BofA Merrill Lynch         Citigroup        Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

 

 

 

                    , 2017

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by Newmark Group, Inc. (the “Registrant”) in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered, all of which will be paid by the Registrant. All amounts are estimates except the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) registration, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and the NASDAQ Global Market filing fees.

 

     Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 12,450  

NASDAQ Global Market filing fee and listing fee

                 

FINRA filing fee

                 

Printing and engraving expenses

                 

Legal fees and expenses

                 

Accounting fees and expenses

                 

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

                 

Miscellaneous

                 
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the Registrant. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides for indemnification by the Registrant of its directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide for such limitation of liability to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

The Registrant maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (1) to its directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, while acting in their capacity as directors and officers of the Registrant, and (2) to the Registrant with respect to payments which may be made by the Registrant to such officers and directors pursuant to any indemnification provision contained in the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise as a matter of law.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

The proposed form of underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of directors and certain officers of the Registrant by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On November 22, 2016, the Registrant issued 100 shares of common stock to BGC Partners, Inc. in a private placement pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for one dollar. The Registrant has not otherwise sold any securities, registered or otherwise, within the past three years.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits.

The Registrant has filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this registration statement.

(b) Financial Statements Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the combined financial statements or in the notes thereto.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant hereby further undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective;

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

 

  (3)

For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act, to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; and

 

  (4) For the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (a) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (b) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

 

  (c) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

 

  (d) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Title

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1*    Form of Separation and Distribution Agreement, by and among Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P., BGC Partners, Inc., BGC Holdings, L.P., BGC Partners, L.P., Newmark Group, Inc., Newmark Holdings, L.P. and Newmark Partners, L.P.
  3.1*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Newmark Group, Inc.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Newmark Group, Inc.
  4.1*    Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate
  5.1*    Opinion of Stephen M. Merkel as to the legality of the securities being registered
10.1*    Form of Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Newmark Holdings, L.P.
10.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Newmark Partners, L.P.
10.3*    Form of Administrative Services Agreement, by and between Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P. and Newmark Group, Inc.
10.4*    Form of Transition Services Agreement, by and between BGC Partners, Inc. and Newmark Group, Inc.
10.5*    Form of Tax Matters Agreement, by and between BGC Partners, Inc. and Newmark Group, Inc.
10.6*    Form of Tax Receivable Agreement, by and between Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P. and Newmark Group, Inc.
10.7*    Form of Registration Rights Agreement, by and among Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P., BGC Partners, Inc. and Newmark Group, Inc.
10.8*    Form of Exchange Agreement, by and among Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P., BGC Partners, Inc. and Newmark Group, Inc.
10.9^    Form of Newmark Holdings, L.P. Participation Plan
10.10^    Form of Newmark Group, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan
10.11^    Form of Newmark Group, Inc. Incentive Bonus Compensation Plan
10.12*^    Change of Control Agreement, dated as of                     , 2017, by and between Newmark Group, Inc. and Howard W. Lutnick
10.13*^    Employment Agreement, dated as of                     , 2017, by and between Newmark Group, Inc. and Barry M. Gosin
10.14    Transaction Agreement, dated as of July  17, 2017, by and among BGC Partners, Inc., BGC Partners, L.P., Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P., Cantor Commercial Real Estate Company, L.P., Cantor Sponsor, L.P., CF Real Estate Finance Holdings, L.P. and CF Real Estate Finance Holdings GP, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of BGC Partners, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 21, 2017).
10.15    Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of CF Real Estate Finance Holdings, L.P., dated as of September 8, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of BGC Partners, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 8, 2017).
10.16    Lease, dated as of May 6, 1994, between Sutom N.V. and Newmark & Company Real Estate, Inc., as amended

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Title

10.17    Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of September 8, 2017, by and among BGC Partners, Inc., as the Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Borrower, as Guarantors, the several financial institutions from time to time party thereto, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of BGC Partners, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 8, 2017)
21.1*    List of Subsidiaries
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, regarding Newmark Group, Inc.’s combined financial statements
23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, regarding Newmark Knight Frank’s combined financial statements
23.3    Consent of KPMG LLP, independent auditors, regarding Berkeley Point Financial LLC’s combined financial statements
23.4*    Consent of Stephen M. Merkel (included in Exhibit 5.1 to this registration statement)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this registration statement)

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.
^ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on the 23 rd day of October, 2017.

 

NEWMARK GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Howard W. Lutnick

  Name:   Howard W. Lutnick
  Title:   Chairman

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Howard W. Lutnick as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or supplements to this registration statement, whether pre-effective or post-effective, including any subsequent registration statement for the same offering which may be filed under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done with respect to this registration statement or any amendments or supplements hereto in the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date or dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Howard W. Lutnick

Howard W. Lutnick

  

Chairman

(Principal Executive Officer)

  October 23, 2017

/s/ Michael J. Rispoli

Michael J. Rispoli

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  October 23, 2017

/s/ James R. Ficarro

James R. Ficarro

  

Chief Operating Officer and Director

  October 23, 2017

 

II-6

Exhibit 10.9

FORM OF NEWMARK HOLDINGS, L.P. PARTICIPATION PLAN

 

  1. Purpose of the Plan

The purpose of this Newmark Holdings, L.P. Participation Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to advance the interests of Newmark Group, Inc. (“ Newmark ”) by providing a tax-efficient means, through the grant of Bonus Awards, Discount Purchase Awards, and Purchase Awards enabling Participants to acquire Partnership Interests, to (a) attract, retain, incentivize, and reward present and prospective officers, employees and consultants of and service providers to Newmark and its Affiliates, and (b) enable such persons to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in the Partnership in order to promote a closer identity of interests between such persons and Newmark and its stockholders.

 

  2. Definitions

Capitalized terms used in the Plan and not defined elsewhere in the Plan shall have the meanings set forth in this Section.

2.1    “ Affiliate ” means any domestic or foreign corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity that directly or indirectly is controlled by Newmark.

2.2    “ Award ” means a compensatory award granted under the Plan, pursuant to which a Participant acquires, or has the right or opportunity to acquire, Partnership Interests, and includes Bonus Awards, Discount Purchase Awards, and Purchase Awards.

2.3    “ Award Agreement ” means a written document prescribed by the Committee and provided to a Participant evidencing the grant of an Award.

2.4    “ Beneficiary ” means the person(s) or trust(s) entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive any rights or benefits with respect to an Award that survive a Participant’s death; provided , however , that, if at the time of the Participant’s death, the Participant had on file with the Committee a written designation of a person(s) or trust(s) to receive such rights or benefits, then such person(s) (if still living at the time of the Participant’s death) or trust(s) shall be the “Beneficiary” for purposes of the Award.

2.5    “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of Newmark.

2.6    “ Bonus Award ” means any Award for which the Participant pays no consideration (other than the performance of services).

2.7    “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including regulations thereunder and successor provisions and regulations thereto.

2.8    “ Committee ” means the compensation committee of the Board; the Board, where the Board is acting as the Committee pursuant to Section 3.1; and such senior executive(s) of Newmark as may be delegated any of the Committee’s powers and duties under the Plan pursuant to Section 3.3.


2.9    “ Discount Purchase Award ” means any Award that requires the Participant to pay consideration (in cash, foregone cash compensation, Partnership Interests, other Awards, or other consideration (other than the performance of services)), the Fair Market Value of which is less than the Fair Market Value of the Partnership Interests subject thereto as determined on the date of grant of the Award.

2.10    “ Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to Partnership Interests, other Awards, or other consideration (other than the performance of services), the fair market value determined by the Committee using a reasonable valuation method consistent with applicable provisions of the Code, applicable accounting principles, and other applicable law and regulation.

2.11    “ Newmark ” means Newmark Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto, as the sole member of the general partner of the Partnership.

2.12    “ Newmark LTIP ” means the Newmark Group, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or restated.

2.13    “ Participant ” means any eligible person who has been granted an Award.

2.14    “ Partnership ” means Newmark Holdings, L.P., a limited partnership organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, and any successor thereto as provided in Section 6.

2.15    “ Partnership Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership, as the same may from time to time be further amended and restated.

2.16    “ Partnership Interests ” means limited partnership interests of the Partnership issued pursuant to the Partnership Agreement, and such other securities as may be substituted or resubstituted for Partnership Interests pursuant to Section 6.

2.17    “ Purchase Award ” means any Award that requires the Participant to pay consideration (in cash, foregone cash consideration, Partnership Interests, other Awards, or other consideration (other than the performance of services)), the Fair Market Value of which is equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the Partnership Interests subject thereto as determined on the date of grant of the Award.

 

  3. Administration

3.1     The Committee . The Committee shall administer the Plan. To the extent permitted by applicable law and regulation, the Board may perform any function of the Committee under the Plan. In addition, the Board, Newmark, and the general partner of the Partnership shall have the respective authority and responsibility specifically reserved to them under the Plan, the Partnership Agreement, the Partnership’s general partner’s organic documents, Newmark’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, and applicable law and regulation.

 

-2-


3.2     Powers and Duties of the Committee . In addition to the powers and duties specified elsewhere in the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority and responsibility to:

(a)    adopt, amend, suspend, and rescind such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

(b)    correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and any rules and regulations, Award Agreement, or other instrument hereunder;

(c)    make determinations relating to eligibility for and entitlements in respect of Awards, and to make all factual findings related thereto; and

(d)    make all other decisions and determinations as may be required under the terms of the Plan or as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

All decisions and determinations of the Committee may be made in its sole and absolute discretion and shall be final and binding upon all Participants, Beneficiaries, and other persons claiming any rights under the Plan, any Award, or any Award Agreement.

3.3     Delegation by the Committee . To the extent permitted by applicable law and regulation, the Committee may delegate, on such terms and conditions as it determines, to one or more senior executives of Newmark (i) the power to grant Awards to Participants other than officers of Newmark and (ii) other administrative duties under the Plan with respect thereto. Any such delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time.

3.4     Limitation of Liability . Each member of the Committee shall be entitled, in good faith, to rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any officer or other employee of Newmark or any of its Affiliates, Newmark’s independent registered public accounting firm, or any executive compensation consultant, legal counsel, or other professional retained by Newmark to assist in the administration of the Plan. No member of the Committee, nor any officer or employee of Newmark acting on behalf of the Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, decision, or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, any Award, or any Award Agreement, and all members of the Committee and any officer or employee of Newmark or any of its Affiliates acting on behalf of the Committee shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulation, be fully indemnified and protected by Newmark and its Affiliates with respect to any such action, decision, or determination.

 

  4. Awards

4.1     Eligibility . The Committee shall select Participants from among present and prospective officers, employees and consultants of and service providers to Newmark and its Affiliates.

 

-3-


4.2     Types of Awards . The Committee shall determine the types of Awards to be granted under the Plan, which shall include Bonus Awards, Discount Purchase Awards, and Purchase Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant Awards in lieu of obligations of Newmark or any of its Affiliates to pay cash or grant other awards under other plans or compensatory arrangements, to the extent permitted by such other plans or arrangements. Partnership Interests issued pursuant to an Award that includes a purchase right shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, in such amounts, and in such forms, including cash, foregone cash consideration, Partnership Interests, other Awards, or other consideration (other than the performance of services), as the Committee shall determine.

4.3     Terms and Conditions of Awards . The Committee shall determine all of the terms and conditions of each Award, including, but not limited to, the number of Partnership Interests subject to the Award and any purchase price, any restrictions or conditions relating to transferability, forfeiture, exercisability, or settlement, and any schedule or performance conditions for the lapse of such restrictions or conditions, and any accelerations or modifications thereof, based in each case upon such considerations as the Committee shall determine. The Committee shall determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled, or may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered. The right of a Participant to receive, exercise, or settle an Award, and the timing thereof, may be subject to such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing performance conditions, and may reduce or increase the amounts payable under any Award subject to performance conditions.

4.4     Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards . Awards may be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for any other Award or any award granted under another plan of Newmark or any of its Affiliates, or any business entity to be acquired by Newmark or any of its Affiliates, or any other right of a Participant to receive payment from Newmark or any of its Affiliates. In granting a new Award that includes a purchase right, the Committee may determine that the Fair Market Value of any surrendered Award or other award may be applied, at either the time of grant or exercise, to reduce or pay the purchase price of the new Award.

4.5     Awards Involving Exchangeable Partnership Interests . If and to the extent that any Partnership Interest subject to an Award is exchangeable for or otherwise represents a right to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock of Newmark, such shares shall be issued by Newmark pursuant to an Other Stock-Based Award granted under Section 6(h) of the Newmark LTIP, subject to all of the terms and provisions of such Newmark LTIP, and such right shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section [    ] of the Partnership Agreement and Section 4(c) of the Newmark LTIP.

 

  5. Limitations on Awards

The maximum aggregate number of Partnership Interests that may be issued pursuant to all Awards granted under the Plan shall be determined from time to time by the Board; provided , however , that an Award that, in accordance with Section 4.5, involves a

 

-4-


Partnership Interest which is exchangeable for or otherwise represents a right to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock of Newmark may only be granted if and to the extent that such shares are available for issuance pursuant to an Other Stock-Based Award under the terms and provisions of the Newmark LTIP, including, but not limited to, Sections 4 and 8 thereof. Any Partnership Interests subject to an Award that is cancelled or forfeited, lapses, or is otherwise terminated without the issuance of such Partnership Interests shall no longer be counted against any maximum aggregate limitation established from time to time by the Board and may again be made subject to Awards.

 

  6. Adjustments

In the event of any change in the terms, number, or value of outstanding Partnership Interests by reason of any dividend, split or reverse split, any reorganization, recapitalization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange, any repurchase, liquidation or dissolution, any large, special and non-recurring distribution, or any other similar extraordinary transaction, the Committee shall make such adjustment as it deems to be equitable in order to preserve, without enlarging, the rights of Participants, as to (i) the number and kind of Partnership Interests which may be issued under the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of Partnership Interests related to then-outstanding Awards, and (iii) the purchase price relating to any Award. In addition, the Committee is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in then-outstanding Awards (including, but not limited to, cancellation of Awards in exchange for the intrinsic value, if any, of the vested portion thereof, substitution of Awards using securities or other obligations of a successor entity, acceleration of the exercise or expiration date of Awards, or adjustment to performance goals in respect of Awards) in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, but not limited to, events described in the preceding sentence, as well as acquisitions and dispositions of businesses and assets) affecting the Partnership, any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective business units, or the financial statements of the Partnership, but not limited to any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective business units, or in response to changes in applicable accounting principles or other law or regulation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such event will result in the acquisition of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s outstanding Partnership Interests or assets, then, if the document governing such acquisition (e.g., merger agreement) specifies the treatment of outstanding Awards under this Section 6, such treatment shall govern without the need for any action by the Committee.

 

  7. General Provisions

7.1     Compliance with Applicable Law, Regulation, and Other Obligations . The Partnership shall not be obligated to issue Partnership Interests in connection with any Award or take any other action under the Plan or the Partnership Agreement, including, but not limited to, permitting the exchange or other exercise of a right to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock of Newmark pursuant to a Partnership Interest that is or was subject to an Award in accordance with Section 4.5, in a transaction subject to the registration or other requirements of any applicable securities law or any other law, regulation, or other obligation of the Partnership, until the Partnership is satisfied that such laws, regulations, and other obligations have been complied with in full.

 

-5-


7.2     Limitations on Transferability . Awards and other rights or benefits under the Plan shall not be transferable by a Participant except to a Beneficiary in the event of the Participant’s death (to the extent any such Award, by its terms, survives the Participant’s death), and, if exercisable, shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Participant only by such Participant or his guardian or legal representative; provided , however , that such Awards and other rights or benefits may be transferred during the lifetime of the Participant, for purposes of the Participant’s estate planning or other purposes consistent with the purposes of the Plan (as determined by the Committee), and may be exercised by such transferees in accordance with the terms of such Award, in each case only if and to the extent permitted by the Committee. Awards and other rights or benefits under the Plan may not be pledged, mortgaged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered, and shall not be subject to the claims of creditors. A Beneficiary, transferee, or other person claiming any rights or benefits under the Plan, any Award, or any Award Agreement shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to the relevant Participant and Award, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, and to any additional terms and conditions deemed necessary or advisable by the Committee, whether imposed at or subsequent to the grant or transfer of the Award.

7.3     No Right to Continued Employment or Service; Leaves of Absence; Sales of Affiliates . None of the Plan, the grant of any Award, or any other action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any employee, officer, consultant, service provider or other person the right to be retained in the employ or service of Newmark or any of its Affiliates (for the vesting period or any other period of time), nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of Newmark or any of its Affiliates to terminate any person’s employment or service at any time. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Award Agreement or determined by the Committee at the time of the event, (i) an approved leave of absence shall not be considered a termination of employment or service for purposes of an Award, and (ii) any Participant who is employed by or provides services to an Affiliate shall be considered to have terminated employment or service for purposes of an Award if such Affiliate is sold or no longer qualifies as an Affiliate, unless such Participant remains employed by or continues to provide services to Newmark or another of its Affiliates.

7.4     Taxes . Newmark and any of its Affiliates are authorized to withhold from any Partnership Interests issued under the Plan, any distribution or other payment relating to a Partnership Interest, or any payroll or other payment to a Participant, amounts of withholding and other taxes due or potentially payable in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable to enable Newmark, its Affiliates, and Participants to satisfy their obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold or repurchase Partnership Interests or other payments and to make cash payments to applicable taxing authorities in respect thereof in satisfaction of withholding tax obligations.

7.5     Changes to the Plan and Awards . The Board may amend, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or the Committee’s authority to grant Awards without the consent of Participants; provided , however , that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such action may materially impair the rights of such Participant under any then-outstanding Award. The Committee may amend, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any then-outstanding

 

-6-


Award and any Award Agreement relating thereto; provided , however , that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such action may materially impair the rights of such Participant under such Award. Any action with respect to a then-outstanding Award taken by the Committee pursuant to a specific authorization set forth in another Section of the Plan shall not be treated as an action described in this Section 7.5.

7.6     No Right to Awards; No Partner Rights . No Participant or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment among Participants, officers, employees, consultants and service providers. No Award shall confer upon any Participant any of the rights of a partner of the Partnership unless and until Partnership Interests are duly issued to the Participant in accordance with the terms of the Award.

7.7     Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts . The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any Partnership Interests not yet issued to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Partnership; provided , however , that the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or make other arrangements to meet the Partnership’s obligations under the Plan to issue Partnership Interests pursuant to any Award, which trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan unless the Committee otherwise determines.

7.8     Nonexclusivity of the Plan . The adoption of the Plan shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board, Newmark, or any of its Affiliates, including, but not limited to, the Partnership, to adopt such other compensatory or other arrangements as it may deem necessary or desirable, including the granting of awards otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

7.9     Governing Law and Regulation . The Plan and all Award Agreements shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction), and applicable federal and other law and regulation.

7.10     Severability of Provisions . If any provision of the Plan or of any Award Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof or thereof, and the Plan and the Award Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions had not been included.

7.11     Termination of Authority To Grant Awards . Unless earlier terminated by the Board, the Committee’s authority to grant Awards shall terminate on the day before the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the Partnership’s adoption of the Plan. Upon any such termination of the Plan, no new grants of Awards may be made, but then-outstanding Awards shall remain outstanding in accordance with their terms, and the Committee otherwise shall retain its full powers and duties under the Plan with respect to such Awards.

 

-7-

Exhibit 10.10

FORM OF NEWMARK GROUP, INC.

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

1.     Purpose . The purpose of this Long Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) of Newmark Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), is to advance the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing a means to attract, retain, motivate and reward present and prospective directors, officers, employees and consultants of and service providers to the Company and its affiliates and to enable such persons to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in the Company, thereby promoting a closer identity of interests between such persons and the Company’s stockholders.

2.     Definitions . The definitions of awards under the Plan, including Options, SARs (including Limited SARs), Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, Stock granted as a bonus or in lieu of other awards, Dividend Equivalents and Other Stock-Based Awards, are as set forth in Section 6 of the Plan. Such awards, together with any other right or interest granted to a Participant under the Plan, are termed “Awards.” For purposes of the Plan, the following additional terms shall be defined as set forth below:

(a)    “ Award Agreement ” means any written agreement, contract, notice or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

(b)    “ Beneficiaries ” means the person, persons, trust or trusts which have been designated by a Participant in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Committee to receive the benefits specified under the Plan upon such Participant’s death or, if there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the person, persons, trust or trusts entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.

(c)    “ BGC ” means BGC Partners, Inc. (or any successor thereto (other than the Company)).

(d)    “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e)    A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred on:

(i)    the date of the acquisition by any “person” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), excluding the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary or any employee benefit plan sponsored by any of the foregoing, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of shares of common stock of the Company representing 30% of either (x) the total number of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, or (y) the total voting power with respect to the election of directors; or

(ii)    the date the individuals who constitute the Board upon the Effective Date (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote


of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (other than any individual whose nomination for election to Board membership was not endorsed by the Company’s management prior to, or at the time of, such individual’s initial nomination for election) shall be, for purposes of this clause (ii), considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board;

(iii)    the consummation of a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, a reverse stock split of outstanding voting securities, or the issuance of shares of stock of the Company in connection with the acquisition of the stock or assets of another entity; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not occur under this clause (iii) if consummation of the transaction would result in at least 70% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company (or, if not the Company, the entity that succeeds to all or substantially all of the Company’s business) outstanding immediately after such transaction being beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act) by at least 75% of the holders of outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to the transaction, with the voting power of each such continuing holder relative to other such continuing holders not substantially altered in the transaction; or

(iv)    prior to any spin-off of the Company from BGC, the date on which a Change in Control (as defined in the BGC Partners, Inc. Seventh Amended and Restated Long Term Incentive Plan or any successor plan thereto) of BGC occurs.

For the avoidance of doubt, neither the completion of the Company’s separation from BGC, initial public offering, or any spin-off of the Company from BGC (nor any of the transactions that may occur in furtherance of either such event) shall constitute a Change in Control.

(f)    “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. References to any provision of the Code shall be deemed to include regulations thereunder and successor provisions and regulations thereto.

(g)    “ Committee ” means the committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, or if no committee is appointed, the Board.

(h)    “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. References to any provision of the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.

(i)    “ Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to Stock, Awards, or other property, the fair market value of such Stock, Awards, or other property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee; provided, however, that, if the Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value of such Stock on a given date shall be based upon the closing market price or, if unavailable, the average of the closing bid and asked prices per share of the Stock at

 

-2-


the end of regular trading on such date (or, if there was no trading or quotation in the Stock on such date, on the next preceding date on which there was trading or quotation) as provided by one of such organizations.

(j)    “ ISO ” means any Option intended to be and designated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(k)    “ Parent ” means any “person” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) that controls the Company on the Effective Date, either directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries.

(l)    “ Participant ” means a person who, at a time when eligible under Section 5 hereof, has been granted an Award under the Plan.

(m)    “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3, as from time to time in effect and applicable to the Plan and Participants, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and shall be deemed to include any successor provisions thereto.

(n)    “ Stock ” means the Company’s Class A Common Stock, and such other securities as may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Section 4(c).

(o)    “ Subsidiary ” means each entity that is controlled by the Company or a Parent, either directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries.

 

  3. Administration .

(a)     Authority of the Committee . Except as otherwise provided below, the Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full and final authority to take the following actions, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan:

(i)    to select persons to whom Awards may be granted;

(ii)    to determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each such person;

(iii)    to determine the number of Awards to be granted, the number of shares of Stock to which an Award will relate, the terms and conditions of any Award granted under the Plan (including, without limitation, any exercise price, grant price or purchase price, any restriction or condition, any schedule for lapse of restrictions or conditions relating to transferability or forfeiture, exercisability or settlement of an Award, and waivers or accelerations thereof, performance conditions relating to an Award (including, without limitation, performance conditions relating to Awards not intended to be governed by Section 7(e) and waivers and modifications thereof), based in each case on such considerations as the Committee shall determine), and all other matters to be determined in connection with an Award;

 

-3-


(iv)    to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances an Award may be settled, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid, in cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

(v)    to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, Stock, other Awards or other property payable with respect to an Award will be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Committee or at the election of the Participant;

(vi)    to determine the restrictions, if any, to which Stock received upon exercise or settlement of an Award shall be subject (including, without limitation, lock-ups and other transfer restrictions), including, without limitation, conditioning the delivery of such Stock upon the execution by the Participant of any agreement providing for such restrictions;

(vii)    to prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;

(viii)    to adopt, amend, suspend, waive and rescind such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

(ix)    to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and any Award, rules and regulations, Award Agreement or other instrument hereunder; and

(x)    to make all other decisions and determinations as may be required under the terms of the Plan or as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

Other provisions of the Plan notwithstanding, the Board shall perform the functions of the Committee for purposes of granting awards to directors who serve on the Committee, and, to the extent permitted under applicable law and regulation, the Board may perform any function of the Committee under the Plan for any other purpose, including without limitation for the purpose of ensuring that transactions under the Plan by Participants who are then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Company are exempt under Rule 16b-3. In any case in which the Board is performing a function of the Committee under the Plan, each reference to the Committee herein shall be deemed to refer to the Board, except where the context otherwise requires.

(b)     Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority . Any action of the Committee with respect to the Plan shall be taken in its sole discretion and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, its Parent and Subsidiaries, Participants, any person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant and stockholders, except to the extent the Committee may subsequently modify, or take further action not consistent with, its prior action. If not specified in the Plan, the time at which the Committee must or may make any determination shall be determined by the Committee, and any such

 

-4-


determination may thereafter be modified by the Committee (subject to Section 8(e)). The express grant of any specific power to the Committee, and the taking of any action by the Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. Except as provided under Section 7(e), the Committee may delegate to officers or managers of the Company the authority, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform such functions as the Committee may determine, to the extent permitted under applicable law and regulation.

(c)     Limitation of Liability; Indemnification . Each member of the Committee and any officer or employee of the Company acting on behalf of the Committee shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any officer or other employee of the Company, its Parent or Subsidiaries, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm or any legal counsel or other professional retained by the Company or the Committee to assist in the administration of the Plan. No member of the Committee, or any officer or employee of the Company acting on behalf of the Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Committee and any officer or employee of the Company acting on its behalf shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation.

 

  4. Stock Subject to Plan .

(a)     Amount of Stock Reserved . The aggregate number of shares of Stock delivered pursuant to the exercise or settlement of Awards granted under the Plan shall not exceed [                ] shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c), all of which may be shares of Stock subject to ISOs. If an Award valued by reference to Stock is settled in cash, the number of shares to which such Award relates shall be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of this Section 4(a). Any shares of Stock delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares, treasury shares or shares acquired in the market on a Participant’s behalf.

(b)     Annual Per-Participant Limitations . During any calendar year, no Participant may be granted Awards, including Options and SARS, that may be settled by delivery of more than [                ] shares of Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c). In addition, with respect to Awards that may be settled solely in cash, no Participant may be paid during any calendar year cash amounts relating to such Awards that exceed the greater of the Fair Market Value of the number of shares of Stock set forth in the preceding sentence at the date of grant or the date of settlement of Award. This provision sets forth two separate limitations, so that Awards that may be settled solely by delivery of Stock will not operate to reduce the amount of cash-only Awards, and vice versa; nevertheless, Awards that may be settled in Stock or cash must not exceed either limitation.

(c)     Adjustments . In the event that the Committee shall determine that any recapitalization, forward or reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Stock or other securities, Stock dividend or other special, large and non-recurring dividend or distribution (whether in the form of cash, securities or other property), liquidation, dissolution, or other similar corporate transaction or event, affects

 

-5-


the Stock such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and kind of shares of Stock reserved and available for Awards under Section 4(a), including shares reserved for ISOs, (ii) the number and kind of shares of Stock specified in the annual per-Participant limitations under Section 4(b), (iii) the number and kind of shares of outstanding Restricted Stock or other outstanding Awards in connection with which shares have been issued, (iv) the number and kind of shares that may be issued in respect of other outstanding Awards and (v) the exercise price, grant price or purchase price relating to any Award (or, if deemed appropriate, the Committee may make provision for a cash payment, including, without limitation, payment based upon the Award’s intrinsic (i.e., in-the-money) value, if any, with respect to any outstanding Award). In addition, the Committee shall make appropriate adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards (including, without limitation, cancellation of unexercised or outstanding Awards, with or without the payment of any consideration (which may, if paid, include cash, stock or other property) therefor, substitution of Awards using stock of a successor or other entity) in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events (including, without limitation, events described in the preceding sentence and events constituting a Change in Control) affecting the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary or the financial statements of the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary, or in response to changes in applicable law, regulation, or accounting principles.

(d)     Repricing . As to any Award granted as an Option or an SAR, the Committee may not, without prior stockholder approval to the extent required under applicable law, regulation or exchange rule, subsequently reduce the exercise or grant price relating to such Award, or take such other action as may be considered a repricing of such Award under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

  5. Eligibility . Directors, officers and employees of the Company or its Parent or any Subsidiary, and persons who provide consulting or other services to the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary deemed by the Committee to be of substantial value to the Company or its Parent or Subsidiaries, are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan. In addition, persons who have been offered employment by, or agreed to become a director of, or agreed to provide consulting or other services to, the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary, and persons employed by or providing services to an entity that the Committee reasonably expects to become a Subsidiary of the Company, are eligible to be granted an Award under the Plan.

 

  6. Specific Terms of Awards .

(a)     General . Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6. In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise or settlement thereof such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, terms and conditions requiring forfeiture of Awards or of the cash, Stock, other Awards or other property received by the Participant in payment or settlement of Awards, in the event of termination of employment or service of the Participant, or in the case of the Participant’s violation of Company policies, restrictions or other requirements.

 

-6-


Except as expressly provided by the Committee (including for purposes of complying with the requirements of the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to lawful consideration for the issuance of shares), no consideration other than services shall be required as consideration for the grant (but not the exercise or settlement) of any Award.

(b)     Options . The Committee is authorized to grant options to purchase Stock (including “reload” options automatically granted to offset specified exercises of Options) on the following terms and conditions (“ Options ”):

(i)     Exercise Price . The exercise price of one share of Stock purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that the price of one share of Stock which may be purchased upon the exercise of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of grant of such Option.

(ii)     Time and Method of Exercise . The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part, the methods by which such exercise price may be paid or deemed to be paid, the form of such payment, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards or other property (including notes or other contractual obligations of Participants to make payment on a deferred basis, such as through “cashless exercise” arrangements, to the extent permitted under applicable law and regulation), and the methods by which Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants.

(iii)    T ermination of Employment or Service . The Committee shall determine the period, if any, during which Options shall be exercisable following a Participant’s termination of his or her employment or service relationship with the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, (A) during any period that an Option is exercisable following termination of employment or service, it shall be exercisable only to the extent it was exercisable upon such termination of employment or service, and (B) if such termination of employment or service is for cause, as determined by the Committee unless the Participant’s employment or service agreement otherwise defines cause (in which case, cause shall be determined in accordance with such agreement), all Options held by the Participant shall immediately terminate.

(iv)     Sale of the Company . Upon the consummation of any transaction whereby the Company (or any successor to the Company or substantially all of its business) becomes a wholly owned subsidiary of any corporation, all Options outstanding under the Plan shall terminate (after taking into account any accelerated vesting pursuant to Section 7(f)), with or without the payment of any consideration therefor, including, without limitation, payment of the intrinsic (i.e., in-the-money) value, if any, of such Options, as determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 4(c), unless such other corporation shall continue or assume the Plan as it relates to Options then outstanding (in which case, such other corporation shall be treated as the Company for all purposes hereunder, and, pursuant to Section 4(c), the Committee shall make appropriate adjustment in the

 

-7-


number and kind of shares of Stock subject thereto and the exercise price per share thereof to reflect consummation of such transaction). If the Plan is not to be so assumed, the Company shall notify the Participant of consummation of such transaction at least ten days in advance thereof.

(v)     Options Providing Favorable Tax Treatment . The Committee may grant Options that may afford a Participant with favorable treatment under the tax laws applicable to such Participant, including, without limitation, ISOs. If Stock acquired by exercise of an ISO is sold or otherwise disposed of within two years after the date of grant of the ISO or within one year after the transfer of such Stock to the Participant, the holder of the Stock immediately prior to the disposition shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of the disposition and shall provide such other information regarding the disposition as the Company may reasonably require in order to secure any deduction then available against the Company’s or any other corporation’s taxable income. The Company may impose such procedures as it determines necessary or advisable to ensure that such notification is made. Each Option granted as an ISO shall be designated as such in the Award Agreement relating to such Option.

(c)     Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee is authorized to grant stock appreciation rights on the following terms and conditions (“ SARs ”):

(i)     Right to Payment . An SAR shall confer on the Participant to whom it is granted a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise (or, if the Committee shall so determine in the case of any such right other than one related to an ISO, the Fair Market Value of one share at any time during a specified period before or after the date of exercise), over (B) the grant price of the SAR as determined by the Committee as of the date of grant of the SAR, which shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of grant.

(ii)     Other Terms . The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an SAR may be exercised in whole or in part, the method of exercise, method of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, method by which Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants, whether or not an SAR shall be in tandem with any other Award, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR. “Limited SARs” that may only be exercised upon the occurrence of a Change in Control may be granted on such terms, not inconsistent with this Section 6(c), as the Committee may determine. Limited SARs may be either freestanding or in tandem with other Awards.

(d)     Restricted Stock . The Committee is authorized to grant Stock that is subject to restrictions based on continued employment or service on the following terms and conditions (“ Restricted Stock ”):

 

-8-


(i)     Grant and Restrictions . Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Committee may determine. Except to the extent restricted under the terms of the Plan and any Award Agreement relating to the Restricted Stock, a Participant granted Restricted Stock shall have all of the rights of a stockholder, including, without limitation, the right to vote Restricted Stock or the right to receive dividends thereon.

(ii)     Forfeiture . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, upon termination of employment or service (as determined under criteria established by the Committee) during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited and reacquired by the Company; provided, however, that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of termination resulting from specified causes.

(iii)     Certificates for Stock . Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, such certificates may bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, and the Company may retain physical possession of the certificate, in which case the Participant shall be required to have delivered a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Restricted Stock.

(iv)     Dividends . Dividends paid on Restricted Stock shall be either paid at the dividend payment date in cash or in shares of unrestricted Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, or the payment of such dividends shall be deferred and/or the amount or value thereof automatically reinvested in additional Restricted Stock, other Awards, or other investment vehicles, as the Committee shall determine or permit the Participant to elect. Stock distributed in connection with a Stock split or Stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Stock or other property has been distributed, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

(e)     Deferred Stock . The Committee is authorized to grant units representing the right to receive Stock at a future date subject to the following terms and conditions (“ Deferred Stock ”):

(i)     Award and Restrictions . Delivery of Stock shall occur upon expiration of the deferral period specified for an Award of Deferred Stock by the

 

-9-


Committee (or, if permitted by the Committee, as elected by the Participant). In addition, Deferred Stock shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose, if any, which restrictions may lapse at the expiration of the deferral period or at earlier specified times, separately or in combination, in installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine.

(ii)     Forfeiture . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, upon termination of employment or service (as determined under criteria established by the Committee) during the applicable deferral period or portion thereof to which forfeiture conditions apply (as provided in the Award Agreement evidencing the Deferred Stock), all Deferred Stock that is at that time subject to such forfeiture conditions shall be forfeited; provided, however, that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Deferred Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of termination resulting from specified causes.

(f)     Bonus Stock and Awards in Lieu of Cash Obligations . The Committee is authorized to grant Stock as a bonus, or to grant Stock or other Awards in lieu of Company obligations to pay cash under other plans or compensatory arrangements.

(g)     Dividend Equivalents . The Committee is authorized to grant awards entitling the Participant to receive cash, Stock, other Awards or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Stock (“ Dividend Equivalents ”). Dividend Equivalents may be awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with any other Award. The Committee may provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Stock, Awards or other investment vehicles, and be subject to such restrictions on transferability and risks of forfeiture, as the Committee may specify. Dividend Equivalents may be paid, distributed or accrued in connection with any Award, whether or not vested.

(h)     Other Stock-Based Awards . The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law and regulation, to grant such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Stock and factors that may influence the value of Stock, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, including, without limitation, convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Stock, purchase rights for Stock, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or any other factors designated by the Committee, and Awards valued by reference to the book value of Stock or the value of securities of or the performance of specified Subsidiaries (“ Other Stock-Based Awards ”). An award granted under the Newmark Holdings, L.P. Participation Plan that involves a limited partnership interest in Newmark Holdings, L.P. that is exchangeable for or otherwise represents a right to acquire Stock in accordance with Section 4.5 of that plan shall also constitute an Other Stock-Based Award within the meaning of this Section 6(h). In addition, Awards granted to provide shares of Stock issuable upon the exchange of exchangeable compensatory Newmark Holdings, L.P. founding partner interests shall constitute Other Stock-Based Awards within the meaning of this Section 6(h). The Committee shall determine the terms

 

-10-


and conditions of Other Stock-Based Awards. Stock issued pursuant to such an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 6(h) shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, as the Committee shall determine. Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to any other Award under the Plan, may be granted pursuant to this Section 6(h).

 

  7. Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards .

(a)     Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards . Awards granted under the Plan may, as determined by the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with or in substitution for any other Award granted under the Plan or any award granted under any other plan of the Company, its Parent or Subsidiaries or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary, or any other right of a Participant to receive payment from the Company, its Parent or Subsidiaries. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards, awards or rights may be granted either as of the same time as or a different time from the grant of such other Awards, awards or rights.

(b)     Term of Awards . The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that in no event shall the term of any ISO or SAR granted in tandem therewith exceed a period of ten years from the date of its grant (or such shorter period as may be applicable under Section 422 of the Code).

(c)     Form of Payment Under Awards . Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, payments to be made by the Company, its Parent or Subsidiaries upon the grant, exercise or settlement of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments or on a deferred basis. Such payments may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of Dividend Equivalents in respect of installment or deferred payments denominated in Stock.

(d)     Loans in Connection with an Award . The Company may not, in connection with any Award, extend, maintain, renew, guarantee or arrange for credit in the form of a personal loan to any Participant who is a director or executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of the Exchange Act); provided, however, that, with the consent of the Committee, and subject at all times to, and only to the extent, if any, permitted under applicable law and regulation and other binding obligations or provisions applicable to the Company, the Company may extend, maintain, renew, guarantee or arrange for credit in the form of a personal loan to a Participant who is not such a director or executive officer in connection with any Award, including the payment by such Participant of any or all federal, state or local income or other taxes due in connection with any Award. Subject to such limitations, the Committee shall have full authority to decide whether to make a loan hereunder and to determine the amount, terms and provisions of any such loan, including, without limitation, the interest rate to be charged in respect of any such loan, whether the loan is to be with or without recourse against the borrower, the terms on which the loan is to be repaid and the conditions, if any, under which the loan may be forgiven.

 

-11-


(e)     Performance-Based Awards .

(i)     Setting of Performance Objectives . The Committee may designate any Award, the grant, exercisability or settlement of which is subject to the achievement of performance conditions, as a performance-based Award subject to this Section 7(e), in order to qualify such Award as “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. The performance objectives for an Award subject to this Section 7(e) shall consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance with respect to such criteria, as specified by the Committee but subject to this Section 7(e). Performance objectives shall be objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code. Business criteria used by the Committee in establishing performance objectives for Awards subject to this Section 7(e) shall be based exclusively on one or more of the following corporate-wide or subsidiary, division or operating unit financial and strategic measures:

(i)    pre-tax or after-tax net income,

(ii)    pre-tax or after-tax operating income,

(iii)    gross revenue,

(iv)    profit margin,

(v)    stock price, dividends and/or total stockholder return,

(vi)    cash flow(s),

(vii)    market share,

(viii)    pre-tax or after-tax earnings per share,

(ix)    pre-tax or after-tax operating earnings per share,

(x)    expenses,

(xi)    return on equity, or

(xii)    strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified revenue, market penetration, or geographic business expansion goals, cost targets, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures, or any combination thereof (in each case before or after such objective income and expense allocations or adjustments as the Committee may specify within the applicable period).

The levels of performance required with respect to such business criteria may be expressed on an absolute and/or relative basis, may be based on or otherwise employ comparisons based on current internal targets, the past

 

-12-


performance of the Company (including the performance of one or more subsidiaries, divisions and/or operating units) and/or the past or current performance of other companies, and in the case of earnings-based measures, may use or employ comparisons relating to capital (including, without limitation, the cost of capital), stockholders’ equity and/or shares outstanding, or to assets or net assets. Performance objectives may differ for such Awards to different Participants. The Committee shall specify the weighting to be given to each performance objective for purposes of determining the final amount payable with respect to any such Award. The Committee may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of a payout otherwise to be made in connection with an Award subject to this Section 7(e), but may not exercise discretion to increase such amount, and the Committee may consider other performance criteria in exercising such discretion.

The Committee may not delegate any responsibility with respect to an Award subject to this Section 7(e).

(ii) Impact of Extraordinary Items or Changes in Accounting . To the extent applicable, the measures used in setting performance objectives for any given performance period shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) in a manner consistent with the methods used in the Company’s audited financial statements, without regard to (i) extraordinary items as determined by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm in accordance with GAAP, (ii) changes in accounting, unless, in each case, the Committee decides otherwise within the period described in Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.162-27(e)(2) (as may be amended from time to time) for a given performance period, or (iii) non-recurring acquisition expenses and restructuring charges. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in calculating operating earnings or operating income (including on a per share basis), the Committee may, within the period described in Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.162-27(e)(2) (as may be amended from time to time) for a given performance period, provide that such calculation shall be made on the same basis as reflected in a release of the Company’s earnings for a previously completed period as specified by the Committee.

(f)     Acceleration Upon a Change of Control . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, except as set forth in an Award Agreement, all conditions and/or restrictions relating to the continued performance of services and/or the achievement of performance objectives with respect to the exercisability or full enjoyment of an Award shall accelerate or otherwise lapse immediately prior to a Change in Control.

8.     General Provisions .

(a)     Issuance of Stock; Compliance with Laws and Obligations . The Company shall not be obligated to issue or deliver Stock in connection with any Award or take any other action under the Plan in a transaction subject to the requirements of any applicable federal or state securities law, any requirement under any listing agreement between the Company and any national securities exchange or any other law, regulation or contractual obligation of the

 

-13-


Company until the Company is satisfied that such laws, requirements, regulations, and other obligations of the Company have been complied with in full. Certificates representing shares of Stock issued under the Plan will be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as may be applicable under such laws, requirements, regulations and other obligations of the Company, including any requirement that a legend or legends be placed thereon.

(b)     Limitations on Transferability . Awards and other rights under the Plan shall not be transferable by a Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or to a Beneficiary in the event of the Participant’s death, shall not be pledged, mortgaged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered, or otherwise subject to the claims of creditors, and, in the case of ISOs and SARs in tandem therewith, shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Participant only by such Participant or his guardian or legal representative; provided, however, that such Awards and other rights (other than ISOs and SARs in tandem therewith) may be transferred to one or more transferees during the lifetime of the Participant to the extent and on such terms and conditions as then may be permitted by the Committee. A Beneficiary, transferee, or other person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to such Participant, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, and to any additional terms and conditions determined by the Committee, whether imposed at or subsequent to the grant or transfer of the Award.

(c)     No Right to Continued Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any employee, director or other person the right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary to terminate any employee’s employment or other person’s service at any time or with the right of the Board or stockholders to remove any director. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Award Agreement, (i) an approved leave of absence shall not be considered a termination of employment or service for purposes of an Award, and (ii) any Participant who is employed by or performs services for a Parent or a Subsidiary shall be considered to have terminated employment or service for purposes of an Award if such Parent or Subsidiary no longer qualifies as a Parent or Subsidiary, unless such Participant remains employed by the Company, a Parent, or a Subsidiary.

(d)     Taxes . The Company, its Parent and Subsidiaries are authorized to withhold from any delivery of Stock in connection with an Award, any other payment relating to an Award or any payroll or other payment to a Participant amounts of withholding and other taxes due or potentially payable in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company, its Parent and Subsidiaries and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Stock or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant’s tax obligations.

(e)     Changes to the Plan and Awards . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan or the Committee’s authority to grant Awards under the Plan without the consent of stockholders or Participants, except that any such action shall be subject

 

-14-


to the approval of the Company’s stockholders at or before the next annual meeting of stockholders for which the record date is after such Board action if such stockholder approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation or the applicable rules of any stock exchange, and the Board may otherwise determine to submit other such changes to the Plan to stockholders for approval; provided, however, that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such action may materially impair the rights of such Participant under any Award theretofore granted to him or her (as such rights are set forth in the Plan and the Award Agreement). The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate, any Award theretofore granted and any Award Agreement relating thereto; provided, however, that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such action may materially impair the rights of such Participant under such Award (as such rights are set forth in the Plan and the Award Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board or the Committee may take any action, including, without limitation, actions affecting or terminating outstanding Awards if and to the extent permitted by the Plan or applicable Award Agreement. The Board or the Committee shall also have the authority to establish separate sub-plans under the Plan with respect to Participants resident in a particular jurisdiction (the terms of which shall not be inconsistent with those of the Plan) if necessary or advisable to comply with applicable law or regulation of such jurisdiction.

(f)     No Rights to Awards; No Stockholder Rights . No person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants. No Award shall confer on any Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company unless and until Stock is duly issued or transferred and delivered to the Participant in accordance with the terms of the Award or, in the case of an Option, the Option is duly exercised.

(g)     Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts . The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company; provided, however, that the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or make other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations under the Plan to deliver cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property pursuant to any Award, which trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan unless the Committee otherwise determines with the consent of each affected Participant.

(h)     Non-exclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor any submission of the Plan or amendments thereto to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or the Committee to adopt such other compensatory arrangements as it may deem necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

(i)     No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

-15-


(j)     Compliance with Law and Regulation . It is the intent of the Company that employee Options, SARs and other Awards designated as Awards subject to Section 7(e) shall constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. Accordingly, if any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement relating to an Award intended by the Company to be “qualified performance-based compensation” does not comply or is inconsistent with the requirements of Section 
162(m) of the Code, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements, and no provision shall be deemed to confer upon the Committee or any other person discretion to increase the amount of compensation otherwise payable in connection with any such Award upon attainment of the performance objectives. With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, it is the intent of the Company that the Plan and all transactions under the Plan comply with applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3. In addition, it is the intent of the Company that ISOs comply with applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code, and that, to the extent applicable, Awards comply with the requirements of Sections 409A and 280G of the Code or an exception from such requirements. The Committee may revoke any Award if it is contrary to law or regulation or modify an Award to bring it into compliance with any applicable law or regulation.

(k)     Governing Law . The validity, construction and effect of the Plan, any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws, and applicable federal law.

(l)     Plan Effective Date . The Plan shall be effective as of the date it is adopted by the Board (the “ Effective Date ”); provided that it has been approved or is thereafter approved by the stockholders of the Company in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations, and rules and listing standards of the applicable stock exchange.

(m)     Plan Termination . The Plan shall continue in effect until terminated by the Board.

 

-16-

Exhibit 10.11

FORM OF NEWMARK GROUP, INC.

INCENTIVE BONUS COMPENSATION PLAN

([            ], 2017)

1.     Purpose . The purpose of this Incentive Bonus Compensation Plan of Newmark Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is (i) to attract, retain and reward key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries by providing them with the opportunity to earn bonus awards that are based upon the achievement of specified performance goals; and (ii) to structure such bonus opportunities in a way that will qualify the awards made as “performance-based” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code so that the Company may be entitled to a federal income tax deduction for the payment of such incentive awards to such employees.

2.     Definitions . As used in the Plan, the following terms shall the meanings set forth below:

(a)    “ Applicable Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Performance Period, a period commencing on or before the first day of such Performance Period and ending no later than the earlier of (i) the 90th day of such Performance Period, or (ii) the date on which 25% of such Performance Period has been completed. Any action required under the Plan to be taken within the period specified in the preceding sentence may be taken at a later date if, but only if, the regulations under Section 162(m) of the Code are hereafter amended, or interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service, to permit such later date, in which case the term “Applicable Period” shall be deemed amended accordingly.

(b)    “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company as constituted from time to time.

(c)    “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

(d)    “ Committee ” shall mean the committee of the Board consisting solely of two or more non-employee directors (each of whom is intended to qualify as an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) designated by the Board as the committee responsible for administering and interpreting the Plan.

(e)    “ Company ” shall mean Newmark Group, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, and any successor thereto.

(f)    “ GAAP ” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles.

(g)    “ Individual Award Opportunity ” shall mean the performance-based award opportunity for a given Participant for a given Performance Period as specified by the Committee within the Applicable Period, which may be expressed in dollars or on a formula basis that is consistent with the provisions of the Plan.

(h)    “ Negative Discretion ” shall mean the discretion authorized by the Plan to be applied by the Committee to eliminate, or reduce the value of, a bonus award


otherwise payable to a Participant for a given Performance Period, provided that the exercise of such discretion would not cause the award to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. By way of example and not by way of limitation, in no event shall any discretionary authority granted to the Committee by the Plan, including, but not limited to, Negative Discretion, be used (i) to provide for an award under the Plan in excess of the value payable based on actual performance versus the applicable performance goals for the Performance Period in question, or in excess of the individual award limit maximum value specified in Section 6(b) below, or (ii) to increase the value otherwise payable to any other Participant.

(i)    “ Participant ” shall mean, for any given Performance Period with respect to which the Plan is in effect, each key employee of the Company (including any subsidiary, operating unit or division) who is designated as a Participant in the Plan for such Performance Period by the Committee pursuant to Section 4 below.

(j)    “ Performance Period ” shall mean any period commencing on or after the date of the completion of the Company’s initial public offering for which performance goals are set under Section 5 and during which performance shall be measured to determine whether such goals have been met for purposes of determining whether a Participant is entitled to payment of a bonus under the Plan. A Performance Period may be coincident with one or more fiscal years of the Company, or a portion thereof.

(k)    “ Plan ” shall mean the Newmark Group, Inc. Incentive Bonus Compensation Plan as set forth in this document, and as further amended from time to time.

3.     Administration .

(a)     General . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law and regulation (including, but not limited to, Section 162(m) of the Code), and in addition to any other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have the full power and authority, after taking into account, in its sole and absolute discretion, the recommendations of the Company’s senior management:

(i)    to designate (within the Applicable Period) the Participants in the Plan and the Individual Award Opportunities and/or, if applicable, bonus pool award opportunities for such Performance Period;

(ii)    to designate (within the Applicable Period) and thereafter administer the performance goals and other award terms and conditions that are to apply under the Plan for such Performance Period;

(iii)    to determine and certify the bonus award value earned for any given Performance Period, based on actual performance versus the performance goals for such Performance Period, after making any permitted Negative Discretion adjustments;

 

-2-


(iv)    to decide whether, under what circumstances and subject to what terms bonus payouts are to be paid on a deferred basis, including, but not limited to, automatic deferrals at the Committee’s election as well as elective deferrals at the election of Participants, in each case after having considered the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code;

(v)    to adopt, revise, suspend, waive or repeal, when and as appropriate, in its sole and absolute discretion, such administrative rules, guidelines and procedures for the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable to implement the terms and conditions of the Plan;

(vi)    to interpret and administer the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Individual Award Opportunity (including reconciling any inconsistencies, correcting any defaults and addressing any omissions in the Plan or any related instrument or agreement); and

(vii)    to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

It is intended that all bonus awards payable to Participants under the Plan who are “covered employees” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.162-27(c)(2) (as amended from time to time) shall constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.162-27(e) (as amended from time to time), and, to the maximum extent possible, the Plan and the terms of any Individual Award Opportunity shall be so interpreted and construed.

(b)     Binding Nature of Committee Decisions . Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations and other decisions made under or with respect to the Plan or any Individual Award Opportunity shall be within the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee, and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, any Participant, and any beneficiary or other person having, or claiming, any rights under the Plan.

(c)     Other . No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination (including, but not limited to, any decision not to act) made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Individual Award Opportunity. If a Committee member intended to qualify as an “outside director” under Section 162(m) of the Code does not in fact so qualify, the mere fact of such non-qualification shall not invalidate any Individual Award Opportunity or other action taken by the Committee under the Plan which otherwise was validly taken under the Plan.

4.     Plan Participation .

(a)     Participant Designations by the Committee . For any given Performance Period, the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall, within the Applicable Period, designate those key employees of the Company (including its subsidiaries, operating units and divisions) who shall be Participants in the Plan for such Performance Period.

 

-3-


(b)     Impact of Plan Participation . An individual who is a designated Participant for any given Performance Period shall not also participate in the Company’s general bonus plans for such Performance Period (to the extent such plans exist), if such participation would cause any Individual Award Opportunity hereunder to fail to qualify as “performance-based” under Section 162(m).

5.     Performance Goals .

(a)     Setting of Performance Goals .

(i)    For a given Performance Period, the Committee shall, within the Applicable Period, set one or more objective target performance goals for each Participant and/or each group of Participants and/or each bonus pool (if any). Such goals shall be based exclusively on one or more of the following corporate-wide or subsidiary, division or operating unit financial and strategic measures:

(1) pre-tax or after-tax net income,

(2) pre-tax or after-tax operating income,

(3) gross revenue,

(4) profit margin,

(5) stock price, dividends and/or total stockholder return,

(6) cash flow(s),

(7) market share,

(8) pre-tax or after-tax earnings per share,

(9) pre-tax or after-tax operating earnings per share,

(10) expenses,

(11) return on equity, or

(12) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified revenue, market penetration, or geographic business expansion goals, cost targets, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures, or any combination thereof (in each case before or after such objective income and expense allocations or adjustments as the Committee may specify within the Applicable Period).

(ii)    Each such goal may be expressed on an absolute and/or relative basis, may be based on or otherwise employ comparisons based on current internal targets, the past performance of the Company (including, but not limited

 

-4-


to, the performance of one or more subsidiaries, divisions and/or operating units) and/or the past or current performance of other companies, and in the case of earnings-based measures, may use or employ comparisons relating to capital (including, but limited to, the cost of capital), stockholders’ equity and/or shares outstanding, or to assets or net assets. In all cases, the performance goals shall be such that they satisfy any applicable requirements under Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.162-27(e)(2) (as amended from time to time) that the achievement of such goals be “substantially uncertain” at the time that they are established, and that the Individual Award Opportunity be defined in such a way that a third party with knowledge of the relevant facts could determine whether and to what extent the performance goal has been met, and, subject to the Committee’s right to apply Negative Discretion, the value of the bonus award payable as a result of such performance.

(b)     Impact of Extraordinary Items or Changes in Accounting . To the extent applicable, the measures used in setting performance goals set under the Plan for any given Performance Period shall be determined in accordance with GAAP in a manner consistent with the methods used in the Company’s audited financial statements, without regard to (i) extraordinary items as determined by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm in accordance with GAAP, (ii) changes in accounting, unless, in each case, the Committee decides otherwise within the Applicable Period or (iii) non-recurring acquisition expenses and restructuring charges. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in calculating operating earnings or operating income (including on a per share basis), the Committee may, within the Applicable Period for a given Performance Period, provide that such calculation shall be made on the same basis as reflected in a release of the Company’s earnings for a previously completed period as specified by the Committee.

6.     Individual Award Opportunities and Bonus Awards .

(a)     Setting of Individual Award Opportunities . At the time that annual performance goals are set for Participants for a given Performance Period (within the Applicable Period), the Committee shall also establish each Individual Award Opportunity for such Performance Period, which shall be based on the achievement of stated target performance goals, and may be stated in dollars or on a formula basis (including, but not limited to, a designated share of a bonus pool or a multiple of annual base salary), provided:

(i)    that the designated shares of any bonus pool shall not exceed 100% of such pool; and

(ii)    that the Committee, in all cases, shall have the sole and absolute discretion, based on such factors as it deems appropriate, to apply Negative Discretion to reduce (but not increase) the value of the actual bonus awards that would otherwise actually be payable to any Participant on the basis of the achievement of the applicable performance goals.

 

-5-


(b)     Maximum Individual Bonus Award . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the maximum value of the bonus award payable under the Plan to any one individual in respect of any one calendar year shall be $25 million.

(c)     Bonus Award Payments . Subject to the following, bonus awards determined under the Plan in respect of any given Performance Period shall be paid to Participants, in whole or in part, either in cash or in any form of award granted pursuant to the Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan (the “ Equity Plan ”) or the Newmark Holdings, L.P. (the “ Partnership ”) Participation Plan, including, but not limited to, bonus stock, other stock-based awards, and bonus units of the Partnership, in each case valued by reference to the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock (as such terms are defined in the Equity Plan) on the date of grant, provided:

(i)    that no such payment shall be made unless and until the Committee has certified (in the manner prescribed under applicable regulations) the extent to which the applicable performance goals for such Performance Period have been satisfied, and has made its decisions regarding the extent of any Negative Discretion adjustment of bonus awards (to the extent permitted under the Plan);

(ii)    that the Committee may specify that a portion of the actual bonus award for any given Performance Period shall be paid on a deferred basis, based on such award payment rules as the Committee may establish and announce for such Performance Period, after having considered the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code;

(iii)    that the Committee may require (if established and announced within the Applicable Period), as a condition of bonus eligibility (and subject to such exceptions as the Committee may specify within the Applicable Period) that Participants for such Performance Period must still be employed as of end of such Performance Period and/or as of such later date as determined by the Committee; and

(iv)    that the Committee may adopt such forfeiture, pro-ration or other rules as it deems appropriate, in its sole and absolute discretion, regarding the impact on bonus award rights in the event of a Participant’s termination of employment.

7.     General Provisions .

(a)     Plan Amendment or Termination . The Board may at any time amend or terminate the Plan, provided that (i) without the Participant’s written consent, no such amendment or termination shall adversely affect the bonus award rights (if any) of any already designated Participant for a given Performance Period once the Participant designations and performance goals for such Performance Period have been announced, (ii) the Board shall be authorized to make any amendments necessary to comply with applicable regulatory requirements (including, but not limited to, Section 162(m) of the Code), and (iii) the Board shall submit any Plan amendment to the Company’s stockholders for their approval if and to the

 

-6-


extent such approval is required under Section 162(m) of the Code, or other applicable laws or regulation. Nothing herein shall be considered as preventing the Committee from making adjustments to the performance goals or to an Individual Award Opportunity to reflect unusual or non-recurring events, to the extent that such adjustment will not adversely affect the bonus award from qualifying as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(b)     Applicable Law . All issues arising under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

(c)     Tax Withholding . The Company and its subsidiaries shall have right to make such provisions and take such action as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of any and all federal, state and local taxes that the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be required to withhold.

(d)     No Employment Right Conferred . Participation in the Plan shall not confer on any Participant the right to remain employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and the Company and its subsidiaries specifically reserve the right to terminate any Participant’s employment at any time with or without cause or notice.

(e)     Impact of Plan Awards on Other Plans . Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the submission of the Plan to the Company’s stockholders for their approval shall be construed as limiting the power of the Board or the Committee to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may otherwise deem appropriate.

8.     Plan Term; Stockholder Approval .

No bonuses shall be paid under this Plan unless and until the Company’s stockholders shall have approved this Plan. This Plan shall be effective as of the date it is adopted by the Board; provided however that it has been approved or is thereafter approved by the stockholders of the Company. This Plan shall remain effective until terminated by the Board; provided, however, that the continued effectiveness of this Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders at such times and in such manner as may be required pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

-7-

Exhibit 10.16

 

 

 

SUTOM, N. V.

                                                                              Landlord

TO

Newmark & Company Real Estate, Inc.

                                                                          Tenant

L E A S E

100 EAST 42ND STREET

NEW YORK, NEW YORK

As of May 6, 1994

 

 

 


INDEX

 

Article

 

Caption

   Page  

1.

  Demise, Premises, Term, Rents      1  

2.

  Use      2  

3.

  Preparation of the Demised Premises      2  

4.

  Adjustments of Rents      2  

5.

  Subordination, Notice to Lessors and Mortgagees      6  

6.

  Quiet Enjoyment      6  

7.

  Assignment and Subletting      6  

8.

  Compliance with Laws and Requirements of Public Authorities      7  

9.

  Insurance      7  

10.

  Rules and Regulations      9  

11.

  Tenant’s Changes      9  

12.

  Tenant’s Property      10  

13.

  Repairs and Maintenance      10  

14.

  Electricity      10  

15.

  Heat, Ventilation and Air-Conditioning      11  

16.

  Landlord’s Other Services      11  

17.

  Access, Changes in Building Facilities, Name      12  

18.

  Notices of Accidents      13  

19.

  Non-Liability and Indemnification      13  

20.

  Destruction or Damage      13  

21.

  Eminent Domain      14  

 

- i -


INDEX

(continued)

 

Article

 

Caption

   Page  

22.

  Option To Renew      15  

23.

  Surrender      17  

24.

  Conditions of Limitation      17  

25.

  Re-Entry by Landlord      19  

26.

  Damages      19  

27.

  Waivers      20  

28.

  No Other Waivers or Modifications      21  

29.

  Curing Tenant’s Defaults, Additional Rent      22  

30.

  Broker      22  

31.

  Notices      22  

32.

  Estoppel Certificate, Memorandum      22  

33.

  No Other Representations, Construction, Governing Laws, Consents      23  

34.

  Parties Bound      24  

35.

  Certain Definitions and Construction      24  

36.

  Adjacent Excavation - Shoring      24  
 

Testimonium, Signatures and Seals

Acknowledgments

     25  

 

- ii -


INDEX

(continued)

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A   -    Description of Property
Exhibit B   -    Floor Plan(s)
Exhibit C   -    Rules and Regulations
Exhibit D   -    Definitions
Exhibit E   -    Cleaning Specifications
Exhibit F   -    Landlord’s Work Schedule

 

- iii -


LEASE, dated as of May 6, 1994, between SUTOM, N. V., a Netherlands-Antilles Corporation having an office c/o The Pyne Companies Ltd., 555 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022 (hereinafter called “Landlord”) and NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC. having an office at 477 Madison Avenue New York, New York 10022-5802 (hereinafter called “Tenant”).

ARTICLE 1

Demise, Premises, Term, Rents

1.01 Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord, the premises hereinafter described, in the building known by the street address 100 East 42nd Street, located on the land described in Exhibit A annexed hereto (the “Land”) in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York (the “Building”), on and subject to the conditions (including limitations, restrictions and reservations) and covenants hereinafter provided.

1.02 The premises hereby leased to Tenant are 40,778 square feet comprising the entire rentable area of the 11th & 12th floors of the Building, (the “Demised Premises”), as shown on the floor plan(s) annexed hereto as Exhibit B commencing on the date (the “Commencement Date”) that is the later of (i) the date of substantial completion of Landlord’s work, as defined and described in Section 3.03 or (ii) July 1, 1994 and shall end at noon on the last day of the calendar month in which the day which is 11 years and 6 months after the Commencement Date occurs.

1.03 Landlord shall give Tenant not less than ten days written notice of the Commencement Date.

1.04 The “rents” reserved under this lease, for the term thereof, shall be and consist of:

(a) “annual fixed rent” of $ 1,019,450 for the period commencing on the day that is 16 months after the Commencement Date (the “Rent Commencement Date”) and ending on the last day of the month in which the fifth anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date occurs and $1,101,006 for the balance of the term of this lease; provided, however, that (i) if Tenant shall have been discharged as managing agent of the Building without cause (as determined pursuant to the management agreement of even date herewith between Landlord and Tenant) or if Landlord shall retain an entity other than Tenant as the exclusive leasing agent for the Building on or prior to the second anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, the annual fixed rent for the balance of the period ending on the fifth anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date shall be reduced by the sum of $81,556 and the annual fixed rent for the balance of the stated term of the lease shall be $1,019,450; and (ii) if such retention of another entity as exclusive leasing agent for the Building or discharge shall occur (x) with cause prior to the second anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date and without regard to the entity acting as exclusive leasing agent or (y) with or without cause thereafter, then the annual fixed rent shall be $1,019,450 during the last five years of the term of this lease or such portion thereof as shall remain after such discharge or retention, as the case may be.

(b) “additional rent” consisting of all such other sums of money as shall become due from and payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder (for default in payment of which Landlord shall have the same remedies as for a default in payment of fixed rent), and shall be payable on demand, unless other payment dates are hereinafter provided.

1.05 Tenant agrees to pay the annual fixed rent and additional rent in lawful money of the United States of America. The fixed rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the term of this lease commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, at the office of Landlord set forth above, or such other place as Landlord may designate, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever except as otherwise provided in this lease. If the Rent Commencement Date shall be other than the first day of a calendar month, the annual fixed rent shall be prorated for the month in which the Rent Commencement Date occurs and such prorated amount shall be payable on the first day of the first full calendar month thereafter.


1.06 The first month’s installment of fixed rent due under this lease shall be paid to Landlord by Tenant upon the execution of this lease.

ARTICLE 2

Use

2.01 Tenant shall use and occupy the Demised Premises for executive, administrative, sales (other than at retail) and/or general offices, and for no other purpose.

2.02 Tenant shall not at any time use or occupy, or suffer or permit anyone to use or occupy, the Demised Premises, or any portion thereof, or do or permit anything to be done in the Demised Premises, in violation of the Certificate of Occupancy in effect for the Building on the date hereof.

2.03 Tenant shall not at any time use or occupy, or suffer or permit anyone to use or occupy, the Demised Premises, or any portion thereof, as a commercial bank, trust company, savings bank, or savings and loan institution.

ARTICLE 3

Preparation Of The Demised Premises

3.01 Tenant has examined the Demised Premises and agrees to accept the same in their condition and state of repair existing as of the date hereof subject to latent defects and normal wear and tear, and agrees that Landlord shall not be required to perform any work to prepare the Demised Premises for Tenant’s occupancy, except as provided in Section 3.03.

3.02 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.01 of this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall pay on behalf of or reimburse Tenant for all costs incurred in preparing the Demised Premises for Tenant’s occupancy not exceeding $1,631,120. Tenant shall present to Landlord, not more often than monthly, a copy of all of the expenses incurred by Tenant, together with copies of bills therefor and receipted statements or other evidence of payment thereof reasonably satisfactory to Landlord if Tenant requests reimbursement, and Landlord shall, within ten days of the presentation of such bills together with proof of payment thereof, if Tenant requests reimbursement, pay on behalf of Tenant or reimburse Tenant for all such costs and expenses, subject to the limitation set forth in this Section 3.02. Tenant shall not be entitled to any payment or reimbursement for the cost of any furniture or furnishings.

3.03 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.01, Landlord, at its expense, shall also perform the work on Exhibit F (“Landlord’s work”) prior to the Commencement Date. Tenant shall be provided access to the Demised Premises for the performance of Tenant’s work during the performance of Landlord’s work provided Tenant does not hinder or delay the performance of Landlord’s work.

ARTICLE 4

Adjustments Of Rent

4.01 Tax Escalation. For the purposes of this Article 4:

(a) “Taxes” shall mean the real estate taxes and assessments and special assessments imposed upon the Building and the Land, together with taxes assessed against Landlord in lieu of Taxes in the form of (i) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge wholly or partially assessed against Landlord as a capital levy or otherwise on the rents received from the Building, or (ii) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon the Demised Premises and imposed upon Landlord, or (iii) a license fee measured by the rents payable by Tenant to Landlord. All such taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges, or the part thereof so measured or based, shall be deemed to be included within the term “Taxes” for the purposes hereof.

 

2


(b) “Tax Base” shall mean Taxes which would be paid by Landlord for the calendar year 1994, assuming the respective tax rate in effect for the period January 1, 1994 to June 30, 1994 and for the period July 1, 1994 to December 31, 1994 and an assessed value of $34,878,000 for the Land and Building.

(c) “Tax Year” shall mean the fiscal year for which Taxes are levied by the governmental authority during the term hereof.

(d) “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” shall mean for purposes of Sections 4.01 through 4.04 of this lease and all calculations in connection therewith seven and sixty-eight one hundredths (7.68%) percent.

(e) “Tenant’s Projected Share of Taxes” shall mean the Tax Payment (as hereinafter defined) to be made by Tenant for the then current Tax Year divided by twelve (12) and payable monthly by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent.

4.02 If the Taxes for any Tax Year shall be more than the Tax Base, Tenant shall pay, as additional rent for such Tax Year, an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the amount by which the Taxes for such Tax Year are greater than the Tax Base (the amount payable by Tenant is herein called the “Tax Payment”). The Tax Payment shall be prorated, if necessary, to correspond with that portion of a Tax Year occurring within the term of this lease. The Tax Payment shall be payable by Tenant within twenty (20) days after receipt of a demand from Landlord therefor, but not sooner than thirty (30) days prior to the date Taxes are due and payable to the appropriate governmental authority. Such demand from Landlord shall include a copy of the relevant tax bill.

4.03 No decrease in Taxes shall result in any reduction of the annual fixed rent herein specified.

4.04 Only Landlord shall be eligible to institute tax reduction or other proceedings to reduce the assessed valuation of the Land and/or Building. Landlord shall, after deducting its actual expenses, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements in connection therewith, credit Tenant’s Proportionate Share of any rebate of Taxes against the next Tax Payment(s) due from Tenant, and refund any remaining excess at the expiration of the term hereof.

4. 05 Expense Escalation. For the purposes of this Article 4:

(a) “Operating Expenses” shall mean any or all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation of the Building, including: (i) salaries, wages, medical, surgical and general welfare benefits, (including group life insurance) pension payments and other fringe benefits of employees of Landlord engaged in the operation and maintenance of the Building; (ii) payroll taxes, worker’s compensation, uniforms and dry cleaning for the employees referred to in subdivision (i); (iii) the cost of all charges for steam, heat, ventilation, air conditioning and water (including sewer rental and taxes) furnished to the Building and/or used in the operation of all of the service facilities of the Building and the cost of all charges for electricity furnished to the public and service facilities of the Building including any taxes on any of such utilities, less actual costs for utilities whether or not directly metered to but payable, other than as a part of Operating Expenses, by any tenant; (iv) the cost of all charges for rent, hazard, casualty, war risk insurance (if obtainable from the United States government) and liability insurance for the Building carried by Landlord; (v) the cost of all building and cleaning supplies for the common areas of the building and charges for telephone for the Building; (vi) the cost of all charges for the management of the Building (if there is no managing agent for the Building, a sum in lieu thereof which is not in excess of the then prevailing rates for managing agents of other first class office buildings in Manhattan); (vii) the cost of all charges for

 

3


window cleaning and service contracts with independent contractors for the common areas of the Building; (viii) the cost of compliance by Landlord with any federal, state, municipal or local ordinances hereafter enacted which affect the Land and/or the Building; (ix) the cost relating to the maintenance and operation of the elevators in the Building; (x) the cost relating to protection and security; (xi) the cost relating to lobby decorations and interior and exterior landscape maintenance; (xii) repairs, replacements and improvements which are appropriate for the continued operation of the Building; (xiii) painting of non-tenanted areas; (xiv) professional and consulting fees; and (xv) association fees or dues. Notwithstanding the foregoing. Operating Expenses shall not include (xv) the cost of painting and decoration for any tenant’s space or any leaseable space; (xvi) administrative wages and salaries, including executive compensation; (xvii) renting commissions; (xviii) franchise taxes or income taxes of Landlord; (xix) Taxes; (xx) the cost of providing overtime heat and air-conditioning to tenants of the Building to the extent that the same are not provided to all tenants or are payable by the tenants for whom such services are provided; (xxi) the cost of any work or service provided to any tenant of the Building that is not provided to Tenant; (xxii) debt service and amortization on mortgages; (xxiii) rent paid under superior leases; (xxiv) any expense to the extent Landlord is compensated or reimbursed through the proceeds of insurance or is otherwise compensated or reimbursed by any tenant (including Tenant) of the Building; (xxv) depreciation; (xxvi) transfer, gains, inheritance, estate, gift, franchise or income taxes imposed upon Landlord; (xxvii) financing and refinancing costs, including legal fees; (xxviii) costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the sale or the rental of the Land or the Building, or in connection with the purchase or sale of any “air” or “development ” rights; (xxix) the cost of investment grade art; (xxx) the cost of electrical energy furnished directly to Tenant and other tenants of the Building and to any other leasable space in the Building; (xxxi) the cost of installations and decorations and all other costs and expenses incurred in connection with preparing or renovating space for a tenant and all contributions foe tenant improvement work; (xxxii) costs incurred to remove, encapsulate or otherwise abate asbestos, asbestos-containing materials or other hazardous materials in the Building; (xxxiii) capital expenses; (xxxiv) legal fees incurred in connection with any negotiations of, or disputes arising out of, any space lease in the Building, or for obtaining approvals from or otherwise dealing or negotiating with mortgagees or lessors or providing reports and information thereto or therefor; (xxxv) lease takeover costs incurred by Landlord in connection with entering into leases in the Building and costs incurred by Landlord to relocate tenants in the Building in order to consummate a specific lease or accomodate a specific tenant’s request; (xxxvi) costs relating to withdrawal liability or unfunded pension liability under the Multi-Employer Pension Act or similar law; (xxxvii) the cost of any work or services performed or other expenses incurred in connection with the installation, operation and maintenance of a specialty facility at the Building such as an observatory, athletic or recreational club, broadcasting facility, child care or similar facility or luncheon club, cafeteria or dining facility; (xxxviii) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions owned or operated by Landlord or its affiliates in the Building; (xxxix) costs, if any, incurred by Landlord for the benefit of retail tenants or any other similar group of tenants or any single tenant in the Building; (xl) governmental fines and penalties; (xli) the cost of maintaining, organizing or reorganizing the entity that is Landlord; (xlii) the cost of complying with any violation of any legal or insurance requirement existing on the date hereof. (xliii) the cost of rentals of capital equipment; (xliv) the cost of improvements made or equipment acquired by Landlord with respect to the maintenance and/or operation of the Land and/or Building, which, under generally accepted accounting principles would be amortized; (xlv) any utility services rendered to retail tenants in excess of those rendered to non-retail tenants of the Building.

(b) “Operational Year” shall mean each calendar year during the term hereof.

(c) “Operating Expense Base” shall mean the Operating Expenses for the calendar year 1994, adjusted to reflect the Operating Expenses that would have been incurred were the Building not less than 95% occupied.

 

4


(d) “Tenant’s Projected Share of Operating Expenses” shall mean Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment, if any, for the then current Operational Year divided by twelve (12) and payable monthly by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent.

(e) “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” shall mean for the purposes of this lease and all calculations in connection with taxes of seven and sixty eight one hundredths (7. 68%) percent.

4.06 Within ninety (90) days after the expiration of each Operational Year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a statement setting forth the aggregate amount of the Operating Expenses for such Operational Year. The statement furnished under this Section 4.06 is hereinafter called an “Operating Statement”.

4.07 If the Operating Expenses for any Operational Year after 1994, shall be more than the Operating Expense Base, Tenant shall pay, as additional rent for such Operational Year, an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the amount by which the Operating Expenses for such Operational Year are greater than the Operating Expense Base (an “Operating Expense Payment”) within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Operating Statement.

4.08 Commencing with the first Operational Year after Landlord shall be entitled to receive an Operating Expense Payment and annually thereafter, during the term of the lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent for the then Operational Year, Tenant’s projected share of Operating Expenses for such Operational Year, in equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. If the Operating Statement furnished by Landlord to Tenant at the end of an Operational Year shall indicate that the payments made by Tenant for such Operational Year exceeded the Operating Expense Payment for such Operational Year, Landlord shall credit Tenant the amount of such excess against the next annual fixed rent and additional rent due hereunder and refund any remaining excess at the expiration of the term; if such Operating Statement furnished by Landlord to Tenant hereunder shall indicate that the Operating Expense Payment exceeded Tenant’s Projected Share of Operating Expenses, Tenant shall forthwith pay the amount of such excess to Landlord.

4.09 Every Operating Statement given by Landlord pursuant to Section 4.08 shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant unless within 180 days after the receipt of such Operating Statement Tenant shall notify Landlord that it disputes the correctness of the Operating Statement, specifying the particular respects in which the Operating Statement is claimed to be incorrect. Notwithstanding such dispute, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such Operating Statement, pay additional rent, if due, in accordance with the Operating Statement and such payment shall be without prejudice to Tenant’s position. If the dispute shall be determined in Tenant’s favor, Landlord shall credit Tenant the amount of any excess against the next payment(s) of annual fixed rent or additional rent due hereunder. Tenant shall have the right to audit Landlord’s books and records in connection with any such dispute.

4.10 Landlord’s failure during the lease term to prepare and deliver any of the tax bills, statements or notices set forth in this Article, or Landlord’s failure to make a demand for payment therefor, or Landlord’s preparation and delivery of any incorrect tax bills, statements or notices, shall not in any way cause Landlord to forfeit or surrender its rights to collect any of the foregoing items of additional rent which may have or are to become due during the term of this lease provided demand shall be made for such additional rent within three years after the applicable Tax Year or Operational Year, as the case may be.

 

5


ARTICLE 5

Subordination, Notice To Lessors And Mortgagees

5.01 Provided Tenant and any mortgagee and superior lessor shall enter into a non-disturbance and attornment agreement in form reasonably satisfactory to each party, this lease, and all rights of Tenant hereunder, are and shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to all ground leases, overriding leases and underlying leases of the Land and/ or the Building now or hereafter existing and to all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect the Land and/or the Building, and to all renewals, modifications, replacements and extensions of such leases and such mortgages and spreaders and consolidations of such mortgages. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that Landlord, the lessor of any such lease or the holder of any such mortgage or any of their respective successors in interest may reasonably request to evidence such subordination.

5.02 If any party shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under this lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action or delivery of a new lease or deed, then Tenant shall attorn to and recognize such successor landlord as Tenant’s landlord under this lease. Such successor party, as landlord, shall not:

(a) be liable for any previous act or omission of Landlord under this lease, except as to any continuing act or ommission, in which event the successor shall only be liable to the extent such act or omission existed during its period as successor Landlord hereunder; provided Tenant shall have given any notice required by any non-disturbance and attornment agreement among Landlord, Tenant and such mortgagee or superior lessor;

(b) be subject to any offset, not expressly provided for in this lease, which shall have theretofore accrued to Tenant against Landlord, except as to any continuing act or ommission, in which event the successor shall only be liable to the extent such act or omission existed during its period as successor Landlord hereunder; provided Tenant shall have given any notice required by any non-disturbance and attornment agreement among Landlord, Tenant and such mortgagee or superior lessor; or

(c) be bound by any previous modification of this lease, not expressly provided for in this lease, or any previous prepayment of more than one (1) month’s fixed rent.

ARTICLE 6

Quiet Enjoyment

6.01 So long as Tenant pays all of the fixed rent and additional rent due hereunder and performs all of Tenant’s other obligations hereunder, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Demised Premises subject, nevertheless, to the obligations of this lease and, as provided in Article 5, to the superior leases and the superior mortgages, if any.

ARTICLE 7

Assignment And Subletting

7.01 Tenant shall have the right, during the term of this Lease, to assign its interest in this Lease or sublet all or any part of the Demised Premises, provided Tenant shall give written notice thereof to Landlord, which notice shall be accompanied by an original fully executed copy of the proposed assignment or sublease, the effective date for commencement of which shall be not less than 30 days after the giving of such notice. Such notice shall state the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the nature of its business, and shall be accompanied by reasonable current financial information with respect to the proposed assignee or subtenant as shall have been provided to Tenant and which shall be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord for the purposes

 

6


of determining the credit worthiness of the proposed assignee or subtenant. Landlord shall have 30 days within which to approve the terms, covenants and conditions of such assignment or subletting from the date Tenant gives notice of its intent, which prior written approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. No approval under this paragraph 7.01 or profit sharing under paragraph 7.02 shall be required if such assignment or subletting is (i) to an entity (x) controlled by (y) under common control with or (z) which controls Tenant, for so long as such control exists or (ii) by reason of a merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant.

7.02 If Landlord shall approve the proposed assignee or subtenant, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an agreement pursuant to which the proceeds of such assignment or subletting, net of the fixed rent and additional rent provided for in this lease and after recovery by Tenant of all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such assignment or subletting, including, without limitation, costs of altering all or any portion of the Demised Premises, brokerage commissions, legal fees and such other costs and expenses as Tenant shall have reasonably incurred in connection with such assignment or subletting, shall be shared equally between Landlord and Tenant. Any such sublease or assignment shall be expressly subject to all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions contained in this Lease. No assignment or subletting shall release or relieve Tenant from any obligation which Tenant may have under and pursuant to the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease. Tenant shall pay the reasonable costs and expenses of counsel for Landlord as Landlord shall reasonably incur in connection with its review of such assignment or sublease. No approval shall be required for nor shall profit sharing result from occupancy of the Demised Premises by licensees of Tenant.

ARTICLE 8

Compliance With Laws and Requirements

Of Public Authorities

8.01 Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord of any notice it receives of the violation of any law or requirement of public authority, and at Tenant’s expense Tenant shall comply with all laws and requirements of public authorities which shall, with respect to the Demised Premises or the use and/or occupation thereof, or the abatement of any nuisance therein, impose any violation, order or duty on Landlord or Tenant, arising from (i) Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises other than as permitted by law or this lease, (ii) the manner of conduct of Tenant’s business or operation of its installations, equipment or other property in the Demised Premises, (iii) any cause or condition created by or at the instance of Tenant, including the performance of any work performed by Landlord for or on behalf of Tenant, or (iv) breach of any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. Tenant shall not be required to make any structural or other substantial change in the Demised Premises unless the requirement arises from a cause or condition referred to in clause (ii) , (iii) or (iv) above.

ARTICLE 9

Insurance

9.01 Tenant shall not violate, or permit the violation of, any condition imposed by the standard fire insurance policy then issued for office buildings in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, and shall not do, or permit anything to be done, or keep or permit anything to be kept in the Demised Premises which would subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for personal injury or death or property damage, or which would increase the fire or other casualty insurance rate on the Building or the property therein over the rate which would otherwise then be in effect (unless Tenant pays the resulting premium as provided in Section 9.03) or which would result in insurance companies of good standing refusing to insure the Building or any of such property in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

 

7


9.02 Tenant covenants to provide on or before the Commencement Date, and to keep in force during the term hereof, for the benefit of Landlord and Tenant, a comprehensive policy of liability insurance protecting Landlord and Tenant against any liability whatsoever occasioned by accident on or about the Demised Premises or any appurtenances thereto, such policy to be written by reputable insurance companies authorized to do business in the State of New York, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord with limits of liability thereunder of not less than Three Million ($3,000,000) Dollars combined single limit coverage on a per occurrence basis and One Million ($1,000,000) Dollars in respect of property damage.

9.03 Landlord shall maintain fire and extended coverage in an amount adequate to cover 90% of the cost of replacement of the Building. Landlord shall also carry public liability and property damage insurance as required by its fee mortgage.

9.04 A schedule or make up of rates for the Building or the Demised Premises, as the case may be, issued by the New York Fire Insurance Rating Organization or other similar body making rates for fire insurance and extended coverage for the premises concerned, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated and of the several items and charges in the fire insurance rate with extended coverage then applicable to such premises.

9.05 Landlord and Tenant shall each endeavor to secure an appropriate clause in, or an endorsement upon, each fire or extended coverage policy obtained by it and covering the Building, the Demised Premises or the personal property, fixtures and equipment located therein or thereon, pursuant to which the respective insurance companies waive subrogation or permit the insured, prior to any loss, to agree with a third party to waive any claim it might have against said third party. The waiver of subrogation or permission for waiver of any claim hereinbefore referred to shall extend to the agents of each party and its employees and, in the case of Tenant, shall also extend to all other persons and entities occupying or using the Demised Premises. If and to the extent that such waiver or permission can be obtained only upon payment of an additional charge then, except as provided in the following two paragraphs, the party benefiting from the waiver or permission shall pay such charge upon demand, or shall be deemed to have agreed that the party obtaining the insurance coverage in question shall be free of any further obligations under the provisions hereof relating to such waiver or permission.

In the event that Landlord shall be unable at any time to obtain one of the provisions referred to above in any of its insurance policies, at Tenant’s option Landlord shall cause Tenant to be named in such policy or policies as one of the insureds, but if any additional premium shall be imposed for the inclusion of Tenant as such insured, Tenant shall pay such additional premium to Landlord promptly upon demand. In the event that Tenant shall have been named as one of the insureds in any of Landlord’s policies in accordance with the foregoing, Tenant shall endorse promptly to the order of Landlord, without recourse, any check, draft or order for the payment of money representing the proceeds of any such policy or any other payment growing out of or connected with said policy and Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights in and to such proceeds and payments.

In the event that Tenant shall be unable at any time to obtain one of the provisions referred to above in any of its insurance policies, Tenant shall cause Landlord to be named in such policy or policies as one of the insureds, but if any additional premium shall be imposed for the inclusion of Landlord as such an insured, Landlord shall pay such additional premium upon demand or Tenant shall be excused from its obligations under this paragraph with respect to the insurance policy or policies for which such additional premiums would be imposed. In the event that Landlord shall have been named as one of the insureds in any of Tenant’s policies in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord shall endorse promptly to the order of Tenant, without recourse, any check, draft or order for the payment of money representing the proceeds of any such policy or any other payment growing out of or connected with said policy and Landlord hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights in and to such proceeds and payments.

 

8


Subject to the waiver of subrogation being obtained or being named as an additional insured pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.05, and insofar as may be permitted by the terms of the insurance policies carried by it, each party hereby releases the other with respect to any claim (including a claim for negligence) which it might otherwise have against the other party for loss, damages or destruction with respect to its property by fire or other casualty (including rental value or business interruption, as the case may be) occurring during the term of this lease.

ARTICLE 10

Rules and Regulations

10.01 Tenant and its employees and agents shall faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations annexed hereto as Exhibit C and made a part hereof, and such changes therein (whether by modification, elimination or addition) as Landlord at any time or times hereafter may make and communicate in writing to Tenant, which do not unreasonably affect the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Demised Premises except as required by any governmental law, rule, regulation, ordinance or similar decree; provided, however, that in case of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this lease and any of the Rules and Regulations as originally promulgated or as changed, the provisions of this lease shall control.

10.02 Nothing in this lease contained shall be construed to impose upon Landlord any duty or obligation to Tenant to enforce the Rules and Regulations or the terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease, as against any other Tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant in any manner for violation of the same by any other Tenant or its employees, agents or visitors.

ARTICLE 11

Tenant’s Changes

11.01 Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, installations, substitutions or improvements (hereinafter collectively called “Tenant’s Changes”) other than the installation of furniture, furnishings, office equipment and decorations in and to the Demised Premises costing in excess of $100,000 or requiring a building department permit without the prior written approval of Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed in each instance).

11.02 Tenant, at its expense, shall diligently procure the cancellation or discharge of all notices of violation arising from or otherwise connected with Tenant’s Changes which shall be issued by the Department of Buildings of the City of New York or any other public or quasi- public authority having or asserting jurisdiction. Tenant shall defend, indemnify and save harmless Landlord against any and all mechanic’s and other liens filed in connection with Tenant’s Changes, including the liens of any security interest in, conditional sales of, or chattel mortgages upon, any materials, fixtures or articles so installed in and constituting part of the Demised Premises and against all costs, expense and liabilities incurred in connection with any such lien, security interest, conditional sale or chattel mortgage or any action or proceeding brought thereon. Tenant, at its expense, shall procure the satisfaction or discharge of all such liens within thirty (30) days after Landlord makes written demand therefor.

11.03 Tenant shall be obligated, at its expense, to restore any openings made by or for the account of Tenant between floors at the expiration or sooner termination of this lease.

 

9


ARTICLE 12

Tenant’s Property

12.01 All fixtures, equipment, improvements and appurtenances attached to or built into the Demised Premises at the commencement of or during the term of this lease, whether or not by or at the expense of Tenant, shall be and remain a part of the Demised Premises, shall become Landlord’s property at the expiration or sooner termination of the term of this lease and shall not be removed by Tenant.

ARTICLE 13

Repairs and Maintenance

13.01 Tenant shall take good care of the Demised Premises and shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly make all repairs, ordinary or extraordinary, interior or exterior, structural or otherwise, in and about the Demised Premises and the Building, as shall be required by reason of (i) the performance or existence of Tenant’s Changes, (ii) the installation, use or operation of Tenant’s property in the Demised Premises, (iii) the moving of Tenant’s property in or out of the Building, or (iv) the misuse or neglect of Tenant or any of its employees, agents or contractors; provided that any structural repairs so required shall be performed by Landlord or by contractors reasonably approved in writing by Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall replace all scratched, damaged or broken doors or other glass (excluding exterior windows) in or about the Demised Premises and shall be responsible for all repairs, maintenance and replacement of wall and floor coverings in the Demised Premises and, for the repair and maintenance of all lighting fixtures therein.

13.02 Except as expressly otherwise provided in this lease, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant by reason of any inconvenience, annoyance, interruption or injury to business arising from Landlord’s making any repairs or changes which Landlord is required or permitted by this lease, or required by law, to make in or to any portion of the Building or the Demised Premises, or in or to the fixtures, equipment or appurtenances of the Building or the Demised Premises. Landlord shall minimize interference with Tenant’s operations to the greatest extent possible without incurring charges for overtime work.

ARTICLE 14

Electricity

14.01 Tenant’s electricity consumption and demand in the Demised Premises shall be measured by meters to be installed by Landlord as part of Landlord’s work at the expense of Landlord. Tenant agrees to purchase such electricity from the public utility furnishing electricity to the Building. Landlord shall install, as part of Landlord’s work, at the expense of Landlord, a submeter to measure electricity consumption of Tenant for overtime air conditioning.

14.02 Any additional risers, feeders or other equipment or service proper or necessary to supply Tenant’s electrical requirements, upon written request of Tenant, will be installed by Landlord, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, only if in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the same are necessary and will not cause damage or injury to the Building or the Demised Premises or cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs or expense or unreasonably interfere with or disturb other Tenants or occupants. Tenant shall have allocated to it its proportionate share of, electrical riser shaft space for the Building and its proportionate share of electrical energy for the Building, but not less than eight watts on demand per square foot of usable area of the Demised Premises.

14.03 Landlord shall not in anyway be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur if either the quantity or character or electric service is changed or is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements, unless due to the negligent acts or omissions of Landlord.

14.04 In no event shall Tenant use or install any fixtures, equipment or machines the use of which in conjunction with other fixtures, equipment and machines in the Demised Premises would result in an overload of the electrical circuits servicing the Demised Premises or the Building.

 

10


ARTICLE 15

Heat, Ventilation and Air-Conditioning

15.01 Landlord, at its expense, shall maintain and operate the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems (hereafter called the “systems”) and, subject to energy conservation requirements of governmental authorities, shall furnish heat, ventilating and air-conditioning (hereafter collectively called “air-conditioning service”) in the Demised Premises through the systems, in accordance with Landlord’s standard for the Building, during “regular hours” (that is between the hours of 8:00 A.M. and 6:00 P.M.) of “business days” (which term is used herein to mean all days except Saturdays, Sundays and days observed by the Federal or New York State government as legal holidays) throughout the year. If Tenant shall require heating, ventilating or air-conditioning service at any other time (hereinafter called “after hours”), Landlord shall furnish such after hours service upon reasonable advance notice from Tenant, and Tenant shall pay on demand Landlord’s reasonable actual out-of-pocket cost for providing condenser water. In the event the after hours service is shared by other tenants, the cost thereof shall be prorated among all such tenants. Electrical energy to provide overtime air-conditioning will be submetered to Tenant and Tenant shall pay Landlord’s actual out-of-pocket costs therefor.

15.02 Use of the Demised Premises, or any part thereof, in a manner which would result in the rearrangement of partitioning which interferes with normal operation of the heat, ventilation and air-conditioning in the Demised Premises or the Building, may require changes in the heat, ventilation and air-conditioning system servicing the Demised Premises. Such changes, so occasioned, shall be made by Tenant, at its expense, as Tenant’s Changes pursuant to Article 11.

ARTICLE 16

Landlord’s Other Services

16.01 Landlord, at its expense, shall provide public elevator service, passenger and freight, by not less than 8 elevators serving the floor(s) on which the Demised Premises are situated during regular hours of business days, and shall have at least one passenger elevator, that shall, except in an emergency, be used exclusively for passenger service, subject to call at all other times.

16.02 Landlord, at its expense, shall cause the Demised Premises to be cleaned in accordance with the specifications therefor annexed hereto as Exhibit E and made a part hereof. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the costs incurred by Landlord for (a) extra cleaning work requested by Tenant and (b) removal from the Demised premises and the Building of so much of any refuse and rubbish of Tenant as shall exceed that ordinarily accumulated daily in the routine of business office occupancy. Landlord, its cleaning contractor and their employees shall have after hours access to the Demised Premises and the free use of light, power and water in the Demised premises as reasonably required for the purpose of cleaning the Demised Premises in accordance with Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

16.03 Landlord, at its expense, shall furnish adequate hot and cold water to the Demised Premises for drinking, lavatory and cleaning purposes.

16.04 Landlord, at its expense, and on Tenant’s request, shall maintain the name of Tenant, and the names of its officers and employees on the Building directory, provided that the names so listed shall not take up more than one hundred (100) lines on the Building directory.

 

11


16.05 Landlord reserves the right, without any liability to Tenant, to stop service of any of the heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electric, sanitary, elevator or other Building systems serving the Demised Premises, or the rendition of any of the other services required of Landlord under this lease, whenever and for so long as may be necessary, by reason of accidents, emergencies, strikes or the making of repairs or changes which Landlord is required by this lease or by law to make or in good faith deems necessary, or by reason of difficulty in securing proper supplies of fuel, steam, water, electricity, labor or supplies, or by reason of any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. If occupancy of the Demised Premises or a part thereof is interrupted for 5 consecutive business days by the act or omission of Landlord, as contrasted with that of the public utility servicing the Building or as provided in Section 19.03, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of all of the rent allocable to such space for the period of such interruption.

ARTICLE 17

Access, Changes in Building Facilities, Name

17.01 All portions of the Building except the inside surfaces of all walls, windows and doors bounding the Demised Premises (including exterior Building walls, core corridor walls and doors and any core corridor entrance) and any space in or adjacent to the Demised Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other Building facilities, and the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Demised Premises for the purpose of operation, maintenance, decoration and repair, are reserved to Landlord.

17.02 Tenant shall permit Landlord to install, use, replace and maintain pipes, ducts and conduits within the demising walls, bearing columns and ceilings of the Demised Premises, provided the same are concealed. Landlord shall restore the Demised Premises after such installation.

17.03 Landlord or Landlord’s agent shall have the right, upon request (except in emergency under clause (ii) hereof) to enter and/or pass through the Demised Premises or any part thereof, at reasonable times during regular hours (i) to examine the Demised Premises and to show them to the fee owners, lessors of superior leases, holders of superior mortgages, or prospective purchasers, mortgagees or lessees of the Building as an entirety, and (ii) for the purpose of making such repairs or changes in or to the Demised Premises or in or its facilities, as may be provided for by this lease or as may be mutually agreed upon by the parties or as Landlord may be required to make by law or in order to repair and maintain said structure or its fixtures or facilities. Landlord shall be allowed to take all materials into and upon the Demised premises that may be required for such repairs, changes, repairing or maintenance, without liability to Tenant. Landlord shall also have the right to enter on and/or pass through the Demised Premises, or any part thereof, at such times as such entry shall be required by circumstances of emergency affecting the Demised Premises or said structure. If occupancy of the Demised Premises or a part thereof is interrupted for 5 consecutive business days by the act or omission of Landlord, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of all rent for such period, for the Demised Premises or such part as to which occupancy has been so interrupted.

17.04 During the period of twelve (12) months prior to the Expiration Date Landlord may exhibit the Demised Premises to prospective tenants, at reasonable times during regular hours upon request.

17.05 Landlord reserves the right, without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor, to make such changes in or to the Building and the fixtures and equipment thereof, as well as in or to the street entrances, halls, passages, elevators, escalators and stairways thereof, as may be necessary or desirable, provided that the same shall not adversely affect access to the Building or the Demised Premises, Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises or the elevator service provided thereto.

 

12


17.06 Landlord may adopt any name for the Building and Landlord reserves the right to change the name or address of the Building at any time, provided Landlord shall not name the Building after a competitor of Tenant.

17.07 For the purposes of this Article, the term “Landlord” shall include lessors of superior leases and the holders of mortgages to which this lease is subject and subordinate as provided in Article 5.

ARTICLE 18

Notice Of Accidents

18.01 Tenant shall give notice to Landlord, promptly after Tenant learns thereof, of (i) any accident in or about the Demised Premises for which Landlord might be liable, (ii) all fires in the Demised Premises, (iii) all damages to or defects in the Demised Premises, including the fixtures, equipment and appurtenances thereof, for the repair of which Landlord might be responsible, and (iv) all damage to or defects in any parts or appurtenances of the Building’s sanitary, electrical, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, elevator and other systems located in or passing through the Demised Premises or any part thereof.

ARTICLE 19

Non-Liability And Indemnification

19.01 Neither Landlord nor any agent or employee of Landlord shall be liable to Tenant for any injury or damage to Tenant or to any other person or for any damage to, or loss (by theft or otherwise) of, any property of Tenant or of any other person, irrespective of the cause of such injury, damage or loss, unless caused by or due to the negligence of Landlord, its agents or employees it being understood that no property, other than such as might normally be brought upon or kept in the Demised Premises as incident to the reasonable use of the Demised Premises for the purpose herein permitted, will be brought upon or be kept in the Demised Premises.

19.02 Subject to Section 9.05 of this lease, Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Landlord and its agents against and from any and all claims, costs or expenses (including, but not limited to reasonable counsel fees) arising from (x) the conduct or management of the Demised Premises or of any business therein, or (y) any work or thing whatsoever done, or any condition created (including work done by Landlord for Tenant’s account, if any) in or about the Demised Premises during the term of this lease.

19.03 Except as otherwise expressly provided in this lease, the obligations of Landlord or Tenant hereunder shall be in no wise affected, impaired or excused because either is unable to fulfill, or is delayed in fulfilling, any of its obligations under this lease by reason of strike, other labor trouble, governmental pre-emption or priorities or other controls in connection with a national or other public emergency or shortages of fuel, supplies or labor resulting therefrom, acts of God or other like cause beyond such party’s reasonable control, and Tenant shall have no right of offset against any fixed rent or additional rent due hereunder for any reason set forth in this Section 19.03; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall excuse the non-payment of annual fixed rent or additional rent.

ARTICLE 20

Destruction Or Damage

20.01 If the Building or the Demised Premises shall be partially or totally damaged or destroyed by fire or other cause, then, whether or not the damage or destruction shall have resulted from the fault or neglect of Tenant, or its employees, agents or visitors (and if this lease shall not have been terminated as in this Article hereinafter provided) , Landlord shall repair the damage and restore and rebuild the Building and/or the Demised Premises, at its expense, with reasonable dispatch after notice to it of the damage or destruction.

 

13


20.02 If the Building or the Demised Premises shall be partially damaged or partially destroyed by fire or other cause, the rents payable hereunder shall be abated to the extent that the Demised Premises shall have been rendered untenantable and for the period from the date of such damage or destruction to the date the damage shall be repaired or restored.

20.03 If the Building or the Demised Premises shall be totally damaged or destroyed by fire or other cause, or if the Building shall be destroyed by fire or other cause (whether or not the Demised Premises are damaged or destroyed), then Landlord may terminate this lease by giving Tenant notice to such effect within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the casualty, provided such termination shall not be selective. Tenant shall have the right to cancel this lease if such damage or destruction is not repaired or restored within, or if the estimated time of restoration or repair exceeds, nine months of its occurrence or if it occurs during the last two years of the term and affects more than 35% of the Demised Premises.

20.04 No damages, compensation or claim shall be payable by Landlord for inconvenience, loss of business or annoyance arising from any repair or restoration of any portion of the Demised Premises or of the Building pursuant to this Article.

20.05 Landlord will not carry insurance of any kind on Tenant’s personal property and shall not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same.

20.06 The provisions of this Article shall be considered an express agreement governing any case of damage or destruction of the Demised Premises by fire or other casualty, and Section 227 of the Real Property Law of the State of New York, providing for such a contingency in the absence of an express agreement, and any other law of like import, now or hereafter in force, shall have no application in such case.

ARTICLE 21

Eminent Domain

21.01 If the whole of the Building shall be lawfully taken by condemnation or in any other manner for any public or quasi- public use or purpose, this lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall forthwith terminate as of the date of vesting of title in such taking (which date is hereinafter also referred to as the “date of the taking”), and the fixed rent and additional rent due hereunder shall be prorated and adjusted as of such date.

21.02 If only a part of the Building shall be so taken, this lease shall be unaffected by such taking, except that Tenant may elect to terminate this lease in the event of a partial taking, only if the remaining area of the Demised Premises shall not be reasonably sufficient for Tenant to continue feasible operation of its business.

21.03 Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in any proceeding with respect to any taking provided for in this Article without deduction therefrom for any estate vested in Tenant by this lease and Tenant shall receive no part of such award, except as hereinafter expressly provided in this Article. Tenant hereby expressly assigns to Landlord all of its right, title and interest in or to every such award. Nothing herein contained shall preclude Tenant from recovering relocation expenses or the value of fixtures and furnishings paid for by Tenant.

21.04 If a temporary taking of the Demised Premises or a portion thereof shall occur, Tenant shall not be relieved of its obligations under this lease, but shall be entitled to receive such portion of the award for such temporary taking as is attributable to such portion of the term of this lease.

 

14


ARTICLE 22

Option To Renew

22.01 Tenant shall have the right (hereinafter called the “Extension Right”) to extend the term of this lease for two additional periods (hereinafter, each called an “Extension Period”) of five (5) years each, to commence on the day (the “Renewal Term Commencement Date”) next succeeding the expiration of the then term of this lease (including the first renewal term if Tenant shall exercise its option) and to expire at midnight on the day that shall be the day before the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Renewal Term Commencement Date, upon, and subject to, the following terms, covenants and conditions:

(a) Tenant shall send written notice (hereinafter called the “Extension Notice”) to Landlord by certified mail, return receipt requested, on or before the date that shall be one (1) year next preceding the Renewal Term Commencement Date, that Tenant desires to exercise the Extension Right; and

(b) this lease shall be in full force and effect both on the date that the Extension Notice is so sent and on the day next preceding the Renewal Term Commencement Date.

If both of the foregoing conditions shall be fulfilled (including the sending of a Extension Notice by Tenant within the time and in the manner hereinbefore provided), the term of this lease shall be deemed extended for the Extension Period for which the Extension Notice was given upon the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter contained. If any of the foregoing conditions shall not be fulfilled (including failure to send a Extension Notice within the time and in the manner hereinabove provided), the Extension Right shall cease and terminate, and Tenant shall not have any further right to extend the term of this lease.

22.02 The Extension Period, if any, shall be upon, and subject to, all of the terms, covenants and conditions provided in this lease for the original term hereof, except that:

(a) any terms, covenants or conditions hereof that are expressly or by their nature inapplicable to the Extension Period (including those contained in Articles 3 and 22) shall not apply during the same;

(b) the annual fixed rent payable by Tenant during each Extension Period (hereinafter called the “Extension Rent”) shall, subject to adjustment as otherwise in this lease provided, be an amount equal to 95% of the fair market value of the Demised Premises, to be determined as provided in Section 22.03 and to be calculated as of the Renewal Term Commencement Date on the basis of a new letting of the Demised Premises for a term of five (5) years, and

(c) effective upon each Renewal Term Commencement Date, (i) the Base Tax Rate shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the Taxes for the Tax Year prior to the one in which each Renewal Term Commencement Date shall occur and (ii) the Operating Expense Base shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the Operating Expenses for the Operating Year prior to the one in which each Renewal Term Commencement Date shall occur.

22.03 In the event that both of the conditions set forth in Section 22.01 shall be fulfilled (including the sending of a Extension Notice by Tenant within the time and in the manner therein provided), the Extension Rent shall be determined jointly by Landlord and Tenant not later than the day (hereinafter called the “Rent Determination Date”) that shall be ninety (90) days next preceding the Renewal Term Commencement Date. If Landlord and Tenant agree upon the Extension Rent, such agreement shall be confirmed in a writing (hereinafter called the “Rental Confirmation Agreement”) to be executed by Landlord and Tenant in recordable form not later than the Rent Determination Date. In the event that Landlord and Tenant shall have failed to join in executing a Rental Confirmation Agreement on or before the Rent Determination Date, then the Extension Rent shall be determined by arbitration as follows, subject to the limitations contained in Section   22.04:

 

15


(a) Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint an arbitrator by written notice given to the other party hereto not later than thirty (30) days after the Rent Determination Date. If either Landlord or Tenant shall have failed to appoint an arbitrator within such period of time and, thereafter, shall have failed to do so by written notice given within a period of five (5) days after notice by the other party requesting the appointment of such arbitrator, then such arbitrator shall be appointed by the American Arbitration Association or its successor (the branch office of which is located in or closest to the City, County and State of New York) upon request of either Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be;

(b) the two (2) arbitrators appointed as above provided shall attempt to reach an agreement as to the Extension Rent, and, in the event that they are unable to do so within thirty (30) days after their joint appointment, they shall appoint a third (3rd) arbitrator by written notice given to both Landlord and Tenant, and, if they fail to do so by written notice given within sixty (60) days after their appointment, such third (3rd) arbitrator shall be appointed as above provided for the appointment of an arbitrator in the event either party fails to do so;

(c) all of such arbitrators shall be real estate appraisers having not less than ten (10) years experience in appraising the value of interests in real estate similar to the Building located within the City of New York and whose appraisals are acceptable to savings banks or life insurance companies doing business in the State of New York; and

(d) the three arbitrators, selected as aforesaid, forthwith shall convene and render their decision in accordance with the then applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association or its successors, which decision shall be strictly limited to a determination of the Extension Rent, within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the third (3rd) arbitrator. The decision of such arbitrators shall be in writing, and the vote of the majority of them shall be the decision of all and, insofar as the same is in compliance with the provisions and conditions of this Section 22.03 and of Section 22.04, shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant. Duplicate original counterparts of such decision shall be sent forthwith by the arbitrators by certified mail, return receipt requested, to both Landlord and Tenant. The arbitrators, in arriving at their decision, shall be entitled to consider all testimony and documentary evidence that may be presented at any hearing, as well as facts and data that the arbitrators may discover by investigation and inquiry outside of such hearings. If, for any reason whatsoever, a written decision of the arbitrators shall not be rendered within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the third (3rd) arbitrator, then, at any time thereafter before such decision shall have been rendered, either party may apply to the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, or to any other court sitting in New York County and having jurisdiction and exercising functions similar to those now exercised by such court, by action, proceeding, or otherwise (but not by a new arbitration proceeding), as may be proper to determine the question in dispute consistently with the provisions of this lease. The cost and expense of such arbitration, action or proceeding shall be borne equally by Landlord and Tenant, but Landlord and Tenant shall each pay their own attorneys’ fees and disbursements.

22.04 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 22.03, the Extension Rent shall in no event be less than an amount (hereinafter called the “Extension Minimum Rent”) equal to the sum of (a) the annual fixed rent and (b) the result of (x) the aggregate of any Tax Payment and Operating Expense Payment payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of Article 4 for the Tax Year and the Operational Year, respectively, immediately prior to the Tax Year and Operational Year in which each Renewal Term Commencement Date shall occur.

 

16


22.05 Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, if, on the Renewal Term Commencement Date, the Extension Minimum Rent cannot be determined pursuant to the terms of Section 22.04 because one or more of the components (hereinafter individually and collectively called a “Minimum Rent Component”) set forth therein shall not then be ascertainable for such period for the purposes of initially computing the Extension Minimum Rent, there shall be substituted, with respect to any Minimum Rent Component not then ascertainable, the corresponding Minimum Rent Component for the period next preceding the period set forth therein. Thereafter, when the previous unascertainable Minimum Rent Component(s) finally become ascertainable, the Extension Minimum Rent shall be recomputed with reference to the newly ascertainable Minimum Rent Component(s), with appropriate retroactive charges or credits to Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be.

22.06 In the event that both of the conditions set forth in Section 22.01 shall be fulfilled (including the sending of a Extension Notice by Tenant within the time and in the manner therein provided) and the Extension Rent shall not be finally determined pursuant to the terms of Section 22.03 on or before the Renewal Term Commencement Date, then:

(a) until the Extension Rent shall be so finally determined, the annual fixed rent payable by Tenant during the Extension Period shall be equal to the annual fixed and additional rent payable hereunder for the immediately preceding year; and

(b) when the Extension Rent shall be so finally determined, there shall be made, between Landlord and Tenant, appropriate retroactive charges or credits, as the case may be, to reflect the amount of any underpayment or overpayment of annual fixed and additional rent during such interim period.

22.07 In the event Landlord and Tenant do not agree on the Extension Rent within sixty (60) days of the giving of the Extension Notice by Tenant and, thereafter, the same is not determined by Arbitration, as provided in Section 22.03, not later than thirty (30) days thereafter, either party shall have the right to cancel and negate the Extension Notice if the Renewal Term Commencement Date has not occurred or, if it has occurred, to terminate this lease effective six (6) months after the date of such notice.

ARTICLE 23

Surrender

23.01 On the last day of the term of this lease, or upon any earlier termination of this lease as provided hereunder or upon any re-entry by Landlord upon the Demised Premises, Tenant shall quit and surrender the Demised Premises to Landlord in good order, condition and repair, except for ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty for which Tenant is not otherwise responsible hereunder, and Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s property therefrom except as otherwise expressly provided in this lease and shall restore the Demised Premises wherever such removal results in damage thereto.

23.02 In the event Tenant remains in possession of the Demised Premises, for more than sixty (60) days after the Expiration Date or the date of sooner termination of this lease, Tenant, shall be deemed to be occupying the Demised Premises as a holdover tenant from month-to-month, at a monthly rent equal to two (2) times the sum of (i) the monthly installment of fixed rent payable during the last month of the term of this lease, and (ii) one-twelfth (1/12th) of the additional rent payable during the last year of the term of this lease, subject to all of he other terms and obligations of this lease insofar as the same are applicable to a month-to-month tenancy.

ARTICLE 24

Conditions of Limitation

24.01 To the extent permitted by applicable law, this lease, and the term and estate hereby granted, are subject to the limitation that, whenever Tenant shall admit its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or shall make an assignment of the property of Tenant for the benefit of creditors,

 

17


or shall consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, trustee, or other custodian of itself or the whole or any part of its properties or assets, or shall commence a voluntary case for relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code or file a petition or take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency act or applicable law of like import, or whenever an involuntary case under the United States Bankruptcy Code shall be commenced against Tenant, or if a petition shall be filed against it seeking similar relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency or other applicable law of like import , or whenever a receiver, liquidator, trustee, or other custodian of Tenant, or of, or for, substantially all of the property of, Tenant shall be appointed without Tenant’s consent or acquiescence, then, Landlord (a) at any time after receipt of notice of the occurrence of any such event, or (b) if such event occurs without the acquiescence of Tenant, at any time after the event continues for one hundred twenty (120) days, may give Tenant a notice of intention to end the term of this lease at the expiration of five (5) days from the date of service of such notice of intention, and, upon the expiration of said five (5) day period, this lease and the term and estate hereby granted, whether or not the term shall theretofore have commenced, shall terminate with the same effect as if that day were the Expiration Date, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in Article 26. As used in this Section 24.01, the term “Tenant” shall mean only the then owner and holder of the interest and estate of the tenant under this lease.

24.02 This lease and the term and estate granted are subject to the further limitation that:

(a) whenever Tenant shall have defaulted more than three times in any 12 consecutive month period in the payment of any installment of annual fixed rent, or in the payment of any additional rent or any other charge payable by Tenant to Landlord, on any day upon which the same ought to be paid, and such default shall continue for seven (7) days after notice; or

(b) whenever Tenant shall do or permit anything to be done, whether by action or inaction, contrary to any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, and if such situation shall continue and shall not be remedied by Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord shall have give to Tenant a notice specifying the same, or in the case of a happening or default which cannot with due diligence be cured within a period of thirty (30) days and the continuance of which for the period required for cure will not subject Landlord to the risk of criminal liability or termination of any superior lease or foreclosure of any superior mortgage, if Tenant shall not, (i) within said thirty (30) day period advise Landlord of Tenant’s intention to duly institute all steps necessary to remedy such situation, (ii) duly institute within said thirty (30) day period, and thereafter diligently prosecute to completion all steps necessary to remedy the same and (iii) complete such remedy within such time after the date of the giving of said notice of Landlord as shall reasonably be necessary, or

(c) whenever any event shall occur or any contingency shall arise whereby this lease or the estate hereby granted or the unexpired balance of the term hereof would, by operation of law or otherwise, devolve upon or pass to any person, firm or corporation other than Tenant, except as expressly permitted by Article 7, or

(d) whenever Tenant shall abandon the Demised Premises (unless as a result of a casualty as provided hereunder), then in any of the cases set forth in the foregoing Subsections (a), (b) and (c) Landlord may give to Tenant a notice of intention to end the term of this lease at the expiration of five (5) days from the date of the service of such notice of intention, and upon the expiration of said five (5) days this lease and the term and estate hereby granted, whether or not the term shall theretofore have commenced, shall terminate with the same effect as if that day were the Expiration Date, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in Article 26.

 

18


ARTICLE 25

Re-Entry By Landlord

25.01 If Tenant shall default in the payment of any installment of fixed rent, or of any additional rent, on any date upon which the same is to be paid, and if such default shall continue for seven (7) days after Landlord shall have given to Tenant a notice specifying such default, or if this lease shall expire as in Article 24 provided, Landlord or Landlord’s agents and employees may immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter the Demised Premises, or any part thereof, either by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, and may repossess the same and may remove any persons therefrom, to the end that Landlord may have, hold and enjoy the Demised Premises again as and of its first estate and interest therein. The word re-enter, as herein used, is not restricted to its technical legal meaning. In the event of any termination of this lease under the provisions of Article 24 or if Landlord shall re-enter the Demised Premises under the provisions of this Article or in the event of the termination of this lease, or of re-entry, by or under any summary dispossess or other legal proceeding or legal action or any provision of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Tenant shall thereupon pay to Landlord the fixed rent and additional rent payable by Tenant to Landlord up to the time of such termination of this lease, or of such recovery of possession of the Demised Premises by Landlord, as the case may be, and shall also pay to Landlord damages as provided in Article 26.

25.02 In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant or Landlord of any of its obligations under this lease, the other party to this lease shall also have the right of injunction. The special remedies to which Landlord or Tenant may resort hereunder are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress to which either party may lawfully be entitled at any time and either party may invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if specific remedies were not provided for herein.

25.03 If this lease shall terminate under the provisions of Article 24, or if Landlord shall re-enter the Demised Premises under the provisions of this Article, or in the event of the termination of this lease, or of re-entry, by or under any summary dispossess or other legal proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Landlord shall be entitled to retain all moneys, if any, paid by Tenant to Landlord, whether as advance fixed rent or additional rent, security or otherwise, but such moneys shall be credited by Landlord against any fixed rent or additional rent due from Tenant at the time of such termination or re-entry or, at Landlord’s option, against any damages payable by Tenant under Article 26 or pursuant to law.

ARTICLE 26

Damages

26.01 If this lease is terminated under the provisions of Article 24, or if Landlord shall re-enter the Demised Premises under the provisions of Article 25, or in the event of the termination of this lease, or of re-entry, by or under any summary dispossess or other proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as damages;

(a) a sum which at the time of such termination of this lease of at the time of any such re-entry of Landlord, as the case may be, represents the then value of the excess, if any, of

(1) the aggregate of the fixed rent and the additional rent payable hereunder which would have been payable by Tenant (conclusively presuming the additional rent to be the same as was payable for the year immediately preceding such termination) for the period commencing with such earlier termination of this lease or the date of any such re-entry, as the case may be, and ending with the Expiration Date, had this lease not so terminated or had Landlord not so re-entered the Demised Premises, over

 

19


(2) the aggregate rental value of the Demised Premises for the same period, or

(b) sums equal to the annual fixed rent and the additional rent (as above presumed) payable hereunder which would have been payable by Tenant had this lease not so terminated, or had Landlord not so re-entered the Demised Premises, payable upon the due dates therefore specified herein following such termination or such re-entry and until the Expiration Date, provided, however, that if Landlord shall relet the Demised Premises during said period, Landlord shall credit Tenant with the net rents received by Landlord from such reletting such net rents to be determined by first deducting from the gross rents as and when received by Landlord from such reletting any and all expenses incurred or paid by Landlord in terminating this lease or in re-entering the Demised Premises and in securing possession thereof, as well as the expenses of reletting, including altering and preparing the Demised Premises for new tenants, brokers’ commissions, counsel fees and all other expenses properly chargeable against the Demised Premises and the rental therefrom; it being understood that any such reletting may be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining term of this lease; but in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess of such net rents over the sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, nor shall Tenant be entitled in any suit for the collection of damages pursuant to this Subsection to a credit in respect of any net rents from a reletting, except to the extent that such net rents are actually received by Landlord. If the Demised Premises or any part thereof should be relet in combination with other space, then proper apportionment on a square foot basis (for equivalent space) shall be made of the rent received from such reletting and of the expenses of reletting.

If the Demised Premises or any part thereof be relet by Landlord to a bonafide tenant for the unexpired portion of the term of this lease, or any part thereof, before presentation of proof of such damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting shall, prima facie, be the fair and reasonable rental value for the Demised Premises, or part thereof, so relet during the term of the reletting.

26.02 Suit or suits for the recovery of such damages, or any installments thereof, may be brought by Landlord from time to time at its election, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Landlord to postpone suit until the date when the term of this lease would have expired if it had not been so terminated under the provisions of Article 25, or under any provision of law, or had Landlord not re-entered the Demised Premises. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or preclude recovery by Landlord against Tenant of any sums or damages to which, in addition to the damages particularly provided above, Landlord may lawfully be entitled by reason of any default hereunder on the part of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of the termination of this lease or re-entry on the Demised Premises for the default of Tenant under this lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved whether or not such amount be greater, equal to, or less than any of the sums referred to in Section 26.01.

ARTICLE 27

Waivers

27.01 Tenant, for Tenant, and on behalf of any and all persons claiming through or under Tenant, including creditors of all kinds, does hereby waive and surrender all right and privilege which they or any of them might have under or by reason of any present or future law, to redeem the Demised Premises or to have a continuance of this lease for the term hereby demised after being dispossessed or ejected therefrom by process of law or under the terms of this lease or after the termination of this lease as herein provided.

 

20


27.02 In the event that Tenant is in arrears in payment of fixed rent or additional rent hereunder, Tenant waives Tenant’s right, if any, to designate the item against which any payments made by Tenant are to be credited, and Tenant agrees that Landlord may apply any payments made by Tenant to any items it sees fit, irrespective of and notwithstanding any designation or request by Tenant as to the items against which any such payments shall be credited.

27.03 Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought either against the other on any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Demised Premises, including any claim of injury or damage, or any emergency or other statutory remedy with respect thereto.

27.04 The provisions of Article 15 and 16 shall be considered express agreements governing the services to be furnished by Landlord, and Tenant agrees that any laws and/or requirements of public authorities, now or hereafter in force, shall have no application in connection with any enlargement of Landlord’s obligations with respect to such services unless Tenant agrees, in writing, to pay to Landlord, as additional rent, Landlord’s reasonable charges for any additional services provided.

ARTICLE 28

No Other Waiver Or Modifications

28.01 The failure of either party to insist in any one or more instances upon the strict performance of any one or more of the obligations of this lease, or to exercise any election herein contained, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of the performance of such one or more obligations of this lease or of the right to exercise such election, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect with respect to any subsequent breach, act or omission. No executory agreement hereafter made between Landlord and Tenant shall be effective to change, modify, waive, release, discharge terminate or effect an abandonment of this lease, in whole or in part, unless such executory agreement is in writing, refers expressly to this lease and is signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, waiver, release, discharge or termination or effectuation of the abandonment is sought.

28.02 The following specific provisions of this Section 28.02 shall not be deemed to limit the generality of any of the foregoing provisions of this Article:

(a) No agreement to accept surrender of all or any part of the Demised Premises shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord. The delivery of keys to an employee of Landlord or of its agent shall not operate as a termination of this lease or a surrender of the Demised Premises. If Tenant shall at any time request Landlord to sublet the Demised Premises for Tenant’s account, Landlord or its agents is authorized to receive said keys for such purposes without releasing Tenant from any of its obligations under this lease.

(b) The receipt by Landlord or payment by Tenant of rent with knowledge of a breach of any obligation of this lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach.

(c) No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the correct fixed rent or additional rent due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than a payment on account, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment prejudice Landlord’s right to recover the balance or pursue any other remedy in this lease or at law provided.

 

21


ARTICLE 29

Curing Tenant’s Defaults, Additional Rent

29.01 (a) If Tenant shall default in the performance of any of Tenant’s obligations under this lease, Landlord, without thereby waiving such default, may (but shall not be obligated to) perform the same for the account and at the expense of Tenant, without notice, in a case of emergency, and in any other case, only if such default continues after the expiration of the applicable grace period provided in Section 24.02 or elsewhere in this lease for cure of such default.

(b) If Tenant is late in making any payment due to Landlord under this lease for ten (10) or more days, then interest shall become due and owing to Landlord on such payment from the date when it was due computed at the rate of two (2%) percent per annum over the then prime rate of Citibank, N.A. but in no event in excess of the maximum lawful rate of interest chargeable to corporations in the State of New York.

29.02 Bills for any expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such performance by it for the account of Tenant, and bills for all costs, expenses and disbursements of every kind and nature whatsoever may be sent by Landlord to Tenant monthly, or immediately, at Landlord’s option, and, shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms of such bills. In the event of any litigation to enforce any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this lease or to collect the fixed rent or additional rent or any part thereof, the losing party shall pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable counsel fees, involved in instituting and prosecuting proceedings.

ARTICLE 30

Broker

30.01 Each of Landlord and Tenant covenants, warrants and represents that it had no negotiations or other dealings with any broker or finder concerning the renting of the Demised Premises. Each party agrees to hold the other harmless against any claims for a brokerage commission arising out of any negotiations or other dealings had by the indemnifying party with any broker or finder.

ARTICLE 31

Notices

31.01 Any notice, statement, demand or other communication required or permitted to be given, rendered or made by either party to the other, pursuant to this lease or pursuant to any applicable law or requirement of public authority, shall be in writing (whether or not so stated elsewhere in this lease) and shall be deemed to have been properly given, rendered or made, only if sent by telefax or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the other party at the address hereinabove set forth (except that after the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant’s address, unless Tenant shall give notice to the contrary, shall be the Building) and shall be deemed to have been given, rendered or made on the day so faxed or 3 days after being mailed, unless mailed outside of the State of New York, in which case it shall be deemed to have been given, rendered or made on the expiration of the normal period of time for delivery of mail from the post- office of origin to the post-office of destination. Either party may, by notice as aforesaid, designate a different address or addresses for notices, statements, demand or other communications intended for it.

ARTICLE 32

Estoppel Certificate, Memorandum

32.01 Each party agrees, at any time and from time to time, as requested by the other party, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior notice, to execute and deliver to the other a statement certifying (a) that this lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications) and whether any options granted to Tenant pursuant to the

 

22


provisions of this lease have been exercised, (b) certifying the dates to which the fixed rent and additional rent have been paid and the amounts thereof, and stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of the signer, the other party is in default in performance of any of its obligations under this lease, and, if so, specifying each such default of which the signer may have knowledge, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant hereto may be relied upon by others with whom the party requesting such certificate may be dealing.

32.02 At the request of Landlord, or Tenant the other shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver a memorandum with respect to this lease sufficient for recording. Such memorandum shall not in any circumstances be deemed to change or otherwise affect any of the obligations or provisions of this lease.

ARTICLE 33

No Other Representations,

Construction, Governing Law, Consents

33.01 Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has not made and is not making, and Tenant, in executing and delivering this lease, is not relying upon, any warranties, representations, promises or statements, except to the extent that the same are expressly set forth in this lease or in any other written agreement which may be made between the parties concurrently with the execution and delivery of this lease and shall expressly refer to this lease. This lease and said other written agreement(s) made concurrently herewith are hereinafter referred to as the “lease documents”. It is understood and agreed that all understandings and agreements heretofore had between the parties are merged in the lease documents, which alone fully and completely express their agreements and that the same are entered into after full investigation, neither party relying upon any statement or representation not embodied in the lease documents, made by the other.

33.02 If any of the provisions of this lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this lease, or the application of such provision or provisions to persons or circumstances other than those as to whom or which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and every provision of this lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

33.03 This lease shall be governed by and construed, in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

33.04 Wherever in this lease Landlord’s consent or approval is required, if Landlord shall refuse such consent or approval, Tenant in no event shall be entitled to make, nor shall Tenant make, any claim, and Tenant hereby waives any claim, for money damages (nor shall Tenant claim any money damages by way of set-off, counterclaim or defense) based upon any claim or assertion by Tenant that Landlord unreasonably withheld or unreasonably delayed its consent or approval. Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action or proceeding, including expedited arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association to enforce any such provision or for specific performance or an injunction or declaratory judgment. If any legal action or proceeding shall have been instituted by either party, the prevailing party shall have its reasonable legal fees paid by the other.

33.05 If Landlord shall cause cable television to be provided to the Building, Tenant shall be given access thereto without additional charge by Landlord.

33.06 Tenant shall not be required to pay any fee to Landlord for moving into the Demised Premises or any fees in connection with its initial construction.

33.07 Landlord shall maintain all sprinkler systems throughout the Building, the cost of which shall be a part of Operating Expenses.

 

23


33.08 Landlord shall furnish Tenant with an ACP-5, at Landlord’s cost prior to the Commencement Date.

ARTICLE 34

Parties Bound

34.01 The obligations of this lease shall bind and benefit the successors and assigns of the parties with the same effect as if mentioned in each instance where a party is named or referred to, except that no violation of the provisions of Article 7 shall operate to vest any rights in any successor or assignee of Tenant and that the provisions of this Article shall not be construed as modifying the conditions of limitation contained in Article 24. However, the obligations of Landlord under this lease shall not be binding upon Landlord herein named with respect to any period subsequent to the transfer of its interest in the Building as owner or lessee thereof and in event of such transfer said obligations shall thereafter be binding upon each transferee of the interest of Landlord herein named as such owner or lessee of the Building, but only with respect to the period ending with a subsequent transfer within the meaning of this Article.

34.02 If Landlord shall be an individual, joint venture, tenancy in common, co-partnership, unincorporated association, or other unincorporated aggregate of individuals and/or entities or a corporation, Tenant shall look only to such Landlord’s estate and property in the Building (or the proceeds thereof) and, where expressly so provided in this lease, for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any default by Landlord hereunder, and no other property or assets of such Landlord or any partner, member, officer or director thereof, disclosed or undisclosed shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to this lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Demised Premises. No liability on officers, directors or shareholders of Tenant.

34.03 Landlord, in the event of a default by Tenant hereunder, shall only claim against Tenant, and not its officers, directors, employees or shareholders, for the satisfaction of its remedies hereunder for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) except where any such party has expressly assumed or agreed to be liable for any such obligations.

ARTICLE 35

Certain Definitions And Construction

35.01 For the purposes of this lease and all agreements supplemental to this lease, unless the context otherwise requires the definitions set forth in Exhibit D annexed hereto and made a part hereof shall be utilized.

35.02 The various terms which are italicized and defined in other Articles of this lease or are defined in Exhibits annexed hereto, shall have the meanings specified in such other Articles and such Exhibits for all purposes of this lease and all agreements supplemental thereto, unless the context shall otherwise require.

ARTICLE 36

Adjacent Excavation - Shoring

36.01 If an excavation or other substructure work shall be made upon land adjacent to the Building, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford access to Demised Premises for the purpose of doing such work as shall be necessary to preserve the wall of the Building from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations without any claim for damages or indemnity against Landlord, or diminution or abatement of rent, except as otherwise provided herein.

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this lease as of the day and year first above written.

SUTOM, N.V

    NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC.
By:  

/s/ [Authorized Representative]

    By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Gural

Its:       Its:  

 

25


EXHIBIT A

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

All that certain plot, piece or parcel of land, situated, lying and being in the Borough of Manhattan, City, County and State of New York, bounded and described as follows:

BEGINNING at the corner formed by the intersection of the southwesterly side of East 42nd Street with the southeasterly side of Park Avenue; running thence

SOUTHWESTERLY along the southeasterly side of Park Avenue, 197 feet 6 inches to the northeasterly side of East 41st Street; thence

SOUTHEASTERLY along the northeasterly side of East 41st Street, 125 feet 6 inches, more or less, to a point from which a line drawn northeasterly to the southwesterly side of East 42nd Street and parallel with Park Avenue and at right angles with said northeasterly side of East 41st Street would run through the center of the seventh row (reading southeasterly from Park Avenue) of column locations as shown by circular indications thereof upon map entitled “State of New York, Transit Construction Commissioners, Engineering Department, Route Number 43, Section 1, borough of Manhattan Map or plan showing property for resale east side of Park Avenue between East 41st Street and East 42nd Street, signed by D.L. Turner Chief Engineer dated February 4, 1920 (as revised May 25, 1920) and designated as drawing 175 filed Number 3801 and which map is annexed to deed made by the City of New York to the Pershing Square Building Corporation recorded in the Office of the Register of the County of New York; thence

NORTHEASTERLY along said line, 197 feet 6 inches to the southwesterly side of East 42nd Street; and thence

NORTHWESTERLY along the southwesterly side of East 42nd Street, 125 feet 6 inches, more or less, to the point or place of BEGINNING.

 

26


EXHIBIT B

FLOOR PLAN(s)

 

27


 

LOGO


LOGO


EXHIBIT C

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. The rights of tenants in the entrances, corridors and elevators of the Building are limited to ingress to and egress from the tenants’ premises for the tenants and their employees, licensees and invitees, and no tenant shall use, or permit the use of, the entrances, corridors, or elevators for any other purpose. No tenant shall invite to the tenant’s premises, or permit the visit of, persons in such numbers or under such conditions as to interfere with the use and enjoyment of any of the entrances, corridors, elevators and other facilities of the Building by other tenants. Fire exits and stairways are for emergency use only, and they shall not be used for any other purpose by the tenants, their employees , licensees or invitees. No tenant shall encumber or obstruct, or permit the encumbrance or obstruction of any of the sidewalks, entrances, corridors, elevators, fire exits or stairways of the Building. The Landlord reserves the right to control and operate the public portions of the Building and the public facilities, as well as facilities furnished for the common use of the tenants, in such manner as it deems best for the benefit of the tenants generally.

2. The Landlord may refuse admission to the Building outside of ordinary business hours to any person not known to the watchman in charge or not having a pass issued by the Landlord or the tenant whose premises are to be entered or not otherwise properly identified, and may require all persons admitted to or leaving the Building outside of ordinary business hours to register. Any person whose presence in the Building at any time shall, in the reasonable judgment of the Landlord, be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building or of its tenants may be denied access to the Building or may be ejected therefrom. In case of invasion, riot, public excitement or other commotion, the Landlord may prevent all access to the Building during the continuance of the same, by closing the doors or otherwise, for the safety of the tenants and protection of property in the Building. The Landlord may require any person leaving the Building with any package or other object to exhibit a pass from the tenant from whose premises the package or object is being removed, but the establishment and enforcement of such requirement shall not impose any responsibility on the Landlord for the protection of any tenant against the removal of property from the premises of the tenant. The Landlord shall, in no way, be liable to any tenant for damages or loss arising from the admission, exclusion or ejection of any person to or from the tenant’s premises or the Building under the provisions of this rule. Canvassing, soliciting or peddling in the Building is prohibited and every tenant shall co-operate to prevent the same.

3. No tenant shall obtain or accept for use in its premises floor polishing, lighting maintenance, cleaning or other similar services from any persons not authorized by the Landlord in writing to furnish such services provided that the charges for such services by persons authorized by the Landlord are not excessive and, where appropriate and consonant with the security and proper operation of the Building, sufficient persons are so authorized for the same service to provide tenants with a reasonably competitive selection. Such services shall be furnished only at such hours, in such places within the tenant’s premises and under such reasonable regulations as may be fixed by the Landlord.

4. Subject to the provisions of the Lease, the cost of repairing any damage to the public portions of the Building or the public facilities or to any facilities used in common with other tenants, caused by a tenant or the employees, licensees or invitees of the tenant, shall be paid by such tenant.

5. No lettering, sign, advertisement, notice or object shall be displayed in or on the windows or doors, or on the outside of any tenant’s premises, or at any point inside any tenant’s premises where the same might be visible outside of such premises, except that the name of the tenant may be displayed on the entrance door of the tenant’s premises, and in the elevator

 

28


lobbies of the floors which are leased entirely by any tenant. Listing of the name of the tenant on the directory boards in the Building shall be done by the Landlord at its expense; except as otherwise specified in the Lease, any other listing shall be in the discretion of the Landlord.

6. No awnings, air-conditioning units, fans, vents or other projections over or around the windows shall be installed by any tenant, and only such window blinds as are supplied or reasonably permitted by the Landlord shall be used in a tenant’s premises. Linoleum, tile or other floor covering shall be laid in a tenant’s premises only in a manner approved by the Landlord.

7. The Landlord shall have the right to reasonably prescribe the weight and position of safes and other objects of excessive weight, and no safe or other object whose weight exceeds the lawful load for the area upon which it would stand shall be brought into or kept upon a tenant’s premises. If, in the reasonable judgment of the Landlord, it is necessary to distribute the concentrated weight of any heavy object, the work involved in such distribution shall be done at the expense of Tenant and in such manner as the Landlord shall determine. The moving of safe and other heavy objects shall take place only outside of ordinary business hours upon previous notice to the Landlord, and the persons employed to move the same in and out of the Building shall be reasonably acceptable to the Landlord and, if so required by law, shall hold a Master Rigger’s license. Freight, furniture, business equipment, merchandise and bulky matter of any description shall be delivered to and removed from the premises only in the freight elevators and through the service entrances and corridors, and only during hours and in a manner reasonably approved by the Landlord. Arrangements will be made by the Landlord with any tenant for moving large quantities of furniture and equipment into or out of the building.

8. No machines or mechanical equipment of any kind, shall be so placed or operated as to disturb other tenants, Machines and mechanical equipment which are installed and used in a tenant’s premises shall be so equipped, installed and maintained by such tenant as to prevent any disturbing noise, vibration or electrical or other interference from being transmitted from such premises to any other area of the Building.

9. No noise, including the playing of any musical instruments, radio or television, which disturbs other tenants in the building, shall be made or permitted by any tenant, and no cooking (but heating of foods may be done) shall be done in the tenant’s premises, except as expressly approved by the Landlord. Nothing shall be done or permitted in any tenant’s premises, and nothing shall be brought into or kept in any tenant’s premises, which would impair or interfere with any of the Building services or the proper and economic heating, cleaning or other servicing of the building or the premises, or the use or enjoyment by any other tenant of any other premises, nor shall there be installed by any tenant any ventilating, air-conditioning, electrical or other equipment of any kind which, in the judgment of the Landlord, might cause any such impairment or interference. No dangerous or explosive object or material shall be brought into the Building by any tenant or with the permission of any tenant. Any cuspidors or similar containers or receptacles used in any tenant’s premises shall be cared for and cleaned by and at the expense of the tenant.

10. No acids, vapors or other materials shall be discharged or permitted to be discharged into the waste lines, vents or flues of the building which may damage them. The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures in or serving any tenant’s premises shall not be used for any purpose other than the purposes for which they were designed or constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or other foreign substances shall be deposited therein. No tenant in the Building, nor any tenant’s agents, employees, visitors or licensees shall at any time bring or keep upon the premises demised under any tenant’s lease, any flammable, combustible or explosive fluid, chemical or substance other than that normally used in commercial office buildings.

 

29


11. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows in any tenant’s premises and no lock on any door therein shall be changed or altered in any respect. Additional keys for a tenant’s premises and toilet rooms shall be procured only from the Landlord, which may make a reasonable charge therefor. Upon the termination of a tenant’s lease, all keys of the tenant’s premises and toilet rooms shall be delivered to the Landlord.

12. All entrance doors in each tenant’s premises shall be left locked and all windows shall be left closed by the tenant when the tenant’s premises are not in use. Entrance doors shall not be left open at any time.

13. Hand trucks not equipped with rubber tires and side guards shall not be used within the Building. No bicycles, vehicles or animals of any kind, except for seeing eye dogs, shall be brought into or kept by any tenant in the Building.

14. All windows in each tenant’s premises shall be kept closed and all blinds therein, if any, above the ground floor shall be lowered when and as reasonably required because of the position of the sun, during the operation of the Building air- conditioning system and no windows shall be opened so as to facilitate any cooking in or ventilating of the tenant’s premises. No article of any nature whatsoever may be placed on any exterior window sills by any tenants.

15. The Landlord reserves the right to rescind, alter or waive any rule or regulation at any time prescribed for the Building when, in its judgment, it deems it necessary, desirable or proper for its best interest and for the best interests of the tenants, and no alteration or waiver of any rule or regulation in favor of one tenant shall operate as an alteration or waiver in favor of any other tenant. The Landlord shall not be responsible to any tenant for the non-observance or violation by any other tenant of any of the rules and regulations at any time prescribed for the Building.

 

30


EXHIBIT D

DEFINITIONS

(a) The term mortgage shall include an indenture of mortgage and deed of trust to a trustee to secure an issue of bonds, and the terms mortgagee shall include such a trustee.

(b) The terms include , including and such as shall each be construed as if followed by the phrase “without being limited to”.

(c) The term obligations of this lease , and words of like import, shall mean the covenants to pay rent and additional rent under this lease and all of the other covenants and conditions contained in this lease. Any provision in this lease that one party or the other or both shall do or not do or shall cause or permit or not cause or permit a particular act, condition, or circumstance shall be deemed to mean that such party so covenants or both parties so covenant, as the case may be.

(d) The term Tenant’s obligations hereunder , and words of like import, and the term Landlord’s obligations hereunder , and words of like import, shall mean the obligations of this lease which are to be performed or observed by Tenant, or by Landlord, as the case may be. Reference to performance of either party’s obligations under this lease shall be construed as “performance and observance”.

(e) Reference to Tenant being or not being in default hereunder , or words of like import, shall mean that Tenant is in default in the performance of one or more of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, or that Tenant is not in default in the performance of any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, or that a condition of the character described in Section 25.01 has occurred and continues or has not occurred or does not continue, as the case may be, in each instance beyond the applicable grace period, if any.

(f) Reference to Landlord as having no liability to Tenant or being without liability to Tenant , shall mean that Tenant is not entitled to terminate this lease, or to claim actual or constructive eviction, partial or total, or except as provided in this lease, to receive any abatement or diminution of rent, or to be relieved in any manner of any of its other obligations hereunder, or to be compensated for loss or injury suffered or to enforce any other kind of liability whatsoever against Landlord under or with respect to this Lease or with respect to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Demised Premises.

(g) The term laws and/or requirements of public authorities and words of like import shall mean laws and ordinances of any or all of the Federal, state, city, county and borough governments and rules, regulations, orders and/or directives of any or all departments, subdivisions, bureaus, agencies or offices thereof, or of any other governmental, public or quasi-public authorities, having jurisdiction in the premises, and/or the direction of any public officer pursuant to law.

(h) The term requirements of insurance bodies and words of like import shall mean rules, regulations, orders and other requirements of the New York Board of Fire Underwriters and/or the New York Fire Insurance Rating Organization and/or any other similar body performing the same or similar functions and having jurisdiction or cognizance of the Building and/or the Demised Premises.

(i) The term repair shall be deemed to include restoration and replacement as may be necessary to achieve and/or maintain good working order and condition.

 

31


(j) Reference to termination of this lease includes expiration or earlier termination of the term of this lease or cancellation of this lease pursuant to any of the provisions of this lease or to law. Upon a termination of this lease, the term and estate granted by this lease shall end at midnight of the date of termination as if such date were the date of expiration of the term of this lease and neither party shall have any further obligation or liability to the other after such termination (i) except as shall be expressly provided for in this lease, or (ii) except for such obligation as by its nature or under the circumstances can only be, or by the provisions of this lease, may be, performed after such termination, and, in any event, unless expressly otherwise provided in this lease, any liability for a payment which shall have accrued to or with respect to any period ending at the time of termination shall survive the termination of this lease.

(k) The term Tenant shall mean Tenant herein named or any assignee or other successor in interest (immediate or remote) of Tenant herein named, while such Tenant or such assignee or other successor in interest, as the case may be, is in possession of the Demised Premises as owner of the Tenant’s estate and interest granted by this lease and also, if Tenant is not an individual or a corporation, all of the persons, firms and corporation then comprising Tenant.

(1) Words and phrases used in the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa, and nouns and pronouns used in any particular gender shall be deemed to include any other gender.

(m) The rule of ejusdem generis shall not be applicable to limit a general statement following or referable to an enumeration of specific matters to matters similar to the matters specifically mentioned.

(n) All references in this lease to numbered Articles, numbered Sections and lettered Exhibits are references to Articles and Sections of this lease, and Exhibits annexed to (and thereby made part of) this lease, as the case may be, unless expressly otherwise designated in the context.

 

32


EXHIBIT E

CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

NIGHTLY

Empty wastepaper baskets. Damp clean as required.

Remove wastepaper and normal office refuse to the designated trash area.

Dust all desks, office furniture and window sills, washing window sills, washing window sills when necessary.

Dust all low reach areas such as chair rails, baseboards, ledges and trim.

Clean all resilient and hard floor surfaces with an approved dust mop.

Vacuum clean or carpet sweep all carpets and rugs, moving light furniture and office equipment.

Sweep and dust or vacuum all private stairways.

Spot clean finger marks, dirt and smudges from painted or washable wall surfaces around light switches and doorknobs.

Clean and sanitize all drinking fountains.

Clean exterior of mail chutes as necessary.

Maintain public lobby and concourse level terrazzo surfaces.

Police all public stairwells, sweep, dust and mop as necessary.

Clean all elevator cabs.

Clean and polish stainless steel and public areas.

Clean and sanitize all mens’ and ladies’ lavatories.

Police and stock all mens’ and ladies’ lavatories twice each day.

After cleaning, all lights shall be extinguished, doors shall be locked and offices left in an orderly condition.

MONTHLY

Dust all heating and ventilating louvers.

Vacuum upholstered furniture.

Machine scrub all ceramic and stone floor surfaces.

Shampoo passenger elevator cab carpeting, or as required.

QUARTERLY

Dust in place all pictures, frames, charts, graphs and other wall hangings not reached in nightly cleaning.

Dust all vertical surfaces and walls, doors, door bucks, partitions and other surfaces not reached in nightly cleaning.

Clean marble and travertine.

Clean and polish the exterior doors, tracks and saddles of passenger elevators on all floors.

 

33


THREE TIMES YEARLY

Wash the interior and exterior of perimeter windows.

SEMI-ANNUALLY

Dust all Venetian blinds.

ANNUALLY

Dust ceiling surfaces other than acoustical.

Vacuum clean acoustical ceiling and similar surfaces.

Wash ceiling surfaces around air diffusers , or as required.

 

34


Exhibit F

LANDLORD’S WORK SCHEDULE

 

    Landlord will provide all new windows as per 9th floor.

 

    Landlord will demolish the entire premises slab to slab. The space will be delivered in a broom clean condition.

 

    Landlord will provide telephone closets ready to accept Tenant’s equipment.

 

    Landlord will provide two electrical closets on each floor with necessary distribution panels, in accordance with Tenant’s needs which will be provided.

 

    Landlord to provide 6 watts per rentable square foot, exclusive of HVAC, on a demand load basis.

 

    Landlord is to directly meter space to Con Edison and cooperate with Tenant to insure Tenant gets Con Edison rebates. Two pans and one meter shall be provided so that the two floors can be separately metered.

 

    Landlord to provide additional condenser water of up to 20 tons for supplemental HVAC in multiple units for 24 hour use with no hook up charge and water charge.

 

    Landlord will comply with all existing laws.

 

    Interior of perimeter walls will be repaired and delivered ready for paint.

 

    Elevator lobby (on 11th and 12th floors) will be renovated by Landlord.

 

    All radiators will be repaired. All traps will be replaced. Temperature controls will be installed in each.

 

    Landlord will provide continuous metal radiator enclosures with sound baffles between offices. They will be completed and painted with a primer.

 

    All core doors will be changed to new ones and comply with ADA.

 

    Landlord will provide a sprinkler loop of a size adequate for Tenant’s needs.

 

    Floor will be level and ready for Tenant’s carpeting.

 

    Landlord to construct new mens and ladies bathrooms on 11th and 12th floors, in full compliance with American Disabilities Act.

 

    HVAC will be provided, operated and maintained by Landlord; distribution of HVAC will be the responsibility of Tenant.

 

    HVAC units will have steam coil attached.

 

35


    Remove spiral structures between 12th floor and next higher floor and seal floor openings.

 

    Close wall through air conditioning openings on inside and seal wall.

 

    Save lobby glass elevator doors for use by Tenant.

 

36


SUTOM N. V.

125 PARK AVENUE

NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10017

December 22, 1995

Newmark & Company Real Estate, Inc.

125 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attn: Jeffrey Gural

 

  re: Agreement of Lease dated

as of May 6, 1994 (the “Lease”)

Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Lease governing your occupancy at 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York. With regard thereto and to resolve various disputes which have arisen with regard to the Lease, your Company and the undersigned have agreed:

1. The undersigned shall pay to Forest Electric the sum of $138,665.77 and shall pay to your Company the sum of $61,334.33 in full settlement of all claims of your Company relating to the installation of your HVAC and lobbies on the two floors occupied by your Company.

2. Your Company shall pay to the undersigned the sum of $75,000 representing electricity charges pursuant to the Lease for the calendar year 1995 and shall assume the Landlord’s obligation to install electric meters for both floors occupied by your Company, at a date not later than ninety (90) days after this Agreement. Electricity shall be charged at the 1995 rate until such meters are installed.

3. Annual fixed rent for the period October 1 , 1995 to December 31, 1995 in the aggregate sum of $254,862.51 shall be paid on or before December 31, 1995.

4. Annual fixed rent for the space demised pursuant to the Lease for 1996 shall be the sum of $533,345.21 which shall be paid in ten (10) equal monthly installments of $53,334.52 commencing March 1, 1996 and ending on December 31, 1996. The annual fixed rent set forth in this Paragraph 4. is net of the debt of $61,334.33 referred to in Paragraph 1.


5. Invoices submitted by your Company to the undersigned in the sum of $58,568 have been approved by the undersigned and submitted to General Electric Capital Corporation for payment in accordance with the terms of the Lockbox Agreement. Such approval of the undersigned shall not be revoked or modified.

6. Each of us reserve the right to review the electrical charges hereinabove set forth for the calendar year 1995 and for the period until installation of electric meters, as provided in paragraph 2 above, at any time and from time to time within a one year period commencing with the completion of the installation of such electric meters.

Except as, modified by this letter agreement, all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed and the Lease and this Agreement shall be read as one except where the context of this letter provides otherwise.

Will you kindly confirm the foregoing by executing a copy of this letter at the foot thereof below the words “CONFIRMED AND AGREED TO”.

Very truly yours,

Sutom N. V.

         By: /s/ [Authorized Representative]                            

CONFIRMED AND AGREED TO:

Newmark & Company Real Estate, Inc.

By: /s/ Jeffrey Gural                            


SUTOM N.V.

125 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10017

September 12, 1996

Mr. Jeffrey Gural

Newmark & Company Real Estate, Inc.

125 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10017

 

Re: Lease (the “Lease”) dated as of May 6, 1994

between Sutom N.V., as landlord, and Newmark &

Company Real Estate, Inc., as tenant, covering the

eleventh and twelfth floors at 125 Park Avenue,

New York, New York 10017

Dear Mr. Gural:

Reference is made to the Lease and to that certain letter agreement (the “Letter”) dated December 22, 1995 between us with respect to the Lease. Notwithstanding the Letter, certain disputes continue to exist between us regarding the Lease and certain additional disputes have arisen since the execution and delivery of the Letter. In an effort to resolve certain of those disputes:

 

1. The undersigned hereby agrees to promptly pay to Forest Electric, against appropriate lien waivers, the sum of $138,665,77.

 

2. Having already been released by you (pursuant to the Letter) of our obligation to install electric meters that measure the consumption of electricity in the Premises, we hereby acknowledge that you have properly installed same and paid us: (i) $75,000.00 in estimated electric charges due pursuant to the Lease for the calendar year 1995; and (ii) electric charges due under the Lease, per the letter, through the date hereof. It is further agreed that one (1) year after the meters have been installed either party can request an adjustment to the estimated electric payments made by tenant based on the actual meter readings during this period.


3. The annual fixed rent for the period October 1, 1995 through December 31, 1995 in the aggregate sum of $254,862.51 has been paid in full by your Company.

 

4. The 1996 annual fixed rent for the premises demised pursuant to the Lease shall be the sum of $533,345.21, which shall be paid in ten (10) equal monthly installments of $53,334.52 commencing March 1, 1996 and ending December 31, 1996. The annual fixed rent set forth in this Paragraph 4, is net of the debt of $61,334.33 refereed to in Paragraph 1 of the amendment to the Agreement of Lease dated December 22, 1995 (“First Amendment”). The undersigned hereby acknowledge and agree that payment of $266,672.30 representing full settlement of the fixed rent for the period January 1, 1996 through July 31, 1996 has been received prior to, or concurrent with the execution of this Agreement. The fixed rent obligation beginning August 1, 1996 remains $53,334.52 per month through December 31, 1996.

 

5. As of January 1, 1997, the annual fixed rent of $1,019,450.00 specified in the Lease shall be payable in monthly installments, except that the previous prepayment of fixed rent by your Company shall be taken as a credit of $7,079.51 for each of the 1 2 months in the period January 1, 1997 through December 31, 1997 (12 x $7,079.51 = $84,954.11). Therefore, it is agreed that subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7 below, the fixed rent shall be $77,874.66 per month during 1997.

 

6. Invoices submitted by your Company in the sum of $58,568.00 payable to Accord Construction, Inc. have been approved by the undersigned and will be submitted to General Electric Capital Corporation for payment as a Capital Funding request. Such approval of the undersigned shall not be revoked or modified. The undersigned expects payment will be made on or before December 31, 1996.

 

7. If for any reason whatsoever: (i) Forest Electric has not received the $138,665.77 referred to in Paragraph 1 of the First Amendment; (ii) your contractors have not received the $58,568.00 payment referred to in Paragraph 6 of this Letter Agreement; and/or (iii) you have not received all of any part of the Meredith leasing commission specified on Schedule A annexed hereto and made a part hereof, you may set off and deduct all or any part of such amounts not satisfied in full by the undersigned in thirty (30) equal monthly installments from the rent otherwise payable under the Lease; as modified above, beginning January 1, 1997 and continuing the first day of each month thereafter through and including June 1, 1999.

 

8.

By our respective signatures at the foot of this letter, we mutually acknowledge and agree that: (i) the initial construction of the Premises has been completed and that once payments herein specified have been made neither of us will have any claims against the other for the cost of such construction; (ii) the Commencement Date of the Lease was November 1, 1994 and the Expiration Date thereof will be May 31, 2006; and (iii) each of us has satisfied its obligations to the other under Sections 3.02, 3.03 and 33.08 of the Lease and Exhibit F thereto. Nothing contained herein or otherwise shall be deemed a waiver of the other claims we have against one another or of any rights of set off, contribution or indemnity that either of us may have against the other.


Except as modified in this Letter Agreement (the “Second Amendment”) and the First Amendment (collectively the “Amendments”) all of the terms and conditions of the Lease shall be in full force and effect and the Lease and these Amendments shall be read as one except where the context of the Amendments provide otherwise.

Will you kindly confirm the foregoing by executing a copy of this letter at the foot thereof below the words “CONFIRMED AND AGREED TO”.

Very truly yours,

SUTOM, N.V.

By: /s/ [Authorized Representative]                    

        Managing Director

CONFIRMED AND AGREED TO:

NEWMARK  & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC.

By: /s/ Jeffrey Gural                             


THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Amendment”) dated as of February 20, 1998, by and between WATCH HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having an address c/o Newmark & Company Real Estate, Inc., 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, as Owner (“Owner”), and NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC., a New York corporation, having an office and place of business at 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, as Tenant (“Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Lease dated as of May 6, 1994 between Sutom, N.V., Owner’s remote predecessor-in- interest, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant, as amended by that certain letter dated December 22, 1995 and by that certain letter dated September 12, 1996 (such lease as so amended is hereinafter referred to as the “Lease”), Tenant presently leases and hires from Owner the entire rentable portion of the eleventh (11th) and twelfth (12th) floors (the “Original Premises”) in the building known as 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York, (the “Building”);

WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease additional space in the Building and Owner is willing to accommodate Tenant in the manner and upon the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby mutually acknowledged, Owner and Tenant hereby agree that the Lease is hereby amended, modified and supplemented as follows:

1. All words, terms or phrases used herein and defined in the Lease shall have the meanings herein that are ascribed to them in the Lease unless herein otherwise expressly specified.

2. A. Effective from and after March 1, 1998 (the “Additional Space Date”) and continuing through and including May 31, 2006 (the “Expiration Date”): (i) Owner shall lease to Tenant, and Tenant shall hire from Owner, (in addition to the Original Premises) the portion of the third (3rd) floor of the Building indicated on Exhibit A annexed hereto and made a part hereof (the “Additional Space”) upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Lease except as modified herein; (ii) the Additional Space shall be and be deemed to be demised to Tenant such that the terms “premises”, “demised premises”, “Premises” and “Demised Premises” used in the Lease shall be deemed to include the Original Premises and the Additional Space; (iii) the number “40,778” which appears in Paragraph 1.02 of the Lease shall be deleted therefrom and the number “44,949” shall be substituted therefor; (iv) the words “and a portion of the third (3rd) floor” shall be inserted after the words “the and 12th floors” in Paragraph 1.02 of the Lease; and (v) Exhibit A annexed hereto and made a part hereof shall be deemed to be added to Exhibit B annexed to the Lease.


B. Effective from and after the Additional Space Date, Article 4 of the Lease shall be deemed amended as follows: (i) Subparagraph 4.01(d) shall be and be deemed to be deleted therefrom and the following shall be and be deemed to be substituted therefor: “‘Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share’ shall mean 8.41% and ‘Tenant’s Proportionate Operating Share’ shall mean 8.47%.” ; (ii) the words “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” which, appear in Paragraphs 4.02 and 4.04 of the Lease shall be and be deemed to be deleted therefrom and the words “Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share” shall be and be deemed to be substituted therefor; and (iii) the words “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” which appear in Paragraph 4.07 of the Lease shall be and be deemed to be deleted therefrom and the words “Tenant’s Proportionate Operating Share” shall be and be deemed to be substituted therefor.

3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, effective from and after September 1, 1998, the fixed rent reserved under the Lease shall be at an annual rate of: (i) $1,123,725.00 per annum for the period commencing on September 1, 1998 and continuing through and including April 15, 2001; and (ii) $1,213,632.00 per annum for the period commencing on April 16, 2001 through and including the Expiration Date, and shall be payable in the same manner and on the same terms and conditions as in the Lease now contained.

4. A. As a material inducement for Owner to enter into this amendment, Tenant hereby agrees to improve, fixture and decorate the Additional Space (“Tenant’s Work”) at the commencement of the term of this amendment. In addition to and in supplementation of the provisions of Article 11 of the Lease, Tenant hereby agrees that prior to Tenant commencing Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall submit to Owner for its reasonable and expeditious approval four (4) sets of complete working plans, drawings and specifications (collectively, “Tenant’s Plans”), including, but not limited to, all mechanical, electrical, air conditioning and other utility systems and facilities for Tenant’s Work, prepared by an architect licensed as such in the State of New York (“Tenant’s Architect”). Promptly following Owner’s receipt of Tenant’s Plans, Owner shall review or cause the same to be reviewed and shall thereupon return to Tenant one (1) set of Tenant’s Plans with Owner’s approval or disapproval noted thereon, and if same shall be disapproved in any respect Owner shall state the reasons for such disapproval in reasonable detail. In the event Owner reasonably disapproves Tenant’s Plans, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Architect to make such changes to Tenant’s Plans as Owner shall reasonably require and shall thereupon resubmit the same to Owner for Owner’s approval. Following the approval of Tenant’s Plans, as aforesaid, the same shall be final and shall not be changed by Tenant without the prior approval of Owner. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Owner’s approval of Tenant’s Plans shall be conditioned upon Tenant employing licensed persons and firms (where required by law) and labor for the performance of Tenant’s Work which will not cause any jurisdictional or other labor disputes in the Building.

 

- 2 -


B. Promptly following Owner’s approval of Tenant’s Plans, Tenant shall secure or cause to be secured, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, all necessary approvals of Tenant’s Plans from all governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereover and shall also secure or cause to be secured all permits and licenses necessary to perform Tenant’s Work and shall furnish Owner with two (2) copies of Tenant’s Plans as approved by such governmental authorities and two (2) copies of such permits and licenses; provided, however, that prior to Tenant or any contractor of Tenant’s filing any applications with any governmental authorities for such approval or for any permits or licenses required to perform Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall submit copies of such applications to Owner for Owner’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Owner agrees to cooperate with Tenant at no cost, risk or expense to Owner to facilitate Tenant obtaining the requisite governmental approvals of Tenant’s Plans.

C. Following compliance by Tenant with Tenant’s obligations under Paragraphs A and B of this Article and after furnishing to Owner one (1) or more certificates evidencing that Tenant and Tenant’s contractor or construction manager have procured all of the insurance specified in this lease, Tenant shall promptly commence or cause to be commenced Tenant’s Work and shall complete or cause the same to be completed expeditiously in accordance with Tenant’s Plans, in a good and workerlike manner, in accordance with all applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, directives, requirements and regulations of all governmental, quasi-governmental and insurance authorities, departments, boards, bureaus, agencies, offices, commissions and officers and with all requirements of the Board of Fire Underwriters (collectively, “Requirements”) and in accordance with Owner’s reasonable work regulations for the Building. All of Tenant’s Work shall be performed in a manner so as not to interfere with other contractors, if any, in the Building. Passenger elevators shall not be used by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors to transport construction material and/or workers to the Additional Space or any part thereof. At all times during the progress of Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall permit Owner, Owner’s architect and other representatives of Owner reasonable access to the Aditional Space for the purpose of inspecting same, verifying conformance of Tenant’s Work with Tenant’s Plans and otherwise viewing the progress of Tenant’s Work.

D. Tenant’s Work shall not entail any structural changes to the Additional Space or to the Building. All of Tenant’s Work shall be performed within the Additional Space. Tenant’s Work shall in no event interfere with or impair the use of other portions of the Building or its services, including, without limitation, the plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and electrical systems, by Owner or other occupants of the Building.

 

- 3 -


E. Tenant shall pay Tenant’s contractors, laborers, subcontractors, materialmen and suppliers in accordance with their respective agreements and shall not cause or suffer any mechanics’ liens, mortgages, chattel liens, or other title retention or security agreements to be placed on the Building, the demised premises or any improvements therein. All contracts or agreements made by Tenant with any third party or parties in connection with Tenant’s Work or any other alterations, improvements, changes, decorations or additions shall expressly provide that said third party or parties shall look solely to Tenant for any and all payments to be made pursuant to such contract or agreement and that Owner shall not have any responsibility or liability for the payment thereof.

F. (1) Subject to and in accordance with the provisions in this Paragraph set forth, and provided Tenant is not in default under the Lease as to which notice has been given, Owner shall reimburse Tenant or pay to third parties for Tenant’s account an amount equal to the lesser of: (i) Tenant’s actual out-of-pocket expense for the permanent leasehold improvements constituting part of Tenant’s Work (“Tenant’s Work Cost”), it being agreed that Tenant’s Work Cost shall not include any “soft costs,” “professional fees” or the cost of any cabling, moveable partitions, business or trade fixtures, furniture, furnishings or other articles of personalty in excess of $21,900.00; or (ii) $145,985.00 (“Owner’s Maximum Contribution”).

(2) From time to time during the prosecution of Tenant’s Work, but not more frequently than monthly, Tenant may submit to Owner a written statement (each, an “Interim Reimbursement Statement”) setting forth in reasonable detail the amount of Tenant’s Work Cost theretofore paid or then payable in respect of Tenant’s Work theretofore completed and requesting reimbursement or payment of a portion thereof up to the then Maximum Request Amount (which, for purposes hereof, shall mean at any time, the excess (if any) of: (a) the lesser of: (x) Tenant’s Work Cost theretofore paid or then payable in respect of the portion of Tenant’s Work theretofore completed; or (y) Owner’s Maximum Contribution; over (b) the aggregate amounts theretofore paid by Owner to or on behalf of Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph). Tenant shall include with each Interim Reimbursement Statement: (i) copies of all invoices in respect of all of Tenant’s Work theretofore performed; (ii) a certification from Tenant’s Architect certifying that the portion of Tenant’s Work relating to such Tenant’s Work Cost has been completed (which certification shall be on the standard AIA form); (iii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Owner establishing that all sums due and owing to contractors, subcontractors and materialmen in respect of such portion of Tenant’s Work have been or will then be paid, including without limitation lien waivers from such contractors, subcontractors and materialmen; and (iv) a detailed computation of the Maximum Request Amount requested.

 

- 4 -


(3) Within thirty (30) days after Owner receives an Interim Reimbursement Statement, Owner shall, provided Tenant is not in monetary default under the Lease as to which notice has been given or other default beyond any applicable grace period set forth in the Lease, reimburse Tenant or pay to third parties for Tenant’s account the amount properly requested in the Interim Reimbursement Statement up to the then Maximum Request Amount.

(4) After Tenant has completed Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall submit to Owner: (i) an affidavit executed by Tenant’s chief financial officer or chief operating officer (“Tenant’s Work Statement”) certifying that Tenant’s Work has been completed and setting forth in reasonable detail Tenant’s Work Cost; (ii) copies of all invoices in respect of Tenant’s Work Cost not theretofore furnished to Owner; (iii) a certification from Tenant’s Architect certifying that Tenant’s Work has been completed (which certification shall be on the standard AIA form); and (iv) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Owner establishing that: (x) all sums due and owing to contractors, subcontractors and materialmen have been or will then be paid, including without limitation lien waivers from such contractors, subcontractors and materialmen; (y) all governmental authorities (including without limitation the New York City Department of Buildings) and fire underwriters have issued final approval of Tenant’s Work as built and the occupancy of the Additional Space; and (z) Tenant’s Work complies with all Requirements.

(5) Within thirty (30) days after Owner receives Tenant’s Work Statement and all of the other items specified in subparagraph (4) of this Paragraph, Owner shall, provided Tenant is not in monetary default under the Lease or other default beyond any applicable grace period set forth in the Lease, reimburse Tenant an amount equal to the excess of: (i) an amount equal to the lower of: (x) Tenant’s Work Cost; or (y) Owner’s Maximum Contribution; over (ii) the aggregate of all amounts paid by Owner to or on behalf of Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph.

(g) Nothing contained in this Article shall limit or qualify the terms, covenants, agreements, provisions and conditions of Article 11 of the Lease, except as expressly and specifically set forth in this Article. The terms, covenants, agreements, provisions and conditions of this Article are in addition to the terms, covenants, agreements, provisions and conditions contained in Article 11 of the Lease.

5. Tenant represents, warrants and confirms to and for the benefit of Owner that it has dealt with no broker in connection with this Amendment and the matters contemplated hereby. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and save Owner harmless of, from and against any and all claims (including all expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, related thereto) for commissions, fees or any other compensation made by any broker or entity against Owner by reason of Tenant’s breach of the representation and warranty made by Tenant in the first sentence of this Article. The provisions of this Article shall survive the Expiration Date.

 

- 5 -


6. Tenant acknowledges that Owner has made no representations to Tenant with respect to the condition of the Additional Space. Tenant further acknowledges and represents to Owner that it has thoroughly inspected and examined, or caused to be thoroughly inspected and examined, the Additional Space and that it is fully familiar with the physical condition and state of repair thereof and Tenant agrees to accept the Additional Space “as-is” in its existing condition and state of repair, subject to any and all defects and materials therein, other than latent, and agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Lease, Owner shall have no obligation to alter, improve, decorate or otherwise prepare the Additional Space for Tenant’s occupancy except that Owner shall: (i) repair the slab opening; (ii) laminate the perimeter walls; and (iii) supply only three (3) fan power boxes.

7. If Owner is unable to give possession of the Additional Space on the Additional Space Date because of the holding over or retention of possession of any tenant, undertenant or occupants or for any other reason, Owner shall not be subject to any liability for failure to give possession on said date and the validity of this Amendment shall not be impaired under such circumstances, nor shall the same be construed in any wise to extend the term of the Lease, but the rent payable hereunder solely in respect of the Additional Space shall be abated (provided Tenant is not responsible for Owner’s inability to obtain possession) until after Owner shall have given Tenant written notice that the Additional Space is available for Tenant’s occupancy.

8. Except as expressly amended and modified hereby, the Lease and all covenants, agreements, terms and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. Tenant takes the occasion of the execution of this Amendment to confirm that: (i) Tenant has been in possession of the Original Premises for more than three (3) years; (ii) Tenant is satisfied with the condition of the Original Premises and Owner is not required to do any work to or in respect thereof; (iii) to the best of Tenant’s knowledge Owner has performed all of its obligations under the Lease; and (iv) Tenant has no claims or offsets against Owner thereunder or otherwise. Owner hereby confirms that: (a) to the best of its knowledge Tenant has performed all of its obligations under the Lease; and (b) it has no claims or offsets against Tenant thereunder or otherwise.

9. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors in interest and assigns (subject in any event to the limitations and prohibitions set forth in the Lease or Tenant’s right to assign its interest therein), and shall not be binding or effective for any purpose until mutually executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

 

- 6 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first above set forth.

 

WATCH HOLDINGS, LLC
By:   GE Capital Realty Group, Inc., its servicer
  By:  

/s/ BD Wheeless

    Name: BD Wheeless
    Title: VP
NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC.
  By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Gural

    Name: Jeffrey Gural
    Title: President

 

- 7 -


LOGO


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(Surrender of Licensed Premises and Addition of New Premises)

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Amendment”) is dated as of March 15, 2005, between SRI SIX 125 PARK, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and NEWMARK  & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC., a New York corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. SUTOM, N.V., a Netherlands Antilles corporation (“Original Landlord”), and Tenant, entered into that certain Lease (the “Initial Lease”), dated as of May 6, 1994, as amended by that certain letter agreement, dated as of December 22, 1995, and by that certain letter agreement, dated as of September 12, 1996, for certain Premises located on the 11 th and 12 th floors (the “Initial Premises”) of the building located at 100 East 42 nd Street, New York, New York (the “Building”). Watch Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, successor to Original Landlord (“Successor Landlord”), and Tenant entered into that certain Third Amendment to Lease, dated February 20, 1998 (the “Third Amendment”), wherein additional premises located on the 3 rd floor of the Building were added to the Initial Premises (the “Third Floor Premises”), and that certain Consent to Tenant’s Changes, dated as of August 30, 2001 (the “Consent”). Successor Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain License Agreement (the “License”), dated as of May 1, 2004, wherein Successor Landlord, as “Licensor”, licensed to Tenant, as “Licensee”, certain premises located on the 15 th floor of the Building (the “Licensed Premises”), all as more particularly described in the License. The Initial Lease, as modified by the letter agreements, the Third Amendment and the Consent is hereinafter referred to as the “Lease”. The Initial Premises, as increased by the addition of the Third Floor Premises, is hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Existing Premises”. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

B. The term of the Lease is presently scheduled to expire on May 31, 2006 (the “Expiration Date”). The initial term of the License expired on August 31, 2004 but has been extended on a month-to-month basis pursuant to the terms thereof.

C. Landlord and Tenant presently desire to amend the Lease (i) to provide for Tenant’s surrender of the Licensed Premises; (ii) to provide for the leasing by Tenant of certain space on the 14 th floor of the Building upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; (iii) set forth the amount of annual fixed rent for the Additional Premises (as such term is defined in Paragraph 1, below); and (iv) provide for certain other modifications to the Lease, all on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Additional Premises . Effective as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date (as defined below), and continuing to the Expiration Date, the space located on the fourteenth (14 th ) floor of the Building and shown outlined on the attached Exhibit A (the “Additional Premises”) shall be added to the premises covered by the Lease. Commencing on the Additional Premises Commencement Date, all references in the Lease and in this Amendment to the “Demised Premises” or otherwise to the premises demised thereunder shall be deemed to include the Additional Premises, and all terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease applicable to the Existing Premises shall apply to the Additional Premises, except as expressly set forth in this Amendment. Landlord and Tenant hereby stipulate for all purposes of the Lease that the Additional Premises contains 9,117 rentable square feet.

The “Additional Premises Commencement Date” shall mean the date on which Landlord shall deliver the Additional Premises to Tenant in its then as-is condition. Landlord shall have no obligation to make or pay for any improvements or renovations in or on the Additional Premises to prepare the Additional Premises for Tenant’s occupancy. Upon either party’s request after the Additional Premises Commencement Date and the Surrender Date (as such term is defined in Paragraph 5, below), the parties shall execute a letter confirming the Additional Premises Commencement Date and the Surrender Date substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B . The anticipated Additional Premises Commencement Date is March 14, 2005.

2. Modification of Monthly Rent . Effective as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay the amounts set forth below as annual fixed rent for the Additional Premises pursuant to Article 1 of the Lease:

 

Period

   Annual Net
Rent
     Monthly
Installment
      

Additional Premises Commencement Date – May 31, 2006

   $ 364,680.00      $ 30,390.00     

 

- 1 -


3. Taxes and Operating Expenses . Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Taxes or Operating Expenses with respect to the Additional Premises.

4. Electricity . As soon as reasonably practical following the execution and delivery of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a submeter or submeters, for the purposes of measuring Tenant’s consumption of electricity at the Premises. The installation of the submeter shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of the Lease, including, without limitation, Article 11 thereof. Commencing on the later to occur of (i) the Additional Premises Commencement Date and (ii) the date on which the installation of the submeter(s) is completed (the “Submeter Date”), Tenant shall pay for electricity in the manner set forth in Section 14.01 of the Lease; provided, however, that, from and after the Submeter Date to and including the date of the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, with payments of the monthly installments of annual fixed rent, an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the cost of the electricity consumed at the Additional Premises during the immediately prior month (or portion thereof if the Submeter Date occurs on a date other than the first day of any calendar month or if the term of the Lease expires on a date other than the last day of any calendar month) for each month of the term of the Lease. So long as Tenant is diligently prosecuting the installation of the submeter(s), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay for electricity consumed at the Additional Premises prior to the Submeter Date.

5. Surrender of Licensed Premises .

a. Surrender . On or before April 2, 2005, Tenant shall vacate the Licensed Premises and surrender the same to Landlord. The Licensed Premises shall be surrendered to Landlord vacant and broom clean, with all trade fixtures, furniture, office equipment, and other equipment and personal property of Tenant removed therefrom, and otherwise in the condition required by Paragraph 9 of the License, except ordinary wear and tear (with the same force and effect as if the Additional Premises Commencement Date were the “Expiration Date” under the License). Tenant acknowledges that time is of the essence with respect to Tenant’s obligation to timely surrender the Licensed Premises to Landlord in the condition required above. Tenant’s failure to timely so surrender the Licensed Premises shall constitute a breach of and a default under the License (and no notice, grace or cure period shall be applicable thereto) and a holdover of the Licensed Premises without Landlord’s consent and, during any period that Tenant remains in possession of the Licensed Premises after April 2, 2005, Tenant shall remain obligated to pay all rent and other amounts due under the License for the continued possession of the Licensed Premises. In addition, if the Licensed Premises shall not have been surrendered to Landlord in the condition required above, Landlord may, at its option and at Tenant’s expense, perform any or all work as shall be required to put the Licensed Premises in the condition required above (the “Restoration Work”); provided, however, that, before Landlord performs any Restoration Work, Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice of Tenant’s failure to properly surrender the Licensed Premises and five (5) business days to cure such failure before Landlord commences any Restoration Work. Landlord’s actual and reasonable costs of the Restoration Work shall be reimbursed by Tenant within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written demand, and Tenant’s failure to make such reimbursement when due shall constitute a breach of and a default under the License.

b. Release . The date on which Tenant shall surrender the Licensed Premises to Landlord in the condition required by this Paragraph 5 (or, if applicable, such later date as Landlord shall complete the Restoration Work) is referred to herein as the “Surrender Date”. Effective as of the Surrender Date, the Licensed Premises shall be deemed deleted from the License, and Tenant shall be released from its obligations thereafter arising under the License with respect to the Licensed Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Tenant shall remain liable for its obligations with regard to the Licensed Premises that arise prior to the Surrender Date, and Tenant’s indemnification obligations under the License shall survive the deletion of the Licensed Premises from the License with regard to any events which occur prior to the Surrender Date.

6. Option to Renew . Effective as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date, the Additional Premises shall be included in the premises to which Tenant’s option to renew, as set forth in Article 22 of the Lease, applies such that any exercise of the option to renew shall include the Additional Premises, unless otherwise agreed in writing between Landlord and Tenant; provided, however, Tenant acknowledges that, as of the date of this Amendment, Meredith Corporation, an Iowa corporation (“Meredith”), has a pre-existing right to lease the 14 th floor with the commencement date of any leasing of such floor to occur at some point in 2010 and that, therefore, any extension of the term of the Lease with respect to the Additional Premises shall be subject to Meredith’s (or its successors’ or assigns’) rights with respect to the 14 th Floor and, as a result of such rights, any extended term of the Lease with respect to the Additional Premises may need to be shortened to a period of time that is less than the five (5) year extension term set forth in Article 22, and Tenant may not be able to exercise the second extension option with respect to the Additional Premises if Meredith has exercised its right to lease the 14 th floor.

 

- 2 -


7. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that such party has negotiated this Amendment directly with Shorenstein Realty Services, L.P. (the “Broker”) and has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or to employ, any other real estate broker or salesperson to act for such party in connection with this Lease. Each party shall hold the other harmless from and indemnify and defend the other against any and all claims, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against the same by any real estate broker or salesperson other than the Broker for a commission, finder’s fee or other compensation as a result of the inaccuracy of such party’s representation above. Landlord shall pay any commission owing to the Broker pursuant to a separate agreement.

8. No Offer . Submission of this instrument for examination and signature by Tenant does not constitute an offer to amend the Lease or a reservation of or option to amend the Lease, and this instrument is not effective as a lease amendment or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

9. Authority . If Tenant is a limited liability company, corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity, Tenant and each person executing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant, hereby covenants and warrants that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, (c) Tenant has full company, corporate, partnership, trust, association, or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, and (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so. Landlord hereby represents that Landlord has full power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all Landlord’s obligations hereunder, and each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Landlord is duly and validly authorized to do so.

10. Terms of this Amendment . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the economic terms set forth in Paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 of this Amendment shall not be construed as an admission by either Landlord or Tenant of the fair market rental value for the Additional Premises. Landlord and Tenant also agree that Landlord and Tenant will not disclose the economic terms set forth in Paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 of this Amendment in any arbitration or similar proceeding to determine the fair market rental value of the Existing Premises or any portion thereof. Landlord’s or Tenant’s submission of this Amendment with the economic terms set forth in Paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 hereof redacted shall not be deemed a violation of the foregoing covenant.

11. Lease in Full Force and Effect . Except as provided above, the Lease is unmodified hereby and remains in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this document as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:

SRI SIX 125 PARK, LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company

   

NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE,

INC., a New York corporation

By:  

/s/ Ronnie E. Ragoff

    By:  

/s/ Joseph I. Rader

Name: Ronnie E. Ragoff     Name: Joseph I. Rader
Title:  VP     Title:  COO

 

- 3 -


LOGO


EXHIBIT B

Form of Commencement Date Letter

 

     
   
     

 

  Re: Lease, dated as of May 6, 1994, as amended (the “Lease”), between Newmark & Company Real Estate, Inc. (“Tenant”), and SRI Six 125 Park, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), for premises (the “Premises”) located in the building located at 100 East 42 nd Street, New York, New York.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter will confirm the Additional Premises Commencement Date and the Surrender Date.

The Additional Premises Commencement Date (as defined in Paragraph I of that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated as of                  , 2005 (the “Fourth Amendment”)), was                      2005. The Surrender Date (as defined in Paragraph 5 of the Fourth Amendment) was                      2005.

Please acknowledge Tenant’s agreement to the foregoing by executing both duplicate originals of this letter and returning one fully executed duplicate original to Landlord at the address on this letterhead.

If Landlord does not receive a fully executed duplicate original of this letter from Tenant evidencing Tenant’s agreement to the foregoing (or a written response selling forth Tenant’s disagreement with the foregoing) within fifteen (15) days of the date of this letter, Tenant will be deemed to have consented to the terms set forth herein.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

SRI SIX 125 PARK, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:                                                                                                   
Name:                                                                                             
Its:                                                                                                   

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED as of this

         day of                  , 2005 by:

NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC.,

a New York corporation

 

By:                                                                                             
Name:                                                                                       
Title:                                                                                         

 

- 5 -


FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(Extension of Term)

THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Amendment”) is dated as of Sept. 19, 2005 (the “Effective Date”) between SRI SIX 125 PARK, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC., a New York corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. SUTOM, N.V., a Netherlands Antilles corporation (“Original Landlord”), and Tenant entered into that certain Lease (the “Initial Lease”), dated as of May 6, 1994, as amended by that certain letter agreement, dated as of December 22, 1995, and by that certain letter agreement, dated as of September 12, 1996, for certain Premises located on the 11 th and 12 th floors (the “Initial Premises”) of the building located at 100 East 42 nd Street, New York, New York (the “Building”). Watch Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, successor to Original Landlord (“Successor Landlord”), and Tenant entered into that certain Third Amendment to Lease, dated February 20, 1998 (the “Third Amendment”), wherein additional premises located on the 3 rd floor of the Building (the “3 rd Floor Premises”) were added to the Initial Premises, and that certain Consent to Tenant’s Changes, dated as of August 30, 2001 (the “Consent”). Successor Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain License Agreement (the “License”), dated as of May 1, 2004, wherein Successor Landlord, as “Licensor,” licensed to Tenant, as “Licensee,” certain premises located on the 15 th floor of the Building (the “Licensed Premises”), all as more particularly described in the License. Landlord and Tenant subsequently entered into that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated as of March 15, 2005 (the “Fourth Amendment”), wherein additional premises located on the fourteenth (14 th ) floor of the Building (the “14 th Floor Premises”) were added to the Premises leased under the Lease. The Initial Lease, as modified by the letter agreements, the Third Amendment, the Fourth Amendment, and the Consent is hereinafter referred to as the “Lease.” Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease. The Initial Premises, the 3 rd Floor Premises and the 14 th Floor Premises are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Premises.”

B. The term of the Lease is presently scheduled to expire on May 31, 2006 (the “Expiration Date”). The License has expired, and Tenant is no longer occupying the Licensed Premises.

C. Landlord and Tenant presently desire to amend the Lease (i) to provide for the extension of the term of the Lease with respect to the Initial Premises, the 3 rd Floor Premises and the 14 th Floor Premises through May 31, 2016, (ii) to provide Tenant with an allowance to improve the Premises, (iii) to set forth the amount of annual fixed rent for the Initial Premises, the 3 rd Floor Premises and the 14 th Floor Premises, and (iv) provide for certain other modifications to the Lease, all on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Extension of Term . The term of the Lease is hereby extended for a period (the “Extension Term”) of ten (10) years, commencing June 1, 2006 and ending May 31, 2016 (the “New Expiration Date”). Effective as of the Effective Date, all references in the Lease to the “expiration date,” “the last day of the term of this Lease” or otherwise to the expiration date of the Lease shall be deemed to be references to the New Expiration Date. During the Extension Term, all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease shall be applicable, except as set forth herein and except for Paragraphs 1.04(a), 3.02, 3.03, 30.01, and Exhibit F of the Initial Lease, and Paragraphs 3 and 4.F. of the Third Amendment, which shall not be applicable during the Extension Term. Except as set forth in Paragraph 7 below, Tenant shall not have any option or right to extend the term of the Lease beyond the New Expiration Date.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank. ]

 

- 1 -


2. Annual Fixed Rent During the Extension Term . Tenant shall continue to pay annual fixed rent for the Premises in the amounts set forth in the Lease through the expiration of the initial term on May 31, 2006. Effective June 1, 2006, Tenant shall pay annual fixed rent for the Premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease and as follows:

 

Period

   Initial Premises
Monthly
Installment of
Annual Fixed
Rent
     14 th Floor
Premises
Monthly
Installment of
Annual Fixed
Rent
     3 rd Floor
Premises
Monthly
Installment of
Annual Fixed
Rent
     Total Monthly
Installment
 

June 1, 2006 – December 31, 2006

     Abated      $  30,390.00      $  14,303.33      $ 44,693.33  

January 1, 2007 – May 31, 2011

   $  172,422.83      $ 30,390.00      $  14,303.33      $ 217,116.16  

June 1, 2011 – May 31, 2016

   $  192,472.00      $ 34,188.75      $ 14,303.33      $ 240,964.08  

3. Square Footage of Premises; Taxes and Operating Expenses .

a. Square Footage of Premises . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, due to the remeasurement of certain portions of the Premises, the size of the Initial Premises and the 3 rd Floor Premises has been changed. Accordingly, Landlord and Tenant hereby stipulate that the 3 rd Floor Premises shall be deemed to contain 4,291 square feet for the purposes of the Lease and this Amendment and the 11 th and 12 th floor portions of the Initial Premises shall each be deemed to contain 24,059 square feet (for a total of 48,118 square feet) for the purposes of the Lease and this Amendment. The size of the 14 th Floor Premises remains unchanged at 9,117 square feet. Accordingly, the Premises shall be deemed to contain a total of 61,526 square feet for the purposes of the Lease and this Amendment.

b. Taxes and Operating Expenses . Tenant shall continue to pay Taxes and Operating Expenses for the Premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease through May 31, 2006. Effective June 1, 2006 and continuing thereafter throughout the Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Taxes and Operating Expenses for the entire Premises (including, without limitation the 14 th Floor Premises, notwithstanding Paragraph 3 of the Fourth Amendment) pursuant to the terms of the Lease and as follows: (i) the “Tax Base” shall be the Taxes paid by landlord for the fiscal tax year commencing July 1, 2006 and ending June 30, 2007 and, accordingly, effective June 1, 2006, Paragraph 4.01(b) of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “(b) “Tax Base” shall mean Taxes which would be paid by Landlord for the fiscal tax year commencing July 1, 2006 and ending June 30, 2007.”; (ii) Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes shall be 0.7565% for the 3 rd Floor Premises, 8.4838% for the Initial Premises and 1.6100% for the 14 th Floor Premises, and, accordingly, effective June 1, 2006, Paragraph 4.01(d) of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “(d) “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” shall mean for purposes of Sections 4.01 through 4.04 of this Lease and all calculations in connection therewith: (1) 0.7565% as to the 3 rd Floor Premises (as such term is defined in the Fifth Amendment to Lease entered into between Landlord and Tenant in conjunction with this Lease (the “5 th Amendment”)), (2) 8.4838% as to the Initial Premises (as such term is defined in the 5 th Amendment), and (3) 1.6100% as to the 14 th Floor Premises (as such term is defined in the 5 th Amendment).”; (iii) the “Operating Expense Base” shall be changed to the calendar year 2006, and, accordingly, effective as of June 1, 2006, Paragraphs
4.05(c) and 4.07 of the Lease are amended by deleting the date “1994” and replacing it with “2006”; and (iv) Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses shall be 0.8104% for the 3 rd Floor Premises, 9.0878% for the Initial Premises, and 1.7200% for the 14 th Floor Premises, and, accordingly, effective as of June 1, 2006, Paragraph 4.05(e) of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “(e) “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” shall mean for the purposes of this Lease and all calculations in connection therewith: (1) 0.8104% as to the 3 rd Floor Premises, (2) 9.0878% as to the Initial Premises, and (3) 1.7200% as to the 14 th Floor Premises.”

4. Electricity . At all times during the remainder of the initial term of this Lease and the Extension Term, Tenant shall pay, pursuant to the terms of the Lease, for electricity consumed at the Premises.

5. Condition of Premises . Improvements shall be constructed in the Premises in accordance with this Paragraph 5. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Paragraph 5, Tenant shall accept the Premises in their “as-is” condition and Landlord shall have no obligation to make or to pay for any improvements or renovations in or to the Premises.

 

- 2 -


a. Plans; Selection of General Contractor .

i. Plans . Prior to commencing construction of any Tenant’s changes Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, for Landlord’s reasonable approval, a detailed layout plan (the “Space Plan”), prepared by Tenant’s architect (as reasonably approved by Landlord) (“Tenant’s Architect”), for the improvements Tenant desires to have constructed in the Premises or portion thereof. The Space Plan shall also (i) show types of finishes for the improvements, (ii) separately note any proposed structural work or extraordinary electrical, plumbing or HVAC requirements, (iii) show improvements that conform to Landlord’s base building requirements, the “Tenant Construction Standards” and “Conditions for Construction”, if any, then applicable to the Building (collectively, the “Building Construction Standards”) and applicable building codes and other local, state or federal law, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, or order of any governmental entity or insurance requirement (collectively, “Legal Requirements”) now in force or which may hereafter be enacted, (iv) be in sufficient detail as would permit the selected contractor to obtain preliminary estimates of the cost of performing all work shown thereon and (v) be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Landlord shall respond to the Space Plan within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt thereof. Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Architect to promptly revise the Space Plan to address any reasonable objections raised by Landlord and Tenant shall resubmit an appropriately revised Space Plan to Landlord within five (5) business days after receipt of Landlord’s objections. This procedure shall be followed until all objections have been resolved and the Space Plan approved by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant is responsible for providing a Space Plan that complies with all applicable building codes and other Legal Requirements, and Landlord’s aforementioned approval of the Space Plan merely indicates Landlord’s consent to the proposed work shown thereon. In no event shall such approval of the Space Plan by Landlord be deemed to constitute a representation by Landlord that the work called for in the Space Plan complies with applicable Legal Requirements nor shall such consent release Tenant from Tenant’s obligation to supply a Space Plan that conforms to applicable Legal Requirements. The Space Plan, as approved by Tenant and Landlord, is referred to hereinafter as the “Final Space Plan.”

Upon the approval by Tenant and Landlord of the Final Space Plan, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Architect to prepare the working plans and specifications for the improvements Tenant desires to be constructed in the Premises or portion thereof. The working plans and specifications shall show improvements that conform to the Final Space Plan (subject to any deviation from the Final Space Plan that is mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant), comply with applicable building codes and other Legal Requirements and shall be in sufficient detail as to enable the selected contractor to obtain all necessary governmental permits for commencement of the improvements and to secure complete bids from qualified contractors to perform the work. Tenant shall deliver the completed working plans and specifications to Landlord for Landlord’s review and Landlord shall provide its reasonable approval or disapproval thereof within five (5) business days after its receipt thereof. Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Architect to revise the working plans and specifications to address any reasonable objections raised by Landlord and shall resubmit the revised working plans and specifications to Landlord within five (5) business days after receipt of Landlord’s objections. This procedure shall be followed until all objections have been resolved and the working plans and specifications approved. In no event shall such approval of the working plans and specifications by Landlord be deemed to constitute a representation by Landlord that the work called for in the working plans and specifications complies with applicable Legal Requirements nor shall such consent release Tenant from Tenant’s obligation to supply working plans and specifications which conform to applicable Legal Requirements. (The working plans and specifications, as approved in writing by Tenant and Landlord, are hereinafter called the “Final Plans” and the improvements to be performed in accordance with the Final Plans are hereinafter called the “Tenant Improvements”). In the event Tenant elects to improve portions of the Premises at different times and elects to prepare separate space plans and final plans for each project (as opposed to preparing a comprehensive space plan and final plans depicting all of the improvements Tenant desires and then phasing construction thereof), then Tenant shall prepare a space plan and final plans for each project in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 5.a.

b. Selection of General Contractor .

i. Selection of General Contractor . On or before the date that is thirty (30) days following the approval by Landlord and Tenant of the Final Plans, Tenant shall advise Landlord of the name of the contractor that Tenant desires to be the general contractor for the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

ii. Prior Approval . Tenant’s selected contractor shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

iii. Qualifications . Tenant’s selected contractor shall (A) have substantial recent experience in the construction of tenant improvements in first class high-rise office buildings in Mid-Town Manhattan, (B) be licensed by the State of New York (as evidenced by Tenant’s submission to Landlord of Contractor’s state license number), and (C) have the capacity to be bonded by a recognized surety company to assure full performance of the construction contract for the work shown on the Final Plans (as evidenced by Tenant’s submission to Landlord of a commitment or other writing issued by a recognized surety company confirming that Contractor is bondable for construction projects having a contract price not less than the contract price under the construction contract for the Tenant Improvements). Tenant’s selected contractor, as approved by Landlord, is hereinafter referred to as the “Contractor”.

 

- 3 -


iv. Requirements . Tenant shall be responsible for Contractor, subcontractors, suppliers and materialmen (A) obtaining Landlord’s prior written approval of all subcontractors to be utilized in the performance of such construction work, (B) obtaining all necessary governmental permits and approvals in connection with the Tenant Improvements (and Landlord shall have no responsibility whatsoever in connection with obtaining the same), (C) furnishing to Landlord, prior to the commencement of any construction in the Premises, certificates of insurance evidencing insurance as required by the “Conditions for Construction”, if any, then applicable to the Building and (D) performing the construction work in such manner as to minimize, to the extent possible, disturbance of other tenants and occupants of the Building and, with respect to any work the sound levels or other effects of which would create a material disturbance of other tenants or occupants of the Building, performing such work during hours other than “regular hours” on “business days” (as such terms are defined in Paragraph 15.01 of the Lease). Landlord shall have no responsibility for furnishing any security services in or about the Building or Premises to safeguard the construction project or materials in connection therewith, other than that customarily provided in the Building for its use as an office/retail building. Tenant agrees not to employ any contractor for any work in the Premises which involves a type of labor which in the City of New York is typically provided by unionized laborers whose presence may give rise to a labor or other disturbance in the Building and, if necessary to prevent such a disturbance in a particular situation, Landlord may require Tenant to employ union labor for the work.

v. Construction; Changes . Following the approval by Landlord and Tenant of the Final Plans, Tenant shall promptly enter into a contract with Contractor for construction of the Tenant Improvements. At the earliest reasonable date thereafter, Tenant shall cause Contractor to promptly commence and diligently pursue to completion the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Final Plans. If Tenant requests any change, addition or alteration in or to the Space Plan, or, once approved, the Final Plans, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Architect to prepare additional plans implementing such change and such additional plans shall be submitted to Landlord for Landlord’s prior written approval. The architectural fees in connection with any such change to the Space Plans or Final Plans shall be added to the cost of the Tenant Improvements. Contractor shall comply with the then applicable Building Construction Standards, if any, and with all applicable Legal Requirements regarding the performance of the work. Following Substantial Completion (as defined herein below) of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall cause Contractor to complete any and all identified punch list items as soon as reasonably possible. The Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to be “Substantially Completed” when they have, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, been completed in accordance with the Final Plans, subject only to correction or completion of “Punch List” items, which items shall be limited to minor items of incomplete or defective work or materials or mechanical maladjustments that are of such a nature that they do not materially interfere with or impair Tenant’s use of the Premises for Tenant’s business. The definition of “Substantially Completed” shall also apply to the terms “Substantial Completion” and “Substantially Complete”.

vi. Access . In no event shall Contractor be given access to the Premises for purposes of constructing the Tenant Improvements until Tenant has delivered to Landlord the insurance certificates required pursuant to Paragraph 5.b.iv. above.

c. Cost of Tenant Improvements . The cost of the design, construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements shall be borne as follows:

i. Landlord’s Allowance . Landlord shall contribute toward the cost of the design, construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements (including, without limitation, the fee for Contractor and Landlord’s Costs (as defined in Paragraph 5.c.iii. below)) to be constructed in the Premises an amount not to exceed One Million Six Hundred Forty-Four Thousand Six Hundred Sixty Dollars ($1,644,660) (“Landlord’s Allowance”); provided, however that not more than One Hundred Eighty-Four Thousand Five Hundred Seventy-Eight Dollars ($184,578.00) of Landlord’s Allowance may be applied to Tenant’s reasonable architectural and engineering costs for the design of the Tenant Improvements for the Premises; and provided, further, that not more than Four Hundred Thirty-Five Thousand Five Hundred Twenty-Eight Dollars ($435,528.00) of Landlord’s Allowance may applied to the costs of work stations, carpeting, wall coverings, and data/telecommunications cabling/wiring for the Premises. No portion of Landlord’s Allowance may (A) be applied to the cost of any other equipment or furniture, or trade fixtures, moving expenses, or signage (B) be applied to any portion of the Premises which is then the subject of a sublease, or (C) be used to prepare any portion of the Premises for a proposed subtenant or assignee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 5.c.i., but subject to Paragraph 5.c.ii., below, Landlord’s Allowance shall be available for disbursement pursuant to the terms hereof only until May 31, 2007 (the “Forfeit Date”). Accordingly, if any portion of Landlord’s Allowance has not been utilized (and Tenant has not submitted to Landlord invoices evidencing such costs) on or before the Forfeit Date, then, subject to Paragraph 5.c.ii., below, such unused portion shall be forfeited by Tenant. If Tenant elects to purchase work stations using the proceeds of the Landlord’s

 

- 4 -


Allowance, then (i) Landlord shall have the option of requiring Tenant, upon (the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, to transfer title of the work stations to Landlord and to leave the work stations at the Premises, (ii) Tenant shall maintain insurance on such work stations for the full replacement value thereof, (iii) Tenant shall keep and maintain the work stations in good working order, condition and repair, and (iv) Tenant shall not allow any lien or other security interest to attach to or be placed upon such work stations at any time during the term of this Lease, and, in that regard, Tenant shall not offer the work stations as collateral for any loan or other financing Tenant may obtain.

ii. Application of Portions of Allowance to Annual Fixed Rent . Tenant shall be entitled to apply up to Six Hundred Fifteen Thousand Two Hundred Sixty Dollars ($615,260.00) of the Landlord’s Allowance described in Paragraph 5.c.i., above toward the annual fixed rent due for the Premises during the period commencing June 1, 2008 and ending May 31, 2010 (the “Rent Period”). Within thirty (30) days after Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements and provided that there remain unused Landlord Allowance dollars from the Landlord’s Allowance, Tenant shall inform Landlord in writing of Tenant’s desire to apply such unused amounts to annual fixed rent in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 5.c.ii. Tenant’s failure to provide such notice shall be deemed Tenant’s election not to use any such remaining portion of the Allowance for free rent.

iii. Distribution of Landlord’s Allowance; Landlord’s Costs .

With respect to any costs of construction of the Tenant Improvements that Tenant incurs (and to which the Landlord’s Allowance may be applied) prior to June 1, 2006, Landlord shall disburse LandLoard’s Allowance directly to Tenant upon the later to occur of (i) not more than thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of (A) invoices of Contractor to be furnished to Landlord by Tenant covering work actually performed, construction in place and materials delivered to the site (as may be applicable) describing in reasonable detail such work, construction and/or materials, (B) conditional lien waivers executed by Contractor, subcontractors or suppliers, as applicable, for their portion of the work covered by the requested disbursement, and (C) unconditional lien waivers executed by Contractor and the persons and entities performing the work or supplying the materials covered by Landlord’s previous disbursements for the work or materials covered by such previous disbursements (all such waivers to be in the forms prescribed by the applicable provisions of New York law) and (ii) February 15, 2006.

With respect to any costs of construction of the Tenant Improvements that Tenant incurs (and to which the Landlord’s Allowance may be applied) on or after June 1, 2006, Landlord shall disburse Landlord’s Allowance directly to Contractor and/or to the applicable subcontractors, as Landlord shall determine, on a monthly basis, within thirty (30) days after receipt of (A) invoices of Contractor to be furnished to Landlord by Tenant covering work actually performed, construction in place and materials delivered to the site (as may be applicable) describing in reasonable detail such work, construction and/or materials, (B) conditional lien waivers executed by Contractor, subcontractors or suppliers, as applicable, for their portion of the work covered by the requested disbursement, and (C) unconditional lien waivers executed by Contractor and the persons and entities performing the work or supplying the materials covered by landlord’s previous disbursements for the work or materials covered by such previous disbursements (all such waivers to be in the forms prescribed by the applicable provisions of New York law).

No payment will be made for materials or supplies not located in the Premises. Landlord may withhold the amount of any and all retentions provided for in original contracts of subcontracts until expiration of the applicable Lien periods or Landlord’s receipt of unconditional lien waivers and full releases upon final payment (in the form prescribed by the applicable provisions of New York law) from Contractor and all subcontractors and suppliers involved in the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to require Landlord to disburse any portion of the Landlord’s Allowance applicable to work performed before June 1, 2006 prior to the time set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 5.c.iii. If the cost of the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements exceeds the Landlord’s Allowance, then Tenant shall pay all such excess costs (after the full amount of the Landlord’s Allowance has been disbursed hereunder) directly to Contractor or subcontractor or suppliers involved and shall furnish to Landlord copies of receipted invoices therefor and such waivers of lien rights as Landlord may reasonably require.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall be entitled to retain from the Landlord’s Allowance, the reasonable expenses and fees of the Landlord’s construction manager that are attributable to such manager’s involvement with the construction of the Tenant Improvements and the out-of-pocket costs actually incurred by Landlord in connection with the Tenant improvements, including, without limitation, the costs and fees of third-party architects, engineers and consultants (collectively, the “Landlord’s Costs”). At such time as the Landlord’s Allowance has been entirely disbursed, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after written demand, pay to Landlord any Landlord’s Costs not yet paid to Landlord.

 

- 5 -


d. Construction of Interconnecting Stairs and of Connection to 110 East 42 nd Street . Landlord acknowledges that Tenant desires to install interconnecting stairs between the Initial Premises, i.e., between the 12 th and 14 th floors (the “Stairs”). Subject to Landlord’s review and approval of plans and specifications therefor, as more particularly set forth in Paragraph 5.a., above, Landlord hereby approves of the installation of the Stairs. Such installation shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 5. Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant, at the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease (including, without limitation, upon the Termination Date, as defined in Paragraph 6 of this Amendment), to remove the Stairs and to restore the Premises, and other parts of the Building affected by the installation of the Stairs, to their condition prior to the installation of the Stairs. In the event Landlord so elects, Tenant shall perform and complete such removal and restoration at Tenant’s sole cost and expense prior to the expiration or sooner termination of the term of the Lease (including, without limitation, upon the Termination Date, as defined in Paragraph 6 of this Amendment). Landlord also acknowledges that Tenant desires to breakthrough the exterior wall of the Building in the 11 th floor portion of the Initial Premises to gain access through such breakthrough to the building (the “Adjacent Building”) commonly known as 110 East 42 nd Street, New York, New York (the “Breakthrough”). Landlord acknowledges that Tenant performed a similar breakthrough on the 12 th floor portion of the Initial Premises pursuant to the terms of the Consent. Subject to Landlord’s review and approval of plans and specifications for the Breakthrough, as more particularly set forth in Paragraph 5.a., above, Landlord hereby consents to the Breakthrough. The Breakthrough shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph and the Lease; provided, however, that in the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Amendment and the Lease with respect thereto, the provisions of this Lease shall prevail. In addition, the Breakthrough shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of the Consent, as incorporated herein, and, in that regard, all of the terms and provisions of Paragraphs 1-20 of the Consent are incorporated herein, including, without limitation, Paragraph 11 thereof, which requires Tenant to close the Breakthrough and perform certain restoration work with respect to the Breakthrough prior to the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease, and shall apply as between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Breakthrough (and references in the Consent to the term “Opening” shall mean the Breakthrough and references in the Consent to “Demised Premises” shall mean the Premises), except as follows: (i) the date “August 30, 2001” in Paragraph 1 of the Consent is hereby deleted and replaced with the following “the date that is sixty (60) days after the date on which Landlord received written notice of Tenant’s desire to perform the Breakthrough”; (ii) references in the Consent to the word “Plans” shall mean the Final Plans for the Breakthrough prepared by Tenant and approved by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 5.a., above; and (iii) the number “10” in Paragraphs 12 and 13 of the Consent is hereby deleted and replaced with the number “11.” In the event of a conflict between the Consent, as incorporated herein and modified hereby, and this Amendment, the terms of the Consent shall apply.

6. Potential Deletion of 14 th Floor Premises; Leasing of Alternative Space . Tenant acknowledges that, as of the date of this Amendment, Meredith Corporation, an Iowa corporation (“Meredith”), has a pre-existing right to lease the 14 th floor of the Building with the commencement date of any leasing of such floor to occur at some point in 2010 and that, therefore, Tenant’s leasehold interest in and right to occupy the 14 th Floor Premises may be terminated by Landlord in the event Meredith exercises its right to lease the 14 th floor of the Building. In the event Meredith makes such an election, Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant (the “Meredith Notice”) of such election. Landlord shall specify in such notice the date on which such termination of the Lease as to the 14 th Floor Premises shall be effective (the “Termination Date”) and whether Landlord has identified for Tenant an alternative space in the Building of approximately the same size as the 14 th Floor Premises but, in any event, within a range of approximately 7,000 to 11,000 square feet in size, for Tenant as substitute space for the 14 th Floor Premises (the “Alternative Space”) or whether Landlord does not have an Alternative Space available for Tenant. In the event Landlord does not have an Alternative Space, then the Lease as to the 14 th Floor Premises shall terminate as of the Termination Date and the size of the Premises shall be reduced as a result of the loss of the 14 th Floor Premises. In the event Landlord has identified Alternative Space in the Meredith Notice, then Tenant shall have the option to lease such space in its “as-is” condition at a per square foot rental rate equal to the per square foot rate that would have been in effect for the 14 th Floor Premises on the date on which the Lease commences with respect to the Alternative Space with any increases in such rental rate on the same schedule as would have applied to the 14 th Floor Premises pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Amendment and with any adjustments in the calculation of Tenant’s share of operating expenses or taxes (as more particularly described in Paragraph 3.b., above) based on the size of the Alternative Space and otherwise on the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease. If Tenant desires to so lease the Alternative Space, then, within ten (10) days after the date of the Meredith Notice, Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice of Tenant’s desire to lease the Alternative Space (the“Alternative Space Election Notice”). If Tenant fails to provide the Alternative Space Election Notice or notifies Landlord that Tenant does not desire to lease the Alternative Space, then Tenant shall have elected not to lease the Alternative Space and the Lease as to the 14 th Floor Premises shall terminate as of the Termination Date and the size of the Premises shall be reduced as a result of the loss of the 14 th Floor Premises. If Tenant elects to lease the Alternative Space by providing the Alternative Space Election Notice, then the Lease, with respect to the Alternative Space, shall commence on the later to occur of (i) the date on which Landlord delivers possession of the Alternative Space to Tenant in its then “as-is”

 

- 6 -


condition (and Landlord shall have no obligation to make or to pay for any alterations, improvements,, renovations, or additions to the Alternative Space or to otherwise prepare the space for Tenant’s use) and (ii) the Termination Date (the “Alternative Space Commencement Date”) and shall expire on the Expiration Date. Landlord shall provide Tenant with early access to the Alternative Space for a period of thirty (30) days prior to the Alternative Space Commencement Date in order to provide Tenant with time to fit-up the Alternative Space; provided, however, that Landlord does not guarantee that the Alternative Space will be available prior to the Termination Date for such early access, if the then-existing occupants of the Alternative Space shall hold over, or delivery is delayed for any other reason beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. Such period of early access shall be rent-free but shall otherwise be subject to all of the provisions of the Lease. In the event that Landlord is unable to provide such early access, then Tenant shall be entitled to occupy the Alternative Space rent-free after the Alternative Space Commencement Date until the earlier to occur of (i) Tenant’s commencing to conduct business in the Alternative Space or (ii) the expiration of a period of time equal to thirty (30) days less any days of early access provided prior to the Alternative Space Commencement Date. In the event of a reduction of the size of the Premises due to the loss of the 14 th Floor Premises and no available Alternative Space or Tenant’s declining to lease the Alternative Space as set forth in this Paragraph 6, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly enter into an amendment to the Lease reducing the Premises and making commensurate adjustments to the Annual Fixed Rent and Tenant’s shares of operating expenses and taxes. In the event Landlord has Alternative Space available and Tenant elects to lease such space as set forth in this Paragraph 6, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly enter into an amendment to the Lease substituting the Alternative Space for the 14 th Floor Premises on all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Paragraph 6. Tenant shall vacate and surrender the 14 th Floor Premises on the Termination date in the condition required under this Amendment and the Lease as if such Termination Date were the expiration date of the Lease, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be deemed a holdover, and Tenant shall be required to pay holdover rent for the 14 th Floor Premises at the rate set forth in Paragraph 23.02 (without the benefit of 60-day grace period set forth in Paragraph 23.02, which shall be deemed inapplicable to such holdover).

7. Option to Renew . Effective as of the Effective Date, Article 22 of the Lease, entitled “Option to Renew” is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

ARTICLE 22

Option to Renew

22.01 Option to Renew . Tenant shall have the option to renew this Lease for one (1) additional term of five (5) years, commencing upon the expiration of the Extension Term (as such term is defined in the 5 th Amendment). The renewal option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice given by Tenant to Landlord not later than twelve (12) months prior to expiration of the Extension Term of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at Landlord’s election, the renewal option shall be null and void and Tenant shall have no right to renew this Lease pursuant thereto if on the date Tenant exercises the option or on the date immediately preceding the commencement of the renewal period (i) the Tenant originally named in this Lease is not in occupancy of the entire Demised Premises then demised hereunder (which Demised Premises, the parties acknowledge, consists of space on the 3 rd floor, the 14 th floor and all of the 11 th and 12 th floors, as of the date of that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease entered into between Landlord and Tenant in conjunction with this Lease) or such Tenant does not intend to continue to occupy the entire Demised Premises (but intends to assign this Lease or sublet the space in whole or in part), or (ii) Tenant is in default of any of its obligations under this Lease.

22.02 Terms and Conditions . If Tenant exercises the renewal option, then all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease as applicable to the Demised Premises during the initial term shall apply during such renewal term, except that (i) Tenant shall have no further right to renew this Lease, (ii) Tenant shall take the Demised Premises in their then “as-is” state and condition, (iii) the annual fixed rent payable by Tenant for the Demised Premises shall be equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the then fair market rent for the Demised Premises based upon the terms of this Lease, as renewed, (iv) the Operating Expense Base for the Demised Premises shall be the calendar year in which the renewal term commences, and (v) the Tax Base shall be the fiscal tax year in which the renewal term commences. Fair market rent shall include the periodic rental increases, if any, that would be included for space leased for the period the space will be covered by the Lease. For purposes of this Article 22, the term “fair market rent” shall mean the rental rate for comparable space under primary lease (and not sublease) to new tenants, taking into consideration the unique quality and prestige of the Building and such amenities as existing improvements, view, floor on which the Demised Premises are situated and the like, situated in first-class, reputable, established high-rise office buildings in comparable locations in Mid-town Manhattan, in comparable physical and

 

- 7 -


economic condition, taking into consideration the then prevailing ordinary rental market practices with respect to tenant concessions (if any) (e.g., not offering extraordinary rental, promotional deals and other concessions to tenants which deviate from what is the then prevailing ordinary practice in an effort to alleviate cash flow problems, difficulties in meeting loan obligations or other financial distress, or in response to a greater than average vacancy rate). The fair market rent shall be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant in writing within the thirty (30) calendar day period commencing six (6) months prior to commencement of the renewal period. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the fair market monthly rent within said thirty (30) day period, then the fair market rent shall be established by appraisal in accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit A of the 5 th Amendment.

8. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that such party has negotiated this Amendment directly with Shorenstein Realty Services, L.P., representing Landlord, and Tenant, representing itself (the “Brokers”) and has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or to employ, any other real estate broker or salesperson to act for such party in connection with this Lease. Each party shall hold the other harmless from and indemnify and defend the other against any and all claims, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against the same by any real estate broker or salesperson other than the Brokers for a commission, finder’s fee or other compensation as a result of the inaccuracy of such party’s representation above. Landlord shall pay any commission owing to the Brokers pursuant to a separate agreement.

9. No Offer . Submission of this instrument for examination and signature by Tenant does not constitute an offer to amend the Lease or a reservation of or option to amend the Lease, and this instrument is not effective as a lease amendment or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

10. Authority . If Tenant is a limited liability company, corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity, Tenant and each person executing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant, hereby covenants and warrants that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, (c) Tenant has full company, corporate, partnership, trust association, or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, and (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so. Landlord hereby represents that Landlord has full power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all Landlord’s obligations hereunder, and each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Landlord is duly and validly authorized to do so.

11. Lease in Full Force and Effect . Except as provided above, the Lease is unmodified hereby and remains in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this document as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:

SRI SIX 125 PARK, LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company

   

NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE,

INC., a New York corporation

By:  

/s/ Ronnie Ragoff

    By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Gural

Name: Ronnie Ragoff     Name: Jeffrey Gural
Title:  VP     Title:  Chairman

 

- 8 -


EXHIBIT A

Appraisal Procedure

Within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of the thirty (30)-day period set forth in Article 22 of this Lease, for the mutual agreement of Landlord and Tenant as to the fair market monthly rental, each party hereto, at its cost, shall engage a real estate broker to act on its behalf in determining the fair market monthly rental. The brokers each shall have at least ten (10) years’ experience with leases in first-class high-rise office buildings in Mid-town Manhattan and shall submit to Landlord and Tenant in advance for Landlord’s and Tenant’s reasonable approval the appraisal methods to be used. If a party does not appoint a broker within such fifteen (15)-day period but a broker is appointed by the other respective party, the single broker appointed shall be the sole broker and shall set the fair market monthly rental. If the two brokers are appointed by the parties as stated in this paragraph, such brokers shall meet promptly and attempt to set the fair market monthly rental. If such brokers are unable to agree within thirty (30) days after appointment of the second broker, the brokers shall elect a third broker meeting the qualifications stated in this paragraph within ten (10) days after the last date the two brokers are given to set the fair market monthly rental. Each of the parties hereto shall bear one-half (1/2) the cost of appointing the third broker and of the third broker’s fee. The third broker shall be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either party.

The third broker shall conduct his own investigation of the fair market monthly rent, and shall be instructed not to advise either party of his determination of the fair market monthly rent except as follows: When the third broker has made his determination, he shall so advise Landlord and Tenant and shall establish a date, at least five (5) days after the giving of notice by the third broker to Landlord and Tenant, on which he shall disclose his determination of the fair market monthly rent. Such meeting shall take place in the third broker’s office unless otherwise agreed by the parties. After having initialed a paper on which his determination of fair market monthly rent is set forth, the third broker shall place his determination of the fair market monthly rent in a sealed envelope. Landlord’s broker and Tenant’s broker shall each set forth their determination of fair market monthly rent on a paper, initial the same and place them in sealed envelopes. Each of the three envelopes shall be marked with the name of the party whose determination is inside the envelope.

In the presence of the third broker, the determination of the fair market monthly rent by Landlord’s broker and Tenant’s broker shall be opened and examined. If the higher of the two determinations is one hundred five percent (105%) or less of the amount set forth in the lower determination, the average of the two (2) determinations shall be the fair market monthly rent, the envelope containing the determination of the fair market monthly rent by the third broker shall be destroyed and the third broker shall be instructed not to disclose his determination. If either party’s envelope is blank, or does not set forth a determination of fair market monthly rent, the determination of the other party shall prevail and be treated as the fair market monthly rent. If the higher of the (2) two determinations is more than one hundred five percent (105%) of the amount of the lower determination, the envelope containing the third broker’s determination shall be opened. If the value determined by the third broker is the average of the values proposed by Landlord’s broker and Tenant’s broker, the third broker’s determination of fair market monthly rent shall be the fair market monthly rent. If such is not the case, fair market monthly rent shall be the rent proposed by whichever of Landlord’s broker or Tenant’s broker is closest to the determination of fair market monthly rent by the third broker.

 

- 9 -


SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(Granting 14 th Floor Expansion Option)

THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Amendment”) is dated as of May 14, 2007 (the “Effective Date”) between SRI SIX 125 PARK, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and NEWMARK  & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC., a New York corporation (“Tenant”) dba “Newmark Knight Frank”.

RECITALS

A. SUTOM, N.V., a Netherlands Antilles corporation (“Original Landlord”), and Tenant entered into that certain Lease (the “Initial Lease”), dated as of May 6, 1994, as amended by that certain letter agreement, dated as of December 22, 1995, and by that certain letter agreement, dated as of September 12, 1996, for certain premises located on the 11 th and 12 th floors (the “Initial Premises”) of the building located at 100 East 42 rd Street, New York, New York (the “Building”). Watch Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, successor to Original Landlord (“Successor Landlord”), and Tenant entered into that certain Third Amendment to Lease, dated February 20, 1998, wherein additional premises located on the 3 rd floor of the Building (the “3 rd Floor Premises”) were added to the Initial Lease, and that certain Consent to Tenant Changes, dated as of August 30, 2001 (the “Consent”). Successor Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain License Agreement (the “License”), dated as of May 1, 2004, wherein Successor Landlord, as “Licensor,” licensed to Tenant, as “Licensee,” certain premises located on the 15 th floor of the Building (the “Licensed Premises”), all as more particularly described in the License. Landlord and Tenant subsequently entered into (i) a Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated as of March 15, 2005, pursuant to which, among other things, additional premises located on the fourteenth (14 th ) floor of the Building (the “14 Floor Premises”) were added to the Initial Lease and (ii) a Fifth Amendment to Lease, dated as of September 19, 2005 (the “Fifth Amendment”), pursuant to which, among other things, the term of the Initial Lease was extended as to the Initial Premises, 3 rd Floor Premises and the 14 th Floor Premises through May 31, 2016. The aforementioned License previously expired and Tenant no longer occupies the Licensed Premises. The Initial Lease, as so modified, and the Consent is hereinafter referred to as the “Lease.” Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease. As of the date hereof, the premises covered by the Lease (the “Premises”) include the Initial Premises, the 3 rd Floor Premises and the 14 th Floor Premises, for a total of approximately 61,526 rentable square feet of space.

B. Pursuant to a separate written agreement (the “GAIC/Newmark Sublease”) between Great American Insurance Company (“GAIC”) and Tenant, Tenant is subleasing from GAIC approximately 2,400 rentable square feet of space on the 14 th floor of the Building (the “GAIC/Newmark Sublease Space”). The GAIC/Newmark Sublease is entered into under that certain lease, dated as of August 19, 1994 (the “GAIC Lease”), between Landlord (as successor to Sutom, N.V.) and GAIC pursuant to which GAIC presently leases from Landlord approximately 13,850 rentable square feet of space (the “GAIC 14 th Floor Space”) on the 14 th floor of the Building. The GAIC Lease is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2009.

C. Pursuant to a separate written agreement with Landlord, Meredith Corporation (“Meredith”) has an option (the “Meredith 14 th Floor Option”) to Lease the entire 14 th floor of the Building commencing on a date to be selected by Landlord during the calendar year 2010. Meredith must exercise the Meredith Option, if at all, on or before March 31, 2009. Tenant has requested that Tenant receive an option to lease the GAIC 14 th Floor Space in the event that Meredith does not lease the entire 14 th floor of the Building under the Meredith 14 th Floor Option.

D. Landlord and Tenant presently desire to amend the Lease to grant Tenant the option to lease the entire GAIC 14 th Floor Space, subject to the Meredith 14 th Floor Option, all on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. 14 th Floor Expansion Option .

a. 14 th Floor Expansion Option; Landlord’s Option Notification; Option Exercise Notice . Tenant shall have the option (the “14 th Floor Expansion Option”) to lease the space located on the fourteenth (14 th ) floor of the Building and outlined on attached Exhibit A (the “14 th Floor Expansion Space”), subject to the terms and conditions terms of this Paragraph 1. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (“Landlord’s Option Notification”), not later than April 15, 2009, of whether Meredith has effectively exercised the Meredith 14 th Floor Option. If Landlord’s Option Notification advises Tenant that Meredith has effectively exercised the Meredith 14 th Floor Option, then the 14 th Floor Expansion Option shall be void and of no effect. If Landlord’s Option Notification advises Tenant that Meredith did not effectively exercise the Meredith 14 th Floor Option, then Landlord’s Option Notification

 

- 1 -


shall also set forth Landlord’s good faith determination of the then fair market rent (as defined below) for the 14 th Floor Expansion Space, based on the then rentable square footage of the 14 th Floor Expansion Space, as reasonably determined by Landlord, plus the tenant improvement allowance, if the then fair market terms include such an allowance.

Tenant shall exercise the 14th Floor Expansion Option, if at all, by Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of written notice thereof (the “Tenant’s Option Exercise Notice”) not later than ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Option Notification. Tenant’s Option Exercise Notice shall advise Landlord that Tenant either (i) elects to lease the 14 th Floor Expansion Space on the terms set forth in Landlord’s Option Notification or (ii) elects to lease the 14 th Floor Expansion Space, but desires to have the fair market rent and market tenant improvement allowance (if any) for the subject 14 th Floor Expansion Space determined by appraisal in accordance with the procedures set forth in attached Exhibit B . If Tenant’s Option Exercise Notice does not specify whether Tenant has selected (i) or (ii) from the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall be deemed to have selected item (i). If Tenant’s Option Exercise Notice selected item (ii), then the parties shall comply with the procedures of Exhibit B to determine the fair market rent and the market improvement allowance (if any) for the 14 th Floor Expansion Space (with the fifteen (15) day period referred to in the first sentence of Exhibit B being the fifteen (15) day period following the date of Tenant’s Option Exercise Notice) and the results of the appraisal procedure shall be binding on the parties and Tenant may not revoke its exercise of the of the 14 th Floor Expansion Option.

b. Terms and Conditions .

(i) Upon Tenant’s exercise of the 14th Floor Expansion Option, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment to this Lease adding the 14th Floor Expansion Space to the Premises on all the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease as to the Premises then demised under the Lease, except that (1) the term of the Lease as to the 14th Floor Expansion Space shall commence on January 1, 2010, or, if later, the date the 14th Floor Expansion Space is actually delivered to Tenant, (2) the annual fixed rent payable by Tenant for the 14th Floor Expansion Space shall be the fair market rent for the 14th Floor Expansion Space, as set forth in Landlord’s Option Notification or as determined by the appraisal procedure (as applicable), (3) Tenant’s Proportionate Share for Taxes as to the 14 th Floor Expansion Space and Tenant’s Proportionate Share for Operating Expenses as to the 14 th Floor Expansion Space shall be established based on the then rentable square footage of the 14 th Floor Expansion Space; (5) the “Tax Base” under Section 4.01(b) of the Lease as to the 14 th Floor Expansion Space shall be the fiscal tax year in which the 14 th Floor Expansion Space is added to the Lease, (6) the “Operating Expense Base” under Section 4.05(c) of the Lease as to the 14 th Floor Expansion Space shall be the calendar year in which the 14 th Floor Expansion Space is added to this Lease, (7) Tenant shall take the 14th Floor Expansion Space in its then “as-is” condition (unless the current fair market terms for the 14th Floor Expansion Space include a tenant improvement allowance, in which event Tenant shall receive a tenant improvement allowance for improvements to the 14th Floor Expansion Space and the annual fixed rent set forth in Landlord’s Option Notification shall take into account such tenant improvement allowance) and (8) the renewal option provided for in Article 22 of the Lease shall be inapplicable to the 14 th Floor Expansion Space and the provisions of Paragraph l.d. below shall instead apply with regard to the renewal of the Lease as to the 14 th Floor Expansion Space.

For purposes of this Paragraph l.b. the term “fair market rent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 22.02 of the Lease (as added to the Lease by the Fifth Amendment).

(ii) If Tenant exercises the 14th Floor Expansion Option granted herein, Landlord does not guarantee that the 14th Floor Expansion Space will be delivered on January 1, 2010, if the then existing occupant(s) of the 14th Floor Expansion Space shall hold-over, or for any other reason beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. In such event, all rental obligations with respect to the 14th Floor Expansion Space shall be abated until Landlord legally delivers the same to Tenant, as Tenant’s sole recourse.

c. Limitation on 14th Floor Expansion Option . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) on the date of exercise of the 14th Floor Expansion Option, or the date immediately preceding the date the Lease term for the 14th Floor Expansion Space is to commence, there exists an uncured breach of this Lease by Tenant, or (ii) on the date immediately preceding the date the Lease term for the 14th Floor Expansion Space is to commence Tenant named herein (a) is not in occupancy of the entire Premises then leased hereunder or (b) does not intend to occupy the entire Premises, together with the 14th Floor Expansion Space, then, at Landlord’s option, Tenant shall have no right to lease the 14th Floor Expansion Space and the exercise of the right of first offer shall be null and void.

 

- 2 -


d. Renewal Option for 14 th Floor Expansion Space .

(i) If the 14 th Floor Expansion Space is added to the Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 1, Tenant shall have the option to renew the term of the Lease as to the 14 th Floor Expansion Space for one (1) additional term of five (5) years, commencing on June 1, 2016, which renewal option is separate from Tenant’s renewal option under Article 22 of the Lease as to the Premises other than the 14 th Floor Expansion Space. The renewal option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice given by Tenant to Landlord not later than June 1, 2015. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at Landlord’s election, the renewal option shall be null and void and Tenant shall have no right to renew the Lease as to the 14 th Floor Expansion Space if on the date Tenant exercises the option or on the date immediately preceding the commencement of the renewal period (i) the Tenant originally named in this Amendment is not in occupancy of the entire 14 th Floor Expansion Space or such Tenant does not intend to continue to occupy all of the same (but intends to assign this Lease or sublet the 14 th Floor Expansion Space in whole or in part), or (ii) there exists an uncured breach of the Lease by Tenant that has continued beyond any applicable notice and cure period, or, if the cure period has not yet expired, is not cured prior to the expiration of the cure period.

(ii) Terms and Conditions . If Tenant exercises the renewal option, then all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease as applicable to the 14 th Floor Expansion Space during the initial term shall apply during such renewal term, except that (i) Tenant shall have no further right to renew the Lease as to the 14 th Floor Expansion Space, (ii) Tenant shall take the 14 th Floor Expansion Space in its then “as-is” state and condition for the renewal term, (iii) the annual fixed rent payable by Tenant for the 14 th Floor Expansion Space shall be the then fair market rent for the 14 th Floor Expansion Space based upon the terms of the Lease as to the 14 th Floor Expansion Space, as renewed, (iv) the Operating Expense Base under Section 4.05(c) of the Lease for the 14 th Floor Expansion Space shall be the calendar year in which the renewal term commences, and (v) the Tax Base under Section 4.01(b) of the Lease for the 14 th Floor Expansion Space shall be the fiscal tax year in which the renewal term commences. Fair market rent shall include the periodic rental increases, if any, that would be included for space leased for the period the 14 th Floor Expansion Space will be covered by the Lease. For purposes hereof, the term “fair market rent” shall have the meaning set forth above in Paragraph 1.b.(i) above. The fair market rent shall be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant in writing within the thirty (30) calendar day period commencing six (6) months prior to commencement of the renewal period. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the fair market monthly rent within said thirty (30) day period, then the fair market rent shall be established by appraisal in accordance with the procedures set forth in attached Exhibit B .

If the fair market rent is not established prior to the commencement of the renewal term, then Tenant shall pay fixed annual rent and payments for Operating Expenses and Taxes for the 14 th Floor Expansion Space at the rate that was in effect for the 14 th Floor Expansion Space immediately prior to the commencement of the renewal term and, as soon as the fair market rent is determined for the 14 th Floor Expansion Space, Tenant shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) days of written demand any deficiency in the amount paid by Tenant during such period, or, if Tenant paid excess rent during such period, Landlord shall credit such excess payments to the rent amounts next due.

2. Surrender of GAIC/Newmark Sublease Space . If Tenant does not lease the 14 th Floor Expansion Space pursuant to Paragraph 1 above, then Tenant shall vacate and surrender the GAIC/Newmark Sublease Space on or before December 31, 2009, so that GAIC can surrender the GAIC/Newmark Sublease Space to Landlord in the condition required by the GAIC Lease on or before December 31, 2009.

3. Reimbursement of Legal Fees . Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the legal fees incurred by Landlord in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Amendment, which payment shall be made to Landlord within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written invoice therefor.

4. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that such party has negotiated this Amendment directly with Shorenstein Realty Services, L.P., representing Landlord, and Tenant, representing itself (the “Brokers”) and has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or to employ, any other real estate broker or salesperson to act for such party in connection with this Lease. Each party shall hold the other harmless from and indemnify and defend the other against any and all claims, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against the same by any real estate broker or salesperson other than the Brokers for a commission, finder’s fee or other compensation as a result of the inaccuracy of such party’s representation above. No commission or other fee shall be payable to the Brokers in connection with the execution of this Amendment.

5. No Offer . Submission of this instrument for examination and signature by Tenant does not constitute an offer to amend the Lease or a reservation of or option to amend the Lease, and this instrument is not effective as a lease amendment or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

- 3 -


6. Authority . If Tenant is a limited liability company, corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity, Tenant and each person executing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant, hereby covenants and warrants that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, (c) Tenant has full company, corporate, partnership, trust, association, or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, and (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so. Landlord hereby represents that Landlord has full power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all Landlord’s obligations hereunder, and each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Landlord is duly and validly authorized to do so.

7. Lease in Full Force and Effect . Except as provided above, the Lease is unmodified hereby and remains in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this document as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:  

SRI SIX 125 PARK, LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company

   

NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE,

INC., a New York corporation

By:  

/s/ Ronnie E. Ragoff

    By:  

/s/ Joseph Rader

Name:   Ronnie E. Ragoff     Name:   Joseph Rader
Title:  

Vice President

    Title:   Chief Operating Officer

 

- 4 -


 

LOGO

 


EXHIBIT B

Appraisal Procedure

Within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of the applicable thirty (30)-day period for the mutual agreement of Landlord and Tenant as to the fair market monthly rental, each party hereto, at its cost, shall engage a real estate broker to act on its behalf in determining the fair market monthly rental. The brokers each shall have at least ten (10) years’ experience with leases in first-class high-rise office buildings in Mid-town Manhattan and shall submit to Landlord and Tenant in advance for Landlord’s and Tenant’s reasonable approval the appraisal methods to be used. If a party does not appoint a broker within such fifteen (15)-day period but a broker is appointed by the other respective party, the single broker appointed shall be the sole broker and shall set the fair market monthly rental. If the two brokers are appointed by the parties as stated in this paragraph, such brokers shall meet promptly and attempt to set the fair market monthly rental. If such brokers are unable to agree within thirty (30) days after appointment of the second broker, the brokers shall elect a third broker meeting the qualifications stated in this paragraph within ten (10) days after the last date the two brokers are given to set the fair market monthly rental. Each of the parties hereto shall bear one-half (1/2) the cost of appointing the third broker and of the third broker’s fee. The third broker shall be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either party.

The third broker shall conduct his own investigation of the fair market monthly rent, and shall be instructed not to advise either party of his determination of the fair market monthly rent except as follows: When the third broker has made his determination, he shall so advise Landlord and Tenant and shall establish a date, at least five (5) days after the giving of notice by the third broker to Landlord and Tenant, on which he shall disclose his determination of the fair market monthly rent. Such meeting shall take place in the third broker’s office unless otherwise agreed by the parties, After having initialed a paper on which his determination of fair market monthly rent is set forth, the third broker shall place his determination of the fair market monthly rent in a sealed envelope. Landlord’s broker and Tenant’s broker shall each set forth their determination of fair market monthly rent on a paper, initial the same and place them in sealed envelopes. Each of the three envelopes shall be marked with the name of the party whose determination is inside the envelope.

In the presence of the third broker, the determination of the fair market monthly rent by Landlord’s broker and Tenant’s broker shall be opened and examined. If the higher of the two determinations is one hundred five percent (105%) or less of the amount set forth in the lower determination, the average of the two (2) determinations shall be the fair market monthly rent, the envelope containing the determination of the fair market monthly rent by the third broker shall be destroyed and the third broker shall be instructed not to disclose his determination. If either party’s envelope is blank, or does not set forth a determination of fair market monthly rent, the determination of the other party shall prevail and be treated as the fair market monthly rent. If the higher of the (2) two determinations is more than one hundred five percent (105%) of the amount of the lower determination, the envelope containing the third broker’s determination shall be opened. If the value determined by the third broker is the average of the values proposed by Landlord’s broker and Tenant’s broker, the third broker’s determination of fair market monthly rent shall be the fair market monthly rent. If such is not the case, fair market monthly rent shall be the rent proposed by whichever of Landlord’s broker or Tenant’s broker is closest to the determination of fair market monthly rent by the third broker.

 

-6-


SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(License Fee for Riser Use)

THIS SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Amendment”) is dated as of November 14, 2008 (the “Effective Date”) between SRI SIX 125 PARK, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC., a New York corporation (“Tenant”) dba “Newmark Knight Frank”.

RECITALS

A. SUTOM, N.V., a Netherlands Antilles corporation (“Original Landlord”), and Tenant entered into that certain Lease (the “Initial Lease”), dated as of May 6, 1994, as amended by that certain letter agreement, dated as of December 22, 1995, and by that certain letter agreement, dated as of September 12, 1996, for certain premises located on the 11 th and 12 th floors (the “Initial Premises”) of the building located at 100 East 42 nd Street, New York, New York (the “Building”). Watch Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, successor to Original Landlord (“Successor Landlord”), and Tenant entered into that certain Third Amendment to Lease, dated February 20, 1998, wherein additional premises located on the 3 rd floor of the Building (the “3 rd Floor Premises”) were added to the Initial Lease, and that certain Consent to Tenant’s Changes, dated as of August 30, 2001 (the “Consent”). Landlord and Tenant subsequently entered into (i) a Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated as of March 15, 2005, pursuant to which, among other things, additional premises located on the fourteenth (14 th ) floor of the Building (the “14 Floor Premises”) were added to the Initial Lease, (ii) a Fifth Amendment to Lease, dated as of September 19, 2005 (the “Fifth Amendment”), pursuant to which, among other things, the term of the Initial Lease was extended as to the Initial Premises, 3 rd Floor Premises and the 14 th Floor Premises through May 31, 2016 and (iii) a Sixth Amendment to Lease, dated as of May 14, 2007, pursuant to which Tenant was granted an option to lease certain space on the fourteenth (14 th ) floor of the Building. The Initial Lease, as so modified, and the Consent is hereinafter referred to as the “Lease.” Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given them in the Lease. As of the date hereof, the premises covered by the Lease (the “Premises”) include the Initial Premises, the 3 rd Floor Premises and the 14 th Floor Premises, for a total of approximately 61,526 rentable square feet of space.

B. Pursuant to a written agreement (the “Lightpath License Agreement”) between Cablevision Lightpath, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lightpath”) and Landlord, Lightpath is permitted to provide certain communications services to tenants of the Building. Pursuant to a written service agreement between Lightpath and Tenant, Lightpath is providing certain communication services to the Premises. In order to provide such communications services to Tenant, Lightpath must first install within the riser of the Building, in accordance with the provisions of the Lightpath License Agreement, an additional conduit running from the basement of the Building to the twelfth (12 th ) floor of the Building. As consideration to Landlord for permitting the installation of such additional conduit in the Building riser, Landlord is to be paid a monthly license fee. Tenant and Lightpath have agreed that Tenant will pay such monthly license fee to Landlord during the period that Lightpath provides communications services to the Premises via use of the new conduit in the Building riser.

C. Accordingly, Landlord and Tenant presently desire to amend the Lease to provide for Tenant to pay to Landlord a monthly license fee for the pathway through which the above-referenced additional conduit will be installed, maintain and operated in the Building by Lightpath, in connection with Lightpath’s communications services provided to the Premises, all as more fully provided below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. License Fee . Commencing on December 1, 2008, and continuing through and including the last date on which Tenant receives any communications services from Lightpath via use of the conduit referenced in Recital B above, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of Three Hundred Dollars ($300.00) per month as a license fee (the “Riser License Fee”) for the non-exclusive use by Tenant of the pathway through which Lightpath’s conduit runs from the basement of the Building to the Premises. The Riser License Fee shall be paid in advance on the first day of each month (without deduction, offset, prior notice or demand), concurrently with Tenant’s monthly payment to Landlord of annual fixed rent under the Lease. The Riser License Fee shall constitute rent under the Lease and shall be proportionately abated for any partial month.

Tenant acknowledges that Tenant will not own any of the cabling or lines which run to the Premises through the above referenced pathway and/or conduit and that Tenant’s rights with regard thereto are limited to a non-exclusive license for the use of the pathway to receive communication services from Lighpath. Ownership, maintenance and operation of the pathway and conduit are reserved to Landlord, subject to the terms of the Lightpath License Agreement and any other third party agreements altered into by Landlord.

 

1


Further, notwithstanding Tenant’s payment to Landlord of the Riser License Fee, Tenant acknowledges that the services being provided by Lightpath to Tenant are independent and separate from the services of the Building. Tenant hereby waives and releases Landlord and its constituent owners and their respective officers, employees and agents from any claims for any loss, injury or damage to person or property (including, without limitation, interruption or loss of business) arising out of or relating to (i) the products or services provided by (or required to be provided by) Lightpath to Tenant under Tenant’s service agreement with Lighpath, (ii) any acts or omissions of Lighpath or it’s agents, contractors or employees, or (iii) the termination of Lightpath’s products or services upon the expiration or earlier termination of Tenant’s service agreement with Lightpath.

2. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that such party has negotiated this Amendment directly with Shorenstein Realty Services East, L.P., representing Landlord, and Tenant, representing itself (the “Brokers”) and has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or to employ, any other real estate broker or salesperson to act for such party in connection with this Lease. Each party shall hold the other harmless from and indemnify and defend the other against any and all claims, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against the same by any real estate broker or salesperson other than the Brokers for a commission, finder’s fee or other compensation as a result of the inaccuracy of such party’s representation above. No commission or other fee shall be payable to the Brokers in connection with the execution of this Amendment.

3. No Offer . Submission of this instrument for examination and signature by Tenant does not constitute an offer to amend the Lease or a reservation of or option to amend the Lease, and this instrument is not effective as a lease amendment or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

4. Authority . If Tenant is a limited liability company, corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity, Tenant and each person executing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant, hereby covenants and warrants that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, (c) Tenant has full company, corporate, partnership, trust, association, or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, and (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so. Landlord hereby represents that Landlord has full power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all Landlord’s obligations hereunder, and each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Landlord is duly and validly authorized to do so.

5. Lease in Full Force and Effect . Except as provided above, the Lease is unmodified hereby and remains in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this document as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:      TENANT:

SRI SIX 125 PARK, LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company

    

NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC.,

a New York corporation

By:  

/s/ Ronnie E. Ragoff

     By:  

/s/ Joseph I. Rader

Name:   Ronnie E. Ragoff      Name:   Joseph I. Rader
Title:   VP      Title:   COO

 

2


EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(Adding additional premises)

THIS EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Amendment”) is dated as of January 1, 2010 between SRI SIX 125 PARK. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC., a New York corporation (“Tenant”) dba “Newmark Knight Frank”.

RECITALS

A. SUTOM, N.V., a Netherlands Antilles corporation (“Original Landlord”), and Tenant entered into that certain Lease (the “Initial Lease”), dated as of May 6, 1994, as amended by that certain letter agreement, dated as of December 22, 1995, and by that certain letter agreement, dated as of September 12, 1996, for certain premises located on the 11 th and 12 th floors (the “Initial Premises”) of the building located at 100 East 42 nd Street, New York, New York (the “Building”). Watch Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, successor to Original Landlord (“Watch Holdings”), and Tenant entered into that certain Third Amendment to Lease, dated February 20, 1998. wherein additional premises located on the 3 rd floor of the Building (the “3 rd Floor Premises”) were added to the Initial Lease, and that certain Consent to Tenant’s Changes, dated as of August 30, 2001 (the “Consent”). Landlord (as successor to Watch Holdings) and Tenant subsequently entered into (i) a Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated as of March 15, 2005 (the “Fourth Amendment”), pursuant to which, among other things, additional premises located on the fourteenth (14 th ) floor of the Building (the “14 Floor Premises”) were added to the Initial Lease, (ii) a Fifth Amendment to Lease, dated as of September 19. 2005 (the “Fifth Amendment”), pursuant to which, among other things, the term of the Initial Lease was extended as to the Initial Premises, 3 r d Floor Premises and the 14 th Floor Premises through May 31, 2016, (iii) a Sixth Amendment to Lease, dated as of May 14, 2007 (the “Sixth Amendment”), pursuant to which Tenant was granted an option to lease certain space on the fourteenth (14 th ) floor of the Building, and (iv) a Seventh Amendment to Lease, dated as of November 14, 2008, pursuant to which Tenant is required pay to Landlord a monthly license fee for the use of certain pathways in the Building for conduit used for Tenant’s telecommunications purposes. The Initial Lease, as so modified, and the Consent are hereinafter referred to as the “Lease.” Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease. As of the date hereof, the premises covered by the Lease (the “Existing Premises”) include the Initial Premises, the 3 rd Floor Premises and the 14 th Floor Premises, for a total of approximately 61,526 rentable square feet of space. The term of the Lease is scheduled to expire on May 31. 2016, subject to Tenant’s renewal option provided for in Article 22 of the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant presently desire to amend the Lease to add to the Lease (i) approximately 3,100 rentable square feet of space located on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building, effective as of the date hereof, and (ii) approximately 2,400 rentable square feet of space on the fourteenth (14 th ) floor of the Building, effective as of January 1, 2010, all on the terms and conditions set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Third Floor Additional Premises .

a. Third Floor Additional Premises: Third Floor Commencement Date . Effective as of the date hereof (the “Third Floor Commencement Date”), the premises located on the third (3 r d ) floor of the Building and outlined on attached Exhibit A-l and labeled “Third Floor Additional Premises” shall be added to the Lease. The parties hereby agree that, for all purposes of the Lease, the Third Floor Additional Premises shall be deemed to consist of 3,100 rentable square feet of space.

b. Condition of Third Floor Additional Premises: Third Floor Alterations .

i. Third Floor Additional Premises As-Is . Subject to Landlord’s obligations under this Paragraph 1.b.i. and Landlord’s obligation to disburse the Landlord’s Allowance pursuant to Paragraph 3 below, Tenant shall accept the Third Floor Additional Premises in their as-is condition and Landlord shall have no obligation to make or pay for any improvements or perform any renovation the Third Floor Additional Premises to prepare the same for Tenant’s occupancy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost (without using any portion of the Landlord’s Allowance) perform the following work, which work shall be performed concurrently with Tenant’s performance of the Third Floor Alterations (as defined in Paragraph 1.b.ii. below) unless otherwise noted:

(1) install a transformer supplying 300 amps of power to the Third Floor Additional Premises, which work shall be performed as soon as commercially reasonably possible after the date of this Amendment (if Tenant desires to relocate any of the aforementioned power to the Existing Premises on the third floor. Tenant may do so at Tenant’s expense in accordance with the construction requirements of Paragraph 1.b.ii. below, and, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall restore the power back to the Third Floor Additional Premises).

 

1


(2) install an electricity sub-meter to measure electricity consumed in the Third Floor Additional Premises, and

(3) bring an air supply duct to the Additional Third Floor Premises (supplying 1,000 cubic feet per minute). (Any required distribution of such air supply shall be performed by Tenant as a part of the Third Floor Alterations.).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost, repair any latent defects in the Building systems serving the Third Floor Additional Premises or in the work performed by Landlord pursuant to the above, provided that Tenant notifies Landlord of such defect not later than three (3) months following the completion of Landlord’s work pursuant to the above. In no event shall Landlord be required to repair any condition caused by Tenant’s contractors, employees or agents.

ii. Third Floor Alterations . Tenant has advised Landlord that Tenant desires to perform certain alterations to the Third Floor Additional Premises prior to commencing business therein, other than the work required by this Amendment to be performed by Landlord (the “Third Floor Alterations”). Prior to commencing construction of the Third Floor Alterations, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, for Landlord’s reasonable approval, working drawings that (i) show the lay-out of the alterations and finishes, (ii) separately note any proposed structural work or extraordinary electrical, plumbing or HVAC requirements, (iii) conform to Landlord’s base building requirements and construction requirements then applicable to the Building (the “Condition of Construction”) and applicable building codes and other local, state or federal law, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, or order of any governmental entity or insurance requirements (collectively, “Legal Requirements”), and (iv) are in sufficient detail as to enable the selected contractor to obtain all necessary governmental permits for commencement of the Third Floor Alterations and to secure complete bids from qualified contractors to perform the work. (Landlord will, at Tenant’s request, review any interim space plans, prior to Tenant’s completion of the aforementioned working drawings.) The working drawings, as approved in writing by Tenant and Landlord, are hereinafter called the “Final Plans.” Any subsequent revisions to the Final Plans shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

The general contractor retained by Tenant to construct the Third Floor Alterations shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant’s selected contractor, as approved by Landlord, is hereinafter referred to as the “Contractor”.

Tenant shall be responsible for Contractor, subcontractors, suppliers and materialmen (A) obtaining Landlord’s prior written approval of all subcontractors to be utilized in the performance of such construction work, (B) obtaining all necessary governmental permits and approvals in connection with the Third Floor Alterations (and Landlord shall have no responsibility whatsoever in connection with obtaining the same), (C) furnishing to Landlord, prior to the commencement of any construction in the Third Floor Additional Premises, certificates of insurance evidencing insurance as required by the Conditions for Construction then applicable to the Building and (D) performing the construction work in such manner as to minimize, to the extent possible, disturbance of other tenants and occupants of the Building and, with respect to any work the sound levels or other effects of which would create a material disturbance of other tenants or occupants of the Building, performing such work during hours other than “regular hours” on “business days” (as such terms are defined in Paragraph 15.01 of the Lease). Landlord shall have no responsibility for furnishing any security services in or about the Building or the Additional Third Floor Premises to safeguard the construction project or materials in connection therewith, other than that customarily provided in the Building for its use as an office/retail building. Tenant agrees not to employ any contractor for any work in the Third Floor Additional Premises which involves a type of labor which in the City of New York is typically provided by unionized laborers whose presence may give rise to a labor or other disturbance in the Building and, if necessary to prevent such a disturbance in a particular situation, Landlord may require Tenant to employ union labor for the work.

In no event shall Contractor be given access to the Third Floor Additional Premises for purposes of constructing the Third Floor Alterations until Tenant has delivered to Landlord the insurance certificates required pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph.

The cost of the design, construction and installation of the Third Floor Alterations shall be borne by Tenant, except that Tenant shall be entitled to apply the Landlord’s Allowance provided for under Paragraph 3 below to the costs, in accordance with such Paragraph 3.

c. Annual Fixed Rent for Third Floor Additional Premises . Commencing on the date ten (10) months following the Third Floor Commencement Date and continuing through the May 31, 2016, expiration date of the current Lease term, Tenant shall pay as Annual Fixed Rent for the Third

 

2


Floor Additional Premises under Sections 1.04 and 1.05 of the Lease the sum of One Hundred Eight Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($108,500.00), in monthly installments of Nine Thousand Forty One and 67/100 Dollars (59,041.67) per month.

d. Taxes and Operating Expenses for Third Floor Additional Premises . As to the Third Floor Additional Premises only, effective as of the Third Floor Commencement Date and continuing through the May 31, 2016, expiration date of the current Lease term, the following definitions shall apply for purposes of Paragraphs 4.01, 4.05 and 4.07 of the Lease:

(i) Section 4.01(b): “Tax Base” shall mean Taxes which would be paid by Landlord for the fiscal tax year commencing July 1, 2010, and ending June 30, 2011;

(ii) Section 4.01(d): “Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes” shall be .52%.

(iii) Section 4.05(c): “Operating Expense Base” shall mean Operating Expenses for the calendar year 2010, adjusted to reflect the Operating Expenses that would have been incurred were the Building not les than 95% occupied:

(iv) Section 4.05(e): Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses shall be .54%: and

(v) Section 4.07: the calendar year referenced therein shall be the 2010 calendar year.

c. Electricity . Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the actual cost to Landlord of electricity consumed at the Third Floor Additional Premises (as evidenced by the sub-meter installed by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 1.b.i. above), plus five percent (5%) for Landlord’s overhead in monitoring the same.

2. Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises .

a. Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises: Fourteenth Floor Commencement Date Effective as of January 1, 2010 (the “Fourteenth Floor Commencement Date”) the premises located on the fourteenth (14 th ) floor of the Building and outlined on attached Exhibit A-2 and labeled “Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises” shall be added to the Lease. The parties hereby agree that, for all purposes of the Lease, the Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises shall be deemed to consist of 2.400 rentable square feet of space. The parties acknowledge that, as of the date hereof, Tenant is in occupancy of the Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises pursuant to a sublease, dated May 1, 2007, between Great American Insurance Company, as sublandlord, and Tenant, as subtenant, the term of which sublease expires on December 31, 2009. Accordingly, as of the Fourteenth Floor Commencement Date, Tenant will already be in possession of the Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises.

b. Condition of Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises: Fourteenth Floor Alterations .

i. Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises As-Is . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein. Tenant shall accept the Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises in its as-is condition and Landlord shall have no obligation to make or pay for any improvements or perform any renovations in the Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises to prepare the same for Tenant’s occupancy. As soon as commercially reasonably possible after the date hereof. Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost (without applying any portion of the Landlord’s Allowance), perform the following work:

(1) perform the work required to cause the electricity consumed in the Additional Fourteenth Floor Premises to be measured by the existing sub-meter that was installed by Tenant on the fourteenth (14 th ) floor pursuant to Paragraph 4 of the Fourth Amendment and

(2) perform the work set forth on attached Exhibit B , including, without limitation, any work that is listed under “Exclusions” as applicable in order for Landlord to deliver the Fourteenth Floor Premises to Tenant in move-in condition (Landlord shall pay for the entire cost of this work provided that the work is performed during normal business hours and, if Tenant desires to have the work performed other than during normal business hours, Tenant shall pay for the increased cost of the work resulting from the work being performed by over-time labor).

ii. Fourteenth Floor Alterations . If Tenant desires to perform alterations to the Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises (the “Fourteenth Floor Alterations”). the provisions of Paragraph 1.b.ii. above, regarding the construction of the Third Floor Alterations in the Third Floor Additional Premises, shall apply thereto with references therein to the “Third Floor Additional Premises” and the “Third Floor Alterations” being deemed, for purposes of this paragraph, to refer, respectively, to the “Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises” and the “Fourteenth Floor Alterations.”

 

3


c. Annual Fixed Rent for Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises . Commencing on May 1, 2010, and continuing through the May 31, 2016, expiration date of the current Lease term. Tenant shall pay as Annual Fixed Rent for the Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises under Sections 1 04 and 1.05 of the Lease the sum of One Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($120,000.00) per annum, in monthly installments of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) per month.

d. Taxes and Operating Expenses for Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises . As to the Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises only, effective as of the Fourteenth Floor Commencement Date and continuing through the May 31, 2016, expiration date of the current Lease term, the following definitions shall apply for purposes of Paragraphs 4.01, 4.05 and 4.07 of the Lease:

(i) Section 4.01(b): “Tax Base” shall mean Taxes which would be paid by Landlord for the fiscal tax year commencing July 1, 2010, and ending June 30, 2011;

(ii) Section 4.01(d): “Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes” shall be .4033%.

(iii) Section 4.05(c): “Operating Expense Base” shall mean Operating Expenses for the calendar year 2010, adjusted to reflect the Operating Expenses that would have been incurred were the Building not les than 95% occupied;

(iv) Section 4.05(e): Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses shall be .4150%; and

(v) Section 4.07: the calendar year referenced therein shall be the 2010 calendar year.

e. Electricity . As provided in Paragraph 2.b.i. above. Landlord is performing the work required to cause the electricity consumed in the Additional Fourteenth Floor Premises to be measured by the existing sub-meter that was installed by Tenant on the fourteenth (14 t h ) floor pursuant to Paragraph 4 of the Fourth Amendment. Accordingly, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the actual cost to Landlord of the electricity, as shown on the sub-meter, plus five percent (5%) for Landlord’s overhead in monitoring the same.

3. Landlord’s Allowance .

a. Landlord’s Allowance . For purposes of this Paragraph 3, the Third Floor Additional Premises and the Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises are sometimes referred to collectively as the “Additional Premises” and the Third Floor Alterations and the Fourteenth Floor Alterations are sometimes referred to collectively as the “Additional Premises Alterations.” Landlord shall contribute toward the cost of the design, construction and installation of the Additional Premises Alterations an amount not to exceed Thirty Six Thousand Dollars ($36.000.00) (“Landlord’s Allowance”). No portion of Landlord’s Allowance may (A) be applied to the cost of any other equipment or furniture, or trade fixtures, moving expenses, signage or free rent, (B) be applied to any portion of the Additional Premises which is then the subject of a sublease, or (C) be used to prepare any portion of the Additional Premises for a proposed subtenant or assignee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 3, Landlord’s Allowance shall be available for disbursement pursuant to the terms hereof only until December 31, 2010 (the “Forfeit Date”). Accordingly, if any portion of Landlord’s Allowance has not been utilized (and Tenant has not submitted to Landlord invoices evidencing such costs) on or before the Forfeit Date, then such unused portion shall be forfeited by Tenant.

b. Distribution of Landlord’s Allowance; Landlord’s Costs . Landlord shall disburse Landlord’s Allowance directly to Tenant, Contractor and/or to the applicable subcontractors, as Landlord shall determine, on a monthly basis, within thirty (30) days after receipt of (A) invoices of Contractor to be furnished to Landlord by Tenant covering work actually performed, construction in place and materials delivered to the site (as may be applicable) describing in reasonable detail such work, construction and/or materials, (B) conditional lien waivers executed by Contractor, subcontractors or suppliers, as applicable, for their portion of the work covered by the requested disbursement, and (C) unconditional licn waivers executed by Contractor and the persons and entities performing the work or supplying the materials covered by Landlord’s previous disbursements for the work or materials covered by such previous disbursements (all such waivers to be in the forms prescribed by the applicable provisions of New York law).

No payment will be made for materials or supplies not located in the Additional Premises. Landlord may withhold the amount of any and all retentions provided for in original contracts or subcontracts until expiration of the applicable lien periods or Landlord’s receipt of unconditional lien waivers and full releases upon final payment (in the form prescribed by the applicable provisions of New York law) from Contractor and all subcontractors and suppliers involved in the Additional Improvements. If the cost of the design and construction of the Additional Improvements exceeds the Landlord’s

 

4


Allowance, then Tenant shall pay all such excess costs (after the full amount of the Landlord’s Allowance has been disbursed hereunder) directly to Contractor or subcontractor or suppliers involved and shall furnish to Landlord copies of receipted invoices therefor and such waivers of lien rights as Landlord may reasonably require.

Notwithstanding the foregoing. Landlord shall be entitled to retain from the Landlord’s Allowance, the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and fees of third-party architects, engineers and consultants actually incurred by Landlord in connection with the plans submitted by Tenant for work that Tenant is responsible for performing concerning the Additional Improvements (collectively, the “Landlord’s Costs”). At such time as the Landlord’s Allowance has been entirely disbursed. Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after written demand (which demand shall include invoices evidencing sums due from Landlord to such third parties), pay to Landlord any Landlord’s Costs not yet paid to Landlord.

4. Renewal Option . The renewal option provided for in Article 22 of the Lease (as added to the Lease by Paragraph 7 of the Fifth Amendment) shall apply to the entire premises covered by the Lease (which is the Existing Premises, the Additional Third Floor Premises plus the Additional Fourteenth Floor Premises) and may not be exercised for only a portion thereof.

5. Deletions from Lease . Effective as of the date hereof, (i) Paragraph 6 of the Fifth Amendment (entitled “Potential Deletion of 14 th Floor Premises: Leasing of Alterative Space”) is deleted in its entirety, and (ii) the Sixth Amendment (as defined in Recital A above), which granted Tenant on option to lease the Fourteenth Floor Additional Premises, is void and of no force or effect.

6. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that such party has negotiated this Amendment directly with Shorenstein Realty Services East, L.P., representing Landlord, and Tenant, representing itself (the “Brokers”) and has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or to employ, any other real estate broker or salesperson to act for such party in connection with this Lease. Each party shall hold the other harmless from and indemnify and defend the other against any and all claims, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against the same by any real estate broker or salesperson other than the Brokers for a commission, finder’s fee or other compensation as a result of the inaccuracy of such party’s representation above. Landlord shall pay the commission owing to the Brokers pursuant to separate written agreements and Tenant shall have no responsibility therefor.

7. No Offer . Submission of this instrument for examination and signature by Tenant does not constitute an offer to amend the Lease or a reservation of or option to amend the Lease, and this instrument is not effective as a lease amendment or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

8. Authority . If Tenant is a limited liability company, corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity, Tenant and each person executing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant, hereby covenants and warrants that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, (c) Tenant has full company, corporate, partnership, trust, association, or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, and (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so. Landlord hereby represents that Landlord has full power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all Landlord’s obligations hereunder, and each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Landlord is duly and validly authorized to do so.

9. Lease in Full Force and Effect . Except as provided above, the Lease is unmodified hereby and remains in full force and effect.

(Continued on next page)

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this document as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:       TENANT:

SRI SIX 125 PARK, LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company

     

NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE,

INC., a New York corporation

By:  

/s/ Ronnie E. Ragoff

      By:   

/s/ Joseph I. Rader

Name:   Ronnie E. Ragoff       Name:    Joseph I. Rader
Title:   Vice President       Title:    Chief Operating Officer

 

6


LOGO

 


LOGO

 


LOGO

 

9


NINTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

NINTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of the 4th day of October, 2012 between 125 PARK OWNER LLC, having an office c/o SL Green Realty Corp., 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York (hereinafter referred to as “ Landlord ”) and NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC., having an office at 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York (hereinafter referred to as “ Tenant ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Lease Agreement dated as of May 6, 1994, between Sutom, N.V., predecessor in interest to Landlord, and Tenant, covering the entire rentable portion of the 11 th and 12 th floors (the “ Original Premises ”) more particularly described in said lease agreement in the building known as 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York (the “ Building ”) under the terms and conditions contained therein which lease agreement was thereafter modified by that certain: (i) letter agreement dated December 22, 1995 modifying certain provisions of the lease, (ii) letter agreement dated September 12, 1996 modifying certain provisions of the lease, (iii) Third Amendment to Lease dated as of February 20, 1998 whereby certain space located on the 3 rd floor of the Building was added to the Original Premises (the “ 3 rd Floor Space ”), (iv) Fourth Amendment of Lease dated as of March 15, 2005 whereby certain additional space located on the 14 th floor of the Building was added to the Original Premises (the “ 14 th Floor Space ”), (v) Fifth Amendment of Lease dated as of September 19, 2005 whereby the term of said lease was extended, (vi) Sixth Amendment to Lease dated as of May 14, 2007 modifying certain provisions of the lease, (vii) Seventh Amendment to Lease dated as of November 14, 2008 modifying certain provisions of the lease, and (viii) Eight Amendment to Lease dated as of January 1, 2010 whereby certain space located on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building (the “ Second 3 rd Floor Space ”) as added to the Original Premises (said lease agreement, as so modified, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Lease ”; and the premises demised thereunder i.e., the Original Premises, the 3 rd Floor Space, the 14 th Floor Space and the Second 3 rd Floor Space are collectively hereinafter referred to as the “ Premises ”), for a term scheduled to expire on May 31, 2016 (the “ Expiration Date ”):

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain letter agreement dated June 25, 2009 between SRI SIX 125 Park, LLC, predecessor in interest to Landlord, and Tenant, whereby Tenant leased the Additional Space (as such term is hereinafter defined) under the terms and conditions contained therein for a term scheduled to expire on June 30, 2012 (“ Storage Room Expiration Date ”), and Tenant has remained in occupancy thereof following the Storage Room Expiration Date;

WHEREAS, Tenant wishes to add to the Premises those certain storage premises located in the Building, designated as Storage Room 7, the deemed rentable square foot area of which Tenant acknowledges and agrees solely for purposes of this Agreement shall be 593 rentable square feet, as such space is approximately indicated by hatch marks on the plan annexed hereto and made a part hereof as “Exhibit A” (the “ Additional Space ”’) for a term to commence as of July 1, 2012 (the “ A.S, Commencement Date ’’) and to expire on the Expiration Date; and


WHEREAS, subject to and in accordance with the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement, Landlord has agreed to permit Tenant to add the Additional Space to the Premises; and

WHEREAS, Tenant and Landlord wish to modify the Lease as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Additional Space .

The Additional Space shall be added to the Premises under all the terms and conditions of the Lease, as modified herein, for a term (the “ Additional Space Term ) commencing on the A.S. Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date or on such earlier dale upon which the term of the Lease shall expire, be canceled or terminated pursuant to any of the conditions or covenants of the Lease or pursuant to law (and the term “Premises”, as used in the Lease, shall from and after the A.S, Commencement Date, mean the Premises and the Additional Space). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Additional Space shall be used and occupied for storage purposes only and for no other purpose.

2. Condition of the Additional Space .

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it has inspected the Additional Space, is fully familiar with the physical condition thereof and the Building and agrees to accept possession of the Additional Space in its “as-is” condition as of the A.S. Commencement Date, and Landlord shall have no obligation to do any work in or to the Additional Space in order to make it suitable and ready for occupancy and use by Tenant.

3. Annual Fixed Rent and Escalations for the Additional Space .

(a) Tenant shall pay annual fixed rent for the Additional Space (including electric) from the A.S. Commencement Date through the Expiration Dale at the following rates:

 

  (i) Eleven Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty and 00/100 ($11,860.00) Dollars per annum ($988.33 per month) for the period from July 1, 2.012 through June 30, 2013;

 

  (ii) Twelve Thousand One Hundred Fifty Six and 50/100 ($12,156.50) Dollars per annum ($1,013,04 per month) for the period from July 1, 2013 through June 30. 2014;

 

2


  (iii) Twelve Thousand Four Hundred Sixty and 41/100 ($12,460.41) Dollars per annum ($1,038.36 per month) for the period from July 1, 2014 through June 30, 2015; and

 

  (iv) Twelve Thousand Seven Hundred Seventy One and 92/100 ($12,771.92) Dollars per annum ($1,064.33 per month) for the period from July 1, 2015 through May 31, 2016.

(b) In addition to the payment of annual fixed rent as hereinabove provided, Tenant shall continue to pay additional rent and other charges for the Premises as originally provided for in the Lease provided, however, that as of the A.S. Commencement Date, solely with respect to the Additional Space: (i) the “Tax Base” as such term is defined in Section 4.01(b) of the Lease, shall mean the Taxes which would be paid by Landlord for the fiscal tax year commencing July 1, 2011 and ending on June 30, 2012; (ii) the “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” as such term is defined in Section 4.01(d) of the Lease, shall mean 0.1045%; and (iii) the provisions of Article 4 of the Lease that pertain to Operating Expense Escalations shall not be applicable to the Additional Space, and Tenant shall not be obligated to pay increases in annual fixed rent and/or additional rent accruing under the provisions thereof for Operating Expenses.

4. Cancellation .

Landlord and Tenant shall have the right to cancel this Agreement effective as of the end of any month upon not less than thirty (30) calendar days prior written notice. On or before the effective date of such cancellation, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord possession of the Additional Space vacant and broom clean, free of all occupancies and/or encumbrances.

5. Cleaning .

Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, keep the Additional Space, including the windows, clean and in order, to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, and for that purpose shall employ the person or persons, or corporation approved by Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of removal of any of Tenant’s refuse and rubbish from the building. Bills for the same shall be rendered by Landlord to Tenant at such time as Landlord may elect and shall be due and payable hereunder, and the amount of such bills shall be deemed to be, and be paid as, Additional Rent.

6. Right to Relocate .

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord may, at its option, at any time, elect by notice to Tenant (“ Substitute Space Notice ”) to substitute for the Additional Space other storage space in the Building (“ Substitute Scoriae Space ”) designated by Landlord, provided that the Substitute Storage Space has a rentable square footage which is reasonably comparable to that of the Additional Space. Tenant shall vacate

 

3


the Additional Space which is to be replaced and move into the Substitute Storage Space not later than thirty (30) calendar days following the date upon which Landlord has given the Substitute Space Notice to Tenant. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant in the event of any such substitution. Landlord shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Tenant in connection with such relocation.

7. Electricity .

Landlord shall supply electricity to the Additional Space sufficient for a building standard storage room lighting fixture. Tenant covenants that it shall not connect any electrical equipment or appliances to any existing electrical outlets in the Additional Space, and that it shall not install arty electrical outlets in the Additional Space.

8. Successors and Assigns .

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

9. Entire Agreement .

The Lease, as modified by this Agreement, represents the entire understanding between the parties with regard to the matters addressed herein and may only be modified by written agreement executed by both parties hereto. All prior understandings or representations between the parties hereto, oral or written, with regard to the matters addressed herein, other than the Lease, are hereby merged herein. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any representative or agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the physical condition, state of repair, layout, footage or use of the Additional Space or any matter or thing affecting or relating to the Additional Space except as specifically set forth in this Agreement. Tenant has not been induced by and has not relied upon any statement, representation or agreement, whether express or implied, not specifically set forth in this Agreement. Landlord shall not be liable or bound in any manner by any oral or written statement, broker’s “set-up”,” representation, agreement or information pertaining to the Additional Space or this Agreement furnished by any real estate broker, agent, servant, employee or other person, unless specifically set forth herein, and no rights are or shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth herein.

10. Effectiveness .

This Agreement shall not be binding upon Landlord and Tenant until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

4


11. Ratification .

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Lease has not been modified and remains in full force and effect, Landlord has not waived any requirement of the Lease, Landlord is not in breach of the Lease and Tenant has no claim for any Failure of Landlord to perform its obligations under the Lease.

12. No Brokers/Indemnification.

Tenant covenants, represents and warrants that Tenant has had no dealings or negotiations with any broker or agent in connection with the consummation of this Agreement other than SL Green Leasing LLC (the “Broker”), and Tenant covenants and agrees to defend, hold harmless and indemnify Landlord from and against any and all cost, expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) or liability for any compensation, commissions or charges claimed by any broker or agent with respect to this Agreement or the negotiation thereof.

13. Miscellaneous .

(a) The captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this Agreement to be drafted.

(e) Terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Lease.

(d) If any provision of this Agreement or its application to any person or circumstances is invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement, or the applicability of such provision to other persons or circumstances, shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and shall be deemed to be separate from such invalid or unenforceable provisions and shall continue in full force and effect.

(e) The provisions of Sections 16.02 and 16.03, and Articles 7, 14 and 22 of the Lease shall not be applicable to the Additional Space.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

125 PARK OWNER LLC, as Landlord
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Durels

Name:

Title:

 

Steven M. Durels

Executive Vice President,

Director of Leasing and Real Property

 

Witness:

 

/s/ Monica Perez

Name: Monica Perez

Title: Administrative Assistant

 

NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC., as Tenant
By:  

/s/ Joseph I. Rader

 

Name: Joseph I. Rader

Title: Chief Operating Officer

 

Witness:

 

/s/ Brian Tacker

Name: Brian Tacker

Title: Legal Consultant

 

6


LOGO


TENTH AMENDMENT OF LEASE AND ADDITIONAL SPACE AND EXTENSION

AGREEMENT

THIS TENTH AMENDMENT OF LEASE AND ADDITIONAL SPACE AND EXTENSION AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) made as of this 11 th day of December, 2014, between 125 PARK OWNER LLC, having an office c/o SL Green Realty Corp., 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10170 (“ Landlord ”), and NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC. d/b/a Newmark Grubb Knight Frank , having an office at 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017 (“ Tenant ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of May 6, 1994 (the “ Original Lease ”) between Sutom, N.V., predecessor in interest to Landlord, and Tenant’s predecessor-in-interest, Landlord leased to Tenant certain space covering the entire rentable portion of the 11 th and 12 th floors (the “ Original Premises ”) more particularly described in the Original Lease in the building known as 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York (the “ Building ”) under the terms and conditions contained therein which Original Lease was thereafter modified by that certain: (i) letter agreement dated December 22, 1995, (ii) letter agreement dated September 12, 1996, (iii) Third Amendment to Lease dated as of February 20, 1998 whereby certain space located on the 3 rd floor of the Building (the “ 3 rd Floor Space ”) was added to the Original Premises, (iv) Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 15, 2005 whereby certain space located on the 14 th floor of the Building (the 14 th Floor Space ”) was added to the Original Premises, (v) Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of September 19, 2005 (the “ Fifth Amendment ”) whereby the term of the Original Lease was extended, (vi) Sixth Amendment to Lease dated as of May 14, 2007 (the “ Sixth Amendment ”), (vii) Seventh


Amendment to Lease dated as of November 14, 2008, (viii) Eight Amendment to Lease dated as of January 1, 2010 whereby certain space located on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building (the “ Second 3 rd Floor Space ”) and certain space on the fourteenth (14 th ) floor of the Building (the “ Second 14 th Floor Space ”) was added to the Original Premises, and (ix) Ninth Amendment to Lease dated as October 4, 2012 (the “ Ninth Amendment ”) whereby certain storage premises designated as Storage Room 7 in the Building (the “ Storage Space ”) was added to the Original Premises (the Original Lease, as so modified, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Existing Lease ”; the 3 rd Floor Space, together with the Second 3 rd Floor Space, are collectively hereinafter referred to as, the “ Entire 3 rd Floor Space ”; the 14 th Floor Space, together with the Second 14 th Floor Space, are collectively hereinafter referred to as, the “ Entire 14 th Floor Space ” the Original Premises, together with the Entire 3 rd Floor Space, the Entire 14 th Floor Space, and the Storage Space, are collectively hereinafter referred to as the “ Existing Premises ”);

WHEREAS, the term of the Existing Lease has a scheduled expiration date of May 31, 2016 (the “ Expiration Date ”);

WHEREAS, Tenant wishes to extend the term of the Existing Lease, subject to the terms detailed in this Agreement, to October 31, 2031 (the “ New Expiration Date ”), unless the Lease (as hereinafter defined) is sooner terminated or expires pursuant to the terms of the Lease or pursuant to law;

WHEREAS, Tenant wishes to add to the Existing Premises certain portions of the of the Building consisting of (a) the entire rentable area of the 5 th floor (the “ 5 th Floor Space ”) substantially as shown as hatched on Exhibit A-1 annexed hereto, consisting of 31,377 rentable square feet, and (b) the entire rentable area of the 6 th floor (the “ 6 th Floor Space ”) substantially as shown as hatched on Exhibit A-2 annexed hereto, consisting of 31,071 rentable square feet (collectively, the 5 th Floor Space and the 6 th Floor Space shall be referred to herein as the “ Additional Space ”);

 

-2-


WHEREAS, the term of the Lease with respect to the 5 th Floor Space shall commence on January 1, 2015 provided that Landlord delivers possession of the 5 th Floor Space free of tenants and other occupants on such date (it being agreed that the 5 th Floor Space may be delivered by Landlord with certain furniture and equipment remaining from the prior tenant or occupant of such space remaining therein) (the “ 5 th Floor Commencement Date ”) and shall end on the New Expiration Date (the “ 5 th Floor Space Term ”), unless the Lease is sooner terminated or expires pursuant to the term of the Lease or pursuant to law;

WHEREAS, the term of the Lease with respect to the 6 th Floor Space shall commence as of October 1, 2014 (the “ 6 th Floor Commencement Date ”) and shall end on the New Expiration Date (the “ 6 th Floor Space Term ”), unless the Lease is sooner terminated or expires pursuant to the term of the Lease or pursuant to law;

WHEREAS, Landlord has agreed to extend the term of the Existing Lease subject to the provisions detailed in this Amendment and to permit Tenant to add the Additional Space to the Existing Premises for a term as herein provided and otherwise subject to the terms, covenants and conditions of the Existing Lease, as modified by this Amendment; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify the Existing Lease in accordance with the above and in certain other respects, all as more particularly set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

-3-


ARTICLE I

TERMS

Section 1.1. The recitals set forth above are incorporated herein by reference.

Section 1.2. Except as otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Existing Lease. The Existing Lease, as amended and modified by this Amendment, is referred to in this Amendment as the “ Lease ”. The Existing Premises, together with the Additional Space, is referred to in this Amendment as the “ Premises ”.

ARTICLE 2

EXTENSION OF LEASE

Section 2.1. The term of the Existing Lease shall be extended, under the same terms, covenants and conditions contained in the Existing Lease, except to the extent specifically modified by this Amendment, so that the term of the Lease shall expire on the New Expiration Date, or upon such earlier date upon which the term of the Lease shall expire, be canceled or terminated pursuant to any of the conditions or covenants of the Lease or pursuant to law. Any reference in the Existing Lease to the “Expiration Date” shall be deemed be to be referring to the New Expiration Date.

Section 2.2. For purposes of clarification, nothing contained in this Amendment shall be or be deemed to modify or eliminate the right of Tenant to cancel the Lease with respect to the Additional Space as defined in the Ninth Amendment (i.e., the storage premises designated as Storage Room 7 and identified on Exhibit A to the Ninth Amendment) as and to the extent permitted pursuant to the Ninth Amendment; provided, however, that Landlord’s right to cancel the Lease with respect such Additional Space contained in the Ninth Amendment is hereby

 

-4-


deleted and of no further force and effect (it being agreed, however, that the foregoing shall not be or be deemed to limit or modify in an manner the right of Landlord to relocate such Additional Space as provided for in the Ninth Amendment).

ARTICLE 3

ADDITIONAL SPACE; CONDITION OF ADDITIONAL SPACE; PLAN APPROVAL AND

RENTABLE AREA OF EXISTING PREMISES

Section 3.1. The Additional Space shall be added to the Existing Premises under all the applicable terms and conditions of the Existing Lease, except as modified by this Amendment, with respect to (x) the 5 th Floor Space, for the 5 th Floor Space Term, and (y) the 6 th Floor Space, for the 6 th Floor Space Term, or, in either case, shall expire on such earlier date upon which the term of the Lease shall expire, be canceled or terminated pursuant to any of the conditions or covenants of the Lease or pursuant to law.

Section 3.2. (a) The parties acknowledge that Tenant has inspected the 5 th Floor Space and the Building and is fully familiar with the physical condition thereof and Tenant agrees to accept the 5 th Floor Space at the commencement of the 5 th Floor Space Term in its then “as is” condition, subject to the performance by Landlord of Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work (as hereinafter defined) and subject to latent defects (but only to the extent expressly provided in the last sentence of this Section 3.2(a) below). Except for the performance of Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work and Landlord’s ongoing maintenance and repair obligations expressly set forth in the Lease, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no obligation to do any work in or to the 5 th Floor Space in order to make it suitable and ready for occupancy and use by Tenant. If and to the extent assignable by Landlord without any additional cost to Landlord (unless Tenant shall agree in advance to pay such additional cost), Landlord shall assign to Tenant, upon Tenant’s request, any manufacturer

 

-5-


warranties provided in connection with any equipment or fixtures installed by Landlord in the 5 th Floor Space as part of Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work (but only if and to the extent that the repair or maintenance of such equipment or fixtures is not Landlord’s responsibility under this Amendment or otherwise under the Lease) (it being agreed that nothing contained herein shall be or be deemed to require Landlord to incur any additional expense specifically incurred to obtain any warranties in connection with any such equipment or fixtures installed by Landlord). Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, Landlord shall remain responsible to repair any defects, including, without limitation, any latent defects, with respect to Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work for a period of time commencing on the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work and ending on the one (1) year anniversary of the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work, provided that Tenant has notified Landlord prior to the expiration of such 1-year anniversary promptly after Tenant has knowledge of such defect.

(b) (i) Following the date (the “ 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work Start Date ”) Tenant shall have completed all demolition work with respect to the 5 th Floor Space as part of Tenant’s Work and provided that the 5 th Floor Space is then in a condition reasonably required in connection with the commencement and performance of Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work (provided that Tenant shall give Landlord notice setting forth the date such demolition work shall be completed and the 5 th Floor Space shall be in the condition required hereunder at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such date), Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall perform the work identified on Exhibit B annexed hereto (the “ Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work ”); it being understood that any of the work detailed in this sentence shall be performed in coordination with Tenant’s

 

-6-


performance of certain portions of Tenant’s Work in the 5 th Floor Space and Tenant hereby permits Landlord (and Landlord’s contractors and agents) access to the 5 th Floor Space to perform such work and shall minimize the interference with Landlord in Landlord’s performance of such work and Landlord shall not be required to perform any such work on an overtime or premium-pay basis. Landlord shall endeavor to provide Tenant with notice at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior to the date Landlord reasonably anticipates that Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work shall be Substantially Completed (which notice may be given prior to the actual date of such Substantial Completion); it being expressly agreed by Tenant that Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant if Landlord fails to give such notice and the date set forth in such notice shall not be or be deemed to affect the 5 th Floor Commencement Date or the date upon which Substantial Completion of Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work actually occurs. In connection with any Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work performed by Landlord, Tenant shall have no claim for any rent abatement and shall not be entitled to make any claim for constructive or actual eviction in connection therewith. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work shall be performed by Landlord during regular business hours. Following Substantial Completion of Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work, Landlord and Tenant (to the extent that Tenant makes a representative reasonably available) shall conduct a walk-through inspection of the 5 th Floor Space and shall identify any Punch List Items with respect to Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete such Punch List Items within thirty (30) days following notice from Tenant thereof (which thirty (30) day period shall be subject to extension due to casualty, condemnation, Tenant Delays and Unavoidable Delays). Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that such Punch List Items may be performed in

 

-7-


coordination with Tenant’s performance of any Tenant’s Work in the 5 th Floor Space and may be performed following Tenant’s occupancy thereof for the conduct of its business and Tenant hereby permits Landlord (and Landlord’s contractors and agents) access to the 5 th Floor Space to perform such work and Landlord shall not be required to perform any such work on an overtime or premium-pay basis. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with each other and use reasonable efforts to coordinate the performance of any such Punch List Items and Tenant’s Work as necessary to minimize interference with the other party’s work being performed in the 5 th Floor Space. In connection with any Punch List Items performed by Landlord, Tenant shall have no claim for any rent abatement and shall not be entitled to make any claim for constructive or actual eviction in connection therewith. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Punch List Items shall be performed by Landlord during regular business hours and same may interfere with Tenant’s ordinary conduct of business (though Tenant hereby waives any claim against Landlord in connection therewith).

(ii) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event that the Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work shall not have been Substantially Completed on or before the date that is the later to occur of: (x) the date that Tenant shall have completed Tenant’s Work in the 5 th Floor Space and is ready to occupy the 5 th floor Space for purposes of commencing its business operations therein (it being agreed that Tenant shall provide Landlord with notice at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such date advising Landlord of the date Tenant anticipates that Tenant’s Work shall be Substantially Completed and Tenant shall be ready to commence occupancy of the 5 th Floor Space for the conduct if its business operations therein), and (y) the date that is ninety (90) days following the

 

-8-


5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work Start Date (such later date, the “ 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Penalty Date ”) and Tenant is not able to occupy the 5 th Floor Space for the conduct of its business or to perform Tenant’s Work therein solely as a result thereof, then as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy in connection therewith, Tenant shall receive a rent credit in an amount equal to one (1) day of the Annual Fixed Rent payable hereunder in respect of the 5 th Floor Space for each day after the 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Penalty Date until the Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work shall be Substantially Completed (which rent credit shall be applied against Annual Fixed Rent first becoming due hereunder with respect to the 5 th Floor Space until such rent credit has been fully applied); provided, however, the 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Penalty Date shall be extended by one day for each day of delay in the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work which is due to casualty, condemnation, Tenant Delay and/or Unavoidable Delay.

(c) For purposes of this Amendment, the terms “ Substantially Completed ”, “ Substantially Completes ” and “ Substantially Complete ” shall mean that the work in question has been completed other than minor or non-material details of construction, mechanical adjustment or decoration “ Punch List Items ” which do not materially interfere with Tenant’s ordinary use of the applicable portion of the Premises in which such work was performed, provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete such Punch List Items within thirty (30) days following notice from Tenant thereof (which thirty (30) day period shall be subject to extension due to casualty, condemnation, Tenant Delays and Unavoidable Delays).

(d) For purposes of this Amendment, “ Unavoidable Delay ” means a party’s inability to fulfill or delay in fulfilling any of its obligations under this Lease

 

-9-


expressly or impliedly to be performed by such party (including, without limitation, Landlord’s inability to make or delay in making any repairs, additions, alterations, improvements or decorations, or Landlord’s inability to supply or delay in supplying any equipment or fixtures), if such party’s inability or delay is due to or arises by reason of strikes, labor troubles or by accident, or by any cause whatsoever beyond such party’s reasonable control, including, without limitation, laws, other governmental actions, shortages or unavailability of labor, fuel, steam, water, electricity or materials, acts of God, enemy or terrorist action, civil commotion, fire or other casualty; provided, however, that Landlord’s or Tenant’s failure to make a payment of money (including any failure to satisfy a lien, judgment or other monetary obligation), or any other event that derives from Landlord’s or Tenant’s, as applicable, lack of funds or inability to procure labor or materials solely because such party is unable to do so at prices such party deems advantageous shall not constitute an Unavoidable Delay for purposes hereof (and in no event shall an Unavoidable Delay excuse the payment of Rent hereunder by Tenant).

(e) The term of the Lease with respect to the 5 th Floor Space shall commence on the 5 th Floor Commencement Date.

Section 3.3. (a) The parties acknowledge that Tenant currently occupies the 6 th Floor Space, has inspected the 6 th Floor Space and the Building and is fully familiar with the physical condition thereof and Tenant agrees to accept the 6 th Floor Space at the commencement of the 6 th Floor Space Term in its then “as is” condition subject to the performance by Landlord of Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work (as hereinafter defined) and subject to latent defects with respect to Landlord’s 6 th floor Post-Commencement Work (but only to the extent expressly provided in the last sentence of this Section 3.3(a) below). Except for the performance of Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work and Landlord’s ongoing maintenance and

 

-10-


repair obligations set forth in the Lease, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no obligation to do any work in or to the 6 th Floor Space in order to make it suitable and ready for occupancy and use by Tenant. If and to the extent assignable by Landlord without any additional cost to Landlord (unless Tenant shall agree in advance to pay such costs), Landlord shall assign to Tenant, upon Tenant’s request, any manufacturer warranties provided in connection with any equipment or fixtures installed by Landlord in the 6 th Floor Space as part of Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work (but only if and to the extent that the repair or maintenance of such equipment or fixtures is not Landlord’s responsibility under this Amendment or otherwise under the Lease) (it being agreed that nothing contained herein shall be or be deemed to require Landlord to incur any additional expense specifically incurred to obtain any warranties in connection with any such equipment or fixtures installed by Landlord). Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, Landlord shall remain responsible to repair any defects, including without limitation, any latent defects with respect to Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work for a period of time commencing on the date Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work has been Substantially Completed and ending on the one (1) year anniversary of the date Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work has been Substantially Completed, provided that Tenant has notified Landlord prior to the expiration of such 1-year anniversary promptly after Tenant has knowledge of such defect.

(b) (i) Following the date (the “ 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work Start Date ”) Tenant shall have completed all demolition work with respect to the 6 th Floor Space as part of Tenant’s Work and provided that the 6 th Floor Space is then in a condition reasonably required in connection with the commencement and performance of Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work (provided that Tenant shall give Landlord

 

-11-


notice setting forth the date such demolition work shall be completed and the 6 th Floor Space shall be in the condition required hereunder at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such date), Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall commence and thereafter diligently perform the work identified on Exhibit C annexed hereto (the “ Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work ”); it being understood that any of the work detailed in this sentence shall be performed in coordination with Tenant’s performance of certain portions of Tenant’s Work in the 6 th Floor Space and Tenant hereby permits Landlord (and Landlord’s contractors and agents) access to the 6 th Floor Space to perform such work and shall minimize the interference with Landlord in Landlord’s performance of such work and Landlord shall not be required to perform any such work on an overtime or premium-pay basis. Landlord shall endeavor to provide Tenant with notice at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior to the date Landlord reasonably anticipates that Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work shall be Substantially Completed (which notice may be given prior to the actual date of such Substantial Completion); it being expressly agreed by Tenant that Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant if Landlord fails to give such notice and the date set forth in such notice shall not be or be deemed to affect the 6 th Floor Commencement Date or the date upon which Substantial Completion of Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work actually occurs. In connection with any Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work performed by Landlord, Tenant shall have no claim for any rent abatement and shall not be entitled to make any claim for constructive or actual eviction in connection therewith. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work shall be performed by Landlord during regular business hours and same may interfere with Tenant’s ordinary conduct of business (though Tenant hereby waives any claim against Landlord in connection therewith). Following Substantial Completion of

 

-12-


Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work, Landlord and Tenant (to the extent that Tenant makes a representative reasonably available) shall conduct a walk-through inspection of the 6 th Floor Space and shall identify any Punch List Items with respect to Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete such Punch List Items within thirty (30) days following notice from Tenant thereof (which thirty (30) day period shall be subject to extension due to casualty, condemnation, Tenant Delays and Unavoidable Delays). Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that such Punch List Items may be performed in coordination with Tenant’s performance of any Tenant’s Work (as defined below) in the 6 th Floor Space and may be performed following Tenant’s occupancy thereof for the conduct of its business and Tenant hereby permits Landlord (and Landlord’s contractors and agents) access to the 6 th Floor Space to perform such work and shall minimize the interference with Landlord in Landlord’s performance of such work and Landlord shall not be required to perform any such work on an overtime or premium-pay basis. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with each other and use reasonable efforts to coordinate the performance of any such Punch List Items and Tenant’s Work as necessary to minimize interference with the other party’s work being performed in the 6 th Floor Space. In connection with any Punch List Items performed by Landlord, Tenant shall have no claim for any rent abatement and shall not be entitled to make any claim for constructive or actual eviction in connection therewith. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Punch List Items shall be performed by Landlord during regular business hours and same may interfere with Tenant’s ordinary conduct of business (though Tenant hereby waives any claim against Landlord in connection therewith).

 

-13-


(ii) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event that the Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work shall not have Substantially Completed on or before the date that is the later to occur of: (x) the date that Tenant shall have completed Tenant’s Work in the 6 th Floor Space and is ready to occupy the 6 th Floor Space for purposes of commencing its business operations therein (it being agreed that Tenant shall provide Landlord with notice at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such date advising Landlord of the date Tenant anticipates that Tenant’s Work shall be Substantially Completed and Tenant shall be ready to commence occupancy of the 6 th Floor Space for the conduct if its business operations therein), and (y) the date that is one hundred twenty (120) days following the 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work Start Date (such later date, the “ 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Penalty Date ”) and Tenant is not able to occupy the 6 th Floor Space for the conduct of its business or to perform Tenant’s Work therein solely as a result thereof, then as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy in connection therewith, Tenant shall receive a rent credit in an amount equal to one (1) day of the Annual Fixed Rent payable hereunder in respect of the 6 th Floor Space for each day after the 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Penalty Date until the Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work shall be Substantially Completed (which rent credit shall be applied against Annual Fixed Rent first becoming due hereunder with respect to the 6 t h Floor Space until such rent credit has been fully applied), provided, however, the 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Penalty Date shall be extended by one day for each day of delay in the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work which is due to casualty, condemnation, Tenant Delay and/or Unavoidable Delay.

(c) The term of the Lease with respect to the 6 th Floor Space shall commence on the 6 th Floor Commencement Date.

 

-14-


Section 3.4. “ Tenant Delay ” means any delay which Landlord may encounter in the performance of Landlord’s obligations under the Lease (including the performance of any work) to the extent that Landlord encounters such delay by reason of (i) any act or omission of any nature of Tenant, Tenant’s agents or contractors, (ii) delays by Tenant in submission of information, and/or (iii) delays due to the postponement at the request of Tenant of any portion of Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work, Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work or any other work required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Amendment Tenant shall pay to Landlord any reasonable out of pocket third-party costs or expenses incurred by Landlord by reason of any Tenant Delay within thirty (30) days after demand therefor (accompanied by reasonable back-up documentation).

Section 3.5. If Landlord shall be unable to give possession either the 5 th Floor Space or the 6 th Floor Space by a certain date because of the retention of possession of any occupant thereof, alteration or construction work, or for any other reason, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for such failure. In such event, the Existing Lease, as modified by this Amendment, shall stay in full force and effect with respect to the Additional Space (or the applicable portion thereof) without further extension of the term of the Lease. The provisions of this Section 3.5 are intended to constitute an “express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of Section 223-a of the New York Real Property Law.

Section 3.6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) located in the Additional Space shall be the sole responsibility of Landlord to abate, encapsulate, and remediate if and to the extent required in accordance with Legal Requirements, all at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (except as such costs may be included in Operating Expenses pursuant to Article 4 of the Lease) (other than any

 

-15-


Hazardous Materials brought to the Additional Space or Building by Tenant or any other occupant of the Premises acting by, through or under Tenant, or Tenant’s or such other occupant’s agents, contractors, invitees or employees). If any such Hazardous Materials are discovered in the Additional Space, then Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of same (promptly after Tenant becomes aware thereof) and Landlord shall be responsible pursuant to the preceding sentence therefor. In the case where Landlord is required to abate, encapsulate, remediate or remove such Hazardous Materials pursuant to this Section 3.6, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of the Annual Fixed Rent payable hereunder with respect to the Additional Space (x) in proportion to the portion of the Additional Space in which the performance of Tenant’s Work or other Alteration is actually delayed commencing as of the day immediately following the fifteenth (15 th ) Business Day of such delay, or (y) in proportion to the portion of the Additional Space that Tenant actually vacates due to the existence of such Hazardous Materials, if otherwise discovered during the Term hereof by Tenant commencing as of the day immediately following the fifteenth (15 th ) Business Day of such vacancy by Tenant, in each case, because of Landlord’s abatement, encapsulation, remediation or removal of such Hazardous Materials. For purposes of this Section 3.6 only, the term “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean any such materials classified or defined as hazardous materials pursuant to Legal Requirements at the time in question.

Section 3.7. Upon the occurrence of the 5 th Floor Commencement Date, any reference in the Lease to the “Demised Premises” and/or the “Premises” shall be deemed to mean the Existing Premises and the 5 th Floor Space, and upon the occurrence of the 6 th Floor Commencement Date, any such reference to the “Demised Premises” and/or the “Premises” in the Lease shall likewise be deemed to include the 6 th Floor Space.

 

-16-


Section 3.8. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that for all purposes of this Lease (including, without limitation, Article 9 of this Amendment), the entire 5 th Floor Space shall be deemed to consist of 31,377 rentable square feet, and the entire 6 th Floor Space shall be deemed to consist of 31,071 rentable square feet.

ARTICLE 4

CONDITION AND RENTABLE AREA OF EXISTING PREMISES

Section 4.1. (i) Landlord and Tenant each hereby acknowledge and agree that Tenant is currently in occupancy of the Existing Premises, has inspected the same and the Building and is fully familiar with the physical condition thereof and Tenant agrees to accept the Existing Premises on the date hereof in its then “as is” condition subject to the performance by Landlord of Landlord’s Existing Premises Work (as hereinafter defined). Except for the performance of Landlord’s Existing Premises Work and Landlord’s ongoing maintenance and repair obligations expressly set forth in the Lease (including, without limitation, Landlord’s obligation with respect to Hazardous Materials as and to the extent expressly provided in Section 4.1(iii) below), Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no obligation to do any work in or to the Existing Premises in order to make it suitable and ready for Tenant’s continued occupancy and use thereof. If and to the extent assignable by Landlord without any additional cost to Landlord (unless Tenant shall agree in advance to pay such additional cost), Landlord shall assign to Tenant, upon Tenant’s request, any manufacturer warranties provided in connection with any equipment or fixtures installed by Landlord in the Existing Premises as part of Landlord’s Existing Premises Work (but only if and to the extent that the repair or maintenance of such equipment or fixtures is not Landlord’s responsibility under this Amendment or otherwise under the Lease) (it being agreed that nothing contained herein shall be

 

-17-


or be deemed to require Landlord to incur any additional expense specifically incurred to obtain any warranties in connection with any such equipment or fixtures installed by Landlord). Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, with respect to each portion of Landlord’s Existing Premises Work, Landlord shall remain responsible to repair any defects, including, without limitation, any latent defects, with respect to such portion of Landlord’s Existing Premises Work for a period of time commencing on the date Landlord Substantially Completes such portion of Landlord’s Existing Premises Work and ending on the one (1) year anniversary of the Substantial Completion of such portion of Landlord’s Existing Premises Work, provided that with respect to each portion of Landlord’s Existing Premises Work, Tenant has notified Landlord prior to the expiration of the applicable 1-year anniversary promptly after Tenant has knowledge of such defect.

(ii) Landlord shall commence performance of the work identified on Exhibit D annexed hereto (the “ Landlord’s Existing Premises Work ”) in the Existing Premises (excluding the Storage Space) following the date hereof (it being agreed that certain portions of such work may not be performed until such time as the weather conditions required to perform such work are appropriate) and shall thereafter diligently pursue the Substantial Completion thereof and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Substantial Completion to occur on or before the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days following the Existing Premises Work Start Date (which one hundred eighty (180) days period shall be subject to extension due to casualty, condemnation, Tenant Delays, Unavoidable Delays); it being understood that any of the work detailed in this sentence shall be performed in coordination with Tenant’s performance of any Tenant’s Work in the Existing Premises (excluding the Storage Space) and Tenant hereby permits Landlord (and Landlord’s contractors

 

-18-


and agents) access to the Existing Premises (excluding the Storage Space) to perform such work Landlord shall not be required to perform any such work on an overtime or premium-pay basis. In connection with any Landlord’s Existing Premises Work performed by Landlord, Tenant shall have no claim for any rent abatement and shall not be entitled to make any claim for constructive or actual eviction in connection therewith. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Landlord’s Existing Premises Work shall be performed by Landlord during regular business hours and same may interfere with Tenant’s ordinary conduct of business (though Tenant hereby waives any claim against Landlord in connection therewith); provided, however, that subject to the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with each other and shall use reasonable efforts to coordinate the performance of Landlord’s Existing Premises Work and Tenant’s Work as necessary to minimize interference with the other party’s work being performed in the Existing Premises. Following Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Existing Premises Work on each floor of the Existing Premises, Landlord and Tenant (to the extent that Tenant makes a representative reasonably available) shall conduct a walk-through inspection of the applicable portions of the Existing Premises and shall identify any Punch List Items in connection with Landlord’s Existing Premises Work. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete such Punch List Items within thirty (30) days following notice from Tenant thereof (which thirty (30) day period shall be subject to extension due to casualty, condemnation, Tenant Delays and Unavoidable Delays). Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Punch List Items shall be performed in coordination with Tenant’s performance of Alterations in the Existing Premises and Tenant’s occupancy thereof and Tenant hereby permits Landlord (and Landlord’s contractors and agents) access to the Existing Premises to perform such work and Landlord shall not be required to perform any such work on an overtime

 

-19-


or premium-pay basis. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with each other and use reasonable efforts to coordinate the performance of any Punch List Items and Tenant’s Work as necessary to minimize interference with the other party’s work being performed in the Existing Premises. In connection with any Punch List Items performed by Landlord, Tenant shall have no claim for any rent abatement and shall not be entitled to make any claim for constructive or actual eviction in connection therewith. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Punch List Items shall be performed by Landlord during regular business hours and same may interfere with Tenant’s ordinary conduct of business (though Tenant hereby waives any claim against Landlord in connection therewith).

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Existing Lease, any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) located in the Existing Premises (including the Storage Space and which were not introduced into the Existing Premises by or on behalf of Tenant or anyone claiming by, through or under Tenant shall be the sole responsibility of Landlord to abate, encapsulate, and remediate as and to the extent required in accordance with Legal Requirements, all at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (except as such costs may be included in Operating Expenses pursuant to Article 4 of the Lease). If any such Hazardous Materials are discovered in the Existing Premises (including the Storage Space), then Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of same and Landlord shall be responsible pursuant to the preceding sentence therefor. In the case where Landlord is required abate, encapsulate, remediate or remove such Hazardous Materials pursuant to this Section 4.1(iii), Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of the Annual Fixed Rent payable hereunder with respect to the Existing Premises (x) in proportion to the portion of the Existing Premises in which the performance of such Alteration is actually delayed commencing as of the day immediately following the

 

-20-


fifteenth (15 th ) Business Day of such delay, or (y) in proportion to the portion of the Existing Premises that Tenant actually vacates due to the existence of such Hazardous Materials, if otherwise discovered during the Term hereof commencing as of the day immediately following the fifteenth (15 th ) Business Day of such vacancy by Tenant, in each case, because of Landlord’s abatement, encapsulation, remediation or removal of such Hazardous Materials. For purposes of this Section 4.1(iii) only, the term “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean any such materials classified or defined as hazardous materials pursuant to Legal Requirements at the time in question.

Section 4.2. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that effective as of June 1, 2016 and for all purposes of the Lease, including, without limitation, Article 9 of this Amendment, (i) the Entire 3 rd Floor Space shall be deemed to consist of 7,391 rentable square feet, (ii) the Original Premises shall be deemed to consist of 51,312 rentable square feet (with 25,656 rentable square feet on each of the 11 th floor of the Building and the 12 th floor of the Building), (iii) the Entire 14 th Floor Space shall be deemed to consist of 12,064 rentable square feet, and (iv) the Storage Space shall be deemed to consist of 593 rentable square feet.

ARTICLE 5

FIXED ANNUAL RENT

Section 5.1. (a) (i) With respect to the entire Existing Premises only, from the date hereof through and including May 31, 2016, the Annual Fixed Rent due and payable by Tenant pursuant to the Existing Lease shall continue to be payable in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Lease, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

(ii) With respect to the Existing Premises (excluding the Entire 3 rd Floor Space and the Storage Space) only, from and after June 1, 2016 and through and including the New Expiration Date, Tenant shall pay Annual Fixed Rent (payable at the times and in the manner set forth in the Existing Lease) pursuant to Exhibit E-1 annexed hereto.

 

-21-


(iii) With respect to the Entire 3 rd Floor Space only, from and after June 1, 2016 and through and including the New Expiration Date, Tenant shall pay Annual Fixed Rent (payable at the times and in the manner set forth in the Existing Lease) pursuant to Exhibit E-2 annexed hereto.

(iv) With respect to the Storage Space only, from and after June 1, 2016 and through and including the New Expiration Date, Tenant shall pay Annual Fixed Rent (payable at the times and in the manner set forth in the Existing Lease) pursuant to Exhibit E-3 annexed hereto

(b) With respect to the 5 th Floor Space only, from and after the 5 th Floor Commencement Date and through and including the New Expiration Date, Tenant shall pay Annual Fixed Rent (payable at the times and in the manner set forth in the Existing Lease) pursuant to Exhibit E-4 annexed hereto.

(c) with respect to the 6 th Floor Space only, from and after the 6 th Floor Commencement Date and through and including the New Expiration Date, Tenant shall pay Annual Fixed Rent (payable at the times and in the manner set forth in the Existing Lease) pursuant to Exhibit E-5 annexed hereto.

Section 5.2. (a) Subject to the provisions hereof, if and so long as Tenant is not then in monetary or material non-monetary default under the Lease beyond any applicable cure or grace period:

(i) the Annual Fixed Rent payable pursuant to Section 5.l(a)(ii) above with respect to the Existing Premises (excluding the Entire 3 rd Floor Space and Storage Space) only shall be abated for the period commencing on June 1, 2016 and ending on October 31, 2016;

 

-22-


(ii) the Annual Fixed Rent payable pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(iii) above with respect to the Entire 3 rd Floor Space only shall be abated for the period commencing on June 1, 2016 and ending on October 31, 2016;

(iii) the Annual Fixed Rent payable pursuant to Section 5.1(b) above with respect to the 5 th Floor Space only shall be abated for the period commencing on the 5 th Floor Commencement Date and ending on the day (the “ 5 th Floor Rent Commencement Date ”) that is four hundred (400) days following the 5 th Floor Commencement Date; and

(iv) the Annual Fixed Rent payable pursuant to Section 5.1(c) above with respect to the 6 th Floor Space only shall be abated for the period commencing on the 6 th Floor Commencement Date and ending on the day (the 6 th Floor Rent Commencement Date ) that is four hundred (400) days following the 6 th Floor Commencement Date.

(b) Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if during any of the rent credit or rent abatement periods detailed in Section 5.2(a)(i)-(iv) above, Tenant shall be in default under the Lease beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods, if any, no Annual Fixed Rent shall be further abated or credited thereafter; provided, however, if Tenant cures such default prior to any termination of the Lease by Landlord due to such default pursuant to the terms thereof, then Tenant shall then be entitled to any rent credit or rent abatement of Annual Fixed Rent remaining with respect to such period that was not previously received by Tenant pursuant to this Section 5.2(b).

 

-23-


ARTICLE 6

ADDITIONAL RENT

Section 6.1. (a) (i) With respect to the Existing Premises only, from the date hereof and through and including May 31, 2016, Tenant shall continue to pay additional rent (including, but not limited to, the additional rent due under Article 4 of the Existing Lease) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Existing Lease.

(ii) With respect to the Existing Premises only, from and after June 1, 2016 and through and including the New Expiration Date, Tenant shall continue to pay additional rent (including, but not limited to, the additional rent due under Article 4 of the Existing Lease) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Existing Lease, except that the following modifications to said Article 4 shall be effective as of June 1, 2016 with respect to the Existing Premises only:

(A) The term “Tax Base” (as defined in Section 4.01(b) of the Original Lease) shall be deemed to mean “the Taxes which would be paid by Landlord for the calendar year 2015 (i.e., the average of the Taxes for the New York City real estate tax years commencing on July 1, 2014 and July 1, 2015)”;

(B) The term “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” (as defined in Section 4.01(d) of the Original Lease) shall mean “11.334%”;

(C) The term “Operating Expense Base” (as defined in Section 4.05(c) of the Original Lease) shall mean “the Operating Expenses for the calendar year 2014, adjusted if actual occupancy of the Building is less than 95% to reflect the Operating Expenses that would have been incurred were the Building not less than 95% occupied”; and

 

-24-


(D) The term “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” (as defined in Section 4.05(e) of the Original Lease) for purposes of determining of the Operating Expense Payments shall mean “11.602%’’.

Section 6.2. With respect to the 5 th Floor Space only, from and after 5 th Floor Commencement Date and through and including the New Expiration Date, Tenant shall pay additional rent (including, but not limited to, the additional rent due under Article 4 of the Existing Lease) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Existing Lease, except that with respect to the 5 th Floor Space, the following modifications to said Article 4 shall be effective as of the 5 th Floor Commencement Date:

(a) The term “Tax Base” (as defined in Section 4.01(b) of the Original Lease) shall be deemed to mean “the Taxes which would be paid by Landlord for the calendar year 2015 (i.e., the average of the Taxes for the New York City real estate tax years commencing on July 1, 2014 and July 1, 2015)”;

(b) The term “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” (as defined in Section 4.01(d) of the Original Lease) shall mean “4.984%”;

(c) The term “Operating Expense Base” (as defined in Section 4.05(c) of the Original Lease) shall mean “the Operating Expenses for the calendar year 2014, adjusted if actual occupancy of the Building is less than 95% to reflect the Operating Expenses that would have been incurred were the Building not less than 95% occupied”; and

(d) The term “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” (as defined in Section 4.05(e) of the Original Lease) for purposes of determining of the Operating Expense Payments shall mean “5.143%”

 

-25-


Section 6.3. With respect to the 6 th Floor Space only, from and after 6 th Floor Commencement Date and through and including the New Expiration Date, Tenant shall pay additional rent (including, but not limited to, the additional rent due under Article 4 of the Existing Lease) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Existing Lease, except that with respect to the 6 th Floor Space, the following modifications to said Article 4 shall be effective as of the 6 th Floor Commencement Date:

(a) The term “Tax Base” (as defined in Section 4.01(b) of the Original Lease) shall be deemed to mean “the Taxes which would be paid by Landlord for the calendar year 2015 (i.e., the average of the Taxes for the New York City real estate tax years commencing on July 1, 2014 and July 1, 2015)”;

(b) The term “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” (as defined in Section 4.01(d) of the Original Lease) shall mean “4.935%”;

(c) The term “Operating Expense Base” (as defined in Section 4.05(c) of the Original Lease) shall mean “the Operating Expenses for the calendar year 2014, adjusted if actual occupancy of the Building is less than 95% to reflect the Operating Expenses that would have been incurred were the Building not less than 95% occupied”; and

(d) The term “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” (as defined in Section 4.05(e) of the Original Lease) for purposes of determining of the Operating Expense Payments shall mean “5.093%”

ARTICLE 7

ELECTRICITY

Section 7.1. (a) (i) From and after the 5 th Floor Commencement Date (with respect to the 5 th Floor Space) and the 6 th Floor Commencement Date (with respect to the

 

-26-


6 th Floor Space), as applicable, with respect to the Additional Space only, the last half of the last sentence of Section 14.02 of the Original Lease shall be modified to provide that with respect to the Additional Space, Landlord shall make electricity available at the combined electrical closets servicing the Additional Space for all purposes, with a minimum capacity as shown on Exhibit N annexed hereto (exclusive of electricity required for base Building HVAC) which shall be distributed by Tenant (as Tenant shall elect, but subject to the terms of the Lease applicable thereto) at its sole cost and expense.

(ii) From and after the date hereof, with respect to the Existing Premises (excluding the Storage Space), the last half of the last sentence of Section 14.02 of the Original Lease shall be modified to provide that with respect to the Existing Premises (excluding the Storage Space), Landlord shall make electricity available at the combined electrical closets servicing the Existing Premises (excluding the Storage Space) for all purposes, with minimum capacity as shown on Exhibit N annexed hereto with respect to each portion of the Existing Premises (excluding the Storage Space) (exclusive of electricity required for base Building HVAC) which shall be distributed by Tenant (as Tenant shall elect, but subject to the terms of the Lease applicable thereto) at its sole cost and expense.

(iii) In addition to the electricity being made available by Landlord pursuant to Sections 7.1(a)(i) and (ii) above and provided Landlord receives a load letter from Tenant’s engineer certifying that Tenant requires such additional electrical capacity, Landlord shall make available 200 amps of electrical capacity at a location in the Building reasonably determined by Landlord for use by Tenant at the Existing Premises and/or the Additional Space, which capacity shall be distributed by Tenant (as Tenant shall elect, but subject to the terms of the Lease applicable thereto) from such location in the basement of the Building at its sole cost and expense.

 

-27-


(iv) In addition to the electricity being made available pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) above, if Tenant shall require additional electrical capacity during the term of the Lease, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to a request by Tenant for up to an additional 200 amps of electrical capacity from a location in the basement of the Building to be reasonably determined by Landlord; provided, that (i) there exists in Landlord’s reasonable judgment appropriate reserves to serve the current and anticipated future needs of Landlord and the other tenants of the Building, (ii) Landlord receives a load letter from Tenant’s engineer certifying that Tenant requires such additional electrical capacity and that the load is not too excessive for the Building and its electrical equipment and (iii) Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request therefor for Landlord’s reasonable and actual out of pocket cost of providing such additional electrical capacity to Tenant. Any such additional capacity granted pursuant hereto shall be distributed by Tenant (as Tenant shall elect, but subject to the terms of the Lease applicable thereto) from such location in the basement of the Building designated by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

(b) With respect to the Existing Premises, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Existing Lease, Tenant has heretofore been, and shall hereinafter continue, to pay for electricity utilized in the Existing Premises on a submetered basis and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s Cost (as hereinafter defined) of the electricity consumed at the Existing Premises (as evidenced by submeters existing as of the date hereof) plus five (5%) (the “ Administrative Charge ”) for Landlord’s overhead and line loss in monitoring same.

 

-28-


(c) With respect to the 5 th Floor Space only, effective as of the 5 th Floor Commencement Date, electricity to said 5 th Floor Space shall be provided pursuant to Article 4 of the Original Lease (as amended hereby), except that (i) Landlord shall install (if not already existing), on or before the 5 th Floor Commencement Date, submeters at Landlord’s cost and expense to measure Tenant’s electricity consumption in the 5 th Floor Space, and (ii) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s Cost of the electricity consumed at the 5 th Floor Space (as evidenced by the submeter installed by Landlord as provided herein) plus five (5%) for Landlord’s overhead and line loss in monitoring same.

(d) With respect to the 6 th Floor Space only, effective as of the 6 th Floor Commencement Date, electricity to said 6 th Floor Space shall be provided pursuant to Article 4 of the Original Lease (as amended hereby), except that (i) Landlord shall install (if not already existing), on or before the 6 th Floor Commencement Date, submeters at Landlord’s cost and expense to measure Tenant’s electricity consumption in the 6 th Floor Space, and (ii) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s Cost of the electricity consumed at the 6 th Floor Space (as evidenced by the submeter installed by Landlord as provided herein) plus five (5%) for Landlord’s overhead and line loss in monitoring same.

(e) If two (2) or more submeters are used to measure demand (KW) for the Premises, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install a “totalizer” so that all of the submeters are read and billed for KW on an aggregate basis as if they were a single submeter on a coincidental basis (or Tenant may elect, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, separate billing on a per-meter basis).

 

-29-


(f) Tenant shall have the right, from time to time, at Tenant’s expense and upon reasonable prior notice to Landlord (and accompanied by a representative of Landlord) to test all electrical metering devices serving the Premises utilizing a qualified and licensed electrical consultant selected by Tenant and reasonably acceptable to Landlord (provided that such consultant shall not be paid on a contingency fee basis).

(g) “ Landlord’s Cost ” shall be determined as follows: (i) the total dollar amount actually billed to Landlord by the public utility and/or service providers supplying electric service to the Building for the Building’s consumption for the relevant billing period for energy without any mark up on the costs other than the Administrative Charge (kilowatt hours, i.e., “ KWH ”) shall be divided by the total kilowatt hours consumed by the Building for that billing period, carried to six decimal places, and (ii) the total dollar amount actually billed to Landlord by the public utility and/or service providers supplying electric service to the Building for the relevant billing period for demand (kilowatts, i.e., “ KW ”) for the Building’s consumption for such billing period without any mark up on the costs other than the Administrative Charge, shall be divided by the total demand (kilowatts) of the Building for such billing period, carried to six decimal places (and the Landlord’s Cost, so defined, for KWH and for KW shall be applied to Tenant’s electricity consumption and demand, KWH and KW, for the relevant billing period).

ARTICLE 8

TENANT’S WORK

Section 8.1. For purposes of this Article 8, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

-30-


(a) “ Tenant’s Work ” shall mean Tenant’s alterations, installations, additions and improvements, including, without limitation, voice and data cabling to be performed in the Existing Premises in connection with Tenant’s continued occupancy thereof and/or in the Additional Space in order to prepare the same for Tenant’s initial occupancy thereof, as applicable, and in either case, following the date hereof or the 5 th Floor Commencement Date or 6 th Floor Commencement Date, as applicable. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s Work shall include, without limitation, the installation by Tenant of men’s and woman’s restrooms on the 5 th , 6 th , 11 th and 12 th floors of the Premises (including, without limitation, all required compliance (if any) with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and New York City Local Law No. 57/87 and similar present or future laws, and regulations issued pursuant thereto) (such restroom work (and ADA compliance required in connection therewith), collectively hereinafter referred to as, “ Tenant’s Restroom Work ”). Without limitation, for purposes of this Article 8, Tenant’s Work (including Tenant’s Restroom Work) shall be deemed not to include, and Landlord’s Contribution and Landlord’s Restroom Contribution shall not be applied to (except as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder), the cost of interest, late charges, or any personal property whatsoever, or to the cost of labor, materials or services used to furnish or provide the same. Tenant hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees that notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not be responsible for compliance with legal requirements (including, without limitation, compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and New York City Local Law No. 57/87 and similar present or future laws, and regulations issued pursuant thereto) in connection with Tenant’s Restroom Work (which compliance shall be solely the responsibility of Tenant as part of Tenant’s Restroom Work).

 

-31-


(b) (i) “ Landlord’s Contribution ” shall mean an amount equal to $6,948,596.00.

(ii) “ Landlord’s Restroom Contribution ” shall mean an amount equal to $680,000.00

(c) “ Soft Costs ” shall mean the cost of architectural, planning, design, expediting, engineering, and similar consulting, professional and filing fees, furniture installation and other business equipment installation, voice and data cabling and wiring (which cabling and wiring shall not be deemed Soft Costs for the purpose of determining whether same constitutes “qualified long term property” as defined in Section 110(c)(1) of Code), and the cost of obtaining any required permits or licenses incurred in connection with Tenant’s Work (including Tenant’s Restroom Work).

(d) “ Requisition ” shall mean a written request by Tenant for payment from Landlord for (i) the cost of Tenant’s Work excluding Tenant’s Restroom Work (the Work Cost ), and (ii) the cost of Tenant’s Restroom Work (the “ Restroom Work Cost ”), including, in either case, up to twenty (20%) percent of Landlord’s Contribution and Landlord’s Restroom Contribution for Soft Costs (provided that under no circumstances shall any portion of Landlord’s Contribution or Landlord’s Restroom Contribution be used in connection with furniture and equipment (excluding the cost of installation of same)) that will solely be utilized by Tenant at the Exiting Premises and/or the Additional Space, and shall consist of the following: (i) a Contractor’s Application For Payment with certification for payment by Architect (AIA G702) or the substantial equivalent of such AIA form for the portion of Tenant’s Work theretofore completed and for which Tenant seeks reimbursement or payment; (ii) lien waivers from Tenant’s general contractors and subcontractors who have supplied materials or

 

-32-


performed work in or to the applicable portion of the Premises (AIA G706A), or the substantial equivalent of such AIA form (including for this purposes any form prescribed by the applicable provisions of the Lien Law of New York (any such acceptable form, a Lien Waiver ) , for the portion of the Tenant’s Work covered by the immediately preceding Requisition; and (iii) solely with respect to Tenant’s final Requisition, in addition to the forgoing, a certification of completion from Tenant’s architect or engineer and any building department approvals and sign-offs required pursuant to Legal Requirements to evidence that Tenant’s Work has been completed in accordance with all Legal Requirements.

(e) Provided that no monetary or material non-monetary default by Tenant after notice and the expiration of any applicable cure period has occurred and is then continuing, Landlord, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.1, shall (i) contribute up to the sum of Landlord’s Contribution to the Work Cost, and (ii) contribute up to the sum of Landlord’s Restroom Contribution to the Restroom Work Cost (and if such default exists at such time, provided Tenant cures such default prior to the termination of the Lease, Landlord shall contribute same following the curing of such default).

(f) From time to time, but not more than once a month, Tenant may submit to Landlord a Requisition for reimbursement or payment, at Tenant’s election, either to Tenant for so much of the Work Cost or the Restroom Work Cost, as applicable, as Tenant shall have paid or for payment directly to Tenant’s general contractor or subcontractors for so much of the Work Cost or Restroom Work Costs, as applicable, as Tenant shall have incurred, in either case, since the end of the period to which the most recent prior Requisition related, or, with respect to the first Requisition, for the initial Work Cost or Restroom Work Cost, as applicable.

 

-33-


(g) Provided that no monetary or material non-monetary default by Tenant after notice and the expiration of any applicable period has occurred and is then continuing, and provided that all documents and information required pursuant to Section 8.1(d) above have been provided, within thirty (30) days after Landlord receives a Requisition, Landlord shall pay ninety (90%) percent of the Work Cost or Restroom Work Cost, as applicable, reflected in such Requisition and shall withhold the remaining ten (10%) of the Work Cost or Restroom Work Cost, as applicable (the “ Retainage ”) provided, that there shall not be any duplication of retainages being held by Landlord hereunder and Tenant under its construction contract with its general contractor on account of such portion of the Work Cost or Restroom Work Costs, as applicable (for example, if a Requisition is for 90% of the Work Cost due to the fact that Tenant is withholding 10% from Tenant’s general contractor, then Landlord shall pay 100% of the requested amount reflected in such Requisition (i.e., the entire 90%)). Provided no monetary or material non-monetary default by Tenant after notice and the expiration of any applicable period has occurred and is then continuing, within thirty (30) days after Tenant furnishes Landlord with (x) a final, stamped set of “as-built” plans for the floor of the Premises for which such Retainage relates and which demonstrates that with respect to such floor, Tenant’s Work (including Tenant’s Restroom Work) has been Substantially Completed in accordance with the Tenant’s plans as approved by Landlord and (y) its final Requisition which demonstrates that Tenant’s Work (including Tenant’s Restroom Work) has been completed and paid for in full by Tenant (or will be paid from such Retainage if such payment being made by Landlord is to the applicable contractor), Landlord shall pay Tenant all the Retainages (if any).

(h) It is expressly understood and agreed that if the amount of Landlord’s Contribution and Landlord’s Restroom Contribution with respect to the Premises is

 

-34-


less than the cost of Tenant’s Work or Tenants Restroom Work, as applicable, with respect thereto, Tenant shall remain solely responsible for the payment and completion of, and in all events shall complete, at its sole cost and expense, Tenant’s Work or Tenant’s Restroom Work, as applicable. Further, if Tenant fails to submit a Requisition for any portion of the Landlord’s Contribution or Landlord’s Restroom Contribution by the date which is forty-two (42) months after the 6 th Floor Commencement Date, then Tenant shall have no further right to utilize any such portion of the Landlord’s Contribution or Landlord’s Restroom Contribution, as applicable, so not requisitioned and Landlord shall have no obligation to reimburse Tenant for same.

(i) If a Requisition is not paid by Landlord within sixty (60) days after Tenant gives such Requisition (and provided Tenant has provided Landlord with documentation required under this Section 8.1 with respect to such Requisition) then, provided Tenant is not then in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease beyond any applicable cure or grace period, Tenant shall have the right to have such unpaid Requisition amount credited against the next installment(s) of Annual Fixed Rent thereafter becoming due under the Lease together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate (as hereinafter defined) (calculated from the last day such amount was payable by Landlord to Tenant until the date such amount is paid or credited), provided Tenant first gives at least seven (7) Business Days’ prior notice to Landlord in connection therewith, which notice shall state in bold type and capital letters at the top of such notice and on the envelope containing such notice “THIS IS A TIME SENSITIVE OFFSET NOTICE AND LANDLORD SHALL BE DEEMED TO ACCEPT SUCH OFFSET IF IT FAILS TO RESPOND IN THE TIME PERIOD PROVIDED” as a condition to the effectiveness thereof, Within the 60-day period following the giving of the Requisition or within the additional seven (7) Business Day period described above, Landlord

 

-35-


may dispute, in good faith, Tenant’s right to such credit by providing written notice thereof to Tenant, in which case Tenant shall not be entitled to such offset pending the resolution of such dispute. If Landlord fails to dispute such credit within the 60-day period and/or seven (7) Business Day period described above, and if Landlord fails to pay the Requisition prior to the expiration of the seven (7) Business Day period, Tenant shall be entitled to take such credit against the next installment(s) of Annual Fixed Rent thereafter becoming due under the Lease. For purposes hereof, “ Interest Rate ” shall mean a per annum rate equal to two (2%) percent above the so-called “prime rate” of interest charged by JPMorgan Chase, New York (or the successor thereto) at the time such payment first becomes due hereunder.

(j) The Landlord’s Contribution and Landlord’s Restroom Contribution is being given for the benefit of the Tenant only. No third party shall be permitted to make any claims against Landlord or Tenant with respect to any portion of the Landlord’s Contribution or Landlord’s Restroom Contribution. For purposes of clarification, Landlord’s Restroom Contribution may only be utilized with respect the performance of Tenant’s Restroom Work (and not for any other portions of Tenant’s Work).

ARTICLE 9

EXTENSION OPTIONS

Section 9.1. Landlord and Tenant each acknowledge and agree that effective as of the date hereof, Tenant’s Option to Renew (as provided for in Article 22 of the Original Lease and as amended pursuant to Paragraph 7 of the Fifth Amendment and Paragraph 1(d) of the Sixth Amendment) shall be deleted in its entirety and shall be of no further force and effect and is hereby replaced with the following:

 

-36-


(a) For purposes hereof, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) “ First Extension Option ” shall mean Tenant’s right to extend the term of the Lease with respect to the Extension Premises for an additional term (the First Extension Term ) of either (i) five (5) years (the Five Year Option ), or (ii) ten (10) years (the Ten Year Option ) as specified in the Extension Notice, in either case, commencing on the day immediately following the New Expiration Date (the Commencement Date of the First Extension Term ) and ending on the last day of the month in which occurs the five (5) year anniversary of the New Expiration Date (if Tenant shall have selected the Five Year Option) or the ten (10) year anniversary of the New Expiration Date (if Tenant shall have selected the Ten Year Option) (the Expiration Date of the First Extension Term ). If Tenant shall not specify in the Extension Notice whether Tenant has selected the Five Year Option or the Ten Year Option, Tenant shall be deemed to have selected the Ten Year Option.

(ii) Second Extension Option shall mean Tenant’s right to extend the term of this Lease with respect to the Extension Premises for an additional term (the Second Extension Term ) of five (5) years (but only if Tenant has exercised the First Extension Option and selected the Five Year Option for purposes thereof) commencing on the day immediately following the Expiration Date of the First Extension Term (the Commencement Date of the Second Extension Term ) and ending on the last day of the month in which occurs the five (5) year anniversary of the Expiration Date of the First Extension Term (the Expiration Date of the Second Extension Term ). For purposes of clarification, if Tenant shall have exercised the First Extension Option and selected the Ten Year Option for purposes thereof, Tenant shall have no further right to extend the term of the Lease and the

 

-37-


Second Extension Option shall be void and of no further force and effect (it being the intention of Landlord and Tenant that under no circumstances shall the term of the Lease be extended pursuant to this Article 9 beyond the date that is ten (10) years following the New Expiration Date).

(iii) Extension Option shall mean the First Extension Option or the Second Extension Option, as the case may be.

(iv) Extension Term shall mean the First Extension Term or the Second Extension Term, as the case may be.

(v) Extension Premises shall mean, as selected by Tenant, either (a) the entire Premises demised by the Lease as of the day immediately preceding the Applicable Commencement Date (the Entire Premises ), or (b) the entire Premises demised by the Lease as of the day immediately preceding the Applicable Commencement Date excluding all (but not less than all) of any Partial Floor(s) (as hereinafter defined) other than any Partial Floor(s) that include any Offer Space then being leased by Tenant (i.e., Tenant may not shed any Partial Floors if such Partial Floor includes any Offer Space then being leased by Tenant), (c) all the Premises located on both of the 5 th and 6 th floors of the Building (but not less than all of such portion of the Premises) plus any Offer Space then being leased by Tenant (regardless of whether such Offer Space constitutes a Partial Floor) plus, at Tenant’s election, any Partial Floors (other than those comprising any Offer Space then being leased by Tenant) (i.e., Tenant must include in the Extension Premises any Partial Floor that includes any Offer Space then being leased by Tenant but any other Partial Floors that do not included Offer Space shall be included as part of the Extension Premises only if Tenant so elects), or (d) all the Premises located on both of the 11 th and 12 th floors of the Building (but not less than all of such portions of the Premises) plus, at

 

-38-


Tenant’s election, any Partial Floors (the 11 th /12 th Floor Extension Premises ); provided, however, that if Tenant shall have exercised any Offer Space Option (as hereinafter defined) at any time prior to the giving of any Extension Notice, then Tenant shall not have the right to exercise any Extension Option for only the 11 th /12 th Floor Extension Premises (but Tenant may designate, as the Extension Premises, any of the options described in clause (a), (b) or (c) hereof). If at the time Tenant shall exercise an Extension Option with respect to any Extension Premises permitted pursuant to this Section 9.1(a)(v) Tenant shall then be leasing the Storage Space, Tenant shall have the option, to also extend the Term of the Lease with respect to the Storage Space (together with any Extension Premises only). If Tenant shall fail to designate the Extension Premises in any Extension Notice, Tenant shall be deemed to have designated the entire Premises demised by the Lease as of the day immediately preceding the Applicable Commencement Date as the Extension Premises plus any Storage Space then being leased by Tenant. For purposes hereof, a Partial Floor shall mean the entire portion of the Premises located on a floor of the Building which portion does not comprise the entire rentable area of such floor of the Building (e.g., if Premises shall then include only a portion of the rentable area of the 14 th floor of the Building, then such entire portion of the Premises located on the 14 th floor of the Building shall be deemed a “Partial Floor” for purposes hereof).

(vi) Extension Notice shall mean a written notice given by Tenant to Landlord electing to extend the term of the Lease for the First Extension Term (and selecting the Five Year Option or the Ten Year Option) or the Second Extension Term, as the case may be, and designating the Extension Premises.

 

-39-


(vii) Applicable Commencement Date shall mean the Commencement Date of the First Extension Term or the Commencement Date of the Second Extension Term, as applicable.

(viii) Applicable Expiration Date shall mean the New Expiration Date, the Expiration Date of the First Extension Term, or the Expiration Date of the Second Extension Term, as applicable.

(b) Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Article 9, Tenant shall have the right to exercise the First Extension Option and the Second Extension Option, provided that (i) no monetary or material non-monetary default after notice and the expiration of any applicable cure period has occurred and is then continuing at the time Tenant gives the Extension Notice, (ii) Tenant shall be in actual occupancy of at least seventy (70%) of the rentable square foot area of the Extension Premises at the time Tenant gives the Extension Notice and on the date immediately preceding the Applicable Commencement Date, and (iii) with respect to the Second Extension Option, Tenant shall have theretofore exercised the First Extension Option and selected the Five Year Option with respect thereto. Subject to the provisions of this Article 9, the Extension Term shall commence on the Applicable Commencement Date and shall expire on the Applicable Expiration Date, unless the Extension Term shall sooner end pursuant to any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease or pursuant to Legal Requirements. Tenant may exercise each Extension Option by giving Landlord an Extension Notice no later than the date that is seven hundred thirty (730) days prior to the Applicable Commencement Date, as to which date time is of the essence, and upon the giving of such notice, subject to the provisions of this Article 9, the term of the Lease shall be extended for the Extension Term with respect to the Extension Premises without execution or

 

-40-


delivery of any other or further document, with the same force and effect as if the Extension Term had originally been included in the term of the Lease. All of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease shall continue in full force and effect during the Extension Term with respect to the Extension Premises, including items of additional rent and escalations (except as hereinafter set forth) which shall remain payable on the terms herein set forth (provided, however, that Tenant shall have no further right to extend the term of this Lease beyond the First Extension Term (if Tenant shall have selected (or been deemed to have selected) the Ten Year Option) or Second Extension Term, as applicable, for any reason).

(c) Subject to Section 9.1(b) hereof, the Extension Term shall be upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, except that:

(i) the Annual Fixed Rent shall be as determined pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.1(d) hereof,

(ii) Tenant shall accept the Extension Premises in their “as is” condition at the commencement of the Extension Term, Landlord shall not be required to perform any work, to pay any work allowance or any other amount or to render any services to make the Extension Premises ready for Tenant’s use and occupancy or to provide any abatement of Annual Fixed Rent or additional rent, in each case with respect to the Extension Term,

(iii) Tenant shall have no option to extend or renew this Lease beyond the expiration of the First Extension Term (if Tenant shall have selected (or been deemed to have selected) the Ten Year Option) or Second Extension Term, as applicable, and

(iv) if the Extension Premises shall be less than the entire Premises, then (i) Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (x) disconnect and cap any connections between (1) the Extension Premises and (2) the portions of the Premises not part of

 

-41-


the Extension Premises, (y) remove and close any slab openings for any internal staircases on the portion of the Premises that is not part of the Extension Premises (notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Article 11 of the Lease (as amended by Section 12.7 of this Amendment)) and (z) perform any such other work reasonably necessary so that the portion of the Premises that is not part of the Extension Premises will function separate and apart from the Extension Premises (including, re-distributing any electricity that was taken from such non-renewed portion back to such floor), (ii) Tenant shall deliver the portions of the Premises not included in the Extension Premises to Landlord on or before the Applicable Expiration Date in the condition required under Article 33 of the Original Lease (as amended), and (iii) during the Extension Term, “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” (as defined in Section 4.01(d) of the Original Lease) for purposes of determining the Tax Payment and “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” (as defined in Section 4.05(e) of the Original Lease) for purposes of determining of the Operating Expense Payments shall each be equitably reduced to reflect the elimination of such portions of the Premises.

(d) The Annual Fixed Rent payable by Tenant for the Extension Premises during the Extension Term shall be an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Renewal FMRV (as hereinafter defined) determined as of the Applicable Commencement Date for a five (5) or ten (10) year term, as applicable, taking into account all relevant factors, whether favorable to Landlord or Tenant. Following the giving of any Extension Notice by Tenant and promptly after Tenant’s written request therefor, Landlord shall provide Tenant, for informational purposes only, with Landlord’s good faith estimate of the Renewal FMRV for the applicable Extension Term (“ Landlord’s FMRV Estimate ”); provided, however, that such Landlord’s FMRV. Estimate shall in no event be binding upon Landlord in any manner for

 

-42-


purposes of determining the actual Renewal FMRV payable by Tenant hereunder nor shall such Landlord’s FMRV Estimate be admissible or otherwise utilized by Tenant in connection with any dispute between Landlord and Tenant in connection with determining the Renewal FMRV pursuant to this Section 9.1(d) or otherwise. The Renewal FMRV shall be determined as follows:

(i) If Tenant exercises either Extension Option, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly thereafter commence negotiations in good faith to attempt to agree upon the Renewal FMRV. If Landlord and Tenant cannot reach agreement or before the date that is six hundred sixty (660) days prior to the Applicable Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, each select a reputable, qualified, independent and impartial licensed real estate broker with at least ten (10) years’ experience in office leasing in Manhattan, New York, having an office in Manhattan and familiar with the rentals then being charged in Manhattan (such brokers are referred to, respectively, as Landlord’s Renewal Broker and Tenant’s Renewal Broker ) who shall confer promptly after their selection by Landlord and Tenant and shall exercise good faith efforts to attempt to agree upon the Renewal FMRV. If Landlord’s Renewal Broker and Tenant’s Renewal Broker cannot reach agreement by six hundred (600) days prior to the Applicable Commencement Date, then, within twenty (20) days thereafter, they shall designate a third reputable, qualified, independent and impartial licensed real estate broker with at least ten (10) years’ experience in office leasing in Manhattan, having an office in Manhattan and familiar with the rentals then being charged in the Building and in comparable buildings in Manhattan (the “ Independent Renewal Broker ”). Upon failure of Landlord’s Renewal Broker and Tenant’s Renewal Broker timely to agree upon the designation of the Independent Renewal Broker, then the Independent Renewal Broker shall be

 

-43-


appointed upon application by either party in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association, or the successor thereto, upon ten (10) days’ prior notice pursuant to its rules for commercial matters or if at such time such association is not in existence and has no successor, then by a Justice of the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, upon ten (10) days’ prior notice. Within ten (10) days after such appointment, Landlord’s Renewal Broker and Tenant’s Renewal Broker shall each submit a letter to the Independent Renewal Broker, with a copy to Landlord and Tenant, setting forth such broker’s estimate of the Renewal FMRV and the rationale used in determining it (respectively, Landlord’s Renewal Broker’s Letter and Tenant’s Renewal Broker’s Letter ).

(ii) The Independent Renewal Broker shall consider such evidence as Landlord and/or Tenant may submit (provided that Landlord’s FMRV Estimate shall not be considered), conduct such investigations and hearings as he or she may deem appropriate and shall, within sixty (60) days after the date of his or her appointment, choose either the estimate set forth in Landlord’s Renewal Broker’s Letter or the estimate set forth in Tenant’s Renewal Broker’s Letter to be the Renewal FMRV and such choice shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall each pay the fees and expenses of its respective broker. The fees and expenses of the Independent Broker shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant.

(e) If the Extension Term commences prior to a determination of the Annual Fixed Rent for such Extension Term as herein provided, then the amount to be paid by Tenant on account of Annual Fixed Rent until such determination has been made shall be the average of the estimate set forth in Landlord’s Renewal Broker’s Letter and the estimate set forth in Tenant’s Renewal Broker’s Letter. After the Annual Fixed Rent during the Extension Term

 

-44-


has been determined as aforesaid, any amounts theretofore paid by Tenant to Landlord on account of Annual Fixed Rent in excess of the amount of Annual Fixed Rent as finally determined shall be credited by Landlord against the next ensuing monthly Annual Fixed Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord or, if applicable, any deficiency in the Annual Fixed Rent due from Tenant to Landlord shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days following such final determination.

(f) Promptly after the Annual Fixed Rent has been determined, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and deliver an agreement setting forth the Annual Fixed Rent for the Extension Term, as finally determined, provided that the failure of the parties to do so shall not affect their respective rights and obligations hereunder.

(g) For purposes of this Article 9, the determination of Renewal FMRV shall mean the then fair market rent for the Extension Premises that an unaffiliated third party would be willing to pay to Landlord as of the date that is the Applicable Commencement Date for a five (5) or ten (10) year term, as applicable, on all the terms and conditions which the Extension Premises will be leased to Tenant pursuant to this Article 9, taking into account all then relevant factors, whether favorable to Landlord or Tenant.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 9, if Tenant shall exercise an Extension Option, Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to waive the conditions to the effectiveness of Tenant’s exercise of such Extension Option without thereby waiving any default by Tenant, in which event, (i) the term of this Lease shall be extended without execution or delivery of any other or further document in accordance with the provisions of this Article 9 with the same force and effect as if the Extension Term had originally been included in the term of the Lease, and (ii) Landlord shall be entitled to all of the remedies provided by this Lease and at law with respect to any such default by Tenant.

 

-45-


ARTICLE 10

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

Section 10.1. (a) As used herein:

Available means that the Offer Space is vacant and free of any possessory right in favor of the existing tenant or occupant thereof; provided that , except as expressly set forth below, any Offer Space that is vacant on the date of this Lease shall not be deemed Available unless and until such space is first leased to another tenant and then again becomes Available. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, Tenant’s right of first offer pursuant to this Article 10 is subordinate to (i) any party having a renewal right contained in such party’s lease with respect to such Offer Space, (ii) any party whose lease is renewed voluntarily by Landlord (irrespective if such renewal right is contained in such party’s lease), or (iii) any party to which Landlord has, as of the date hereof, granted an expansion right, first offer right or other similar right with respect to such Offer Space. Attached hereto as Exhibit H is a schedule of all such parties having any superior rights with respect to the Offer Space as of the date hereof. Accordingly, (A) Landlord shall have no obligation to give an Offer Notice to Tenant with respect to such Offer Space (or such portion thereof), and (B) Landlord shall have the right to lease such Offer Space (or such portion thereof) to any such party without first offering such Offer Space (or the applicable portion thereof) to Tenant as contemplated by this Article 10, in either case, until such time as such party with such superior rights has either declined its option or the time period for such party to exercise such option has lapsed.

 

-46-


Offer Period means the period commencing on the date hereof to and including the date that is five (5) years prior to the New Expiration Date (or five (5) years prior to the expiration of the First Extension Term (if Tenant shall have exercised the First Extension Option) or five (5) years prior to the expiration of the Second Extension Term (if Tenant shall have exercised the Second Extension Option), as applicable).

Offer Space means any rentable portion of the 3 rd and 7 th floors of the Building not leased by Tenant as of the date hereof.

(b) Subject to the further provisions of this Article 10, and provided (1) this Lease shall not have been terminated and Tenant has not given a Tenant’s Cancellation Notice pursuant to Article 11 of this Amendment, (2) Tenant is not then in monetary or material non-monetary default beyond any applicable notice and/or grace period under the Lease, and (3) Tenant shall then lease and shall then be in actual occupancy of at least 70,000 rentable square feet of office space in the Building, then, if at any time during the Offer Period any Offer Space either becomes, or Landlord reasonably anticipates any Offer Space will become, Available, Landlord shall give to Tenant notice thereof (such notice, an Offer Notice ) specifying: (i) the date or estimated date that the Offer Space has, shall or may become Available (the Anticipated Offer Space Commencement Date ) and (ii) the Offer Space subject to the Offer Notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Anticipated Offer Space Commencement Date with respect to any Offer Space occurs after the Offer Period and Tenant, at the time the Offer Notice if given by Landlord, shall then have a valid and unexpired Extension Option with respect to which the time period to give an Extension Notice has not expired in accordance with Article 9 of this Amendment and which Tenant has the right to exercise in accordance with Article 9 of this Amendment, then Landlord shall still be required to give to Tenant an Offer Notice with

 

-47-


respect to such Offer Space and Tenant may, in accordance with the time periods set forth herein, give an Acceptance Notice (as hereinafter defined) but only if Tenant, simultaneously with the giving of such Acceptance Notice, irrevocably gives an Extension Notice exercising such Extension Option and designating in such Extension Notice the Entire Premises as the Extension Premises (including the applicable Offer Space with respect to which the Acceptance Notice is given). An Offer Notice may be given by Landlord with respect to any Offer Space: (i) that comprises the entire rentable area of any floor of the Building, not more than eighteen (18) months prior to the Anticipated Offer Space Commencement Date with respect to such Offer Space and not less than three (3) months prior to the Anticipated Offer Space Commencement Date with respect to such Offer Space; or (ii) that comprises less than all of the entire rentable area of any floor of the Building, not more than nine (9) months prior to the Anticipated Offer Space Commencement Date with respect to such Offer Space and not less than three (3) months prior to the Anticipated Offer Space Commencement Date with respect to such Offer Space (provided, however, if Landlord shall have received a bona fide offer from a third-party to lease any Offer Space comprising less than all of the entire rentable area of any floor of the Building prior to the nine (9) month period referred to herein, then Landlord shall be permitted to give an Offer Notice with respect to such Offer Space upon receipt of such bona fide offer, but in no event shall Landlord give such Offer Notice more than twelve (12) months prior to the Anticipated Offer Space Commencement Date).

(c) Subject to the further provisions of this Article 10, and provided that on the date that Tenant exercises an Offer Space Option the conditions set forth in Section 10.1(b)(1) through (3) above are and continue to be satisfied, Tenant shall have the one-time option with respect to the Offer Space which is subject to said Offer Notice (the Offer Space

 

-48-


Option ), exercisable by notice (an Acceptance Notice ) given to Landlord on or before the date that is ten (10) Business Days after the giving of an Offer Notice (time being of the essence) to include the applicable Offer Space in the Premises.

(d) If Tenant timely delivers the Acceptance Notice, then, on the date on which Landlord delivers vacant, broom clean possession of the Offer Space to Tenant (the Offer Space Inclusion Date ), such Offer Space shall become part of the Premises upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, except (1) Annual Fixed Rent shall be increased by the applicable Fair Offer Rent (as hereinafter defined), (2) “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” (as defined in Section 4.01(d) of the Original Lease) for purposes of determining the Tax Payment shall be increased by a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the rentable square footage of the Offer Space and the denominator of which is the rentable square footage of the entire Building, (3) “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” (as defined in Section 4.05(e) of the Original Lease) for purposes of determining of the Operating Expense Payments shall be increased by a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the rentable square footage of the Offer Space and the denominator of which is the rentable square footage of the non-retail portion of the Building, (4) the term “Tax Base” (as defined in Section 4.01(b) of the Original Lease) shall be deemed to mean “the Taxes which would be paid by Landlord for the calendar year in which the Offer Space Inclusion Date shall occur, (5) the term “Operating Expense Base” (as defined in Section 4.05(c) of the Original Lease) shall mean “the Operating Expenses for the calendar year in which the Offer Space Inclusion Date shall occur, adjusted if actual occupancy of the Building is less than 95% to reflect the Operating Expenses that would have been incurred were the Building not less than 95% occupied; and (6) Landlord shall not be required to perform any other work, to pay any work allowance or any other amount, or to render

 

-49-


any services to make the Building or such Offer Space ready for Tenant’s use or occupancy or to provide any abatement of Annual Fixed Rent or additional rent; and Tenant shall accept the Offer Space in its “as is” condition on the applicable Offer Space Inclusion Date; provided, however, that the Offer Space shall be delivered, at Landlord’s election either sprinklered in compliance with applicable laws or with a temporary sprinkler loop installed therein.

(e) (i) If, following the delivery of an Acceptance Notice by Tenant, Landlord and Tenant fail to agree as to the Fair Offer Rent with respect thereto within thirty (30) days thereafter, then the dispute shall be resolved by arbitration as set forth below. If Landlord and Tenant cannot reach agreement as set forth above, Landlord and Tenant shall, no later than 30 days following the giving of the Acceptance Notice, each select a reputable, qualified, independent and impartial licensed real estate broker with at least ten (10) years’ experience in office leasing in Manhattan, New York, having an office in Manhattan and familiar with the rentals then being charged in Manhattan (such brokers are referred to, respectively, as Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker who shall confer promptly after their selection by Landlord and Tenant and shall exercise good faith efforts to attempt to agree upon the Fair Offer Rent. If Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker cannot reach agreement by ninety (90) days after the date of the Acceptance Notice, then, within twenty (20) days thereafter, they shall designate a third reputable, qualified, independent and impartial licensed real estate broker with at least ten (10) years’ experience in office leasing in Manhattan, having an office in Manhattan and familiar with the rentals then being charged in the Building and in comparable buildings in Manhattan (the Independent Broker ). Upon failure of Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker timely to agree upon the designation of the Independent Broker, then the Independent Broker shall be appointed in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association,

 

-50-


or the successor thereto, upon ten (10) days’ prior notice pursuant to its rules for commercial matters or if at such time such association is not in existence and has no successor, then by a Justice of the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, upon ten (10) days’ prior notice. Within ten (10) days after such appointment, Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker shall each submit a letter to the Independent Broker, with a copy to Landlord and Tenant, setting forth such broker’s estimate of the Fair Offer Rent and the rationale used in determining it (respectively, Landlord’s Broker’s Letter and Tenant’s Broker’s Letter ).

(ii) The Independent Broker shall consider such evidence as Landlord and/or Tenant may submit, conduct such investigations and hearings as he or she may deem appropriate and shall, within sixty (60) days after the date of his or her appointment, choose either the estimate set forth in Landlord’s Broker’s Letter or the estimate set forth in Tenant’s Broker’s Letter to be the Fair Offer Rent and such choice shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall each pay the fees and expenses of its respective broker. The fees and expenses of the Independent Broker shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant.

(iii) If the Offer Space Inclusion Date occurs prior to a determination of the Fair Offer Rent as herein provided, then the amount to be paid by Tenant on account of Fair Offer Rent until such determination has been made shall be the average of the estimate set forth in Landlord’s Broker’s Letter and the estimate set forth in Tenant’s Broker’s Letter. After the Fair Offer Rent has been determined as aforesaid, any amounts theretofore paid by Tenant to Landlord on account of Annual Fixed. Rent in excess of the amount of Fair Offer Rent as finally determined shall be credited by Landlord against the next ensuing monthly Annual Fixed Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord or any deficiency in the Annual Fixed Rent

 

-51-


shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after such final determination. Promptly after the Fair Offer Rent has been determined, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and deliver an agreement setting forth the Fair Offer Rent, as finally determined, provided that the failure of the parties to do so shall not affect their respective rights and obligations hereunder.

(f) (i) If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Offer Space to Tenant for any reason on or before the date on which Landlord anticipates that the Offer Space shall be Available as set forth in the applicable Offer Notice, the Offer Space Inclusion Date for the Offer Space shall be the date on which Landlord is able to so deliver possession and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant therefor and this Lease shall not in any way be impaired; provided, however, that if such inability to give possession to Tenant is due to the retention of possession by any other occupant of the Offer Space, Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain possession of the Offer Space including, without limitation, by promptly commencing and diligently pursuing eviction proceedings against any such occupant remaining in possession of the Offer Space after the expiration of such occupant’s lease and/or occupancy agreement. This Section 10.1(f) constitutes “an express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of Section 223-a of the New York Real Property Law and any other law of like import now or hereafter in effect.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if Landlord has not delivered vacant and exclusive possession of any Offer Space to Tenant on or before the date that is twelve (12) months following the applicable Anticipated Offer Space Commencement Date (as such date shall be extended due to Unavoidable Delays and/or Tenant Delays), then Tenant shall be entitled to terminate this Lease with respect to such Offer Space only upon thirty (30) days’ notice to Landlord, and upon the expiration of such 30 days, this

 

-52-


Lease shall terminate with respect to such Offer Space only (unless Landlord has caused vacant and exclusive possession of such Offer Space to have been delivered to Tenant prior to the expiration of said 30 days), and, upon such termination, neither party shall have any further obligations to the other hereunder with respect to such Offer Space except for any rights or obligations that expressly survive the termination of the Lease with respect to such Offer Space.

(g) If Tenant fails timely to give an Acceptance Notice with respect to a particular Offer Space or if Tenant otherwise elects not to exercise its right to lease such Offer Space, then (1) Landlord may enter into one or more leases of the Offer Space in question with any parties on such terms and conditions as Landlord shall determine, and Tenant shall have no further rights under this Article 10 with respect to such Offer Space, and (2) Tenant shall, upon demand by Landlord, execute an instrument reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant confirming Tenant’s waiver of, and extinguishing, Tenant’s rights under this Article 10 with respect to such Offer Space in question, but the failure by Tenant to execute any such instrument shall not affect the provisions of clause (1) above; provided, however, if Landlord shall not have entered into a lease or other occupancy agreement with respect to such Offer Space or any portion thereof on or before the date (the Re-Offer Date ”) that is six (6) months following the last date upon which Tenant shall have the right to give an Acceptance Notice under this Article 10 with respect thereto, then (provided that the conditions for Tenant to exercise an Offer Space Option are again satisfied) Landlord shall be required to give to Tenant another Offer Notice with respect to such Offer Space on one (1) occasion only and Tenant shall again have the right to give an Acceptance Notice with respect to the particular Offer Space in accordance with the terms of this Article 10 (it being agreed, however, that if Landlord is engaged in active ongoing negotiations with respect to such Offer Space with any third-party as of the Re-Offer Date, then

 

-53-


the Re-Offer Date shall be extended (and Landlord shall not be required to give an Offer Notice) until such time as such negotiations with respect to such Offer Space are terminated (or, if Landlord enters into a lease or occupancy agreement with respect to such Offer Space then no re-offer shall be required). For purposes of clarification, the requirement to re-offer any Offer Space pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be on one (1) occasion only with respect to any Offer Space (i.e., if Tenant shall not elect to give an Acceptance Notice with respect to such re-offer by Landlord, Landlord shall not be required to again re-offer such Offer Space even if Landlord does not enter into a lease or occupancy agreement with respect to such Offer Space within six (6) months following such re-offer).

(h) Promptly after the occurrence of the Offer Space Inclusion Date, Landlord and Tenant shall confirm the occurrence thereof and the inclusion of the Offer Space in the Premises and the terms on which such Offer Space has been included (and, if known at the time and if Tenant’s right to exercise the Termination Option (as hereinafter defined) has not lapsed or has not otherwise been waived by Tenant, the amount of the increase in the Termination Costs (as hereinafter defined)) as by executing an instrument reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant; provided that failure by Landlord or Tenant to execute such instrument shall not affect the inclusion of the Offer Space in the Premises in accordance with this Section 10.1(h).

(i) For purposes hereof, Fair Offer Rent means the fair market rental value that an unaffiliated third party would be willing to pay to Landlord as of the Anticipated Offer Space Commencement Date (assuming a term equal to the greater of (i) ten (10) years or (ii) the then-remaining term of this Lease), taking into account all then relevant factors, whether favorable to Landlord or Tenant.

 

-54-


(j) Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right (hereinafter called Landlord’s Acceleration Right ) to accelerate the exercise of the Offer Space Option in advance of the Anticipated Offer Space Commencement Date by written notice thereof to Tenant ( Landlord’s Acceleration Notice ), and to cause the Anticipated Offer Space Commencement Date to occur earlier than the Anticipated Offer Space Commencement Date in the event that the same will become available for delivery to Tenant earlier than the Anticipated Offer Space Commencement Date (the Acceleration Date ); provided, however, that in no event shall the Acceleration Date be more than three (3) months prior to the applicable Anticipated Offer Space Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Article 10, the Offer Space shall not be deemed to become Available for Tenant earlier than the Anticipated Offer Space Commencement Date except in the event that (1) the existing lease(s) for such space shall be terminated by reason of an Offer Space Termination Event (as such term is hereinafter defined) or (2) Landlord receives a bona fide offer from a third party (or their brokers or agents) to lease the Offer Space in question. As used herein, the term Offer Space Termination Event shall mean one or more of the following: (i) a default by the existing tenant(s) or occupant(s) of such space (hereinafter called the Existing Tenant ) under the Existing Tenant’s lease (hereinafter called the Existing Lease ) after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods provided for in the Existing Lease; (ii) a voluntary surrender or early termination of the Existing Lease (or a portion thereof); or (iii) a rejection of the Existing Lease in bankruptcy or the filing of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding by or against the Existing Tenant. In the event that Landlord shall exercise Landlord’s Acceleration Right, Tenant shall notify Landlord that it is electing to exercise the

 

-55-


Offer Space Option by providing an Acceptance Notice no later than ten (10) days following the giving of such Landlord’s Acceleration Notice (time shall be of the essence with respect to such date), and if Tenant exercises the Offer Space Option the Anticipated Offer Space Commencement Date shall be deemed to be the Acceleration Date. If Tenant does not give the Acceptance Notice to Landlord on or prior to the expiration of such 10-day period, then, Landlord shall thereafter have the right to lease the Offer Space (or any part thereof) in question to any other party on terms acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion and Tenant shall no longer have any rights under this Article 10 with respect to such Offer Space.

ARTICLE 11

TERMINATION OPTION

Section 11.1. Tenant shall have a one-time right (the Termination Option ) to cancel this Lease, with respect to the entire Premises only, effective as of May 31, 2026 (the Cancellation Date ), provided that (i) Tenant gives to Landlord written notice ( Tenant’s Cancellation Notice ) of its election at least seven hundred thirty (730) days prior to the Cancellation Date (time being of the essence with respect to such date), (ii) as and for consideration for Landlord’s agreement contained herein to cancel the Lease, Tenant pays, within ninety (90) days following the giving of the Tenant’s Cancellation Notice (time being of the essence), an amount equal to the Termination Costs with respect to the entire Premises then being leased by Tenant, and (iii) Tenant is not in monetary default of the Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable cure period at the time notice is given under this Article 11. Time shall be of the essence in connection with all of the dates contained in this Article 11. If Tenant shall exercise the Termination Option, on the Cancellation Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord

 

-56-


possession of the Premises vacant and broom clean, free of all tenancies and occupancies, and otherwise in accordance with the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease (including, without limitation, the provisions governing the surrender of the Premises on the date originally scheduled for the expiration of the term of the Lease) as if the Cancellation Date were the date originally scheduled for the expiration of the term of the Lease.

Section 11.2. Notwithstanding any such cancellation by Tenant under the provisions of this Article 11, Tenant shall remain liable (i) to satisfy any of its obligations under the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease which have accrued up to the Cancellation Date, which obligations shall survive such cancellation, and (ii) for any damages (detailed under the Lease including, without limitation, Section 23.02 thereof) incurred if Tenant does not surrender the Premises on or before the Cancellation Date in accordance with the terms of this Article 11.

Section 11.3. For purposes of this Article 11, the Termination Costs with respect to the Existing Premises and the Additional Space are $7,200,000.00. If Tenant shall then lease any additional space in the Building (whether pursuant to an Offer Space Option or otherwise), Termination Costs with respect to such space shall mean the sum of the then unamortized portion as of the Cancellation Date (amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the Lease with respect to the applicable portion of the Premises commencing on the commencement date with respect thereto ending on the Expiration Date), of: (i) the brokerage commissions paid to Brokers in connection with the Lease applicable to such portion of the Premises, with simple interest thereon at the rate of eight (8%) percent per annum on such unamortized portion for the period described above, (ii) the cost of any work performed by Landlord in connection with the initial leasing or occupancy of such portion of the Premises by

 

-57-


Tenant, with simple interest thereon at the rate of eight (8%) percent per annum on such unamortized portion for the periods described above, (iii) Landlord’s Contribution (if any) or any other work allowance paid to Tenant with respect to such portion of the Premises with simple interest thereon at the rate of eight (8%) percent per annum on such unamortized portion for the periods described above, and (iv) any Annual Fixed Rent abated with respect to such portion of the Premises, with simple interest thereon at the rate of eight (8%) percent per annum on such unamortized portion for the periods described above.

Section 11.4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 11, Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to waive the conditions which limit or restrict the effectiveness of any exercise by Tenant of its cancellation rights under this Article 11, and Landlord shall be entitled to all of the remedies provided by this Lease and at law with respect to any such default.

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS LEASE MODIFICATIONS

Section 12.1. Effective as of the date hereof, Section 1.04(a) of the Original Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and is of no further force and effect.

Section 12.2. Effective as of the date hereof:

(a) Section 2.01 of the Original Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Section 2.01. The (i) Demised Premises may be used and occupied for executive, general and administrative office use which shall include, without limitation, if permitted in accordance with all Legal Requirements and the certificate of occupancy for the Building (it being acknowledged that Landlord makes no representation that any of such uses are so permitted) financial and trading activities, including, financial brokerage services, commercial real estate brokerage services, private and investment banking, “trading floors” limited (except to a negligible extent) to non face-to-face electronic and/or telephonic

 

-58-


trading operations provided such trading floors do not exceed fifty (50%) of the rentable area of the Premises and provided that such trading floors are not open to the general public, institutional brokerage, clearing and exchange services for commodities, futures and other financial instruments (it being agreed that Tenant shall not use all or any portion of the Premises as a Day Trading Parlor (i.e., an area in which, for a daily, fee, individual traders (not institutions, funds or companies) are given desk space and the use of computer facilities for the purpose of day trading for their own account) and, (ii) Storage Space may be used only for the purposes of storing items in connection with the use described above (collectively, the “ Permitted Use ”), all in a manner consistent with the standards generally maintained by prudent landlords of Class A buildings in Manhattan comparable to the Building (“ Comparable Buildings ”) (including such ancillary uses in connection therewith in the Premises as shall be reasonably required by Tenant in the operation of its business and as are customary for tenants with permitted uses similar to the Permitted Use in Comparable Buildings) only and for no other purpose. Such ancillary uses may include (provided the same are (x) ancillary to the Permitted Use, (y) primarily for the use of Tenant’s employees and operations within the Building and (z) permitted in accordance with all Legal Requirements (it being acknowledged that Landlord makes no representation that any of such ancillary uses are so permitted); and further provided that any such ancillary uses shall not generate significantly more (i) traffic into and out of the Building and/or the Premises and/or (ii) use of the passenger elevators servicing the Building than the traffic and/or use normally generated by tenants with a similar Permitted Use:

(1) intentionally omitted;

(2) data processing and photographic and other business office reproduction;

(3) kitchens, cafeterias, dining facilities, pantries (which may include the use mini refrigerators, of toaster ovens and coffee machines) for the preparation and sale to Tenant’s employees, guests or invitees of food and beverages (each, a “ Dining Facility ”) for the use of Tenant’s employees employed at the Premises, or any partner, member, shareholder, manager, officer or director of Tenant whether or not employed at the Premises, Tenant’s invitees, servants, licensees or visitors and other persons entitled to use the Premises (collectively, “ Permitted Users ”); provided, that in the case of each such Dining Facility where cooking will be done (other than any Dining Facility where only microwave cooking, toasting and beverage making (i.e., coffee makers, etc.) will be done) (i) Tenant shall install an exhaust system and all flues, vents, grease traps and ansul systems and other similar items reasonably required by Landlord (it being expressly acknowledged by Tenant that Landlord has not made any representations that any such exhaust systems can be accommodated at the Building as of the date hereof) or required by in compliance with standards of Comparable Buildings and as and to the extent required by Legal Requirements,

 

-59-


(ii) all ducts and flues shall be installed within the Premises and shall exit the Building from a location designated by Landlord (if such location shall be available), (iii) Tenant shall clean all grease traps, (iv) Tenant shall bag all wet garbage, place such garbage in containers that prevent the escape of odors (except to a de minimis extent), provide for a refrigerated waste facility to store such garbage pending disposal, and Tenant shall contract directly for the removal from the Building of wet garbage, in excess of normal office-generate wet garbage, with the cleaning company servicing the Building provided that such cleaning company agrees to provide such service at commercially reasonable rates, (v) Tenant shall contract with an exterminator (such exterminator to be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval) to exterminate vermin and rodents on a regular basis as part of a program to keep the Premises free of vermin and rodents by reason of the operation of each such Dining Facility; and (vi) in no case shall Tenant be entitled to utilize any gas in connection with any such Dining Facility; and provided further, that in the case of each such Dining Facility (whether or not cooking will be done therein), (A) Tenant shall cause the Dining Facility to be properly ventilated in accordance with Legal Requirements and, in any event, so that no odor will emanate from the Premises to other portions of the Building, and (B) Tenant shall otherwise maintain and operate the Dining Facility in a manner consistent with the standards of maintenance and operation of a similar Dining Facility in Comparable Buildings;

(4) mail room facilities;

(5) board rooms, conference rooms, meeting rooms and conference centers and facilities for use by Permitted Users;

(6) training facilities and classrooms for use by Permitted Users;

(7) medical services for use by the Permitted Users of the type that are customarily maintained by office tenants in Comparable Buildings;

(8) daycare (but in no event servicing more than ten (10) children) and travel services, in each case, exclusively serving Permitted Users; and

(9) up to one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet of the Premises as an exercise facility for use only by Permitted Users (provided that (i) the exercise facility shall be located on a portion of the Premises that is not immediately adjacent to any space leased by a third-party and the portion of the Building immediately below the floor on which such exercise facility is located shall be leased to Tenant and (ii) Tenant shall cause such exercise facility to be constructed so that no noise or vibration shall emanate from the Premises to other tenanted portions of the Building).

 

-60-


(b) Section 2.02 of the Original Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Section 2.02 Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 2.01 above, Tenant shall not use or permit all or any part of the Demised Premises to be used in any manner that is inconsistent with or inappropriate for Comparable Buildings or so as to impose any additional burden (other than to a de minimis extent) upon Landlord in their operation or the proper and economic heating, ventilation, air-conditioning, cleaning or other servicing of the Building, constitute a public or private nuisance, interfere with, annoy or disturb any other tenant or occupant of the Building or Landlord, or impair the appearance of the Building (or any portion of the Building outside of the Demised Premises). Specifically, and without limitation, neither the Demised Premises, nor any part thereof, shall be used:

(1) for the conduct of “off the street” retail trade; (2) by any governmental authority or any other person having sovereign or diplomatic immunity or any person directly or indirectly affiliated therewith or controlled thereby (provided that this clause (2) shall not prohibit the temporary use of portions of the Demised Premises by any governmental regulatory agency for the conduct of audits or other regulatory or advisory functions related to the Permitted Use); (3) for the storage, preparation, service or consumption of food or beverages in any manner whatsoever (except as expressly permitted in Section 2.01 hereof); (4) as an employment agency, executive search firm or similar enterprise, labor union, school, or vocational training center (except for the training of employees of any permitted occupants who are employed at the Premises); (5) for the conduct of a manufacturing, printing, photographic reproduction or electronic data processing business (except that the operation of business office reproducing equipment, electronic data processing equipment and other business machines in the ordinary course of business shall be permitted as and the extent provided in Section 2.01); (6) for the conduct of any public auction, gathering, meeting or exhibition (it being agreed that meetings in the ordinary course of business, with participation by invitation only, including for shareholders meetings, charity events and fundraisers, shall be permitted as and to the extent provided in Section 2.01); (7) for the conduct of a stock brokerage office or business open for business to the general public on an “off-the-street” basis (provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit private and investment banking or financial brokerage activities in connection with the Permitted Use that are not provided on an “off street basis); (8) subject to the provisions of Section 7.12, for any kind of space-sharing arrangement whereby those other than the employees of any permitted occupant occupy or use any portion of the Demised Premises; (9) as an abortion clinic or a drug rehabilitation or treatment center; (10) rendition of any health or related services (including, without limitation, mental health services), conduct of a school, or conduct of any other business that results in the presence of the general public in the Premises; (11) as a radio or television station (except that Tenant (or any affiliates of Tenant) or any Permitted Users shall be permitted to

 

-61-


broadcast financial news and special events to the news media in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business operations); (12) for clerical support services rendered primarily to those other than the permitted occupants of the Premises; (13) a banking, trust company, or safe deposit business, in each case open for business to the general public on an “off-the-street” basis (provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit private and investment banking or financial brokerage activities in connection with the Permitted Use that are not open for business to the general public on an “off-the-street” basis); (14) a savings bank, a savings and loan association, or a loan company, in each case open for business to the general public on an “off-the-street” basis (provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit private and investment banking or financial brokerage activities in connection with the Permitted Use that are not open for business to the general public on an “off-the-street” basis); (15) the sale of travelers’ checks and/or foreign exchange, in each case open for business to the general public on an “off-the-street” basis (provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit private and investment banking or financial brokerage activities or trading of foreign exchanges in connection with the Permitted. Use that are not open for business to the general public on an “off-the-street” basis); (16) a travel agency (except to service Permitted Users); (17) illegal gambling activities; or (18) conduct of obscene, pornographic or similar disreputable activities.

(c) Section 2.03 of the Original Lease is amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

“; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit any such commercial bank, trust company, savings bank, or savings and loan association from using the Demised Premises for the uses permitted by Section 2.01 above or for any private and investment banking activities so long as such permitted activities do not include off-the-street retail banking operations.”

Section 12.3. Effective as of the date hereof (but applicable with respect to Operating Expenses from and after calendar year 2014 only (i.e., any such changes to Operating Expenses pursuant hereto shall not be applicable with respect to any payments of Operating Expenses made for any period prior to the 2014 calendar year and shall not be or be deemed to adjust any Operating Expenses previously calculated by Landlord for such periods prior to the 2014 calendar year))

 

-62-


(a) Section 4.05(a) of the Original Lease is amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

“(xlvi) any amount paid to an entity or individual related to Landlord which exceeds the amount which would be paid for similar goods or services on an arms-length basis between unrelated parties; except with respect to management fees, which shall be computed, in both the Operating Expense Base and each subsequent Operating Year, as three percent (3%) of the gross revenues of the Building (without respect to whether Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord manages the Building or if Landlord retains a third-party manager), which gross revenues shall be grossed up to 95% to account for vacancies, free rent periods and periods of rent abatement in both the Operating Expense Base and each subsequent Operating Year; (xlvii) any expense for which Landlord is otherwise compensated, whether by virtue of insurance proceeds, condemnation proceeds, claims under warranties, Tenant or other tenants in the Building making (or being required to make) payment directly to Landlord for Landlord’s services in the Building or otherwise (other than by virtue of Tenant or other tenants in the Building making (or being required to make) payments to Landlord for Operating Expenses as escalation rent); (xlviii) expenses for repairs or other work which is (a) caused by fire, windstorm, or any other insurable casualty, including costs subject to Landlord’s insurance deductible or (b) necessitated by a partial condemnation or taking; (xlix) expenses incurred in leasing or obtaining new tenants or retaining existing tenants, including leasing commissions, legal expenses (except for those related to having to operate the Building), advertising or promotion; (l) costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the acquisition or sale of air rights, transferable development rights or easements; (li) any ground rent or air space rent, or any other rent; (lii) expenses allocable to the ground floor retail space of the Building; (liii) costs incurred directly as a result of Landlord’s breach of this Lease or any other lease in the Building; (liv) the cost of performing and/or correcting defects in the any work performed for Tenant or any other tenant; it being understood and agreed that repairs and replacements resulting from wear and tear shall not be deemed to be construction defects; (lv) the cost of any item or service for which Tenant separately reimburses Landlord or pays the cost thereof directly to third parties, or that Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants of the Building, other than Tenant, and is not required to provide to Tenant free of charge (other than Tenant’s obligation to make payments of Fixed Annual Rent and the Expense Payment provided for herein) under this Lease, whether or not Landlord is reimbursed by such other tenant(s), including the actual cost of any electrical, heating, ventilation or air conditioning required by any tenant that exceeds the standards which Landlord is required to provide to Tenant without additional charge under this Lease or is required during times other than hours during which such services are provided to Tenant without additional charge under this Lease; and (lvi) professional fees and administrative costs in connection with preparation, of Landlord’s tax returns or financial statements and other similar reporting requirements.

 

- 63 -


(b) The references to “hereafter” in Section 4.05(a)(viii) of the Original Lease and to “on the date hereof in Section 4.05(a)(xlii) of the Original Lease are both amended to mean and refer to the date of this Amendment.

Section 12.4. Effective as of the date hereof, Article 5 of the Original Lease shall be modified as follows:

(a) The first sentence of Section 5.01 shall be deleted and replaced with the following:

“Subject to the terms of any Existing SNDA or Future SNDA (as hereinafter defined), this Lease, and all rights of Tenant hereunder, are, and shall continue to be, subject and subordinate in all respects to (1) all ground leases, overriding leases and underlying leases of the land and/or the building now or hereafter existing; (2) all mortgages that may now or hereafter affect the land, the Building and/or any of such leases, whether or not such mortgages shall also cover other lands and/or buildings; (3) each and every advance made or hereafter to be made under such mortgages; (4) all renewals, modifications, replacements and extensions of such leases and such mortgages; and (5) all spreaders and consolidations of such mortgages.”

(b) The following shall be added at the end of Article 5:

“5.03 (i) No later than the date that is sixty (60) days following the date of the Tenth Amendment of Lease and Additional Space and Extension Agreement and as a condition to the effectiveness of this the Tenant Amendment of Lease and Additional Space and Extension Agreement (which condition may be waived by Tenant in is sole discretion), Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from the existing mortgagee on the form annexed to the Tenth Amendment of Lease and Additional Space and Extension Agreement as Exhibit L (the “ Existing SNDA ”). As a condition to Tenant’s subordination of the Lease to any future holder of a superior mortgage or superior lease, Landlord shall provide to Tenant a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement on such superior interest holder’s then-standard form provided same shall contain the same substantive protections (other than to a de minimis extent and as and to the extent applicable) as those contained in the Existing SNDA (a “ Future SNDA ”), and Tenant shall promptly execute and return such Future SNDA and Tenant’s failure to so promptly execute and return same shall be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s rights under this sentence and this Lease shall thereafter be deemed subordinate to any such superior interest (i.e., if Landlord fails to provide such Future SNDA as required hereunder, this Lease shall be superior to such future mortgage or superior lease).

 

- 64 -


(ii) Landlord represents to Tenant that as of the date hereof, (a) there are no superior leases affecting the Building, and (b) the only superior mortgage affecting the Building is the mortgage referenced in the Existing SNDA,”

Section 12.5. Effective as of the date hereof, Article 7 of the Original Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“7.01 Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s legal representatives or successors in interest by operation of law or otherwise, shall assign, mortgage or otherwise encumber this Lease, or sublet or permit all or part of the Premises to be used by others, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance subject to the terms below. The transfer of a majority of the issued and outstanding capital stock of any corporate tenant or sublessee of this Lease or a majority of the total interest in any partnership tenant or sublessee or company, however accomplished, and whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions, the merger or consolidation of a corporate tenant or sublessee, shall subject, however, to the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, be deemed an assignment of this Lease or of such sublease; provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the foregoing shall not apply to (X) the direct or indirect transfer of stock or ownership interests in Tenant (including, without limitation, the issuance of treasury stock or the creation or issuance of a new class of stock, in either case, in the context of an initial public offering or a subsequent offering of equity securities) if and so long as effected on the “over-the-counter-market” or a recognized stock exchange, and (Y) the mere conversion of Tenant from one form of legal entity to another form of legal entity or change in its state of incorporation, provided same is done for a valid business purpose and not to contravene the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 7.01 or vitiate the conditions on transfers not requiring Landlord’s consent pursuant to Section 7.09 (e.g., the requirement to satisfy a net worth threshold in connection with a merger), there is no reduction in the net worth of Tenant from the day immediately prior to such conversion to the day immediately following such conversion as a result of such conversion and there is no change in control in Tenant’ as a result thereof (the entity resulting from a change described in this clause (Y) shall be referred to herein as a “ No-Consent Change Entity ”). If this Lease is assigned, or if the Premises or any part thereof is underlet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, Landlord may, after default by Tenant (and after the expiration of any applicable notice or cure period provided for herein), collect rent from the assignee, undertenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, but no assignment, underletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions hereof, the acceptance of the assignee, undertenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the

 

- 65 -


part of Tenant herein contained; provided, however, that Named Tenant shall not be liable for any increased obligations of the Tenant under this Lease following a permitted assignment of this Lease by Named Tenant to an unrelated third party and not made pursuant to Section 7.09 below but only if and to the extent such increased obligations result from an. amendment between Landlord and such third-party assignee without Tenant’s consent either extending the term of this Lease or resulting in additional space being leased by such assignee in the Building. The consent by Landlord to an assignment or underletting shall not in any way be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express consent in writing of Landlord to any further assignment or underletting. In no event shall any permitted sublessee assign or encumber its sublease or further sublet all or any portion of its sublet space, or otherwise suffer or permit the sublet space or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others, without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance which shall be granted or withheld in accordance with all applicable provisions of this Article 4 as if such sublease or assignment were made by Tenant. A modification, amendment or extension of a sublease shall be deemed a sublease. The listing of the name of a party or entity other than that of Tenant on the Building or floor directory or on or adjacent to the entrance door to the Premises shall neither grant such party or entity any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises nor constitute Landlord’s consent to any assignment or sublease to, or occupancy of the Premises by, such party or entity. If any lien is filed against the Premises or the Building of which the same form a part for brokerage services claimed to have been performed for Tenant in connection with any such assignment or sublease, whether or not actually performed, the same shall be discharged within thirty (30) days thereafter, at Tenant’s expense, by filing the bond required by law, or otherwise, and paying any other necessary sums, and Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord and its agents and hold them harmless from and against any and all claims, losses or liability resulting from such lien for brokerage services rendered.

7.02 (a) If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or to sublet all or any portion of the Premises, it shall first submit in writing to Landlord a term sheet detailing all of the material terms (including all of the material economic terms) that Tenant desires to sublet all or a portion of the Premises or to assign this Lease, and shall offer in writing (“ Tenant’s Recapture Offer ”), (i) with respect to a prospective assignment, to terminate or assign this Lease to Landlord without any payment of moneys or other consideration therefor by Landlord to Tenant, or, (ii) with respect to a sublease for all or a portion of the Premises for all or substantially all of the balance of the Term (i.e., term of sublease would expire with one (1) year or less remaining in the Term), to terminate this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises covered by such sublease, or (iii) with respect to any prospective subletting, to sublet to Landlord the portion of the Premises involved ( “Leaseback Area ”) for the term specified by Tenant in its proposed sublease at the lower of (a) Tenant’s proposed subrental or (b) the then rate of Fixed Annual Rent and Additional Rent (such lower amount, collectively, “ Sublease Rents ”), and otherwise on the same terms, covenants and conditions

 

- 66 -


(including provisions relating to escalation rents), as are contained herein and as are allocable and applicable to the portion of the Premises to be covered by such subletting. Tenant’s Recapture Offer shall specify the date when the Leaseback Area will be made available to Landlord, which date shall be in no event earlier than sixty (60) days nor later than one hundred eighty (180) days following the acceptance of Tenant’s Recapture Offer (the “ Recapture Date ”). With respect to any Tenant’s Recapture Offer given pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above (i.e., any Tenant’s Recapture Offer that would allow Landlord to terminate the Lease with respect to all or any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall include in such Tenant’s Recapture Offer a list of all Recapture Surviving Subleases (as hereinafter defined). Landlord shall have a period of thirty (30) days from the receipt of such Tenant’s Recapture Offer to either accept or reject Tenant’s Recapture Offer or to terminate this Lease (as applicable and set forth above). If Landlord fails to respond within such thirty (30) day period, then Tenant shall have the right to deliver a second notice to Landlord, which notice shall state in bold upper case letters at the top of the first page in which any such notice is sent as follows: “THIS IS A TIME SENSITIVE NOTICE AND SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 4.02 OF THE LEASE, LANDLORD SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE WAIVED ITS RIGHT UNDER SECTION 7.02 OF THE LEASE WITH RESPECT TO THIS APPLICABLE TENANT’S RECAPTURE NOTICE.” If Tenant shall have delivered such reminder notice to Landlord, and Landlord shall fail to respond to such reminder notice within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of such reminder notice, then Landlord shall be deemed to have waived its rights to recapture the Premises (or the applicable portion thereof) pursuant to the applicable Tenant’s Recapture Offer (but the foregoing shall not be or be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right (or Tenant’s obligation) with respect to any future Tenant’s Recapture Offer that is required to be given under this Lease).

(b) For purposes of this Article 7, “ Recapture Surviving Sublease ” shall mean any sublease of more than 15,000 rentable square feet of space in the Premises in effect for any part of the Premises that is subject to Landlord’s termination right pursuant to the applicable Tenant’s Recapture Offer at the time of the giving of such Tenant’s Offer Notice, except for (A) any sublease under which the subtenant is a Related Entity of Tenant, (B) any sublease not requiring Landlord’s consent under this Lease and for which such consent was not obtained, (C) any sublease to a Service and Business Relationship Entity, or (D) any sublease to a Charitable Organization.

7.03 If Landlord exercises its option to terminate this Lease pursuant to Section 7.02 above, then (i) the term of this Lease shall end at the election of Landlord either (x) on the date that such assignment or sublet was to become effective or commence, as the case may be, or (y) on the Recapture Date and (ii) Tenant shall surrender to Landlord and vacate the Premises on or before such date in the same condition as is otherwise required upon the expiration of this Lease by its terms, (iii) the Annual Fixed Rent and additional rent due hereunder

 

- 67 -


shall be paid and apportioned to such date, (iv) Landlord shall be free to lease the Premises (or any portion thereof) to any individual or entity including, without limitation, Tenant’s proposed assignee or subtenant, and (v) effective as of the termination date of this Lease with respect to all or any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have assigned to Landlord and, subject to the terms of any applicable Landlord’s Non-Disturbance Agreement in effect with respect thereto, Landlord shall be deemed to have assumed all future obligations under all applicable Recapture Surviving Subleases of which Landlord was given notice in the applicable Tenant’s Recapture Offer pursuant to under Section 7.02(a).

7.04 If Landlord shall accept Tenant’s Recapture Offer pursuant to Section 7.02 above (i.e., have this Lease assigned to Landlord or sublet by Landlord) Tenant shall then execute and deliver to Landlord, or to anyone designated or named by Landlord, an assignment or sublease, as the case may be, in either case in a form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord’s counsel.

If a sublease is so made it shall expressly:

(i) permit Landlord to make further subleases of all or any part of the Leaseback Area and (at no cost or expense to Tenant) to make and authorize any and all changes, alterations, installations and improvements in such space as necessary;

(ii) provide that Tenant will at all times permit reasonably appropriate means of ingress to and egress from the Leaseback Area;

(iii) negate any intention that the estate created under such sublease be merged with any other estate held by either of the parties;

(iv) provide that Landlord shall accept the Leaseback Area “as is” except that Landlord, at Tenant’s expense (unless Tenant’s Recapture Offer specified that such work was to be performed at assignee’s or subtenant’s expense), shall perform all such work and make all such alterations as may be required physically to separate the Leaseback Area from the remainder of the Premises and to permit lawful occupancy, it being intended that Tenant shall have no other cost or expense in connection with the subletting of the Leaseback Area; and

(v) unless otherwise provided in Tenant’s Recapture Offer with respect to the required condition of the Leaseback Area upon the expiration of such sublease (which, if included, shall be deemed to be a material term thereof), provide that at the expiration of the term of such sublease Tenant will accept the Leaseback Area in its then existing condition, subject to the obligations of Landlord to make such repairs thereto as may be necessary to preserve the Leaseback Area in good order

 

- 68 -


and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and for customary general office use and otherwise vacant, broom clean and free of all occupants (other than Tenant).

7.05 Landlord shall indemnify and save Tenant harmless from all liabilities and obligations under this Lease as to the Leaseback Area and from all third-party claims arising from, or in connection with, the Leaseback Area (except if and to the extent resulting from Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct) (including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees, including enforcing the foregoing indemnification) during the period of time it is so sublet, except for Annual Fixed Rent and additional rent, if any, due under the within Lease, which are in excess of the rents and additional sums due under such sublease. Subject to the foregoing, performance by Landlord, or its designee, under a sublease of the Leaseback Area shall be deemed performance by Tenant of any similar obligation under this Lease and any default under any such sublease shall not give rise to a default under a similar obligation contained in this Lease, nor shall Tenant be liable for any default under this Lease or deemed to be in default hereunder if such default is occasioned by or arises from any act or omission of the tenant under such sublease or is occasioned by or arises from any act or omission of any occupant holding under or pursuant to any such sublease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, provided that Tenant is not then in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods, in lieu having Landlord pay to Tenant the Sublease Rents (if applicable), Tenant shall have the right, upon notice to Landlord (which notice is required to be given only once with respect to each sublease (i.e., such notice shall not be required to be given each month that Landlord fails to make such payment following the initial notice thereof)), to offset the Sublease Rents due under a sublease of the Leaseback Area against the Rent due under this Lease as and when such amounts would otherwise be due and payable by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to such sublease, and pay to Landlord only the amount, if any, that the Rent exceeds the Sublease Rents for the applicable period when due.

7.06 If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to a specific assignment or subletting (as opposed to giving a mere Tenant’s Recapture Offer), it shall submit in writing to Landlord (i) the name and address of the proposed assignee or sublessee, (ii) a duly executed counterpart of the proposed agreement of assignment or sublease, (iii) reasonably satisfactory information as to the nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee or sublessee and as to the nature of its proposed use of the space, and (iv) banking, financial or other credit information relating to the proposed assignee or sublessee reasonably sufficient to enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility and character of the proposed assignee or sublessee. Landlord shall have a period of thirty (30) days from the date Tenant submits all of the required documents set forth above in the first (1 st ) sentence of this Section 7.06 to either grant or withhold its consent to any proposed assignment or sublease pursuant to the terms of this Article 7 . If

 

- 69 -


Landlord fails to respond within such 30-day period, then Tenant shall have the right to deliver a second notice to Landlord requesting Landlord’s consent to such assignment or sublet, which request shall state in bold upper case letters at the top of the first page in which any such request is sent as follows: “THIS IS A TIME SENSITIVE NOTICE AND SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 7 .06 OF THE LEASE, LANDLORD SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE APPROVED TENANT’S ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLET REQUEST.” If Tenant shall have delivered such reminder notice to Landlord, and Landlord shall fail to respond to such reminder notice within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of such reminder notice, then Landlord shall be deemed to have consented to such assignment or sublet (but subject to the other applicable provisions of this Article 7). In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, prior to submission to Landlord of an executed counterpart of the proposed agreement of assignment or sublease, to submit to Landlord the information required pursuant to clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) above and following receipt of such information, Landlord shall advise Tenant if the proposed assignee or subtenant is acceptable to Landlord for purposes hereof (it being agreed that such approval shall be for informational purposes only and shall not be or be deemed to be Landlord’s formal approval to such assignment or sublease (which formal approval shall be granted or withheld in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 7.06)).

7.07 If Landlord shall not have accepted Tenant’s Recapture Offer and Landlord shall not have terminated this Lease, as provided for in Section 7.02 hereof, then Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its consent to Tenant’s request for consent to such specific assignment or subletting for the use permitted under this Lease, provided that any such assignment or subletting shall (A) have a net effective rental that shall not be more favorable to such assignee or subtenant by more than ten percent (10%) of the net effective rental contained in Tenant’s Recapture Offer (taking into consideration all relevant terms of such assignment or sublease), (B) be for a term expiring on or approximately the same date designated in Tenant’s Recapture Offer and upon all of the material terms and conditions set forth in Tenant’s Recapture Offer (including, without limitation, the terms in Tenant’s Recapture Offer regarding the condition in which the Premises (or the applicable portion thereof) shall be delivered by Tenant and the terms relating to alterations and the cost thereof (if any), in each case, required to separately demise a portion of the Premises in the case of a subletting of less than the entire Premises), and (C) comply with all other applicable provisions of this Article 7 (and if the net effective rental and/or the term of such proposed subletting or assignment, as the case may be, vary from the net effective rental and/or the term contained in Tenant’s Recapture Offer beyond the variances set forth above, or if an assignment or sublease is not effected within twelve (12) months following the date upon which Tenant’s Recapture Offer is rejected (or deemed to have been rejected) by Landlord, then Tenant’s request for consent shall be deemed to constitute a new Tenant’s Recapture Offer to Landlord under the terms and conditions contained in the

 

- 70 -


proposed sublease or assignment, as the case may be, with respect to which all of the provisions of this Article 7 shall again apply), and, provided further that:

(i) The Premises shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, have been listed or otherwise publicly advertised for assignment or subletting at a rental rate lower than the then prevailing rental rate for other space in the Building but the provisions of this clause (i) shall not be deemed to prohibit Tenant from negotiating a sublease at a lesser rate of rent and consummating the same insofar as it may be permitted under the provisions of this Section 7.07;

(ii) The proposed (x) assignee shall have a financial standing capable of meeting the obligations to be assumed under the Lease (as reasonably determined by Landlord), and (y) assignee or subtenant be of a character, be engaged in a business, and propose to use the Premises, in a manner consistent with the permitted use and in keeping with the standards of the Building;

(iii) The proposed assignee or subtenant (x) shall not then be a tenant, subtenant, assignee or occupant of any space in the Building, nor (y) shall the proposed assignee or subtenant be a person or entity who has dealt with Landlord or Landlord’s agent (directly or through a broker) with respect to space in the Building during the six (6) months immediately preceding Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent; provided that, such prohibitions shall only be applicable if Landlord has comparable space available in the Building (or will have comparable space available in the Building within six (6) months after the proposed effective date of such assignment or subletting);

(iv) The character of the business to be conducted in the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant shall not be likely to materially increase operating expenses or the burden on existing cleaning services, elevators or other services and/or systems of the Building;

(v) In case of a subletting, the subtenant shall be expressly subject to all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease and the further condition and restriction that such sublease shall not be assigned, encumbered or otherwise transferred or the Premises further sublet by the subtenant in whole or in part, or any part thereof suffered or permitted by the subtenant to be used or occupied by others, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance (which consent shall be granted or withheld in accordance with this Article 7);

(vi) No subletting shall end later than one (1) day before the Expiration Date nor shall any subletting be for a term of less than one (1) year unless it commences less than one (1) year before the Expiration Date;

 

- 71 -


(vii) At no time shall there be more than three (3) occupants within the Premises, including Tenant, of separately demised space on any floor upon which the Premises are located (with it understood that, in any event, any Related Entities (as defined herein) and/or Service and Business Relationship Entities (as defined herein) shall all be considered Tenant for the purpose of determining the number of occupants in the Premises or any portion hereof);

(vii) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days after demand (accompanied by reasonable back-up documentation) for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, which may be incurred by Landlord in connection with said assignment or sublease;

(ix) The character of the business to be conducted in the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant shall not require any alterations, installations, improvements, additions or other physical changes to be performed, or made to, any portion of the Building or the Real Property other than the Premises; and

(x) The proposed assignee or subtenant shall not be any entity which is entitled to diplomatic or sovereign immunity or which is not subject to service of process in the State of New York or to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States located in New York County.

7.08 Any consent of Landlord under this Article shall be subject to the terms of this Article and conditioned upon there being no monetary or material nonmonetary default by Tenant, beyond any grace period, under any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease at the time that Landlord’s consent to any such subletting or assignment is requested. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that no assignment or subletting shall be effective unless and until Tenant, upon receiving any necessary Landlord’s written consent (and unless it was theretofore delivered to Landlord) causes a duly executed copy of the sublease or assignment to be delivered to Landlord within ten (10) Business Days after execution thereof. Any such sublease shall provide that it is subject to this Lease and shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Any such assignment of this Lease shall contain an assumption by the assignee of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant arising from and after the effective date of such assignment; provided, however, with respect to any assignment to a Related Entity or to a No-Consent Change Entity, such assumption by the assignee shall be of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant arising from and after the Commencement Date.

 

- 72 -


7.09 (a) Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord’s consent shall not be required (and the provisions of Sections 7.01, 7.02, 7.03, 7.04, 7.05, 7.06, 7.07 and 7.10 shall not be applicable) for an assignment of this Lease, or sublease or license of all or part of the Premises for the uses permitted hereunder, or the occupancy of all or a portion of the Premises, to a Related Entity; provided, that (i) Landlord is given notice within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof and reasonably satisfactory proof that the requirements of this Lease have been met, (ii) any such transaction complies with the other provisions of this Article 7 , and (iii) the proposed assignee or subtenant is engaged in a business and the Premises, or the relevant part thereof, will be used in accordance with the Permitted Use.

(b) For purposes of this Article 7 :

(i) a “ Related Entity ” shall mean (x) a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tenant, or a Newmark Related Entity, or any corporation or entity which controls or is controlled by either Tenant or a Newmark Related Entity or is under common control with either Tenant or a Newmark Related Entity, (y) the transferee in connection with a Change of Control Event or (z) (i) any entity to which substantially all the assets or ownership interests of Tenant are transferred or (ii) into which Tenant may be merged or consolidated, provided, that in the case of a Related Entity described in clauses (y) and (z) above, both the net worth and ratio of current assets to current liabilities (exclusive of good will) of such transferee or of the resulting or surviving corporation or other business entity, as the case may be, as certified by one of Tenant’s senior executive officers in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or income tax basis accounting, in either case, consistently applied, is not less than Tenant’s net worth and ratio of current assets to current liabilities (exclusive of good will), as so certified, as of the day immediately prior to such transaction;

(ii) the term “ control ” or “ Control ” shall mean, in the case of a corporation or other entity, (i) ownership or voting control, directly or indirectly, of at least fifty percent (50%) of all of the general or other partnership (or similar) interests therein, or (ii) the possession of power to direct or cause, directly or indirectly, the direction of the management and policy of such corporation or other entity, through the ownership of voting securities, direct or indirect control over voting power or securities or equity interests or by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as Named Tenant or any Related Entity is the Tenant, (x) the reference above to “fifty percent (50%)” shall be replaced with “twenty-five percent (25%)”, and (y) ownership or control shall include ownership or control by Named Tenant or by any Related Entity and/or by their respective shareholders, partners, members, officers or senior employees, individually or in the aggregate, who or which directly or indirectly control such entity;

 

- 73 -


(iii) a “ Newmark Related Entity ” shall mean BCG Partners, L.P., BCG Partners, Inc., BCG Holdings, L.P., Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P. and their respective Affiliates;

(iv) “ Change of Control Event ” shall mean the transfer of a majority of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Tenant (or a majority of such other interests related to the control of day-to-day management and operations, but not including any interests that are just so-called “income interests”), however accomplished, and whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions; and

(v) the term “ Affiliate ” or “ affiliate ” as used in this Amendment shall mean a person that directly or indirectly (x) Controls, (y) is under the Control of, or (z) is under common Control with, the person in question.

7.10 If Landlord shall not have accepted Tenant’s Recapture Offer hereunder and Landlord has not elected to terminate this Lease, and Tenant effects any assignment or subletting (other than an assignment or subletting described in Section 7.09), then Tenant thereafter shall pay to Landlord a sum equal to fifty percent (50%) of (a) any rent or other consideration paid to Tenant in connection with such sublease or assignment by any subtenant which is in excess of the rent and additional rent, in each case, on a per rentable square foot basis, allocable to the subleased space which is then being paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms hereof, and (b) any other profit or gain realized by Tenant from any such subletting or assignment including, without limitation, all sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture or other personal property less, in the case of the sale thereof, the net unamortized cost thereof determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns and, in the case of the rental thereof, the fair rental value thereof, which net unamortized amount shall be deducted from the sums paid in connection with such sale in equal monthly installments over the balance of the term of the assignment or sublease (each such monthly deduction to be in an amount equal to the quotient of the net unamortized amount, divided by the number of months remaining in the term of this Lease). In computing such excess amount and/or profit or gain, Tenant may first deduct all Transaction Costs. “ Transaction Costs ” means (i) the amount of any costs incurred by Tenant in making alterations to the sublet space for the subtenant, the amount of any work allowance granted by Tenant to the subtenant and the amount of any commercially reasonable rent concessions (e.g., free rent) granted by Tenant to the subtenant, and (ii) advertising, legal expenses, transfer taxes (if any), brokerage commissions and other customary and commercially reasonable expenses consistent with the then existing market conditions for the assignment or subleasing of space in the Building or Comparable Buildings reasonably incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment or subleasing. Transaction Costs shall not include any Rent under this Lease allocable to the space in question during the period of marketing the space and/or during which such space was unoccupied.

 

- 74 -


7.11 (a) In no event shall Tenant be entitled to make, nor shall Tenant make, any claim, and Tenant hereby waives any claim, for money damages (nor shall Tenant claim any money damages by way of set-off, counterclaim or defense) based upon any claim or assertion by Tenant that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or unreasonably delayed its consent or approval to a proposed assignment or subletting as provided for in this Article. Subject to Section 7.11(b), Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce any such provision, or for specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment.

(b) In the event of any dispute under this Article 7, either party shall have the right to submit such dispute to arbitration in the City of New York under the expedited procedures of the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (presently Rules E-l through E-10); provided, however, that with respect to any such arbitration, (i) the list of arbitrators referred to in Rule E-4 shall be returned within five (5) days from the date of mailing; (ii) the parties shall notify the American Arbitration Association by telephone, within four (4) days of any objections to the arbitrator appointed and will have no right to object if the arbitrator so appointed was on the list submitted by the American Arbitration Association and was not objected to in accordance with Rule E-4; (iii) the Notice of Hearing referred to in Rule E-7 shall be four (4) days in advance of the hearing; (iv) the hearing shall be held within five (5) days after the appointment of the arbitrator; (v) the arbitrator shall have no right to award damages; and (vi) the decision and award of the arbitrator shall be final and conclusive on the parties. The time periods set forth in this Section  7.11(b) are of the essence. If any party fails to appear at a duly scheduled and noticed hearing for any reason other than an Unavoidable Delay, the arbitrator is hereby expressly authorized to enter judgment for the appearing party. The arbitrators conducting any arbitration shall be bound by the provisions of this Lease and shall not have the power to add to, subtract from, or otherwise modify such provisions. Landlord and Tenant agree to sign all reasonable documents and to do all other things reasonably necessary to submit any such matter to arbitration and further agree to, and hereby do, waive any and all rights they or either of them may at any time have to revoke their agreement hereunder to submit to arbitration and to abide by the decision rendered thereunder which shall be binding and conclusive on the parties and shall constitute an “award” by the arbitrator within the meaning of the American Arbitration Association rules and Applicable Laws. Judgment may be had on the decision and award of the arbitrators so rendered in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each arbitrator shall be a qualified, disinterested and impartial person who shall have had at least ten years experience in New York City in a calling connected with the matter of the dispute. Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to appear and be represented by counsel before said arbitrators and to submit such data and memoranda in support of their respective positions in the matter in dispute as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate

 

- 75 -


under the circumstances. Each party hereunder shall pay its own costs, fees and expenses in connection with any arbitration or other action or proceeding brought under this Section  7.11(b) , and the expenses and fees of the arbitrators selected shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant; provided, that, to the extent the arbitrator determines that a party significantly prevailed in a dispute, all of the actual reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by such party in connection with such arbitration shall be borne by the unsuccessful party; it being understood and agreed that the mere fact that the arbitrator may rule in the favor of a particular party shall not mean per se that such party prevailed “significantly” on the matter which is the subject of dispute. Notwithstanding any contrary provisions hereof, Landlord and Tenant agree that (i) the arbitrators may not award or recommend any damages to be paid by either party and (ii) in no event shall either party be liable for, nor shall either party be entitled to recover, any damages. Neither party shall have ex parte communications with any arbitrator selected under this Section  7.11(b) following his or her selection and pending completion of the arbitration hereunder.

7.12 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Landlord’s consent shall not be required (and the provisions of Section 7.01, 7.02, 7.03, 7.04, 7.05, 7.06, 7.07 and 7.10 shall not be applicable) and Tenant shall be permitted to license up to ten percent (10%) of the Premises for uses permitted under this Lease only without Landlord’s consent to one or more Service and Business Relationship Entities (as hereinafter defined), provided that (a) in no event shall the use of any portion of the Premises by a Service and Business Relationship Entity create or be deemed to create any right, title or interest of such Service and Business Relationship Entity in any portion of the Premises or this Lease, (b) such Service and Business Relationship Entity shall not have any signage outside of the Premises (provided that if such Service and Business Relationship Entity shall occupy a portion of the Premises located on a floor of the Building where the entire rentable area of such floor is not entirely leased by Tenant, then the foregoing shall not be or be deemed to prohibit such Service or Business Relationship Entity from having signage on the entrance door to the Premises on such floor subject to the terms of this otherwise governing such signage), (c) such Service and Business Relationship Entity is engaged in a business, and uses the portion of the Premises that it occupies for the Permitted Use only and otherwise in a manner, that is in keeping with standards for the Building, (d) upon Landlord’s request, Landlord is delivered notice of each such licensing including, without limitation, the name, address and the material terms and conditions of each such license and a statement that such licensing complies with the terms of this Section 7.12, (e) each such license otherwise complies with the provisions of this Lease, (f) the relevant portion of the Premises is not separately demised, and (g) Tenant shall receive no rent or other payment or consideration for the use or occupancy of any space in the Premises by any Service and Business Relationship Entity in excess of an allocable share of the Annual Fixed Rent reserved hereunder (other than for reasonable charges for office, clerical, secretarial, messenger and similar services). “ Service and

 

- 76 -


Business Relationship Entities ” shall mean (i) any affiliate of Tenant, (ii) persons actively engaged in providing services to Tenant or any affiliate of Tenant, (iii) Tenant’s (or any of Tenant’s affiliate’s) attorneys, consultants, agents, advisors and other persons with which Tenant (or any affiliate of Tenant) has an active and meaningful business relationship (including clients and customers of Tenant) and (iv) any regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over Tenant or any affiliate of Tenant that is using the relevant portion of the Premises for a purpose associated with the business of Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that the Tenant under this Lease shall then be the Named Tenant (i.e., Newmark and Company Real Estate, Inc. or any Related Entity of Newmark and Company Real Estate, Inc; that is then the Tenant under this Lease), for purposes of this Section 7.12, Service and Business Relationship Entities shall include Charitable Organizations (as hereinafter defined); provided, however, that no more than five (5%) percent of the Premises may be used by Charitable Organizations pursuant hereto (i.e., if 5% of the Premises is used by Charitable Organizations, only 5% of the Premises may be used by other Service and Business Relationship Entities). “ Charitable Organizations ” means any not-for-profit corporation that qualifies for tax-exempt status under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, with which Named Tenant or an Affiliate of Named Tenant is directly involved and (i) has Howard Lutnick or one of his immediate family members (i.e., sibling, spouse, children or in-laws) serving on the board thereof or in a senior management position or (ii) has a principal purpose related to (A) the events of September 11, 2001, (B) the Cantor Fitzgerald Relief Fund or (C) the Fisher Center for Alzheimer’s Research Foundation.

7.13 Landlord shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after Tenant’s request, accompanied by an executed counterpart of an Eligible Sublease (as hereinafter defined), deliver to Tenant and the subtenant under an Eligible Sublease (an “ Eligible Subtenant ”) a non-disturbance agreement on Landlord’s standard form (a “ Landlord’s Non-Disturbance Agreement ”) (which standard and customary form is annexed hereto as Exhibit K ). Following the Eligible Subtenant’s and Tenant’s execution and delivery of the Landlord’s Non-Disturbance Agreement, Landlord shall, within ten (10) Business Days, execute and deliver a counterpart thereof to the Eligible Subtenant. For purposes hereof, the term “ Eligible Sublease” shall mean a direct sublease:

(i) between (a) Tenant, and (b) a direct subtenant of Tenant (which subtenant may in no event be an affiliate or Related Entity of Tenant (or any preceding Tenant that remains liable (following an assignment or otherwise) with respect to the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease) which direct subtenant, as of the date of execution of the Eligible Sublease, has a net worth, exclusive of goodwill and determined in accordance with GAAP or income tax basis accounting, in each case, consistently applied, of not less than twenty (20) times the Lease Rent (as hereinafter defined), and Landlord has been provided with proof thereof reasonably satisfactory to Landlord;

 

- 77 -


(ii) that has been consented to by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of and which meets all of the applicable requirements of this Article 7 ;

(iii) demising only an entire floor (i.e., all of the rentable area located on such floor of the Building) then-leased by Tenant (together with all of Tenant’s space leased hereunder on a directly contiguous partial floor) (collectively, an “ Eligible Floor ”), in either case for a minimum initial sublease term of not less than five (5) years;

(iv) demising either the highest or lowest Eligible Floor of any contiguous block of floors within the Premises, or if one or more Eligible Subleases is in effect, demising the next contiguous Eligible Floor to such highest or lowest full floor within such contiguous block of floors within the Premises subject to an Eligible Sublease then in effect and expiring on the same date as the other higher or lower contiguous Eligible Sublease floors (i.e., all Eligible Subleases must be co-terminus); and

(v) providing for a rental rate, on a per rentable square foot basis (including fixed annual rent and additional rent) which (after taking into account all rent concessions provided for therein) is equal to or in excess of the Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent, on a per rentable square foot basis, payable hereunder for the term of the Sublease (hereinafter called the “ Lease Rent ”) or, in the alternative, provides for a rental rate that is less than the Lease Rent, but will automatically increase to the Lease Rent from and after the attornment of the sublessee to Landlord pursuant to the Landlord’s Non-Disturbance Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 7.13, any Landlord’s Non-Disturbance Agreement delivered by Landlord pursuant to this Section 7.13 shall (x) be personal to the subtenant initially named in such Landlord’s Non-Disturbance Agreement and (y) expressly contain the condition such that, in the event of any termination of this Lease other than by reason of Tenant’s default (e.g., by reason of a casualty pursuant to Article 20 of this Lease), then such Landlord’s Non-Disturbance Agreement shall, automatically and without further act of the parties, terminate and be of no further force or effect from and after the applicable termination date.”

Section 12.6. Effective as of the date hereof, Article 8 of the Original Lease is hereby amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

“8.02 Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (but subject to reimbursement, if any, in accordance with Article 4), shall remove all noted Building violations and close out all open building permit applications that would delay Tenant from obtaining a building permit or a final sign-off on Tenant’s Work or any other of its Alterations in the Premises, other than those

 

- 78 -


violations or applications which Tenant shall be required to comply with or remove, or close out pursuant to the terms of this Lease or other occupants of the Building shall otherwise be required to comply with or remove or close out, subject, however, to Landlord’s right to contest diligently and in good faith the applicability or legality thereof. If and to the extent removal of such Building violation or closing out of such application is required by any other tenant or occupant of the Building pursuant to any lease or occupancy agreement and failure of such other tenant or occupant to so close out or comply would have a material adverse affect on Tenant’s ability to use the Premises for the uses expressly permitted under this Lease or to perform Tenant’s. Work or other Alterations in the Premises, then Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the terms of such other lease or occupancy agreement to cause such tenant or occupant to comply with such lease or occupancy agreement. If Landlord fails to remove any Building violation that Landlord is required to remove or to close any open building permit that Landlord is required to close, in either case, pursuant to this Section 8.02 within fifteen (15) Business Days after written notice from Tenant thereof, and such failure results in an actual delay in Tenant’s ability to obtain a building permit or a final sign-off on Tenant’s Work or any other applicable Alterations and, as a direct result thereof, Tenant is delayed or prohibited by Legal Requirements from (and is not) occupying the Premises (or a portion thereof) for the conduct of its business, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Annual Fixed Rent (which shall be in addition to any other abatement to which Tenant is otherwise entitled under this Lease) in proportion to the portion of the Premises actually affected thereby (provided Tenant is not actually occupying such portion of the Premises), which abatement shall commence on the date Tenant would have been permitted to occupy the Premises (or applicable portion thereof) for the conduct of its business if such Building violation had been removed or such application had been closed out by Landlord as required under this Section 8.02 (i.e., on the date that is fifteen (15) Business Days after notice thereof from Tenant) and continue through the date which is the earlier to occur of the date (a) such Building violation is actually removed or such application is closed out, (b) Tenant is able to obtain such building permit or final sign-off, or (c) Tenant occupies the Premises (or the applicable portion thereof) for the conduct of its business.”

Section 12.7. Effective as of the date hereof, Article 11 of the Original Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Tenant’s Changes

“11.01 (a) (i) Subject to the further provisions of this Section  11.01(a) , Tenant shall make no changes or alterations in or to the Premises (collectively, “ Alterations ”), without the prior written consent of Landlord; provided, however, that Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section  11.02

 

- 79 -


below to Alterations that (1) do not affect the Building’s exterior (including the exterior appearance of the Building), (2) do not adversely affect the usage or the proper functioning of any Building systems, (3) are non-structural and do not affect the certificate of occupancy covering the Building and/or Premises, and (4) do not adversely affect any service required to be furnished by Landlord to any other tenant or occupant of the Building (collectively, “ Non-Material Alterations ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required with respect to (a) Non-Material Alterations which (i) do not require a building permit, (ii) are limited to work within the Premises, (iii) do not require a change in the certificate of occupancy for the Building, (iv) are non-structural and do not affect any Building Systems and (v) are reasonably estimated to cost less than Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00) per Alteration (which amount shall be adjusted on January 1, 2016 and on each January 1 st of each subsequent year during the term of this Lease by the percentage change in the Consumer Price Index (as hereinafter defined) for such January over the Consumer Price Index for January, 2015), or (b) work that is solely of a decorative nature, such as painting, hanging pictures, wallpapering and wall coverings, and carpeting. All Alterations shall be performed in such manner and time, and with such materials, as are approved by Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, subject to the other provisions of this Article 11 and such approval to be granted or withheld by Landlord in a non-discriminatory manner. Tenant may employ architects, contractors, subcontractors and engineering firms of Tenant’s choice to design and construct Alterations, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, subject to the other provisions of this Article 11 , and so long as such contractors employ union labor with the proper jurisdictional qualifications; provided, that (x) all work to the Building’s life safety systems (including tie-ins to such systems) shall be performed by Landlord’s designated contractor provided that the rates charged by such contractor to Tenant are commercially reasonable, (x) Tenant shall utilize Landlord’s designated expeditor provided that the rates charged by such expeditor to Tenant are commercially reasonable, and (z) Tenant shall utilize and/or consult with Landlord’s consulting engineer for coordination of plan review provided that the rates charged by such engineer to Tenant are commercially reasonable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord hereby approves the contractors, subcontractors and other vendors in connection with the performance of Tenant’s Work listed on Exhibit M annexed to the Tenth Amendment of Lease and Additional Space and Extension Agreement. All Alterations to the Premises, including air-conditioning equipment and duct work, except movable office furniture and other items of personalty and trade equipment installed at the expense of Tenant, shall, unless same constitute Specialty Alterations for which Tenant has been directed to remove from the Premises in accordance with Section  11.01(b) hereof, become the property of Landlord, and shall be surrendered with the Premises, at the expiration or sooner termination of the Term. The term “ Consumer Price Index ” as used herein shall mean, The Consumer Price Index, All Items - New York Metropolitan Area, base year 1984 = 100, as issued by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor, or any successor index thereto

 

- 80 -


(ii) Subject to Tenant’s compliance with the terms and conditions of this Article 11 (including, without limitation, the requirement that Tenant’s Plans in connection therewith are first approved by Landlord as otherwise required hereunder), all Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, any requirements of the LPC (as hereinafter defined)) and subject to Landlord’s consent regarding to the location thereof, Landlord hereby conceptually approves (i) the installation of one (1) internal staircase connecting any contiguous full floors of the Premises, (ii) the structural reinforcement of the floors of the Premises, (iii) the installation of supplemental water-cooled HVAC units in the Premises (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be or be deemed to require Landlord to provide any services to the Premises in excess of those expressly set forth in this Lease, (iv) raised floors, and (v) a Dining Facility (but subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in Article 2 of this Lease).

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not be obligated to remove any Alterations except for Specialty Alterations. For purposes of this Article 11 , “ Specialty Alterations ” shall mean Alterations (including, without limitation those that may have been installed by Tenant prior to the Tenth Amendment to Lease in which this provision is being amended) consisting of all voice and data wiring (but excluding any voice and data wiring located entirely within the Premises), raised computer room floors, vaults, generator, structurally reinforced filing systems, internal staircases (provided, however, that such requirement shall be waived by Landlord with respect to one (1) internal staircase for each two (2) contiguous floors of the Premises (i.e., if the 11 th and 12 th floors of the Premises are connected by 2 internal staircases, Tenant’s removal obligation hereunder shall be applicable only with respect to the second of such staircases (as selected by Landlord)), pneumatic tubes, vertical and horizontal transportation systems, any Alterations which penetrate or expand an existing penetration of any floor slab, any other Alterations which affect the structural elements of the Building (which for purposes of this Lease shall mean the exterior walls and roof of the Building, foundations, footings, load bearing columns, ceiling and floor slabs, windows and window frames of the Building). Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing together with Landlord’s approval of the plans and specifications in question whether or not Tenant shall be required to remove any portion of such Specialty Alteration upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, provided that Tenant, as part of its request for such consent, notifies Landlord in writing that Landlord is required to make such election and/or designation as part of its consent (it being agreed that any Specialty Alterations existing as of the date of this Tenth Amendment to Lease shall be deemed to have been so designated by Landlord). Tenant shall, at Tenant’s cost and expense, remove any Specialty Alteration designated by Landlord pursuant hereto, repair any damage to the Premises or the Building due to such removal, cap all electrical, plumbing and waste disposal

 

- 81 -


lines in accordance with sound construction practice and restore the Premises to the condition existing prior to the making of such Specialty Alteration. All such work shall be performed in accordance with plans and specifications first approved by Landlord and all applicable terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease. If Landlord’s insurance premiums increase solely as a result of any Specialty Alterations, Tenant shall pay each such increase (designated as such) each year as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after receipt of a bill therefor from Landlord.

11.02 All Alterations shall be performed in accordance with the following conditions:

(i) Prior to the commencement of any Alterations, Tenant shall first submit to Landlord for its approval detailed dimensioned coordinated plans and specifications, including layout, architectural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing and structural drawings for each proposed Alteration (“ Tenant’s Plans ”). Landlord shall respond to any request for consent to an Alteration not later than ten (10) Business Days after receipt of Tenant’s written request for such consent (accompanied by Tenant’s Plans) (or five (5) Business Days after any resubmission pursuant to clause (iii) below), that Landlord either: (i) approves Tenant’s Plans; (ii) disapproves Tenant’s Plans (stating the reasonable reasons therefor with reasonable specificity); (iii) in good faith requires clarification or additional information; or (iv) has engaged, in accordance with good construction practices, the services of an outside consultant (each, an “ Outside Consultant ”) to review Tenant’s Plans (an “ Outside Consultant Notice ”), it being agreed that Tenant will pay all reasonable, actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses (“ Outside Consultants Fees ”) associated with the retention of such outside consultant. If Landlord delivers an Outside Consultant Notice within the time period set forth above, the effect thereof shall be to extend by five (5) days the number of days that Landlord shall have to respond to Tenant’s Plans. If Landlord fails to respond within such ten (10) Business Day period (or five (5) Business Date Period with respect to any resubmission), as applicable (as either period may be extended if Landlord gives an Outside Consultant Notice), then Tenant shall have the right to deliver a second notice to Landlord requesting Landlord’s consent to such Alteration, which request shall state in bold upper case letters at the top of the first page and on the envelope in which any such request is sent as follows: THIS IS A TIME SENSITIVE NOTICE AND TENANT MAY CLAIM THAT LANDLORD SHALL BE DEEMED TO WAIVE ITS RIGHTS IF IT FAILS TO RESPOND IN THE TIME PERIOD PROVIDED . If Tenant shall have delivered such reminder notice to Landlord, and Landlord shall fail to respond to such reminder notice within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of such reminder notice, and provided that Tenant has otherwise complied with all of Tenant’s obligations under this Article 8 in connection with such request, then Landlord shall be deemed to have consented to the Alteration provided that any such Alteration (x) is limited to work within the Premises, is non-structural and does not materially and adversely affect Building Systems servicing areas of the Building outside of the Premises, and (y) does not require a change in the Certificate of Occupancy for the Building.

 

- 82 -


(ii) All Alterations in and to the Premises shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the Building’s rules and regulations governing Tenant Alterations, which rules and regulations shall be enforced by Landlord in a non-discriminatory manner. Prior to the commencement of any such Alterations, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, obtain and exhibit to Landlord any governmental permit required in connection with such Alterations.

(iii) All Alterations shall be performed in compliance with all other applicable provisions of this Lease and with all Legal Requirements, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and New York City Local Law No. 57/87 and similar present or future laws, and regulations issued pursuant thereto, and also New York City Local Law No. 76 and similar present or future laws; and regulations issued pursuant thereto, on abatement, storage, transportation and disposal of asbestos and other hazardous materials (subject, however, to any obligations of Landlord with respect thereto expressly provided for in this Lease), which work, if required, shall be effected at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, by contractors and consultants reasonably approved by Landlord and in compliance with the aforesaid rules and regulations and with Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations thereon (which shall be provided by Landlord to Tenant upon request and which shall be enforced by Landlord in a non-discriminatory manner).

(iv) All work shall be performed with union labor having the proper jurisdictional qualifications.

(v) Tenant shall keep the Building and the Premises free and clear of all liens for any work or material claimed to have been furnished to Tenant or to the Premises at the request of, or on behalf of, Tenant. Tenant at its expense shall cause any lien filed against the Premises or the Building, for work or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant, to be discharged of record within thirty (30) days after notice thereof

(vi) Prior to the commencement of any work by or for Tenant, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord certificates evidencing the existence of the following insurance:

(a) Workmen’s compensation insurance covering all persons employed for such work and with respect to whom death or bodily injury claims could be asserted against Landlord, Tenant or the Premises.

 

- 83 -


(b) Broad form general liability insurance written on an occurrence basis naming Tenant as an insured and naming Landlord and its designees as additional insureds, with limits of not less than $5,000,000 combined single limit for personal injury in any one occurrence, and with limits of not less than $500,000 for property damage (the foregoing limits may be revised from time to time by Landlord to such higher limits as Landlord from time to time reasonably requires). Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall cause all such insurance to be maintained at all time when the work to be performed for or by Tenant is in progress. All such insurance shall be obtained from a company authorized to do business in New York and, to the extent same is commercially obtainable in New York without any material increased cost to Tenant, shall provide that it cannot be canceled without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord. All polices, or certificates therefor, issued by the insurer and bearing notations evidencing the payment of premiums, shall be delivered to Landlord. Blanket coverage shall be acceptable, provided that coverage meeting the requirements of this paragraph is assigned to Tenant’s location at the Premises.

(vii) All work to be performed by Tenant shall be done in a manner which will not unreasonably interfere with or disturb other tenants and occupants of the Building.

(ix) The review and/or approval by Landlord, its agents, consultants and/or contractors, of any Alteration or of plans and specifications therefor and the coordination of such Alteration work with the Building, as described in part above, are solely for the benefit of Landlord, and neither Landlord nor any of its agents, consultants or contractors shall have any duty toward Tenant; nor shall Landlord or any of its agents, consultants and/or contractors be deemed to have made any representation or warranty to Tenant, or have any liability, with respect to the safety, adequacy, correctness, efficiency or compliance with laws of any plans and specifications, Alterations or any other matter relating thereto.

(x) Promptly following the substantial completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall submit to Landlord: (a) in electronic format, (using a current version of Autocad or such other similar software as is then commonly in use), a copy of final, “as-built” plans for the Premises showing all such Alterations and demonstrating that such Alterations were performed substantially in accordance with plans and specifications first approved by Landlord and (b) an itemization of Tenant’s total construction costs, detailed by contractor, subcontractors, vendors and materialmen; bills, receipts, lien waivers and releases from all contractors, subcontractors, vendors and materialmen in each case, performing work or providing materials costing in excess of $10,000; architects’ and Tenant’s certification of completion, payment and acceptance, and all governmental approvals and confirmations of completion for such Alterations.

 

- 84 -


(xi) Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in connection with obtaining necessary permits for the Alterations (including, without limitation, any such permits required by the LPC (as hereinafter defined)), which may include, without limitation, executing applications reasonably required by Tenant for such permits prior to completion of Landlord’s review of Tenant’s plans and specifications for such Alterations; provided, that (i) execution of any such application by Landlord shall not constitute Landlord’s consent to the proposed Alteration in question and (ii) no such application shall include a proposed change in the certificate of occupancy for the Building. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within thirty (30) days after demand therefor, for all reasonable and actual out-of-pocket third-party costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s cooperation in obtaining such permits and changes, provided no such costs and expenses shall be due and payable in connection with Tenant’s Work.

11.03 Tenant is hereby notified that certain portions of the Building may hereinafter become subject to the jurisdiction of the Landmarks Preservation Commission (“ LPC ”). In the event thereof, in accordance with Sections 25-305, 25-306, 25-309 and 25-310 of the Administrative Code of the City of New York and the rules set forth in Title 63 of the Rules of the City of New York, any demolition, construction, reconstruction, alteration or minor work as described in such Sections and such rules may not be commenced within certain portions of the Building without the prior written approval of the LPC. Tenant is notified that such demolition, construction, reconstruction, alterations or minor work includes, but is not limited to, (a) work to the exterior of the Building involving windows, signs, awnings, flagpoles, banners and storefront alterations and (b) may include interior work to the Building that (i) requires a permit from the Department of Buildings or (ii) changes, destroys or affects an interior architectural feature of an interior landmark or an exterior architectural feature of an improvement that is a landmark or located on a landmark site or in a historic district. Without limiting the provisions hereof, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for its prior approval (which approval shall be deemed to be granted if the underlying Alteration that is the subject of such required LPC approval is otherwise approved by Landlord in accordance with the provisions of Article 11) all applications for Certificates of No Effect, Certificates of Appropriateness or other similar requests (including applications for modifications of Certificates of No Effect, Certificates of Appropriateness or other similar requests previously granted) from the LPC. Tenant shall keep Landlord apprised of all LPC proceedings and shall deliver copies of all notices, approvals and rejections received by Tenant from the LPC. Tenant shall use Landlord’s designated LPC consultant to prosecute all filings with the LPC for Certificates of No Effect, Certificates of Appropriateness or other similar requests provided that the rates charged by such LPC consultant shall competitive with the rates being charged by other such consultants in Manhattan.”

 

- 85 -


Section 12.8. (a) (i) Effective as of the date hereof, Section 15.01 of the Original Lease shall me amended by deleting therefrom the words “8:00 A.M. and 6:00 P.M.” and replacing them with the words “8:00 A.M. and 7:00 P.M.”. In consideration of Landlord’s agreement to extend the “regular hours” for the Base Building HVAC System as set forth in this Section 12.8, commencing as of the date hereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent (in equal monthly installments in advance of the first day of each month during the term of the Lease) an amount equal to $15,000.00 per annum (which amount shall be proportionately increased or reduced if there shall, at any time during the term of the Lease, be any increase or decrease in the Premises being leased by Tenant thereunder).

(ii) Effective as of: (x) the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s 5 th Floor Post-Commencement Work (with respect to the 5 th Floor Space), (y) the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s 6 th Floor Post-Commencement Work (with respect to the 6 th Floor Space) and (z) Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Existing Premises Work (with respect to the Existing Premises), Landlord’s obligation under Section 15.01 of the Original Lease to maintain and operate the “systems” shall be pursuant to the performance specifications with respect thereto annexed to this Amendment as Exhibit J .

(b) Effective as of the date hereof, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Original Lease, the following shall be added at the end of Article 15:

“15.03 (a) Subject to the provisions of this Section  15.03 , Landlord shall make available to Tenant or reserve for Tenant’s use up to ninety-seven (97) tons of condenser water (“ Supplemental Condenser Water ”) in connection with the operation by Tenant of supplemental air-conditioning equipment in the Demised Premises. Subject to any provision of this Lease relating to stoppage of services and Landlord’s inability to perform, Landlord shall supply Supplemental Condenser Water to the Premises on a twenty-four (24) hour, 365 day basis. Tenant must provide its own independent circulating pump, properly sized and balanced. Tenant may elect to have Landlord supply or reserve such Supplemental Condenser Water by notice (a “ Supplemental Condenser Water Notice ”) given to Landlord on or before the date that is five hundred forty (545) days following the date of the Tenth Amendment of Lease and Additional Space and Extension Agreement (“ CW Outside Date ”), which notice shall set forth the tonnage of Supplemental Condenser Water requested by Tenant. Tenant shall be

 

- 86 -


deemed to have elected not to have Landlord supply or reserve all or a portion of such Supplemental Condenser Water, as applicable, if Tenant fails to give to Landlord a Supplemental Condenser Water Notice on or before the CW Outside Date, or if Tenant gives a Supplemental Condenser Water Notice on or before the CW Outside Date requiring Landlord to supply and/or reserve less than the Supplemental Condenser Water detailed above, then in any such event Landlord shall have no obligation to reserve the unused or unreserved portion of such Supplemental Condenser Water for Tenant’s future use; provided, that if Tenant thereafter requires such Supplemental Condenser Water, Landlord shall provide such Supplemental Condenser Water to Tenant to the extent such Supplemental Condenser Water is available after taking into account reasonably appropriate reserves to serve the current and anticipated future needs of Landlord, Tenant and the other tenants of the Building as reasonably determined by Landlord. In connection with the foregoing, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a tap-in charge in an amount equal to One Thousand Five Hundred and 00/100ths Dollars ($1,500.00) per tap.

(b) Commencing as of the date upon which Tenant gives to Landlord Tenant’s Supplemental Water Notice, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an annual charge of $700.00 per ton of Supplemental Condenser Water reserved by Tenant in any Supplemental Condenser Water Notice (whether or not actually used by Tenant) (the “ Annual Condenser Water Charge ”), plus sales tax, if applicable, subject to increase as provided for herein. Except as otherwise provided for herein, all sums payable under this Section  15.03 shall be deemed to be Additional Rent and paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after the issuance of a statement therefor. The Annual Condenser Water Charge shall be increased by Landlord on January 1, 2015 and on each January 1st of each subsequent year during the term of this Lease by the percentage change in the Consumer Price Index (as hereinafter defined) for such January over the Consumer Price Index for January, 2014.

(c) Subject to Article 11 and Landlord’s approval thereunder (including approval over the specific location and manner of installation), Landlord conceptually approves the installation by Tenant of an air-cooled supplemental HVAC system in the Demised Premises and any reasonably required louvers for ventilation in connection therewith (it being agreed that nothing contained herein shall be or be deemed to modify the requirements of Article 11 with respect thereto and it being further agreed that any such louver(s) may only be located on the south or east sides of the Building in locations reasonably determined by Landlord).”

 

- 87 -


Section 12.9. Effective as of the date hereof, Section 16.01 of the Original Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“16.01 Subject to Section 16.05, Landlord shall provide passenger elevator service to the Premises during Business Hours on Business Days. “ Business Days ” means all days other than Saturdays, Sundays, State holidays, Federal holidays and Building Service Employees Union Contract holidays. “ Business Hours ” means 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. No bulky materials including, but not limited to furniture, office equipment, packages, or merchandise (“ Freight Items ”) shall be received in the Premises or Building by Tenant or removed from the Premises or Building by Tenant except on Business Days between the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. and 1:00 p.m. and 5:00 p.m., and by means of the one (1) freight elevator and the loading dock only, which Landlord will provide without charge on a first come, first served basis. If Tenant requires additional freight elevator or loading dock service at hours other than those set forth above, Landlord shall make available to Tenant, upon reasonable notice, overtime freight elevator and loading dock service at Tenant’s sole cost (at Landlord’s then-prevailing rates for same); provided, however, no such after hours charge shall be imposed by Landlord with respect to the first two hundred fifty (250) hours of after hours freight elevator usage by Tenant (in the aggregate) in connection with Tenant’s initial move-in to the Additional Space and/or Tenant’s Work. If additional freight and loading dock service is requested for a weekend or for a period of time that does not immediately precede or follow the normal working hours of the personnel providing such overtime freight service, the minimum charge prescribed by Landlord shall be for four (4) hours. Landlord shall provide reasonable passenger elevator service during Business Hours on Business Days (it being agreed that subject to casualty and Unavoidable Delays, during Business Hours on Business Days, Landlord shall make available at least two (2) passenger elevators in each elevator bank serving the Premises and, subject to casualty and Unavoidable Delays, Landlord shall make available at least one (1) passenger elevator servicing the Premises at all times). Unless already existing as of the date hereof and unless required pursuant to Legal Requirements, Landlord shall not re-configure the elevators of the Building in order to voluntarily create a so-called “cross-over” floor on any floor of the Building the entire rentable area of which is included within the Premises.”

Section 12.10. Effective as of the date hereof, Article 16 of the Original Lease is hereby modified by

(i) Deleting Section 16.03 in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“16.03 Landlord shall provide hot and cold water to all core lavatories in the Premises and the multi-tenant floors on which any portion of the Premises is located and tepid water to all pantries and drinking fountains in the Premises, at all times, and in reasonable amounts.”

 

- 88 -


(ii) adding the following at the end thereof:

“16.05 Landlord shall provide Tenant with shaft space sufficient to accommodate one (1) four-inch (4”) riser extending from the 3 rd floor of the Building to the roof of the Building for Tenant running data and telecommunications wiring between and within each floor of the Premises.

16.06 Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to install identification signage on its entry door or wall and within the elevator vestibule of each full floor of the Premises. With respect to any multi-tenant floors on which the Premises are located, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install identification signage on the entry doors to such portion of the Premises and Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, include Tenant’s name on any directory maintained by Landlord for such floor.”

Section 12.11. Effective as of the date hereof, Article 17 of the Original Lease is hereby amended to provide that Landlord agrees to do any work or store any materials in the Premises pursuant to Article 17 of the Original Lease in such a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s regular business operations therein, provided no additional costs, for labor at overtime or premium rates, or otherwise, are incurred thereby.

Section 12.12. Effective as of the date hereof, (i) the reference to “(a), (b) and (c)” in Section 24.02(d) of the Original Lease shall be amended to refer to “(a), (b), (c) and (d), and (ii) the first grammatical sentence of Section 25.01 shall be deleted and replaced with the following: “If this lease shall expire as in Article 24 provided, Landlord or Landlord’s agents and employees may immediately or at any time thereafter re–enter the Demised Premises, or any part thereof, either by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, and may repossess the same and may remove any personal property therefrom, to the end that Landlord may have, hold and enjoy the Demised Premises again as and of its first estate and interest therein.”

 

- 89 -


Section 12.13. Effective as of the date hereof, Article 31 of the Original Lease is hereby modified as follows:

(a) all notices under the Lease to Landlord shall be sent to Landlord as follows: c/o SL Green Realty Corp., 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York, 10170, Attention: Director of Leasing, with a copy to: c/o SL Green Realty Corp., 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York, 10170, Attention: Leasing Counsel,

(b) all notices under the Lease to Tenant shall be sent to Tenant as follows: Newmark & Company Real Estate, Inc., 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Attention: General Counsel.

(c) notices sent pursuant to the Lease may be sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service for next business-day delivery, with delivery deemed to occur on the date such notice is actually received as evidenced by a written receipt therefor, and in the event of failure to deliver by reason of changed address of which no notice was given or refusal to accept delivery, as of the date of such failure.

Section 12.14. Effective as of the date hereof, Exhibit C of the Original Lease (Rules and Regulations) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit F annexed to this Amendment and made a part hereof.

Section 12.15. Effective as of the date hereof, Exhibit E of the Original Lease (Cleaning Specifications) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit G annexed to this Amendment and made a part hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Original Lease, Effective as of the date hereof, but subject to the next following sentence, Tenant shall have the right to perform cleaning work that is in excess of the work required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to Exhibit E annexed hereto using Tenant’s own employees or a third-party cleaning contractor utilizing union labor with the proper jurisdictional qualifications selected by Tenant (it being agreed that in no event shall any such employees or cleaning

 

- 90 -


contractor selected by Tenant be permitted to perform any cleaning work being performed by Landlord and no such work by such employees or contractor selected by Tenant shall result in any reduction in the Annual Fixed Rent or other amounts payable by Tenant hereunder). Tenant shall not, either directly or indirectly, employ or permit the employment or any personnel or any contractor to perform cleaning pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, the same would create any difficulty, strike or jurisdictional dispute with other contractors or laborers engaged by Landlord, or would disturb the cleaning or operation of the Building or any part of either thereof. In the event of any such interference or conflict, Tenant, upon demand of Landlord, shall cause all contractors or employees causing such interference, difficulty or conflict, to leave or be removed from the Building immediately.

Section 12.16. Subject to Legal Requirements, causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, any temporary closures required in connection with any repairs, maintenance or other work being performed in the Building or adjacent thereto, and any security measures reasonably imposed by Landlord, Tenant’s employees shall have access to the Building from 41 st Street (it being expressly acknowledged and agreed that the foregoing shall not be or be deemed to require Landlord to maintain during such period the existing 41 st street passageway provided that alternate access from 41 st street is provided).

ARTICLE 13

BROKERAGE

Section 13.1. Tenant and Landlord covenant, warrant and represent to each other that no broker except Tenant or Tenant’s affiliate and SL Green Leasing LLC (“ Landlord’s RE Broker ”; together with Tenant or such Tenant’s affiliate may collectively hereinafter be referred

 

- 91 -


to as Broker ”) was instrumental in bringing about or consummating this Amendment and that Tenant had no conversations or negotiations with any broker except the Broker concerning the terms of this Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord against and from any claims for any brokerage commissions and all costs, expenses and liabilities in connection therewith, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, arising out of any conversations or negotiations had by Tenant with any broker (excluding the Broker) with respect to this Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereby. Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Tenant against and from any claims for any brokerage commissions and all costs, expenses and liabilities in connection therewith, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, arising out of conversations or negotiations had by Landlord with any broker (including the Broker) with respect to this Amendment or the transaction contemplated hereby. Landlord shall pay a commission to the Tenant and Landlord’s RE Broker in accordance with a separate agreement or agreements between Landlord and Tenant and Landlord’s Broker, as the case may be.

Section 13.2. Article 30 of the Original Lease (as amended) shall not be deemed applicable to this Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE 14

ROOFTOP ANTENNA

Section 14.1. During the Term but subject to availability hereafter occurring and taking into account on a reasonably equitable basis (based on the then the current and future anticipated needs of Landlord, Tenant and other occupants of the Building), Tenant shall be entitled to use space on the roof of the Building in a location approved by Landlord (the “ Rooftop Area ”) without paying any Annual Fixed Rent therefor. Such right shall include the

 

- 92 -


right to install, maintain and operate thereon in a location designated by Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, an antenna, dish or other satellite communications device (provided that such antenna dish or other device shall not be affixed to the facade of the Building and shall not exceed 36” in diameter) together with risers and penetrations reasonably required in connection therewith (hereinafter referred to as the “ Antenna Installations ”), subject to all of the applicable terms, covenants and provisions of the Lease, and subject to Landlord’s prior written approval including (which shall be granted or withheld in accordance with the applicable provisions of Article 11), without limitation, approval as to weight, location and method of attachment, and which shall also be required for modifications to, and the removal of, the same. Landlord shall in its reasonable discretion, designate the available space on the Rooftop Area, which space shall be sufficient for the Antenna Installations and which space shall expressly exclude all mechanical, electrical, plumbing and other service systems of the Building located thereon and all passageways required for access thereto for personnel, materials and equipment and designate the course through which conduits for the Antenna Installations may be run. In connection with Tenant’s installation, maintenance and operation of its Antenna Installations, Tenant shall comply with all Legal Requirements governing such Antenna Installations, and shall procure, maintain and pay for all permits and licenses required therefor, including all renewals thereof. The installation, maintenance, and operation of the Antenna Installations shall be subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, except as provided for in this Article 14. The parties agree that Tenant’s use of the Rooftop Area is a non-exclusive use and Landlord may use, and may permit the use of any other portion of the Rooftop Area to any other person, firm or corporation for any use including, without limitation, the installation of equipment, devices, or other antennas and/or communications systems, provided that any such installations made after

 

- 93 -


the installations of Tenant’s Antenna Installations do not impair Tenant’s signal and data transmission and reception via Tenant’s antenna and support equipment. Tenant shall ensure that its use of the Rooftop Area does not impair any other person’s, firm’s or corporation’s signal and data transmission and reception via their respective antennas and support equipment, if any, which is existing in advance of the date upon which Tenant shall have made its Antenna Installations.

Section 14.2. In no event shall the maximum level of microwave emissions from Tenant’s antenna exceed a reasonable portion of the total microwave emissions allowable for the Building as determined by the governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof taking into account the number of rooftop installations at the Building.

Section 14.3. Tenant shall pay for all electrical service required for Tenant’s use of its Antenna Installations in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Lease and this Amendment (i.e., electrical service shall be measured by separate meter installed by Landlord for Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense).

Section 14.4. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall promptly repair any and all damage to the Rooftop Area and to any part of the Building caused by or resulting from the installation, maintenance and repair, operation or removal of the Antenna Installations erected or installed by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Article. Tenant further covenants and agrees that the Installations and any related equipment erected or installed by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Article shall be erected, installed, repaired, maintained and operated by Tenant at the sole cost and expense of Tenant and without charge, cost or expense to Landlord.

 

- 94 -


Section 14.5. The Antenna Installations and related equipment installed by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Article shall be Tenant’s property, and, upon the expiration of the Term shall be removed by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and Tenant shall repair any damage to the Rooftop Area, or to any other portion or portions of the Building caused by or resulting from said removal.

Section 14.6. Landlord may, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to Tenant, relocate, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, the Rooftop Area and/or Installations and related equipment in the event that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the space upon which the Antenna Installations and related equipment is located is needed by Landlord in connection with the provision of a building service and provided no diminution in service to Tenant results from such relocation. Such relocation shall be performed at such times as shall be reasonably required by Tenant in order to minimize any disruption with Tenant’s normal business activities in the Demised Premises.

Section 14.7. If at any time during the Term, Tenant shall cease its use (or not initiate its use) of Antenna Installations for a period of time in excess of two (2) years after Tenant shall have been granted such right to use such Antenna Installations in accordance with the terms hereof, the license granted to Tenant pursuant to this Article 14 shall automatically terminate and expire and Tenant shall have no further right to use space on the Rooftop Area (unless such space is again available in accordance with the terms of Section 14.1 above) and Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove the Antenna Installation, if any, from the Rooftop Area within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice from Landlord to so remove same.

 

- 95 -


Section 14.8. Upon Tenant’s request made from time to time, Landlord agrees to inform Tenant if any space on the roof has become available for use by Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof.

ARTICLE 15

MANAGING AGENT

Section 15.1. Landlord and Tenant have entered into an exclusive rental agency agreement (the Leasing Agreement ”) dated as of April 8, 2011, which grants to Tenant the right to represent Landlord in the leasing of certain space in the Building on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein. Provided that all of the Termination Conditions (as hereinafter defined) are satisfied both on the date a Termination Event (as hereinafter defined) occurs and on the date a Termination Notice (as hereinafter defined) is given by Tenant, then subject to the terms of this Section 15.1, if, at any time during the term of the Lease, (i) Landlord voluntarily terminates the Leasing Agreement for any reason other than pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Leasing Agreement, and (ii) Landlord engages a third-party leasing agent (with respect to the leasing of the portions of the Building that were the subject of the Leasing Agreement) that is not (x) Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord (e.g., if Landlord elects to utilize SL Green Leasing LLC as the leasing agent for the Building, the provisions of this Section 15.1 shall not be applicable thereto) unless Landlord’s primary business, either directly or together with its affiliates, is third-party real estate brokerage (i.e., brokerage representing third-parties other than Landlord or its affiliates) (in which event the Termination Right shall apply), or, (y) is not Tenant or an affiliate of Tenant (such termination by Landlord and engagement of a third-party leasing agent, a Termination Event ”), then Tenant, at its sole option, shall have the right to terminate this Lease (the Termination Right ”) upon notice to Landlord (the Termination

 

- 96 -


Notice ”), which Termination Right may only be exercised by Tenant within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of the Termination Event (time being of the essence). If a Termination Event occurs and Tenant fails to give a Termination Notice on or before the date required in the immediately preceding sentence, then the terms of this Article 15 shall be void and of no further force and effect and Tenant shall have no further rights to terminate the Lease pursuant to this Article 15. Upon the giving of a Termination Notice, this Lease will terminate as of the date (the “ Termination Date ”) set forth in said Termination Notice, which, in no case, shall be less than twelve (12) months or more than eighteen (18) months following the giving of said Termination Notice (if Tenant fails to provide the Termination Date in the Termination Notice, then the date that is eighteen (18) months after the date that Tenant delivers to Landlord the Termination Notice shall be deemed the Termination Date for purposes hereof), and upon such Termination Date, this Lease shall terminate as if such Termination Date were the Expiration Date and neither party shall have any further obligations to the other hereunder, except as set forth in this Article 15 or elsewhere in the Lease with respect to the expiration or early termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Leasing Agreement, Landlord and Tenant (and the parties to the Leasing Agreement) hereby agree that the Leasing Agreement shall terminate as of the date that Tenant delivers to Landlord the Termination Notice pursuant to Section 15.1(A) hereof, if not previously terminated prior to such date pursuant to the terms thereof; provided, however, except as set forth in this sentence, nothing contained in this Section 15.1 shall be or be deemed to be a modification of any of the terms or conditions of the Leasing Agreement and shall not in any manner modify the rights and obligations of the parties thereto or any remedies to which such parties are entitled thereunder. The “ Termination Conditions ” shall mean that: (1) Named Tenant (i.e., Newmark and Company Real Estate, Inc. or any Related

 

- 97 -


Entity of Newmark and Company Real Estate, Inc.) is then the Tenant under the Lease, (2) Named Tenant (i.e., Newmark and Company Real Estate, Inc. or any Related Entity of Newmark and Company Real Estate, Inc.) shall then be in actual physical occupancy of not less than fifty thousand (50,000) rentable square feet of office space in the Building, and (3) Named Tenant (i.e., Newmark and Company Real Estate, Inc. or any Related Entity of Newmark and Company Real Estate, Inc.) that is then the Tenant under this Lease shall be actively engaged in real estate brokerage.

Section 15.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Leasing Agreement, promptly following Owner’s request, which may be made from time-to-time, and subject to Owner’s approval, Agent will assign a “team” to the leasing of the Available Space in substitution of the team then so assigned which shall be comprised of not less than one (1) Senior Level Broker (hereinafter defined) in the employ of Agent together with supporting team members in the employ of Agent with agency experience. For purposes of this provision, a “ Senior Level Broker ” shall mean a broker in the employ of Agent (i) holding the title of Senior Vice President or higher, and (ii) with significant agency experience leasing first class office buildings in midtown Manhattan. All capitalized terms used in this Section 15.2 and not otherwise defined in this Lease shall have the meanings ascribed in the Leasing Agreement.

ARTICLE 16

PLAQUE SIGNAGE

Section 16.1. So long as (a) Named Tenant (i.e., Newmark and Company Real Estate, Inc. or any Related Entity of Newmark and Company Real Estate, Inc.) is then the Tenant under the Lease, (b) Named Tenant (i.e., Newmark and Company Real Estate, Inc. or any

 

- 98 -


Related Entity of Newmark and Company Real Estate, Inc.) shall then be in actual physical occupancy of not less than seventy-five (75%) percent of the rentable square foot area of the Premises, (c) Named Tenant (i.e., Newmark and Company Real Estate, Inc. or any Related Entity of Newmark and Company Real Estate, Inc.) that is then the Tenant under this Lease shall then be the exclusive leasing agent for the Building pursuant to the Leasing Agreement (or any subsequent agreement between Landlord and such Named Tenant with respect to the exclusive leasing of space in the Building), and (d) Tenant shall not be in monetary or material nonmonetary default under the Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable cure or grace period, Tenant shall be entitled to install (but utilizing Landlord’s designated contractors for same) signage (depicting the name and/or logo of the then Tenant under this Lease) (the “ Plaque Signage ”), which signage shall be located on or about the 42 nd street entrance to the Building but otherwise subject to Landlord’s prior approval as to size, font, color, design, specific location and materials and manner of installation and shall further be subject to the terms of Article 11 hereof and Legal Requirements. The costs associated with obtaining and installing the Plaque Signage shall be borne exclusively by Tenant. Upon Tenant’s cessation of the right to any such signage under this Section 16.1 or upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall immediately remove any such Plaque Signage and shall repair any damage to the Building as a result of such removal, and if Tenant fails to timely perform such removal and repair, Landlord may perform same on Tenant’s behalf, subject to Tenant reimbursing Landlord for the costs thereof.

 

- 99 -


ARTICLE 17

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 17.1. Except as modified, amended and supplemented by this Amendment, the terms and provisions of the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

Section 17.2. This Amendment shall not be binding upon Landlord and Tenant unless and until it is signed by both parties hereto and a signed copy thereof is delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

Section 17.3. This Amendment constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the matters stated herein and may not be amended or modified unless such amendment or modification shall be in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.

Section 17.4. The terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 17.5. This Amendment shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.

Section 17.6. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and an executed counterpart delivered by “.pdf”, facsimile or email shall be binding upon the parties.

[signature page follows]

 

- 100 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD :
125 PARK OWNER LLC
By:   /s/ Steven M. Durels
Name:   Steven M. Durels
Title:  

Executive Vice President,

Director of Leasing and Real Property

 

TENANT :
NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC. d/b/a Newmark Grubb Knight Frank
By:   /s/ [Authorized Representative]
Name:  
Title:  

 

- 101 -


EXHIBIT A-1

5 th FLOOR SPACE

[see attached]


LOGO

 

- 2 -


EXHIBIT A-2

6 th FLOOR SPACE

[see attached]

 

- 3 -


LOGO

 

- 4 -


EXHIBIT B

LANDLORD’S 5 th FLOOR POST-COMMENCEMENT WORK

Landlord shall perform the following work in the 5th Floor Space in a Building-standard manner utilizing Building-standard materials, finishes and fixtures.

 

  1. Landlord shall provide a reasonably sufficient amount of connection points for Tenant’s strobes and related Class E fire alarm connections and tie-in to the Building’s Class E system, which connection points may be on a different floor.

 

  2. The following work shall be performed to the base building air conditioning equipment serving the 5 th Floor Space (which work shall be performed utilizing a contractor selected by Landlord provided that the use of such contractor shall not void any warranty associated with such equipment); provided that distribution within the Premises shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense:

 

  a. Disconnect power to unit.

 

  b. Replace fuse blocks and fuses

 

  c. Replace contactor with aux switch

 

  d. Replace condenser modulating valve as needed

 

  e. Remove inlet guide vanes and hard wear

 

  f. Replace fan shaft bearings

 

  g. Replace fan shaft as needed

 

  h. Replace fan section assembly as needed

 

  i. Clean fin coil and punch condenser water tubes

 

  j. Replace control board (1u1, 1u2, 1u3)

 

  k. Have BMS vendor take full control of unit operations (temp control “Heating and Cooling” static pressure, on/off, Safety’s

 

  l. Check refrigeration system for leaks and make repairs

 

- 5 -


EXHIBIT C

LANDLORD’S 6 TH FLOOR POST-COMMENCEMENT WORK

Landlord shall perform the following work in the 6 th Floor Space in a Building-standard manner utilizing Building-standard materials, finishes and fixtures.

1. Landlord shall provide a reasonably sufficient amount of connection points for Tenant’s strobes and related Class E fire alarm connections and tie-in to the Building’s Class E system, which connection points may be on a different floor.

2. The following work shall be performed to the base building air conditioning equipment serving the 6 th Floor Space (which work shall be performed utilizing a contractor selected by Landlord provided that the use of such contractor shall not void any warranty associated with such equipment); provided that distribution within the Premises shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense:

 

  a. Disconnect power to unit.

 

  b. Replace fuse blocks and fuses

 

  c. Replace contactor with aux switch

 

  d. Replace condenser modulating valve as needed

 

  e. Remove inlet guide vanes and hard wear

 

  f. Replace fan shaft bearings

 

  g. Replace fan shaft as needed

 

  h. Replace fan section assembly as needed

 

  i. Clean fin coil and punch condenser water tubes

 

  j. Replace control board (1u1, 1u2, 1u3)

 

  k. Have BMS vendor take full control of unit operations (temp control “Heating and Cooling” static pressure, on/off, Safety’s

 

  l. Check refrigeration system for leaks and make repairs.

 

- 6 -


EXHIBIT D

LANDLORD’S EXISTING PREMISES WORK

Landlord shall perform the following work in the Existing Premises (excluding the Storage Space) in a Building-standard manner utilizing Building-standard materials, finishes and fixtures.

 

  1. Landlord shall provide a reasonably sufficient amount of connection points for Tenant’s strobes and related Class E fire alarm connections and tie-in to the Building’s Class E system, which connection points may be on a different floor.

 

  2. Construct new Building-standard core restrooms on the 3 rd and 14 th floors of the Building only (it being expressly acknowledged and agreed that such core restrooms may not be ADA-compliant).

 

  3. The following work shall be performed to the base building air conditioning equipment serving the Entire 3 rd Floor Space (which work shall be performed utilizing a contractor selected by Landlord provided that the use of such contractor shall not void any warranty associated with such equipment); provided that distribution within the Premises shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense:

 

  a. Disconnect power to unit.

 

  b. Replace fuse blocks and fuses

 

  c. Replace contactor with aux switch

 

  d. Replace condenser modulating valve as needed

 

  e. Remove inlet guide vanes and hard wear

 

  f. Replace fan shaft bearings

 

  g. Replace fan shaft as needed

 

  h. Replace fan section assembly as needed

 

  i. Clean fin coil and punch condenser water tubes

 

  j. Replace control board (1u1, 1u2, 1u3)

 

  k. Have BMS vendor take full control of unit operations (temp control “Heating and Cooling” static pressure, on/off, Safety’s

 

  l. Check refrigeration system for leaks and make repairs.

 

  4. The following work shall be performed to the base building air conditioning equipment serving the Existing Premises (excluding the Entire 3 rd Floor Space and the Storage Space) (which work shall be performed utilizing a contractor selected by Landlord provided that the use of such contractor shall not void any warranty associated with such equipment); provided that distribution within the Premises shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense:

 

- 7 -


Scope A

 

  1. Replacement of existing controls system with factory authorized BacNet compatible control system from Mammoth Inc. to interface with BMS and the installation of a new 15 horsepower VFD

 

  2. Mechanical company to provide certified start-up and testing of all new control system and VFD

Scope B

 

  1. Parts replacement for Mammoth unit.

 

  2. Remove old vari-cone assembly

 

  3. Existing blower assembly bearing shall be removed and replaced.

 

  4. If necessary new indoor blower wheel and shaft assembly shall be installed, otherwise parts will be left on site to be utilized when required.

 

  5. Mechanical company shall provide alignment and dynamic balancing of the indoor blower section after replacement.

 

  6. Replace Existing, Oil pressure control, Low Pressure control, High Pressure control and contactors on both compressors.

 

  7. Replace fan motor with new high efficiency motor for new VFD

 

  8. Replace existing shaves and belts.

 

  9. Replace Fan contactor

 

  10. Replace outside air damper actuator with new and terminate to the new control panel points to interface with the BMS

 

- 8 -


EXHIBIT E-1

ANNUAL FIXED RENT FOR EXISTING PREMISES (EXCLUDING THE ENTIRE 3 rd

FLOOR SPACE AND STORAGE SPACE) COMMENCING ON 6/1/16

 

Period

   Annual Fixed Rent      Monthly  

For the period commencing on June 1, 2016 through and including May 31, 2019

   $ 3,802,560.00      $ 316,880.00  

For the period commencing on June 1, 2019 through and including May 31, 2024

   $ 4,119,440.00      $ 343,286.66  

For the period commencing on June 1, 2024 through and including the New Expiration Date.

   $ 4,436,320.00      $ 369,693.33  

 

- 9 -


EXHIBIT E-2

ANNUAL FIXED RENT FOR ENTIRE 3 rd FLOOR SPACE COMMENCING ON 6/1/16

 

Period

   Annual Fixed Rent      Monthly  

For the period commencing on June 1, 2016 through and including May 31, 2021

   $ 391,723.00      $ 32,643.58  

For the period commencing on June 1, 2021 through and including May 31, 2026

   $ 428,678.00      $ 35,723.17  

For the period commencing on June 1, 2026 through and including the New Expiration Date.

   $ 465,633.00      $ 38,802.75  

 

- 10 -


EXHIBIT E-3

ANNUAL FIXED RENT FOR STORAGE SPACE COMMENCING ON 6/1/16

 

Period

   Annual Fixed Rent      Monthly  

For the period commencing on June 1, 2016 through and including the New Expiration Date.

   $ 14,825.00      $ 1,235.42  

 

- 11 -


EXHIBIT E-4

ANNUAL FIXED RENT FOR THE 5 th FLOOR SPACE

 

Period

   Annual Fixed Rent      Monthly  

For the period commencing on the 5 th Floor Commencement Date through and including the day immediately preceding the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the 5 th Floor Commencement Date (the “ First 5 th Floor Period ”)

   $ 1,662,981.00      $ 138,581.75  

For the period commencing on the day immediately following the end of the First 5 th Floor Period through and including the day immediately preceding the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the 5 th Floor Commencement Date (the “ Second 5 th Floor Period ”)

   $ 1,819,866.00      $ 151,655.50  

For the period commencing on the day immediately following the end of the Second 5 th Floor Period through and including the New Expiration Date.

   $ 1,976,751.00      $ 164,729.25  

 

- 12 -


EXHIBIT E-5

ANNUAL FIXED RENT FOR THE 6 th FLOOR SPACE

 

Period

   Annual Fixed Rent      Monthly  

For the period commencing on the 6 th Floor Commencement Date through and including the day immediately preceding the sixth (6 th ) anniversary of the 6 th Floor Commencement Date (the “ First 6 th Floor Period ”)

   $ 1,646,763.00      $ 137,230.25  

For the period commencing on the day immediately following the end of the First 6 th Floor Period through and including the day immediately preceding the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the 6 th Floor Commencement Date (the “ Second 6 th Floor Period ”)

   $ 1,802,118.00      $ 150,176.50  

For the period commencing on the day immediately following the end of the Second 6 th Floor Period through and including the New Expiration Date.

   $ 1,957,473.00      $ 163,122.75  

 

- 13 -


EXHIBIT F

Rules and Regulations

1. No animals, birds, bicycles or vehicles shall be brought into or kept in the Premises. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or commercial repairing or for sale or display of merchandise or as a lodging place, or for any immoral or illegal purpose, nor shall the Premises be used for a public stenographer or typist; barber or beauty shop; telephone, secretarial or messenger service; employment, travel or tourist agency; school or classroom; commercial document reproduction; or for any business other than specifically provided for in the Tenant’s lease. Tenant shall not cause or permit in the Premises any disturbing noises which may interfere with occupants of this or neighboring Buildings, any cooking or objectionable odors, or any nuisance of any kind, or any inflammable or explosive fluid, chemical or substance. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building are prohibited, and each tenant shall cooperate so as to prevent the same.

2. The toilet rooms and other water apparatus shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rags, ink, chemicals or other unsuitable substances shall be thrown therein. Tenant shall not place anything out of doors, windows or skylights, or into hallways, stairways or elevators, nor place food or objects on outside window sills. Tenant shall not obstruct or cover the halls, stairways and elevators, or use them for any purpose other than ingress and egress to or from Tenant’s Premises, nor shall skylights, windows, doors and transoms that reflect or admit light into the Building be covered or obstructed in any way. All drapes and blinds installed by Tenant on any exterior window of the Premises shall conform in style and color to the Building standard.

3. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises in excess of the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all safes, file cabinets and filing equipment in the Premises. Business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, only with Landlord’s consent and in settings approved by Landlord to control weight, vibration, noise and annoyance. Smoking or carrying lighted cigars, pipes or cigarettes in the elevators of the Building is prohibited.

4. Tenant shall not move any heavy or bulky materials into or out of the Building or make or receive large deliveries of goods, furnishings, equipment or other items without Landlord’s prior written consent, and then only during such hours and in such manner as Landlord shall approve and in accordance with Landlord’s rules and regulations pertaining thereto. If any material or equipment requires special handling, Tenant shall employ only persons holding a Master Rigger’s License to do such work, and all such work shall comply with all legal requirements. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the Building, and to exclude any freight which violates any rule, regulation or other provision of this Lease.


5. No sign, advertisement, notice or thing shall be inscribed, painted or affixed on any part of the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord may remove anything installed in violation of this provision, and Tenant shall pay the cost of such removal and any restoration costs. Interior signs on doors and directories shall be inscribed or affixed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense. Landlord shall control the color, size, style and location of all signs, advertisements and notices. No advertising of any kind by Tenant shall refer to the Building, unless first approved in writing by Landlord.

6. No article shall be fastened to, or holes drilled or nails or screws driven into, the ceilings, walls, doors or other portions of the Premises, nor shall any part of the Premises be painted, papered or otherwise covered, or in any way marked or broken, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

7. No existing locks shall be changed, nor shall any additional locks or bolts of any kind be placed upon any door or window by Tenant, without the prior written consent of Landlord, Two (2) sets of keys to all exterior and interior locks shall be furnished to Landlord. At the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all keys for any portion of the Premises or Building. Before leaving the Premises at any time, Tenant shall close all windows and close and lock all doors.

8. No Tenant shall purchase or obtain for use in the Premises any spring water, ice, towels, food, bootblacking, barbering or other such service furnished by any company or person not approved by Landlord. Any necessary exterminating work in the Premises shall be done at Tenant’s expense, at such times, in such manner and by such company as Landlord shall require. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building, from 6:00 p.m. to 8:00 a.m., and at all hours on Sunday and legal holidays, all persons who do not present a pass to the Building signed by Landlord. Landlord will furnish passes to all persons reasonably designated by Tenant. Tenant shall be responsible for the acts of all persons to whom passes are issued at Tenant’s request.

9. Whenever Tenant shall submit to Landlord any plan, agreement or other document for Landlord’s consent or approval, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord as Additional Rent, on demand, an administrative fee equal to the sum of the reasonable fees of any architect, engineer or attorney employed by Landlord to review said plan, agreement or document and Landlord’s administrative costs for same.

10. The use in the Premises of auxiliary heating devices, such as portable electric heaters, heat lamps or other devices whose principal function at the time of operation is to produce space heating, is prohibited.

11. Tenant shall keep all doors from the hallway to the Premises closed at all times except for use during ingress to and egress from the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that a violation of the terms of this paragraph may also constitute a violation of codes, rules or regulations of governmental authorities having or asserting jurisdiction over the Premises, and Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord from any fines, penalties, claims, action or increase in fire insurance rates which might result from Tenant’s violation of the terms of this paragraph.

 

- 2 -


12. Tenant shall be permitted to maintain an “in-house” messenger or delivery service within the Premises, provided that Tenant shall require that any messengers in its employ affix identification to the breast pocket of their outer garment, which shall bear the following information: name of Tenant, name of employee and photograph of the employee. Messengers in Tenant’s employ shall display such identification at all time. In the event that Tenant or any agent, servant or employee of Tenant, violates the terms of this paragraph, Landlord shall be entitled to terminate Tenant’s permission to maintain within the Premises in-house messenger or delivery service upon written notice to Tenant.

13. Tenant will be entitled to three (3) listings on the Building lobby directory board, without charge. Any additional directory listing (if space is available), or any change in a prior listing, with the exception of a deletion, will be subject to a fourteen ($14.00) dollar service charge, payable as Additional Rent.

14. In case of any conflict or inconsistency between any provisions of this Lease and any of the rules and regulations as originally or as hereafter adopted, the provisions of this Lease shall control.

 

- 3 -


EXHIBIT G

Cleaning Specifications

 

A) GENERAL CLEANING – NIGHTLY

 

    Dust sweep all stone, ceramic tile, marble terrazzo, asphalt tile, linoleum, rubber, vinyl and other types of flooring. All stone, ceramic flooring, vinyl flooring should be s mopped two (2) times per month to keep grout and floor surface free of dirt and grime build up.

 

    Carpet sweep all carpets and rugs as needed.

 

    Vacuum clean all carpets and rugs, two (2) times per week

 

    Police all private stairways and keep in clean condition. Dust and/or wipe all handrails nightly, dust all horizontal surfaces and vacuum stairs two (2) times per week.

 

    Empty and clean all wastepaper baskets, ash trays and receptacles; damp dust as necessary

 

    Clean all cigarette urns and replace sand or water as necessary

 

    Remove all normal wastepaper and tenant rubbish to a designated area in the premises. (Excluding cafeteria waste, bulk materials, and all special materials such as old desks, furniture, etc.)

 

    Dust all furniture and window sills as necessary.

 

    High dust all furniture partitions, artwork, drapes, blinds, door bucks, and door frames four (4) times per year.

 

    Low dust all conference room table legs, all conference room and office chair legs one time (1) per month.

 

    Dust clean all glass furniture tops. All finger prints and smudges should be removed daily and nightly.

 

    Dust all chair rails, trim and similar objects as necessary

 

    All baseboards should be dusted and vacuumed weekly and wiped down no less than two (2) times per year.

 

    Wash clean all water fountains


    Keep locker and service closets in clean and orderly condition

 

    All bright metal surfaces and lighting fixtures should be free of finger prints and smudge marks and should be removed daily and nightly.

 

    All convector covers should be dusted nightly.

 

    All office phone handsets should be wiped with a disinfecting hand cloth nightly.

 

    Provide a schedule periodically to tenant regarding the anticipated schedule for performing the items above.

 

B) LAVATORIES – NIGHTLY (EXCLUDING PRIVATE & EXECUTIVE LAVATORIES)

 

    Sweep and mop all flooring

 

    Wipe clean all mirrors, powder shelves and brightwork, including flushometers, piping toilet seat hinges. All chrome and bright metal should be wiped down nightly.

 

    Wash and disinfect all basin, bowls and urinals. All undersides of basins, bowls and urinals should be wiped nightly.

 

    Wash both sides of all toilet seats

 

    Dust all partitions, tile walls, dispensers and receptacles

 

    Empty and clean paper towel and sanitary disposal receptacles

 

    Fill toilet tissue holders, soap dispensers and towel dispensers; materials to be furnished by Landlord

 

    Remove all wastepaper and refuse to designated area in the premises

 

    All door handles on partitions, fixtures and doors should be disinfected nightly.

 

C) LAVATORIES – PERIODIC CLEANING (EXCLUDES PRIVATE  & EXECUTIVE LAVATORIES

 

    All tile floor should be damp mopped four (4) times per week and should be machine scrubbed once (1) per week to keep grout and tile in clean condition.

 

    Wash all partitions; tile walls, and enamel surfaces periodically, using proper disinfectant when necessary. All partitions should be washed and disinfected on a monthly basis.

 

    All light fixtures, exhaust grates and door frames and bucks should be wiped down once (1) per month.

 

- 2 -


D) DAY SERVICES – DUTIES OF THE DAY PORTERS/MATRONS

 

    Police men’s and ladies’ restrooms and lavatories at a minimum of two (2) times per day. All counters should be wiped down to remove all excess water, all floors should be free and clear of paper towels, newspapers, excess water and any other debris.

 

    Fill toilet dispensers; materials to be furnished by Landlord

 

    Fill sanitary napkin dispensers; materials to be furnished by Landlord

 

    All wastebaskets should be emptied to avoid any overflow of paper no less than two (2) times per day.

 

    All wastebaskets should be emptied to avoid any overflow of paper no less than two (2) times per day.

 

    All door handles on partitions, fixtures and doors should be wiped with a disinfecting cleaner two (2) times per day.

 

E) SCHEDULE OF CLEANING

 

    Upon completion of the nightly chores, all lights shall be turned off, windows closed, doors locked and offices left in a neat and orderly condition

 

    All day, nightly and periodic cleaning services as listed herein, to be done five nights each week, Monday through Friday, except Union and Legal Holidays

 

    All windows from the 2 nd floor to the roof will be cleaned inside out quarterly, weather permitting.

 

- 3 -


EXHIBIT H

Superior ROFO Rights

 

•    Suite 305-15

  

LXD 4/30/24

  

Robert Half International has 5 year option to renew

•    Suite 320

  

LXD 12/31/15

  

Robert Half International has ROFO

•    Entire 7 th fl

  

LXD 2/28/30

  

Meister Selig has 5 year option to renew

 

- 4 -


EXHIBIT I

Intentionally omitted

 

- 5 -


EXHIBIT J

HVAC Performance Specifications

The Base Building HVAC system shall perform per the following specifications with an occupancy of one person per 100 “usable” (as hereinafter defined) sq. ft. and an electrical load of 4 watts actual demand per usable sq. ft. (usable area for single tenant floors shall be based on The Real Estate Board of New York, Inc. Recommended Method of Floor Measurement for Office Buildings Effective January 1, 1987; usable area for multiple tenant floors shall be based on the above method for determining usable area for single tenant floors, prorated based upon the rentable area leased by Tenant):

 

(a) Summer:   74°F ± 2°F, 50% R.H. indoor
  with 91° D.B. 75°F W.B. outdoor
  Air conditioning units shall provide 1” of static pressure
  at penetration through the mechanical equipment room wall.
(b) Winter:   Minimum 70°F indoor with 5°F outdoor and 15 MPH wind
(c) Condenser Water:  

The condenser water supply shall be:

 

 

(i) a maximum temperature of 87°F during the summer season; (ii) a minimum temperature of 40°F during the winter season; and (iii) at as low a temperature as possible at all times of the year.

 

    Third Floor- 22 Tons on both the North and South for a total of 44Tons and 8,800CFM each side for a total of l7,600CFM

 

    Fifth Floor- 35 Tons on both the North and South for a total of 70Tons and 14,000CFM each side for a total of 28,000CFM

 

    Sixth Floor- 35 Tons on both the North and South for a total of 70Tons and 14,000CFM each side for a total of 28,000CFM

 

    11 th Floor- 25 Tons on both the North and South for a total of 50Tons and 10,000CFM each side for a total of 20,000CFM

 

    12 th Floor- 25 Tons on both the North and South for a total of 50Tons and 10,000CFM each side for a total of 20,000CFM

 

    14 th Floor- 22 Tons on the North and 25 tons on the South for a total of 47Tons and 10,000CFM each side for a total of 20,000CFm

The ability of the Base Building HVAC system to achieve the above specifications may be affected by changes made by a tenant to the configuration of its premises and the HVAC distribution within the tenant’s premises.

Landlord shall, during the term of the Lease (but subject to reasonable availability), have on reserve, at least one (1)  of each type of compressor required in connection with the operation of the Base Building HVAC System (for purposes of replacing any such compressor then being used to operate the Base Building HVAC System if such replacement may become necessary).

 

- 6 -


EXHIBIT K

Form of Subtenant Recognition and Attorment Agreement

This Subtenant Recognition Agreement (this “Agreement ”) dated as of                      by and between [                    ], a [                 ] having an address                      (“ Landlord ”),                      , a [                    ], having an office at                      (“ Sublandlord ”) and                      , a                      having an address at                      (“ Subtenant ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Landlord is the owner of that certain building known as 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York (the “ Building ”) and the land (the “ Land ”) upon which it stands;

WHEREAS, Landlord is the landlord under that certain unrecorded Agreement of Lease (the “ Original Lease ”), dated as of      , 2014, between Landlord and Sublandlord, which Original Lease was amended by [                      ] (as the same may hereafter be renewed, amended, modified, supplemented, extended, replaced and/or restated from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prime Lease ”), which Prime Lease covers certain space in the Building (collectively, the “ Premises ”); and

WHEREAS, Sublandlord and Subtenant have entered into a certain agreement of sublease, dated as of [                  ] (the “ Sublease”) covering a portion of the Premises consisting of the [                  ] floors in the Building (the “ Subleased Premises ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of ten dollars and other good, valuable, sufficient and received consideration and intending to be legally bound hereby, Landlord, Sublandlord and Subtenant covenant and agree as follows (all capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Prime Lease):

1. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Sublease and Subtenant’s interest thereunder is now and at all times shall continue to be unconditionally subject and subordinate in each and every respect to the Prime Lease.

2. In the event of the expiration or sooner termination of the Prime Lease prior to the date provided for in the Sublease for the expiration of the term of the Sublease, as long as (i) no default by Subtenant then exists under the Sublease, this Agreement [ or that certain Consent to Sublease dated as of the date hereof, among Landlord, Subtenant and Sublandlord (the “ Consent ”) — if Landlord desires to enter into a separate consent document ], which has continued beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or grace period expressly provided for therein, if any, (ii) subtenant is not an Affiliate of Sublandlord and (iii) Subtenant named herein (or any successor thereto approved by Landlord (to the extent approval is required under the Prime Lease or if approval is not required, but is requested by Tenant and granted by Landlord) that satisfies all of the conditions of an Eligible Subtenant pursuant to Section 7.13 of the Prime Lease) is the then subtenant under the Sublease (collectively, the


Conditions ”), then Subtenant shall not be named or joined in any action or proceeding to terminate the Prime Lease by reason of Sublandlord’s default thereunder unless such joinder shall be required by law in order to make such proceeding effective but only for such purpose and not for the purpose of terminating the Sublease or evicting the Subtenant from the Premises or otherwise disturbing the Subtenant’s possession of the Premises.

3. In the event that the Prime Lease expires or is terminated prior to the date provided for in the Sublease for the expiration of the term of the Sublease by reason of Sublandlord’s default thereunder (a “ Succession Event ”) and the Conditions shall be satisfied, then, subject to the terms hereof, (i) Subtenant shall be bound to Landlord and Landlord shall be bound to Subtenant under all of the then executory terms, covenants and conditions of the Prime Lease (except as modified herein) with respect to the Subleased Premises for the balance of the term of the Sublease then remaining, with the same force and effect as if Landlord and Subtenant were the parties under the Prime Lease, (ii) Subtenant does hereby attorn to Landlord as its landlord for the Subleased Premises, and (iii) Landlord shall recognize and accept such attornment provided, however, that Landlord shall not be:

 

  (a) liable for any act or omission of Sublandlord, the then sublandlord or any predecessor sublandlord under the Sublease, except to the extent that such act or omission continues after the date of the attornment;

 

  (b) subject to any defenses, claims or counterclaims theretofore accruing which Subtenant may have against Sublandlord, the then sublandlord or any predecessor sublandlord under the Sublease;

 

  (c) bound by any payments of fixed rent, basic rent, additional rent or other amounts which Subtenant may have paid more than one (1) month (or one (1) regularly scheduled payment period in the event of any additional rent) in advance of their due date under the Sublease to Sublandlord, the then sublandlord or any predecessor sublandlord under the Sublease unless actually received by the Landlord and all such prepaid rent and additional rent shall remain due and owing without regard to such prepayment;

 

  (d) required to account for any security deposit other than any security deposit actually delivered to the Landlord;

 

  (e) bound by any terms of the Sublease;

 

  (f) in the event of a casualty or condemnation, obligated to repair or restore the Building or any portion thereof beyond that obligation set forth in the Prime Lease with respect to the Subleased Premises;

 

  (g) subject to any right of cancellation or surrender or termination which requires the payment by Sublandlord thereunder of a charge, fee or penalty for such cancellation or surrender or termination;

 

- 2 -


  (h) bound by any free rent period or subject to any credits, offsets, setoffs, abatements or other deductions which may have theretofore accrued against Sublandlord, the then sublandlord or any predecessor sublandlord under the Sublease;

 

  (i) bound by any obligation to perform any work or other tenant improvements or pay any work allowances or provide any other concessions or inducements to Subtenant other than any ongoing maintenance and repair obligations required under the Prime Lease;

 

  (j) liable for any representation, warranty or indemnity made or given by Sublandlord except to the extent that any breach occurs after the date of the attornment and such breach is not personal to the Subtenant.

The term “ Landlord ” shall be deemed to include the Landlord, anyone claiming by, through or under the Landlord and their respective successors and assigns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein Sections              ( any provisions relating to free rent, requirement to provide any future subtenant non-disturbance agreement, any options to renew the term of the lease, any option to lease any additional space, and any other provisions Landlord in its reasonable judgment determines are not applicable for the particular Eligible Subtenant ) shall be inapplicable in the event of such a Succession Event. The foregoing attornment and recognition shall be effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instruments upon the occurrence of a Succession Event, provided that Subtenant, upon request, shall execute and deliver any certificate or other instrument which Successor Landlord may reasonably request to confirm such attornment and recognition.

 

  4. Subtenant agrees for the benefit of Landlord that Subtenant will not:

 

  (a) pay any fixed rent, basic rent, additional rent or other amounts due under the Sublease more than thirty (30) days in advance of the date the same is due (except in the case of additional rent for more than one (1) regularly scheduled payment period), or

 

  (b) make or consent to any modification, cancellation or surrender or amendment to the terms of the Sublease without Landlord’s written consent, except for any unilateral right of subtenant to terminate the Sublease pursuant to the express terms of the Sublease, unless the same are either (i) consented to by the Landlord, (ii) expressly contemplated in the Sublease (i.e., an amendment merely to document to right expressly granted in the Sublease), or (iii) due to a termination or amendment of the Sublease to reduce the premises demised thereunder or the term, in either case, so that Sublessor can reclaim the Subleased Premises or a portion thereof for its own use or use by any Related Entity (as defined in the Prime Lease) unless such termination or amendment shall result in the Sublease no longer meeting all of the conditions of an Eligible Sublease (as defined in the Prime Lease) (e.g., if such amendment results,in the Sublease Premises no longer constituting an Eligible Floor or if such amendment results in the Sublease no longer being co-terminus with other subleases of Sublandlord where a similar non-disturbance agreement has been granted, etc).

 

- 3 -


5. If any act or omission of Sublandlord would give Subtenant the right, immediately or after lapse of a period of time, to cancel or terminate the Sublease, Subtenant shall not exercise such right unless (1) Subtenant shall have given Landlord written notice of Sublandlord’s act or omission and (2) such act or omission shall not be remedied by Landlord within thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice to Landlord; provided, however, that if such act or omission cannot with due diligence be remedied within a period of thirty (30) days, and if Landlord commences the remedies necessary to cure such act or omission within such thirty (30) days and thereafter prosecutes such remedies with reasonable diligence, then the period of time after the giving of such notice by Subtenant within which such act or omission may be remedied shall be extended so long as Landlord prosecutes the remedying of such act or omission with reasonable diligence. Landlord shall not be obligated to remedy any such act or omission.

6. Subtenant agrees that, to the extent that the Sublease provides for a rental which is more than the Annual Rental and recurring additional rent payable by Sublandlord from time to time throughout the term of the Prime Lease with respect to or allocable to the Subleased Premises (the “ Increased Rent ”), the rent payable under the Prime Lease will automatically and without condition become equal to the Increased Rent, if, as and when the attornment provided for herein becomes effective between Landlord and Subtenant and Subtenant shall be obligated to pay such amounts on the dates specified in the Prime Lease for the payment of Annual Rental and additional rent, as applicable. Upon such attornment, the Prime Lease shall, automatically and without further act required on the part of any party, be deemed amended to accomplish the foregoing provisions of this Section 6; provided that, at Landlord’s request, Subtenant shall execute and exchange any instrument Landlord may reasonably request to confirm such amendment. The parties hereto agree that, for purposes of this Agreement, all Annual Rental and additional rent under the Sublease shall be deemed allocated to the Subleased Premises on a proportionate basis (based on square footage).

7. Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no obligations whatsoever under the Sublease (whether or not a Succession Event shall occur) and, in the event of a Succession Event, the rights and obligations of Landlord and Subtenant with respect to Subtenant’s leasing of the Subleased Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Prime Lease as modified by this Agreement [ and the Consent ] .

8. Intentionally Omitted.

9. After notice is given to Subtenant by Landlord that an Event of Default has occurred under the Prime Lease and that the rentals under the Sublease should be paid to Landlord pursuant to the terms of the Prime Lease, Subtenant shall thereafter pay to Landlord or as directed by the Landlord, all rentals and all other monies due or to become due to Sublandlord under the Sublease and Sublandlord hereby expressly authorizes Subtenant to make such payments to Landlord and hereby releases and discharges Subtenant from any liability to

 

- 4 -


Sublandlord on account of any such payments. Sublandlord hereby agrees that any such payments made by Subtenant directly to Landlord shall be credited against any amounts due and payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord under the Sublease and against any amounts due and payable by Sublandlord to Landlord under the Prime Lease.

10. This Agreement may not be modified except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their heirs, representatives, successors and assigns.

11. All notices, demands, consents, approvals, advices, waivers or other communications (each, a “ Notice ”) which may or are required to be given by any party under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when received or when receipt is refused by deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier for next business day delivery or by deposit in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and addressed to the party to be notified at the address specified below or to such other place as the party to be notified may from time to time designate by at least five (5) days’ notice to the notifying party. Notices to Landlord shall be sent to Landlord at              . Notices to Subtenant shall be sent to [                  ] with a copy to [                  ]. Notices to Sublandlord shall be sent to                  with a copy to                  . Notices from Landlord may be given by Landlord’s managing agent, if any, or by Landlord’s attorney. Notices from Sublandlord may be given by Sublandlord’s attorney.

12. In the event of any termination of the Prime Lease other than by reason of Sublandlord’s default thereunder (e.g. by reason of a casualty), this Agreement shall, automatically and without further act of the parties, terminate and be of no further force or effect from and after the applicable termination date.

13. The rights granted to Subtenant in this Agreement are not transferable or assignable and are solely for the benefit of Subtenant named in the Sublease.

14. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York. If any term of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such term to any person or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and each term of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered will be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together, will deemed to be one and the same instrument.

15. If Sublandlord or Subtenant shall request the approval or consent of Landlord pursuant to this Agreement, [ the Consent ] or the Prime Lease, any such approval or consent purported to be given by Landlord shall not be effective unless given in writing.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

- 5 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

LANDLORD :
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
SUBTENANT :
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
SUBLANDLORD :
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

- 6 -


EXHIBIT L

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

THIS SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of the          day of                      ,          by WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION in its capacity as administrative agent for and on behalf of the “Lenders” from time to time party to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 16, 2012, among SL Green Operating Partnership, L.P., SL Green Realty Corp., the Mortgagee (as defined below) and the Lenders and the other parties set forth therein (as the same may be amended; modified, renewed or restated, the “Credit Agreement”), having an address at 375 Park Avenue, 5 th Floor, New York, New York 10152 (“Mortgagee”) and NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC. d/b/a Newmark Grubb Knight Frank, having an office at 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017 (“Tenant”).

RECITALS:

A. Landlord and its affiliates have a credit facility with Mortgagee and, in connection therewith, Mortgagee is the present owner and holder of a mortgage, given by Landlord to Mortgagee (the “Mortgage”), which Mortgage encumbers Landlord’s interest in that certain premises located at 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York (the “Property”);

B. Tenant occupies a portion of the Property under and pursuant to the provisions of a certain unrecorded Lease Agreement dated as of May 6, 1994 (the “Original Lease”) between Sutom, N.V., predecessor in interest to Landlord, and Tenant’s predecessor-in- interest, as modified by that certain: (i) letter agreement dated December 22, 1995, (ii) letter agreement dated September 12, 1996, (iii) Third Amendment to Lease dated as of February 20, 1998, (iv) Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 15, 2005, (v) Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of September 19, 2005, (vi) Sixth Amendment to Lease dated as of May 14, 2007, (vii) Seventh Amendment to Lease dated as of November 14, 2008, (viii) Eight Amendment to Lease dated as of January 1, 2010, (ix) Ninth Amendment to Lease dated as October 4, 2012, and (x) Tenth Amendment to Lease and Additional Space and Extension Agreement dated as of                      , 2014 (the Original Lease, as so amended, the “Lease”);

C. Tenant has agreed to subordinate the Lease to the Mortgage and to the lien thereof and Mortgagee has agreed to grant non-disturbance to Tenant under the Lease on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

AGREEMENT:

For good and valuable consideration, Tenant and Mortgagee agree as follows:

1. Subordination . Tenant agrees that the Lease and all of the terms, covenants and provisions thereof and all rights, remedies and options of Tenant thereunder are and shall at all times continue to be subject and subordinate in all respects to the Mortgage and to the lien thereof and all terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Mortgage including, without limitation, all renewals, increases, modifications, spreaders, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof and to all sums secured thereby with the same force and effect as if the Mortgage had been executed, delivered and recorded prior to the execution and delivery of the Lease.


2. Non-Disturbance . Mortgagee agrees that if any action or proceeding is commenced by Mortgagee for the foreclosure of the Mortgage or the sale of the Property, Tenant shall not be named as a party therein unless such joinder shall be required by law; provided , however , that such joinder shall not result in the termination of the Lease or disturb Tenant’s possession or use of the premises demised thereunder, and the sale of the Property in any such action or proceeding and the exercise by Mortgagee of any of its other rights under the Mortgage shall be made subject to all rights of Tenant under the Lease; provided , further , however , that at the time of the commencement of any such action or proceeding or at the time of any such sale or exercise of any such other rights (a) the term of the Lease shall have commenced pursuant to the provisions thereof, (b) Tenant shall have accepted possession of the portions of the premises demised under the Lease which have theretofore been delivered to Tenant, (c) the Lease shall be in full force and effect and (d) Tenant shall not be in default under any of the material terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease or of this Agreement on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed beyond the expiration of any applicable notice or grace periods.

3. Attornment . Mortgagee and Tenant agree that, subject to Section 2 above, upon the conveyance of the Property to Mortgagee or any other transferee (the “Transferee”) by reason of the foreclosure of the Mortgage or the acceptance of a deed or assignment in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise, the Lease shall not be terminated or affected thereby but shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the Transferee and Tenant upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Lease and in that event, Tenant agrees to attorn to the Transferee and the Transferee shall accept such attornment; provided , however , that the provisions of the Mortgage shall govern with respect to the disposition of any casualty insurance proceeds or condemnation awards and the Transferee shall not be (a) obligated to complete any construction work required to be done by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of the Lease or to reimburse Tenant for any construction work done by Tenant, it being agreed, however, that any right of offset expressly provided for in the Lease shall not be impaired by reason hereof; (b) liable (i) for Landlord’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Lease which have accrued prior to the date on which the Transferee shall become the owner of the Property, except to the extent such failure continues after such date, is capable of being cured by Transferee (i.e. is a failure that is not personal to Landlord, such as, by way of example only, a bankruptcy) and the Transferee has received notice and an opportunity to cure such failure pursuant to Section 6 below, or (ii) for any act or omission of Landlord, whether prior to or after such foreclosure or sale but shall remain responsible to cure any defaults to the extent same pertains to providing building services and repairs which continue after the date the Transferee becomes the owner of the Property, (c) required to make any repairs to the Property or to the premises demised under the Lease required as a result of fire, or other casualty or by reason of condemnation unless the Transferee shall be obligated under the Lease to make such repairs and shall have received sufficient casualty insurance proceeds or condemnation awards to finance the completion of such repairs, (d) required to make any capital improvements to the Property or to the premises demised under the Lease which Landlord may have agreed to make, but had not completed, or to perform or provide any services not related to possession or quiet enjoyment of the premises demised under the Lease, it being agreed, however, that any right of offset expressly provided for in the Lease shall not be impaired by reason hereof, (e) subject to any offsets, defenses, abatements or counterclaims which shall have accrued to Tenant against Landlord prior to the date upon which the Transferee shall become the owner of the Property, except to the extent that any such offsets or abatements shall be expressly set forth in the Lease, (f) liable for the return of rental security deposits, if any, paid by Tenant to Landlord in accordance with the Lease unless

 

2


such sums are actually received by the Transferee, (g) bound by any payment of rents, additional rents or other sums which Tenant may have paid more than one (1) month in advance (or prior to one (1) regularly scheduled payment period in the case of additional rent) to any prior Landlord unless (i) such sums are actually received by the Transferee or (ii) such prepayment shall have been expressly approved of by the Transferee in writing, (h) bound to make any payment to Tenant which was required under the Lease, or otherwise, it being agreed, however, that any right of offset expressly provided for in the Lease shall not be impaired by reason hereof, (i) bound by any agreement (x) amending or modifying the material terms of the Lease, (y) terminating the Lease or (z) accepting the surrender of the premises demised under the Lease, in any event made without the Mortgagee’s prior written consent prior to the time the Transferee succeeded to Landlord’s interest or (j) bound by any assignment of the Lease or sublease of the premises demised under the Lease, or any portion thereof, made prior to the time the Transferee succeeded to Landlord’s interest other than if pursuant to the provisions of the Lease.

4. Notice to Tenant . After notice is given to Tenant by Mortgagee that the Landlord is in default under the Mortgage and that the rental payments due under the Lease should be paid to Mortgagee pursuant to the terms of the assignment of leases and rents executed and delivered by Landlord to Mortgagee in connection therewith, Tenant shall thereafter pay to Mortgagee or as directed by the Mortgagee, all rentals and all other monies due or to become due to Landlord under the Lease and Landlord hereby expressly authorizes Tenant to make such payments to Mortgagee and hereby releases and discharges Tenant from any liability to Landlord on account of any such payments.

5. Mortgagee’s Consent . Tenant shall not, without obtaining the prior written consent of Mortgagee, (a) enter into any agreement amending or modifying the material terms of or terminating the Lease, (b) prepay any of the rents, additional rents or other sums due under the Lease for more than one (1) month or one (1) regularly scheduled payment period in the event of any additional rent in advance of the due dates thereof, (c) voluntarily surrender the premises demised under the Lease or terminate the Lease without cause or shorten the term thereof, or (d) assign the Lease or sublet the premises demised under the Lease or any part thereof other than pursuant to the provisions of the Lease; and any such amendment, modification, termination, prepayment, voluntary surrender, assignment or subletting, without Mortgagee’s prior consent, shall not be binding upon Mortgagee.

6. Mortgagee to Receive Notices . Tenant shall provide Mortgagee with copies of all default notices or other notices sent to Landlord pursuant to the Lease which give rise to an abatement of rents or other offset against the rents simultaneously with the transmission of such notices to the Landlord. Tenant shall notify Mortgagee of any default by Landlord under the Lease which would entitle Tenant to cancel the Lease or to an abatement of the rents, additional rents or other sums payable thereunder, and agrees that, notwithstanding any provisions of the Lease to the contrary, no notice of cancellation of the Lease shall be effective unless Mortgagee shall have received notice of default giving rise to such cancellation and shall have failed within sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice to cure such default, or if such default cannot be cured within such sixty (60) day period, shall have failed within sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice to commence and thereafter diligently pursue any action necessary to cure such default. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, provided that Tenant shall give simultaneous notice to Mortgagee as provided in this Section 6, Tenant shall retain its termination rights following a casualty or condemnation as well as all other termination rights and options as are expressly set forth in the Lease.

 

3


7. Notices . All notices, requests, demands, statements, authorizations, approvals, directions, consents and other communications provided for herein shall be given or made in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given or served for all purposes as of the date (a) when hand delivered (provided that delivery shall be evidenced by a receipt executed by or on behalf of the addressee), (b) three (3) days after being sent by postage pre-paid registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, (c) one (1) Business Day after being sent by reputable overnight courier service (with delivery evidenced by written receipt), or (d) with a simultaneous delivery by one of the means in (a), (b) or (c) by facsimile, when sent, with confirmation and a copy sent by first class mail, in each case addressed to the intended recipient at the following address, or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to each other party:

If to Tenant:

Newmark & Company Real Estate, Inc.

125 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: General Counsel

If to Mortgagee:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

375 Park Avenue, 5 th Floor

New York, New York 10152

Attention: Jan LaChapelle

Facsimile: (212) 214-8955

For purposes of this Section, the term “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in New York, New York ’ are authorized or required to be closed.

8. Joint and Several Liability . If Tenant consists of more than one person, the obligations and liabilities of each such person hereunder shall be joint and several. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Mortgagee and Tenant and their respective successors and assigns.

9. Definitions . The term “Mortgagee” as used herein shall include the successors and assigns of Mortgagee and any person, party or entity which shall become the owner of Landlord’s interest in the Property by reason of foreclosure of the Mortgage or the acceptance of a deed (or assignment) in lieu of a foreclosure of the Mortgage or other similar process. The term “Landlord” as used herein shall mean and include the present landlord under the Lease and such landlord’s predecessors and successors in interest under the Lease, but shall not mean or include Mortgagee or the Lenders. The term “Property” as used herein shall mean the Property, the improvements now or hereafter located thereon and the estates therein encumbered by the Mortgage.

 

4


10. No Oral Modifications . This Agreement may not be modified in any manner or terminated except by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

11. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract entered into pursuant to the laws of the state where the Property is located and shall in all respects be governed, construed, applied and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state where the Property is located.

12. Inapplicable Provisions . If any term, covenant or condition of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, this Agreement shall be construed without such provision.

13. Duplicate Originals; Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of duplicate originals and each duplicate original shall be deemed to be an original. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which counterparts shall be deemed an original instrument and all of which together shall constitute a single Agreement. The failure of any party hereto to execute this Agreement, or any counterpart hereof, shall not relieve the other signatories from their obligations hereunder.

14. Number and Gender . Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural and vice versa.

15. Further Acts . Tenant will, at the cost of Tenant, and without expense to Mortgagee, do, execute, acknowledge and deliver all and every such further reasonable acts and assurances as Mortgagee shall, from time to time, reasonably require, to confirm the rights and the agreements hereunder, or for carrying out the intention or facilitating the performance of the terms of this Agreement or for filing or registering this Agreement, or for complying with all applicable laws.

16. Limitations on Liability . Tenant acknowledges that it is not a third-party beneficiary under the Mortgage or the loan documents related thereto. In no event shall Mortgagee or the Lenders or any purchaser of the Property at foreclosure sale or any grantee of the Property named in a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, nor any heir, legal representative, successor, or assignee of Mortgagee or the Lenders or any such purchaser or grantee (Mortgagee, the Lenders, and any such purchaser, grantee, heir, legal representative, successor or assignee, collectively, the “Subsequent Landlord”) have any personal liability for the obligations of Landlord under the Lease and should the Subsequent Landlord succeed to the interests of the Landlord under the Lease, Tenant shall look only to the estate and property of any such Subsequent Landlord in the Property (and/or the unencumbered proceeds from the sale of the Property; provided all amounts payable to Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement have been indefeasibly paid in full) for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money in the event of any default by any Subsequent Landlord as landlord under the Lease, and no other property or assets of any Subsequent Landlord shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to the Lease; provided , however , that Tenant may exercise any other right or remedy provided thereby or by law in the event of any failure by Subsequent Landlord to perform any such material obligation.

 

5


* * *

[Signature page follows.]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Mortgagee and Tenant have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

MORTGAGEE :
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, (successor-by-merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association), as Administrative Agent
By:  

                          

 

Name:

Title:

TENANT :
NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC. D/B/A NEWMARK GRUBB KNIGHT FRANK
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

The undersigned accepts and agrees to the provisions of Section 4 hereof:
LANDLORD :
125 PARK OWNER LLC
By:  

                                              

 

Name:

Title:

 

7


MORTGAGEE’S ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF NEW YORK     )      .

                                               ) ss.

COUNTY OF NEW YORK)

On the             day of                     in the year             before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said state, personally appeared                                 , proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

                     

Signature of Notary Public


TENANT’S ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF NEW YORK     )

                                               )ss.

COUNTY OF NEW YORK )

On the             day of                     in the year             before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said state, personally appeared                                , proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

                     

Signature of Notary Public

 

2


LANDLORD’S ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF NEW YORK     )

                                               ) ss.

COUNTY OF NEW YORK )

On the             day of                     in the year             before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said state, personally appeared                                , proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

                     

Signature of Notary Public

 

3


EXHIBIT M

Approved Vendor List

Architect - Gensler

General Contractors and Construction Managers:

 

    Artisan

 

    Adelhardt

 

    Icon

 

    Finaly

 

    Windsor

Security – Excel

HVAC – Larsen and Ruggerio

Movers – BAR

BMS – Schneider Electric

Electric – Lightpath

[See Additional Approved Vendors Attached]


LOGO

 


LOGO

 


LOGO

 


LOGO

 


LOGO

 


LOGO

 


LOGO

 


LOGO

 


LOGO

 


LOGO

 


LOGO

 


LOGO

 


LOGO


EXHIBIT N

Electrical Capacity

 

    5 th floor – 600 amps 208V 3ph - 8.5 watts / USF

 

    6 th floor – 400 amps 208V 3ph - 5.7 watts / USF

 

    11 th floor – 400 amps 208V 3ph - 6.9 watts / USF

 

    12 th floor – 400 amps 208V 3ph - 6.9 watts / USF

 

    3 rd floor – 575 amps 208V 3ph - 36.5 watts / USF

 

    14 th – 175 amps 208V 3ph - 7.7 watts / USF


ELEVENTH AMENDMENT OF LEASE AND SUBSTITUTE SPACE AGREEMENT

ELEVENTH AMENDMENT OF LEASE AND SUBSTUTITE SPACE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of the 28 th day of April, 2015 between 125 PARK OWNER LLC, having an office c/o SL Green Realty Corp., 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York (hereinafter referred to as “ Landlord ”) and NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC. (d/b/a Newmark Grubb Knight Frank) having an office at 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York (hereinafter referred to as “ Tenant ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Landlord’s predecessor in interest, Sutom N.V., as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant, entered into that certain lease agreement dated as of May 6, 1994 (the “ Original Lease ”) covering the entire rentable portions of the eleventh (11 th ) and twelfth (12 th ) floors (collectively, the “ Original Premises ”) as more particularly described in said lease agreement in the building known as 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York (the “ Building ”) under the terms and conditions contained therein which lease agreement was thereafter modified by that certain: (i) Letter Agreement dated as of December 22, 1995, (ii) Letter Agreement dated as of September 12, 1996, (iii) Letter Agreement dated as of December 16, 1996, (iv) Third Amendment to Lease dated as of February 20, 1998 whereby certain space located on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building (the “ 3 rd Floor Space ”) was added to the Original Premises, (v) Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 15, 2005 whereby certain space located on the fourteenth (14 th ) floor of the Building (the “ 14 th Floor Space ”) was added to the Original Premises, (vi) Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of September 19, 2005, (vii) Sixth Amendment to Lease dated as of May 14, 2007, (viii) Seventh Amendment to Lease dated as of November 14, 2008, (ix) Eighth Amendment to Lease dated as of January 1, 2010 whereby certain space located on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building (the “ Second 3 rd Floor Space ”), and certain space on the fourteenth (14 th ) floor of the Building (the “ Second 14 th Floor Space ”) was added to the Original Premises, (x) Ninth Amendment to Lease dated as of October 4, 2012 (the “ Ninth Amendment ”) whereby certain storage premises located on the basement level in the Building, designated as Storage Room 7 (the “ Storage Space ”) was added to the Original Premises; and (xi) Tenth Amendment of Lease and Additional Space and Extension Agreement dated as of December 11, 2014 whereby the entire rentable portions of the fifth (5 th ) (the “ Entire 5 th Floor Space ”) and sixth (6 th ) (the “ Entire 6 th Floor Space ”) floors of the Building were added to the Original Premises (said Original Lease, as so modified, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Lease ” and the premises demised thereunder, 3 rd Floor Space together with the Second 3 rd Floor Space are collectively referred to as the “ Entire 3 rd Floor Space ”; the 14 th Floor Space together with the Second 14 th Floor Space are collectively referred to as the “ Entire 14 th Floor Space ”; the Original Premises together with the Entire 3 rd Floor Space, the Entire 5 th Floor Space, the Entire 6 th Floor Space, the Entire 14 th Floor Space, and the Storage Space are collectively hereinafter referred to as the “ Premises ”), for a term scheduled to expire on October 31, 2031 (the “ Expiration Date ”); and


WHEREAS, Tenant wishes to relocate from the Storage Space to certain substitute storage space located on a portion of the sixteenth (16 th ) floor of the Building designated as Room 1602 (the “ Substitute Storage Space ”) approximately as indicated on the plan annexed hereto as Exhibit A, effective as of June 1, 2015 (the “ Substitute Storage Space Commencement Date ”); and

WHEREAS, subject to and in accordance with the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement, Landlord has agreed to permit Tenant to relocate from the Storage Space to the Substitute Storage Space; and

WHEREAS, Tenant and Landlord wish to modify the Lease as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Term.

The term of the Lease with respect to the Substitute Storage Space shall continue under the same terms, covenants and conditions contained in the Lease, except to the extent specifically modified by this Agreement for a term (the “ Substitute Storage Space Term ”), commencing on the Substitute Storage Space Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date or on such earlier date upon which the term of the Lease shall expire, be canceled or terminated pursuant to any of the conditions or covenants of the Lease or pursuant to law (and the term “Premises”, as used in the Lease, shall from and after the Substitute Storage Space Commencement Date, mean the Premises and the Substitute Storage Space).

2. Substitution Space .

(a) On or prior to the Substitute Storage Space Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord possession of the Storage Space vacant and broom clean, free of all occupancies and encumbrances and otherwise in accordance with the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease as if the Substitute Storage Space Commencement Date were the Expiration Date. Landlord acknowledges that Landlord has inspected the Storage Space and is fully familiar with the condition thereof and agrees to accept the surrender thereof at the Substitute Storage Space Commencement Date in its then “as-is” condition.

(b) Tenant hereby represents and warrants that: (i) except for Tenant, the Storage Space is presently free of all occupancies, (ii) Tenant has not created or suffered any rights in any other party, as tenant, subtenant or occupant, in and/or to the Storage Space through and including the date of this Agreement and (iii) no materials, personalty, furnishings, personal property, fixtures, trade fixtures and equipment presently in the Storage Space (“ Property ”) are subject to any lien, encumbrance, chattel mortgage, title retention or security agreement. Tenant covenants and agrees that it shall not at any time hereafter create, suffer or permit the creation of any such rights or encumbrances in or to the Storage Space or the Property contained therein.

 

2


3. Condition of the Substitute Storage Space.

3.01 The parties acknowledge that Tenant has inspected the Substitute Storage Space and the Building and is fully familiar with the physical condition thereof and Tenant agrees to accept the Substitute Storage Space at the Substitute Storage Space Commencement Date in its then “as is” condition. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no obligation to do any work in or to the Substitute Space in order to make it suitable and ready for occupancy and use by Tenant except to the extent expressly provided for in this Article 3.

3.02 Landlord, or Landlord’s designated agent, shall at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, perform the work set forth on the schedule annexed hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit B (“ Landlord’s Work ”) in a building standard manner using building standard materials with reasonable dispatch, subject to delay by causes beyond its reasonable control or by the action or inaction of Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (a) Landlord’s Work will be performed while Tenant remains in occupancy of the Storage Space during normal business hours (unless Landlord, in its sole discretion, elects otherwise) and that such work shall not constitute an eviction of Tenant in whole or in part, constructive or actual, and shall not be a ground for any abatement of rent and shall not impose liability on Landlord by reason of any inconvenience, injury to Tenant’s business or otherwise, (b) until the completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord, and/or its designated agents, shall be permitted to access Storage Space and take all materials and equipment into the Storage Space that may be required for the performance of any portion of Landlord’s Work, and (c) Landlord, and/or its designated agents, shall perform Landlord’s Work in reasonable coordination with any work being performed in the Substitute Storage Space by or on behalf of Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant and/or Tenant’s designees shall not interfere with or delay the performance of Landlord’s Work or increase the cost for Landlord, and/or its designated agents, to perform the same. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the performance of Landlord’s Work is expressly conditioned upon Tenant not being in monetary or material non-monetary default, after notice and the expiration of the grace period applicable to such default, if any, in the compliance by Tenant with all the terms and conditions of the Lease, including payment of Rent.

3.03 Landlord’s Work shall be deemed to be substantially completed notwithstanding that minor or non-material details of construction, mechanical adjustment or decorations remain to be performed (collectively, the “ Punch List Items ”). Landlord hereby agrees that within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of a written notice from Tenant identifying any purported Punch List Items that require Landlord’s completion, Landlord shall complete said Punch List Items.

 

3


4. Annual Fixed Rent and Escalations for the Substitute Storage Space .

Tenant shall continue to pay annual fixed rent, additional rent, escalations and other charges for the Substitute Storage Space from the Substitute Storage Space Commencement Date through the Expiration Date at the rates and under the conditions set forth in the Lease, as modified by the Ninth Amendment, but shall have no obligations or liabilities accruing from and after the Substitute Storage Space Commencement Date with respect to the Storage Space which shall no longer be a part of the Premises.

5. Electricity.

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that electric service shall be supplied to the Substitute Storage Space as of the Substitute Storage Space Commencement Date in accordance with the provisions of Article 7 of the Ninth Amendment.

6. Successors and Assigns .

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

7. Entire Agreement.

The Lease, as modified by this Agreement, represents the entire understanding between the parties with regard to the matters addressed herein and may only be modified by written agreement executed by all parties hereto. All prior understandings or representations between the parties hereto, oral or written, with regard to the matters addressed herein, other than the Lease, are hereby merged herein. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any representative or agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the physical condition, state of repair, layout, footage or use of the Substitute Storage Space or any matter or thing affecting or relating to the Substitute Storage Space except as specifically set forth in this Agreement. Tenant has not been induced by and has not relied upon any statement, representation or agreement, whether express or implied, not specifically set forth in this Agreement. Landlord shall not be liable or bound in any manner by any oral or written statement, broker’s “set-up”,” representation, agreement or information pertaining to the Substitute Storage Space or this Agreement furnished by any real estate broker, agent, servant, employee or other person, unless specifically set forth herein, and no rights are or shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth herein.

8. Effectiveness .

This Agreement shall not be binding upon Landlord and Tenant until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

4


9. Ratification .

Tenant and Landlord acknowledge and agree that except as modified by this Agreement the Lease has not been modified and remains in full force and effect.

10. No Brokers/Indemnification .

10.01 Tenant covenants, represents and warrants that Tenant has had no dealings or negotiations with any broker or agent in connection with the consummation of this Agreement other than SL Green Leasing LLC (the “ Broker ”), and Tenant covenants and agrees to defend, hold harmless and indemnify Landlord from and against any and all cost, expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, including in enforcing the foregoing indemnification) or liability for any compensation, commissions or charges claimed by any broker or agent who claims to have dealt with Tenant (other than the Broker) with respect to this Agreement or the negotiation thereof.

10.02 Landlord covenants, represents and warrants that Landlord has had no dealings or negotiations with any broker or agent in connection with the consummation of this Agreement other than the Broker, and Landlord covenants and agrees to defend, hold harmless and indemnify Tenant from and against any and all cost, expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, including in enforcing the foregoing indemnification) or liability for any compensation, commissions or charges claimed by any broker or agent who claims to have dealt with Landlord (including the Broker) with respect to this Agreement or the negotiation thereof. Landlord shall pay all commissions due the Broker, if any, pursuant to the terms of separate agreements.

11. Miscellaneous .

(a) The captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this Agreement to be drafted.

(c) Terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Lease.

(d) If any provision of this Agreement or its application to any person or circumstances is invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement, or the applicability of such provision to other persons or circumstances, shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and shall be deemed to be separate from such invalid or unenforceable provisions and shall continue in full force and effect.

(e) Landlord shall obtain any required consent from the lender to this Agreement.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

    125 PARK OWNER LLC, as Landlord
    By:  

/s/ Steven M. Durels

   

Name:

Title:

 

Steven M. Durels

Executive Vice President, Director of Leasing and Real Property

Witness:      

 

     
Name:      
Title:      
    NEWMARK & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, INC. (d/b/a Newmark Grubb Knight Frank), as Tenant
    By:  

/s/ Joseph I. Rader

    Name:   Joseph I. Rader
    Title:   Chief Administrative Officer

Witness:

 

     

/s/ Andrea Cardella

     
Name: Andrea Cardella      
Title:   Sr. Exec. Ast.      

 

6


EXHIBIT A

SUBSTITUTE STORAGE SPACE LOCATION PLAN

(see attached)

 

7


LOGO


EXHIBIT B

LANDLORD’S WORK

Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, (i) prepare the Substitute Storage Space in substantially the same condition as the Storage Space, and (ii) relocate all of Tenant’s property.

 

8

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated September 8, 2017, with respect to the financial statements of Newmark Group, Inc., in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Newmark Group, Inc. dated October 23, 2017.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

October 23, 2017

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated September 8, 2017, with respect to the combined financial statements and supplemental combined financial statements of Newmark Knight Frank included in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Newmark Group, Inc. dated October 23, 2017.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

October 23, 2017

Exhibit 23.3

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Member

Berkeley Point Financial LLC:

We consent to the use of our report dated August 23, 2017, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Berkeley Point Financial LLC as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in member’s capital, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2016, included in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Newmark Group, Inc. and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus included therein.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

October 23, 2017